# LLM.txt - Website Content Structure # Generated: 2025-10-17T14:42:03.208Z # Source: https://www.dash.app --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app Title: Dash, Digital Asset Management (DAM) for Growing Brands Meta Description: Dash is the digital asset management (DAM) tool for growing brands. All your visual content in a single place. Search, organise, collaborate with your team. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Use your visuals. Grow your brand. H3: Loved 💕 by DTC brands H2: Use your assets however you want 👊 H3: The new home 🏠 for your visual content H3: Everyone can find 🔍 the assets they need, quickly H3: Share content đŸ“« without the hassle H3: Get visuals ready 🚀 for your campaigns H2: See Dash in action H2: Marketers and creatives💙 love 💙 Dash H3: An in-house Getty Images H3: An invaluable tool H3: Finding images is incredibly easy H3: Great image library tool H3: Great platform to keep brand assets organized H3: Has changed the way we work H2: Ready to wave goodbye 👋 to content chaos? H2: Latest from our blog H2: Why your business needs brand asset management [2025 update] H2: Your guide to digital asset management for small business [2025 update] H2: 12 digital asset management features to make your life easier ## Main Content: H1: Use your visuals. Grow your brand. H3: Loved 💕 by DTC brands H2: Use your assets however you want 👊 H3: The new home 🏠 for your visual content H3: Everyone can find 🔍 the assets they need, quickly H3: Share content đŸ“« without the hassle H3: Get visuals ready 🚀 for your campaigns H2: See Dash in action H2: Marketers and creatives💙 love 💙 Dash H3: An in-house Getty Images H3: An invaluable tool H3: Finding images is incredibly easy H3: Great image library tool H3: Great platform to keep brand assets organized H3: Has changed the way we work H2: Ready to wave goodbye 👋 to content chaos? H2: Latest from our blog H2: Why your business needs brand asset management [2025 update] H2: Your guide to digital asset management for small business [2025 update] H2: 12 digital asset management features to make your life easier Start your free trial - no credit card needed Manage your creative assets in a way that makes sense for your brand. It's how digital asset management should be. When everything’s together, it’s easier to find. Import files straight from Drive, Dropbox or SharePoint. Use Dash to approve assets from shoots and user-generated content. Import directly from Google Drive, Dropbox and SharePoint Gather assets from photographers and content creators in Dash with guest upload links Leave feedback and approve files from  creators and designers No more hours spent hunting for 'IMG822_v36_FINAL.jpg'. Tag assets with AI and custom fields to easily find what you need. Create custom fields to find visuals your way Build a folder structure that makes sense for your brand Use Dash’s AI to search by objects and text in your images Share files with your team and collaborate on projects. Create branded portals for your resellers so they can search and download your product assets. WeTransfer could never. Share files by email or with a link Create a branded portal for your resellers to use Collaborate with your team with asset collections Get content in front of your customers. Create custom crops and resizes to get images ready for your  channels. Drop product shots straight into your ecommerce store. Set your own custom crops and resizes Get assets out there with Shopify, Canva and Hootsuite integrations Embed images from your Dash in your marketing website Less time finding content = more time to focus on what matters. Here's how Dash works. 👇 "The time it takes to search for photos has decreased dramatically!" "It’s saved us countless hours. We can grow with Dash." "I love Dash. We literally use it every day, all the time. It’s just become part of our workflow now.” "We get fewer requests now for branded graphics and logos because they’re all on Dash." "Dash makes everyone’s life easier." "The best customer service in tech." "Dash has sped up our workflows and it's made access to all of our assets much easier." "Dash is saving me a lot of time." "There’s three things that I instantly liked about Dash. Price, support and scalability." See why fast-growing brands are joining Dash. Guides, insights and customer stories to help you level-up your DAM game. --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/about Title: About Dash | Learn about Dash's values and culture Meta Description: Dash is built by Bright Interactive and we've got over 20 years in the industry. Learn about our brand values and culture. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/about ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: We're built by Bright H3: "Things can be so much better than this!" ✊ H3: The Dash culture 💞 H3: How we work đŸ’» ## Main Content: H1: We're built by Bright H3: "Things can be so much better than this!" ✊ H3: The Dash culture 💞 H3: How we work đŸ’» Dash has been built by Bright with over 20 years experience in the industry. We're a small (but mighty) team based all over the UK. And we're all working towards one goal: making Dash, our digital asset management (DAM) tool, the best it can possibly be for our customers.Come say hello! That’s how all great product origin stories start. Ours is no different. We set out to build a new kind of DAM. One that was affordable, effortless, and easy-to-use. Built for growing brands by a growing brand (that's us 😇). You don’t have to be an organisational whizz, or hire someone to manage your content library in Dash. Just bring your assets and get going. And when you need support, we’re one click or call away. We're based in the (not always) sunny, sea-side city of Brighton, UK, but also have employees based around Europe.We care about our staff, have won Great Place to Work awards and are an accredited Living Wage Employer.We're committed to being an ethical business and advocate for the causes we support. We don't work with industries whose values aren't compatible with ours - like arms manufacturing - and we offset any emissions we generate as part of our work. Read more in our Dash values and our social and environmental policy. Whether we're office-based or remote, we work best as a team. Everyone has different experiences and backgrounds - and bringing all of that together is how we make Dash the best product it can be. That's why we work in cross-functional teams. From developers to customer success managers, marketers to UX designers, we work together to make Dash a success. Two of our core Bright principles are lean thinking and agile working. It's how we deliver features fast, improve on what's working, and get rid of what's not. --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog Title: The Dash blog | Expert insights and strategies to grow your brand Meta Description: Learn tips for growing your brand and selling more product online. You'll also find guides on buying the best digital asset management tool for your business. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: The Dash blog H2: Why your business needs brand asset management [2025 update] H3: Be inspired by your visual assets again. Take out a Dash free trial today. H3: Your guide to digital asset management for small business [2025 update] H3: 12 digital asset management features to make your life easier H3: The best Photoshelter DAM alternatives for ecommerce H3: How to create your own The Traitors game at work H3: Why ecommerce brands need marketing asset management to grow H3: Why your homeware brand needs DAM H3: What is a digital asset - and why are they essential for your brand? H3: 18 creative Black Friday campaigns from ecommerce brands [2025 update] H3: How ecommerce brands can prepare for Black Friday H3: Why fashion and apparel brands shouldn’t sleep on DAM H3: How to resize images for social media H3: Segment or lose: Why personalisation will win BFCM 2025 H3: How to organise ecommerce photography for faster launches H3: How to get your products into stores and scale your retail partnerships H3: WooCommerce vs Shopify: which one is best for your online store? H3: Trade marketing strategy 101 for ecommerce marketers H3: Build a brand portal for your retail partners that grows your revenue H3: Create a digital lookbook for your DTC fashion brand (with inspo to steal from) H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: The Dash blog H2: Why your business needs brand asset management [2025 update] H3: Be inspired by your visual assets again. Take out a Dash free trial today. H3: Your guide to digital asset management for small business [2025 update] H3: 12 digital asset management features to make your life easier H3: The best Photoshelter DAM alternatives for ecommerce H3: How to create your own The Traitors game at work H3: Why ecommerce brands need marketing asset management to grow H3: Why your homeware brand needs DAM H3: What is a digital asset - and why are they essential for your brand? H3: 18 creative Black Friday campaigns from ecommerce brands [2025 update] H3: How ecommerce brands can prepare for Black Friday H3: Why fashion and apparel brands shouldn’t sleep on DAM H3: How to resize images for social media H3: Segment or lose: Why personalisation will win BFCM 2025 H3: How to organise ecommerce photography for faster launches H3: How to get your products into stores and scale your retail partnerships H3: WooCommerce vs Shopify: which one is best for your online store? H3: Trade marketing strategy 101 for ecommerce marketers H3: Build a brand portal for your retail partners that grows your revenue H3: Create a digital lookbook for your DTC fashion brand (with inspo to steal from) H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content The latest articles and guides from Dash - the best DAM tool for growing brands. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/book-demo Title: Book your Dash demo | Book your demo with a DAM specialist today Meta Description: Have questions and want to chat? Book your 45-min Dash demo and we'd be happy to answer them. We're looking forward to speaking with you! Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/book-demo ## Headings Structure: H1: Book your Dash demo H2: Loved by growing brands H2: Voted no. 1 most usable DAM on G2. ## Main Content: H1: Book your Dash demo H2: Loved by growing brands H2: Voted no. 1 most usable DAM on G2. Dash is the new home for your images and video. Built for growing brands. Personalised demo with one of our experts Get under the hood of how Dash works Have all your questions answered Pick a time which works best for you Reschedule whenever you like - just let us know --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/team/branding Title: Dash | The only tool you need for brand asset management Meta Description: All your logos, images, font files and more in Dash. Searchable and ready to use by your team. Dash is the DAM for brand managers in growing brands. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/team/branding ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: The home your brand content deserves H2: Keep your team on-brand 📣 H3: Approve uploads H3: Make sure latest versions are used H3: Decide who gets to see what H3: Nothing out-dated gets used H3: Approve uploads H3: Make sure latest versions are used H3: Decide who gets to see what H3: Nothing out-dated gets used H3: Your brand's single source of truth H3: Search your brand content fast H3: Branded file sharing H3: Build your online brand guide H2: Dash users are saving time ⏱ H3: Such a timesaver! H3: Great platform to keep brand assets organized H3: Great for sharing assets H3: An in-house Getty Images H3: An invaluable tool H3: Saving hours of photo searching! H2: Voted as providing the best support ## Main Content: H1: The home your brand content deserves H2: Keep your team on-brand 📣 H3: Approve uploads H3: Make sure latest versions are used H3: Decide who gets to see what H3: Nothing out-dated gets used H3: Approve uploads H3: Make sure latest versions are used H3: Decide who gets to see what H3: Nothing out-dated gets used H3: Your brand's single source of truth H3: Search your brand content fast H3: Branded file sharing H3: Build your online brand guide H2: Dash users are saving time ⏱ H3: Such a timesaver! H3: Great platform to keep brand assets organized H3: Great for sharing assets H3: An in-house Getty Images H3: An invaluable tool H3: Saving hours of photo searching! H2: Voted as providing the best support Stay in control of all your brand assets as your company grows with Dash. Start your free trial - no credit card needed You're in control. Have content creators upload new assets to your Dash, ready for your approval (or rejection). Make only approved assets available to the rest of your team. Just updated an asset? Let users who downloaded the older version know with an automatic email notification. Give teammates and partners access to the files they need, but keep any secret branding project - well, secret. Create permission groups - like ‘design team' - to keep everyone on the same page. Set expiry dates, so nothing gets used passed it should. Rest easy knowing that the Christmas version of your logo won't be used in July. You're in control. Have content creators upload new assets to your Dash, ready for your approval (or rejection). Make only approved assets available to the rest of your team. Just updated an asset? Let users who downloaded the older version know with an automatic email notification. Give teammates and partners access to the files they need, but keep any secret branding project - well, secret. Create permission groups - like ‘design team' - to keep everyone on the same page. Set expiry dates, so nothing gets used passed it should. Rest easy knowing that the Christmas version of your logo won't be used in July. Create one centralised place for all your brand assets. Store all your logo variations, images, videos, style guides, and font files in Dash and give your team access to up-to-date content.Organise the way your team wants using folders and unlimited custom fields. Your team doesn’t have to dig through folder after folder to find content. Dash automatically applies tags to content when uploaded. Combine Dash auto-tags and custom fields to find files in seconds. Sharing content through off-brand shared drives? Apply your own logo, brand colours, and imagery in Dash and share files on-brand internally, or externally.Simply share content using email or URL. Dash makes sharing with external partners even easier with portals. Do away with ye olde style guide PDF. Take yours online using Dash's integration with Corebook.Drop brand graphics and fonts from Dash into Corebook, then share with your designer. It's editable and beautifully presented - just like your brand deserves. We've a 95% client retention rate thanks to our award-winning customer support.We’ll be on hand to help throughout your trial. So what’re you waiting for? Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/careers Title: Explore career opportunities at Dash Meta Description: Find open roles, vacancies and career opportunities we have in Dash. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/careers ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Want to join Dash? H2: Open positions ## Main Content: H1: Want to join Dash? H2: Open positions We're not hiring right now. Check back soon! 😄‍Dash gives small businesses and growing brands the freedom to grow. When all their visual content is simple to find and use, they can break free from the chaos of shared drives and focus on the work they want to be doing. It's digital asset management, made easy.Here's just a few of our benefits:đŸ—ș 25 days holiday plus bank holidaysđŸ•ŻïžSwappable bank holidays for any religious / cultural celebrationsđŸ’» Flexible working hours🎂 Your birthday off🏠 Work remotely, hybrid or from our Brighton office💾 Annual profit share🔒 Group income protection cover🧘 Mental health support including monthly wellness contributionÂ đŸ„ł Frequent (at least quarterly) team and company socials🎁 Occasional goodies in the post (because we like to spoil you!) Find out more about Bright culture here. --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/features/collect-store Title: Dash | Collect and store your digital images, video and audio in one place Meta Description: Move on from Drive, Dropbox and SharePoint. Build a beautiful, visual, living home for your brand assets where everything is easy to find and share. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/features/collect-store ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Much more than cloud storage đŸ’Ș H2: Send from Drive, Dropbox + SharePoint ✈ H2: Collect visuals from your content creators 📾 H2: Leave feedback on pending creatives đŸ–Œïž H2: Move on from Drive and Dropbox. Like these guys 👇 H2: Loved by marketers and creatives, just like you ✹ H3: Such a timesaver! H3: Great platform to keep brand assets organized H3: Great for sharing assets H3: An in-house Getty Images H3: An invaluable tool H3: Saving hours of photo searching! H2: Speed up ⚡ your marketing ## Main Content: H1: Much more than cloud storage đŸ’Ș H2: Send from Drive, Dropbox + SharePoint ✈ H2: Collect visuals from your content creators 📾 H2: Leave feedback on pending creatives đŸ–Œïž H2: Move on from Drive and Dropbox. Like these guys 👇 H2: Loved by marketers and creatives, just like you ✹ H3: Such a timesaver! H3: Great platform to keep brand assets organized H3: Great for sharing assets H3: An in-house Getty Images H3: An invaluable tool H3: Saving hours of photo searching! H2: Speed up ⚡ your marketing Build the single source of truth for all your brand assets. When everything’s kept in one place, it’s easier (and faster) to find. Start your free trial - no credit card needed Import your visuals from your existing tools so you can get going quickly. Once they’re in Dash, organise them with folders and tags so they’re simple to find. Got a photoshoot coming up? Send your photographer a guest upload link to upload shots straight to Dash. Leave bulky email attachments and expired WeTransfer links where they belong: in the past. When your content creators upload assets, you can go through them at your leisure. Approve the ones you like, reject the ones you don’t, and leave feedback on assets that need more work. "The time it takes to search for photos has decreased dramatically!" "It’s saved us countless hours. We can grow with Dash." "I love Dash. We literally use it every day, all the time. It’s just become part of our workflow now.” "We get fewer requests now for branded graphics and logos because they’re all on Dash." "Dash makes everyone’s life easier." "The best customer service in tech." "Dash has sped up our workflows and it's made access to all of our assets much easier." "Dash is saving me a lot of time." "There’s three things that I instantly liked about Dash. Price, support and scalability." Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/contact Title: Get in touch with the Dash team Meta Description: Want to get in contact with us? Just fill in our contact form and we'll get back to you as soon as possible. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/contact ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Want to get in contact? ## Main Content: H1: Want to get in contact? Leave your details in the form and let us know what you'd like to talk to us about.If you're an existing customer, or would rather chat with us, just use the chat box in the bottom right corner of this page. --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/cookies Title: Cookie policy | Our policy on cookies and tracking Meta Description: This policy explains how we use cookies and other technologies when you visit the www.dash.app marketing website. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/cookies ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: The Dash marketing site cookie policy đŸȘ H2: 1. What are cookies? H2: 2. Cookies that we use on the Dash site H2: 3. Cookies used by our service providers H2: 4. Managing cookies on your browser ## Main Content: H1: The Dash marketing site cookie policy đŸȘ H2: 1. What are cookies? H2: 2. Cookies that we use on the Dash site H2: 3. Cookies used by our service providers H5: Analytics and performance H5: Communications H5: Marketing and advertising H2: 4. Managing cookies on your browser This policy explains how we use cookies and other technologies when you visit the Dash.app marketing website. We use the term 'Dash marketing site' to refer to the marketing website hosted on dash.app. It doesn't include the product subdomains of dash.app. Many online service providers use ‘cookies’ to provide reporting information and help with online advertising. A cookie is a file containing an identifier (a string of letters and numbers) that is sent by a web server to a web browser and is stored by the browser. The identifier is then sent back to the server each time the browser requests a page from the server. Cookies may be either ’persistent’ cookies or ‘session’ cookies. Cookies don’t typically contain any information that personally identifies a user, but personal information that we store about you may be linked to the information stored in and obtained from cookies. The cookies used on our website are grouped into the following categories: The below list details cookies used on our website. Our service providers use cookies, too. These cookies may be stored on your computer when you visit our website. We’ve listed our service providers and what we use them for below. There are also links to their own cookie policies if you'd like to read more. Most browsers allow you to decline accepting cookies and to delete cookies. The methods for doing so vary between different browsers and versions of said browsers. You can read up-to-date information about blocking and deleting cookies via these links: Blocking all cookies will have a negative impact upon the usability of many websites. If you block cookies, you will not be able to use all the features on our website. --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/csr-policy Title: Our Social and Environmental Responsibility Policy Meta Description: This is Dash's Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) policy. It outlines our commitment to the environment and the social good. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/csr-policy ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Dash's social + environmental policy 🌿 H2: How we work and the causes we support 💖 H2: Our commitment to the environment 🌳 H2: Working with partners and customers đŸ€ H2: Our commitment to employees đŸ«¶ H2: How we award contracts đŸ’Œ H2: Our approach to gifts and hospitality 🎁 ## Main Content: H1: Dash's social + environmental policy 🌿 H2: How we work and the causes we support 💖 H2: Our commitment to the environment 🌳 H2: Working with partners and customers đŸ€ H2: Our commitment to employees đŸ«¶ H2: How we award contracts đŸ’Œ H2: Our approach to gifts and hospitality 🎁 Dash, and our parent company Bright, believe we have a moral obligation to take account of the impact of our activities on the environment, the communities we're a part of, and the local, national and global economy. We look to make a positive contribution to the world we're a part of us and reduce to a minimum any negative effects our activities may have. We have a set of working ethics we agree to as a team, and a list of causes (like climate action and diversity) which we support and advocate for. Find out more in Dash's values. We fully recognise we're in a climate crisis. We take environmental issues and sustainability seriously, and consider environmental impacts when making everyday business decisions. We make efforts to offset our impact through several environmental policies, such as: 1. We're officially carbon neutral. Through our accreditation with Carbon Neutral Britain, we offset all our carbon emissions by supporting reforestation programmes and investing in renewable energy projects. This includes those generated by our product's AI use. 2. We don't work with major contributors the climate crisis. As stated in our ethics policy, we refuse service to customers contributing to the climate crisis, like fossil fuel companies. This also includes those engaged in climate change denial. 3. We donate to a tree-planting service. For every new customer we get, we donate a proportion of their ongoing subscription revenue to a tree-planting service, Ecologi. Through this we've supported reforestation projects across the world. Our parent company, Bright, also has an Environmental Policy if you want to read more. Dash commits to providing value for money and high-quality service for our customers, making prompt payment to our suppliers, and will never offer or accept inducements to further our business. We don’t accept customers from the following industries which we deem incompatible with our business ethics: 1. Cause, enable or promote violence. Examples: Armies, arms manufacturers. Exceptions: Regulated contact sports. 2. Knowingly cause physical harm to humans. Examples: Tobacco industry. Exceptions: Regulated contact sports, alcoholic drinks industry, food industry. 3. Produce or promote pornographic content. 4. Are a major contributor to, or denier of, climate change.‍ 5. Engage in or promote hate speech according to the United Nations definition: “[Hate speech is] any kind of communication in speech, writing or behaviour, that attacks or uses pejorative or discriminatory language with reference to a person or a group on the basis of who they are, in other words, based on religion, ethnicity, nationality, race, colour, descent, gender or other identity factor.” Our terms and conditions further prohibit users from using Dash to store and share content that: We’re an accredited Living Wage employer. As an employer, we will act fairly and responsibly in all matters relating to our employees and workers, create a supportive, honest and open environment for employees to work in and treat all individuals with dignity and respect. We seek to eliminate prejudice, discrimination and victimisation, to provide a safe and healthy environment in which to work, provide opportunities for personal growth and professional development where possible, and support all our employees in being fulfilled in their working lives. Our recruitment process is fair, equitable and non-discriminatory. Appointments are made solely on ability to perform the duties required. The awarding of contracts will be made only on the basis of their value for money, quality, ability to deliver the product/service required and taking account of the business ethics and corporate values of the business tendering for the contract. All contracts must be arranged through our standard procurement process and authorised in writing by a Director. We vet all suppliers rigorously, ensuring they comply with our business's strict data security and compliance policies. We have a company-wide anti-bribery policy. We adhere to the UK's Bribery Act 2010 which came into force on 1st July 2011. --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/customers Title: DAM Customer Success Stories | Dash Meta Description: Discover the success growing brands have been having with Dash, the DAM for ambitious ecommerce brands and marketing teams. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/customers ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: How people like you use Dash H2: "I’d recommend [Dash] to all ecommerce brands, especially those with remote teams." H3: Scaling Ethnotek’s retail partnerships and DTC growth with self-serve content portals H3: Mountain Equipment ditched Dropbox to manage 900+ retailers H3: Go Travel empowers global retailers with Dash H3: Selling Reebok products across South America with Dash H3: BrewDog helps their global partners sell more using Dash H3: Beavertown's design team manage their creative workflows with Dash H3: COAT Paints launches products faster with Dash H3: How RevAir saved 20 hours a month with Dash H3: How Orca improve their marketing efforts with Dash H3: How RJ Living use Dash to organise their visual content H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: How people like you use Dash H2: "I’d recommend [Dash] to all ecommerce brands, especially those with remote teams." H3: Scaling Ethnotek’s retail partnerships and DTC growth with self-serve content portals H3: Mountain Equipment ditched Dropbox to manage 900+ retailers H3: Go Travel empowers global retailers with Dash H3: Selling Reebok products across South America with Dash H3: BrewDog helps their global partners sell more using Dash H3: Beavertown's design team manage their creative workflows with Dash H3: COAT Paints launches products faster with Dash H3: How RevAir saved 20 hours a month with Dash H3: How Orca improve their marketing efforts with Dash H3: How RJ Living use Dash to organise their visual content H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Here’s how marketers, designers and content teams use Dash around the world Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/features/deploy Title: Dash | Use and deploy your visual content into the wild Meta Description: Speed up the time it takes to get visual content in customers. Upload to Dash, crop, then send out across your channels. Simple. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/features/deploy ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Use assets across channels, effortlessly H3: Embed images and video on your site H3: Set your download and crop sizes H3: Send your assets out on social H2: Marketers and creatives💙 love 💙 Dash H2: Dash users are saving time ⏱ H3: Such a timesaver! H3: Great platform to keep brand assets organized H3: Great for sharing assets H3: An in-house Getty Images H3: An invaluable tool H3: Saving hours of photo searching! H2: Speed up ⚡ your marketing ## Main Content: H1: Use assets across channels, effortlessly H3: Embed images and video on your site H3: Set your download and crop sizes H3: Send your assets out on social H2: Marketers and creatives💙 love 💙 Dash H2: Dash users are saving time ⏱ H3: Such a timesaver! H3: Great platform to keep brand assets organized H3: Great for sharing assets H3: An in-house Getty Images H3: An invaluable tool H3: Saving hours of photo searching! H2: Speed up ⚡ your marketing Creating great content is only half the battle. Deploy your assets across your marketing channels easily, all from Dash. Start your free trial - no credit card needed Securely embed images on your site from your Dash.If you update the asset in your Dash, it'll be updated on your site too. Plus it means you don't have to find things in your CMS's clunky media library. A win win, if you ask us. From homepage banners to product image shots, every brand has dimensions unique to them.Set your own sizes for downloading and cropping. Save the time and effort you'd spend in a photo editor and do it all within your Dash. Use Dash's preset social media crop sizes to get your assets ready. Then connect your Hootsuite to attach images and video to your social posts as you create them.This is just one of the ways Dash connects to the other marketing tools you use every day. "The time it takes to search for photos has decreased dramatically!" "It’s saved us countless hours. We can grow with Dash." "I love Dash. We literally use it every day, all the time. It’s just become part of our workflow now.” "We get fewer requests now for branded graphics and logos because they’re all on Dash." "Dash makes everyone’s life easier." "The best customer service in tech." "Dash has sped up our workflows and it's made access to all of our assets much easier." "Dash is saving me a lot of time." "There’s three things that I instantly liked about Dash. Price, support and scalability." Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/team/design Title: Dash | Design asset management for your team Meta Description: All the design elements you need to finish your project, easily findable and organised. Dash is the DAM for graphic designers - try for free today! Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/team/design ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Free up time, so you can design H3: Loved 💕 by DTC brands H3: Build a home for the assets you design H3: Integrate with your design tools H3: Share large files with a click H3: Notify your team about new versions H2: Designers love Dash 🎹 H3: Such a timesaver! H3: Great platform to keep brand assets organized H3: Great for sharing assets H3: An in-house Getty Images H3: An invaluable tool H3: Saving hours of photo searching! H2: Your designs deserve a home like Dash ## Main Content: H1: Free up time, so you can design H3: Loved 💕 by DTC brands H3: Build a home for the assets you design H3: Integrate with your design tools H3: Share large files with a click H3: Notify your team about new versions H2: Designers love Dash 🎹 H3: Such a timesaver! H3: Great platform to keep brand assets organized H3: Great for sharing assets H3: An in-house Getty Images H3: An invaluable tool H3: Saving hours of photo searching! H2: Your designs deserve a home like Dash Build a Dash for all your design assets where colleagues can find what they need, without having to come to you. Start your free trial - no credit card needed Create the home for your brand’s assets. With everything organised and searchable, your team can find what they need themselves - leaving you free to design. Drop assets straight into your designs. Connect Dash to Photoshop, Indesign and more. Don’t crash a colleagues inbox with huge file attachments. Send your latest design work through Dash using a link or email. Tweaked an old asset? When you upload a new version to Dash, it'll automatically notify all downloaders for you. You can also view an asset’s history and download older designs for posterity. See why graphic designers in brands like Forthglade, Goodrays and Contact use Dash. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/team/ecommerce Title: Dash | Ecommerce digital asset management for your brand Meta Description: Manage your ecommerce brand's content in Dash. From product shots to video ads, keep assets in one place. Dash is the DAM for ambitious DTC brands. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/team/ecommerce ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Less time searching, more time growing H3: Loved 💕 by DTC brands H2: Wave goodbye to content chaos đŸ’« H3: Drop photos into Shopify product listings H3: Find your content, fast H3: Gather assets from content creators H3: Deploy your assets quickly H3: Search for content by performance H3: Share product shots with resellers H2: Loved đŸ„° by people in ecomm brands just like yours H2: Try it yourself - for free! ## Main Content: H1: Less time searching, more time growing H3: Loved 💕 by DTC brands H2: Wave goodbye to content chaos đŸ’« H3: Drop photos into Shopify product listings H3: Find your content, fast H3: Gather assets from content creators H3: Deploy your assets quickly H3: Search for content by performance H3: Share product shots with resellers H2: Loved đŸ„° by people in ecomm brands just like yours H2: Try it yourself - for free! You’ve got a killer DTC brand — but your content is in chaos. Speed up the time it takes to get your images and videos in front of your customers with Dash. Start your free trial - no credit card needed Keep all your brand visuals in a single place. Searchable, shareable, usable. Just released! Search, find and use your neatly-organised product photos in Dash when you're creating or updating Shopify product listings. No more downloading photos, resizing them, then uploading them somewhere else. How do you want to search for your content? Create custom fields for SKU, influencer or product line. Search by what’s actually in the photo you’re after - like text or object. Drive could never. No more zip attachments or expired WeTransfer links. Ask your photographers and influencers to upload straight to Dash. Reject the assets you don’t like, approve the ones you do. In DTC, speed is the name of the game. Simply crop, resize and send assets straight to your social channels and online stores. Experiment with different ad graphics or content creators. Then record how those assets perform in Dash. That way you’ll be able to search for your highest-performing visuals, all in a single place. Set up a Dash portal for your resellers. They can find all the content they need themselves without having to contact you. Then track which assets have been downloaded the most. "The time it takes to search for photos has decreased dramatically!" "It’s saved us countless hours. We can grow with Dash." "I love Dash. We literally use it every day, all the time. It’s just become part of our workflow now.” "We get fewer requests now for branded graphics and logos because they’re all on Dash." "Dash makes everyone’s life easier." "The best customer service in tech." "Dash has sped up our workflows and it's made access to all of our assets much easier." "Dash is saving me a lot of time." "There’s three things that I instantly liked about Dash. Price, support and scalability." Join ecommerce companies like Clevr Blends, Passenger Clothing and RJ Living using Dash. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/ecommerce-terms-glossary Title: Ecommerce terms glossary | Dash Meta Description: Here's your jargon-busting guide to the baffling world of ecommerce terms and acronyms. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/ecommerce-terms-glossary ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Ecommerce terms H3: 3D models H3: Abandoned cart emails H3: Above the fold H3: Average order value (AOV) H3: Black Friday H3: Challenger brands H3: Consignment H3: Dropshipping H3: EAN (European Article Number) H3: Ecommerce H3: GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) H3: Headless commerce H3: Lifestyle shots H3: Logistics H3: Niche markets H3: Private label products H3: Product bundling H3: Product positioning H3: Returning customer rate H3: Shopping cart abandonment rate H3: Third-party logistics (3PL) H3: Universal product code (UPC) H3: White label products ## Main Content: H1: Ecommerce terms H3: 3D models H3: Abandoned cart emails H3: Above the fold H3: Average order value (AOV) H3: Black Friday H3: Challenger brands H3: Consignment H3: Dropshipping H3: EAN (European Article Number) H3: Ecommerce H3: GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) H3: Headless commerce H3: Lifestyle shots H3: Logistics H3: Niche markets H3: Private label products H3: Product bundling H3: Product positioning H3: Returning customer rate H3: Shopping cart abandonment rate H3: Third-party logistics (3PL) H3: Universal product code (UPC) H3: White label products Wondering what all this ecommerce jargon is all about? Discover some popular ecommerce terms and how they apply to your growing DTC company. A 3D model is a 360Âș product image that allows you to view a product online from every angle. An abandoned cart email is sent to prospective customers after they fail to purchase items at your online checkout. Above the fold refers to the content that sits in the first section of a web page that’s visible without the need to scroll. Anything lower is considered ‘below the fold’. Average order value (AOV) is a key ecommerce metric. It represents the average monetary value of each transaction or order made on your website within a specific period. Black Friday is a huge shopping event that was traditionally held the day after Thanksgiving in the US. It’s now celebrated worldwide and is a fantastic opportunity for ecommerce brands to reel in new customers with irresistible offers and discounts. A challenger brand aims to disrupt and shake up its industry. They’re often small businesses that go toe-to-toe with industry leaders by providing alternative solutions, backed by ethical mission statements. Consignment is a popular trading method, particularly in the retail industry. Instead of buying loads of stock upfront, you could get your goods on consignment, meaning you only pay for what you sell. Dropshipping is a business model often used by ecommerce brands. When a customer orders a product from an online store, the retailer then orders from a third-party supplier who’ll ship the product directly to the customer. A European Article Number (EAN), also known as International Article Number, is a type of barcode unique to your products. Ecommerce - also spelled e-commerce or eCommerce - is short for 'electronic commerce' and is the process of selling products online. GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) is a unique code used to identify a specific product or product variant in the supply chain. Headless commerce lets ecommerce brands split out their front-end (like their online store) from their back-end systems (like inventory and order processing). Lifestyle photography aims to tell a story about your brand and capture the emotions of your target audience. Logistics describe the process of how a company manages, stores and delivers their goods. A niche is a specific segment of the consumer market. Think ‘vegan pet toys’ or ‘eco-friendly watering cans’. It caters to a very specific set of customers and, when done right, can be incredibly lucrative for your business. A private label is a product manufactured by a third-party supplier and sold exclusively under a retailer’s brand. Product bundling is when you collect together a selection of related products and sell them at a discounted price. Product positioning is a strategic exercise. It gives clarity on how a product matches your target audience’s needs and what sets it apart from the competition. A returning customer rate is measured by how many times a customer purchases something from your ecommerce store. Shopping cart abandonment rate is the percentage of online shoppers who add items to their cart but leave your website without completing their purchase. Third-party logistics (or 3PL), is when an ecommerce business hires an outside company to handle their logistics and supply chain activities. Universal product codes (UPCs) are unique 12-digital barcodes that are required for product identification. White label products are ready-made by third-party manufacturers, which you can brand and sell yourself. --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/free-trial Title: Start your Dash 14-day free trial (no credit card required) Meta Description: Ready to start your Dash free trial? You won't need a credit card to get going, and we won't auto-renew. Just 14 days of full access so you can explore. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/free-trial ## Headings Structure: H1: Start your Dash free trial H2: Loved by growing brands H2: Voted no. 1 most usable DAM on G2. ## Main Content: H1: Start your Dash free trial H2: Loved by growing brands H2: Voted no. 1 most usable DAM on G2. Dash is the new home for your images and video. Built for growing brands. Personalised demo with one of our experts Get under the hood of how Dash works Have all your questions answered Pick a time which works best for you Reschedule whenever you like - just let us know --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/integrations Title: Dash | Integrate your favourite apps with DAM Meta Description: Dash sits at the heart of the tools you use every day - from Shopify, design tools like Adobe and Canva, to marketing applications like Hootsuite. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/integrations ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Dash integrations H3: Adobe Express H3: WooCommerce H3: Zapier H3: Gmail H3: Box H3: Slack H3: API H3: Figma H3: WordPress H3: Google Workspace H3: Corebook H3: Canva H3: Microsoft Office H3: Shopify H3: Hootsuite H3: Adobe Creative Suite H3: Dropbox H3: Google Drive H2: FAQs on integrations H3: Will you be adding more native integrations? H3: Will you be building more Zapier Zaps? H3: Do you have an API? H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Dash integrations H3: Adobe Express H3: WooCommerce H3: Zapier H3: Gmail H3: Box H3: Slack H3: API H3: Figma H3: WordPress H3: Google Workspace H3: Corebook H3: Canva H3: Microsoft Office H3: Shopify H3: Hootsuite H3: Adobe Creative Suite H3: Dropbox H3: Google Drive H2: FAQs on integrations H3: Will you be adding more native integrations? H3: Will you be building more Zapier Zaps? H3: Do you have an API? H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content View our current digital asset management integrations below. If you've got the coding chops, create your own Dash integration with our custom REST API. Keep your creative momentum going in Adobe Express. When you're building graphics, social posts, or presentations, you can drop in images from your Dash library using the LinkrUI connector—no need to break stride or leave Adobe Express. Add your product images from Dash straight into your WooCommerce product listings, using our WordPress integration. Zapier lets you connect Dash with literally thousands of other apps. It means you get to automate your work - without having to know any code! Use Zapier to link your Dash and Gmail accounts. Get notified with a Gmail when new assets are uploaded. And if you’re writing in Gmail, drop images or videos from your Dash straight into your email as attachments. Keep your Box and your Dash in-sync. When a file is added to a specific Box folder, this Zapier integration automatically adds that file to your Dash account. This Zapier integration adds assets shared in Slack to your Dash without extra effort. You'll also receive a Slack message whenever a new asset is added to Dash or a specific folder within Dash. Want to create your own native integration between Dash and an app of your choice? If you’ve got developer knowledge, then our REST API is ready and available for you to use. Don't let switching between apps interrupt your flow when you're in the zone. When you're working on designs in Figma, add in images from your Dash using the LinkrUI connector - without having to leave your Figma account. 35% of the web uses WordPress, but it can be tricky finding images and video without having to search endlessly for them. Use this Zapier connection to upload Dash images directly to WordPress's media library without having to fumble between systems. Use the LinkrUI connector to sync Dash to your Google Workspace. That means you’ll be able to drop assets stored in your Dash directly into your Slides, Docs and more. Tired of using PDF style guides you have to manually edit and resend every time you want to makes changes? Keeping your brand consistent is hard enough as it is. Create your living online brand book with Corebook using assets stored on your Dash - from images and video, to font files and documents. Drop images from Dash straight into your designs. Once connected, you’ll be able to search, find and use your Dash images - all without leaving Canva. Connect your Microsoft Office applications - from PowerPoint to Word. This integration lets you drop images from your Dash directly into the document or presentation you’re working on. Building or updating product listings in your Shopify account? Drop your photos from Dash straight into your product pages - all without ever leaving Shopify. Get in touch and we’ll send you a link to connect your accounts. Pull images directly from Dash to Hootsuite and then share with your audience. When a new asset is added to a folder in Dash, you'll have it immediately available in Hootsuite. Schedule and share posts with your most up-to-date content while still using the tools you love. Download images from your Dash directly into your designs when you’re using Adobe Creative Suite. No more switching back and forth between windows and applications when editing your creative files. Upload your video and image files from Dropbox into Dash, while keep your existing folder structure. This can be super helpful if you’re using a local Dropbox folder to collect together assets you want in your DAM. Now you can do the cherry-picking all from Dash! Import files from your Google Drive straight into Dash. The integration will keep your existing folder structure, and it’ll automatically remove duplicates for your. Pretty handy, huh? Check the article for details on how to set this up. We're always on the look out for ways to make Dash even more useful. If you'd like us to consider a new integration for Dash, feel free to get in touch. But of course! We've already added Dash custom Zapier Zaps for tools like Slack and are on the lookout for more that'd be useful. Email us if you have any suggestions. We do indeed. If you want to build your own integration between Dash and another app our REST API is available for you to use. More information can be found here. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/team/marketing Title: Dash | The home of marketing asset management Meta Description: Dash is the perfect DAM for marketers in growing brands. All your images, video, and visual content in one place, easily findable and ready to use. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/team/marketing ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Less time chasing files, more time marketing H3: Loved 💕 by DTC brands H3: Organise your visual content H3: Find your assets fast H3: Get images ready to use H2: Loved by people like you H3: Integrations that save you time H3: Manage your content creators H3: Keep track of how your assets perform H2: Marketers love Dash 💖 H3: Such a timesaver! H3: Great platform to keep brand assets organized H3: Great for sharing assets H3: An in-house Getty Images H3: An invaluable tool H3: Saving hours of photo searching! H2: Dash provides the best ROI H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team ## Main Content: H1: Less time chasing files, more time marketing H3: Loved 💕 by DTC brands H3: Organise your visual content H3: Find your assets fast H3: Get images ready to use H2: Loved by people like you H3: Integrations that save you time H3: Manage your content creators H3: Keep track of how your assets perform H2: Marketers love Dash 💖 H3: Such a timesaver! H3: Great platform to keep brand assets organized H3: Great for sharing assets H3: An in-house Getty Images H3: An invaluable tool H3: Saving hours of photo searching! H2: Dash provides the best ROI When you want to launch your campaign, the last thing you need are wasted hours searching for your marketing content. Start your free trial - no credit card needed Create one place for all your marketing assets. From images to videos, font files to logos, organise them easily with folders and unlimited custom fields. Think of how your marketing team wants to search content. Is it by product or campaign or photographer? Create your custom fields based on that.Dash automatically applies location and object tags to images. Combine Dash auto-tags and custom fields to search assets quickly. Select the image you want to use. Pick from Dash’s multiple preset image sizes or social media specs. Or create your own download dimensions for specs you use often - like ‘homepage banner’. "The time it takes to search for photos has decreased dramatically!" "It’s saved us countless hours. We can grow with Dash." "I love Dash. We literally use it every day, all the time. It’s just become part of our workflow now.” "We get fewer requests now for branded graphics and logos because they’re all on Dash." "Dash makes everyone’s life easier." "The best customer service in tech." "Dash has sped up our workflows and it's made access to all of our assets much easier." "Dash is saving me a lot of time." "There’s three things that I instantly liked about Dash. Price, support and scalability." Integrate Dash with the marketing apps you already use and improve the efficiency of your team. Dash integrates with tools like Canva, WordPress and Adobe Creative Suite. Share files simply by an URL or email from Dash and bid farewell to WeTransfer links or zip attachment.Have your freelance designers, photographers, and influencers upload content to Dash for approval and approve or reject content in one click.Control user access to the assets and give the right permissions to the right people. You’ve spent all that energy creating great content. Now you’ll want to know how it’s doing. Add an attribute in Dash to track how assets perform in the wild, creating a single place for all your data. Our users voted Dash as the DAM which gives you the best return on your investment. So what're you waiting for? Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/onboarding Title: Getting started with Dash | Onboarding Meta Description: Onboarding with Dash is fast and easy. We'll move your assets to Dash for free and our onboarding team will be on hand to help whenever you need it. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/onboarding ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: The least stressful move 🧘 you'll ever do H2: What you get  🎁 when you sign up H3: Free migration support H3: Your own success manager H3: In-app chat support H3: Free training course H2: From Drive & Dropbox to Dash 👉 in 4 easy steps 👈 H3: Step #1 H3: Step #2 H3: Step #3 H3: Step #4 H2: 100s of happy customers onboarded 😍 H3: Such a timesaver! H3: Great platform to keep brand assets organized H3: Great for sharing assets H3: An in-house Getty Images H3: An invaluable tool H3: Saving hours of photo searching! H2: Let's meet! 🙌 Book your Dash demo H3: Loved 💙 by growing brands H2: Onboarding FAQs H3: Are there extra set-up charges? H3: How long are your contracts? H3: Will you move my assets to their new home in Dash? H3: Should I clear out my Drive / Dropbox before using Dash? ## Main Content: H1: The least stressful move 🧘 you'll ever do H2: What you get  🎁 when you sign up H3: Free migration support H3: Your own success manager H3: In-app chat support H3: Free training course H2: From Drive & Dropbox to Dash 👉 in 4 easy steps 👈 H3: Step #1 H3: Step #2 H3: Step #3 H3: Step #4 H2: 100s of happy customers onboarded 😍 H3: Such a timesaver! H3: Great platform to keep brand assets organized H3: Great for sharing assets H3: An in-house Getty Images H3: An invaluable tool H3: Saving hours of photo searching! H2: Let's meet! 🙌 Book your Dash demo H3: Loved 💙 by growing brands H2: Onboarding FAQs H3: Are there extra set-up charges? H3: How long are your contracts? H3: Will you move my assets to their new home in Dash? H3: Should I clear out my Drive / Dropbox before using Dash? When you decide to go with Dash, we'll help you get going quickly. No lengthy onboarding which takes months. No intense training sessions to figure out the platform. When you sign up, our team will be on hand to help every step of the way. And we'll move your content to Dash for free. Start your free trial - no credit card needed Dash isn’t a one-and-done kind of deal. From free trial to customer, we’ll be on hand whenever you need us. Book a call ☎ with your customer success manager Share folders 📂 of content you want in Dash and we’ll move them over - for free Organise your files đŸ’« with Dash's bulk edit and metadata import Build new folders & fields 🏗 (with advice from us) Personalised demo with one of our experts Get under the hood of how Dash works We'll talk you through our onboarding process Have all your questions answered Reschedule whenever you like - just let us know We're looking forward to speaking with you! Nope! There's no hidden costs. Only as long as the billing cycle you decide to go with. If you pay monthly, we’ll just need a month’s notice. We sure will! Just give us access to wherever your assets are that you want migrated, and we'll get it sorted for you - for free. Drive and Dropbox can be unwieldy when you’re dealing with thousands of assets. When we move your assets over, we’ll merge any duplicates. Then you can use Dash’s bulk editing tools to quickly organise, tag and share your assets. --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/podcast Title: Ecommerce Marketing 101 Podcast | Dash Meta Description: We interview experts from the world of ecommerce and DTC marketing on how to grow their brands. Tune in for tips and inspiration you can try where you are! Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/podcast ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Ecommerce Marketing 101 Podcast 🎧 H2: How to Get 100K TikTok Followers: Rhiannon Johns from Piglet in Bed 🎧 H2: Launch your Shopify site in 18 weeks: Rebbeca Polding from Forthglade 🎧 H2: Create a successful paid acquisition strategy: Matt Holtwich from Chomps 🎧 H2: How to build a challenger brand: Yang Liu from JustWears 🎧 H2: How to boost DTC website conversions: Josh Lewis from MOJU 🎧 H2: How to boost customer loyalty and repeat purchases: Ben Clark from Hairstory🎧 H2: Using data to drive growth for your brand: Ankur Goyal from Coterie 🎧 H2: Creating thumb-stopping video ads: Toby Hart from Nusa Studios🎧 H2: Scaling your brand with paid media: Sophie Watson from DR. VEGAN 🎧 H2: How to build a community on social media: Amie Caswell from Lick 🎧 ## Main Content: H1: Ecommerce Marketing 101 Podcast 🎧 H2: How to Get 100K TikTok Followers: Rhiannon Johns from Piglet in Bed 🎧 H2: Launch your Shopify site in 18 weeks: Rebbeca Polding from Forthglade 🎧 H2: Create a successful paid acquisition strategy: Matt Holtwich from Chomps 🎧 H2: How to build a challenger brand: Yang Liu from JustWears 🎧 H2: How to boost DTC website conversions: Josh Lewis from MOJU 🎧 H2: How to boost customer loyalty and repeat purchases: Ben Clark from Hairstory🎧 H2: Using data to drive growth for your brand: Ankur Goyal from Coterie 🎧 H2: Creating thumb-stopping video ads: Toby Hart from Nusa Studios🎧 H2: Scaling your brand with paid media: Sophie Watson from DR. VEGAN 🎧 H2: How to build a community on social media: Amie Caswell from Lick 🎧 Join marketers from leading DTC brands on how they've grown their ecommerce businesses. Subscribe on Spotify and Apple Podcasts! --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/pricing Title: Affordable Digital Asset Management Pricing | Dash Meta Description: Check out Dash's DAM pricing, starting at just ÂŁ99 / $139 a month. Flexible, affordable digital asset management pricing, made for growing brands. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/pricing ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Every feature unlocked. From day one. đŸ’Ș H3: Loved 💕 by DTC brands H2: Pay monthly, or save 10% by paying annually H3: Start up H3: Growing brand H3: Established brand H3: Enterprise H2: Which plan is best for me? đŸ€” H3: How much storage do you need? H3: How many people do you expect to use Dash? H3: Start up H2: Not sure which plan is best for you? đŸ€” H2: Marketers and creatives💙 love 💙 Dash H3: Such a timesaver! H3: Great platform to keep brand assets organized H3: Great for sharing assets H3: An in-house Getty Images H3: An invaluable tool H3: Saving hours of photo searching! H2: Your questions, answered đŸ€“ H3: What counts as a download? H3: What happens if I go over my storage allowance? H3: What happens if I go over my monthly download allowance? H3: Can I pay by bank transfer? H3: Will I need training? H3: Will my Dash be backed up? H3: What's included in my storage allowance? H3: What if I need more than 1TB storage? H3: Will you help me move my brand's visual content? H3: How long are your contracts? H3: Can I get a non-profit discount? H3: How secure are my assets on Dash? H3: What onboarding and support do I get? ## Main Content: H1: Every feature unlocked. From day one. đŸ’Ș H3: Loved 💕 by DTC brands H2: Pay monthly, or save 10% by paying annually H3: Start up H3: Growing brand H3: Established brand H3: Enterprise H2: Which plan is best for me? đŸ€” H3: How much storage do you need? H3: How many people do you expect to use Dash? H3: Start up H2: Not sure which plan is best for you? đŸ€” H2: Marketers and creatives💙 love 💙 Dash H3: Such a timesaver! H3: Great platform to keep brand assets organized H3: Great for sharing assets H3: An in-house Getty Images H3: An invaluable tool H3: Saving hours of photo searching! H2: Your questions, answered đŸ€“ H3: What counts as a download? H3: What happens if I go over my storage allowance? H3: What happens if I go over my monthly download allowance? H3: Can I pay by bank transfer? H3: Will I need training? H3: Will my Dash be backed up? H3: What's included in my storage allowance? H3: What if I need more than 1TB storage? H3: Will you help me move my brand's visual content? H3: How long are your contracts? H3: Can I get a non-profit discount? H3: How secure are my assets on Dash? H3: What onboarding and support do I get? Affordable digital asset management pricing which won't break the bank. For start-ups and sole traders or save 10% by paying annually For growing brands with multiple teams or save 10% by paying annually For established brands with lots of visuals or save 10% by paying annually For managing creative at scale, starting at: or save 10% by paying annually Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Every time you get an asset out of Dash, we class that as a download. That's hitting the download button straight from Dash, but also downloading images from Dash using integrations (like Canva or Hootsuite) and using embedded links. However, we don't count individual views of assets through embedded links as a download. If you have any questions on this, just get in touch and we'd be happy to help.‍Find our more information here. We won't stop you from uploading content if you're about to go over your agreed storage capacity. Your subscription will increase automatically to allow for this. You can always reduce it back down by deleting content you don't need and letting us know. Dash won't prevent you from going over your agreed monthly downloads. If this happens, we'll be in touch to see if you want to change the monthly downloads you agreed. If your usage exceeds this for another month, we'll automatically increase it. You can get in touch with us at any time to reduce it. You can sign up for Dash within the app with your credit card details. We only provide the option to pay via bank transfer for our annual Established Brand plan. If you pick this, we'll provide a proposal and send an invoice annually to your billing contact. Dash has been designed to be really intuitive, so intensive training is rarely needed. You can take a quick course in the Dash Academy to learn at your own pace. Packed with videos, tips and examples, the academy helps even Dash experts learn something new! Every image or video you upload to Dash is automatically backed-up to a different Amazon Web Server region within the EU. All backups are encrypted in transit and at rest. Only the number of live assets in your Dash count towards your storage allowance. That means different versions of an asset, assets you've deleted, or assets waiting for approval don't count towards your subscription allowance.‍Find out more here. If you want more than 1TB storage, then you're entitled to special discounts. Once you go over 1TB, you can buy extra storage at a 50% discounted rate - so it'll cost you ÂŁ2.50 or $3.25 per 50GB. Absolutely! And we'll do it for free. We can move your images and videos  from providers like Google Drive to their new home in your Dash - and can even keep your file structure intact. Get in touch if you'd like more information. We won't tie you into lengthy contracts. If you decide Dash isn't the right fit for you, then you'd only need to give us 30 days notice from your next billing date. We're happy to grant 10% off for charities and not-for-profits. Get in touch with us during your trial if this is something you'd be interested in. We're a tech company first and foremost, so we take security very seriously. From encryption to ISO 27001 certification, there are lots of ways Dash keeps your data safe. ‍Find out more. No matter which pricing plan you pick, you'll get free onboarding support including a welcome call with our specialists to help you get set-up.After onboarding, our customer success team will be on-hand to provide quick, speedy support whenever you need it. --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/privacy-policy Title: Privacy Policy | Dash's commitment to your privacy Meta Description: Information on the data Dash collects and how we use it, including what third party websites have access to our client's data. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/privacy-policy ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: The Dash privacy policy H2: 1. Introduction H2: 2. What we collect and how we use it H2: 3. Our customers' service data H2: 4. Who do we share your information with? H2: 5. Social media, blogs, reviews etc. H2: 6. Third party websites H2: 7. International transfer of your information H2: 8. Minors H2: 9. Security of your information H2: 10. How long do we keep information for? H2: 11. Opting out H2: 12. Managing your information H2: 13. Updates to this privacy policy H2: 14. CCTV information H2: 15. Cookies H2: 16. About us H2: 17. EU Representative H2: 18. Where to go if you want more information about your privacy rights ## Main Content: H1: The Dash privacy policy H2: 1. Introduction H2: 2. What we collect and how we use it H2: 3. Our customers' service data H2: 4. Who do we share your information with? H2: 5. Social media, blogs, reviews etc. H2: 6. Third party websites H2: 7. International transfer of your information H2: 8. Minors H2: 9. Security of your information H2: 10. How long do we keep information for? H2: 11. Opting out H2: 12. Managing your information H2: 13. Updates to this privacy policy H2: 14. CCTV information H2: 15. Cookies H2: 16. About us H2: 17. EU Representative H2: 18. Where to go if you want more information about your privacy rights This privacy policy comes is shared across Bright, the organisation that makes Dash. In this section we outline the different types of personal data that we process and the purpose for doing so: We need to share your details with a limited number of other organisations in order to effectively provide our applications and services to you. When we share your information, we only do so in accordance with our legal data protection and privacy obligations. Your information may be disclosed to other people and organisations who help us provide our services to you, including: The terms and privacy policies of these service providers may apply to you as well, depending on your usage of their services. Any social media posts/comments or public reviews that you submit for Dash through third-party sites (e.g. via Facebook or Capterra) will be shared under the terms of the relevant platform and may be used in our marketing, if the third-party site allows. We do not control these platforms and we are not responsible for this kind of sharing.  You are responsible for ensuring that any comments you make comply with any relevant policy on acceptable use of those services. Our websites include hyperlinks to, and details of, third party websites. We have no control over, and are not responsible for the privacy policies and practises of third parties. We’re based in the UK and use suppliers from many parts of the world to provide our applications and services to you. To allow us to run our business on this basis, the information we collect may on occasion be transferred to, stored and used at premises in other countries including the United States of America. We are committed to data protection and ensuring the security of your data, regardless of its location around the world. Where required by applicable data protection law, our supplier contracts include the European Commission-approved Standard Contractual Clauses in order to safeguard data that is transferred outside of the UK and EEA. We do not knowingly collect any personal information from children under the age of 16 and would delete any such data upon becoming aware of it. We take the security of your information very seriously. We use appropriate procedures and technical security measures (including encryption, anonymisation and archiving techniques) to safeguard your information. We use secure means to communicate with you where appropriate, such as https and other security and encryption protocols. Read more about our Security Policy (hosted on our parent company Bright's site). Our customers data is stored and managed by Amazon Web Services who provide details of their security policies and procedures here. We only hold on to your information for as long as we need it for the purposes we acquired it for. In most cases, this means we will keep your information for as long as the organisation you represent continues to be our customer or use our services, and for a period following the end of that relationship. When you cease to be a customer or end your interactions with us, we will securely archive your data for reference purposes. Our standard data retention periods are as follows: analytics data - up to 36 months following collection;customer relationship data - a minimum of 6 years following the end of the end of the relevant customer relationship; thereafter, we will periodically review the retention of this data, and this data will be deleted if we determine that retention is no longer necessary or useful for the purposes of facilitating the provision or support of our applications or services, or for the purposes of our communications with customers or prospective customers;enquiry data - a minimum of 6 years following the date of collection; thereafter, we will periodically review the retention of this data, and this data will be deleted if we determine that retention is no longer necessary or useful for the purposes of our communications with customers or prospective customers;marketing data - 6 to 12 months following the last relevant marketing communication that we send to you (providing that, unless you instruct us otherwise, we will retain opt-out information indefinitely);jobseeker data - with 6 months following the completion of the application process, unless: (i) if you consent to us retaining your information as part of our Total Talent programme, we will retain the jobseeker data for so long as that consent is valid; and (ii) if you become an employee, the jobseeker data will be retained in accordance with our employee privacy policies. We provide ways for you to stop all marketing email communications you receive from us, by including the ‘unsubscribe’ link  in each email we send to you. We need to send certain communications to our users and customers which are deemed necessary and cannot be opted out of, such as service and administrative emails. Please contact us at info@builtbybright.com. Please notify us with any changes to your contact details, to ensure our records stay up to date. You have the right to ask us what information we hold about you, to request a copy of that data, that your data be updated, corrected or deleted entirely. Any such request should be in writing and include reasonable details about the information you want to know. We review the ways we use your information regularly and so may, from time to time, change this privacy policy to reflect our changing activities. Whenever we make changes to this policy we will post an update on our websites and if appropriate, at our discretion, email you directly. Following updates, please check to see if you’re still happy with our latest policy. CCTV is in operation at Bright’s offices. All CCTV footage is captured purely for your security and for the prevention and detection of crime. If you’d like to know more, please see our signage, or contact us using the details provided below. We use cookies and other tracking tools to improve your experience of our websites, applications and services, and to improve the quality of our service delivery. Details of how we use cookies can be found in our the two cookie policies we maintain for our marketing sites - Bright and Dash. Our full legal name is Bright Interactive Limited. We’re a public limited company incorporated in England and Wales. Our registered company number is 03865036 and our registered address is Ninth Floor, Tower Point, 44 North Road, Brighton, BN1 1YR. We are registered with the Information Commissioner’s Office in the UK. Our registration number is ZA293316. We process the personal data of individuals in the European Union (EU) and European Economic Area (EEA), in either the role of ‘data controller’ or ‘data processor’ and we have appointed DataRep as our Data Protection Representative for the purposes of GDPR. If you are based in the EU or EEA and you’d like to exercise your rights under the GDPR you can choose to contact us via Data Rep and any of their 29 locations within the EU and EEA. Details of how to do this can be found on this information sheet. Here is a link to our EU representative contact summary. The Information Commissioner’s Office (ICO) regulates data protection and privacy matters in the UK. They make a lot of information accessible to consumers on their website and they ensure that the registered details of all data controllers such as ourselves are available publicly. You can access them here. --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/refer-friend Title: Refer a friend to Dash and earn up to $750 Meta Description: Have friends at brands you think would love Dash? Get your referral link and earn rewards for every demo, free trial and customer sign-up you send our way. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/refer-friend ## Headings Structure: H1: Refer friend, earn up to $1,600 H3: Loved 💙 by growing brands H2: How the programme works đŸ€“ H3: How do I refer friends? H3: How many friends can I refer? H3: What type of brands would be good to refer to Dash? H3: What's in it for me? H3: How do I receive the rewards? H3: What are your terms and conditions? ## Main Content: H1: Refer friend, earn up to $1,600 H3: Loved 💙 by growing brands H2: How the programme works đŸ€“ H3: How do I refer friends? H3: How many friends can I refer? H3: What type of brands would be good to refer to Dash? H3: What's in it for me? H3: How do I receive the rewards? H3: What are your terms and conditions? Just go to your Dash to get your link. Don't have a Dash yet? Fill in our free trial form here to get your personal link 👉 Sign up for a Dash to get your referral link Get $50 when your friend starts a free trial Earn 10% of their first year's Dash subscription Here's who'd be a good fit to refer Dash to: Check out our Ts & Cs. It's simple! Just login to your Dash and find 'Refer a friend' in the menu. From here, you can get your personal referral links to send to your friends. Don't have a Dash yet? No problem, just create a free trial. As long as they're working for legitimate brands, you can refer as many as you like. You can sign up for Dash yourself within the app. But if you'd rather a proposal document to sign, that's fine too - get in touch with using our chat widget. A very good question, my friend. You'll earn $50 when your friend creates a Dash free trial. Then you'll earn 10% of your their first year's projected subscription when they become a Dash customer (up to $1,600). You'll receive gift cards through our provider, Tremendous. Through this service, you can pick whether you'd like a gift card from various different vendors, or redeem it for cold hard cash. Read this article for our full terms and conditions. --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/resources Title: Free downloadable resources | Dash Meta Description: From our popular DAM software comparison worksheet to influencer marketing databases, get free resources to help you grow your brand. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/resources ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Resources H2: The DAM software comparison worksheet H2: Black Friday planning pack H2: WeTransfer alternatives comparison worksheet H2: Influencer marketing pack H2: The retailer pack H2: The influencer database H2: Influencer marketing campaign plan H2: Your free Shopify apps database H2: Ecommerce ad templates H2: Your photography brief template H2: Your influencer brief template H2: Your free marketing apps database H2: Asset migration spreadsheet H2: Your Dash pitch deck template H2: Free product sell sheet templates ## Main Content: H1: Resources H2: The DAM software comparison worksheet H2: Black Friday planning pack H2: WeTransfer alternatives comparison worksheet H2: Influencer marketing pack H2: The retailer pack H2: The influencer database H2: Influencer marketing campaign plan H2: Your free Shopify apps database H2: Ecommerce ad templates H2: Your photography brief template H2: Your influencer brief template H2: Your free marketing apps database H2: Asset migration spreadsheet H2: Your Dash pitch deck template H2: Free product sell sheet templates Take a look at our free, downloadable content—perfect for growing brands. ✹ Looking for a new DAM but feeling overwhelmed with choices? We don't blame you—there are 250+ vendors to choose from. This comparison sheet will help you whittle down your choices. Black Friday doesn’t need to be a last minute scramble. This planning pack will help you find inspiration for your campaigns and ensure all your channel content is ready for the big weekend. Tired of expired links and lost files? It's time to look for a WeTransfer alternative that will help your brand grow. Are you thinking about bringing influencers into your marketing strategy? This pack offers helpful resources to help you find, brief and work with content creators. Whether you’re already in talks with new partners or you’re finalising your trade marketing strategy—this retailer pack will help you pitch your products and build relationships with key retailers. In this database, you’ll find 50 UK content creators across a range of different niches. From skin care to LGBTQIA+ issues, plus-size fashion to technology, we’ve compiled a range of creators who can help you grow your business. Plan and find inspiration for your influencer marketing campaigns with this free slide deck. Set up your goals, find the perfect influencers and create a mood board of your campaign. This free Notion database will give you 34 Shopify apps to pick from. Whether you need help with your SEO, analytics or user-generated content—there are loads of apps to help you grow your store. Ads are a must for any ecommerce brand wanting to stand out and sell more products. But if you're not a designer, it can be tricky to know where to start. Grab these Canva templates, get inspired and design ads that sell. Gorgeous product photography is a must for ecommerce brands. It's what helps you stand out from the competition and tempt your audience to buy. If you're using a photographer to help you capture images, check out this brief to get started Working with influencers is a great way to get your products in front of new audiences. But the key to a good partnership is a good brief. Download our free template and start planning killer influencer campaigns. If you’re a marketer for a small brand, or it’s literally just you running your business, you need the tools to help you get in front of the right audience. We've collated a selection of (budget-friendly) marketing tools to help your business thrive. 🚀 If your assets are scattered across your shared drives and network servers, you can use this spreadsheet to help organise your content—ready for your move to Dash. Considering Dash as your DAM of choice but need to win over your boss? Download our editable slide deck to help prove how much money you could save with Dash. đŸ€‘ Get your products into retail stores with these eye-catching sell sheet templates in Canva. Drop in your product images, add your own branding and send off your sell sheets to your partners. --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/features/search-organise Title: Dash | Search and organise your digital assets with ease Meta Description: Build a home for your brand's images and video using Dash. Use image recognition and create your own tags so your team can find what you need - fast. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/features/search-organise ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Find all your visuals, fast H2: Automatic tags for âšĄïžultra-fast⚡ searching H3: Tag objects đŸš© H3: Find images by location 📍 H3: Search 🔍 by text in image H3: Tag objects đŸš© H3: Find images by location 📍 H3: Search 🔍 by text in image H2: Marketers and creatives💙 love 💙 Dash H2: A step-up from Drive and Dropbox 🔎 H3: Your Dash đŸ€ your rules H3: Keep personal collections 🔒 H3: Build a folder structure that works for you 🗂 H2: People using Dash save time ⏰ H3: Such a timesaver! H3: Great platform to keep brand assets organized H3: Great for sharing assets H3: An in-house Getty Images H3: An invaluable tool H3: Saving hours of photo searching! H2: Speed up ⚡ your marketing ## Main Content: H1: Find all your visuals, fast H2: Automatic tags for âšĄïžultra-fast⚡ searching H3: Tag objects đŸš© H3: Find images by location 📍 H3: Search 🔍 by text in image H3: Tag objects đŸš© H3: Find images by location 📍 H3: Search 🔍 by text in image H2: Marketers and creatives💙 love 💙 Dash H2: A step-up from Drive and Dropbox 🔎 H3: Your Dash đŸ€ your rules H3: Keep personal collections 🔒 H3: Build a folder structure that works for you 🗂 H2: People using Dash save time ⏰ H3: Such a timesaver! H3: Great platform to keep brand assets organized H3: Great for sharing assets H3: An in-house Getty Images H3: An invaluable tool H3: Saving hours of photo searching! H2: Speed up ⚡ your marketing Find your images and video fast. Search your visual content with Dash and save hours each day. Start your free trial - no credit card needed Dash can tag objects for you. Search 'chair' and all your chair pictures will appear. If your image has geolocation metadata of where it was taken, you can search by address text. Dash can tag objects for you. Search 'chair' and all your chair pictures will appear. Dash can tag objects for you. Search 'chair' and all your chair pictures will appear. If your image has geolocation metadata of where it was taken, you can search by address text. Dash can tag objects for you. Search 'chair' and all your chair pictures will appear. "The time it takes to search for photos has decreased dramatically!" "It’s saved us countless hours. We can grow with Dash." "I love Dash. We literally use it every day, all the time. It’s just become part of our workflow now.” "We get fewer requests now for branded graphics and logos because they’re all on Dash." "Dash makes everyone’s life easier." "The best customer service in tech." "Dash has sped up our workflows and it's made access to all of our assets much easier." "Dash is saving me a lot of time." "There’s three things that I instantly liked about Dash. Price, support and scalability." Organise your brand's images and videos. Tag your assets so you (and your team) can find what they need - fast. Think of how your team want to search for assets. By product, campaign or the creator who took the photo?Once you know that, the rest is easy. Create your own fields, tags and filters and your team will be able to find what they need. Create personal collections of images you'd like to use in your next campaign. Or gather assets for a top secret project you're working on - your secret's safe with Dash. Sometimes, only a trusty folder will do it.Use folders on Dash to collect together different types of assets so your team have everything they need for their project - without having to go hunting. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/features/share-collaborate Title: Dash | Share, approve and collaborate on visual content Meta Description: Sharing is caring. Use Dash to send files securely by URL or email and collaborate on content with your team. Manage access permissions easily. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/features/share-collaborate ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Share your visual content with ease H2: Automatic tags for âšĄïžultra-fast⚡ searching H3: Send files with a click H3: Work with your team H3: Approve your creatives H3: Send files with a click H3: Work with your team H3: Approve your creatives H2: Marketers and creatives💙 love 💙 Dash H3: Give public access to images and videos H3: Control who gets to see what H3: Build your online brand guide H2: Care how you share, like these 👇 H3: Such a timesaver! H3: Great platform to keep brand assets organized H3: Great for sharing assets H3: An in-house Getty Images H3: An invaluable tool H3: Saving hours of photo searching! H2: Take the hassle out of sharing your visual content ## Main Content: H1: Share your visual content with ease H2: Automatic tags for âšĄïžultra-fast⚡ searching H3: Send files with a click H3: Work with your team H3: Approve your creatives H3: Send files with a click H3: Work with your team H3: Approve your creatives H2: Marketers and creatives💙 love 💙 Dash H3: Give public access to images and videos H3: Control who gets to see what H3: Build your online brand guide H2: Care how you share, like these 👇 H3: Such a timesaver! H3: Great platform to keep brand assets organized H3: Great for sharing assets H3: An in-house Getty Images H3: An invaluable tool H3: Saving hours of photo searching! H2: Take the hassle out of sharing your visual content Sharing is caring... unless you're making things harder for yourself or your team. Use Dash to send files simply and painlessly, like it should be. Start your free trial - no credit card needed Share any images and videos in your Dash. Select as many assets as you want and decide whether to share by email or with a unique URL. You won't need off-brand, third-party sharing sites to give your colleagues or partners access to the files they need. From photoshoots to marketing campaigns, it takes a village to create stunning content for your brand.Dash helps you bring teams together - whether you're remote or in the office.Create collections and invite teammates or freelancers so everyone's up-to-date and knows what's going on. Your photographer has finished a shoot and sent you a zip file of 30,231,199 images. Fun!Next time, have them upload straight to Dash, ready for your approval.Accept the ones you like, reject the files that need more work. Share any images and videos in your Dash. Select as many assets as you want and decide whether to share by email or with a unique URL. You won't need off-brand, third-party sharing sites to give your colleagues or partners access to the files they need. From photoshoots to marketing campaigns, it takes a village to create stunning content for your brand.Dash helps you bring teams together - whether you're remote or in the office.Create collections and invite teammates or freelancers so everyone's up-to-date and knows what's going on. Your photographer has finished a shoot and sent you a zip file of 30,231,199 images. Fun!Next time, have them upload straight to Dash, ready for your approval.Accept the ones you like, reject the files that need more work. "The time it takes to search for photos has decreased dramatically!" "It’s saved us countless hours. We can grow with Dash." "I love Dash. We literally use it every day, all the time. It’s just become part of our workflow now.” "We get fewer requests now for branded graphics and logos because they’re all on Dash." "Dash makes everyone’s life easier." "The best customer service in tech." "Dash has sped up our workflows and it's made access to all of our assets much easier." "Dash is saving me a lot of time." "There’s three things that I instantly liked about Dash. Price, support and scalability." Select groups of assets to make publicly available, without users requiring a Dash login.No more emailing external partners - like agencies or resellers - every time you've updated an asset, or have new photos to share.Just send them over to your portal, straight from Dash. Teams need different sets of permissions. Create groups - like 'brand team' - and add users to keep everyone aligned.Everyone will have access to the assets they need - without seeing what you don't want them to. Do away with ye olde style guide PDF and take yours online using Dash's integration with Corebook.Use image, video, and font files from your Dash. It's editable and beautifully presented, just like your brand deserves. Ditch your WeTransfer woes. Try Dash and share your visual content from a single place. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/team Title: Meet the team | Get to know the team behind Dash Meta Description: From sales and developers to marketing and customer success, meet the people behind Dash. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/team ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Meet our team H3: Alex Southgate H3: Amy Burchill H3: Angus Goldsmith H3: Barney Cox H3: Ben Browning H3: Charlie Pinker H3: Dan Gibson H3: Emily Lamb H3: Katya Rose H3: Kevin Bennett H3: Lea Perrino H3: Lucy Grimwood H3: Luke Barry H3: Martin Wilson H3: Mike Piperakis H3: Sara Radford H3: Tom Mason H3: ZĂ© Meirinhos ## Main Content: H1: Meet our team H3: Alex Southgate H3: Amy Burchill H3: Angus Goldsmith H3: Barney Cox H3: Ben Browning H3: Charlie Pinker H3: Dan Gibson H3: Emily Lamb H3: Katya Rose H3: Kevin Bennett H3: Lea Perrino H3: Lucy Grimwood H3: Luke Barry H3: Martin Wilson H3: Mike Piperakis H3: Sara Radford H3: Tom Mason H3: ZĂ© Meirinhos Here's the team behind Dash. Say hello! 👋 Sales and Onboarding Manager SEO and Content Manager Customer Success Lead Junior Software Developer Product Support Specialist Sales and Onboarding Manager Demand Generation Manager --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/our-values Title: Our values | Dash's ethics and the causes we support Meta Description: We're not just a SaaS product - we want to have a positive impact on the world. Here's the values of the Dash team and the causes we support. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/our-values ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Our values 💖 H2: How we work đŸ€ H2: The values we care about ✊ H2: What we're doing 🌎 ## Main Content: H1: Our values 💖 H2: How we work đŸ€ H2: The values we care about ✊ H2: What we're doing 🌎 Dash is made up of a team of kind, diverse and creative individuals. We work together as a team to make Dash a success and do what we can to leave the world a better place. Here’s the Dash principles we work by: We advocate for the causes we believe in and want to make a positive contribution to the world. These are the causes the Dash team cares about: These aren't empty words. Here's what we’re doing to further the causes we support. We recognise we have a lot of work still to do in certain areas, and will have more to share on our progress soon. 💡 Want to find out more? Read our full social and environmental responsibility policy. --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/compare/bynder Title: Bynder vs. Dash Meta Description: Get your ROI back 4x faster with Dash than you would if you opted for Bynder. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/compare/bynder ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Launch 4x faster with Dash đŸ’Ș H3: Loved 💕 by DTC brands H2: Dash vs. Bynder H3: A new tool shouldn't feel like going to school 🍎 H3: Affordable, simple pricing đŸ€‘ H3: Built for growing ecommerce brands 🚀 H3: Flexible contracts which suit you 🔐 H2: How Dash compares to Bynder 🏆 H2: Dash vs. Bynder pricing H2: Bynder H2: Moving from Bynder to Dash 👉 in 4 easy steps 👈 H3: Step #1 H3: Step #2 H3: Step #3 H3: Step #4 H2: Loved by marketers and creatives, just like you ✹ H3: Such a timesaver! H3: Great platform to keep brand assets organized H3: Great for sharing assets H3: An in-house Getty Images H3: An invaluable tool H3: Saving hours of photo searching! H2: Speed up ⚡ your marketing H2: Compare Dash to the rest ⚖ H3: Adobe vs. Dash H3: Air vs. Dash H3: Brandfolder vs. Dash H3: Canto vs. Dash H3: Frontify vs. Dash H3: MediaValet vs Dash ## Main Content: H1: Launch 4x faster with Dash đŸ’Ș H3: Loved 💕 by DTC brands H2: Dash vs. Bynder H3: A new tool shouldn't feel like going to school 🍎 H3: Affordable, simple pricing đŸ€‘ H3: Built for growing ecommerce brands 🚀 H3: Flexible contracts which suit you 🔐 H2: How Dash compares to Bynder 🏆 H2: Dash vs. Bynder pricing H2: Bynder H2: Moving from Bynder to Dash 👉 in 4 easy steps 👈 H3: Step #1 H3: Step #2 H3: Step #3 H3: Step #4 H2: Loved by marketers and creatives, just like you ✹ H3: Such a timesaver! H3: Great platform to keep brand assets organized H3: Great for sharing assets H3: An in-house Getty Images H3: An invaluable tool H3: Saving hours of photo searching! H2: Speed up ⚡ your marketing H2: Compare Dash to the rest ⚖ H3: Adobe vs. Dash H3: Air vs. Dash H3: Brandfolder vs. Dash H3: Canto vs. Dash H3: Frontify vs. Dash H3: MediaValet vs Dash Pick Dash over Bynder. You'll be live faster and your team will find it easier to use. And that's all without breaking the bank. Start your free trial - no credit card needed The main reasons brands opt for Dash instead of Bynder. Dash's interface is clean, simple and easy to use.And that's important. When you pick a DAM, you want to get going quickly. Why waste time on complicated interfaces and team training sessions? We don't sell you extras you'll never use. Every feature and unlimited users are unlocked from day one. Instead, pay for what you're using. Want more storage or downloads? Just add them on to your bill. Dash is specifically built for ambitious, growing ecommerce brands like Passenger and Beavertown.From approval flows to public portals, we aim to make your job easier - so you're able to launch your campaigns faster. Bynder only offer annual contracts. That's an option with Dash, but we understand flexibility is important. If you pick a monthly contract, you'll just need to give 30 days to cancel.(Not that you'll want to - we're just that good! 😇) Data based on 212 independent G2 reviews Price starts at ÂŁ99 / $139 for all features + users Access to all features, straight away Add on storage - check pricing for details Price kept secret, starts with at least ÂŁ350/ $450 Extra features locked behind expensive plans Extra storage charges are hidden away Book a call with our onboarding team. Share folders you want in Dash and we’ll move them over. Organise your files with Dash's bulk edit and metadata import. You're good to go! Spread the word to your team. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed Adobe's Experience Manager isn't a silver bullet. If you're trying to do more complicated tasks, consider Dash. Air: a good option if you're all about content ops. However, pricing can ramp up quickly, and it falls down in key areas. An industry heavyweight good for big enterprise businesses. But for growing, more agile brands? Not so much. It's interface can feel outdated and users report a steep learning curve, according to product reviews. Great for brand management teams, but Frontify might not meet requirements of the rest of your business. Marketers switch to Dash for the more transparent pricing, portals feature and the award-winning UX. --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/compare/brandfolder Title: Brandfolder vs. Dash Meta Description: Thinking of picking your first DAM? Or switching from Brandfolder as your digital asset management tool? Here's why you should pick Dash. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/compare/brandfolder ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Get ROI back 60% faster with Dash đŸ’Ș H3: Loved 💕 by DTC brands H2: Brandfolder vs. Dash H3: Simpler to get started 🧘 H3: Pricing you can actually afford đŸ€‘ H3: Get investment back in 12 months 🏃 H3: Built specifically for growing brands 🚀 H2: How Dash compares to Brandfolder 🏆 H2: Dash vs. Brandfolder pricing H2: Brandfolder H2: Move from Brandfolder to Dash 👉 in 4 steps 👈 H3: Step #1 H3: Step #2 H3: Step #3 H3: Step #4 H2: Loved by marketers and creatives, just like you ✹ H3: Such a timesaver! H3: Great platform to keep brand assets organized H3: Great for sharing assets H3: An in-house Getty Images H3: An invaluable tool H3: Saving hours of photo searching! H2: Speed up ⚡ your marketing H2: Compare Dash to the rest ⚖ H3: Adobe vs. Dash H3: Air vs. Dash H3: Bynder vs. Dash H3: Canto vs. Dash H3: Frontify vs. Dash H3: MediaValet vs Dash ## Main Content: H1: Get ROI back 60% faster with Dash đŸ’Ș H3: Loved 💕 by DTC brands H2: Brandfolder vs. Dash H3: Simpler to get started 🧘 H3: Pricing you can actually afford đŸ€‘ H3: Get investment back in 12 months 🏃 H3: Built specifically for growing brands 🚀 H2: How Dash compares to Brandfolder 🏆 H2: Dash vs. Brandfolder pricing H2: Brandfolder H2: Move from Brandfolder to Dash 👉 in 4 steps 👈 H3: Step #1 H3: Step #2 H3: Step #3 H3: Step #4 H2: Loved by marketers and creatives, just like you ✹ H3: Such a timesaver! H3: Great platform to keep brand assets organized H3: Great for sharing assets H3: An in-house Getty Images H3: An invaluable tool H3: Saving hours of photo searching! H2: Speed up ⚡ your marketing H2: Compare Dash to the rest ⚖ H3: Adobe vs. Dash H3: Air vs. Dash H3: Bynder vs. Dash H3: Canto vs. Dash H3: Frontify vs. Dash H3: MediaValet vs Dash Want to wait 20 months to get return on investment back? Didn't think so! Pick Dash over Brandfolder. Start your free trial - no credit card needed Here's why you should pick Dash over Brandfolder. You've gotten sign off to go ahead and buy your DAM tool. The last thing you want is to face a lengthy onboarding process.Dash's award-winning UX and refined simplicity make it super easy to get started. For a team of 20 on Brandfolder, you're looking at least $2,000 a month.Dash starts at $139 monthly for unlimited users and all features. Add on extra storage or downloads with our upfront, transparent and affordable pricing. Would you rather get ROI back in 12 months? Or 20?Get your ROI back 60% faster with Dash. We're affordable and it's quicker to go live. According to G2, customers get going with us twice as fast. Dash is built specifically for growing, ambitious ecommerce brands. There's a reason companies like Passenger Clothing and Beavertown pick us. ‍We build features specifically to simplify your creative process and help you get campaigns out faster. Data based on 264 independent G2 reviews Price starts at $109 for all features + users Access to all features, straight away Add on extra storage - check pricing for details Starts from $2,000 a month for a team of 20 Extra features locked behind expensive plans Extra storage costs are hidden away Book a call with our onboarding team. Share folders you want in Dash and we’ll move them over. Organise your files with Dash's bulk edit and metadata import. You're good to go! Spread the word to your team. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed Adobe's Experience Manager isn't a silver bullet. If you're trying to do more complicated tasks, consider Dash. Air: a good option if you're all about content ops. However, pricing can ramp up quickly, and it falls down in key areas. One of the industry heavyweights. But it can be expensive and slow to get going. Find out more. Its interface can feel outdated and users report a steep learning curve, according to product reviews. Great for brand management teams, but Frontify might not meet requirements of the rest of your business. Marketers switch to Dash for the more transparent pricing, portals feature and the award-winning UX. --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/compare/frontify Title: Frontify vs. Dash Meta Description: Weighing up whether you should pick Frontify as your brand asset management platform? Here's why you should think again. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/compare/frontify ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Get ROI back 50% faster with Dash đŸ’Ș H3: Loved 💕 by DTC brands H2: Dash vs. Frontify H3: Simple + easy to use 🧘 H3: A creative tool for your whole business đŸ€ H3: Get investment back in 12 months 🏃 H3: Built specifically for growing brands 🚀 H2: How Dash compares to Frontify 🏆 H2: Dash vs. Frontify pricing H2: Frontify H2: How to move from Frontify to Dash 👉 in 4 steps 👈 H3: Step #1 H3: Step #2 H3: Step #3 H3: Step #4 H2: Loved by marketers and creatives, just like you ✹ H3: Such a timesaver! H3: Great platform to keep brand assets organized H3: Great for sharing assets H3: An in-house Getty Images H3: An invaluable tool H3: Saving hours of photo searching! H2: Speed up ⚡ your marketing H2: Compare Dash to the rest ⚖ H3: Adobe vs. Dash H3: Air vs. Dash H3: Bynder vs. Dash H3: Canto vs. Dash H3: Brandfolder vs. Dash H3: MediaValet vs Dash ## Main Content: H1: Get ROI back 50% faster with Dash đŸ’Ș H3: Loved 💕 by DTC brands H2: Dash vs. Frontify H3: Simple + easy to use 🧘 H3: A creative tool for your whole business đŸ€ H3: Get investment back in 12 months 🏃 H3: Built specifically for growing brands 🚀 H2: How Dash compares to Frontify 🏆 H2: Dash vs. Frontify pricing H2: Frontify H2: How to move from Frontify to Dash 👉 in 4 steps 👈 H3: Step #1 H3: Step #2 H3: Step #3 H3: Step #4 H2: Loved by marketers and creatives, just like you ✹ H3: Such a timesaver! H3: Great platform to keep brand assets organized H3: Great for sharing assets H3: An in-house Getty Images H3: An invaluable tool H3: Saving hours of photo searching! H2: Speed up ⚡ your marketing H2: Compare Dash to the rest ⚖ H3: Adobe vs. Dash H3: Air vs. Dash H3: Bynder vs. Dash H3: Canto vs. Dash H3: Brandfolder vs. Dash H3: MediaValet vs Dash Why wait 2 years to get a return on investment back with Frontify when you could opt for Dash? Start your free trial - no credit card needed Here's why you should pick Dash over Frontify. You've gotten sign off to go ahead and buy your DAM tool. The last thing you want is to face a lengthy onboarding process.While Frontify can be tricky to use, Dash's award-winning UX and simplicity makes it easy to get started. Frontify is designed for brand managers, and it does a great job of meeting their needs.Dash is for your whole business. As well as brand managers, Dash is for marketing, ecommerce, sales and creative teams to improve their creative workflows. Would you rather get ROI in 12 months? Or 2 years?Get your ROI back 50% faster with Dash. We're affordable and it's quicker to go live. According to G2, customers get going with us twice as fast. Dash is built specifically for growing, ambitious ecommerce brands. There's a reason companies like Passenger Clothing and Beavertown pick us. ‍We build features specifically to simplify your creative process and help you get campaigns out faster. Data based on 264 independent G2 reviews From $139 for all features + unlimited users Access to every feature, straight away Add on extra storage - check pricing for details Pricing kept secret until you book a call with them to get info Extra features locked behind expensive plans Extra storage costs are hidden away Book a call with our onboarding team. Share folders you want in Dash and we’ll move them over. Organise your files with Dash's bulk edit and metadata import. You're good to go! Spread the word to your team. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed Adobe's Experience Manager isn't a silver bullet. If you're trying to do more complicated tasks, consider Dash. Air: a good option if you're all about content ops. However, pricing can ramp up quickly, and it falls down in key areas. One of the industry heavyweights. But it can be expensive and slow to get going. Find out more. Its interface can feel outdated and users report a steep learning curve, according to product reviews. One of the biggest DAMs out there, aimed at enterprise companies. Expect an enterprise price tag to match. Marketers switch to Dash for the more transparent pricing, portals feature and the award-winning UX. --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/compare/canto Title: Canto vs. Dash Meta Description: Weighing up if you should go with Canto for your digital asset management (DAM) tool? See how it stacks up against Dash and you'll save time and money. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/compare/canto ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Launch twice as fast with Dash đŸ’Ș H3: Loved 💕 by DTC brands H2: Canto vs. Dash H3: Simpler to get started 🧘 H3: Pricing you can actually afford đŸ€‘ H3: Get going twice as fast 🏃 H2: How Dash compares to Canto 🏆 H2: Dash vs. Canto pricing H2: Canto H2: Easily move from Canto to Dash 👉 in 4 steps 👈 H3: Step #1 H3: Step #2 H3: Step #3 H3: Step #4 H2: Loved by marketers and creatives, just like you ✹ H3: Such a timesaver! H3: Great platform to keep brand assets organized H3: Great for sharing assets H3: An in-house Getty Images H3: An invaluable tool H3: Saving hours of photo searching! H2: Speed up ⚡ your marketing H2: Compare Dash to the rest ⚖ H3: Adobe vs. Dash H3: Air vs. Dash H3: Bynder vs. Dash H3: Brandfolder vs. Dash H3: Frontify vs. Dash H3: MediaValet vs Dash ## Main Content: H1: Launch twice as fast with Dash đŸ’Ș H3: Loved 💕 by DTC brands H2: Canto vs. Dash H3: Simpler to get started 🧘 H3: Pricing you can actually afford đŸ€‘ H3: Get going twice as fast 🏃 H2: How Dash compares to Canto 🏆 H2: Dash vs. Canto pricing H2: Canto H2: Easily move from Canto to Dash 👉 in 4 steps 👈 H3: Step #1 H3: Step #2 H3: Step #3 H3: Step #4 H2: Loved by marketers and creatives, just like you ✹ H3: Such a timesaver! H3: Great platform to keep brand assets organized H3: Great for sharing assets H3: An in-house Getty Images H3: An invaluable tool H3: Saving hours of photo searching! H2: Speed up ⚡ your marketing H2: Compare Dash to the rest ⚖ H3: Adobe vs. Dash H3: Air vs. Dash H3: Bynder vs. Dash H3: Brandfolder vs. Dash H3: Frontify vs. Dash H3: MediaValet vs Dash Dash customers get up and running twice as fast than those using Canto. Just sayin'. Start your free trial - no credit card needed Here's why you should pick Dash over Canto for your DAM. You've gotten sign off to go ahead and buy your DAM tool. The last thing you want is to face a lengthy onboarding process.Dash's award-winning UX and refined simplicity make it super easy to get started. Canto can get expensive and you end up paying for features you don't need.Dash starts at $139 monthly for unlimited users and all features. Add on extra storage or downloads with our upfront, transparent and affordable pricing. When you compare impartial data from G2, Dash's customers report launching their DAM twice as fast as those using Canto. Data based on 264 independent G2 reviews Price starts at $139 for all features + users Access to all features, straight away Add on extra storage - check pricing for details Secretive, could start at $600 for basic Extra features locked behind expensive plans Extra storage costs are hidden away Book a call with our onboarding team. Share folders you want in Dash and we’ll move them over. Organise your files with Dash's bulk edit and metadata import. You're good to go! Spread the word to your team. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed Adobe's Experience Manager isn't a silver bullet. If you're trying to do more complicated tasks, consider Dash. Air: a good option if you're all about content ops. However, pricing can ramp up quickly, and it falls down in key areas. One of the industry heavyweights. But it can be expensive and slow to get going. Find out more. One of the largest DAMs out there - but with a hefty enterprise price tag to match. See how it stacks against Dash. Great for brand management teams, but Frontify might not meet requirements of the rest of your business. Marketers switch to Dash for the more transparent pricing, portals feature and the award-winning UX. --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/ai-beta Title: đŸ€– Sign-up to the AI beta Meta Description: Don't be left behind. Sign-up to the Dash AI beta so you can be the first to use AI search, smart tagging and more. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/ai-beta ## Headings Structure: H1: Be the first to use our new AI features ✹ ## Main Content: H1: Be the first to use our new AI features ✹ Change is coming. Sign up to our beta to access new AI features before they're released mid May 2025. Smart tagging which learns from you AI search to find that needle in a haystack Hidden gems unearthed with similar images And all regular Dash features unlocked Start your AI beta free trial today! --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/features/ai Title: Dash | AI Search, Similar Images and Smart Tagging - JUST LAUNCHED Meta Description: Dash just got smarter. Search and deploy your creative with our new AI features - from AI search to smart tagging. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/features/ai ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Work smarter. Not harder. H3: Loved 💕 by DTC brands H3: Search how you think H3: Find your best content H3: Let Dash tag creative for you H2: Loved by marketers and creatives đŸ«¶ H3: Such a timesaver! H3: Great platform to keep brand assets organized H3: Great for sharing assets H3: An in-house Getty Images H3: An invaluable tool H3: Saving hours of photo searching! H2: FAQs for our new AI features đŸ€“ H3: What do you mean by 'AI search'? H3: Why is smart tagging in beta? H3: How does smart tagging work? H3: Where do I find suggested images? H2: Speed up ⚡ your marketing ## Main Content: H1: Work smarter. Not harder. H3: Loved 💕 by DTC brands H3: Search how you think H3: Find your best content H3: Let Dash tag creative for you H2: Loved by marketers and creatives đŸ«¶ H3: Such a timesaver! H3: Great platform to keep brand assets organized H3: Great for sharing assets H3: An in-house Getty Images H3: An invaluable tool H3: Saving hours of photo searching! H2: FAQs for our new AI features đŸ€“ H3: What do you mean by 'AI search'? H3: Why is smart tagging in beta? H3: How does smart tagging work? H3: Where do I find suggested images? H2: Speed up ⚡ your marketing Change is here. Search smarter, find content quicker, and reduce the time to tag your creative. Introducing Dash's new AI features. Start your free trial - no credit card needed With AI search, turn your creative library into a search engine. Look for content how you think - like ‘man smiling wearing hat on the beach’ - and find it quicker. Your creative is on point. So find more like it with similar images. Click on an image to see all associated creative across your Dash account. Tired of tagging photographs from photoshoots yourself? Train Dash with your tagging habits - from product name to SKU - and let it help you out. You can now use everyday language when searching for your creative on Dash. For example, if you type "smiling man at beach wearing tshirt", you'll get relevant results - even if those words aren’t in the asset’s metadata. This is the most complicated of our AI features, so we want to make sure it's as useful as it can be to ecommerce brands. We've taken the decision to keep this feature in beta now so we can gather feedback on it with a view to improving it later down the line. Good question! Dash now trains an AI model using the values you've used to tag your existing images. The more data you have the smarter it gets, and the more specific it can be to your brand. Your privacy is important, so this model is updated daily and trained only on your own Dash account. Click on any asset in your Dash and scroll down - you'll see a load of creative that Dash has found similar to the one you're already viewing. This is super useful way to collect related content together and unearth images you might have forgotten about! Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/uses/black-friday Title: Get ready for Black Friday - 15% off Dash Meta Description: Ditch the creative chaos this BFCM weekend. Get everything organized with Dash. Sign up now for 15% off. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/uses/black-friday ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Scale Black Friday (without burning out) H3: Loved 💕 by DTC brands H3: Collect your product creative together H3: Find your content, fast H3: Refresh Shopify listings for BFCM H3: Don't let WeTransfer trip you up H3: Get creative ready for campaigns yourself H3: Access creative anywhere on any device H2: Loved by marketers and creatives đŸ«¶ H3: Such a timesaver! H3: Great platform to keep brand assets organized H3: Great for sharing assets H3: An in-house Getty Images H3: An invaluable tool H3: Saving hours of photo searching! H2: Save 15% off your Dash ## Main Content: H1: Scale Black Friday (without burning out) H3: Loved 💕 by DTC brands H3: Collect your product creative together H3: Find your content, fast H3: Refresh Shopify listings for BFCM H3: Don't let WeTransfer trip you up H3: Get creative ready for campaigns yourself H3: Access creative anywhere on any device H2: Loved by marketers and creatives đŸ«¶ H3: Such a timesaver! H3: Great platform to keep brand assets organized H3: Great for sharing assets H3: An in-house Getty Images H3: An invaluable tool H3: Saving hours of photo searching! H2: Save 15% off your Dash Don’t reinvent the wheel this BFCM weekend - make the most of your existing product creative. Store everything in one place where it’s easy to find, share and re-use. Start your free trial - no credit card needed Don’t be lost in Dropbox chaos when Black Friday hits. Get creative in one place where it's easy to find. Search for creative with AI search. Find assets by product name, SKU, campaign and more so you can launch campaigns quickly. Update product listings quickly with Shopify integration. Drop product shots from your Dash from Shopify itself. Make sure your team has the creative they need to execute BFCM plans on schedule. Send brand-approved assets with no expired links. Get Black Friday creative ready without waiting on design tweaks. Crop, resize and reformat in seconds. On the move during BFCM weekend rush? You can get what they need, whether on desktop or mobile. It wouldn't be Black Friday without a discount. Get 15% off your first 6 months if you sign up before 1st December 2025. Start your free trial and use code BFCM-15! Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/tag/dam Title: Dash blog | Learn how DAM can help your brand grow Meta Description: Guides to help you choose the best digital asset management tool for your growing brand. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/tag/dam ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: The Dash blog H2: Why your business needs brand asset management [2025 update] H3: Be inspired by your visual assets again. Take out a Dash free trial today. H3: Your guide to digital asset management for small business [2025 update] H3: 12 digital asset management features to make your life easier H3: The best Photoshelter DAM alternatives for ecommerce H3: Why ecommerce brands need marketing asset management to grow H3: Why your homeware brand needs DAM H3: What is a digital asset - and why are they essential for your brand? H3: Why fashion and apparel brands shouldn’t sleep on DAM H3: The best DAM software for ecommerce brands H3: The best media library software for DTC brands H3: MediaValet Alternatives: Which DAM is better for your brand? H3: The best WeTransfer alternatives for your ecommerce brand [free and paid] H3: Digital asset management pricing: how much does DAM cost? H3: Acquia DAM (Widen) vs Brandfolder: Which is better for your DTC brand? H3: Brandfolder vs Air: Which DAM should you choose for your ecommerce store? H3: The ROI of digital asset management: How to make a strong business case for DAM H3: What is digital asset management (DAM)? H3: Bynder vs. Brandfolder: Which is better for your brand? H3: Brandfolder vs Canto: Which should you choose? H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: The Dash blog H2: Why your business needs brand asset management [2025 update] H3: Be inspired by your visual assets again. Take out a Dash free trial today. H3: Your guide to digital asset management for small business [2025 update] H3: 12 digital asset management features to make your life easier H3: The best Photoshelter DAM alternatives for ecommerce H3: Why ecommerce brands need marketing asset management to grow H3: Why your homeware brand needs DAM H3: What is a digital asset - and why are they essential for your brand? H3: Why fashion and apparel brands shouldn’t sleep on DAM H3: The best DAM software for ecommerce brands H3: The best media library software for DTC brands H3: MediaValet Alternatives: Which DAM is better for your brand? H3: The best WeTransfer alternatives for your ecommerce brand [free and paid] H3: Digital asset management pricing: how much does DAM cost? H3: Acquia DAM (Widen) vs Brandfolder: Which is better for your DTC brand? H3: Brandfolder vs Air: Which DAM should you choose for your ecommerce store? H3: The ROI of digital asset management: How to make a strong business case for DAM H3: What is digital asset management (DAM)? H3: Bynder vs. Brandfolder: Which is better for your brand? H3: Brandfolder vs Canto: Which should you choose? H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content The latest articles and guides from Dash - the best DAM tool for growing brands. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/tag/ecommerce Title: Dash blog | Articles on how to grow your DTC brand Meta Description: Guides and articles to help you grow your ecommerce brand 🚀 Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/tag/ecommerce ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: The Dash blog H2: Why your homeware brand needs DAM H3: Be inspired by your visual assets again. Take out a Dash free trial today. H3: 18 creative Black Friday campaigns from ecommerce brands [2025 update] H3: How ecommerce brands can prepare for Black Friday H3: Why fashion and apparel brands shouldn’t sleep on DAM H3: Segment or lose: Why personalisation will win BFCM 2025 H3: How to organise ecommerce photography for faster launches H3: How to get your products into stores and scale your retail partnerships H3: WooCommerce vs Shopify: which one is best for your online store? H3: Trade marketing strategy 101 for ecommerce marketers H3: Build a brand portal for your retail partners that grows your revenue H3: Create a digital lookbook for your DTC fashion brand (with inspo to steal from) H3: 7 practical tactics for building a community around your fashion brand H3: The best DAM software for ecommerce brands H3: Create stunning homeware shots (without a styled set) H3: How homeware brands can increase their TikTok following H3: How ecommerce brands are navigating 2025’s trade turbulence H3: The best media library software for DTC brands H3: The best ecommerce platforms for your DTC brand H3: 15 benefits of influencer marketing to boost ecommerce sales H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: The Dash blog H2: Why your homeware brand needs DAM H3: Be inspired by your visual assets again. Take out a Dash free trial today. H3: 18 creative Black Friday campaigns from ecommerce brands [2025 update] H3: How ecommerce brands can prepare for Black Friday H3: Why fashion and apparel brands shouldn’t sleep on DAM H3: Segment or lose: Why personalisation will win BFCM 2025 H3: How to organise ecommerce photography for faster launches H3: How to get your products into stores and scale your retail partnerships H3: WooCommerce vs Shopify: which one is best for your online store? H3: Trade marketing strategy 101 for ecommerce marketers H3: Build a brand portal for your retail partners that grows your revenue H3: Create a digital lookbook for your DTC fashion brand (with inspo to steal from) H3: 7 practical tactics for building a community around your fashion brand H3: The best DAM software for ecommerce brands H3: Create stunning homeware shots (without a styled set) H3: How homeware brands can increase their TikTok following H3: How ecommerce brands are navigating 2025’s trade turbulence H3: The best media library software for DTC brands H3: The best ecommerce platforms for your DTC brand H3: 15 benefits of influencer marketing to boost ecommerce sales H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content The latest articles and guides from Dash - the best DAM tool for growing brands. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/tag/marketing Title: Dash blog | Articles to help you boost your ecommerce marketing Meta Description: Guides and articles that will help you improve your ecommerce marketing skills and sell more products. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/tag/marketing ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: The Dash blog H2: Why ecommerce brands need marketing asset management to grow H3: Be inspired by your visual assets again. Take out a Dash free trial today. H3: What is a digital asset - and why are they essential for your brand? H3: 18 creative Black Friday campaigns from ecommerce brands [2025 update] H3: How ecommerce brands can prepare for Black Friday H3: How to resize images for social media H3: How to organise ecommerce photography for faster launches H3: Trade marketing strategy 101 for ecommerce marketers H3: Build a brand portal for your retail partners that grows your revenue H3: Create a digital lookbook for your DTC fashion brand (with inspo to steal from) H3: The best DAM software for ecommerce brands H3: The best media library software for DTC brands H3: PNG vs JPG: Picking the best format for your channels H3: 15 benefits of influencer marketing to boost ecommerce sales H3: The top 7 AI marketing tools for growing ecommerce businesses H3: WeTransfer vs Dropbox: Which one is better for one-time file sharing? H3: How to optimise your Google Shopping feed like a pro H3: How can brands increase word of mouth marketing in 2025? H3: Should I use SharePoint digital asset management for my brand's images and vidoes? H3: The best SharePoint alternatives in 2025 H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: The Dash blog H2: Why ecommerce brands need marketing asset management to grow H3: Be inspired by your visual assets again. Take out a Dash free trial today. H3: What is a digital asset - and why are they essential for your brand? H3: 18 creative Black Friday campaigns from ecommerce brands [2025 update] H3: How ecommerce brands can prepare for Black Friday H3: How to resize images for social media H3: How to organise ecommerce photography for faster launches H3: Trade marketing strategy 101 for ecommerce marketers H3: Build a brand portal for your retail partners that grows your revenue H3: Create a digital lookbook for your DTC fashion brand (with inspo to steal from) H3: The best DAM software for ecommerce brands H3: The best media library software for DTC brands H3: PNG vs JPG: Picking the best format for your channels H3: 15 benefits of influencer marketing to boost ecommerce sales H3: The top 7 AI marketing tools for growing ecommerce businesses H3: WeTransfer vs Dropbox: Which one is better for one-time file sharing? H3: How to optimise your Google Shopping feed like a pro H3: How can brands increase word of mouth marketing in 2025? H3: Should I use SharePoint digital asset management for my brand's images and vidoes? H3: The best SharePoint alternatives in 2025 H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content The latest articles and guides from Dash - the best DAM tool for growing brands. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/tag/podcast Title: Dash blog | Insights from ecommerce experts on our podcast Meta Description: Read discussions with ecommerce experts and learn how to grow your DTC brand Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/tag/podcast ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: The Dash blog H2: How to get 100K TikTok followers | insights from Piglet in Bed H3: Be inspired by your visual assets again. Take out a Dash free trial today. H3: Launching a Shopify store in 18 weeks | Insights from Forthglade H3: 8 paid acquisition strategies to grow your brand | Insights from Chomps H3: How to build a challenger brand | insights from JustWears H3: How to boost your website conversions | insights from MOJU drinks H3: How to boost repeat purchases | insights from Hairstory H3: 7 ways data can drive growth for your brand with Coterie H3: How to create social-first ecommerce video ads | insights from Nusa Studios H3: How to build a community on social media | insights from Lick paints H3: Tips on using paid media to scale your brand | insights from DR.VEGAN H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: The Dash blog H2: How to get 100K TikTok followers | insights from Piglet in Bed H3: Be inspired by your visual assets again. Take out a Dash free trial today. H3: Launching a Shopify store in 18 weeks | Insights from Forthglade H3: 8 paid acquisition strategies to grow your brand | Insights from Chomps H3: How to build a challenger brand | insights from JustWears H3: How to boost your website conversions | insights from MOJU drinks H3: How to boost repeat purchases | insights from Hairstory H3: 7 ways data can drive growth for your brand with Coterie H3: How to create social-first ecommerce video ads | insights from Nusa Studios H3: How to build a community on social media | insights from Lick paints H3: Tips on using paid media to scale your brand | insights from DR.VEGAN H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content The latest articles and guides from Dash - the best DAM tool for growing brands. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/tag/product Title: Dash blog | Learn about Dash product updates and new features Meta Description: Get the most out Dash with these handy guides, written by the experts in our team. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/tag/product ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: The Dash blog H2: Build a brand portal for your retail partners that grows your revenue H3: Be inspired by your visual assets again. Take out a Dash free trial today. H3: Bynder vs. Brandfolder: Which is better for your brand? H3: Brandfolder alternatives: which DAM is best for your business? H3: Bynder DAM alternatives: Which is best for your brand? H3: Canto digital asset management alternatives: which DAM should you pick? H3: The Dash team's top songs from Spotify Wrapped 2024 H3: Use Dash images in your WooCommerce product listings H3: Dash wins Best Results and Customer Service awards H3: How Dash is supporting Pride Month 2024 H3: Dash wins Easiest Setup and Best Relationship awards H3: New feature: Trim and resize videos in Dash H3: How we reorganised our images and videos in Dash H3: How to create Klaviyo campaigns with Dash H3: Get UGC and content from contributors with guest uploads H3: Upload assets from Drive or Dropbox to Dash H3: Dash wins G2's Best Relationship awards H3: 4 steps to migrating your assets to a new DAM H3: How to manage your content creation workflows H3: New pricing - Every Dash feature unlocked from day one H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: The Dash blog H2: Build a brand portal for your retail partners that grows your revenue H3: Be inspired by your visual assets again. Take out a Dash free trial today. H3: Bynder vs. Brandfolder: Which is better for your brand? H3: Brandfolder alternatives: which DAM is best for your business? H3: Bynder DAM alternatives: Which is best for your brand? H3: Canto digital asset management alternatives: which DAM should you pick? H3: The Dash team's top songs from Spotify Wrapped 2024 H3: Use Dash images in your WooCommerce product listings H3: Dash wins Best Results and Customer Service awards H3: How Dash is supporting Pride Month 2024 H3: Dash wins Easiest Setup and Best Relationship awards H3: New feature: Trim and resize videos in Dash H3: How we reorganised our images and videos in Dash H3: How to create Klaviyo campaigns with Dash H3: Get UGC and content from contributors with guest uploads H3: Upload assets from Drive or Dropbox to Dash H3: Dash wins G2's Best Relationship awards H3: 4 steps to migrating your assets to a new DAM H3: How to manage your content creation workflows H3: New pricing - Every Dash feature unlocked from day one H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content The latest articles and guides from Dash - the best DAM tool for growing brands. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/2023-spotify-wrapped-team Title: The Dash team's top songs from Spotify Wrapped 2023Twitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Here's what the Dash team have been listening to in 2023, straight from their Spotify Wrapped. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/2023-spotify-wrapped-team ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: The Dash team's top songs from Spotify Wrapped 2023 H3: ZĂ©, Senior JavaScript Developer H3: Kev, Technical Architect H3: Barney, Marketing Lead H3: Emily, Customer Acquisition Team Lead H3: Angus, Head of Dash H3: Lea, Sales and Onboarding Manager H3: Amy, SEO and Content Manager H3: Jon, Software Engineer H3: Rich, Information Security Manager H3: Charlie, Customer Success Lead H3: Dan, Junior Software Developer H3: Ben, UX Lead H3: Sara, Demand Generation Manager H3: Al, Sales and Onboarding Manager H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: The Dash team's top songs from Spotify Wrapped 2023 H4: Katya, Product Support Specialist H3: ZĂ©, Senior JavaScript Developer H3: Kev, Technical Architect H3: Barney, Marketing Lead H3: Emily, Customer Acquisition Team Lead H3: Angus, Head of Dash H3: Lea, Sales and Onboarding Manager H3: Amy, SEO and Content Manager H3: Jon, Software Engineer H3: Rich, Information Security Manager H3: Charlie, Customer Success Lead H3: Dan, Junior Software Developer H3: Ben, UX Lead H3: Sara, Demand Generation Manager H3: Al, Sales and Onboarding Manager H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Music. Brings the people. Together. Yeah. đŸŽ¶ It's that time of year again where you can't move for people sharing their Spotify Wrapped. The Dash team are never one to miss out on the fun, so here's each team members' top song (and why it meant something to them). Listen to all 15 songs in the playlist below! 'Three Drums' by Four Tet "I became a bit obsessed with this after seeing him play it live in May with loads of coloured immersive lights. ✹ Just very dreamy and lovely!" 'Mamezala' by Mafikizolo "This song is in Zulu. I find it both energising and relaxing, and generally I love to travel the world through music." "There's great harmonies and overlapping vocals, over choppy guitar riffs. Super stuff from a supergroup!" 'Borrow Trouble' by Feist "Her Multitudes album has meant an awful lot to me this year. I also saw her in live in Sep and it was genuinely one of the best gigs I have ever been to! 'Borrow Trouble' is one of my favourites. The strings and the drums and the lyrics - just *chef's kiss*: “Making wrong what was all right”, relatable." 'Could You Help Me' by Lucy Rose "This song just scratches an itch in my brain!! Something about the snare and piano just does it for me." 'Yoshi Orange' by Ebi Soda "This is from a local Brighton jazz band that we discovered at the Great Escape. (Although my actual top song was 'Dream House' by Deafhaven - got to see them perform the album Sunbather in full at ArcTanGent this year! It probably doesn't have the most mass appeal though... 😅)" 'Lavender Haze' by Taylor Swift "Yes, I know I'm basic 😂 [Editor's note: There's no shame in liking Taylor Swift, she's an ICON]. Midnights is probably one of my fave albums she's ever done. I grew up always listening to her music and its SO catchy!" 'Mona Lisa' by Dominic Fike "I really love the lyrics in this song and it just reminds me of the summer. Plus it was in the new Spiderverse film which I haven't seen but... we can pretend I have! đŸ•·ïž" 'The Four Seasons: Spring 1', recomposed by Max Richter "It's like a favourite feel-good film: this track flips my mood to positive and leaves me smiling!" 'Love Survive' by Michael Nau "We played this so much in the car this summer as it's one of the few, but now growing number of, songs inhabiting the island where mine and my two kids' music tastes intersect ... that isn't 'any song by Little Simz'!" 'Lightchaser' by Cinnamon Chasers "Not quite my most-listened because my drumming has messed that up, so I'm going with 'Lightchaser' by Cinnamon Chasers. This sort of music is a guaranteed pick-me-up, just feels uplifting and the lack of vocals leaves room to get a bit more lost in the music." 'Adam, Check Please' by Owl City "I love it because it's motivational and just a great bop!" 'Leave Me Like This' by Skrillex "It’s a total banger. Good for listening to at the gym, or if you want to wake up a bit while working." 'Mr. Forgettable' by David Kushner "I don't know why this song is my Wrapped number 1. I think it comes on shuffle a lot and my hands-free switching is broken in the car. It's kinda forgettable like the name." [Editor's note: Typical Sara tbh] 'Tell Me Something Good' by Ewan McVicar "It's an excellent running track but also gets everybody nodding there heads, wiggling their hips and having a good old boogie." Barney is the Marketing Lead for Dash. He writes about small business marketing strategies and how DTC brands can boost sales. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/2024-spotify-wrapped-team Title: The Dash team's top songs from Spotify Wrapped 2024Twitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Here's what the Dash team were listening to in 2024. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/2024-spotify-wrapped-team ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: The Dash team's top songs from Spotify Wrapped 2024 H3: Sara, Demand Generation Manager H3: Barney, Marketing Lead H3: Angus, Technical Architect H3: Emily, Product Manager H3: Amy, SEO and Content Marketing Manager H3: Lea, Sales and Onboarding Manager H3: Martin, Head of Product H3: ZĂ©, Javascript Developer H3: Al, Sales Lead H3: Charlie, Product and Customer Success Lead H3: Katya, Product Support Specialist H3: Ben, UX Lead H3: Dan, Software Developer H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: The Dash team's top songs from Spotify Wrapped 2024 H3: Sara, Demand Generation Manager H3: Barney, Marketing Lead H3: Angus, Technical Architect H3: Emily, Product Manager H3: Amy, SEO and Content Marketing Manager H3: Lea, Sales and Onboarding Manager H3: Martin, Head of Product H3: ZĂ©, Javascript Developer H3: Al, Sales Lead H3: Charlie, Product and Customer Success Lead H3: Katya, Product Support Specialist H3: Ben, UX Lead H3: Dan, Software Developer H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content To see out 2024, here's what was on repeat for the Dash team this year. Enjoy! 'Good Luck Babe' by Chappell Roan "I didn't know I was such a fan! Show's how influential TikTok is on me đŸ„Ž" ALSO 'Good Luck Babe' by Chappell Roan "I'm now somewhat sick of it but apparently I was absolutely loving this song in April. I played it 84 times - oof." (Note from Angus: "I remember hearing it about 5 times in one day in the office") (Note from Barney: "I can but only apologise") 'Deep Fat' by Chatreuse and 'Pressure' by Plantoid "My top song was 'Deep Fat' but only because I was learning to sing it! After that it was 'Pressure' by Plantoid - local band, so I gotta rep 'em." 'This Head I Hold' by Electric Guest "My partner played this in the car a lot this year and MY GOD it would just get stuck in my head for days! Upbeat feels." 'She Calls Me Back (with Kasey Musgraves)' by Noah Kahan "Wanted to see him live but missed out on tickets. So I just had to listen to the songs over and over again!" 'Fortnight (feat. Post Malone)' by Taylor Swift "I think they're both such talented artists and I was super excited about this collaboration!" 'Always Remember Us This Way' by Lady Gaga "Okay... so please bear in mind that my Spotify account is shared by daughter's Alexa." (Editor's note: Uh huh, sure Jan) 'Brasa' by Rachel Reis "When I found this Bahian singer I couldn’t stop listening to her! I love her music." 'Prada' by RAYE, cassö and D-Block Europe "It just makes me want to dance!" 'Japan - Satin Jackets Remix' by Tycho, Saint Sinner and Saint Jackets "I love this track. Synthy and energetic while still being quite chilled, and the vocals are great, with some really cool guitar delay stuff going on!" "Shockingly mine is Four Tet again - this time, the song 'Skater' from his new album. It has a really nostalgic, dreamy, vaporwave-y feel and just scratches all the right parts of my brain. I've had it on repeat for a while!" 'Dream 3 (in the midst of my life)' by Max Richter, Ben Russel andYuki Namata Resnick "This is a stark contrast to my top song from 2023 (a Skrillex track). It's the perfect album for putting on in the background when you want to get on with some work." 'Little Blue' by Jacob Collier "This is partly because a few months back I was learning to sing/play it so had it on repeat for ages. Jacob's guitar playing is sublime and Brandi Carlile's voice is so lovely. It's cringe to say it but the whole song gives me a warm fuzzy feeling!" Barney is the Marketing Lead for Dash. He writes about small business marketing strategies and how DTC brands can boost sales. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/acquia-dam-widen-vs-brandfolder Title: Acquia DAM (Widen) vs Brandfolder: Which is better for your DTC brand?Twitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Discover the key differences between Brandfolder and Widen (now Acquia) to make the best digital asset management needs for your brand. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/acquia-dam-widen-vs-brandfolder ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Acquia DAM (Widen) vs Brandfolder: Which is better for your DTC brand? H2: What is Acquia DAM? H2: What is Brandfolder? H2: Brandfolder vs Acquia: Features H3: 1. Preset image sizes for marketplaces and social media H3: 2. Shopify and WooCommerce integrations H3: 3. Collecting UGC and creator content H3: 4. Sharing content with retailers and press H3: 5. Search and tagging H2: Brandfolder vs Acquia DAM: Pricing H3: Brandfolder pricing H3: Acquia DAM pricing H3: Dash pricing H2: Acquia DAM vs Brandfolder: User interface and experience H2: Acquia DAM vs Brandfolder: Customer support H2: Which DAM is best for your ecommerce brand? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Acquia DAM (Widen) vs Brandfolder: Which is better for your DTC brand? H2: What is Acquia DAM? H2: What is Brandfolder? H2: Brandfolder vs Acquia: Features H3: 1. Preset image sizes for marketplaces and social media H3: 2. Shopify and WooCommerce integrations H3: 3. Collecting UGC and creator content H3: 4. Sharing content with retailers and press H3: 5. Search and tagging H2: Brandfolder vs Acquia DAM: Pricing H3: Brandfolder pricing H3: Acquia DAM pricing H3: Dash pricing H2: Acquia DAM vs Brandfolder: User interface and experience H2: Acquia DAM vs Brandfolder: Customer support H2: Which DAM is best for your ecommerce brand? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content You’re looking for a new DAM for managing your visual content and you’ve come across Brandfolder or Acquia DAM in your research. They’re both well-established DAMs for enterprise companies, but are they the right fit for a fast-growing ecommerce brand? Before you commit, here’s what you need to know: neither of these DAMs is designed with ecommerce brands in mind. They also come with steep price tags, clunky user experiences, and extra costs for essential features, making them out of reach for smaller businesses. Fortunately, there are more affordable and ecommerce-friendly DAM alternatives — like Dash — built for online stores of all sizes. In this comparison, we’ll break down how Brandfolder and Acquia DAM stack up and why Dash might be the better choice for your business. Acquia DAM (formerly Widen) is a brand asset management (BAM) tool aimed at large enterprises. It’s designed to help teams maintain brand consistency by storing and managing logos, fonts, templates, and other key brand assets. Big companies like Dyson and Crayola use it to keep everything looking polished across multiple teams and regions. But let’s take a quick step back. What exactly is the difference between a DAM and a BAM? A digital asset management (DAM) system is built to help you organise, manage, and deploy all types of digital content — from lifestyle photography to product shots and campaign graphics. A BAM (brand asset management) tool is a type of DAM that focuses specifically on brand assets, with features like brand guidelines and templating. Acquia DAM leans heavily into the BAM category. It was originally known as Widen until it was acquired by Acquia in 2021. Since then, it’s been rolled into Acquia’s suite of enterprise marketing tools, alongside products like Drupal and Site Factory. So if you're already in that ecosystem, it might be a convenient (if pricey) add-on. That said, Acquia DAM is built for large, complex organisations, and the pricing reflects that. You’ll also need to pay extra for basic features like user seats and portals, which makes it a tough sell for smaller brands. For ecommerce teams looking to move fast and keep things simple, a tool like Dash will likely be a better (and more affordable) fit. Brandfolder is a digital asset management (DAM) platform built for large, enterprise teams. It’s used by global organisations like MasterCard and Zoom that need to store, manage, and share thousands of visual assets across different departments, teams and partners. The platform offers a wide range of DAM features — including asset analytics, templating tools, and creative workflows. It also integrates with over 100 third-party tools to support complex content pipelines across multiple teams. If you’re part of a big company managing visuals across global markets, Brandfolder helps keep everything consistent and accessible. However, Brandfolder is designed with enterprise users in mind. It's not built for growing ecommerce brands, and the price reflects that. Our research shows that Brandfolder starts at around $1,600 per month, and you’ll need to pay extra to unlock certain features or add new users to your account. So while Brandfolder might be suitable for a large company with layered approval workflows and multiple agency partners, it’s probably more than you need if you're a growing ecommerce brand. Dash, on the other hand, gives you everything you need to organise and deploy your content — without the enterprise price tag or complexity. 👉 Learn more about Brandfolder alternatives. Now that you have a solid overview of both tools, let’s see how their features compare. Here’s how Brandfolder and Acquia DAM compare for some key ecommerce use cases. And we’ll also add in Dash (that’s us), a DAM tool that’s actually built for growing brands: Whether it’s Amazon, Instagram, or your own product pages, every platform has different image requirements. But manually resizing images every time you run a new campaign is incredibly time-consuming. That’s why a good DAM will offer in-app resizing and cropping. Here’s how these tools stack up: Offers cropping and resizing, but custom presets are only available on higher-tier plans. That means your team might still be doing a lot of manual work unless you pay more. Also offers image cropping and resizing within the platform. However, there’s no information about what plan you’ll need for this feature. Dash has built in image presets for key social media channels including Instagram, TikTok and Facebook. That means you can quickly resize an image to meet the requirements of your channels. You can also set your own custom presets like email headers and product pages.  It keeps everything consistent, and means you no longer have to hassle your design team. 🙌 Your DAM should do more than just store your content, it should actively support your ecommerce workflows. That includes integrating with some of your key tools like your ecommerce platforms. Brandfolder doesn’t integrate with Shopify or WooCommerce. You’ll need to download assets and re-upload them manually to your CMS or ecommerce platform. Acquia DAM integrates with Drupal (Acquia’s own CMS) and other enterprise tools. It also has a native Shopify integration, but no WooCommerce support. Dash connects directly to Shopify and WooCommerce, so your product shots are always at your fingertips. You can browse your DAM from within your store’s backend and drop in new images without leaving the page. It’s simple, fast, and super useful when you’ve got new launches to go live. In fact, it’s one of the reasons Forthglade were able to launch their new Shopify store in just 18 weeks! Most ecommerce brands work with creators and influencers to help promote their products. That includes video testimonials, unboxing videos and product review posts on socials. Being able to easily collect that from your creators means it’s easier to repurpose it for your campaigns. Here’s how each DAM tool will help you collect content into your asset library. Brandfolder gives you the option to collect assets through upload links — which is handy if you want to invite someone outside your team to submit visuals. But unless you’re on one of the more expensive plans, you won’t get access to granular admin settings or advanced user permissions. That can make it difficult to control who can upload what, and where those files end up. Acquia DAM (formerly Widen) Acquia DAM also allows uploads via forms or shared links. It’s flexible, but not always straightforward. Permissions can be complex to set up and maintain — especially if you’re collaborating with lots of external partners, freelancers, or creators. On top of that, Acquia’s pricing is tied to user seats, so you might need to pay extra just to allow someone to upload a file. Dash offers a guest upload feature which is purpose-built for ecommerce workflows. You can share a custom upload link with your creators, influencers, photographers, or even your customers, and they can upload their content directly to your Dash account without needing to log in or create an account. Once uploaded, the assets land in a review area where you can approve or reject them before anything gets added to your main library. That means you stay in complete control, and your content stays organised. As an ecommerce brand, chances are you’re working with retailers and distributors to help sell your products to lots of different audiences. Your DAM should provide an easy way for you to share product imagery and brand assets. Here’s how Acquia DAM, Brandfolder and Dash compare. Brandfolder offers portals to help you curate and share content with external teams. It’s a convenient way to package up assets for different audiences — say, one portal for your retail partners and another for your PR team. But while the basic functionality is solid, the flexibility comes at a price. If you want multiple branded portals, custom access controls, or more advanced settings, you’ll likely need to upgrade to one of the higher-tier (and more expensive) plans. That might not be ideal if you have several different partner groups to cater to. Acquia DAM also provides access to portals, but they’re considered premium add-ons rather than core features. So even if you’re already paying a high price point for the DAM itself, you might still need to fork out more to unlock portal functionality. With Dash, portals are built in and available on every plan. đŸ„ł You can create multiple publicly-accesible version of your DAM for all your different stockists, distributors and press teams. Choose exactly which assets they can see, add a welcome message and share a simple link (with the option to be password protected). Learn how brands like Brewdog are using Dash portals to share assets with bars and partners around the world. If you can’t find what you need, your asset  library’s not doing its job. Search should be fast, intuitive, and reliable — no matter who’s using your DAM. Brandfolder uses metadata, manual tagging, and AI-powered auto-tagging to help you find assets. But reviews suggest that if your tags aren’t perfect, the search can feel slow and inaccurate. Acquia DAM offers predictive search and advanced filtering, but the interface can feel dated and clunky. It works well once you’ve mastered it — but there’s definitely a learning curve. Dash uses AI to tag assets automatically when you upload them. You can also search based on content — like “blue dress” or “three people outside” — even if you’ve forgotten the file name or tag. It’s like having a search engine just for your assets, and it’s built to work for non-technical users too. Acquia DAM and Brandfolder aren't public about their pricing, but my research shows that Brandfolder costs around $1,600 per month. And Acquia DAM can cost up to $250,000 per year đŸ€Ż. Here's a breakdown of their pricing structures. Brandfolder has two packages: Premium and Enterprise. There's no free plan or trial, but you can book a demo for a personalised product walkthrough with their sales team. As I mentioned earlier, Brandfolder’s cheapest plan costs around $1,600 per month — which is super expensive for non-enterprise businesses. And if that isn't bad enough, you need to purchase new features as add-ons. “It seems like every single time a new feature comes out that looks interesting, it’s snagged by the fact that it costs $$ to add — even something as simple as adding extra admins. Don't get me wrong, I understand the concept of not expecting everything for free. However, we already pay handsomely. It would be nice if not every single thing felt like a price gouge” — G2 Review. So, do you get a better deal with Acquia DAM? Let's find out. Acquia DAM can be purchased as a standalone product. You can also buy it as an add-on to other products in the Acquia ecosystem. For example, you can purchase Drupal and Acquia DAM for brand management. It has three pricing plans: These plans are very specific to the complex needs of a very large organisation — which is why they can cost up to $250,000 per year. If you were paying that much for a DAM, you’d expect all the features to come with it, right?  Not quite. Dash, on the other hand, gives you all of our DAM features for unlimited users including Portals. Let's dig more into Dash’s pricing. Dash’s pricing starts at $139/ÂŁ99 per month. As a Dash user, you get all of our DAM features for unlimited users. You don't have to purchase add-ons or upgrade to access more advanced features. We've structured our pricing this way to make it as easy as possible for Dash to scale with your business. As your ecommerce store grows, you'll likely have more people working on product images and videos internally. You can add these people to your Dash without paying for extra seats. “I am so glad we picked Dash as our DAM. As a seasonal company, we love the flexible pricing and how easy it is to use from Day 1” — G2 Review. User interface and experience are key when choosing a DAM. The last thing you want is a clunky, complicated digital asset management tool with a steep learning curve. Unfortunately, Acquia DAM drops the ball here. The user interface feels very clunky, and customers often struggle with simple tasks like uploading assets and adding tags to images. Here’s how one Acquia DAM user describes their experience with the DAM. “Acquia DAM is feeling more and more dated. Both controls on the admin side, as well as the day-to-day user experience, feel like a legacy enterprise system rather than a powerful new tool that is the future. This is not just the aesthetics, although this, of course, plays into the user experience, but it is also the number of clicks it takes to do anything and how intuitive those clicks are.” Brandfolder has a better user interface and experience than Acquia DAM — but it’s not without issues. For example, some users say that the thumbnails are too small, making it harder to identify images. “The main thing we don't like is the size of the thumbnails on the back end. We'd love to see the assets bigger, but we understand that feature might come later.” Dash, on the other hand, has a sleek and intuitive user interface that makes it a joy to use. Our customer, RevAir, says that finding images in Dash is like “going shopping,” which helps them make the most of their creative assets. “It’s so lovely to go ‘shopping in Dash’ because I can type in different search terms and tags and sort by file type. It not only returns the things I’m thinking of but also shows me other options that might be even better. Sometimes there are assets I didn’t even remember! Dash just makes us work better.” But our tool isn’t just about aesthetics. Dash is very easy to use, too. You can drop product shots directly into your store using our WooCommerce or Shopify integration; search for images based on their content and use the preset image sizes to make it easy to use visual content across all your channels. Nathan, from RJ Living, says: “Dash makes it easy for anyone to jump in and find what they want, and get back to what they were doing. It saves downloading a 40MB TIF file from Google Drive too which staff members, especially those working from home with slower internet, really appreciate. It’s become a hub for all our images.” According to several user reviews, Acquia DAM had great and reliable support when it was still Widen. But things changed after the acquisition. Now, many customers struggle with technical issues, outages and dismissive support. “Acquia’s customer service and support had already been declining for over a year. But once we communicated our need to offboard, the service became significantly worse. I was stood up for a meeting where I was meant to get instructions about backing up our assets (a service guaranteed in our contract).” Brandfolder isn’t much better. Reviews suggest that the live chat option is hardly available, and customers have to wait for days for a response to a simple enquiry. Consistent and reliable support is something Dash customers love about us 😍. Our support team is super responsive and always available to help you with any issues. You can contact us via in-app chat or ask to speak with one of our reps face-to-face. Here’s how Abi from COAT Paints describes her positive experience with our support team. “The Dash team is incredibly responsive to any queries and always quick to find a solution. In my experience, no other platform has matched the level of customer service that Dash provides.” Ultimately, the digital asset management platform you choose depends on your business needs. If you’re looking for a way to organise your brand assets and ensure consistent visual representation, Acquia DAM might be worth exploring. But remember, it comes with a very hefty price tag that might be unsustainable for a growing business. Brandfolder, on the other hand, is built for enterprise businesses. It may not be as expensive as Acquia DAM, but it is still a significant investment for smaller businesses. You’re also likely to struggle with challenges, such as poor customer support and a complex user experience. So where does that leave you? Sure, you could pick an expensive DAM that’s not built for ecommerce brands. Or you could consider Dash. Dash is built for the needs of a growing ecommerce business. We offer many of the features you’ll need to organise and use images and videos for your online store — all at a great price tag. Our DAM is super easy to use and scales with your business. Want to test things out for yourself? Try Dash for free for 14 days; no strings attached. For real, we won’t even ask for your credit card. Faith Uzuegbu is a content marketer and freelance writer for B2B SaaS and tech companies like ClassPass, PlayPlay, and Thinkific. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/adobe-dam Title: Is Adobe’s DAM solution a good pick for your brand?Twitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Considering Adobe's DAM solution? This article breaks down features, benefits and Adobe DAM pricing so you can find the best solution for your brand. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/adobe-dam ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Is Adobe’s DAM solution a good pick for your brand? H2: What is Adobe Experience Manager? H2: Is Adobe Experience Manager a DAM? H2: Pros and cons of Adobe DAM H2: Adobe Experience Manager alternatives H2: Adobe DAM vs Dash H2: Is Adobe Experience Manager the right DAM for you? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Is Adobe’s DAM solution a good pick for your brand? H2: What is Adobe Experience Manager? H2: Is Adobe Experience Manager a DAM? H2: Pros and cons of Adobe DAM H2: Adobe Experience Manager alternatives H4: 1. Dash: for digital asset management H4: 2. Storyblok: for ecommerce content management H4: 3. Sitecore: for digital experience management H2: Adobe DAM vs Dash H2: Is Adobe Experience Manager the right DAM for you? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content If your ecommerce business already uses Adobe Creative Cloud to create and edit product images and illustrations, you might be tempted to choose Adobe DAM as your digital asset management tool. Also called Adobe Experience Manager (AEM), it’s a place for you to organise those final assets ready to share to your marketing campaigns. With Adobe DAM, you can create assets in Creative Cloud applications (like Photoshop, Illustrator, and InDesign) and then store, manage, and share those assets directly within your DAM. This seems like a logical solution. However, several user reviews suggest that you need above-average knowledge of Java to begin making sense of Adobe DAM. And even if you have that, you'll still need a tech team to handle deployment and maintenance. And that’s before we even get on to the expensive pricing. 😼‍💹 So, is Adobe DAM really the best solution for your brand? đŸ€” Let’s find out in this article. Adobe Experience Manager is a digital experience platform (DXP) that lives in the cloud. Think of ‘the cloud’ as a shared, super-secure locker on the internet that you can access from anywhere, on any device. If you’d like to learn more, Barney has a great article explaining how cloud software, especially cloud DAMs, works. Back to Adobe Experience Manager. As a DXP, it lets you: All of the above is made possible by the six core solutions shown in the image below — including digital asset management software. No. Adobe Experience Manager isn't a standalone digital asset management solution like Dash. Instead, it's a digital platform with many tools and capabilities, including a DAM solution called Adobe Experience Manager Assets. Adobe Experience Manager Assets offers decent digital asset management features, such as smart tagging, bulk uploads, and image cropping and resizing. You can purchase it as a separate tool or with the other AEM solutions, including the content management system and digital signage. Basically: think of Adobe Experience Manager as a jack of all trades. It can do a lot of things. But it’s not specialised enough to do DAM software justice. Standalone DAM software like Dash offers just as many (if not more) features as AEM Assets — while giving you complete flexibility. For example, Dash lets you create portals to share updated assets with your retailers and partners. That way, they always have access to the latest images and videos for campaigns, and you don’t need to send links repeatedly. As an ecommerce business, you’ll also be able to access and use Dash assets directly in your Shopify or WooCommerce store. AEM Assets, however, doesn’t have any native Shopify or WooCommerce integrations. We’ll dig deeper into how both tools compare later in this article. Now that you have an overview of Adobe Experience Manager, let’s discuss what people love and don’t love about using this tool for digital asset management. For example, you can create new product images in Adobe Illustrator, edit them in Photoshop, and use them in AEM Assets. Similarly, Dash integrates with Adobe Creative Cloud, so you can easily do the same with our DAM. Dash also auto-tags your images. And you can search for assets using the content of the images, not only tags. For example, if your image contains a chair, you can search for “chair” and Dash will provide all the images with that object — making you find assets faster. While Adobe DAM has some interesting benefits, it also has significant drawbacks: “AEM is an ancient platform wrapped up in a modern "touch UI," and you can tell. Throughout the product, there are still references to the previous branding and old UIs that have gotten a half-assed replacement — forcing you to use both. It is absolutely clunky, with a terrible and slow dev experience.” Not a fan of all the limits and complexity that come with AEM? Try these alternative solutions. {{dam-comparison="/blog-components"}} First on our list is Dash (that’s us!). It’s a digital asset management system built for growing ecommerce businesses. Dash makes it super easy to organise, manage and deploy images and videos to different channels. When you upload a new image to Dash, it scans and adds the relevant tags so you can find it quickly later. Dash also integrates with Hootsuite, Shopify, and WooCommerce, allowing you to deploy your visual assets to different channels in a few clicks. Dash is super affordable because we know you’re working with a smaller budget. For ÂŁ99/$139 a month, you can enjoy all our DAM features for unlimited users. Storyblok is a modern content management system for ecommerce businesses. It's best used for online stores selling on multiple platforms at the same time. When you make content changes in Storyblok (like uploading new images), they will automatically be reflected on your website, mobile app, and other channels you sell. This is a huge time saver that keeps your brand consistent across the board. Storyblok has a free plan. However, its paid packages start at $99 per month. Sitecore is the DXP alternative to Adobe Experience Manager. It also offers an integrated DAM solution that lets you organise and deploy visual content to different channels. In addition, it has several customisation features that can help you personalise the shopping experience on your ecommerce store. Like AEM, Sitecore doesn’t have any public pricing information. However, our research shows that it costs around $80,000 a year. đŸ€Ż Let’s see how Dash and Adobe DAM compare, especially for ecommerce businesses. You get unlimited users on all plans Yes ✔(From $30,000 per year) WooCommerce integration As you can see, Dash measures up nicely to Adobe in terms of DAM features. We also provide additional capabilities tailored to the specific needs of ecommerce businesses like: Take one of our customers, Kinetics, for example. Initially, they used a PDF style guide, but none of their partners paid attention to it. Now, with Dash and Corebook, they have interactive brand guidelines that are easy to reference, accessible and always up to date. Here’s what it looks like. AEM syncs with many of the apps in the Adobe ecosystem, including Experience Cloud, Analytics and Creative Cloud. However, it doesn’t support as many third-party applications. And for the few it does, setting up the integration is quite difficult — as this user noted. “Adobe Experience Manager does not play nice with non-Adobe software. God forbid you try to integrate with Salesforce. Double whammy.” Chances are your ecommerce business relies on one or more non-Adobe apps. Maybe you use Hootsuite for social media scheduling or Canva to whip up quick and simple designs. In any case, you might struggle to connect these apps to your digital asset management system due to AEM’s rigid integration setup. With Dash, however, you can integrate with some key ecommerce tools. For example, our HootSuite integration lets you post images and videos from your DAM to your social media channels directly. And if you use Canva for designs, you’ll be able to export templates, infographics and images to your Dash for use easily. Dash also integrates with Adobe Creative Cloud, so you can enjoy a smooth creative workflow without the unnecessary restrictions and complexities that come with AEM. Plus, our Zapier connection lets you connect your Dash with many other applications. There's no pricing information for Adobe Experience Manager on its website. If you're a growing ecommerce business, this is already a beige flag as you need transparent pricing information to make the right DAM decision quickly. However, we did some digging and discovered that AEM charges licensing fees which depend on several factors like the number of users, deployment scale, how much customisation you require, and so on. On average, the licensing fees start at $30,000 per year — some businesses pay $200,000 or more. Then comes the costs for implementation and DAM customisation which range between $100,000 and $500,000. Larger businesses might be able to justify spending so much on a DAM. But for a growing business with a smaller budget, it’s not worth it. You’ll end up paying for features you don’t need — and spending almost all of your time on technical configurations. Things are very different with Dash. First, we don’t hide information about how much our DAM costs. Instead, you’ll find a detailed breakdown of all our pricing plans on our website. 👉 We’ve even built out a DAM pricing guide explaining how much digital asset management costs and what influences how much you pay. We also don’t charge any licensing or implementation fees, or lock you into strict contracts. You choose a monthly or annual subscription plan that you can cancel at any time. Now to the actual numbers. Dash’s pricing starts from ÂŁ99/month or $139/month. With this, everyone on your team gets access to all of our features, including auto-tagging, customisations, portals for external collaborators, and so much more. We don’t lock important features in higher tiers to make you pay more. Even if you’re on our cheapest plan, you’ll get everything Dash offers for organising and managing assets for your ecommerce business. The best part is you get to try Dash for free to see if we’re a good fit before making any commitments. AEM, on the other hand, doesn’t offer any free trial. You’re pretty much taking a leap of faith and hoping things work out. Honestly, it depends on your specific needs and ecommerce business setup. AEM might be a good DAM choice if: However, if you're a growing ecommerce business looking for a simple and affordable way to organise, manage, and deploy your visual content, AEM might not be the best fit. It can be a bloated, complicated, and expensive tool that could hold your business back. The sheer amount of features, plus time and cost, required to set up and use the software outweigh its benefits for your business. That’s where an ecommerce DAM like Dash comes in. For only ÂŁ99/month or $139/month, you get the core features required to manage and use visual assets as a growing ecommerce business, including auto-tagging, version control and approval workflows. Dash also integrates with Adobe and Canva so you don’t need to fork out for tools like AEM. Want to test things out for yourself? Try Dash for free for 14 days — we won’t even ask for your credit card information. Faith Uzuegbu is a content marketer and freelance writer for B2B SaaS and tech companies like ClassPass, PlayPlay, and Thinkific. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/ai-marketing-tools Title: The top 7 AI marketing tools for growing ecommerce businessesTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Discover 7 great AI marketing tools to help you build campaigns and generate more sales for your ecommerce brand. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/ai-marketing-tools ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: The top 7 AI marketing tools for growing ecommerce businesses H2: What is an AI marketing tool? H2: TLDR: The top AI marketing tools for DTC brands H2: Why use AI for ecommerce marketing? H2: 7 AI marketing tools to help you grow your DTC business H2: 1. Dash: for visual content management H3: 2. Klaviyo: for email marketing automation H3: 3. Rebuy: for personalised shopping experiences H3: 4. Pencil: for AI-generated ad creatives H3: 5. ChatGPT: for writing product descriptions, blog posts and creative copy H3: 6. Yotpo: for AI-powered reviews, loyalty and retention H3: 7. Triple Whale: For ecommerce analytics H2: Build your marketing tech stack H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: The top 7 AI marketing tools for growing ecommerce businesses H2: What is an AI marketing tool? H2: TLDR: The top AI marketing tools for DTC brands H2: Why use AI for ecommerce marketing? H2: 7 AI marketing tools to help you grow your DTC business H2: 1. Dash: for visual content management H3: 2. Klaviyo: for email marketing automation H3: 3. Rebuy: for personalised shopping experiences H3: 4. Pencil: for AI-generated ad creatives H3: 5. ChatGPT: for writing product descriptions, blog posts and creative copy H3: 6. Yotpo: for AI-powered reviews, loyalty and retention H3: 7. Triple Whale: For ecommerce analytics H2: Build your marketing tech stack H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content We’re well past the point of debating whether AI has a place in ecommerce marketing. It’s become a standard tool for streamlining processes, saving time on repetitive tasks, and personalising your customer’s shopping experience. Many ecommerce businesses are already using AI to stay competitive. So if you haven’t explored these advancements, now is a great time to start. To help you, we’ve rounded up 7 of the best AI tools for ecommerce marketing. Some of these are native AI solutions, while others are traditional tools with AI features that will make your business more efficient. AI marketing tools are software that use artificial intelligence to help you work smarter, not harder. They take care of the time-consuming stuff — like writing copy, crunching data, or tagging product images — so you can focus on the big ideas. Under the hood, they use tech like machine learning, natural language processing, and sentiment analysis to turn your inputs (like customer data or creative briefs) into something useful — whether that’s a personalised email campaign, a product recommendation, or a ready-to-go landing page. In plain English? AI marketing tools help you automate repetitive tasks, make better decisions faster, and create more personalised experiences for your customers. Here’s a look at the AI marketing tools you’ll learn about in this article. Our list includes native AI software and some traditional tools with cool AI features to improve your ecommerce marketing. Visual content management Email marketing automation AI conversion optimisation Product recommendations Ad creative generation AI-generated ad copy and visuals Predictive performance scoring Writing product and ad copy Reviews, loyalty and retention Smart customer segmentation Pricing depends on feature package Chances are you’re already using AI, you just don’t know it yet. Many traditional ecommerce tools now have AI features because of how much value they offer. Take Dash (that’s us), for instance. While we’re not an AI tool by design, we use AI to automatically scan and tag your images, making it easier for you to find them later. But maybe you still need more reasons to embrace AI fully. Let’s dive into why it’s not just a buzzword but a next-level technology for ecommerce businesses. ‍AI will help you learn about your customers quickly: AI quickly digs into things like what your customers browse or buy and spots patterns you might miss. It helps you understand what they want so you can personalise offers and make smarter decisions. For example, Triple Whale (one of the tools on our list) can consolidate customer data from all your channels and extract insights from them. Ready to scale your ecommerce marketing with AI? Here are our top recommendations that will help your business run efficiently. As an ecommerce store handling hundreds or even thousands of product images, things can quickly get chaotic without a solid system for managing your visual assets. That’s where Dash comes in. Dash is a digital asset management system that makes it super easy to receive, organise, and deploy your visual content. Think of it as a smart library for your product images and videos. Now, let's talk about Dash’s DAM AI features that help you to quickly organise, find, and use your visual content. And we’ve just scratched the surface: there’s so much more you can do with Dash. For example, you can receive images from freelancers using guest uploads. You can also update images on your online store in a few clicks using our Shopify integration. Check out the full list of Dash’s digital asset management features if you'd like to learn more about how our tool works. Pricing: how much does Dash cost? Dash offers affordable pricing plans for ecommerce brands. For ÂŁ99/$139 per month, you get all our digital asset management features for unlimited users. You can also purchase extra storage as needed. Wondering how Dash’s pricing compares to other DAM tools? Check out our detailed DAM pricing guide to see how we determine pricing versus other DAM software. What Dash users are saying “Dash has completely transformed the way we organise and structure our imagery, making everything else so much more efficient. That’s why I’ve recommended it to so many people. I’ve worked with colleagues and friends in the same industry who constantly complain about their image libraries, and I know Dash would solve all those issues for them.” — Abi, Brand Manager at COAT Paints. Tired of spending time manually managing email campaigns? Klaviyo can help. Klaviyo is an AI automation tool with features that speed up time-consuming tasks and increase email success rates. For example, it provides customisable templates that can be tweaked quickly instead of creating email designs from scratch. The AI can also tell you the best time to send emails based on historical data showing how customers interact with your emails. Now, let’s look at some of Klaviyo’s cool AI features: Pricing: how much does Klaviyo cost? Klaviyo’s AI features are included in the Email and Email + SMS plans — which cost $45 and $60 per month, respectively. It also has a free plan with basic automation and data integration features. What Klaviyo users are saying “I love that Klaviyo is so diverse. Even if you are new to it, there are so many ways to use it that anyone could find this tool helpful. Right now, Klaviyo sends our daily campaigns and flows, and also allows us to pull daily reports.” — G2 Review. 💡You can also integrate Klaviyo with Dash to quickly drop product images into your email campaigns. ​Rebuy is an AI-powered personalisation platform for brands running Shopify stores. By analysing customer behavior and purchase history, Rebuy delivers relevant product recommendations and upsell opportunities throughout the shopping journey.​ Key features include: Pricing: how much does Rebuy cost? Rebuy offers a Starter plan at $99/month for stores processing up to 1,000 orders per month, with higher tiers available for larger stores. What Rebuy users are saying: “Rebuy is a fantastic app and a must-have for every Shopify store. It improved our average order value.” - Ganxxt Campaigns need creative — and lots of it. But producing new ad content at scale is tough when you’re juggling deadlines, platforms and the resources of your team. That’s where Pencil steps in. Pencil uses AI to generate high-performing ad creatives complete with copy, visuals, and performance predictions.  It’s designed for performance marketers who need a steady stream of fresh, on-brand ad content for platforms like Meta, Google, and TikTok. Here’s how Pencil helps ecommerce brands: Pricing: how much does Pencil cost?Pencil’s pricing starts at $14/month for the Basic plan, which includes access to AI magic tools, ad insights and the ability to track ads on 7 platforms. On this plan you get 50 AI generations,  but you can easily add extra if you’re seeing good results. What Pencil users are saying"We saw Pencil ads outperform our own ads in revenue per click ads by 3X...which is amazing, and in our most recent test, Pencil ads were doubling our revenue per click..and we were seeing these metrics across the board." - Bark When you're juggling product launches, email campaigns, landing pages (and much more) writing everything from scratch can eat up serious time. Whether you’re a writer or not, ChatGPT can be super helpful in kicking off ideas or helping you tighten up your copy. Here’s how ecommerce marketers can use ChatGPT: Note: we sometimes use ChatGPT on the Dash team. It’s really useful in helping kick off ideas and quickly tweak articles (like this blog post) to make sure there’s no spelling mistakes and everything flows nicely.  That being said, you’ll always need to fact check any claims and get a human-pair of eyes to check it doesn’t sound like AI wrote it. Pricing: how much does ChatGPT cost? You can use ChatGPT for free with GPT-3.5. To access GPT-4 (which delivers faster, more accurate results), you’ll need the ChatGPT Plus plan at $20/month. Here’s what a retail user says on G2 “Easy to use, understands the user, and gives apt responses. No upper limit on the number of times I can use, no ads, and can easily be integrated into other software.” - G2 review. If you're serious about building trust and keeping customers around for the long haul, Yotpo is a must-have in your marketing tech stack. Yotpo helps ecommerce brands collect and showcase customer reviews, launch loyalty programs, send SMS marketing campaigns, and more. Its AI features work quietly in the background to surface insights and automate the stuff that normally eats up your time. What Yotpo’s AI can do for you: Pricing: how much does Yotpo cost? Yotpo has a flexible pricing model depending on what features you need (Reviews, Loyalty, SMS etc.). For example, if you want the reviews and UGC package, there’s a Starter plan for just $79 per month. What Yotpo users are saying“From a conversion rate perspective, AI summaries has been a positive outcome, and we have since implemented it across all of our brands on DTC sites.ŚŽ - Perry Ellis As an ecommerce business, you’re collecting data from every direction: website traffic, social media, email campaigns, and product sales. But without a way to bring it all together, it’s just noise. No clear insights. No actionable steps. Just a mess of numbers sitting in separate silos. Enter Triple Whale: an ecommerce analytics tool that helps you organise and make sense of your data — so you can make smarter business decisions. The best part is you don't have to interpret the data manually — simply ask Moby, Triple Whale’s AI-powered data analyst. It can: Pricing: how much does Triple Whale cost? Triple Whale has several pricing plans — with costs from $279 per month to $1390 per annum. It also has a free plan that supports historical data analytics if you'd like to track past ecommerce campaigns or objectively measure how they compare to the new ones. What Triple Whale users are saying “Our team didn’t have time for a traditional forecasting exercise, so we turned to Moby. It took just five minutes. We just asked, 'Hey Moby, can you forecast our revenue for the next six months?' And guess what? Moby’s forecast was within 2% accuracy.” — Website review. As an ecommerce marketer, an important part of your job is searching for and experimenting with new tools that make you more efficient, so you can deliver better results for your business. Beyond the tools we discussed in this article, I'll also recommend checking out the following tool roundups from the team: In summary? Automate the boring stuff, get helpful insights, and free up your time. But remember: your real competitive edge comes from the creative ideas and human touch that AI just can’t replicate. ✹ That’s where Dash fits in. While AI helps you move faster, Dash helps you stay organised — making it easy to manage and share your visual content, find exactly what you need, and deploy assets to your channels without the faff. And yep, Dash uses AI too. From smart tagging that learns your products, to natural language search and similar image suggestions, our built-in AI features save you time managing content, so you can focus on getting your products launched faster. Want to see how it works? Start your 14-day free trial — no credit card needed. Faith Uzuegbu is a content marketer and freelance writer for B2B SaaS and tech companies like ClassPass, PlayPlay, and Thinkific. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/air-digital-asset-management-alternatives Title: Air digital asset management alternatives: Which DAM is best for your brand?Twitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Looking for the best DAM solution for your brand's digital assets? Discover some air digital asset management alternatives to make an informed decision. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/air-digital-asset-management-alternatives ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Air digital asset management alternatives: Which DAM is best for your brand? H2: What is Air digital asset management? H2: Air's pros and cons H2: ‍ H2: Air digital asset management software alternatives H3: 1. Dash: The best DAM for ecommerce businesses H3: 2. Brandfolder: For enterprise businesses H3: 3. Bynder: Also for large organisations H3: 4. Frontify: For brand management H3: 5. Canto: For mid-sized businesses H2: Dash vs. Air: Which DAM is best for ecommerce brands? H3: Dash vs. Air: Which will support your workflow the best? H3: Dash vs Air: Features H3: Dash vs Air: Integrations H3: Dash vs Air: feature comparison summary H3: Dash vs. Air: Pricing H3: Dash vs Air: User interface and experience H3: New: Dash vs Air: Getting started H3: New: Dash vs Air: Customer support H3: How Air and Dash are funded H2: What's the right DAM software for you? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Air digital asset management alternatives: Which DAM is best for your brand? H2: What is Air digital asset management? H2: Air's pros and cons H2: ‍ H2: Air digital asset management software alternatives H3: 1. Dash: The best DAM for ecommerce businesses H3: 2. Brandfolder: For enterprise businesses H3: 3. Bynder: Also for large organisations H3: 4. Frontify: For brand management H3: 5. Canto: For mid-sized businesses H2: Dash vs. Air: Which DAM is best for ecommerce brands? H3: Dash vs. Air: Which will support your workflow the best? H3: Dash vs Air: Features H3: Dash vs Air: Integrations H3: Dash vs Air: feature comparison summary H3: Dash vs. Air: Pricing H3: Dash vs Air: User interface and experience H3: New: Dash vs Air: Getting started H3: New: Dash vs Air: Customer support H3: How Air and Dash are funded H2: What's the right DAM software for you? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content If you’re looking for a digital asset management (DAM) system to help streamline your creative workflow, you’ve probably come across Air, (as they’re spending tonnes of VC-backed investment on questionable brand campaigns). 💅 It’s a popular choice for teams managing content production, offering project management-style features and a sleek interface. But here’s the thing—Air is built for creative operations, not for getting your content out into the world. That’s where it falls short for ecommerce brands. If you need to share product images with retailers, deploy marketing assets across multiple channels, or collaborate with external partners, you may find yourself hitting frustrating limitations (unless you upgrade to a pricey plan). 😬 So, what are your options? In this article, we’ll break down Air’s pros and cons, explore alternative DAMs, and compare Air with Dash (that’s us!).  If you’re an ecommerce brand that needs a DAM that goes beyond creative workflows—helping you organise, distribute, and deploy your assets—we’ll show you how Dash stacks up. Launched in 2017, Air is a digital asset management (DAM) tool designed primarily for creative teams managing content production. It offers a visual, board-based system that helps you organise, review, and collaborate on assets throughout the creative process. While it’s good for helping you manage creative operations, Air lacks the key features of a full DAM system—such as advanced asset distribution and scalable external sharing options. This makes it a better fit for teams focused purely on content creation and approvals, rather than ecommerce brands needing to deploy assets efficiently across multiple channels and partners. To help you weigh up whether Air is the best digital asset management solution for your team, let’s look at some pros and cons. We’ve gathered this intel from online reviews and talking to our own customers who were considering Air alongside Dash as their DAM tool. Here are some of the pros to picking Air for your content operations. While Air offers useful features for creative teams, its focus on content production means it lacks some key digital asset management capabilities—especially for ecommerce brands that need to distribute content efficiently. If your team needs a DAM that not only helps organise assets but also makes it easy to share product images with retailers, deploy visuals across marketing channels, and streamline approvals, Air’s workflow may feel limiting. Let’s take a look at where it falls short.‍ Now you've got the scoop on Air's pros and cons, let's look at some of the most popular Air alternatives on the market (or skip this step and download our digital asset management comparison worksheet). ⏬ {{dam-comparison="/blog-components"}} Unlike Air, Dash is built to support both the creation and deployment of your visual content—making it the ideal choice for ecommerce and marketing teams that need to organise, find, and distribute assets quickly. With AI-powered tagging, smart filters, and high-quality image previews, Dash makes it easy to store and retrieve your content. Whether you’re searching for last season’s campaign shots or the latest product images for your Shopify store, everything is intuitively organised and accessible in seconds. But Dash doesn’t just help you store content—it helps you get it out into the world, fast. Features like a direct Shopify integration, image cropping, download presets, and public portals mean you can quickly format assets for social media, update product pages, or send visuals to retailers—without extra manual work. And the best part? Dash offers straightforward, transparent pricing. Plans start at ÂŁ99/$139 per month, giving you access to all features for unlimited users—so you’re never forced to upgrade just to unlock essential tools. You only pay for extra storage or downloads if you need them, making Dash a cost-effective DAM that scales with your business. We’ll break down exactly how Dash compares to Air later in this article, but if you want to see it in action, take a look at our public portal and explore how Dash works for yourself. Brandfolder is a digital asset management (DAM) system designed with enterprise businesses in mind. It offers a range of admin features that help large teams manage assets, maintain brand consistency, and track usage. For example, you can monitor downloads, see which assets are accessed most frequently, and manage user permissions across multiple teams. While these features may be useful for large-scale organisations with complex workflows, Brandfolder comes with a steep learning curve and a high price tag. For smaller and mid-sized businesses, it can feel like buying a mansion when you only need a well-designed, functional space. Dash, on the other hand, offers a scalable and intuitive DAM that works just as well for growing brands as it does for larger teams, without unnecessary complexity or cost. If you're considering Brandfolder but want a more flexible and cost-effective solution, check out Brandfolder alternatives for a deep look into how this digital asset management system works. Like Brandfolder, Bynder is designed for large businesses with big teams and complex workflows. It comes with a long list of features—from creative workflow management to brand templates and multi-language support. That’s great if you’re running a huge corporation with strict brand guidelines, but for DTC brands that need a fast, flexible DAM, it’s probably overkill. Bynder’s pricing is high, and its asset library feels clunky and outdated. If you’re a small or mid-sized ecommerce brand, you’ll likely find it too complicated and time-consuming for everyday use. Large brands can afford the long onboarding process, but for businesses that need to get content organised and out into the world fast, Bynder just doesn’t make sense. We've covered more about Bynder's features and alternatives on our blog. Frontify is a brand management tool designed to help teams organize brand assets, create templates, and build brand guidelines. It’s useful for maintaining brand consistency, but its DAM features are limited, making it harder to organize and retrieve assets efficiently. Frontify isn’t transparent about pricing, and costs are reportedly based on monthly active users, which can make budgeting unpredictable. If you need a full-featured DAM to store, search, and distribute marketing assets, consider alternatives like Dash. You can learn more in our article about Frontify digital asset management alternatives. Canto's platform offers advanced features such as metadata management, version control, and user permissions to ensure businesses can manage and control their digital assets effectively. Although Canto isn't clear about its pricing on its website, third-party sites say the platform costs about $600 per month. We delved into the nuts and bolts of how this digital asset management system works in our Canto alternatives article. Now we’ve covered Air’s pros and cons, and considered some alternatives, let's dig into how Air stacks up against Dash (that’s us!) We’ll look at how Air and Dash manage various ecommerce workflows, as well as their pricing strategies, so you can be confident you’re picking the best DAM for your brand. When we speak to new customers, we often hear that they’ve also considered Air as their digital asset management tool. It makes sense—both Dash and Air have similar price points and a design-first approach to the UI. In other words, they both look great. But that’s where the similarities end. Choosing the right DAM isn’t just about looks—it’s about how well it fits into your workflow. If you’re an ecommerce marketer, brand manager, or designer, it’s important to consider where you need the most support and which tool will actually make your job easier. To help with this, our Product Manager, Emily, has interviewed marketers and creatives at DTC brands to understand their daily workflows. From this we’ve learnt: With this in mind, let’s dig into some specific features in the workflows so you can make an informed decision for your brand. To put it simply; Dash’s designed to help ecommerce teams get their visual content out into the wild, fast. It's a single source of truth for all your visual content. Air, on the other hand, is focused on helping teams fine-tune their creative operations. Here’s a quick comparison table showing what you get with Dash vs Air. Hootsuite integration Getting assets into your DAM For most DTC brands, content creation is a major part of your work. Whether you’re managing product photo shoots or collaborating with influencers on new social content—you need a way to effectively collect all these assets into your DAM. Both Air and Dash offer ways for admins and users to easily upload content into your workspace. But you’ll need to take it one step further and offer a way for creators outside of your team to send in new assets. Here’s how each tool compares: This means you stay in control of your content and only approved files make it into your DAM. 🙌 Organising your assets Both Dash and Air allow you to tag and categorise assets using a combination of manual tags, AI-generated auto-tags, and custom fields. However, Dash provides a more structured and scalable approach, making it better suited for ecommerce brands managing large libraries of product and marketing assets. How Air organises assets Air uses boards and sub-boards to organise content, making it easy to group assets visually. For tagging, Air offers: This setup is useful for tracking creative projects but can become awkward for teams that need to store and retrieve a high volume of assets—like product images, campaign visuals, and retailer-ready content. How Dash organises assets Dash is built for long-term asset management, giving ecommerce teams a structured system to organise and find content quickly. Instead of relying on boards, Dash offers: For a glimpse at a real-life Dash, this video shows how RevAir organises their haircare product assets. Feedback and approval Air and Dash make it easy to collaborate on assets and gather feedback from your team. In Air, you can annotate assets and add timestamps to videos. Team members can leave comments, and notifications ensure the right people are alerted when feedback is added. You can (as we mentioned) also share a ‘board’ publicly, allowing external partners to contribute their comments. Dash offers a similar workflow with added flexibility. Depending on permissions, team members can upload assets to a holding area. If an image or video needs adjustments, you can leave comments, add timestamps, and request an improved version. Once it’s ready, simply click ‘approve’ to make it live in Dash. Sharing assets is a key feature of any DAM platform. While both Air and Dash offer ways to share content with team members and external collaborators, Air’s sharing process can feel restrictive—especially if you need to share a curated selection of assets from different projects. In Air, the primary way to share assets is through boards. These boards act as public spaces where external teams can view and download assets—but there are a few limitations: For ecommerce teams managing a high volume of product and campaign assets, this setup can become frustrating and inefficient. Dash, on the other hand, is designed to make external sharing seamless and scalable. You can share content instantly—without adding users or creating duplicates. Here’s how: 💡 See it in action: BrewDog uses Dash’s portals to give bars and partners worldwide instant access to the latest brand assets. đŸ» Getting content ready for your channels One of the biggest perks of digital asset management is the ability to quickly prep images and videos for your marketing channels. It’s something Dash customers love—especially when it comes to resizing images with ease. In Dash, you can resize images before downloading, choosing from a range of social media presets or setting custom dimensions for web banners, email headers, and more. This saves marketing teams loads of time, allowing them to get visuals ready for social without constantly relying on a designer. Unfortunately, Air falls short when it comes to essential content deployment. It lacks built-in cropping and resizing tools, meaning you’ll need to download assets and edit them in separate software. Not exactly ideal when you're racing to launch a new product campaign and need content ready for every channel. 😅 Bringing a new tool into your tech stack should improve your workflows, not hinder them. That’s why many DAM tools integrate with other SaaS products to help you work more efficiently. As we mentioned earlier, Air is focused on creative workflows rather than core DAM. So you’ll find their integrations limiting for your DTC brand. Here’s a list of what Air offers: ‍ On the other hand, we’ve built Dash to connect with some core ecommerce tools like Shopify and WooCommerce. Here’s a full list of our integrations: In summary, Air is a great tool for creative teams who need features like timestamps, versioning, and visual organisation. But it lacks essential asset deployment features that ecommerce brands rely on. For example, it doesn’t include image presets for resizing content for social media or public portals for easy retailer access. Dash, on the other hand, is built to help teams move from content creation to content deployment—fast. 🚀 We never lock away features, so you'll get all the Dash features we just mentioned for ÂŁ99/$139 per month. Speaking of whic
 Like many DAMs on the market, Air is more expensive than Dash, with features locked behind higher-tier plans. If you need access to key capabilities—like external sharing, advanced integrations, or more storage—you’ll likely have to upgrade to an expensive plan or request a custom enterprise quote. Air’s pricing and plans Air follows a tiered pricing model, starting with a free plan and going up to an enterprise plan with undisclosed pricing. The higher your plan, the more features you unlock. For small and growing brands, you’d likely need the Plus plan ($250/month) or the Pro plan ($500/month) to access key functionality. However, many essential features are locked away even at these levels. Due to Air pricing users per seat, and no way to provide guest upload links, you’ll likely rack up a big bill if you’re working with lots of external creators. As this user says: “Adding seats seems a little too easy. Even without Admin login, we've had people in our org sign into Air with their work email and it creates a new seat which adds another $300/month to our invoices.” Dash’s pricing and plans Unlike most DAMs, Dash is fully transparent about pricing. There’s no hidden fees or locked-away functionality. Every plan includes all core features, so you’ll never need to upgrade just to access essential tools. Dash offers four paid plans, starting at ÂŁ99 / $139 per month, with: This means you won’t be forced into a higher plan just to access one feature. Plus, it’s easy to see ROI with Dash. Kim, from RevAir, told us that when justifying the new software to her finance team she said: “It made perfect sense, and I was ready to show our finance team how much productivity and time we would save, which would translate into cost savings
I truly believe Dash has saved us at least ten times its cost.” You can learn more about how tools like Dash can give you some serious DAM return on investment. Both Dash and Air really shine here. In one Air user's words, “What I like best about Air is its undeniable beauty, both in its design and user interface. Everything is so sleek and visually appealing, making it a pleasure to use.” Plus, Air doesn't sacrifice design for functionality. It's really easy to use. Boards and images come with clear previews that show off the beauty of your digital files. On top of that, you can add the same asset to separate boards without duplicating it. This way, it's much easier to organise your images, videos and audio files. Dash measures up to Air easily. It’s designed with big thumbnails and visual tags, so it's really easy for teams to see what they need right away. This is especially important for BrewDog who have lots of external partners browsing their portals. Being able to instantly see the product they need means they don’t need to spend ages trawling through files.   Need more convincing? This user on G2 (a software comparison site) says it best: “Dash has a simple yet modern interface that makes searching for files a breeze. Searching for files is speedy, with minimal loading times, so everything feels easily accessible. The tagging of files is impressive as they're automatically generated on upload, making life easier.” Here's a screenshot of what a home page in Dash looks like. Reminds you of a beautiful Pinterest page, right? 😍 As we’ve mentioned, both Air and Dash have intuitive interfaces, making it easy to get started. But for many brands new to DAM, a little extra support goes a long way—whether that’s setting up folder structures, creating fields for specific product lines, or making the most of key features. With Air, onboarding support is only available on the Pro or Enterprise plan. If you need a dedicated support manager or help migrating your assets, you’ll have to upgrade to the Enterprise tier. With Dash, onboarding support is free—no matter what plan you’re on. Because Dash is built for ecommerce brands, our team understands exactly how to structure your DAM so it works for your business. We’ll help you set up fields for your products, organise folders effectively, and ensure your team is set up for success from day one. We also offer free migration support to seamlessly transfer your assets from your old system into your new Dash. Check out our getting started guide for more information. We’re super proud to say that our team consistently gets high praise for their customer support. As a small business, we know how important it is that our users can prompt answers to their questions so they can get back to their jobs. Take COAT Paints, who sometimes reach out to our customer support team for advice. Abi, the Brand Manager says: “The Dash team is incredibly responsive to any queries and always quick to find a solution. In my experience, no other platform has matched the level of customer service that Dash provides.” The best part? Customer support is free on any Dash plan. Our in-app chat lets you reach our team quickly, and if you need extra help, our customer success managers are always happy to jump on a call to walk you through any issues. With Air, while Live Chat is available on all plans, you’ll need to upgrade to a higher tier if you want the option to speak to someone face-to-face. Air was founded in 2017 and has raised over $70M in funding. As a VC-backed company, they can offer lower entry pricing, but costs can quickly increase once you’re locked into their software. Plus, they have the cash to splash on questionable marketing campaigns. 👀 Dash, on the other hand, is owned by Bright, a small business with over 20 years of experience in the industry. As a privately-funded, independently-owned company, we focus on building the best possible product—without pressure from shareholders or investors. We also understand how crucial DAM is for growing businesses, which is why we remain committed to transparent, affordable pricing that aligns with the market. Finding the right digital asset management (DAM) tool for your team comes down to a few key factors. Here’s what to consider when weighing up your options: 1. Your use case: what do you need your DAM to do? Different DAMs serve different purposes, so it’s important to consider who will be using your DAM and what you need it to achieve. 2. Your budget: what can you afford? Pricing is a big factor when choosing a DAM. 3. Onboarding and ease of use: how quickly can you get started? As a small or mid-sized team, you need a DAM that delivers value fast—not one that takes weeks to implement. 4. Customer support: will you get help when you need it? A DAM should make your life easier, not create frustrating delays when you need support. Ultimately, the best digital asset management software for you is one that caters to your specific business needs effectively. Say you're looking for a simple way to streamline content operations for your creative team, then Air might be the right choice. But if you want a powerful digital asset management platform that will simplify your content workflows and offer core DAM software features at an affordable price, you can't go wrong with Dash. Brands like Beavertown already use Dash to streamline creative operations and easily deploy a wide range of relevant assets  — and they're loving it! Now, it's your turn. Try Dash for free and join hundreds of growing DTC brands around the world. Faith Uzuegbu is a content marketer and freelance writer for B2B SaaS and tech companies like ClassPass, PlayPlay, and Thinkific. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/april-2022-update Title: Dash April updates ✹ - Bin, WordPress and moreTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Here's all the features added to Dash in April 2022 - from restoring deleted assets to a new WordPress integration. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/april-2022-update ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Dash April updates ✹ - Bin, WordPress and more H3: The Dash bin H3: WordPress.org integration H3: Plus a few extra bits H3: Feature recap: Fields H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Dash April updates ✹ - Bin, WordPress and more H3: The Dash bin H3: WordPress.org integration H3: Plus a few extra bits H3: Feature recap: Fields H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Here are the new features we've added to Dash this April. Ever deleted a file by accident? You don't have to worry about that with Dash any more. Using the new bin feature, you'll be able to view all the assets you've deleted in the past 30 days - and restore any you didn't mean to delete. Here's how it works. Drop assets from Dash into your WordPress.org site with our new integration - all without ever leaving the WordPress CMS. This plugin works for both the classic and Gutenberg editor versions. Right now it's only available for WordPress.org sites, but we're looking to add support for WordPress.com sites soon. Control who can access your portals 🔐 - Set up portal passcodes for extra security. As a recap, portals let you create permanent, up-to-date, searchable views of selected folders in Dash. For example, you might want to have a portal for resellers so they can find and download product assets.Importing lots of assets into Dash just got easier 🚚 - You can now automatically create an Amazon S3 bucket to do bulk imports of files into Dash. It's pretty easy to set up - here's how.More control over how your homepage looks đŸȘŸ - Decide whether to turn on or off the 'recently added' view in your Dash. One of the most common questions we hear is "what are fields for?". Fields are a way of storing useful information about your assets, so you can find them more easily. They often replace sub-folders, and allow you to filter by the specific information you know about an asset, rather than having to drill down into a deep folder structure. Using attributes, however, you... Why not give it a try? Think of some information that's useful and create an attribute for it. Here's an article with more guidance about custom fields if you want to get started. Charlie Pinker is the Customer Success Lead for Dash. He writes articles that help customers get the most out of their Dash. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/benefits-of-digital-asset-management Title: The benefits of digital asset management (DAM)Twitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Tired of content chaos? Here's the 14 key benefits of digital asset management, and why it's time your brand invests in one. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/benefits-of-digital-asset-management ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: The benefits of digital asset management (DAM) H2: What are the main digital asset management benefits? H3: 1. Build a search engine for all your digital assets H2: Try Dash for free.No credit card, no auto-renew. H3: 2. Gather all your content together your content together H3: 3. Reduce repetitive tasks H3: 4. Save time and money H3: 5. Share files and collaborate with your team H3: 6. Use your DAM system to work with your retail partners H3: 7. Customise your DAM to suit you H3: 8. Get inspiration when briefing content H3: 9. Keep in control of your brand H3: 10. Launch campaigns quicker H3: 11. Integrate with your favourite tools H3: 12. Manage user permissions H3: 13. Get usage analytics and insight H3: 14. Keep your digital assets safe and secure H2: Which DAM tool should I pick? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: The benefits of digital asset management (DAM) H2: What are the main digital asset management benefits? H3: 1. Build a search engine for all your digital assets H2: Try Dash for free.No credit card, no auto-renew. H3: 2. Gather all your content together your content together H3: 3. Reduce repetitive tasks H3: 4. Save time and money H3: 5. Share files and collaborate with your team H3: 6. Use your DAM system to work with your retail partners H3: 7. Customise your DAM to suit you H3: 8. Get inspiration when briefing content H3: 9. Keep in control of your brand H3: 10. Launch campaigns quicker H3: 11. Integrate with your favourite tools H3: 12. Manage user permissions H3: 13. Get usage analytics and insight H3: 14. Keep your digital assets safe and secure H2: Which DAM tool should I pick? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content For your brand to thrive, you need visual content - and lots of it. We’re talking product photography, videos, advertising creative, marketing campaign collateral and more. Too often brands rely on OneDrive, Dropbox or Google Drive to store their thousands of assets. These are great file sharing and collaboration tools. But here’s the kicker: they aren’t designed for finding, sharing and using visual digital assets. That’s where digital asset management (DAM) comes in. Here's the key DAM technology benefits you could benefit from. From briefing to collecting content to then using it in your campaigns, a DAM system will improve every step of the creative workflows. Here’s how: Now let’s break down each of the key 14 benefits a good digital asset management system provides. A DAM system is like building a searchable asset library for your brand’s creative. Rather than searching for digital assets across folders and shared drives, DAM software is the single source of truth for your company. Upload your content, tag it in a way that will help your colleagues find it when they search for it, and you’re good to go. Having a single place for all your marketing materials also helps with brand consistency. We'll process your data to handle this request. More info can be found in our Privacy Policy. Uploading digital assets is one way to get content into your DAM solution. But a good digital asset management system, like Dash, can do a lot of the drudgery for you. This is particularly useful for ecommerce brands collecting content from creators, influencers, photographers and customers. Take Dash’s ‘guest upload’ feature. With this, you can send links to creators for them to upload digital assets directly into your Dash ready for your approval. Here’s an example of a guest upload link we use when working with ecommerce experts for our blog. This is what our contributors see when we send it to them: They can then upload digital files straight into our Dash. We’ll then be notified that there’s new creative for us to approve. And it’s all done in a single system with no downloading email attachments or dealing with expired WeTransfer links. We also see ecommerce brands use this feature to gather together user-generated content (UGC). It can be a real time-saver! Imagine all those Slack messages from colleagues asking for the new logo or that specific product shot from years ago that everyone else had forgotten about. Those time-consuming requests are reduced substantially when you have a digital asset management platform. Rather than chasing you, your team can log-on to your digital asset management platform and simply search for the visual they need. When your digital assets are tagged and easy to find, you’re going to save time. That means less hair-pulling frustration trying to track down that one creative file you knew you put somewhere. And it’s good for your business, because the more time you have to actually do productive work that furthers your company’s goals, the better off your company will be. We talked to Kim from DTC haircare brand RevAir who heads up their brand marketing team. In her words: “I truly believe Dash has saved us at least ten times its cost.” It'll save valuable time your team can use to grow your brand. 💡 Find out how Kim's using Dash (our DAM system) to save her team 20 hours a month. Sharing files easily with your team should be a key benefit of any digital asset management solution you go with. Make sure you pick one that makes sharing content simple. Dash’s sharing features suit any job you might be trying to do. Here’s how: These will likely be the most familiar. Select one or a group of assets you want to share, then select the timeframe you want to share them for. This creates a link you can use to send assets to your partners. They’ll get instant access and be able to download them - without logging into Dash. Group assets into collections Use this to gather together digital content on your Dash across different folders. Keep them in a ‘collection’ and share this with your team members, who can also add content into the collection themselves. This feature is particularly useful when you're working on a creative project, like planning a shoot and needing to pull together a lookbook for your photographer. While most digital asset management software offers variations of the share features listed above, not all provide ‘portals’ like Dash. If you’re sending digital assets to retail partners and external partners, then you’ll want to hear about these. Portals are a way to share assets in a view that’s easy to sort and search. They can be publicly-accessible or password protected - the choice is yours. DTC brands will use portals to make it easy for retail partners to access product assets. All the partner has to do is visit the link, search for the digital asset they want, and hit download. Take Haws, a watering can manufacturer. They use portals to manage their network of 100+ retailers. Make sure you pick a DAM system that can be adjusted to meet the needs of your brand. Here’s some features to look out for. Set your own custom fields With a digital asset management feature like ‘custom fields’, you can set up a list of tags that match how your colleagues want to search for content. Think product name, SKUs, campaign, season, and more. Save custom download sizes Your company will need to download digital assets in dimensions specific to your brand, like your homepage banner or product page photograph. If you have a set of custom dimensions you use regularly, save these in your digital asset management tool and save time. If your digital content is all in one place, you’re able to look back through your DAM solution and gather inspiration when creating a brief. If you pair this with powerful search and tagging features, you can easily filter through past campaigns, creative assets, and high-performing content. This can spark new ideas for your content strategy and help you nail your next campaign brief. Don’t just take it from us. Lucy, who manages the social media of fashion brand Emmy London, uses Dash for inspiration. She says: “I can plan a whole month's worth of content so quickly with Dash because I have so much inspiration right in front of me.” How do you keep brand consistency as your company grows? It’s a challenge every ambitious ecommerce business will need to face. DAM software can help you with this. Firstly, when people know your DAM is the place to go for brand-approved media assets, there’s much less risk of rogue agents unearthing outdated assets and going live with those. Some DAMs provide features to give you greater control over your brand (like Dash). Let’s go through them, shall we? Control asset versions When your creative team updates an existing asset, for instance, they can upload this as a new version under an existing asset. This version control stops duplicates, and notifies anyone who’s downloaded that image in the past that there’s a new version available. This is helpful when you’re rolling out a rebranding project or wanting to control your brand consistency. Using models or stock photography in your assets? These may come with license restrictions like expiry dates. With Dash, add the expiry date associated with each image or video so you don’t accidentally use content you no longer have rights to. Digital asset management systems help get your creative content ready for marketing campaigns. Most digital asset management solutions have image editing tools to help with repurposing content for different channels. For example, using Dash you can crop, resize and reformat images easily. It’s one less thing to add to your creative team’s workload, and they’ll thank you for it. In the words of David, who leads design for pet food brand Forthglade: “We get fewer requests now for branded graphics and logos because they’re all on Dash. People in other teams can do basic editing in Dash, like resizing graphics, so they don’t have to come through us.” That means you don't have to wait for your creative team for simple requests. You can make the edits yourself and launch your campaign quicker. 🚀 Make sure you pick a digital asset management system that offers seamless integration with the tools you use every day. Here’s a few that Dash connects with: There’s a tonne more, too. Browse our integrations page to find out more. If your digital asset management tool is used by multiple teams and external partners, you’ll want to set permissions and manage user access. This means you’ll get control of who can see which assets. Say your advertising agency wants your latest product shots and brand photography, but that’s all they’ll need access to, you can easily set levels of permissions like this in Dash. When you’ve spent all that time and effort creating content, you want to know it’s being used. A good digital asset management system will give you analytics and insights into how your creative is performing. Take Dash: once you click into a digital file, you can look at asset usage like when it’s been downloaded and by who. And if you’ve added contributors to your user list, you can see individual usage stats. This can be helpful when you’re working with retailers and want to see which product assets are being downloaded. Here’s what Amy’s been downloading: A cloud-based DAM solution means you can download assets from wherever you are in the world. So it's important to make sure the DAM you pick offers secure access and takes data security seriously. Dash is ISO 27001 certified, which is the international standard for information security. This means Dash offers secure storage, stays up-to-date with security patches, and backs up your data. So what's the best DAM software to pick? To start, draw up a shortlist. And for that we’ve got you covered! Download our free, fully editable DAM comparison worksheet to help whittle down your list of contenders. Make sure the digital asset management tool you end up going with is suited for your business and won’t break the bank. If you’re a growing business, you won’t want an enterprise DAM where you end up paying over the nose for features you don’t need. For ecommerce brands, consider Dash. Dash is a DAM solution that has an award-winning interface and speedy onboarding. There's a reason it's the number one choice for DTC brands at the top of their game like Beavertown, Passenger Clothing and BrewDog. Barney is the Marketing Lead for Dash. He writes about small business marketing strategies and how DTC brands can boost sales. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/best-dam-software-for-ecommerce Title: The best DAM software for ecommerce brandsTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Discover 8 top ecommerce digital asset management (DAM) tools to streamline product image sharing, stay on-brand, and scale your visual content workflow. Perfect for fast-growing online stores. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/best-dam-software-for-ecommerce ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: The best DAM software for ecommerce brands H2: TLDR: The best ecommerce DAMs for fast-growing online businesses H2: What is DAM for ecommerce? H2: The 8 best DAM tools for ecommerce H3: 1. Dash: Affordable digital asset management platform for fast-growing brands H3: 2. Bynder: Enterprise DAM for managing large-scale campaigns H3: 3. Brandfolder: Enterprise DAM for cross-collaboration H3: 4. Frontify: Brand asset management for mid-sized and large retail businesses H3: 5. Canto: An enterprise DAM with options to add PIM H3: 6. Air: Lightweight DAM for managing your creative workflow H3: 7. MediaValet: Enterprise DAM for video asset management H3: 8. Acquia DAM (formerly Widen): Brand asset management for ecommerce businesses in need of a single tool ecosystem H2: How to choose the right ecommerce DAM for your business H2: DAM for ecommerce FAQs H3: 1. What does DAM stand for? H3: 2. What does DAM in retail mean? H3: 3. What is the difference between product inventory management (PIM) and DAM? H3: 4. What types of assets are there in ecommerce? H3: 5. What is a DAM workflow? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: The best DAM software for ecommerce brands H2: TLDR: The best ecommerce DAMs for fast-growing online businesses H2: What is DAM for ecommerce? H2: The 8 best DAM tools for ecommerce H3: 1. Dash: Affordable digital asset management platform for fast-growing brands H3: 2. Bynder: Enterprise DAM for managing large-scale campaigns H3: 3. Brandfolder: Enterprise DAM for cross-collaboration H3: 4. Frontify: Brand asset management for mid-sized and large retail businesses H3: 5. Canto: An enterprise DAM with options to add PIM H3: 6. Air: Lightweight DAM for managing your creative workflow H3: 7. MediaValet: Enterprise DAM for video asset management H3: 8. Acquia DAM (formerly Widen): Brand asset management for ecommerce businesses in need of a single tool ecosystem H2: How to choose the right ecommerce DAM for your business H2: DAM for ecommerce FAQs H3: 1. What does DAM stand for? H3: 2. What does DAM in retail mean? H3: 3. What is the difference between product inventory management (PIM) and DAM? H3: 4. What types of assets are there in ecommerce? H3: 5. What is a DAM workflow? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Picture the scene: you’ve just onboarded new retail partners and are struggling to share product shots with them. At the same time, you need to launch a new product line and your thousands of images and videos are scattered across shared drives. If any of this rings true, it’s a sign that your ecommerce business has outgrown its current system of managing visual content. Whether you’re using email threads or regular file management software like Drive and Dropbox,it’s time to upgrade. In this article, I’ll share eight vetted ecommerce digital asset management (DAM) tools. They’re built to help fast-growing retail businesses manage visual content, easily share it with external retailers, and stay on brand across their channels as they scale. But, spoiler, not all are created equal. If you don't have time to read the full article, grab our free DAM software comparison worksheet to start comparing solutions right away. Here’s a first look at the digital asset management software we’ll talk about in this article. Why is it a good ecommerce DAM? Dash provides a fast, affordable way for ecommerce brands to manage and share product visuals, without the bloat or complexity of enterprise tools. Bynder works for enterprise retail businesses running global campaigns who need advanced brand control, custom workflows, and collaboration tools. Customisable brand guidelines Omnichannel content delivery Brandfolder is built for enterprise brands that need powerful search, usage analytics, and strict asset control across teams and partners. Frontify is designed for comprehensive brand asset management. Canto is a simple DAM that makes it easy for teams to organise, find, and distribute assets without a steep learning curve. ‱ Media Delivery Cloud Air is built for creative collaboration. It works well for ecommerce teams that need a lightweight, visual-first way to manage and review content fast. Branded video portals Automated video transcription and translation DAM for ecommerce is a type of digital asset management platform specifically built to help online brands find, organise, and use visual assets like product shots and social media images faster. It's not just a place to dump images and videos. It’s the central hub that connects your visual content to every part of your ecommerce workflow — from product launches to seasonal campaigns and building your retailer network. If you’re working in a DTC brand, chances are your visual content is scattered: a few hundred assets in Google Drive, another thousand floating in Dropbox, and countless image requests lost in email threads. That’s where an ecommerce DAM like Dash steps in. You can: If you want to learn more about the benefits of an ecommerce DAM, Barney's got a great article worth checking out. Here are our top DAM recommendations for fast-growing ecommerce businesses. When putting this list together, we prioritised DAM software that: With that in mind, let’s get into our top ecommerce DAM software. Ideal for: High-growth ecommerce brands looking for an easy-to-use DAM that scales with your business Top features for ecommerce teams: AI tagging, portals, guest uploads, preset image sizes and a native Shopify integration. Integrates with: WooCommerce, Shopify, Adobe, Canva and more. Used by: Passenger, Beavertown and Haws Pricing: From ÂŁ99 per month. (With this, you get all Dash features for unlimited users plus multiple portals. You don’t need to pay to add new users to your account.) Dash — that's us 👋—is built for rapidly expanding ecommerce businesses that need a simple and budget-friendly way to manage their visual content. If you’ve outgrown file storage systems like Dropbox and Google Drive — but don’t want to spend thousands of dollars on clunky and overbuilt DAMs, Dash should be your go-to pick. It’s easy-to-use, comes with all features and unlimited features and starts at just ÂŁ99 per month. What features does Dash have for ecommerce teams? Dash offers all the features you need to organise, share, and deploy your visual content to your online store and marketing channels. Here are some highlights that our customers love: A portal is a public, searchable view of your Dash — perfect for sharing product shots with your retail partners or PR team. Instead of emailing attachments every time they need assets, just create a portal in Dash, upload the visuals, and share the link with them. They can browse, search, and download whatever they need, without asking you to reshare images for the umpteenth time. Quick content access makes it so much easier for retailers to promote and sell your products on their sites. And when you’ve got new assets? Just add them to your Dash portal. The link stays the same, and your partners stay in the loop, without unnecessary back-and-forth. Here’s how our customer, Haws, uses Dash portals to deliver product images to 100+ retail partners. Have you ever needed to find an asset for a campaign but can’t recall the exact file name for it? That’s where smart search comes in. Instead of guessing keywords or trawling through image names like ‘img_1288_png_use_this’ - you can simply describe what you’re looking for, and our AI finds it for you. For example, you can type in ‘coffee table in natural lighting’ and our DAM automatically surfaces all assets that match your description. Dash integrates directly with Shopify and WooCommerce, so you don't have to download and reupload images when it's time to use them in your store. Simply open your WooCommerce or Shopify backend, and you'll find your Dash in there, ready for use. You can drop product shots from Dash into your store and save a lot of time — especially when you're updating visual content for an entire product line. Just take a look at how our Shopify integration helped the pet foot brand, Forthglade, migrate to Shopify Plus in just 18 weeks. đŸ€Ż No doubt working with creators is a big part of your brand’s marketing campaigns. Whether you’re running a UGC contest for your new product line or collecting content from influencers, Dash’s guest upload makes the entire process a breeze. Guest uploads lets creators submit content directly to your Dash for review and approval, without creating an account or logging in first. Once approved, the images are added to your Dash, automatically tagged, and organised in the correct folder(s). Read up on how haircare brand, RevAir, uses guest uploads to collect user-generated content from happy customers. How fashion brand Passenger uses use Dash Passenger is a fast-growing outdoor clothing brand mostly based in the U.K. and Europe. They use Dash as a central hub for organising thousands of creative assets — think product shots, lifestyle photographers, and other visual assets from partners around the world. Before Dash, their visual content was scattered across WeTransfer links, Dropbox, and Google Drive. It was challenging for anyone to find the product images or marketing visuals they needed on time. Now, Dash brings everything together in a beautiful DAM tool built to do justice to their assets. It's so much easier for them to find the images they need on time, collect content from collaborators, and launch new clothing collections faster. “I’d 100% recommend Dash to all ecommerce brands, especially those with remote teams. It’s so useful when everyone’s spread across the country or even internationally. Having one central place where all content lives makes it easy for everyone to access what they need for their roles.” — Katherine Everett, Product Marketing Coordinator at Passenger. Check out Passenger manages thousands of creative assets with Dash. Ideal for:  Enterprise businesses looking for a comprehensive DAM for managing complex workflows Top features for ecommerce teams: Customisable brand guidelines, omnichannel content delivery, content workflow, and approvals Integrates with: Asana and Contentstack Used by: Premium Spirits Brand and Coolblue Pricing: Custom (but third-party sources suggest it starts from at least $450 per month for their most basic package) Bynder is worth exploring if you’re rolling out large-scale marketing campaigns across multiple channels. Its brand templates make it easy to maintain a consistent style and presentation for your content, even when different people are creating assets. That said, Bynder is not cheap — pricing starts around $450/month, which is nearly 5x the starting cost of Dash. And while it offers a ton of features, the user interface feels clunky, which makes it harder to set up and customise your DAM. “Bynder just feels like dated technology, to be honest. We were learning how to create a visually pleasing home page for our DAM, and I felt like I was using a website backend from 2005” — G2 Review. Learn more about Bynder’s shortcomings and alternative DAMs worth checking out. What features does Bynder have for ecommerce businesses? Brandfolder offers many features for enterprise ecommerce stores, including: Digital brand guidelines When many people are working on different assets across your organisation, things can go out of scope without brand guidelines. With Bynder, your brand guidelines are stored in your DAM, where the rest of your visual content lives. This makes them easily accessible,  unlike brand guidelines locked away in PDF files stored in Drive or Dropbox. P.S.: You can also create brand guidelines in Dash using our Corebook integration. Omnichannel content delivery From Bynder, you can deploy content to your ecommerce website, social media channels, marketplace, and anywhere else you sell at the same time. This saves a lot of time when you're running a large-scale marketing campaign. Instead of downloading and uploading content to each channel separately, you can do it all at once. How ecommerce stores use Bynder: Coolblue Coolblue uses Bynder to manage and distribute all of its visual content for ecommerce campaigns. Bynder serves as a central hub for collaborating across teams, deploying content to different channels, and making sure everything stays on brand. Ideal for: Enterprise ecommerce businesses looking to track visual content usage across all their teams Top features for ecommerce teams: Auto tagging, approval and version control, content workflows Integrates with: Adobe Creative Cloud, Slack Used by: Ibotta and Vermont Cider Pricing: Custom (but third-party sources suggest it costs about $1,600 for the basic package) Brandfolder is built for really large ecommerce businesses — think online stores with diverse product lines, distributed teams, and many retail freelancers and partners. They need an efficient way to organise these assets, make sure everyone can access the content they need on time, and ship on-brand images and videos on time. Brandfolder works well for this. However, it has a lot of features, which can be overwhelming and unnecessary for smaller teams. Plus, Brandfolder is pricey. Plans start at $1,600/month, and with so many features, there’s a steep learning curve to get the most out of it. “In the beginning, getting used to Brandfolder’s structure was a little tricky. We spent hours with our account rep on training our team on how to get around Brandfolder. While it’s still not 100% where we had hoped to be, we’re figuring out creative ways to make Brandfolder do what we need it to do” — G2 Review. If you'd like to learn more about Brandfolder’s pros and cons, this Brandfolder alternatives article is worth reading. What features does Brandfolder offer for ecommerce businesses? Brandfolder has a large DAM features library. Here are a few that work well for ecommerce businesses. Brandfolder can automatically scan uploaded visual content and tag it with the right keywords and descriptions. This makes it easier to organise a large asset library and find your content fast when needed. By the way, auto tagging isn’t exclusive to super expensive DAMs like Brandfolder. When you upload a new image to Dash, the AI scans and tags it with relevant and descriptive keywords. Dash’s AI can also detect which product category a new image matches and automatically add it to the right folder. And the best bit is that Dash costs less than a tenth of Brandfolder. So you don’t need to spend thousands just to stop tagging images manually. When you’re a large ecommerce store with multiple teams collaborating on a campaign, it can be hard to track project status or who’s working on what. That's why Brandfolder lets you set up projects, assign tasks, and track progress right from your DAM. No more emails or Slack messages to find out if Design has shared the social images with Marketing yet for review. How ecommerce stores use Brandfolder: Vermont Cider Vermont Cider is a beverage company based in the U.S. It uses Brandfolder to centralise visual content — logos, posters, product images — for all its brands so that it's easier to find and share them with freelancers and other external collaborators. Ideal for: Brand managers in growing ecommerce businesses who want better control of brand assets Top features for ecommerce teams: Brand guidelines, content templates, and AI brand assistant Integrates with: Figma, Canva, Sketch Used by: dm-drogerie markt Pricing: Custom (contact for a quote) Frontify is all about making sure your team (internal and external) comply with your brand guidelines when using images and videos within and outside the organisation. If you've ever had someone use outdated logos for your content or send our product shots in the wrong shade of blue, Frontify could be a huge help for your business and team. That said, Frontify is more of a brand asset management tool (BAM) than a digital asset management software. There’s some overlap, but it’s not quite the same. For example, while Frontify lets you crop images, it only offers preset sizes. You can’t set the exact dimensions you might need for your social channels or website. If you need that kind of control, you’re better off with a DAM like Dash. “It is not possible to crop an image at a specific size (i.e., web banner) and choose the exact crop area. This means that images are output from Frontify with crops that may miss parts of the image we wanted. To remedy that, we have had to direct users to a third-party website to resize their assets for the crops they need, which is not really ideal” — G2 Review. Check out my Frontify alternatives article to learn more about its features and downsides. What features does Frontify offer for ecommerce businesses? Frontify has many digital asset management features for ecommerce businesses. Frontify lets you create brand templates for videos, product images, video content, and any other digital assets your business uses frequently. It makes it easier for you and your team to create assets quickly without going off-brand. Instead of starting from scratch, they can simply tweak the template and get a new image or social video ready in minutes. It’s a win for you, too. You’re not stuck reviewing every single asset before it goes live. When everyone uses the right templates, you can trust that what goes out stays on-brand, every time. Frontify lets you create interactive brand guidelines using content blocks. Content blocks are visual elements that break your brand into usable pieces: logo, colour palette, colour rules and more. These aren’t just for show — they’re interactive, editable, and connected to the rest of your asset library. So instead of sending a brand PDF that no one opens, you give your team and partners a live resource they can actually use. They can click to copy a hex code, download the right logo, and watch a usage video all in one place. That way, it’s easier for them to apply the rules and create content on-brand. P.S, Dash offers an integration with Corebook which lets you create integrative brand books that are super-sleek and on-brand. Check out how Kinetics uses both tools to create the perfect brand book. Ideal for: Mid-sized ecommerce stores looking for DAM and product information management in one platform Top features for ecommerce: Canto PIM, facial recognition, Media Delivery Cloud Integrates with: Canva, Adobe Photoshop, and WordPress Used by: Lalique and COOLA Suncare Pricing: From $600 per month If you want to organise digital assets and product information within the same hub, Canto is worth checking out. By default, it's a DAM, but you can purchase the PIM add-on to enable you to add product information to your images. This makes it faster to update your product catalogue because you're not adding information manually. Just keep in mind: the PIM functionality isn’t included out of the box. You’ll need to purchase it separately if you want that combined workflow. Also, while Canto gets the job done, its user interface can feel clunky, which makes it harder (and slower) to find what you need, especially when you're dealing with a large asset library. “The UI is confusing. A lot of buttons don't have labels and unclear icons
The portals take a long time to update when you make changes. The main organisation page looks overwhelming to new users, and the default view is sorting by newest assets” — G2 Review. Check out Amy’s article if you want to learn more about Canto’s features and shortcomings. What features does Canto offer for ecommerce businesses? As a Canto user, you get: AI facial recognition Ever spent way too long trying to find that one product image with the right model in it? Canto’s AI facial recognition can help with that. When you upload images, Canto automatically scans them and tags faces. If you work with different models across product lines, the AI can recognise who’s in each shot. That means you can filter by model and instantly pull up all the visuals tied to a specific campaign or product range. While facial recognition is a great feature, we believe it’s risky. After data privacy warnings about facial recognition, we decided to remove this feature from Dash to protect our customers. That said, it’s still really quick to find assets in Dash — for example, you can describe the content of the image and get results in seconds. Beyond letting you search for assets using tags and keywords, Canto enables you to search with descriptions - ideal if your assets haven’t been tagged. Dash does this too. Our new smart search feature makes finding images as easy as using a search engine. If you want to learn more about how it works, check out my quick roundup article on the best AI tools for ecommerce marketing. Ideal for: Creative teams in ecommerce businesses looking for a better way to work together Top features for ecommerce: Content boards, AI tagging, and dynamic feedback Integrates with: Canva, Adobe Premiere Pro, and Slack Used by: hims & hers and Papier Pricing: From $500 per month Air isn’t a full-fledged DAM. It’s more of a creative operations tool, designed to help designers and marketers leave feedback and manage visual projects in progress. It does a good job of organising content during the creative workflow, but it falls short when it’s time to publish. Air doesn’t integrate with Shopify or other content delivery tools like Hootsuite, so you’ll still need to download images and manually upload them to your store or social channels. And that quickly gets tedious when you’re managing dozens (or hundreds) of assets. Air also has add-on costs, which rack up quickly for smaller businesses. For example, if you want retail partners to log in and download content, you’ll need to create paid user seats for each one. If you’ve got 50 or 100 partners, that cost scales fast and could put a huge dent in your budget. “In Air, all user logins are paid seats. Many DAMs include guest accounts in the price that allow external users to view the workspace and download what they need. Air does not have that. We have a lot of media partners that need creatives, and currently, our workaround is to create a bunch of shared links and add those to a landing page” — G2 Review. My Air DAM alternatives article shares more about Air’s weaknesses and strengths, plus alternative DAM tools to consider. What features does Air DAM offer for ecommerce businesses? As an Air DAM user, you get: You can organise your creative projects in Kanban boards to easily track progress from one stage to another. Air also lets you pull in tasks and projects from your Monday or Asana boards — so everything lives in one, central hub. Remember when you had to go back and forth in email threads just to explain one small change to a freelance designer? Not anymore. With Air, you can leave feedback directly on the asset. For videos, you can drop comments at exact timestamps (you can do this in Dash too). For images, use sticky notes or pencil markups to point out what needs fixing. It makes it easier for the designer to understand your feedback, know the exact changes to make, and turn around revisions faster without multiple rounds of clarification. Ideal for: Ecommerce stores managing a high volume of video content Top features for ecommerce: AI tagging, branded video portals, and automated video transcription and translation Integrates with: Shutterstock, Steg.AI, and WordPress Used by: Razer and A&W Canada Pricing: Custom (Contact for a quote) MediaValet is built for video asset management. It helps you organise large video libraries, find the clips you need on time, and easily translate videos into different languages. But its search function is basic, which defeats the purpose of having an asset manager in the first place. Searches regularly return irrelevant results that you have to sort through to find what you need. This means you can’t deploy content as quickly as you need to for your campaigns. “MediaValet sometimes shows results that have nothing to do with the search parameters, and that causes a lot of irrelevant results to be combined with the legitimate results. It means you have to weed through a lot of extra items to find what you're looking for.” Want to learn more about MediaValet? My MediaValet alternatives article is worth checking out. What features does MediaValet offer for ecommerce businesses? With MediaValet, you get: Video transcription and translation Selling in different regions? MediaValet automatically translates your videos into up to 100 languages to help you reach a wider audience. This saves time and money because you're not paying for the video to be made in different languages. You simply create it in one language and use MediaValet’s audio video intelligence tool to translate it into whatever language you want. AI-generated metadata Instead of manually adding meta information to your videos, MediaValet handles this for you. It scans and tags your video content with relevant keywords and other meta information so that it's easier to find the content you need on time. Ideal for: Ecommerce businesses that already use Acquia tools Top features for ecommerce: Product catalogues, content workflows, and brand templates Integrates with: All the tools in the Acquia ecosystem + Adobe Creative Cloud, Adobe Stock Used by: Zurich and Crayola Pricing: Custom (Contact for a quote) Acquia DAM might be worth exploring if you already use tools like Drupal. It integrates smoothly with the Acquia ecosystem, so you can manage content without switching between disconnected platforms. For example, you can directly deploy assets from Acquia DAM to the Drupal content management system without connecting them through an API. But it can cost up to $250,000 a year. Yep, you read that right. So, unless you’ve got enterprise-level needs and the budget to match, Acquia DAM is probably overkill. If you’re looking for something more ecommerce-friendly (and way more wallet-friendly), DAMs like Dash give you the features you actually need, minus the jaw-dropping price tag. Take portals, for example. With Acquia DAM, they’re a paid add-on. But as a Dash user, you get access to them, no matter your pricing plan. You can see how Acquia DAM compares with other digital asset management systems in this article. What features does Acquia DAM offer for ecommerce businesses? With Acquia DAM, you get: You’ve probably seen instances where the product page on your site says one thing, but the Amazon listing says something else entirely. That kind of inconsistency happens when product info isn’t centralised, and for large ecommerce brands with multiple retail partners, it’s a real risk. Acquia DAM helps solve that. You can attach key product details — like descriptions, features, and specs — directly to your images and videos. When you upload them to your store or share with retail partners, the product info comes with it. It’s an easy way to keep your entire product line consistent across your own store and every retail partner you work with. No matter where your products show up, the information stays accurate and on-brand. Acquia DAM offers Branded Portals as an add-on to your plan. Instead of sharing assets as email attachments, you can add them to a Portal and share that with your partners. It’s so much easier for them to find the assets they need this way. Plus, you can control how they use your content — for example, only allow them to view but not download assets. Just keep in mind: Portals aren’t included in your base Acquia DAM plan. You’ll have to pay extra. Meanwhile, DAMs like Dash include Portals (plus a bunch of other ecommerce features) for unlimited users, without the additional charges. This list is only a starting point. You’ll still need to vet your options to find an ecommerce DAM that can handle the needs and complexities of your fast-growing business. Here’s how to whittle down your choices to find the right fit. 1. Start with your real-world workflows Before diving into demos, map out how your team currently manages and shares visual content: This helps you identify must-have features and nice-to-have features that they can do without. For example, if your team is constantly struggling with keeping things on brand, then you likely need a DAM with brand asset management features that makes it easier to access and use brand guidelines. 2. Involve the people who’ll actually use it Don't choose a DAM based on leadership preference alone. Involve the folks managing content daily — like marketers, designers, ecommerce managers, and even retail partners. Their pain points will reveal what matters most. Say your marketing team is constantly waiting on designers to resize product images for your social channels. In that case, you can choose a DAM with built-in resizing and cropping so they are able to create these images themselves on the fly. 3. Request a live walkthrough, not just a sales deck A glossy sales deck or pre-recorded demo can make any DAM look good. But what you really need is to see how it works in practice. Ask vendors to walk you through your specific use case, not just generic features. For example: A live demo gives you a first-hand view of how the DAM might fit into your ecommerce workflow and whether it’s built to handle all your needs. ‍ 👉 Book a demo with Dash 4. Dig into the pricing model Some DAMs, like Acquia, charge extra for feature add-ons. Others, like Air, might look cheap on the surface, but lock important features into more expensive plans to force you to upgrade. That’s why it’s important to understand the DAM's pricing model, not just the initial costs. Get clear on everything you’ll be paying for beyond what’s stated in the plan so you can know the true cost of your DAM. My DAM pricing guide breaks down what vendors frequently charge for, plus questions to uncover hidden costs. 5. Ask about onboarding support When you purchase a DAM, you’ll want to get started as quickly as possible. After all, the quicker you’re up and running, the quicker you’ll reap that ROI. At Dash, we’re confident you’ll get started quicker than any other DAMs on this list. That’s because Dash is easy-to-use, meaning there’s very little learning curve for your team. Plus, you can integrate with Dropbox and Google Drive to migrate assets over quickly. And, if you’ve got assets stored on your hard drive or on another DAM system, our team can help you migrate those assets over free of charge. Don’t believe us? Check out why you’ll onboarded 60% faster with Dash than you would with Bynder. 6. Check for good customer support If things break or your team gets stuck, what kind of help can you expect? Look for vendors who offer good customer support, not just help docs and chatbots. With Dash, you can rest assured that you'll receive reliable customer support every time. You can contact our team using our in-app chat box or request a call with our Customer Success team.  Here’s what our customer, COAT Paints, says about Dash’s support team. “The Dash team is incredibly responsive to any queries and always quick to find a solution. In my experience, no other platform has matched the level of customer service that Dash provides.” 6. Get a trial and stress test it This one is hard because many DAMs don’t offer a free trial. They’d rather you book a demo, chat with the sales team, and get a custom plan based on your needs. But with DAMs like Dash, you can sign up for a free trial and test it in a real scenario before committing. Upload content, tag it, and try sharing with a partner. Does it actually make your workflow easier? Also, get honest feedback from the people who’ll use it most, especially your marketing and design teams. Don’t rely on sales promises alone. And watch out for long-term contracts. Some platforms, like Bynder, can lock you in for up to three years. That’s a long time to be stuck with a tool that might not work for your team. Test first; commit later.  With Dash, however, you’re not locked into lengthy contracts and you can cancel with just one month’s notice. Want more tips for choosing the right digital asset management platform? Our ecommerce DAM comparison sheet breaks down key features, pricing, and use cases, so you can find the best DAM for your team. You’ll see exactly what to prioritise when comparing vendors to help you make the right decision quickly. And if you’re already thinking Dash might be the best ecommerce DAM for your fast-growing online store, why not take it for a spin? You can try Dash free for 14 days, no strings attached. See how it fits your ecommerce workflow, then let us know what you think. Do you have more questions about choosing DAM software for your fast-growing ecommerce store? You'll find some helpful answers below. DAM stands for digital asset management. It is the process of receiving and organising visual assets — like images and videos — so you can find, share, and use them easily. DAM software like Dash helps you share, organise, and deploy visual content to your website, Shopify or WooCommerce store, and social media channels. In retail, DAM stands for digital asset management. It refers to systems and processes used to organise, store, manage, and deploy digital assets required to promote your products. A DAM makes it easy to share product images, videos, brand logos, promotional banners, and other media files with your teams, platforms, and retail partners. The difference between PIM and DAM is the type of content being managed. PIM stores and organises structured product data like names, SKUs, descriptions, specs, pricing, and category information. It ensures that product details are consistent and accurate across ecommerce sites, marketplaces, and catalogues. Plytix is an example of PIM software. DAM, on the other hand, organises and stores all your visual assets like product photos, logos, images from your graphics designer, and UGC, so that it's easy to find and use them whenever you need. Dash is an example of DAM software. Some platforms, like PimCore, combine PIM and DAM capabilities within the same tool, meaning you can find your product information and visual content in one place. It makes it easier to match product descriptions with the right images or videos and upload them to your ecommerce store. However, integrated platforms are very expensive and complicated compared to a tool that does a specific thing well. In ecommerce, assets usually fall into two main buckets: product content and brand/marketing content. Here’s a breakdown of common digital asset types: Product assets (used on product pages and marketplaces) Brand and marketing assets (used in campaigns and across your online channels) As you can see, it's quite the list, and it's easy for assets to get lost without a good system for organising them. Dash DAM can help you store your ecommerce visual content so you can always find and use it quickly. A DAM workflow or digital asset management workflow is the step-by-step process you follow to complete a specific task within your DAM software — such as deploying assets to your marketing channels or approving content from freelancers. This article breaks down the eight most important DAM workflows for ecommerce businesses that are scaling fast. Faith Uzuegbu is a content marketer and freelance writer for B2B SaaS and tech companies like ClassPass, PlayPlay, and Thinkific. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/best-shopify-apps Title: The 36 best Shopify apps to grow your ecommerce storeTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Discover the 34 best Shopify apps to grow your ecommerce store. From email marketing to Shopify analytics, here's everything you'll need to know. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/best-shopify-apps ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: The 36 best Shopify apps to grow your ecommerce store H3: SMS and email marketing Shopify apps H3: Visual content marketing Shopify apps H3: Customer retention and recurring revenue Shopify apps H3: Search and social advertising Shopify apps H3: Search engine optimisation (SEO) Shopify apps H3: Customer reviews and UGC Shopify apps H3: Sales, promotions and discounts Shopify apps H3: Affiliate marketing and customer loyalty Shopify apps H3: Product bundling and upselling Shopify apps H3: Store analytics Shopify apps H3: Build your perfect Shopify tech stack H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: The 36 best Shopify apps to grow your ecommerce store H3: SMS and email marketing Shopify apps H3: Visual content marketing Shopify apps H3: Customer retention and recurring revenue Shopify apps H3: Search and social advertising Shopify apps H3: Search engine optimisation (SEO) Shopify apps H3: Customer reviews and UGC Shopify apps H3: Sales, promotions and discounts Shopify apps H3: Affiliate marketing and customer loyalty Shopify apps H3: Product bundling and upselling Shopify apps H3: Store analytics Shopify apps H3: Build your perfect Shopify tech stack H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Growing an ecommerce business is no walk in the park. For your Shopify store to succeed, you’ll need dedication and creativity to make your digital storefront shine in the vast online marketplace. But never fear! There are thousands of tools waiting for you on the Shopify App Store, some of which are totally free to use. These will help you level-up your ecommerce marketing strategy and support you in reaching your sales targets. Without further ado, here’s the top 36 Shopify apps you need to grow your ecommerce store, broken down by category. Let’s dive in, shall we? Klaviyo is one of the leading SMS and email marketing apps for DTC businesses. The tool lets brands set up automated, personalised email and SMS marketing campaigns which drive product sales. When you connect it to your Shopify store, you can use it to build custom lists from Shopify order data and create clever automations. Best used for: Building sophisticated customer segmentation and email / SMS automations. Stand-out customers: Spanx, Glossier, COAT Paints, Bloom Nutrition Pricing: Free trial available. Pricing starts from $60 a month for up to 2,500 email contacts. Shopify App Store reviews: 1,000+ reviews with a rating of 3.9 out of 5. SMSBump was acquired by Yotpo in 2020, making it a particularly good option if you’re already using the popular ecommerce reviews platform. Where Klaviyo specialises in email sequences, SMSBump does the same for text messaging. It has a particularly neat way of visualising text workflows and you can pick from (and customise) 40+ ready-made sequences. Best used for: Using your Shopify order data to level-up your SMS marketing strategy. Stand-out customers: Dossier, Princess Polly, Embla. Pricing: Free plan available. Pricing starts from $19 a month. Shopify App Store reviews: 5,000+ reviews with a rating of 4.9 out of 5. Privy go toe-to-toe with Klaviyo in terms of features, and boast that they’re more affordable. Of the tools in this section, it’s the one most directly comparable to Klaviyo - offering a one-stop shop for all your personalisation, cart abandonment, email campaigns and SMS marketing needs. Privy users can also make use of custom-built email templates too, which is a nice touch in our book! Best used for: Brands wanting to create personalised email and text marketing campaigns, and who appreciate Privy’s cheaper (and easier to understand) pricing compared to Klaviyo. Stand-out customers: Marbela Cosmetics, Yebo Box, Lord’s Shoes and Apparel. Pricing: Free plan available. Pricing starts at $30 a month for conversion and email features (but not SMS - for that you’ll have to upgrade). Shopify App Store reviews: 24,000+ reviews with a rating of 4.6 out of 5. If you’re looking for an affordable email and SMS marketing tool to help you grow your Shopify ecommerce store sales, Sender could be the answer. First, create emails with their simple drag-and-drop builder and free pre-made templates. Then use the smart segmentation feature to ensure your messages get to the right audience. And finally, automate your welcome, abandoned cart recovery, win-back emails, and SMS notifications for a timely send-out. Best used for: Creating email and SMS automations at a lower cost than Klaviyo and Privy. Stand-out customers: Honeywell, L’Occitane, Pizza Hut. Pricing: Free plan available. Pricing starts at $10 a month. Shopify App Store reviews: 10+ reviews with a rating of 4.7 out of 5. Any ecommerce brand will know getting visitors to your website is only half the battle. Next, you need to nudge them to actually buy from you. PushOwl helps with just that! When you connect it to your Shopify store, it lets you send personalised push notifications via a visitor’s browser. Best used for: When you want to drive conversion rates through your website. Stand-out customers: Twinings, Waterdrop, Snow Joe, Urban Planet, True Classic, Snowjoe. Pricing: Free plan available. There's also an early stage plan for new merchants which is free for a year. Pricing starts at $19 per month for business plans (including abandoned cart reminders, hero images and shipping notifications) and $79 for enterprise plans (including browse abandonment, segmentation, flash sales and more). Shopify App Store reviews: 2,000+ reviews with a rating of 5 out of 5. Dash is a digital asset management tool, built specifically for ecommerce brands. Store and organise all your brand’s visuals in a single place: from product photography to ad graphics. Using the Shopify integration, drop photos from your Dash straight into your Shopify product listings or campaign pages. Best used for: When you’re a growing brand and you’re sick of using Drive and Dropbox to store, organise and share your visual content. Stand-out customers: COAT Paints, Passenger Clothing, RIXO, Ka’chava. Pricing: Free trial available. Pricing starts at $109 a month for all features, unlimited users and 10GB storage. Shopify App Store reviews: Dash isn’t listed in the Shopify App Store - we’re the ecommerce world’s best-kept secret đŸ€«. Just get in touch and we’ll help you connect your Shopify store to your Dash. 7. Image Optimizer by Crush.pics This app by Crush.pics automatically optimises your product images for faster loading times and improved SEO on your Shopify store. It also offers features like bulk image compression and SEO-friendly file naming. Best used for: Your Shopify site load times need improving. Stand-out customers: Electric Bicycle USA, Go Bloom Go, EcoBaby. Pricing: Pricing starts at $4.99 a month for 500MB worth of images optimised a month. Shopify App Store reviews: 900+ reviews with a rating of 4.8 out of 5. 8. Instafeed by Mintt Almost every ecommerce brand is on Instagram right? Have the channel work harder for you and convert more sales with Instafeed. This app lets you add Instagram photos and Reels to your Shopify storefront. Use it to make better use of your Instagram content, help convert store visitors and build out your social proof. Best used for: You're killing it on Instagram and want to make your content work harder on your Shopify site. Stand-out customers: Protein Package, Caterpillar, SugarBabies. Pricing: Free plan available. Pricing starts at $6 a month if you want access to more features. Shopify App Store reviews: 1,300+ reviews with a rating of 4.9 out of 5. If you’re creating user-generated content (UGC), why not put it to use? Novel integrates with your Shopify store to turn your UGC into website content, creating shoppable short-form videos to drive engagement and convert new customers. Best used for: You want to convert more customers on your site and make better use of your UGC. Stand-out customers: Goodwipes, Nosta Beauty, Bondeye Jewellery, HexClad, NuFace, Magic mind. Pricing: Pricing model starts from $14.99 a month for 3,000 impressions. Shopify App Store reviews: 20 reviews with a rating of 5 out of 5. Check out Novel's live interactive demo page to see how you can create shoppable UGC, instantly. ✹ Shopney is the top-rated Shopify mobile app builder solution, designed to turn your online store into a mobile app. Its intuitive drag-and-drop editor simplifies app creation, requiring no coding or design skills. By using Shopney to create your app, you can boost customer satisfaction and retention with a superior mobile shopping experience. Additionally, you can leverage your app as an owned marketing and sales channel to increase conversion rates while reducing ad spend. Best used for: Building your Shopify brand's Android and iOS mobile app, acting as a native sales and marketing channel. Stand-out customers: Touche, Shopi Go, Ladida, Micas, Pegador. Pricing: 30-day free trial available. Pricing starts from $119 a month. Shopify App Store reviews: 800+ reviews with a rating of 5 out of 5. Acquiring new customers is expensive. So don’t forget the customers who are already a fan of you, and develop a customer advocacy programme. Use Smile to create a loyalty program which rewards customers for repeat purchases and referrals. Best used for: Building out your customer loyalty programme, helping to turn them into brand advocates (who are then incentivised to introduce your products to their friends). Stand-out customers: Polaroid, Packlane, Topps. Pricing: There’s a free plan for brands with less than 200 monthly orders. Pricing starts at $49 a month. Shopify App Store reviews: 5,000+ reviews with a rating of 4.8 out of 5. Don’t underestimate the power of customer service for retention. Gorgias is a helpdesk and customer support platform built specifically for ecommerce brands. Their app streamlines customer inquiries and support, allowing you to provide quick and efficient assistance. Their Shopify integration lets you view and edit Shopify orders without leaving Gorgias. Best used for: Delivering speedy support and a great customer experience, whilst creating automations so you can scale. Stand-out customers: Olipop, Bokksu, Loop Earplugs, Absolute Collagen. Pricing: Pricing starts from $10 monthly for 50 customer support tickets a month. Shopify App Store reviews: 600+ reviews with a rating of 4.4 out of 5. Fairing, formerly known as Enquire Labs, is a turbocharged survey tool for ecommerce. You can use it to get better information about your customers directly from the customers themselves. Sprinkle questions into your post-purchase process, then connect the answers to your customer's actual Shopify order details. Best used for: Delivering speedy customer support and creating automations. Stand-out customers: Skims, Our Place, Krave, Dr. Squatch, Caraway. Pricing: Pricing starts from $49 monthly for up to 1,000 orders. Shopify App Store reviews: 150+ reviews with a rating of 5 out of 5. If you want to try subscription pricing, Recharge is a must-have app for managing recurring billing and subscriptions. It helps your customers stay engaged and continue to receive your products or services on a regular basis. And when you know your brand can rely on fixed monthly income (rather than one-off purchases), it’ll give your brand’s budget sheet some stability and make it easier to plan future growth investments. Best used for: Turning one-off purchases into repeat revenue which your DTC business can rely on. Stand-out customers: Wild, KylieSkin, Bobbie, Fiji Water. Pricing: Pricing starts from $99 a month and increases depending on what features you’re looking for. Shopify App Store reviews: 1,400+ reviews with a rating of 4.5 out of 5.15. StoreLab ‍60% of ecommerce purchases happen on a mobile device. So optimising your online store for mobile should be a top priotiy, right? Even better, why not build an app? This is where StoreLab comes in. StoreLab is a Shopify mobile app builder that allows you to launch a mobile app for your store in as little as 2 weeks. It helps you increase your mobile sales whilst also helping to convert, retain and communicate with your customers. Best used for: Supercharging Shopify sales; maximising revenue; engaging, retaining, and converting customers Stand out customers: Mikes Dive Store, Airebil Apparel, RockThoseCurves Pricing: Free trial available. 3 plan choices ranging from $79 per month to $999 per month Shopify App Store Reviews: 5/5 TikTok advertising is still pretty new territory, even for ecommerce brands. If you’re considering taking the plunge of investing in TikTok ads, NestAds could be what you’re looking for. It helps you install TikTok pixels so you can monitor your ad performance. And when you have access to proper data, you’ll be able to increase your return on ads spend (ROAS). Best used for: Getting more accurate data on your TikTok advertising campaigns. Stand-out customers: Glamour Canada, AsianFoodKit, Zenven. Pricing: There’s a free plan available. Pricing starts from $9.99 a month. Shopify App Store reviews: 170+ reviews with a rating of 4.9 out of 5. 💡 P.S. Check out our guide for levelling-up your TikTok ecommerce strategy. AdRoll helps ecommerce brands get their products noticed. You know those ads that follow you around the internet? AdRoll makes those happen. If you visit a shop but don't buy, it reminds you with ads served wherever you might be visiting online - from your Facebook profile to your favourite websites. Best used for: Running effective retargeting campaigns which bring potential customers back to your online Shopify store. Stand-out customers: Skylight, Shady Rays, I’d Rather Be With My Dog. Pricing: Pricing starts from $40 a month. Shopify App Store reviews: 400+ reviews with a rating of 4 out of 5. Paid media managers the world over rued the day that iOS14 was rolled out. Ever since, it’s been even harder for brands to track performance of their Meta campaigns. Thankfully, Omega Two Owls is on hand to help you out. Its Facebook Pixel and Conversion API gives brands better analytics on their advertising performance, helping you generate better ROAS from your Facebook advertising and Instagram ad campaigns. Best used for: Gathering better information on how your Meta campaigns are performing across Facebook and Instagram. Stand-out customers: Costco, Muscle Force, Russell's Shave Force. Pricing: There’s a 3-day free trial available, then pricing kicks in at $12.99 a month with optional extras. Shopify App Store reviews: 700+ reviews with a rating of 5 out of 5. Adwisely integrates with Facebook, Instagram, Google and TikTok. That makes it a great option if you’re looking for a single platform to bring your different advertising networks together. It’s big selling point is the speed at which it can help you create and launch ad campaigns. You just pick from pre-made ad templates, check your targeting criteria and decide a budget, and it’ll handle the rest! Best used for: For ecommerce merchants wanting to speed up and automate how they launch paid advertising campaigns across the biggest platforms. Stand-out customers: Survival, Foco, Sports Fan, Pure Plates. Pricing: Pricing starts from $49 a month. If you spend more than $500 on advertising through Adwisely, they’ll also charge you 10% of the ad spend. Shopify App Store reviews: 400+ reviews with a rating of 4.2 out of 5. 20. Simprosys Google Shopping Feed Simprosys helps you simplify selling on Google Shopping, Bing Shopping and Facebook Shop. It works well with Shopify Market and supports multiple languages, currencies, and domains. You can also customise product descriptions easily with filtering and editing options. Best used for: Gathering better information on how your Meta campaigns are performing across Facebook and Instagram. Stand-out customers: Incycle Bicycles, Smooth&Charming, Deep-End. Pricing: Pricing starts from $4.99 a month for up to 500 products. Shopify App Store reviews: 5,000+ reviews with a rating of 4.9 out of 5. Boost your Shopify store’s visibility on Google Search. Use SEO Manager (built by venntov) to improve your site’s organic performance and get easy-to-understand reports on how your website is doing. It can also save you time by creating templates for your page titles, descriptions, and image descriptions. And if you're worried about broken links, don't be. SEO Manager finds them in real-time and helps you fix them, with a handy log of all the changes made. Best used for: Boosting your online store’s organic Google Search presence. Stand-out customers: DECORUM, Matcha Outlet, Number Six, Artemis Cards. Pricing: Its pricing plan starts from $20 a month. Shopify App Store reviews: 1,700+ reviews with a rating of 4.7 out of 5. TinyIMG makes your images load faster, helps with SEO, and detects broken links. Using the app, you can make sure your website runs faster by being smart about loading pictures. Plus, it can create helpful things like maps of your site and reports to show you how it's doing. Best used for: Getting to grips with image load times and stopping your site’s images crashing your customer’s browser. Stand-out customers: Hey Pumpkin Coffee Co., Gamer Tech, Wavess. Pricing: Pricing starts from $9.99 a month. Shopify App Store reviews: 1,500+ reviews with a rating of 5 out of 5. 23. Yotpo Product Reviews & UGC Social proof is key when it comes to selling your products. And for that, consider Yotpo. It helps ecommerce brands, big or small, collect product reviews that sway shoppers. You can show off these reviews and star ratings on social media and Google search results. It’ll also simplify how you gather user-generated content (UGC) from your customers. Best used for: Your brand wants to get serious about review collection and collecting customer photos. It’s one of the most-established review platforms on the market, so you’ll be in safe hands! Stand-out customers: Frank Body, Steve Madden, Vanity Planet, Alala. Pricing: Pricing starts from $15 a month. Shopify App Store reviews: 6,000+ reviews with a rating of 4.9 out of 5. Junip offers similar features to Yotpo above. The platform lets you collect product reviews and showcase them in various ways, like under Google Shopping Ads. But judging by a few customer reviews, users who opted for Junip preferred the quality of its customer support over Yotpo. It also looks like Junip can better reach a customer across different platforms at a time when they’d be more likely to leave reviews. Best used for: Your brand wants an ecommerce review platform with a great integrations and a lauded customer success team behind it. Stand-out customers: Huron, Camp, Baboon to the Moon, Olipop. Pricing: There’s a free plan for Shopify stores with less than 50 orders a month. After that, pricing kicks in at $19 a month and scales depending on the number of orders your company receives. Shopify App Store reviews: 350+ reviews with a rating of 5 out of 5. You know when you’re on a site and you get those notifications that someone just left a review of the brand’s product? To do that on your own Shopify site, you can use Fomo. The Shopify app lets you highlight your recent sales and product reviews to site visitors. It also has its own analytics built in, so you can track pop-up engagement. Best used for: Highlighting product reviews on your site so your visitors engage. Stand-out customers: Hint, Puravida Bracelets, Martha Stewart. Pricing: Pricing starts at $25 monthly for 8,000 website notifications. Shopify App Store reviews: 150+ reviews with a rating of 4.5 out of 5. 26. Ultimate Sales Boost Ultimate Sales Boost (built by Hextom) does exactly what it says on the tin - it helps your DTC brand promote sales and discounts across you entire Shopify site. It has more than 30 tools you can pick, from a stock countdown (for an extra bit of buyer pressure) to free shipping labels and BOGO offers. Best used for: For DTC brands wanting to maximise the orders coming through their Shopify site. Stand-out customers: New Edition Threads, Pillowtalk, Truck’r. Pricing: Pricing starts at $9.99. Shopify App Store reviews: 7,000+ reviews with a rating of 4.8 out of 5. Roll up, roll up. Who doesn’t love an arcade game? And one where you have the chance to win a discount - where do I sign? That’s what Wheelify does for Shopify stores. It starts with a site pop-up and asks users for their email in exchange for a chance to spin the wheel to win coupon codes and discounts. It’s a great way to engage site visitors and capture their information so you can follow up with them later. Best used for: For ecommerce brands wanting to grow their email marketing lists through a fun, interactive site element. Stand-out customers: Watch Book, Biotanica, Tag Snap. Pricing: Pricing starts at $6.99 a month. Shopify App Store reviews: 900+ reviews with a rating of 4.9 out of 5. Launch contests, sweepstakes and giveaways using Gleam. The Shopify integration will encourage your website visitors to subscribe to your email list, or follow you on social media, for a chance to win. Collect emails from eager participants and then keep them engaged post-giveaway with sales funnels and discounts. Best used for: Launching contests and sweepstakes to drive sales and engagement - for both site visitors and previously-converted customers. Stand-out customers: Beardbrand, MUD, AdoreMe, Green Belly. Pricing: Pricing starts at $97 a month. Shopify App Store reviews: 50+ reviews with a rating of 4.3 out of 5. Sick of managing multiple discount codes across hundreds of products? Alpha’s got your back. Once you plug it into your Shopify store, you can change the cost of hundreds of products and create a load of discount options. You can automate the launch of flash sales too - you just put in the start and end date, and Alpha takes care of it for you. Plus you can promote your sales on site with custom announcement bars. Best used for: For when you want to make a bigger splash with discounts and flash sales. Stand-out customers: Earth Song Jewellry, TulipStuff, Sheet Music Now. Pricing: Pricing starts at $9.99 a month. Shopify App Store reviews: 30+ reviews with a rating of 4.9 out of 5. It’s every ecommerce brands’ dream: to have customers who are huge fans of your brand, that they’ll go out and promote you to their friends - for free. It’s about time we gave people like that a reward, no? Using Referral Candy, Shopify brands can do just that. It’s key features help manage your referral and affiliate programs. With the app, you can send your  customers a referral link which they can share with their friends - and which you can track. Once a successful referral has happened, you’ll also be able to automate sending the rewards to your loyal customers. Best used for: Use Referral Candy to manage and track the success of your referral programmes - as well as automating getting rewards to your customers. Stand-out customers: Tupperware, Rothy’s, Stanley, Colgate. Pricing: Pricing starts at $9.99 a month. Shopify App Store reviews: 2,000+ reviews with a rating of 4.8 out of 5. Crack TikTok affiliate marketing with Bounty. The app lets you automate UGC and content marketing. In fact, once it’s integrated with your Shopify store, it bakes getting UGC into the checkout process. Once a shopper has arrived at checkout, they’ll get prompted to sign up to Bounty and post about the product they’ve purchased for actual cold hard cash (depending on how many people view the video). Genius, if you ask me! Best used for: Brands looking to improve their UGC and TikTok marketing. Bounty is currently only available for brands in North America. Stand-out customers: Sanzo, SACHEU Beauty, Chomps, Haven’s Kitchen. Pricing: Honestly, we couldn’t figure out how much you’d need to pay to use Bounty. We’ll update this article when we know more! Shopify App Store reviews: 5+ reviews with a rating of 4.6 out of 5. 💡 P.S. We talked to Abe Wolke, Bounty's founder, about his predictions for ecommerce trends. Boost your website's traffic, earnings, and customer loyalty with a trackable, manageable affiliate program. Affiliatly is a user-friendly app which you can use to tailor to your needs without any tech know-how. Monitor referrals via affiliate links, coupons, emails, SKUs, or tags, and shape your commission structure globally or individually for each affiliate. Best used for: Tracking the performance of the affiliates and influencers on your books. Stand-out customers: The Haircut Box, Huckson, Ichigo Cosmetics, Earth & Sea Nutrition. Pricing: Pricing starts at $16 a month. Shopify App Store reviews: 100+ reviews with a rating of 4.6 out of 5. Elevate your sales game with Bundler. This Shopify app helps you build enticing discounts when customers purchase products together in bundles. It gives you a lot of freedom to customise your offerings and promote popular products together seamlessly. Your average order value (AOV) will be through the roof in no time! Best used for: Building clever bundles to increase the AOV of your Shopify store. Stand-out customers: ZOKU, Sticky Tiles, BHAKTA Spirits, Ollie+Zara. Pricing: There’s a free plan. Pricing kicks in at $6.99 a month. Shopify App Store reviews: 900+ reviews with a rating of 4.9 out of 5. Artificial intelligence is everywhere these days - so why not put it to work? Wiser acts as an AI-powered recommendation wizard for your site visitors. Using Wiser’s Personalization Engine, you can drop personalised product recommendations, boosting up average order value, totals of shopping carts, and conversions. Best used for: Using AI to give potential customers personalised product bundles and recommendations. Stand-out customers: Decathlon, Unliever, Organicbasics, Global Healing. Pricing: There’s a free plan for up to 50 orders. Pricing starts at $19 a month for its basic plan. Shopify App Store reviews: 500+ reviews with a rating of 4.9 out of 5. Peel brings all the data and metrics you could possibly want to report on the success of your Shopify store. Use it to view your life-time value, AOV and measure your return on interest (ROI). You can also hook it up to your Slack so you get delivered daily reports on your shop’s performance. Use Peel’s data to feed back into your marketing performance too, by building targeted prospect lists. Best used for: Getting a proper handle on your ecommerce performance metrics, especially if you’re more focused on customer retention. Stand-out customers: Jones Road, Cora, Caraway, Bite. Pricing: Pricing starts at $199 a month. Shopify App Store reviews: 30+ reviews with a rating of 5 out of 5. Triple Whale is a direct competitor to Peel Insights in the Shopify analytics space. They both integrate with your Shopify store and marketing channels to give you valuable performance data. However, as Peel puts it themselves, Triple Whale is a better fit if your brand is more focused on acquiring new customers (rather than retaining existing ones). Best used for: Understanding how your acquisition channels are performing from Shopify site visits right through to check-out. Stand-out customers: Obvi, Crossfit, Doe Lashes, Moodi. Pricing: Pricing starts at $129 a month. Shopify App Store reviews: 20+ reviews with a rating of 4.7 out of 5. So there you have it, kids. A list of 34 of the best plug-ins available on the Shopify App Store you can connect to your store to grow your DTC brand. Whether you want to make the most of your visual content, or decide to double-down on your UGC, the rest is up to you. In one way or another, all these apps require visual content. So if you’re an ecommerce brand creating tonnes of creative and you’re fed up of storing them all on Drive and Dropbox, consider Dash. You can get your product shots organised and ready to share. And once you’re connected to your Shopify store, you’ll be able to drop those photographs straight into your product listings. Join the fastest-growing DTC brands like Passenger Clothing, RIXO and Ka’chava - take out a Dash 14-day free trial today! Barney is the Marketing Lead for Dash. He writes about small business marketing strategies and how DTC brands can boost sales. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/best-tools-for-social-media-management Title: The 8 best social media management tools for DTC brandsTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Discover the best social media management tools for DTC brands with our guide. Plus, learn why social media asset management is a must for your team. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/best-tools-for-social-media-management ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: The 8 best social media management tools for DTC brands H2: Why do DTC brands need social media management tools? H2: How to choose a social media management tool H2: The 8 best social media management tools for DTC brands H2: Use Dash to manage your social media campaigns H2: FAQs for social media management tools H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: The 8 best social media management tools for DTC brands H2: Why do DTC brands need social media management tools? H2: How to choose a social media management tool H2: The 8 best social media management tools for DTC brands H4: 1. Dash - for visual asset management H4: 2. Buffer - for social media scheduling H4: 3. Later: for visual planning for social media H4: 4. Sprout Social - for advanced analytics H4: 5. Hootsuite - for multi-platform management H4: 6. SocialPilot - for affordable team collaboraion H4: 7. Sendible - multi-channel publishing H4: 8. CoSchedule - for building marketing calendars H2: Use Dash to manage your social media campaigns H2: FAQs for social media management tools H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Your DTC brand is growing, and you’re seeing more sales from your social media accounts than ever before. Congratulations—that’s great news! But to maintain that momentum and continue to scale your business, it’s time to double down on social media and invest in the proper management tools. If you don't, the flood of customer messages, comments, and engagement could overwhelm your team, leading to delayed responses and missed sales opportunities. This article is an in-depth review of the best social media management tools for your DTC brand. The following 8 platforms will help you track your assets, capture valuable insights, and manage your campaigns effectively: 1. Dash: Organise and manage your digital content with AI-powered tagging 2. Buffer: Schedule and post social content ahead of time 3. Later: Visual planning for social media 4. Sprout Social: Track performance and get insights on brand growth 5. Hootsuite: Manage multiple social profiles from one dashboard 6. SocialPilot: Run cost-effective campaigns across social channels 7. Sendible: Collaborate with clients and generate detailed reports 8. CoSchedule: Plan and coordinate publishing on a shared content and social calendar The ecommerce market will be worth approximately $6.9 trillion at the end of 2024. And the social commerce market is expected to reach $1,262.19 billion in 2024, making up 18.3% of the total ecommerce market. That’s a massive portion of the ecommerce pie. That’s why brands with their social media marketing ducks in a row are in a prime position to capture a significant share of this booming market. In short, when you prioritise your social media management, you’ll see more money flowing in from those hungry social buyers. But it’s not all about money. Here are some other advantages of investing in social media management tools: While investing in social media management tools is a must, it might not be clear which tools are best for you and your business. Here are the key things you’ll want to factor in as you make your decision: Centralised asset management Creative teams managing assets Social media scheduling Instagram-optimised social platform Multi-platform management The first thing that comes to mind when you think of social media management might be scheduling. And while scheduling is an important part of social media management, it’s not the only one. Another critical piece (maybe the most essential) is digital asset management. Why? Social media is all about engaging customers through compelling images and videos. And the last thing you want is for those golden assets to be scattered across Google Drive, Dropbox and your hard drives. How can your team find the content they need if it’s hiding on your desktop? To keep your visuals organised and accessible, use Dash (that’s us!). Dash centralises all of your visual content, so your team can find, manage, and deploy assets quickly. Everyone on your team can: With Dash, your team’s social assets stay organised, so they can focus on what matters most—creating outstanding campaigns that engage, inspire, and persuade your audience to buy. Plans start at ÂŁ99 or $139 per month. Learn more in our article social media asset management. Now that we’ve covered asset management, it’s time to get into scheduling. Let’s start with one popular with growing DTC brands. As a creator, I prefer Buffer to some other social media management platforms for a couple of reasons. First and foremost, the price. Buffer is priced very reasonably for independent business owners and influencers. I started off using the free plan, which allows you up to 10 posts per platform (up to three platforms) at a time. This means you can schedule a total of 30 posts at a time. This is enough for most creators wanting to build a social following. Eventually, I upgraded to the paid plan to schedule out a full month (or more) of posts at a time. I also selected Buffer because of its simple interface and ease of use. You log in, connect your preferred social channels, and then click on ‘New post’. Enter your message and connect any assets (from Dash, which integrates with Buffer). Then, customise it for each platform and schedule the post for when you want it to go live. Buffer’s key features Free. Essentials plan starts at $5/month per channel (paid annually). Any DTC brand knows how important your visual content is - that’s why Later puts your content front and centre. Built for Instagram and other visual platforms, Later lets you plan, schedule and optimise your posts with a drag and drop interface that’s as easy as it is powerful. Later’s visual content calendar lets you see how your feed will look before you post, so your brand stays cohesive and on trend. Plus with hashtag suggestions, analytics and even user-generated content management, Later is ideal for visually driven brands looking to grow. Whether you’re growing your following, promoting products or creating content, Later helps you do it all without the fuss. Starts at $30 per month for small teams. Sprout Social is another popular social media management tool, but it’s created for a different audience than Buffer. If your first instinct is to check out the pricing page, you’ll notice they don’t have a free plan. And prices start at $199 per seat per month. The reason? It’s built for bigger teams with more complex social management needs. As a result, it has more premium features like advanced social listening, detailed analytics, and tools for handling customer engagement. Sprout Social would be a good fit for larger DTC businesses looking to expand their social media presence and harness deeper insights to drive strategy. If you’re managing multiple brands or channels and want to engage more strategically with your audience, Sprout’s advanced tools can give you that edge. Sprout Social’s key features Starts at $199 per seat per month. If you’ve been in the marketing world for a while, you probably recognise the name Hootsuite. Out of the top seven social media management tools on our list, Hootsuite came to market first—in 2008, to be exact. Hootsuite started out as a simple dashboard to help its customers manage Twitter accounts. Since then, Hootsuite has undergone several feature iterations and branding changes (it used to be called BrightKit), and is now one of the most widely recognised names in social media management. Today, Hootsuite is a powerful tool with much more advanced features than just Twitter management. These features include intricate scheduling, robust analytics, collaboration tools, and social listening (which is enhanced by its recent acquisition of the AI social listening tool Talkwalker). It’s a great pick for brands looking to manage multiple social media profiles. Hootsuite also offers Facebook Ads and Instagram Ads management. Hootsuite’s key features Prices start at $99/month per person for 10 accounts. Managing social media can be overwhelming when you’re juggling multiple platforms and trying to grow your eCommerce brand. That’s where SocialPilot comes in. This tool simplifies your workflow by giving you one central dashboard to manage all your social accounts—no more logging in and out of different profiles. SocialPilot also offers features designed to make life easier for small teams or solo entrepreneurs, like easy post scheduling, bulk uploads, and even content curation to keep your feed fresh and engaging. And if you’re growing fast, SocialPilot scales with you. As your team expands, you can assign roles and permissions, ensuring your workflow stays smooth and organised. Plus, with detailed analytics and customisable reports, it’s easy to track what’s working (and what’s not) to keep your marketing on point. SocialPilot’s key features Prices start at $25.50 per month for one person with 10 accounts. For small eCommerce and DTC brands looking to elevate their social media game, Sendible is a fantastic option to consider. While SocialPilot focuses on affordability and simplicity, Sendible steps it up with deeper customisation and client communication features that make it perfect for brands wanting more personalised workflows. Sendible stands out with tools like flexible permissions and detailed analytics, giving you greater control over your campaigns and how you engage with your audience. Plus, the ability to customise reports and set up recurring posts means you can keep your brand’s messaging consistent while saving time. If you want to refine your social media strategy with a platform that offers advanced features and customisation, Sendible might be the right match. Sendible’s key features Plans start at $29 per month for one person and six social profiles. If you’re looking for a tool that combines social media, content planning, and project management - CoSchedule could be a winner. It combines these three types of tools into one system with an easy-to-use calendar. This tool not only makes it easy for social media teams to collaborate, but it also loops in the content marketing team. Everyone involved in marketing projects has eyes on the full marketing game plan. CoSchedule is a good fit if your team is working with high volumes of social and written content and needs visibility across all campaigns. It’s also a fit if you have strict deadlines and need a full, real-time overview of every project’s progress. CoSchedule’s key features Free plan. Paid plans start at $19 per user per month. By now, you have a handful of social media management tools to choose from. When curating your stack, remember to make a plan to organise your visual assets. Take it from Lucy, the Social Media Manager at Emmy London: moving from Dropbox to Dash allowed her to turn a cluttered image library into an organised, searchable hub. With fields, tags, and bold thumbnails, she can quickly find and use the right images for every campaign, making it easy to plan and execute content that’s always on-brand and ready to go. Ready to bring that same efficiency to your brand? Start a free trial with Dash and see how easy it is to keep your content organised and accessible. 1. What is the most popular social media management tool? One of the most popular social media management tools is, arguably, Hootsuite. It’s widely used for managing multiple social media accounts (Facebook, Instagram, and TikTok), scheduling posts, and analysing social media performance across various platforms. The social media management tool you pick, however, will come down to your business needs—so make sure to do your research before picking a tool. 2. What is the best social media monitoring platform? Sprout Social is often considered one of the best social media monitoring platform, offering in-depth analytics, social listening, and audience insights to help brands track mentions, manage brand reputation, and gain valuable insights into customer sentiment. 3. What is the best social media content planner? For planning and scheduling social media content, CoSchedule is a top choice, providing an intuitive social media calendar that integrates seamlessly with other tools, making it easy for social media managers to coordinate content across multiple social media channels. Ashley R. Cummings is a SaaS writer and the founder of the B2B content marketing agency, Searchlight Content. She also writes Content Connect, the newsletter that helps you grow your content marketing and writing muscles. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/brand-asset-management Title: Why your business needs brand asset management [2025 update]Twitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: A brand asset management (BAM) tool is vital for your business. It grants teams access to brand-approved assets and take you through a rebrand. Here's how. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/brand-asset-management ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Why your business needs brand asset management [2025 update] H2: What is a brand asset? H2: What's brand asset management? H2: What is a brand asset? H2: DAM vs. BAM: what’s the difference? H2: Who uses brand asset management software? H3: Brand managers H3: Marketing teams H3: Design teams and freelancers H3: Sales teams H3: Influencer and social media teams H2: The 8 BAM benefits that make brand management a breeze H3: 1. Keep all brand assets in a single place H3: 2. Stay on top of brand consistency H3: ‍3. Control who has access to what H3: 4. Manage your rebranding project H3: 5. Connect to other brand management tools H3: 6. Make your brand guidelines accessible for all H3: 7. Search and find brand assets quickly H3: 8. Set your business up for growth and future rebrands H2: The best brand asset management tool for your business H3: 1. Dash: BAM tool for growing ecommerce businesses H3: 2. Brandfolder: For enterprise businesses H3: 3. Frontify: For brand templating H3: 4. Canto: For mid-market businesses H2: How to make a business case for brand asset management software H3: 1. Know why you need a BAM H3: 2. Research your options H3: 3. Test the software H2: Getting started with brand asset management H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Why your business needs brand asset management [2025 update] H2: What is a brand asset? H2: What's brand asset management? H2: What is a brand asset? H2: DAM vs. BAM: what’s the difference? H2: Who uses brand asset management software? H3: Brand managers H3: Marketing teams H3: Design teams and freelancers H3: Sales teams H3: Influencer and social media teams H2: The 8 BAM benefits that make brand management a breeze H3: 1. Keep all brand assets in a single place H3: 2. Stay on top of brand consistency H3: ‍3. Control who has access to what H3: 4. Manage your rebranding project H3: 5. Connect to other brand management tools H3: 6. Make your brand guidelines accessible for all H3: 7. Search and find brand assets quickly H3: 8. Set your business up for growth and future rebrands H2: The best brand asset management tool for your business H3: 1. Dash: BAM tool for growing ecommerce businesses H4: Create online brand guidelines H4: Find brand assets quickly H4: Share and deploy brand-approved creative H3: 2. Brandfolder: For enterprise businesses H3: 3. Frontify: For brand templating H3: 4. Canto: For mid-market businesses H2: How to make a business case for brand asset management software H3: 1. Know why you need a BAM H3: 2. Research your options H3: 3. Test the software H2: Getting started with brand asset management H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content A strong brand is at the heart of all successful ecommerce businesses. It's not just a ‘nice to have'. It's one of your most important assets which can actually impact your bottom line. As Forbes reports, a consistent brand across all your platforms can increase your revenue by up to 23%. If you're a growing ecommerce brand working across channels, different teams and partners will need access to your company's visual content. It can be challenging to manage that without sacrificing the quality of your brand integrity. How do you keep everything looking and feeling consistent? How do you make sure that everyone, from designers to resellers, keeps on brand? With brand asset management software, of course! When we say brand assets, we mean digital files which make up how your brand is presented online and are vital in creating a recognizable brand. They'll likely appear on your social media channels, marketing emails and across any brand awareness campaigns you launch. They can come in different formats, file types and sizes. Here are a few examples: Brand asset management (BAM) is the single source of truth for your company's visual assets. It's a central location where your colleagues can find the most up-to-date versions of branding assets and marketing materials. As your company grows, it lets you stay in control of your online brand management and brand quality whilst granting different teams and partners access to your brand visuals. Whether you're undertaking a rebrand or just want to maintain your strong brand identity, a BAM should be a vital part of your asset management strategy. It's a solution to assets getting lost in hard-to-find folders on your Google Drive or Dropbox. To give you a little sneak preview, here's what your brand assets look like in Dash (that's our brand asset management solution). When we say brand assets, we mean digital files which make up how your brand is presented online. They'll likely appear on your social media channels, marketing emails and across any brand awareness campaigns you launch. They can come in different formats, file types and sizes. Here are a few examples: There are a lot of acronyms in the SaaS space. And brand asset management is no exception. In fact, BAM is actually a type of digital asset management system (DAM). The best way to get your head around this is to think of digital asset management (DAM) software as a category. It refers to tools that help you store, organise, share and use your brand's visual content, digital files and creative assets. Now, think of BAM as a specific flavour of DAM, just like video asset management (VAM) and marketing asset management (MAM) tools. Alongside standard digital asset management benefits, a BAM will also have features specifically for brand managers, like being able to bring your style guide to life or control branded templates. BAM software is, first of all, a tool for brand managers. But we'd argue that brand asset management software can benefit other teams in your business, too! Brand managers are the gatekeepers of your brand. They're responsible for ensuring all your content and communications align with your brand's identity. A BAM is crucial in helping them keep track of all the brand assets that are created. In a BAM like Dash they can approve new content from your designers, and ensure your different teams can access the brand content they need. Your marketing team will use BAM software for their day-to-day tasks. They can access brand-approved content without needing to ask your brand manager which logo is currently the most up-to-date version. They might also use the integrations to get product images and videos ready for marketing channels. Brand templates and style guides also come in handy. Let's say your social media team needs to create a post ASAP. They can login into a BAM system like Dash, browse your brand guidelines, grab product images or brand assets and push them directly to social media via the Hootsuite integration. Alternatively, they can create a new post in tools like Canva and connect with Dash to quickly drop images into new projects. Discover how the team at Emmy London uses Dash to plan their marketing campaigns. If you're like many ecommerce businesses, you're likely using Google Drive or Dropbox to receive images from your design team or freelancers. These systems are cumbersome and don't do your visual content justice. Things are much different with brand asset managers like Dash. You can create a guest uploads folder where designers submit their files for review. Here, you can approve designs and for use or provide feedback to them directly. You can also use Dash and Corebook to share up-to-date brand guidelines with freelance designers, so they stay on-brand from the start. That way, you won't waste productive time on unnecessary revisions and back-and-forth. Learn how Forthglade’s design team uses Dash to transform their creative workflow. The last thing you want is your sales team pitching customers using outdated product images. It's not a good look for your business. With a BAM tool, they can easily access the latest product images and catalogues for their sales decks — without asking for marketing or design help. If you're using Dash, you can set up a portal where customers and resellers can browse through your product offering and select what they need. It's faster and more convenient for everyone. And when they have to create sales decks and presentations, they'll use your online brand book as a reference to ensure everything matches your desired look and feel. Read how History and Heraldry use Dash to give sales teams access to new product lines all around the world. For most ecommerce companies, influencer and UGC content forms an integral part of their brand assets. That’s the case for beauty brand RevAir. Their social media team uses Dash to collect content from the influencers they work with. They simply send them a guest upload link to get the creative files into their Dash, where they’re able to approve them. They can also keep a handle on their brand integrity by setting expiry dates, meaning the influencer content that gets used by the RevAir marketing teams are within license. Dash’s expiry date feature sends a warning to users who’ve downloaded the asset when it’s no longer under license. Let’s go through a few reasons why you should consider a brand asset management platform for your company. A brand asset management platform like Dash gives you one central location to store every digital brand asset like logos, fonts, product images, campaign graphics and more. This then allows your team to access assets and download them with confidence, knowing they've been brand-approved and are ready to use. Brands evolve constantly and outdated assets can cause mistakes. Dash’s BAM tools help you keep on top of brand integrity. Whether you're refreshing your brand or undertaking an entire rebrand, there’ll still be occasions when you need to refresh creative files and retire old ones. Here are the two main ways Dash can help you keep on top of this: Not every BAM user will need access to everything. Dash makes it easy to control who sees what, whether that’s locking down sensitive, in-progress brand guidelines or opening up product shots to your ad agency. This means your brand integrity can be protected but without slowing down collaboration. Developing a rebranding strategy is a daunting prospect for any brand manager. From the design and creative process at the start right through to rolling out your new brand, there are plenty of hurdles you’ll have to guide your business over. Make things easier on yourself by using a BAM tool for rebranding instead. With Dash, you could: Brand creative is at the heart of everything your marketing and design teams do. Make your life easier by picking brand management software that connects to the tools your business already use. Dash for example, connects seamlessly with tools like Shopify. That means once you've approved a product photo in Dash, your ecommerce team can update product listings in Shopify without having to download and reupload the creative from Dash. As your brand grows, more people will need access to your brand guidelines to ensure the work they're doing doesn't harm your brand consistency. Dash lets you upload your guideline PDFs, along with all your brand assets like logos, colour palettes and custom fonts, so they're easy to access. A powerful search function is essential to any BAM system. Dash’s smart tagging, AI search and filtering mean your team can find the right file in seconds. And when your colleagues can find what they need themselves, it'll stop requests coming to the brand and design teams too. When your business launches new products or refreshes its identity, an effective brand asset management system ensures everything stays aligned. With Dash, for example, you can roll out updated assets across the platform, and let previous downloaders of refreshed creative so every team and partner gets the correct materials at the same time. That's going to be critical for fast-moving ecommerce brands. You're ready to invest in brand asset management, but you're not sure which tool to use. Not to worry; here are four brand asset management software perfectly suited for bringing a consistent brand image to life. If you’re looking for a seamless way to organise, deploy and share your brand visual content — from images and videos to online brand books — then you should definitely check out Dash (that’s us đŸ€©). Dash is a digital asset management system and has a ton of brand management capabilities that will help you maintain a consistent image across all your channels. It’s like having the best of two worlds. Let’s talk a bit more about how brand managers use Dash. As a growing ecommerce business, you’re likely working with a freelance graphics designer or agency to create visual assets for your brand. You need an efficient way to ensure that these assets match your brand’s visual identity — that’s where online brand guidelines come in. Dash integrates with Corebook, allowing you to create a beautiful online brand book for your ecommerce business. Instead of a PDF file that no one reads, you get editable online brand guidelines that do your visual content justice. The best part? Any updates made in Dash will automatically sync with your online brand book — so you don’t have to worry about adding or deleting assets manually. Think about how you search for images in your traditional file manager like Google Drive or Dropbox. You’ll typically need to know the exact file name or spend hours scrolling through numerous assets to find what you need. But things are much simpler with Dash. When you add a new asset to Dash, our AI tagging system automatically scans and adds relevant search terms to its metadata so you can easily find it in the future. Dash also saves the exact location where images are taken, allowing you to search for assets based on the names of places, such as London and New York. But it doesn’t end there; you can find images using their exact content. For example, you can search for ‘cactus’ to find all the images that include it. Need to send updated product assets for a rebranding campaign? Simply create a public-facing portal of your Dash, add the brand assets, and share it with external collaborators via a URL. It’s easy and saves time for everyone. Dash also integrates with several channels where you use your visual assets. For example, you can browse your full Dash right in Shopify and update product listings with new images and videos directly. You can also post images from your Dash to your social media accounts using our Hootsuite integration. For ÂŁ99 / $139 a month, you get access to all our digital and brand asset management features. And you’ll only upgrade if you need extra storage space. Brandfolder is an enterprise-level DAM designer for large businesses. It has more than 100 features, such as creative workflows, on-demand brand templates and smart CDN that enables you to embed brand assets from Brandfolder to your marketing channels. Brandfolder offers two packages: Premium and Enterprise. While it's not transparent about pricing, we dug around and found out that these packages cost around $1,600/month at the very least. You can read our full Brandfolder breakdown to learn more about its features and capabilities. Frontify provides what you'll need to organise your brand-related assets, collaborate with your team and ensure a consistent visual presentation across your channels. Their templating feature also lets you create customisable and reusable digital, video and print templates. However, Frontify can be difficult to use on the back-end with some reviewers complaining about the steep learning curve. Frontify doesn't share exact numbers when it comes to pricing. You'll need to speak with the sales team to know how much it costs. Want to learn more? Our Frontify alternatives article covers everything you need to know. If you have complex brand management needs but can't afford an enterprise BAM tool like Brandfolder, you could try Canto. It offers similar features to Brandfolder, such as media cloud delivery, brand guidelines and workflows. It also has decent DAM capabilities like preset image sizes and integrations. Check out our Canto alternatives article for the full scoop. Canto costs about $600/month, which is relatively pricey for smaller ecommerce brands but might fit an enterprise budget nicely. You're sold on a brand asset management system and excited to try it out! But there's a problem: you're not sure how to convince your boss. The business is already running on a tight budget, and since there's already a make-shift system for managing brand assets, your boss might not be keen on investing in a shiny new tool. Don't worry, we've got you covered. Here are some ways to build a strong case to win over your boss. You need to have a strong business reason for investing in brand asset management software. Speak to everyone who works with brand assets in your organisation to find out the challenges they face with the current system. If possible, quantify the revenue impact of these drawbacks on the business. Showing the numbers is a sure way to get your boss's attention. Check out our article that covers DAM return on investment, which has tips on how to calculate the money you could save with a digital asset management tool. 💾 When talking to your boss, make sure to gather information about the BAM tools that might be a good fit for your business. Research their features and pricing to know what they offer. This is where Dash stands out. Our pricing page (with the actual numbers) is right on our website — unlike enterprise DAMs like Brandfolder and Frontify. No need to speak with sales or engage in a lengthy trial period. Prepare a comparison of these options, highlighting key features, benefits, costs, and how each aligns with the organisation's needs. Be ready to answer questions and provide additional information if needed, showing that you have a solid understanding of each tool's value. Even better, download our free DAM comparison worksheet to help you weigh your options. Don't just believe what others say about these tools; try things out for yourself. Dash offers a 14-day free trial that gives you access to all of our features. You can experience our tool firsthand to know if it's the right fit for your ecommerce business. Alternatively, if you'd like a member of our team to show you round, you can book a demo. Now you've explored all your options, it's time to get set up with a new BAM tool. If you've picked Dash, you can easily move assets from cloud services using our Google Drive and Dropbox integrations. If you're moving from another DAM system, our team can help you migrate everything over to Dash. Ready to join leading DTC brands like Beavertown, BrewDog and Passenger who are all using Dash to level-up their brand marketing? Try it out yourself today. Take out a no-strings free trial and build the home your brand deserves. Barney is the Marketing Lead for Dash. He writes about small business marketing strategies and how DTC brands can boost sales. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/brand-awareness-strategy Title: Your ultimate DTC brand awareness strategy guideTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Your brand awarness strategy is crucial for helping you grow your presence and make a name for yourself in your industry. Here are 8 strategies you can get started with. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/brand-awareness-strategy ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Your ultimate DTC brand awareness strategy guide H2: What is brand awareness? H2: Why you need to take brand awareness seriously H2: 8 strategies for boosting your brand awareness H3: 1. Nail your brand identity H3: 2. Build a content strategy for your blog H3: 3. Launch a newsletter H3: 4. Build out your social channels H3: 5. Work with influencers and creators H3: 6. Partner with complimentary brands H3: 7. Encourage word-of-mouth marketing H3: 8. Delight and surprise your customers H2: How to measure the effectiveness of your brand awareness strategies H2: Keep control of your brand identity in campaigns H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Your ultimate DTC brand awareness strategy guide H2: What is brand awareness? H2: Why you need to take brand awareness seriously H2: 8 strategies for boosting your brand awareness H3: 1. Nail your brand identity H3: 2. Build a content strategy for your blog H3: 3. Launch a newsletter H3: 4. Build out your social channels H3: 5. Work with influencers and creators H3: 6. Partner with complimentary brands H3: 7. Encourage word-of-mouth marketing H3: 8. Delight and surprise your customers H2: How to measure the effectiveness of your brand awareness strategies H2: Keep control of your brand identity in campaigns H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Building brand awareness is a slow burn. That’s because building brand awareness takes time and patience. 🧘 But when you get it right, the rewards can be huge. In this article, we’ll walk through everything you need to create an effective brand awareness strategy. We’ll offer tips on measuring the performance of your campaigns, and we’ll give you the tools you need to maintain your brand as you grow. Brand awareness is crucial to your ecommerce marketing strategy and the growth of your business. Fundamentally it's about making sure your brand is recognised and remembered by your target audience. But that’s not all. Good brand awareness also supports your marketing channels. For example, when people know who you are, your paid ads don’t have to work as hard to introduce your brand. Brand awareness creates compound interest over time so you become trusted across all your marketing channels and activities. Yes, being at the top of your audience’s mind is crucial if you want to build a steady revenue stream. 💾 But there are loads more benefits to building a solid brand awareness strategy. Let’s take a look at some: Now you’ve seen some reasons to invest in your brand awareness, let's get into some strategies you can use to increase it. 📈 Here are some strategies that we, along with other DTC brands, recommend implementing to help boost your brand awareness. Your brand identity is vital. It ecompasses everything from your brand voice and logos, to your brand architecture and values. The stronger your brand identity, the more you’ll be recognised by your target audience. And recognition is key to your brand awareness strategy. For many small and growing businesses, it’s often beneficial to position yourself as a challenger brand as a way of setting yourself apart from bigger corporations overshadowing your industry. This in itself can help drive brand awareness because consumers will recognise you as the go-to alternative to established markets. JustWears, for example, is a challenger brand in the men’s underwear industry. They’re a challenger for a number of reasons: You can learn more about how to build a challenger brand in our interview with Yang Lui, the founder of JustWears, over on our podcast. đŸŽ™ïž {{JustWears-podcast="/blog-components"}} Blogs aren’t just for search engine optimisation (SEO). Whilst they help you rank for keywords and phrases that your target audience is searching for, they’re also a great way to build brand authority. By writing about key topics within your industry, you can become the go-to educational source for that subject. This type of useful, educational content is also useful in generating brand loyalty.This is something that supplement brand, DR.VEGAN, has put a lot of focus on. Their blog is a hub of education for people wanting to learn about nutrition and health. On our podcast, Sophie—the brand’s Head of Growth—explains how this approach also helps drive people to sign up to their newsletter (another brand building tip which we’ll get into in a moment). Sophie says:‍ ‍“We are a real hub of education for a lot of consumers. We have over 200 blogs on our website about different health needs. If someone just comes to us for that content, that's great. Our brand’s goal is to educate and inspire people about nutrition and health.”‍ Building a blog also gives you lots of opportunities to share and repurpose content on social media and newsletters. It can also be a channel for you to collaborate with experts. As we’ve seen with DR.VEGAN, a blog is a great way to encourage sign ups to your newsletter. And newsletters are another way to build brand awareness. Unlike your regular promotional and product emails, a newsletter aims to bring educational value to your audience. They’re not necessarily trying to push your latest product line or advertise a mid-season sale. Take this cute email newsletter from DTC brand, Cat Person. Taking an awareness day (International Cat Day) that’s super relevant to their audience, they’ve provided some little-known facts that are sure to peak the interest of any cat-lover (aka “ailurophile” đŸ˜»). Next time someone is thinking of buying new cat food, they might remember this email and head over to Cat Person’s website. Social media isn’t just a golden opportunity to reach a wider audience. When you build out your social channels, you’re also creating touch points where potential customers and followers can interact with your brand. Each touch point builds a little bit more trust and familiarity between your brand and your audience. This, in turn, supports your other marketing channels to create a consistent picture of who you are. Take Piglet in Bed, a UK-based bedding brand. They’ve built out their social presence across TikTok, Instagram and Pinterest. Across all channels, they reinforce their brand identity which is rooted in the English countryside aesthetic. They’re also bold and cheeky, but want people to feel safe and comfortable when interacting with their brand. On TikTok they’ve got an impressive 108K followers—and growing! They create ‘cosy content’ that helps reinforce their brand personality. Many of their videos get loads of comments from people enjoying their gentle, comforting aesthetic. As well as people ready to buy their products. Just check out the comments in this video. 😍 You can learn tips on growing your TikTok following in our chat with Rhiannon, Piglet in Bed’s Head of Brand. {{Piglet-in-bed-podcast="/blog-components"}} The benefits of influencer marketing campaigns can be huge. Successful partnerships can not only boost your brand awareness, but they can offer some serious return on investment (just check out some of these influencer marketing statistics). In particular, micro influencers (people with social media accounts of 10,000-50,000 followers) often have a very niche audience. Partnering with them can help you spread your brand message to the people most likely to engage with you. Take the orthopaedic shoe brand, Calla Shoes. They create stylish shoes for people with foot issues (like bunions and callus). They regularly work with influencers that align with their brand. For example, Calla partnered with ballet dancer @eurkabody (23.5k followers) to demonstrate how comfortable these shoes are after a long day of dancing.‍ A post shared by Ballet LoversđŸ©° Striving for our own Excellence (@eurekabody) They also have loads of mentions on TikTok from people trying on their shoes. This video from @alexniwater has loads of comments with people looking to purchase a pair for themselves. 👞💾 For tips on working with influencers, take a look at these resources: Similar to working with influencers, collaborating with another brand can help you reach a wider audience and grow your brand presence. But you shouldn’t just partner with any-old brand. As Paul McEntree comments in The Drum: “A new brand collab should fall into one of two categories - utility or entertainment. If it is not adding value, there is no point." In this particular article, McEntree is discussing the collaboration between Lick Paints and the iconic brand, Heinz. For this partnership, Lick created a paint the same colour as Heinz’s Tomato Ketchup. On our podcast, we spoke with Amie, the Head of Social Media and Creators at Lick, about the collaboration. She says Heinz approached Lick as part of their long-term campaign, 'Irrational Love of Heinz.' The goal was to capture the essence of Heinz in a distinct paint colour. 🔮 This opened up a loads of opportunity to get creative on social media. Here’s what Aimee says about the campaign: ‍“Throughout the campaign we had collaborative moments between Heinz and Lick. We created collaborative posts on Instagram and pieces that bounced off each other on TikTok. We had that unity. But we also wanted to lean into our individual content styles as well. So for us, that was leaning into our own content like our paint videos and showcasing Red HTK 57 (the Heinz paint code) through real homes to inspire the community.”It got Lick some great PR coverage, with publications like House Beautiful and the Evening Standard talking about it. đŸ€© Word-of-mouth marketing is exactly what it says on the tin: people talking to other people about your brand. It’s also a big contributor to brand awareness, with 27% of shoppers ranking word-of-mouth as the top way they discover new brands. To encourage word-of-mouth, you need to be doing things that are worth talking about. If you’ve got a great product then, naturally, people will want to recommend you to their friends. But the goal is to turn these loyal customers into real ambassadors who’ll continuously champion your brand. Here are some tips to help your word-of-mouth marketing. Check out our tips for using user-generated content. Not only do people love a free sample, but it’s a great way to speak to potential customers in real life. (Oh, and we had a chat with Josh, the Senior Growth and Ecommerce Manager at MOJU on our podcast!) {{MOJU-podcast="/blog-components"}} Note: Renting a space and building a stand for an event can be pricey. If your budget is tight, consider attending as a visitor. Although you won’t be able to promote your brand in the same way, you can still network and meet other people within your industry. To encourage people to talk about your brand, make sure you’re looking after your existing customers. A happy customer is more likely to post about you online and recommend your products to their friends. Go the extra mile and make sure you’re creating good customer experiences. One way to do this is to delight your customers by surprising them with occasional treats and discounts. For example, you could send them a small gift (like a free sample) on their birthday, or offer them ÂŁ10 off after their first purchase.The hair care subscription brand, Hairstory, sends out free samples when it’s time for their subscription customers to renew. As Ben Clark, their (ex) Head of Lifestyle marketing told us, each subscriber gets a 3-day notice email to let them know when their next payment is coming out. This can come to a surprise to people who aren’t keeping tabs on their subscriptions, so the Hairstory team sends out small gifts to recognise these important moments. 💕You can listen to our interview with Ben on Ecommerce Marketing 101. He offers his top tips for boosting repeat purchases. Once your brand campaigns are in full swing, you’ll want to monitor their effectiveness. This is also a great way to show the return on investment to your boss. Here are some ways to measure your brand awareness campaigns. 1. Customer surveys: Getting feedback from new and existing customers helps gauge their awareness of your brand. It can help you understand what channels people are finding you on and help you see how your brand is resonating with them. This is something Chomps, the US-based DTC snack brand does regularly. They use post-purchase surveys to find out whether relevant audiences are connecting with the brand values and USPs. You can listen to our podcast with Matt Holtwick, the Manager of Growth and Retention at Chomps. He talks us through his paid acquisition strategies to attract and retain customers. {{Chomps-podcast="/blog-components"}} 2. Social media metrics: On your social platforms, track metrics such as follower growth, engagement (likes, comments, shares), and reach. High engagement rates and an expanding follower base can indicate the growth of your brand awareness. 📈 3. Website analytics: Analyse your website traffic data to assess brand awareness. You can look at metrics like unique visitors, time spent on your site, and referral sources. If a significant portion of your traffic comes from direct visits or branded searches, it suggests strong brand recognition. Check out these marketing apps and tools to help glean data from your online channels. 4. Social listening: Use tools like Mention and Buzzsumo to monitor online conversations about your brand. Pay attention to mentions, sentiment, and trending topics. Positive sentiment and frequent brand mentions can indicate successful awareness campaigns. 5. Share of voice: Using a social listening tool, you can also compare your brand’s share of online conversations (mentions, social media posts, articles) to competitors. A higher share of voice suggests stronger brand awareness. 6. Search volume: Use tools like Google Search Console and Google Trends to check search engine data for brand-related queries. An increase in branded search terms indicates growing awareness. 7. Inbound links (also known as backlinks): When other websites link back to yours, it can indicate that they trust your content. For example, if you’ve got a blog about health and nutrition, and you see other health sites linking back to your articles, it suggests an increase in brand authority. It's important to note, however, that not all links are from reputable sources. If you use tools like Ahrefs, you can see what domain rating these referring websites have. The higher the rating, the more likely they’re from a legit and trusted source. Once you’ve settled into your brand awareness campaigns, it's important to maintain your brand identity. This means ensuring every piece of content, including your messaging and visual assets, align with your brand. This helps consumers recognise you and it underscores the work you’ve put into building your brand’s personality. To do this, use a brand asset management tool like Dash. ✹ Dash is a place for you to organise, search and share all your visual assets. That includes brand guidelines, logos, product images, videos and more. Having everything in one central location, means your teams and external partners will always have access to the most up-to-date brand assets. For more information, check out some of the resource below: If you want to give Dash a whirl, you can sign up to a 14-day free trial. Amy Burchill is the SEO and Content Manager for Dash. She works with ecommerce experts to create articles for DTC brands wanting to improve their campaigns. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/brand-portal-for-retail-partners Title: Build a brand portal for your retail partners that grows your revenueTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Retailers are a huge revenue driver for ecommerce brands. Make sure you're serving them properly with customisable brand portals. Here's how to build one. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/brand-portal-for-retail-partners ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Build a brand portal for your retail partners that grows your revenue H2: What is a brand portal for retailers? H2: Why your current set-up isn’t working (and losing you money) H2: The benefits of retailer portals for ecommerce brands H3: For brands H3: For retailers H2: What assets should you include in your retailer portal? H2: How to build a retailer portal in Dash (step-by-step) H2: How real ecommerce brands are using retailer portals H2: Create a retailer portal for free ✹ H2: FAQs about retailer portals H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Build a brand portal for your retail partners that grows your revenue H2: What is a brand portal for retailers? H2: Why your current set-up isn’t working (and losing you money) H2: The benefits of retailer portals for ecommerce brands H3: For brands H3: For retailers H2: What assets should you include in your retailer portal? H2: How to build a retailer portal in Dash (step-by-step) H2: How real ecommerce brands are using retailer portals H2: Create a retailer portal for free ✹ H2: FAQs about retailer portals H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content If you work for a growing DTC brand, you know how important retailer partnerships are. Not only do they help you get products into new stores and in front of new audiences, but they can be a major revenue driver for your brand. That means you need to be building good business relationships with your retailers and providing them with the creative to sell your products. But if you’re currently relying on WeTransfer links, Google Drive folders, or Dropbox files to share that content, chances are things are slipping through the cracks. In this article, we’ll show you how to build a retailer-ready brand portal that helps you get stocked, get seen and get more sales. Plus, we’ll share real-world examples from ecommerce brands already doing it right. A retailer portal is a branded, self-serve space where your retail partners can access all the content they need to promote and sell your products. That might include product photos, videos, logos, pricing lists, sell sheets and brand guidelines. Rather than sending over files via email or sharing cluttered folders, everything is stored in one organised place that retailers can dip into whenever they need it. It’s designed to save both sides time: your team doesn’t have to hunt down, send and resend  files, and your retailers don’t have to wait to receive them. A good retailer portal isn’t just a one-size-fits-all setup either. Depending on where your stockists are based, they might need different content. For example, a retailer in the UK may require pricing in pounds and localised packaging shots; while one in Australia could need different specs or marketing materials. The portal should make it easy to offer the right information to the right partners. 💡 Currently looking to work with new retailers? Our retailer pack will help you create email pitches, sell sheets and generate new point-of-sales (POS) ideas. {{retailer-pack="/blog-components"}} If you don’t have a brand portal, chances are you’re relying on tools like WeTransfer, Dropbox or Google Drive. These are fine when you’re getting started and just want to send a couple of product shots over to a partner. But once you’re working with multiple retailers, or you’ve got an expanding product line, these tools end up causing you more work. Here’s why: If any of the above rings true, you’ll want to consider a brand portal. Tools like Dash (that’s us 👋) offer a really easy way to manage, find and share product assets with your partners. The best part is that you’re no longer a bottleneck, you spend less time dealing with requests, and more time growing your brand.  Let’s get into some more benefits next. 👇 Portals give your team and your retailers an easier way to access, manage, and share content. Here’s how they help both sides: Increased MRR and ARR When retailers can easily access high-quality, up-to-date content, they’re able to list and promote your products faster. The easier you make it for them to sell, the more stock they’re likely to order. This ultimately helps you grow your monthly and annual recurring revenue through stronger, more consistent retail partnerships. Fewer asset requests landing in your inbox.With a retailer portal, your partners can find what they need themselves. That means fewer emails asking for product images, logos, or pricing sheets, freeing up your team’s time to focus on other work. Confidence that retailers are using the correct, up-to-date content When everything is managed through a portal, you know retailers are downloading approved assets. It means you’ll get no more outdated product shots or old brand logos showing up in places they shouldn’t. Stronger, more efficient partnerships with your retailer network Giving retailers easy access to the right content helps things run smoothly on both sides. It makes your brand easier to work with, builds trust, and keeps those partnerships working long term. Insights into content usage In a tool like Dash, you can see which portals are being used most often by tracking asset downloads. You’ll also be able to spot which specific assets are getting the most (or least) attention, helping you identify what’s working and where there might be gaps. An advantage over your competitors The easier you make it for retailers to access the content they need, the more likely they are to prioritise your products over others. A smooth, self-serve portal saves them time and effort, which puts your brand ahead of competitors who still rely on clunky email chains or outdated folders. A VIP experience for your retailers In a tool like Dash, you can customise each portal for your retailers. You can add your retailer's logo, colour scheme and add a welcome message on the home screen. It’s a total level-up from the generic WeTransfer links or Google Drive folders you’ve been sharing up until now. 😉 It’ll make your retailers feel seen. ❀ Secure storage and data protection With a retailer portal, your brand assets are stored in a secure, cloud-based system rather than scattered across personal drives or shared folders. Tools like Dash offer built-in security measures such as encrypted file storage, user permissions, and password-protected portals, helping you keep sensitive content safe while maintaining control over who can access and download your files. When product content is easy to find, it’s easier for retailers to do their job. They don’t have to second-guess whether they’re using the right product image or chase your team for updated files. That means: They can self-serve content (without hassling you!) Retailers no longer have to come to you to ask for the latest content. It’ll all be ready and waiting for them in their portal. It puts the power back in their hands, and means they don’t need to keep asking you for updates. Faster product listings When retailers have instant access to the latest product images, pricing sheets, and brand assets, they can get your products live on their websites or in marketing materials much quicker. No need to wait for someone on your team to send files over. Now you’re convinced that you need a brand portal, here are the types of content we recommend you include. ✹👇 Your retailer portal should cover everything a stockist might need to promote, list, or sell your products—without having to ask your team for it. Here’s a breakdown of what to include, along with why each item matters: Product photos (web and print-ready) Retailers need clear, high-quality product images for their websites, social media, and printed materials. In Dash, you can even set up preset sizes so they can download it in different formats depending on the channels they're using. Product videos or demos Video content is becoming standard in ecommerce. Sharing product demos or lifestyle videos helps retailers bring your products to life across their own channels. Product spec sheets and pricing information Make sure retailers have all the key details—sizes, materials, care instructions, prices—so they can answer customer questions and set up accurate product listings. Logos, fonts, colour palettes and brand guidelines These assets help retailers keep your brand looking consistent across their store or website. If they’re running social posts or email promotions for your products, having easy access to guidelines saves time and keeps everything on-brand. Licensing or usage rights details It’s important to make clear what retailers can and can’t use—especially when it comes to photography, video content, and logos. Including usage rights information helps avoid mistakes or misunderstandings. Even better, when you use Dash for your portals, you can be selective about which assets each retailer is able to access. Contact information for support or questions Not everything can be covered by a download, so it’s important to include a clear contact point for retailers if they need help or have specific requests. In Dash, you can add a message to your portal homepage—an ideal spot to share contact details or support information. Before we dive into the how-to, here’s a quick bit of context on Dash. Dash is a digital asset management (DAM) tool built specifically for ecommerce brands. It helps you organise, search, share, and collect content—all in one place. From product photography and videos to campaign assets and brand guidelines, Dash keeps everything tidy and easy to find. One of the features ecommerce brands use most is Dash’s portals. Portals are public-facing, branded spaces where you can share content with external partners—like retailers, press, or agencies—without giving them full access to your Dash account. Here’s how to set up a retailer portal using Dash: 1. Upload your assets to Dash First up, start by uploading all your brand’s content into Dash. This might include: If you currently store content in Google Drive and Dropbox, you can connect Dash and quickly sync over your content into your new library. Alternatively, our team can help you transfer assets from your old system or hard drive. 2. Organise your files using tags, fields and folders In Dash, you organise your content using a combination of folders, tags, and custom fields. For example, you might: 3. Create a public portal Once your assets are organised, you can set up a portal directly from Dash. Portals are shareable hubs where retailers can browse and download content without needing a login. Here’s a step-by-step of how set up a portal: 1. Create a new portal by going to the admin section of your Dash. You can start by giving it a name. 2. Choose exactly which folders you want to be visible in the portal. Plus, pick whether you want retailers to ‘view and download’ assets or ‘download only’. 3. Add a welcome message 4. Choose whether to make the portal public or set a passcode Customise your portal so retailers feel like VIPs A portal isn’t just a place to share assets. It’s a chance for you to give your retailers special treatment. You can customise Dash portals so it feels like a truly branded experience for your partners. At any time you can customise your portals by going to portals admin and clicking ‘customise’. You’ll be able to: It means they’ll have a portal that feels like their home. 5. Share your portal link with partners Once your portal is live, all you need to do is share the link. There’s no complicated login process for your retailers—they just click through and access the content whenever they need it. Some brands add portal links to their retailer onboarding packs or share them via email when new product ranges go live. 6. Keep it updated and track performance One of the biggest time-savers with Dash is that your retailer portal always reflects the latest content from your Dash account. If you’re sharing a folder—like ‘summer campaign’ or ‘AW25 product images’—any changes you make to that folder automatically show up in the portal. Add new product photos, delete old campaign assets, or update spec sheets, and your retailers will always see the latest version without you needing to resend links or re-upload files. Alongside keeping things up to date, Dash also lets you track performance by showing you who’s downloading what. Within your Dash account, you can view download activity from your portals. This means you can see: It’s a simple way to check whether your retailers are actually using the content you’ve shared—and spot any gaps where they might still need support or additional assets. Here are some real-world examples showing how brands use Dash portals to share content, save time, and keep their retail partners stocked with up-to-date assets. Mountain Equipment use portals to serve 900+ stockists Mountain Equipment is a UK-based outdoor clothing and equipment brand. While they’ve built up a solid direct-to-consumer business, most of their revenue still comes from retail partners. They work with nearly 1,000 stockists worldwide, supplying everything from insulated jackets to camping gear. What were they using before Dash?Before setting up portals in Dash, the team relied on sending WeTransfer links to share product images and marketing assets with retailers. This worked at first, but as their retail network grew, the process became unmanageable. Links would expire, get blocked by company firewalls, or simply get lost in someone’s inbox—causing delays and extra admin for both sides. They were worried it would affect the relationship with their retailers and, ultimately, lose them business. Here’s what Terry, the brand’s Head of Marketing told us: “If we do a terrible job, our competitors will do it better. And that’s where the trouble starts. We’re seen as one of the better brands in the market—but that reputation has to go beyond the product. It has to extend to the service level that comes afterwards as well.” What types of portals do they use?Mountain Equipment sets up multiple retailer portals in Dash, tailored to different regions and types of retail partners. For example, they have separate portals for UK retailers, European stockists, Japanese distributors, and specific trade customers. Each portal is passcode protected and gives access to exactly the right content for that retailer group. What content do they allow in portals? Their portals include a mix of assets: Everything is organised into folders in Dash, so when the team updates those folders, the changes automatically show in the portals—helping Mountain Equipment keep things consistent and up to date without extra admin. Haws help retailers around the world sell products using portals Haws is the world’s oldest watering can brand. While they’ve expanded their direct-to-consumer sales in recent years, a big part of their business still comes from working with over 100 + retailers worldwide—both online and in physical stores. To keep those relationships running smoothly, Haws needed a simple way to share product images, lifestyle photography, and brand materials with all of their stockists. That’s where Dash portals come in. What were they using before Dash? Before setting up portals in Dash, the Haws team kept their assets across Microsoft Teams and shared drives. Files were split between personal folders and team spaces, which made it difficult to find the right content quickly—especially when it came to sharing assets with retail partners. “Before Dash our digital assets were a nightmare,” says Josh Papworth, Haws’ Purchasing Manager. “There were files everywhere and nothing was organised.” With their growing retailer network and recent rebrand, it became clear they needed a more reliable system for sharing content externally. What type of portals do they use? Haws uses multiple portals in Dash to share content with different retailer groups. Each portal is tailored to the needs of specific partners—larger stockists might have access to full product libraries, including videos and campaign assets, while smaller retailers get a more focused set of folders. Every portal is passcode protected and personalised with a welcome message, making it easy for partners to log in, search across folders, and download what they need without having to email the Haws team directly. What content are they allowing in portals? Through their portals, Haws shares: By helping retailers access high-quality, brand-approved imagery, Haws ensures their products look consistent across different sales channels—and gives smaller partners access to content they might not be able to create themselves. As Josh puts it:“We want to make it as easy and fulfilling to sell Haws products as possible. Dash is a way for us to share all our assets with our customers and optimise their sales performance.” Beavertown uses portals to ensure brand consistency Beavertown is a UK-based craft beer brand known for its bold, illustrated designs. Alongside their growing in-house team, they work with multiple agencies and partners—making it essential to share brand-approved assets quickly and consistently. What were they using before Dash? Before Dash, Beavertown kept their assets in Dropbox. As the team and number of collaborators grew, it became difficult to control who had access to what. It means people were using assets that hadn’t even been signed off yet. 😬 What types of portals do they use? Beavertown uses Dash portals to share content with both internal teams and external agencies. They have: Each portal is customised with access permissions so only relevant teams or partners see what they need—helping Beavertown protect their brand identity while keeping things simple. What content are they allowing in portals? Through their portals, Beavertown shares: By using portals, Beavertown ensures agencies always have access to up-to-date, approved content—without relying on email threads or Dropbox links. As Lily, Beavertown’s Senior Digital Creative puts it: “We use portals for our brand bible. It’s got assets that we’re happy for people to use anywhere. That way, agencies aren’t stuck using low-res or outdated versions of our logo.” If you’re still sharing product images and brand assets through email threads or clunky shared folders, it might be time for a change. A retailer portal helps you stay organised, saves your team time, and makes life easier for your stockists—all while protecting your brand consistency. Tools like Dash make setting up a portal simple. Once it’s live, you’ll spend less time re-sending files and more time focusing on growing your brand. But Dash isn’t just about portals. It’s a full DAM system  tool built specifically for ecommerce brands. Alongside sharing content through portals, Dash helps you: Want to give it a try? You can sign up for a free 14-day Dash trial or book a demo with our team. How much does it cost to build a portal? If you use Dash for your retailer portals, pricing plans start at ÂŁ99 / $139 per month. With this you’ll get unlimited portals, unlimited users and access to all digital asset management features. What is the difference between a portal and a marketplace? A portal is a private, self-serve space where your partners—like retailers or agencies—can access approved content such as product images, videos, or brand guidelines. It’s controlled by your brand, and only the people you share it with can access it. A marketplace, on the other hand, is a public platform where products are listed and sold to customers. Think of it like Amazon or eBay. A portal isn’t about selling products directly—it’s about sharing the content that helps your partners sell them. What is a brand portfolio? A brand portfolio is the complete collection of brands or products owned and managed by a company. For some businesses, that might mean several different product lines under one umbrella. For example, a drinks company might have multiple sub-brands—each with its own identity, packaging, and marketing materials. In the context of a retailer portal, a brand portfolio helps organise different sets of assets for each brand or product line so retailers can easily find what’s relevant to them. What is a company portal used for? A company portal is used to share important resources with partners, retailers, agencies, or even internal teams. It’s a controlled, self-serve space where users can browse and download the content they need—like product photography, brand guidelines, pricing sheets, or marketing assets. For ecommerce brands, a company portal helps streamline content sharing and ensures everyone is using the latest, approved materials without having to request them manually each time. Amy Burchill is the SEO and Content Manager for Dash. She works with ecommerce experts to create articles for DTC brands wanting to improve their campaigns. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/brandfolder-alternatives Title: Brandfolder alternatives: which DAM is best for your business?Twitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Brandfolder is a leading DAM for enterprise companies. But what if you're a growing brand with a small budget? Discover these Brandfolder alternatives. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/brandfolder-alternatives ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Brandfolder alternatives: which DAM is best for your business? H2: What is Brandfolder digital asset management? H2: What features does Brandfolder offer? H3: Pros and cons of Brandfolder H3: Brandfolder cons H3: Brandfolder alternatives to consider H3: Dash versus Brandfolder: which is better for your growing business? H1: Brandfolder FAQs H3: Is Brandfolder the best DAM for you? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Brandfolder alternatives: which DAM is best for your business? H2: What is Brandfolder digital asset management? H2: What features does Brandfolder offer? H3: Pros and cons of Brandfolder H4: Brandfolder pros H3: Brandfolder cons H3: Brandfolder alternatives to consider H4: Dash (for ecommerce and growing brands) H4: Canto (for middle market companies) H4: Bynder (for enterprise brands) H4: Acquia DAM (another option for enterprise businesses) H4: PhotoShelter (for creative workflows) H4: Frontify (for brand management) H4: Air (for creative ops management) H3: Dash versus Brandfolder: which is better for your growing business? H4: Dash vs. Brandfolder: features H4: Dash vs. Brandfolder: price H4: Dash vs Brandfolder: ROI H4: Dash vs. Brandfolder: onboarding H4: Dash vs. Brandfolder: user interface and user experience (UX) H4: Dash vs Brandfolder: integrations H1: Brandfolder FAQs H3: Is Brandfolder the best DAM for you? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content If you’re a marketing or creative exec for an enterprise business like Zoom or McLaren, Brandfolder might be the digital asset management (DAM) system for you. It has a massive library of features, most of which have been designed for huge organisations. But if you’re a small or growing brand, Brandfolder might feel like a bit much. It’s packed with features you might not need—and comes with a whopping price tag to match. If that sounds like you, we’d recommend weighing up how Brandfolder compares to other DAM systems. To help you out, we’ve done a deep dive into Brandfolder and its competitors, read hundreds of customer reviews, and put our findings in one neat place so you can make the best decision for your brand. (And yes, we’ll be comparing our own DAM system, Dash, which is built for growing brands 😇). Brandfolder is a digital asset management (DAM) platform designed to help marketing and creative teams store, organise, and share brand assets and documents in one place. It aims to make collaboration easier and help teams stay on-brand across different channels. In 2020, Brandfolder was acquired by Smartsheet—a work management platform behemoth. Since then, Brandfolder’s features have been geared more towards large businesses that need to manage complex workflows, layered permissions, and large teams. That’s great if you’re running marketing ops for a global enterprise, but can feel heavy-handed for more agile brands who want to get content out the door quickly. If you’re a growing ecommerce business, Brandfolder may end up making you pay for more than you need. A tool like Dash—designed specifically for smaller teams—could be a much better fit. Like most digital asset management (DAM) tools, Brandfolder comes with the usual set of features you'd expect—especially if you're part of a large enterprise. Here’s a quick rundown: Now you've got a summary of Brandfolder's key digital asset management features, here are some pros and cons to help you make the best choice for your brand. There’s a massive range of features Okay, so we couldn't list out all of Brandfolder's features in the section above. That’s because they have a lot listed on their website. As we mentioned, you can do everything from storing and finding assets to editing, sharing and understanding how they perform. Perfect if you’re a large enterprise with tons of assets and users, and the budget to match. Use multiple options for filtering, tagging and sorting With its AI-powered search, Brandfolder lets you file and search your asset library by different criteria, including product SKU, performance and popularity. This could be useful if you have high numbers of people accessing creative files using different search criteria. But bear in mind Brandfolder aren’t the only DAM with AI search. Keep creative control when collaborating across teams Brandfolder gives your team the ability to customise your assets while retaining your creative control. Your teams can create branded materials with templating tools and content. It also integrates into existing workflows such as Smartsheet and Workfront. Get asset analytics and user insights Brandfolder’s analytics let you export data on every aspect of your assets. You can see who’s been using what, where, how often, and what for. You can even monitor your top performing images, videos and audio files, as well as see who’s been downloading your assets. Send your assets to print If your colleagues on the other side of the world need to print your assets, you can ensure consistent quality with local on-demand printing straight from Brandfolder. As is often the case with many large DAM solutions, Brandfolder’s strengths can also be its weaknesses. The sheer breadth of features and capabilities can make it cumbersome. Many people find the initial set-up and onboarding long and complicated — particularly if they have thousands of assets. And that’s not surprising: with so many different features, there’s a lot to get your head around. The complexity also means you’ll probably need to provide dedicated training for new hires. And to make matters worse, some Brandfolder reviewers have reported that customer service can be slow to respond, which can add to the frustration during the initial setup and onboarding process. For example, one reviewer isn’t happy with the amount of work needed in the back end: “The biggest challenge is finding what I need quickly. As a small startup organization, it’s tough to tag thousands of images in a way to make a search quick and easy. If you don’t have the resources to tag and sort, Google Drive or intranet shared folders might be a more cost-effective option.” And another is still figuring out ways to make Brandfolder do what he wants it to do: “In the beginning, getting used to Brandfolder’s structure was a little tricky. We spent hours with our account rep on training our team on how to get around Brandfolder. While it’s still not 100% where we had hoped to be, we’re figuring out creative ways to make Brandfolder do what we need it to do.” Tricky search and navigation Most of the negative comments about Brandfolder relate to search. With so many different search parameters, Brandfolder can bring back irrelevant results—especially when searching for specific file types like PDFs. What's more, filters can be tricky if a file’s data isn’t inputted exactly as it should be. If you don’t have the time to spend tagging and sorting your assets, you might want to opt for a simpler and cheaper solution.One graphic designer says:“The page navigation is quite annoying. It’s not always intuitive to click for the next page and navigating can be a little annoying. It would be nice to see some other ways to navigate.” Tags are not intuitive When adding new assets, Brandfolder doesn’t score highly on auto-tagging. Customers say that sometimes the auto-tags need to be manually adjusted and often lead to confusion. This is time-consuming, especially for smaller businesses with fewer people. Brandfolder’s pricing is expensive Brandfolder doesn’t display pricing on its website, so you’ll need to request a demo so Brandfolder can find a “solution best suited to your needs”. However, our research suggests that costs range from around $1,600 a month to hundreds of thousands of dollars per year, depending on the solution you pick and the complexity of your business demands. Many people say that some of the features they want are only available in higher-priced packages. One small business user likes the concept but feels Brandfolder is for enterprise accounts: “Seems to be geared toward Enterprise scale accounts. Convenience has a cost.” 💡Learn more about why you don’t need an enterprise digital asset management tool. Thumbnails are too small Another common complaint about Brandfolder is how you view your assets. It’s not always easy to see them. Thumbnails don’t always appear to fill the entire space, or they look imperfect and pixelated. It’s also difficult to see many images on a page. You have to scroll between multiple pages to find what you’re looking for.One user finds scrolling irritating:“I was hoping to have something where we could divide into folders and then place product information into those folders. Having to scroll and scroll to get to the item you need is kind of irritating. We have to scroll through the photos section. Then we scroll through the product videos. Then scroll past the presentations, then scroll past
 you get the picture.” Dash (that’s us) is a better fit for growing brands and ecommerce businesses. Unlike enterprise DAMs built for massive companies and complex workflows, Dash is designed to help smaller, fast-moving teams get organised, launch campaigns, and grow their online stores, without the fuss. You’ll get one tidy, central home for all your images, videos, graphics and product content. Our AI-powered search and smart tagging features make it easy to find exactly what you need, fast. We also know that getting content to your channels quickly is key when you're running an ecommerce business. That’s why Dash includes features like: And the best part? Dash is affordable and transparent. Pricing starts at just ÂŁ99/$139 per month, and you’ll get access to all features and unlimited users on every plan. 👇 Scoot down for our full comparison of Dash vs. Brandfolder. Or check out our digital asset management guide for small businesses to see how Dash can help you scale. Canto is a good option for middle market companies that may not have the budget for Brandfolder. It includes features like branding capabilities and detailed reporting, which can be useful for managing content at scale. However, with prices starting at $600 a month (or $7,200 a year), it’s still a big investment, especially for growing businesses. Some customer reviews also suggest the interface is clunky and tricky to use, which means there can be a steep learning curve for new teams. If you’re considering this as a DAM alternative, we’ve put together a detailed Canto alternatives and comparison guide to help you explore your options. Bynder is one of the most established digital asset management systems on the market and is a strong fit for large, enterprise businesses. Like Brandfolder, it’s used by well-known companies such as Five Guys and Boohoo. It’s particularly useful for global teams who need to manage and distribute digital media files across multiple locations. While it’s slightly more affordable than Brandfolder—with basic packages starting from around $450 a month—it still caters primarily to large organisations with complex workflows. If you're a growing ecommerce brand, however, Dash is likely to be a much better fit. It's built specifically for small to mid-sized ecommerce businesses that need to organise, share and deploy their visual content fast—without the complexity or high cost. You get access to all features (including our Shopify and Canva integrations) from just ÂŁ99/$139 per month, with unlimited users included as standard. If you do want to learn more about Bynder, check out our Bynder alternatives article for more info on features and pricing. Acquia DAM, formerly known as Widen Collective, is built for large enterprises with complex content operations. It’s used by major brands like Dyson, New Balance and Energizer, and its pricing reflects that enterprise focus—with annual subscriptions reportedly starting at $29,000 (yep, you read that right). Acquia positions its DAM as a way to streamline global content workflows, helping teams organise, manage and distribute assets across multiple departments and regions. It might be a good choice if you’ve got a global team and a big tech stack to integrate with. But if you're a smaller ecommerce brand looking for a fast, flexible and cost-effective DAM, Acquia DAM is likely to be more than you need. Used by both brands and photographers, PhotoShelter certainly looks good. Its tagline “transforming the way creative people work” sums up its main features and benefits. Focusing on visual brand storytelling, it very much pushes its creative workflow capabilities. However, some customer reviews suggest it’s pricey, especially when it comes to giving new people access to basic DAM functions. Frontify positions itself as a brand asset management platform that brings guidelines, templates, and digital assets into one central place. It’s a good fit for brand and creative teams that want to keep everything consistent and build out branded templates and documentation. But when it comes to digital asset management, Frontify’s features feel secondary. Its DAM functionality is more of an add-on than the main event, which means you might be paying for brand management tools you don’t actually need. It also lacks core DAM features like public portals and custom image cropping—things that growing ecommerce brands rely on when getting content into campaigns. If you go with Frontify, your brand teams might be happy - but it’s not going to be as useful to your ecommerce or marketing teams. If you’re after a more streamlined, ecommerce-friendly platform that your entire organisation can use to search, share and deploy assets quickly, Dash might be the better choice. Learn more in our article about Frontify alternatives. Air is built for creative collaboration. It’s geared toward teams managing lots of internal feedback, content creation, and versioning. While it does offer basic DAM features, it’s increasingly positioning itself as a creative operations tool rather than a full digital asset management system. If your focus is deploying content to marketing channels or retailers, Air might not have the tools you need. Features like resizing, cropping, or a Shopify integration aren’t part of the core experience. Their pricing is also deceptive. Whilst it starts cheaply, it can ramp up quickly, especially as your team grows or you need more support. For ecommerce brands that want to organise, share, and launch content fast, Dash offers a more focused and affordable solution. You can learn more about them in our article covering Air digital asset management alternatives. Let’s drill down to the main features of both digital asset management systems and see how they stack up. Brandfolder lists loads of features on its website—many designed for enterprise businesses with complex asset workflows. But if you’re running a growing ecommerce brand, you probably don’t need advanced user permissions, web-to-print, or global distribution controls. You just want to manage your content quickly and efficiently without paying for functionality you’ll never use. Dash focuses on the features that ecommerce brands actually rely on. That's things like guest uploads, a Shopify integration, image resizing and portals for sharing content with retailers. Everything is built to help you organise, share, and deploy your brand assets fast, without unnecessary complexity. Take a look at the core digital asset management features that Dash offers (all for just ÂŁ99/$139 per month). ✹ Brandfolder charges from around $1,600 a month up to hundreds of thousands of dollars per year. That’s because its core audience has tens of thousands of users across multi departments. These teams need complex user permissions and creative workflow support that typically come with bigger brands. If you don’t, why would you pay for gear you don’t need? At Dash, our pricing is transparent and starts at just ÂŁ99 or $139 a month. That includes access to all features and unlimited users from day one. You won’t be forced into higher tiers or hit with hidden fees. Instead, you’ll only pay for the storage and downloads you actually need. It’s simple, flexible, and built to give growing brands a great return on investment. {{dam-comparison="/blog-components"}} When you purchase a digital asset management solution, you want to know you’re getting a good return on investment. It’s also a major selling point for making a business case to your team. According to G2, a B2B software review platform, there’s a clear winner when it comes to which DAM will give you the best ROI. The data shows you’ll get your money back with Brandfolder after 20 months. With Dash, you get your money back after 12 months. đŸ€‘Plus, Dash was also voted as the DAM with the best ROI overall. That’s because Dash is considerably more affordable than Brandfolder, but doesn’t cut back on the key features of a good DAM. It’s also super-intuitive, so it doesn’t take weeks (or months) to get your team up and running. In fact, you’ll get going twice as fast with Dash as you would with Brandfolder. And the quicker your team can get up and running, the faster they’ll be able to find assets and push out product launches But don’t take our word for it. Kim, the CCO of RevAir says: “I easily get ten times the return in productivity from my team members." 💡If you need more information about how much money Dash will save you, you can calculate the ROI of digital asset management. Once you've made the decision to use a DAM, you want to get up and running ASAP. User ratings on G2 score Brandfolder lower on ‘ease of set up’ than Dash. That’s likely because of how Dash has been designed to be really intuitive. But, whilst you need little to no training to get started, that’s not to say Dash can’t cater to more complex needs. Take BrewDog, for example. They were moving from Bynder and needed their Dash set up in a way that was familiar to their teams and external users. Our Sales Team Lead, Al, worked with Jack - BrewDog’s Campaign Activator -  to create portals that were accessible to their different bars and partners across the world. He said having dedicated onboarding support helped him get going faster: “Alex and I had a number of longer calls where we had a more defined meeting agenda. But quite often I would send her a quick email and ask if she had 10 minutes to hop on a call. She was so responsive and always so helpful about negotiating those little bumps in the road which for me, as a new user, would have held me up.” Our team will also help you migrate your assets from Google Drive, Dropbox or another DAM if you’ve been using one. đŸ€“ Read more about migrating your assets to Dash. The last thing you want with a digital asset management system is a slow, clunky interface that doesn’t allow you to see your visual content easily or in the best light. As we’ve mentioned, a common complaint about Brandfolder is the difficulty seeing folders and images. Many people say browsing through assets is difficult and not particularly user-friendly. If searching for assets on a DAM isn’t easy, you might as well save yourself some money and carry on using Google Drive or Dropbox. đŸ€·â€â™€ïž This is, after all, one of the primary reasons people purchase a DAM. Luckily, Dash uses a combination of auto-tagging and custom attributes to make searching super easy. It has an intuitive user interface which means it won't take you long to get up and running. Here's what it looks like to search in Dash: Brandfolder makes a big thing about the number of other software systems and platforms you can integrate into the DAM. There are already over 50 and they say it’s growing all the time. At Dash, we build integrations to cater for the needs of small and growing brands. For instance, ecommerce businesses find our integrations with Shopify and WooCommerce useful for updating their online stores without the back-and-forth of downloads. Plus our Hootsuite integration means you can deploy images and videos to your social channels, fast. Also, many of our customers come to us having used Google Drive and Dropbox for storing their assets. So we integrate with these tools to make the Dash setup so much smoother—you can simply drop images from your Google Drive and Dropbox directly into Dash. Still have some burning questions about Brandfolder? Here are some commonly asked queries. Who owns Brandfolder? Brandfolder is owned by Smartsheet Inc., a work management platform that acquired Brandfolder in 2020. Since then, Brandfolder has been part of the Smartsheet product suite, aiming to bring digital asset management into broader project and content workflows. How much does Brandfolder cost? Brandfolder doesn’t list pricing on its website, so you’ll need to book a demo to get a quote. However, based on third-party sources and customer reviews, plans typically start at around $1,600 per month. Costs can increase significantly depending on your asset volume, user count, and feature needs—so it’s best suited for large organisations with big budgets. What is Brandfolder used for? Brandfolder is a digital asset management (DAM) tool that helps businesses store, organise, and share their marketing content. It’s used to manage large libraries of images, videos, logos, and documents, especially across big teams and departments. Features like metadata tagging, advanced search, templating, and usage analytics make it a go-to option for enterprise brands that need to keep creative assets consistent and accessible at scale. That said, if you’re a smaller or growing ecommerce brand, you might find Brandfolder a bit complex (and expensive) for your needs. Tools like Dash are built to help you manage, deploy, and share your visual content without the extra bloat. There are tonnes of digital asset management benefits  – all of which make your workday so much easier. Who doesn’t want that? But the last thing you need is a complex (pricey) DAM like Brandfolder if you’re not going to use all the features it provides.. Here’s what to look for, so you can avoid wasting time and instead pick the DAM that’s the best fit for your company: In summary, make sure to consider all your options for spending loads on an enterprise DAM like Brandfolder. With a DAM like Dash, you’ll get going faster and earn your ROI back quicker. Check Dash out with a 14-day free trial, no credit card required. Lorraine Forrest-Turner is a professional copywriter, published author, playwright and communication skills tutor. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/brandfolder-vs-air Title: Brandfolder vs Air: Which DAM should you choose for your ecommerce store?Twitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Air and Brandfolder are two popular tools for managing visual content. But which is the better digital asset management sytem? Discover pros, cons and pricing Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/brandfolder-vs-air ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Brandfolder vs Air: Which DAM should you choose for your ecommerce store? H2: Brandfolder vs Air: TLDR H2: What is Brandfolder digital asset management software? H2: What is Air? H2: Brandfolder vs Air: Features H3: 1. Guest uploads H3: 2. Portals H3: 3. Boards H2: A third option: How Dash’s features compare to Brandfolder and Air H2: Brandfolder vs Air: Pricing H3: Brandfolder pricing H3: Air pricing H3: Dash pricing H2: Air vs Brandfolder: Customer support H2: Air vs Brandfolder: User interface and experience H2: Air vs Brandfolder: Onboarding H3: Brandfolder onboarding H3: Air onboarding H3: Dash onboarding H2: Which DAM is best for your ecommerce store? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Brandfolder vs Air: Which DAM should you choose for your ecommerce store? H2: Brandfolder vs Air: TLDR H2: What is Brandfolder digital asset management software? H2: What is Air? H2: Brandfolder vs Air: Features H3: 1. Guest uploads H3: 2. Portals H3: 3. Boards H2: A third option: How Dash’s features compare to Brandfolder and Air H2: Brandfolder vs Air: Pricing H3: Brandfolder pricing H3: Air pricing H3: Dash pricing H2: Air vs Brandfolder: Customer support H2: Air vs Brandfolder: User interface and experience H2: Air vs Brandfolder: Onboarding H3: Brandfolder onboarding H3: Air onboarding H3: Dash onboarding H2: Which DAM is best for your ecommerce store? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content If you’re managing a fast-moving ecommerce store, you’ve probably come across both Air and Brandfolder in your search for a digital asset management (DAM) system. They each claim to help you stay on top of your visual content, but when you dig a little deeper, their differences (and limitations) become clear. But where does that leave your brand? In this article, we’ll compare Air and Brandfolder across core DAM features—and show you how Dash stacks up if you’re after something purpose-built for growing ecommerce businesses. Trying to decide between Brandfolder and Air for your digital asset management needs? This summary breaks down how each tool stacks up—plus why Dash might be the better fit for your brand. Brandfolder is a heavyweight DAM built for enterprise businesses. It’s packed with advanced features and workflow tools, but it comes with enterprise-level complexity and pricing to match. Plans start from around $1,600/month, which is overkill if you don’t need everything on offer. Air sits at the other end of the spectrum. It’s more of a creative collaboration tool than a fully-fledged DAM. With plans starting at $250/month, it’s more affordable—but still lacks key features for deploying content to ecommerce stores or external partners. Dash, on the other hand, is built specifically for growing ecommerce brands. You’ll get everything you need to organise, share, and publish content—without the enterprise bloat. Pricing starts at just ÂŁ99/$139 per month and includes all features and unlimited users. If you're looking for a DAM that fits your budget and your workflows, Dash might be just what you’re looking for. ✹ Brandfolder is an enterprise digital asset management (DAM) platform used by large organisations like MasterCard and Autodesk. It’s built for businesses managing high volumes of assets across multiple departments, regions and stakeholders. These global teams often need layered permissions and complex approval chains. It comes with advanced features like AI-powered tagging, detailed usage analytics, and integrations with over 100 third-party tools. If you’re running big, multi-team campaigns and need everything tightly structured, Brandfolder might offer what you’re looking for. But Brandfolder’s enterprise focus comes at a price. It’s not just expensive (plans start from around $1,600 per month), it’s also packed with features that smaller ecommerce brands may never use. For growing businesses looking for speed, simplicity, and affordability, that level of complexity can get in the way. If you need a DAM that helps you organise, share and publish content fast—without the enterprise bloat—it might be worth exploring a tool like Dash instead. Air describes itself as a creative operations tool for growing teams. And while it ticks some digital asset management (DAM) boxes, it’s not quite the full package—especially if you’re running an ecommerce brand. At first glance, Air feels like a regular DAM. You can upload and organise your images, videos and audio files. And you can collaborate with your team using comments, time-stamped feedback, and Kanban-style boards. That makes it handy for early-stage teams managing lots of creative work. But when it comes to actually deploying content—say, to your Shopify store, marketing channels, or external partners—Air starts to show its limitations. Let’s say you’ve got new product shots in Air. To get them into your store, you’ll need to manually download and reupload them. Doing that a few times might be fine—but doing it every time you launch a product? That adds up quickly. With Dash, you can connect directly to Shopify, WooCommerce, and more. That means you can crop, resize, and drop product imagery into your listings right from your DAM—no downloading required. It’s built for speed, accuracy, and ecommerce workflows. Want to dig deeper? Check out our Air alternatives article for a side-by-side look at how Air stacks up against Dash. Now that you have a solid overview of these tools, let's see how their features compare. We also see how Dash, our ecommerce DAM, measures up to them. Here’s some more detail about a few features that are key for ecommerce brands looking for a DAM tool: Say you’re running a user-generated content campaign and need to receive images or videos from your customers. Instead of doing this via Drive or email, you can create a guest upload folder in Brandfolder and share the link with creators to submit assets directly to your DAM. It saves the time you would have spent downloading and re-uploading assets into your DAM manually. With Air, you’ll need to invite your customers to specific boards as ‘guests’ before they can share any images or videos with you. But here’s the catch: this feature is only available for Pro and Enterprise users. Dash, on the other hand, gives you all features for all users regardless of your plan, including guest uploads. You'll be able to review submissions and leave any comments before adding approved assets to your Dash. This way, you can automatically collect all your visual content in one place but still have full control over what's actually uploaded and used for your campaigns. A portal is a public-facing version of your DAM. You can share it with freelancers, retail partners or any regular collaborators who need access to your visual assets. Here, they’ll be able to search for what they need for your marketing campaigns directly, instead of asking you to send images as email attachments or share file links. Branfolder offers portals ideal for setting up media kits, onboarding new team members and sharing event graphics. It’s unclear on their website whether portals come as the core package or if you’ll need to upgrade to a higher priced plan. Air doesn’t have portals, but you can add assets to a board and share it with any freelancers or partners. But remember, you need a Pro or Enterprise plan to pull this off. Dash, on the other hand, offers portals on every price plan. You’ll be able to create as many portals as you like, add a welcome message for your partners and control what assets they’re able to see. This works by selecting which folders they can view from your primary Dash. So if you add or remove content, it’ll update it in the portal. Your partners will be able to search for content using keywords and tags (just like a regular account) and they can crop and resize assets before they download. 👉 Read how BrewDog uses Dash portals to share product images and content with bars and partners around the world. Air includes boards, and there’s a good reason for that — it’s built for creative workflows. If you’re working on an ecommerce campaign, these Kanban-style boards help you track what’s in progress, what’s ready for review, and what’s been signed off. Brandfolder doesn’t offer boards. That’s because focuses on asset storage and usage rather than the creative production side of things. Dash doesn’t offer boards either — and that’s intentional. We're not trying to replace your project management tool. Instead, Dash is designed to be the place where your finalised assets live. It’s the central hub for organising, managing, and sharing visual content that’s ready to go live — whether that’s on your website, social channels, or marketplace listings. That said, Dash still supports collaboration. You can leave comments directly on assets to give feedback to your team or external contributors. If you’re working with video content, you can also add time-stamped comments to highlight specific sections. Once an asset is signed off, Dash helps you keep it organised and easy to find, so your team can move fast when it’s time to launch. We’ve covered some key features that ecommerce brands need in a digital asset management system. But, as a DAM specifically designed for DTC brands, Dash offers lots of extra features you’ll find useful. Here are some highlights: And if you forget the exact tags or file name, you can search for assets in Dash based on their content  — for example, a chair or woman in a red dress. No need to worry about remembering what you saved the image as. Want more? Check out the full breakdown of Dash's digital asset management features. When you're choosing a digital asset management system, pricing matters. And not just the headline number—you need to look at what’s actually included, how pricing scales as your team grows, and whether you’ll be hit with surprise add-ons down the line. As I mentioned earlier, Brandfolder isn’t public about the cost of the DAM, however research shows it could cost around $1,600 per month. Yikes! To make it worse, you have to contact the sales team just to take a look round the system. This is a real time-waster for smaller businesses looking to implement and enjoy the ROI of a new DAM tool as quickly as possible. Despite the mysterious pricing structure, we can get a feel for how customers feel about the costs. Reviews suggest that many Brandfolder users feel that the DAM is too expensive, especially for smaller teams with leaner budgets. “Brandfolder’s price is a bit high for a company with a small marketing budget and few assets. I don't love that you get charged to add more than two admins’” — G2 Review. There’s also the issue of added costs. Many Brandfolder features aren't automatically included in your pricing plan which means you need to upgrade and pay more to access them — as this customer discovered. “Brandfolder is costly. I don't particularly appreciate how Brandfolder will present tools as solutions but in reality, you have to upgrade your plan type to get the actual benefit of that tool. For example, scheduling availability and expiring assets does not make the asset unavailable. It simply puts a red stripe on the asset container and the assets remain downloadable and can be shared. To prevent an asset from being shared, you need to upgrade your plan to have access to the View Only tool.” Enterprise businesses might not have an issue with shelling our thousands of dollars for Brandfolder and paying extra to access more features. But it’s a huge and unnecessary commitment for growing teams — especially when more affordable and less complex DAM alternatives exist. Let’s see how Air compares. Air is much cheaper than Brandfolder and starts at $300 per month. This seems like a better option at first glance, but remember, it's only built for managing creative workflows. You won't be able to share or use your visual assets easily in marketing channels. Another issue with Air is that it locks important features into expensive plans, so you have to upgrade to access them — similar to Brandfolder. For example, the Adobe Creative Cloud integration is only available on the Pro plan. And the Figma integration is restricted to Enterprise users. You also need to add users to your Air workspace to share assets with them directly. That doesn't sound like a problem until you realise you need to pay for every extra seat once you exhaust what's provided for on your plan. For example, the $300 per month plan only allows five members. If you want to share assets with a sixth person, you'll need to pay another $300 for an extra seat. Pricing like this quickly racks up for teams that need to share assets with lots of freelancers and retail partners. And Air customers aren’t too excited about it. “I wish you didn't have to purchase a seat just to log into the platform. I am able to share links with anyone, but since we have so many assets, it would be much simpler to allow anyone access to the platform, and then paid seats will only be for those who need edit permissions.”. Dash gives you the best of both worlds: an actual digital asset management software with award-wining UX and affordable pricing. It’s cheaper than Air and Brandfolder, and you don’t have to deal with complexities like paid add-ons for new features. Let's get into the details. Dash has four pricing plans, starting at $139/ÂŁ99 per month. There's no free plan, but we offer a 14-day free trial. So, you get to try Dash and see if we're a good fit for your needs before making any commitments. That's something you won't get with Brandfolder. Dash’s features are available for unlimited users, regardless of pricing tier. You don't have to pay extra for new seats or upgrade to a more expensive plan to access more advanced DAM features. Pricing tiers are separated by storage capacity, and you can purchase extra storage anytime. This pricing structure works great for growing businesses. You get all the DAM features you need to organise, manage, and deploy your digital assets at a reasonable price. Plus, it’ll give you some great ROI - just like it has with the haircare brand, RevAir. Here’s what Kim, the brand’s CCO, has to say: “For what it costs per month, I easily get ten times the return in productivity from my team members, in addition to happier team members and better quality work.” Support is one of the most important things to consider when choosing a DAM for your ecommerce business. If something goes wrong, you need to be sure you can get the right help on time. Brandfolder drops the ball here. Several customer reviews suggest that support requests can go unanswered for days. And while there's a live support option, it's mostly unavailable. “Sometimes my requests take longer than 48 hours for a response. They do make up for the delay. When I do get a hold of support, they go above and beyond to help me. I only wish they were more responsive when I raised the flag” — G2 Review. Air, on the other hand, provides timely and reliable customer support. But the downside is that it has limited support options on its free and lower plans. You’ll need to upgrade to a higher tier if you want to speak with a support agent face-to-face. Dash also offers reliable customer support. You can contact us anytime via in-app chat or request to speak with a member of our team. We’re always happy to jump on a call to help you resolve any issues. Plus, you don’t have to pay extra to speak with us (looking at you, Air 😏). Here's how Abi, Brand Manager at COAT Paints, describes their experience with Dash’s support team. “The Dash team is incredibly responsive to any queries and always quick to find a solution. In my experience, no other platform has matched the level of customer service that Dash provides.” As you already know, Air is a visual workspace for creative teams. It's easy to use and doesn't require any complex technical skills. Brandfolder’s user interface, however, doesn’t do your images justice. For example, some users complain about the thumbnail sizes. They are too small, don't fill up the entire space, and look pixelated. This makes it difficult to identify images from thumbnails. Beyond that, the user experience feels clunky due to the complexity and sheer number of features. New users struggle with relatively simple tasks like searching for assets or applying filters. Even though Brandfolder provides onboarding support, it still takes some time to learn how to use this tool effectively. “Our adoption rate is low and slow. We have had multiple rounds of optimisation with the assets, but many team members still struggle. The UI, especially on mobile, is clunky for the team to use. They have a hard time understanding how to search and filter. Many of our sales team avoid it since their search terms don't return the results they expect, and customer support is limited to the admins. The AI tagging is also not helpful at all.” — G2 Review. The good thing is that Dash’s user interface is much more like Air than Brandfolder. It’s really beautiful — like a well-curated Pinterest board. Here's an example from our customer, Passenger. Dash is also super easy to set up and use, with little or no learning curve. You can search for assets based on their exact content. Plus, our AI adds automatic tags to images and videos to help you find them later. Beyond that, our DAM integrates with many ecommerce tools, including Hootsuite, Shopify, and WooCommerce, so you can deploy assets where you need them. Here’s how one customer describes their experience using Dash. “Dash is very intuitive and user-friendly. There was almost no learning curve, and I could get going almost immediately. The interface is sleek and uncluttered, which helps me easily organise, search, and retrieve assets quickly. Being able to edit the fields and tag options also totally cut down on my jerking around, especially with such a large number of images and videos.” Onboarding is something many people overlook when choosing a DAM — and that’s a big mistake. The last thing you want is to pay for a tool only to realise it has a complex setup or steep learning curve that slows you down. Think about it. You invest in a DAM to organise and manage your visual assets, not to spend weeks just figuring out how to use it. If it takes too long to get up and running, it’ll delay your team’s productivity and push back your ROI. That’s why it’s so important to consider onboarding time and support before committing to any DAM. Let’s compare onboarding for Brandfolder, Air and Dash. Brandfolder has a complex onboarding process because of its numerous features and steep learning curve. While they provide implementation support and training, it still takes a lot of time for customers to ramp up and start using the DAM tool to maximum capacity. In fact, G2 data shows it takes, on average, 2 months to onboard with Brandfolder. In some instances, customers are forced to hire an internal Brandfolder expert to provide ongoing support and training during the learning phase. “We had a pretty complicated setup. It took a ton of time to set up Branfolder properly in a way that made sense for our business. And I had to constantly train teammates on the right way to add assets.”. Air’s onboarding process may be quicker than Brandfolder’s, but ithas several shortcomings. Some users say they didn’t actually receive any onboarding support for months. Others had to hire or train an internal expert just to figure out the platform’s features and troubleshoot issues. And here’s the catch: Air doesn’t offer onboarding support on all plans. It’s only available if you’re on the Pro or Enterprise tier. And if you want a dedicated support manager, you’ll have to upgrade to the Enterprise tier. If you’re on a lower plan and need help getting started, you’re on your own. For a tool designed to help you manage and organise your creative work, this lack of accessible support can be frustrating, especially for smaller teams that don’t have the resources to bring in extra help. As a Dash customer, you’ll get full onboarding support no matter your pricing tier. Because Dash is built specifically for ecommerce brands, our team knows exactly how to structure your DAM to fit your business. We’ll help you set up fields for your products, organise folders efficiently, and ensure your team is ready to hit the ground running from day one. We’ve found that many times, customers don’t even need our help getting set up because of how easy Dash is to use. But if you do need assistance migrating assets from Google Drive or Dropbox, just let us know. Our team will be happy to help. We also offer self-service resources, including onboarding guides and help docs, so you can get started quickly and confidently. The best part? It only takes a month to get up and running with Dash - that’s half the time of Brandfolder! Neither Air nor Brandfolder really delivers on what a growing ecommerce brand needs from a DAM software solution. Brandfolder might be packed with features, but it’s complex and expensive—better suited to enterprise teams with deep pockets and specialist support. Air can be more budget-friendly, but it’s missing key features for deploying assets or sharing them outside your organisation. If you're trying to run a fast-moving ecommerce store, both tools will end up slowing you down. That’s where Dash comes in. We’ve built Dash to make managing and using your content as easy as possible. You’ll get everything you need to power your ecommerce workflows, including: And the best bit? Dash keeps pricing simple and flexible. No locked features. No surprise charges for extra users. No long-term contracts. Just a super-useful DAM that works the way your ecommerce team does. Want to see for yourself? Try Dash free for 14 days—no credit card required. ✹ Faith Uzuegbu is a content marketer and freelance writer for B2B SaaS and tech companies like ClassPass, PlayPlay, and Thinkific. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/brandfolder-vs-canto Title: Brandfolder vs Canto: Which should you choose?Twitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Compare two popular digital asset management systems, Brandfolder and Canto, and decide which tool is best for your brand. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/brandfolder-vs-canto ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Brandfolder vs Canto: Which should you choose? H2: What is Brandfolder? H2: What is Canto? H2: Brandfolder vs Canto: Top features H2: Brandfolder vs Canto: Pricing H2: Brandfolder vs Canto: Customer support H2: Brandfolder vs. Canto: Onboarding H2: Brandfolder vs Canto: User interface and user experience H2: Summary: Brandfolder vs Canto vs Dash H2: Brandfolder vs Canto: Which is better for your DTC brand? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Brandfolder vs Canto: Which should you choose? H2: What is Brandfolder? H2: What is Canto? H2: Brandfolder vs Canto: Top features H2: Brandfolder vs Canto: Pricing H2: Brandfolder vs Canto: Customer support H2: Brandfolder vs. Canto: Onboarding H2: Brandfolder vs Canto: User interface and user experience H2: Summary: Brandfolder vs Canto vs Dash H2: Brandfolder vs Canto: Which is better for your DTC brand? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Brandfolder and Canto are very popular digital asset management tools that have been around for a long time. So, it’s no surprise you’ve come across them in your search for the right DAM tool. For large businesses, these tools are robust DAMs with a wide range of features designed for enterprise companies. But for smaller brands, Canto and Brandfolder are clunky, expensive, and, frankly, painful to use. If you’re a growing ecommerce brand, you’re better off with digital asset management software like Dash (that’s us 👋). Dash can do lots of the same things as Canto and Brandfolder without unnecessary cost or complexity. Brandfolder is an enterprise DAM for automating content production, maintaining brand guidelines, and deploying assets quickly. It’s one of the most well-known DAMs on the market, with companies like Zoom relying on this tool to manage their digital assets. It’s the ideal solution for massive companies with equally massive budgets. But for a smaller brand, it might be hard to justify $1600 a month for a DAM. See a list of features and a full comparison between Brandfolder and Dash. Canto is another well-known digital management tool. It’s not as pricey as Brandfolder, but it’ll still set you back around $600 a month for its basic features. The user interface  is clunkier than Branfolder’s, too, but it might be worth it if you need a digital asset management system that’s not as pricey. Dash on the other hand costs just ÂŁ99/$139 per month and you’ll get all features and unlimited users at no extra cost. 🙌 Read our full comparison of Dash vs Canto. Here's what you should expect from both digital asset management tools at a glance. Our research indicates that Canto’s pricing starts at around $600 per month. API for custom integrations Facial recognition function Yes ✅But watch out - there are have been some privacy warning about facial recognition technology. It’s the reason Dash doesn’t have this features. Yes (via SmartSheet) ✅ As you can see, Brandfolder and Canto offer pretty similar features for mid-market and enterprise businesses. So how does Dash compare? For a small business, Dash’s features measure nicely against Brandfolder and Canto. It has all the essential DAM features required for a growing brand, including: That’s not all. Check out our complete list of digital asset management features to see how Dash can grow your brand. {{free-trial="/blog-components"}} Although Canto claims “there’s no hidden pricing,” but you literally won’t find any pricing information on its website. Instead, you’ll need to book a meeting with their sales team to know how much the digital asset management platform costs. However, we did some digging around some price comparison sites and found that Canto will likely set you back around $600 per month. It’s the same with Brandfolder You’ll need to book a demo and have a lengthy sales chat just to get an idea of the DAM's cost. The more time you spend jumping through hoops to get pricing information, the longer it takes to implement your DAM and start reaping its rewards. Nevertheless, we dug around and discovered that Brandfolder’s pricing starts around $1,600/month, while Canto costs about $600/month or $7,200 per year. That’s a considerable investment for a growing ecommerce brand, especially as you'll end up paying for many features you don’t need. Luckily for you, Dash is one of the few DAM solutions that’s transparent about pricing and don’t lock you into bloated feature packages. For ÂŁ99/$139 a month, you get access to all of Dash’s features for unlimited users. You’ll only pay more if you add more assets or increase the number of monthly downloads. Remember that Dash offers the core DAM features you’ll actually use as a growing ecommerce business, so you’re getting the best value for money. Customer support is a biggie when choosing a DAM tool. The last thing you want is an unresponsive support team if something goes wrong. Customer reviews on G2 are generally positive when it comes to their customer support. People comment on how quickly they’ll email you back if you reach out about a problem. Unfortunately, the same can’t be said for Brandfolder. Multiple G2 user reviews suggest that customer inquiries can go unanswered for days. “Brandfolder’s customer support could use improvement. I would sometimes wait a few days before getting a response. Also, we sometimes felt the support person didn’t know how to answer our question and would feel like the response was scripted.” At Dash, we pride ourselves on excellent customer support, so much so that we were voted the “DAM with the best relationship” in G2's Winter 2023 awards. Hear from one of our customers: “Dash’s customer service is fast, and they never tell you, ‘Have you searched this already?’ They just get on with helping you so you can keep working. You can't ask for better than that. The bigger companies we work with can learn a lot from the team at Dash.” You can't afford to spend weeks learning how a DAM works as a small business. You need an easy-to-understand tool that fits your workflows so you can start enjoying your DAM return on investment ASAP. Brandfolder has a steep learning curve. G2 reviews suggest that it takes a lot of time to set it up, especially if you're migrating many assets from a different tool. “We had a pretty complicated set-up. The organisation I worked for had a ton of assets, and the sheer volume was unwieldy. Also, we had to be super careful with access and permissions on various instances of external and internal assets. It took a ton of time to get set up properly.” Reviewers say Canto is easier to set up. But its onboarding process sometimes feels rushed and doesn’t cover all the aspects of the tool, as this user discovered. “Some of the more advanced features (like portals and integration) were not as well explained. We've been told that they were possible but not trained on them as part of the onboarding process.” You know what would make onboarding even faster? If you use a tool that’s designed to get you up and running, fast. That’s one thing Dash is really good at. We offer onboarding support, but it’s also easy to use yourself. Our Google Drive and Dropbox integration will mean you’ll get your visual content into Dash in no time. There’s a reason we won awards for the DAM that’s easiest to set-up and the fastest to implement in G2's reports. Brandfolder has an edge over Canto when it comes to user experience. Here’s what its interface looks like Canto, on the other hand, feels clunky and crowded. In one user’s words, “I'm a long-time Canto user and still find myself scanning the screen for the features I use often.” But in our biassed opinion, Dash takes the crown for its user interface - and no, our UX Designer isn’t paying us to say that. Our DAM software brings your visuals to life with beautiful image previews. Plus, we have auto-tagging and custom attributes to make searching super easy. One of our customers says: “You know how the iOS on your phone is intuitive? That's very much the case with Dash. Getting up and running takes very little time. The system is flexible and grows with you as your asset library grows. Finding and retrieving assets is about as easy and seamless as it gets.” Take a look at the CBD brand, Goodrays’ Dash. It easily passes for a well-curated Pinterest board. If you’ve made it this far, you’re probably weighing up your options and wondering which DAM is actually worth your time and money. To help you make a confident decision, here’s a quick summary of how Brandfolder, Canto and Dash stack up—so you can pick the one that fits your brand best. Now that you’ve seen how both tools compare, which one should you choose? It all depends on your business needs. If you have a large budget and need an enterprise DAM with extensive features that focus on brand templates, Brandfolder might be the way to go. Mid-market businesses with slightly lower budgets might benefit from Canto’s facial recognition and detailed reporting features. But for small DTC brands looking for an effective way to manage digital assets, Dash gives you the best value for money. It’s affordable, easy to set up and use, and scales with your business. You can find out some of the ways brands are using Dash by checking out some of our customer stories: Want to see things for yourself? Try Dash for free for 14 days and let us know how it goes. And if you’re ready to move your assets from another DAM system to Dash, you can use our free asset migration spreadsheet to get everything ready. Faith Uzuegbu is a content marketer and freelance writer for B2B SaaS and tech companies like ClassPass, PlayPlay, and Thinkific. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/branding-tips-for-small-businesses Title: 8 branding tips for small businessesTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Building a brand on a small budget? These 8 branding tips for small businesses will give you the inspiration you need to get started. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/branding-tips-for-small-businesses ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: 8 branding tips for small businesses H3: How to create a great brand (on a tiny budget) H3: 5 small businesses who’re smashing their branding H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: 8 branding tips for small businesses H3: How to create a great brand (on a tiny budget) H4: 1. Picture your target customer H4: 2. Think about your brand archetype H4: 3. Find your voice H4: 4. Find a freelance graphic designer H4: 5. Pair back your colour palette and designs H4: 6. Take the time to find the right font family H4: 7. Find quality stock images for free H4: 8. Learn how to take your own photos H4: 9. Keep things organised and easy to find H3: 5 small businesses who’re smashing their branding H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Growing a loyal customer base takes time. And as a small business, it’s so important to keep your eyes glued to the bottom line while you get there. 👀The good news is that when it comes to brand buzz, you don’t need the biggest budget to stand out. There are so many cost-effective ways to cause a stir online these days. In fact, most of these tactics revolve around just one important aspect of the business. ✹ Branding ✹But before you sweat the idea of expensive creative agencies or spiraling subscription fees, here us out. There are tons of small businesses that have created killer brands and are thriving - without splashing out on expensive campaigns. Here are 8 big branding tips for today’s small business. Research into your target audience isn’t just handy for figuring out the pain points of potential customers. With the right insight into your target market, you’ll nail your branding too. Start by finding out your demographics’ interests and values. Also, what brands do they follow outside of your space? The latter can be great for inspo, without sending you down the dangerous path of copying competitors. A decent bit of desktop research is cost-effective if you do it in-house - and it’ll pay off in the long run. With varying levels of free functionality, these tools can help you paint the perfect picture of your customer: Once you’ve identified your target audience, you can think about your brand’s archetype. A brand archetype is your brand’s ‘character’ or ‘personality’. It helps define the type of brand you’re going to be and will help you attract your target audience in return. According to Vision One: “Brand Personality has been shown to be one of the most influential aspects of success for many brands.” So what archetype are you? Have a look at the examples below: The caregiver - these brands offer protection, care and safety to their consumers. This is an ideal choice if you’re selling products that help customers care for themselves like natural skin care, health foods or wellness services. Just take Cult Beauty’s ‘skincare spotlight’ for inspiration. The creator - do you consider your brand to be visionary? Then you may fit into the creator archetype. Perhaps you’re inventing something new, or leading the way on new technologies. Brands like Lego and Apple fit into this category. 🍏The explorer - this archetype is for the adventurers of the world. It’s ideal if your customer craves freedom and seeks adrenaline-inducing adventures. One of our clients, Cookson Adventures, fits right into this category. ✈The innocent - this archetype is all about finding your inner child. Brands that fall into the innocent personality category are full of optimism, hope and - best of all - they promote fun! This rings true for snack brand, Karma Bites, who encourage its customers to ‘release their inner goodness.’ đŸ€—The jester - if you’re creating a brand that’s witty and doesn’t take itself too seriously, you may fall under the jester archetype. This doesn't mean you’re the laughing stock of your industry. It means you can use humour to highlight important issues. Just take a look at Who Gives a Crap which uses funny copy to talk about the importance of water sanitation. The lover - passion, seduction and pleasure; you’ll know right away if your brand falls into this category. 💞 This is the perfect category if you sell underwear, perfume or guilty-pleasure food like chocolate or ice cream. (Though you should never feel guilty about tucking into a luxurious bar of chocolate đŸ€€). The magician - do you aspire to make your customer’s dreams come true? You could be a magician archetype. By using grounded research, this brand type strives to inspire and educate its customers. For example, furniture brand, Grain, create products that meet real needs, backed by research and a responsibility to the planet. The rebel - the rebel brand is here to shake up the norm. This is perfect if you’re offering a fresh perspective in your industry and you’re not afraid to challenge the status quo. Check out the men’s makeup brand, War Paint, for inspo.💄The regular guy - though it’s hard to define what ‘regular’ means, this brand archetype basically doesn’t strive to stand out. They’re happy just being good at what they do, and keeping their consumers happy. Brands like PG Tips and Yorkshire Tea do this well. They’re not trying to do anything other than provide their customers with a good cuppa tea. ☕Still not sure? Take the brand archetype quiz and see where you end up. Now you’ve got an idea of the type of brand you are, it’s time to think about your voice. You don’t need to pay the big bucks to find your tone of voice. Instead, weigh up the values your brand has and how they'd come across in a real person. Get into the nitty-gritty of your comms and look at things like how formal you’d sound - do you use contractions? (e.g. can’t or don’t). How about the complexity of your sentence structure; will they be short and snappy or long and flowing?Just think back to your brand archetype, how would they address the room? Whoever you are, just ensure it feels harmonious with your visual identity and consistent across all comms - whether that’s the tiniest bit of microcopy or those lengthy FAQs. Once you've got this down, you can feel confident creating compelling content that’ll click with your audiences. This could be by positioning yourself as an authority on a certain topic, e.g. this in-depth Grooming Guide for black men by Aaron Wallace. Or how about some informative social content that both educates and eases customer service queries? Here’s a great example of that from Hello Sunday SPF. When it comes to content, the 🌍 is your oyster. If you’re a marketer for a small brand, you may not have the resources to hire a full-time graphic designer. It likely falls to you to create content in tools such as Canva. (We love Canva btw ❀). This is a great option if you need to whip up some graphics for social. But we wouldn’t recommend trying to design your brand’s visual identity on Canva yourself. Instead, hire a dedicated freelance graphic designer. 💡 They can help you refine your brand, create attractive messaging and —what we all want to hear — make you more money. As creative platform Design Pickle aptly puts it: “While a picture may be worth a thousand words, graphic design can be worth thousands of dollars in any business.” Something to bear in mind if you’re chatting with a freelance graphic designer: have a think about your colour palette. When you're creating a brand or going through a refresh, it’s tempting to throw everything you’ve got at the canvas. After all, your business branding needs to stand out from the competition. So why not expand the colour palette and get a bit experimental? Hold up, Picasso. đŸ–ŒïžYour colour palette can certainly be fun, but it’s got to be functional too. Here are a few pointers to keep you on track: When it comes to fonts, be mindful of using free ones from certain sites as many are not available for commercial use. They're not always pro-quality either. Instead, check out sites like FontShop, Creative Market or TypeType for some great options. Just make sure you find something that expresses your personality and is also legible on all screen sizes and devices too. Google Fonts are also free to use. Just remember to grab one that’s available in multiple weights, e.g. light, regular, bold.Check out the gender-fluid perfume brand Urania’s Children and its flowing serif typography. It’s perfect for the brand’s personality and purpose, right? The cost of stock imagery can really pile up. Especially if you’re active on social or have a mountain of marketing materials to create. The thing is, you don't have to stick to the more premium sites to get quality images these days. Unsplash, Pexels and Pixabay are all super solid and free to use. Of course, there are still times you’ll need to invest in your own imagery. To stand up against some of the brightest brands, it’s unavoidable. Don’t worry, it still doesn’t have to break the bank. Don’t rely purely on stock image sites. Throw some of your own photography into the mix, too! Don’t worry, we’re not suggesting blowing your budget on a big photo shoot. You can take some pretty great snaps with just your smartphone these days. đŸ€łJust remember to: If you need a little more help, we’ve got a guide to taking DIY product photography on a budget. Once you’ve created your brand assets like logos and brand guidelines, make sure you keep it all in one central place, like Dash! For brand managers, this is particularly helpful in making sure everyone has access to the most up-to-date content. 🙌 Dash also integrates with the leading online brand guidelines platform Corebook. This allows you to integrate images into your brand book directly from Dash. 📖 {{free-trial="/blog-components"}} Just like today’s best small businesses, no branding strategy is ever exactly the same. From creating social imagery that pops off the feed to speaking in a way that soothes a customer’s soul, here are five very different SMEs that have one thing in common: they’re all smashing it with their branding. Bokksu’s imagery creates a tummy-tingling sensation of travel “We don’t just want you to taste Japan, we want you to experience it.” - Bokksu And many people have. The small food subscription brand sold half a million snacks in its first two years. They did it across 75 countries too. đŸ€Ż For Bokksu, the devil’s in the details. Along with an array of sweet and savoury delights, subscribers receive a map detailing every snack and where in Japan it came from. But it’s not just the contents of the boxes themselves that are lovingly curated. Bokksu’s use of imagery on Instagram doesn't just promote Japanese snacks; it illustrates a colourful and captivating story of travel. From socials to logomark, every digital asset feels carefully considered; their striking orange and white brand identity, often used to frame a page, makes everything else around it fizzle and pop. Exactly what you imagine a trip to Japan to feel like. Unboxing the brand 🎁Bokksu has a consistent feel to everything it does. The brand’s logo mark is bold and its colour palette feels clean, unfussy and entirely them. A treasure trove of photos and illustrations, Bokksu let their Instagram do the talking. Patch Plants pruned its tone of voice to perfection “It’s tempting to stroke those pretty fronds, but Bertie’s not really the touchy-feely type.”- Patch Plants Bertie’s a Boston Fern. And like every fashionable flora available from Patch Plants, “she” has a name. I mean, Nephrolepis exaltata doesn’t quite have the same ring to it, right? đŸ€·From humanising every single plant in their impressive range to adopting the same tongue-in-cheek style in the site’s microcopy, Patch has nailed its tone of voice. Importantly, Patch Plants has taken the time to understand who its audience really is. It talks directly to 20-30-year-olds living in the city; they love nature but have little-to-no outside space. What’s more, they suffer from that creeping existential angst that (accidentally) killing a plant brings. Patch Plants use its tone of voice to reassure its customers and ease their worries. Planting the seed 🌿Growing an organic following, Patch Plants uses every word wisely. Its tone of voice is never an afterthought, allowing the team to communicate the perfect sentiment to the ideal customer. Pasta Evangelists’ branding feels authentically al dente What’s more comforting than a warm bowl of pasta, right? đŸ€—But this isn't your standard Tuesday night dinner sitch. Not quite a takeaway or a gourmet ready meal, with Pasta Evangelists, customers pick one of several authentic Italian pasta recipes which are delivered the next day to cook at home. Importantly, their choice of product imagery is every bit as appetising as the dishes themselves. In fact, one scroll of their Instagram feed is enough to leave any tummy grumbling for tortellini. With their website’s ‘Pasta Bible’ they’ve included recipes, tutorials and even travel guides to Italy. Tied together with consistent, aspirational imagery, they’ve positioned themselves as experts in their field - far beyond their core product offering. The winning recipe 🍝One unique value proposition + hundreds of consistent images = a healthy pasta brand. Crucially, Pasta Evangelists take the time to educate their customers and give back to the community, e.g. by fighting food waste. Winner, winner (pasta) dinner. Bloom & Wild have flourished with kindness and empathy Bloom & Wild understand that sending flowers is an occasion - for good and bad. And the way they use their CRM to plan email campaigns, offering customers the option to opt-out if they don’t want to receive Mother’s Day reminders, shows the sincere level of empathy they’re operating with.This is reflected in their advertising too. Pick of the bunch 💐Instead of trying to imagine what makes them tick, Bloom & Wild takes the time to truly empathise with their customers. Furthermore, their advertising bears fruit because the messaging is just as real as it feels. Lazy Oaf is comfortable putting quality over quantity When it takes 2,700 litres of water to make one cotton shirt - enough for one person to drink for 2.5 years - fashion has become a very dirty word. Lazy Oaf takes a healthier approach to apparel. They focus on creating limited collections that are built to last.The brand has made positive sustainable moves such as sending out orders in compostable packaging made from sugar cane, prioritising shipping by sea or road (as opposed to air) and launching an eco-friendly swimwear line. “We’re not producing thousands, we produce a couple of hundred of each thing,” said founder and CEO Gemma Shiel to Vice. With a conscious attitude and sensible approach to growth - not to mention those authentic and original designs - this is a clothing brand you can feel a little more comfortable in. Heart on their sleeves 👚Today, there’s just no getting away from the challenges our planet is facing. So, be a brand that your customers can feel good about following. Lazy Oaf has got it down. But whether you’re starting out or scaling up, Dash can help inspire that ideal customer with your visual content. Want to try it for yourself? Sign up for a free trial below! 👇 Andy is a creative copywriter and content strategist. He also works with brands to channel their tone of voices. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/brands-on-instagram Title: An ecommerce brand's guide to Instagram contentTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Looking to level-up your Instagram social media marketing game? Here's 30 ecommerce brands on Instagram you can use for inspiration. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/brands-on-instagram ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: An ecommerce brand's guide to Instagram content H3: 4 tips to optimise your Instagram right now H3: Inspo from the best ecommerce brands on Instagram H3: 30 Instagram content ideas for your marketing H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: An ecommerce brand's guide to Instagram content H3: 4 tips to optimise your Instagram right now H3: Inspo from the best ecommerce brands on Instagram H4: Food and beverage brands on Instagram H4: Fashion brands on Instagram H4: Furniture and home decor brands on Instagram H4: Cosmetics, beauty and skincare brands on Instagram H4: Pet care brands on Instagram H4: Health and fitness brands on Instagram H3: 30 Instagram content ideas for your marketing H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Instagram is one of the most important social channels for ecommerce brands. When used well, it can be super influential for buying decisions, helps you build your brand and it can be a great source for user-generated content. But you knew that already. And you know who else knows? Your competitors. With almost every DTC brand in existence using Instagram as a key part of their social media strategy, you’ll need to work hard on cutting through the noise and attracting your dream customer. If you’re looking to revamp your Instagram content strategy, taking inspiration from what’s working for other brands is a good place to start. In this article, we’ll go through 30 of the best examples from the Instagram accounts of growing ecommerce brands like yours. But before we get to that, here’s a few branding tips on how to best optimise your Instagram profile. After all, it’s important to get the basics right before you start revamping your posts. Before you start refreshing your Instagram feed with lots of new content, make sure your profile itself is working as hard as it can for your brand. Here’s a few quick wins you can implement today which could help both your organic and Instagram advertising performance: Right, buckle up kids! Here’s some of the 30 best growing DTC brands on Instagram, split up by sector, with a key takeaway you can use from each one. Let’s get started! Canned cocktail maker, Moth Drinks, have grown rapidly in the past few years. And they’re not set to slow down any time soon! In fact, they’re continuing to add new cocktails to their range. To build hype and buzz around each product launch, they turn to their Instagram feed. Take these two posts from October 2022. First they announced they’ve got ‘big news coming’. Then, two days later, they announced that three new cocktails were about to launch - and offered a prize for the first 3 people to guess correctly which cocktails were about to drop. Takeaway: Use your Instagram to build hype and drop hints about new product lines you’re developing. The chocolate industry usually works seasonally, with specific products designed and sold at certain times of the year - like Valentine’s, Easter or Christmas. Chocolate-maker Chococo’s Instagram gets this perfectly. In the build-up to key holidays, their feed showcases their new products and sets a vibe for the season. In the week before Halloween, here’s what their feed looked like: Source: Chococo's Instagram profile Takeaway: Make use of seasonality, especially if that’s how your product cycles work. It keeps your feed feeling relevant and shows off your new seasonal products in the best light. Wine subscription company Good Pair Days sends wines straight to your door, based on your likes and budget. With their warm orange brand colours and characterful illustrations, their branding is strong and instantly recognisable. But they’re not afraid to mix it up a bit on their Instagram, throwing the occasional meme into the mix for some relatability and tongue-in-cheek humour. Source: Good Pair Days's Instagram profile Takeaway: Don’t be afraid to use memes! As long as you get the humour right, and they’re related to your brand, it’s a good way to inject humour and familiarity into your feed. Ethical, equitable spice company Diaspora Co sources the finest ingredients from across the Indian subcontinent, shortening the supply chain and paying spice farmers 6x above the commodity price while they’re at it. Their Instagram stops you in your tracks with their eye-catching, bright, spice-inspired brand colours. They’re also making use of Instagram Stories to create useful collections. Check out their highlights answering customer FAQs about their spices. By featuring these prominently they’re potentially dealing with any purchasing blockers prospective buyers might have. Takeaway: Have questions your customers ask you all the time? Collect your answers together into a Stories Highlight. This makes sure your Stories can be viewed 24 hours after posting and helps visitors new to your brand find out more about your products. There’s a lot to like about healthy snack food brand Misfit’s Instagram feed. And one thing they sure know how to do is launch a new product with a splash. Here’s a collection of posts they did about their white choc lemon cheesecake flavour which dropped in June 2022. The new bar took over their feed for a month with a mix of different types of posts to keep it fresh. From recipe videos to stylish, zesty product shots they made sure their new flavour started with a bang. Takeaway: Give new product lines the attention they deserve, and don’t just settle for one announcement post. Think about different types of content you can post about the new product you’re launching, just like Misfits do. Named one of the fastest growing ecommerce brands last year by Brightpearl, Passenger Clothing are certainly doing something right (including using Dash for their visual content by the way 😇). Passenger’s customers are adventurous, outdoor-loving and stylish. They’ve curated their Instagram feed to perfectly reflect this. Not only does it show off their clothing, the wild locations they do their photoshoots in speaks to their customers' spirit of adventure. Source: Passenger Clothings's Instagram profile Takeaway: Know thy customer. Your products never exist in a vacuum - they’re a means to letting your customer do or experience something. Make sure you capture this on your Instagram with top-quality lifestyle shots. There’s a growing family of eco-conscious fashion brands who’d rather you buy 1 quality garment that lasts 5 years, than 5 poor-quality garments which last 1 year. Swimsuit maker Youswim are one of them. Keeping an eye on their environmental impact is important to them. They help realise this through the after-purchase support they provide. One of their Highlights on their Instagram profile is how to best look after your swimsuit. They offer helpful advice on how to wash, clean and store it so it lasts for longer. Takeaway: Don’t forget about your customers after they buy something from you. Use your Instagram to educate on how best to look after the product once they’ve bought it. It’ll help them get more use out of it and support your sustainability goals! Iconic clothing brand Filling Pieces specialise in luxury streetwear and sneakers. So it makes perfect sense that they partner with brands delivering different products for the same audience. Take this collaboration they did with high-end watchmaker IWC Schaffhausen. Filling Pieces bought the forest green trainers, IWC bought the forest green watch, and both brands turned to their Instagram profile to promote it. Different complementary products meant for the same audience = a match made in heaven. Want to find out more about Filling Pieces? Check out their customer story on how they manage their visual content using Dash. Takeaway: Look for complimentary brands who are going after the same target audiences as you and make use of Instagram’s ‘brand partnership’ tag. Joining forces is a great way to get in front of their following and potentially attract new customers to your profile. Fellow Brighton-based business Lucy & Yak are famous for their iconic dungarees in vibrant prints and colours. Their Instagram is a celebration of everything the brand is well known for - from bright jackets with sunflower prints to mushroom-embroidered dungarees. One area their account particularly shines in is their use of Instagram Reels. This is a relatively new feature Instagram released in a bid to compete with TikTok. Lucy & Yak’s account takes full advantage of the feature, with their Reels showing off their colourful products and offering helpful styling tips. Takeaway: Since launch, Reels are one of Instagram’s most popular content types - so don’t ignore them. If you’re creating TikToks already, then start with reposting these as Reels on your Instagram. Menswear brand Wax London creates clothes “to unite and elevate the everyday – day in, day out". Like most fashion brands, they work seasonally, launching new product collections every quarter. And to showcase their latest range on their Instagram, Wax uses a story Highlight collection to pull it all together. It’s a great idea, creating something like an interactive catalogue of your latest collection all within Instagram. Takeaway: Dropping collections of products seasonally? Use a curated Instagram Highlight to show-off all your new items and create an interactive catalogue, all within your IG profile. Australian furniture makers RJ Living take a lot of their own magazine-quality photography, so it’s no surprise their Instagram feels super slick and design-focused. But they also mix up their posts by regramming posts from their customers using their products. These posts give a great representation of how their products look in real homes, and seeing how other customers have styled their products acts as great inspo for those on the fence. They're also a Dash customer! Read more about how they use Dash to get all their visuals organised. Takeaway: Regram posts that customers tag you in featuring your products (with their permission). It’s a great way to show how your product looks ‘in real life’ and pairs nicely with more styled photography. Polish-based furniture makers noo.ma know a thing or two about pops of colour. As you’d expect, their Instagram feed reflects this perfectly. They curate their magazine-quality posts by colour pops. Take this section below, which showcases their orange and blueberry-coloured products perfectly. đŸŠđŸ« Takeaway: Curating and theming your posts by product and/or colours is a great way to give your feed an editorial feel - and makes scrolling through it a joy for profile visitors. B-Corp accredited, eco-conscious paint manufacturer COAT are pretty cool in our books. And that’s not just because (ahem) they’re a Dash customer 😇. They aim to, in their words, “make it easy to create a stylish home in a conscious way”. This shines through in their Instagram. They feature short how-to videos which give prospective customers inspiration for DIY projects they can do at home using their paints. Like this one on how to give your wardrobe a quick make-over. Takeaway: Feeling inspired is a great motivator in a customer buying from you. Use videos to show how your product can be used in different ways - and you could be on to a winner! Instagram is still the go-to place for influencers. So if you’re serious about the channel for your ecommerce brand, you’ll at least want to experiment with commissioning a few. Cookware brand Our Place are masters at this. They partner-up with influencers with various followings - from micro influencers to better-known cookbook authors - to tap into different audiences. Takeaway: Work on your influencer marketing strategy. Sign up content creators with followings related to your brand. Try working with various types of creators with different-sized followings to see which works best for your brand. Use our free, editable influencer brief template to get started! You hear a lot about using punchy Instagram content to stop users endless scrolling on the platform. But you know? Forget that. Take a leaf out of MustardMade’s book and - instead - encourage the scroll! Their cabinets and storage lockers are well-known for the bright colours they come in. They make the most of that on their Instagram by theming posts to feature one colour at a time. The result? One super colourful, rainbow experience when you scroll through their feed. {% video_player "embed_player" overrideable=False, type='hsvideo2', hide_playlist=True, viral_sharing=False, embed_button=False, autoplay=False, hidden_controls=False, loop=False, muted=False, full_width=False, width='800', height='600', player_id='91866510000', style='' %} Takeaway: This requires dedication and discipline - but theming your Instagram posts to create a top-notch scroll could be a great way to maximise the time potential customers spend on your profile. Refillable, natural deodorant brand Wild have grown a lot recently. One of the key drivers of this has been word of mouth. Wild know this and make the most of it on their Instagram profile. Literally their first Highlight collection promotes their refer a friend programme and talks users through the process. Takeaway: Word of mouth is one of the most convincing purchase drivers out there. Make the most of it and promote your refer a friend scheme on your Instagram If you want to increase your sales, show prospective buyers people like them who are already using your product. Why? It builds credibility. If you’re Starface, you’re asking people to put - well, stars on their face (for a reason, they clear up spots). It makes perfect sense they repost user-generated content onto their Instagram of happy customers using their products. Takeaway: User-generated content (UGC) is your friend! Regram posts from happy customers and give them proper attribution. It reinforces customer loyalty (being reposted by a brand you like is a nice lil’ boost) and helps with social proof for prospective buyers. US-based Dossier Perfumes make affordable scents based on top-end, super expensive perfumes. With almost 100 products to pick from, how do you make sure your prospective customers can find scents that will work best for them? One answer? Fun content. Dossier’s Instagram experiments with a few fun, tongue-in-cheek posts which help users learn more about the scents they offer. Take this scrollable post, matching your star sign to one of their products 👇 Takeaway: Experiment! Test out different angles and types of content to keep your feed feeling fresh and engaging. Extra points if, like Dossier, you’re able to think of ways to aid product discovery and match your items with potential customers. Beauty brand Go-To Skincare have two other siblings brands - Gro-To (for kids) and Bro-To (for men). They make sure the two smaller brands get the attention they deserve by featuring them in their Instagram bio. Takeaway: If you’re part of a family of complimentary brands, make sure you feature them in your bio (and have them do the same for you). Everyone loves a good before and after, right? For beauty brands, this is particularly relevant. Your customers are buying your products because they want to see some kind of immediate difference. Mens cosmetic brand Shake Up gets it, so they post instructional before and after videos to their Instagram - like this one. Takeaway: Focus on results your products have. Does your product make a noticeable and immediate difference for customers? If so, then turn that into content for your Instagram! Appeal to your customers’ competitive spirit! Pet food brand (and Dash customer) Forthglade run a monthly user-generated content competition. They ask their customers to send in pictures of their happy hounds. A winner is chosen every month, who, as well as getting a hamper full of Forthglade goodies, also gets a feature on their Instagram. Just like the adorable Otto, featured below, who was the winning entry for October 2022. It’s the attention your prize-winning pooch deserves! They use an integration between Jotform and Dash for this. They ask for submissions on their website, which sends everything over to their Dash - where they can go through each one and pick a winner. Read more in their customer story. Takeaway: Regular user-generated content competitions are a great way to build buzz around your brand and keep your customers engaged. As any marketer will tell you, the ‘above fold’ part of your landing page - the bit a visitor sees before they start scrolling - is the most important. It’s what visitors use to make a split-second decision as to whether they want to bounce or continue reading. It’s the same principal for social. That’s why Instagram introduced pinned posts, so you can better curate your profile and pin your best content to the top - regardless of when you posted it. Cat-food brand Cat Person makes clever use of this. Two of their pins are instructional videos on how to use their products. And the other? A funny meme video of someone having a sushi night with their cat (honestly, goals đŸ˜»). It tells you who they are as a brand and introduces you to their products. Takeaway: Pin your posts, people! Make sure visitors to your Instagram are presented with your best content before they succumb to another online distraction and bounce. Fun fact, videos on Instagram get you twice as much engagement as regular image posts. So make sure you’re not forgetting about video content when you’re creating your Instagram strategy. Take dog food brand Butternut Box, for example. Not only do they post clips taken from their longer YouTube videos, they also create video series specifically for their Instagram on topics like dog behaviour and training. Takeaway: Long-form videos could be the answer if your engagement rate is flat-lining. Repurpose your YouTube content or post custom-made video series on your Instagram profile. Every time you ask a customer to buy from you, you’re asking them to take a leap of faith. They need to trust that your product will do what it’s advertised as doing. There are many ways you can help prospective buyers overcome this. One of them is getting reviews from happy customers, which you can then use as social proof to nudge potential shoppers on the fence toward checking out. You can use reviews for your feed, too - just like shampoo brand Animology. They turn the reviews people leave about their products into posts to pepper their Instagram profile with. Takeaway: Regramming customer posts isn’t the only type of social proof you can use on Instagram. Try turning the reviews happy customers leave you into simple image posts. It’s a good way of adding credibility and educating profile visitors on the items you sell. This will come as no surprise to any ecommerce brand worth their salt - but shoppers are increasingly driven by their values. It means they’re expecting the brands they buy from to support the causes they hold close to their hearts. If you’re a brand with a strong social purpose, make sure you’re telling your Instagram followers about it. Take pet food brand Lily’s Kitchen, who pinned this video about their B Corp accreditation to the top of their profile. They were the first pet food brand to the certificate, so it’s only right they shout about it! Takeaway: Shoppers aren’t just interested in your products. They want to know who you are as a business, and what the causes you believe in are. Make sure you use your Instagram profile to tell them! When you’re deciding to buy something - especially when it’s a more considered purchase - you’ll want to know what you’re about to get is the best quality product for what you can afford. Wetsuit brand Orca get it. Their wetsuits are used by athletes around the world, so getting across the performance, reliability and durability of their products is absolutely key. One of the ways they do this is with their ‘OrcaLab’ story Highlights on their Instagram. Using product feature call-outs and cold hard data on the strength of the materials they use, they artfully handle any objections a buyer might have - and make them feel like a product expert as well. (They’re also a Dash customer btw 😇 - check out their story). Takeaway: If you have statistics on how your products help customers achieve their goals, turn them into posts for your Instagram. No-one can argue with science, right? Everyone loves a giveaway! Take inspiration from fitness brand Crossrope. They teamed up with complimentary brands Hyperice and Fight Camp to give away over $6000 worth of products, and promoted it on their Instagram feed. Takeaway: Giveaways are a great way to engage followers. Like the Crossrope example, they can also help you build mutually-beneficial relationships with other companies in your space. It’s the day ecommerce brands both look forward to and dread - yup, we’re talking about Black Friday. To maximise your Black Friday campaigns, promote it as widely as possible using content specifically created for each of your brand’s channels. Take supplement brand Obvi. At the time of writing (a few weeks before the events), they’ve already put their Black Friday sales live and are promoting it on Instagram to their 115,000-strong fan base. They’re making it even more compelling to shoppers by highlighting the freebies you get with your orders, too! Takeaway: Promote any sales you’re running on your Instagram. You could include a custom discount code for your followers to use when they check out, so you can measure how effective your sales promotions have been. A word of caution though - use posts like this sparingly and pepper them with other types of content. Followers might start to drop off if they feel like they’re being sold to constantly. There’s lots of cool inspiration to be found in how fitness wear TALA use their Instagram profile. But one thing we particularly liked is how they use Instagram to promote a range they’re about to drop. Take the below example - they’ve created a mini catalogue of sorts, showing a whole range in a single image. Takeaway: If you’re about to drop an entire new collection, try grouping your products together and posting them in a single Instagram image. From the brands above, here’s 30 ideas you can use to level-up your brand’s Instagram content right now, categorised by tip type. Social proof and reviews Instagram profile optimisation Image and video content But before you dive head first into levelling-up your social media marketing and creating new content for your Instagram, make sure you have the right tools in place. Dash helps marketers keep on top of all the visual content they’re creating - including Instagram posts. Use Dash to manage your content creator approval processes, organise all the graphics you’re creating and sort them by their performance when they finally do go live. It’s free to try and you don’t need a credit card, so set up a trial in seconds! Barney is the Marketing Lead for Dash. He writes about small business marketing strategies and how DTC brands can boost sales. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/building-a-community-around-your-fashion-brand Title: 7 practical tactics for building a community around your fashion brandTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Building a community around your fashion brand is a great way to build connection and brand awareness. These 7 tips will help you get in front of your audience. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/building-a-community-around-your-fashion-brand ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: 7 practical tactics for building a community around your fashion brand H2: 7 ways to build community for your fashion brand H3: 1. Market to an audience of one H3: 2. Build a sense of belonging H3: 3. Create connections through live experiences H3: 4. Showcase your community (and product) with UGC H3: 5. Foster meaningful discussions H3: 6. Make it easy to reward participation H3: 7. Introduce VIP status and perks H2: Build a brand your audience wants to belong to H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: 7 practical tactics for building a community around your fashion brand H2: 7 ways to build community for your fashion brand H3: 1. Market to an audience of one H3: 2. Build a sense of belonging H3: 3. Create connections through live experiences H3: 4. Showcase your community (and product) with UGC H3: 5. Foster meaningful discussions H3: 6. Make it easy to reward participation H3: 7. Introduce VIP status and perks H2: Build a brand your audience wants to belong to H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Fashion brands need more than just subscribers to grow. You need a loyal community—people who love your products, believe in your mission, and keep coming back for more. To build that kind of connection, you’ve got to understand what moves your audience. A global survey of 2,000 online shoppers found that personalisation matters. Think loyalty rewards, smart product suggestions based on size, and seasonal collections tailored to customer needs. Big names like Gymshark and SĂ©zane didn’t get lucky—they built experiences their customers care about. The good news? You can do it too. And with the ecommerce fashion market on track to hit $336.86bn by 2032, there’s plenty of room to grow. You just need the right approach. This guide shares 7 practical ways to turn subscribers into a thriving brand community—backed by real examples. Want your audience to feel like your brand gets them? Like your marketing was made just for them and that their voice matters? Good news: you don’t need to be a huge brand to pull it off. Whether you sell beauty boxes or build fitness apps, these tactics will help you move from stagnant to standout. Here’s how to weave community into everything your fashion brand does. Personalization isn't just a nice touch or using a customer’s name. It’s what builds trust from day one. It’s about sending content based on what they’ve browsed or clicked on and recommending products they’re actually interested in. When someone feels seen and understood, they’re far more likely to stick around. In fact, brands that excel at personalisation are 48% more likely to exceed revenue goals and 71% more likely to report stronger customer loyalty. Imagine what that lift in loyalty (and the revenue that follows) could mean for your next annual reportt. Thoughtful onboarding is one of the easiest wins in your marketing. New customers are already expecting to hear from you—so make that first impression count. Whether it’s a personalised product edit, tailored recommendations, or a simple welcome message that feels genuinely you, this is your chance to show people they’re in the right place. Take Aritzia,a women’s clothing brand known for its elegant, elevated style. It creates ‘everyday luxury to elevate your world.’ Its welcome email plays directly into its mission of making you feel like you’re about to elevate your appearance. With a few well-chosen words, they invite new customers to imagine a more beautiful wardrobe. It’s simple, on-brand, and sets the tone for the kind of experience you can expect. Heads up: Before you start mailing your audience, ensure your messages actually land in their inbox and not the spam folder by authenticating your domain with an SPF checker. For DTC brands, storytelling builds emotional bonds that go way beyond the product. Sharing real, relatable narratives—like your brand’s origin, values, behind-the-scenes moments, or customer stories—invites subscribers into your world. It turns one-off buyers into loyal brand fans. And it works. A University of Chicago study found that emotionally-charged stories grab attention and boost memory retention. Take Spiritual Gangster. Their email might look like a typical sales message at first, but it takes a meaningful turn. They open with a nostalgic nod to the brand’s roots—a single t-shirt—and reflect on how that one piece sparked a full lifestyle brand. It’s a simple story, but it hits. It pulls the reader in and makes them want to keep supporting the journey. The best part? You don’t need a blockbuster origin story to do this. Just be real and speak to what matters to your audience. That’s where loyalty starts. Live events are a great way to boost brand awareness and get in front of new audiences. For fashion brands, you could launch events like seasonal lookbook reveals, virtual styling sessions, or Instagram Lives promoting new product drops. Showing up in real time keeps you top-of-mind, especially because subscribers aren’t just looking for content—they’re looking for connection. Live content delivers both. It creates space for direct interaction, real-time feedback, and storytelling that feels spontaneous and authentic. It reminds your audience that your brand isn’t just a product but a presence in their world. Live content also plays well with people exploring alternatives. If they’re in the market and come across something that is salesy but informational, solves a problem, and feels authentic, you build a bridge new customers can use to become part of your tribe. Zara’s livestream with Cindy and Kaia Crawford gave fans of the clothing brand and legendary supermodel a chance to peer into iconic fashion looks. In the stream, the conversation explores the influence of fashion, but most importantly, how viewers can use what’s in fashion to create their own style. User-generated content (UGC) gives your marketing more authenticity. Real photos or videos from your customers help potential buyers see your product in a real-life context—which can boost trust and drive conversions. It also shows that people genuinely use and enjoy your product, which can help foster a sense of community around your brand. Encouraging subscribers to share their outfits, latest hauls, or how they’ve styled your products gives you authentic, relatable content to use in your marketing. It helps potential customers see your products in action—and builds a sense of community by featuring real people wearing your brand. Sidenote: If you’ve struggled to collaborate with influencers, creators, and customers, how you collect content could be the issue. Dash is a smarter and more reliable way to work with your extended team and partners. It helps you organise all of your content, making it ready to easily reshare all media with your channels. @asseenonmini creates social media content around fashion and often produces UGC for ASOS. This carousel shows how an event became the perfect opportunity to let UGC shine. Strong communities aren’t built through content alone—they grow through two-way conversations. The best brands don’t just talk at their audience; they ask questions, listen to feedback, and respond with intention. Start by thinking about moments in your customer journey where people naturally have opinions—like new product drops, feature launches, or limited-edition releases. Then, give them an easy way to weigh in. Use tools like Instagram polls, TikTok Q&As, or comment threads in your emails or posts. Ask for input on things like upcoming colorways, capsule collections, or which product should come back in the next restock. These kinds of questions show you’re listening—and they make people feel part of the process. Take House of CB, for example. In a recent Instagram post captioned “We’re always listening”, the brand shared a video directly responding to customer feedback. They acknowledged popular requests and showed what changes were coming. Even when faced with negative comments, they didn’t hide behind PR—they responded with honesty and confidence, reminding their audience that real people are behind the brand and genuinely paying attention. Every community has its champions—the ones who always comment, like, share, or shout about your brand. Recognising these super users isn’t just a nice gesture. It’s how you deepen loyalty. Think of early access to new drops, store credit, or a quick feature in your next newsletter. These small but thoughtful rewards can have a big impact. But they’ve got to feel genuine. The best loyalty programs are rooted in values your audience actually cares about like feeling appreciated, not manipulated. Don’t overthink it or overdeliver. Keep rewards simple and transparent. Make them feel like a heartfelt thank you, not a transaction. That’s how you keep your community engaged and excited to keep showing up. The North Face’s XPLR Pass gets this right. Members earn points for doing everyday things (shopping, leaving reviews, joining events) and trade them for exclusive gear or experiences. It works because it’s straightforward, connects to real behaviour, and reinforces what the brand stands for: adventure, loyalty, and recognition. 💡💡Not sure where to start? These membership site ideas can spark inspiration for creating perks your audience will actually care about. While rewards recognise participation, VIP perks take things up a notch, making customers feel like they’re part of something, not just buying from it. Giving your most engaged subscribers access to exclusive collections, early shopping windows, or invite-only events turns them into insiders. But creating die-hard community members isn’t and doesn’t have to be a slog. You can turn your audience into loyalists in simple ways. Giving your community exclusive fashion previews, invites to in-person events or trunk shows, or surprise fashion drops. The more your subscribers feel included, the more invested they become in your brand’s success. And that kind of loyalty is on the rise—subscription-based communities and apps are booming, showing just how valuable it is when people feel like part of something. As an example, lets look at Converse who collaborated with Liverpool Football Club to release a new collection that celebrates the unique style and culture of Liverpool Football Club fans. To share this, they sent an email to everyone on the subscriber list with a clear, aspirational message. Note the Liverpool Football Club logo alongside the Converse logo and a clear invitation to shop. Building a community takes time. While the tactics in this guide aren’t silver bullets, they do help create a brand experience your audience will want to return to. From thoughtful marketing to helpful customer service, every interaction is a chance to show people they’re valued—and that’s what keeps them coming back. Each one works on its own—but together, they give you a clear path to turning subscribers into a connected, loyal community. And when you’re ready to make organising, managing, and sharing your content a whole lot easier? Dash is here for you. It’s the fast, affordable digital asset manager made for growing brands—so you can spend less time chasing files and more time building community. 👉 Get started with Dash and bring your brand to life. Amir is the Head of Demand Gen at Uscreen, an all-in-one membership platform built for video creators. With Uscreen, creators can easily create paid memberships that include an on-demand video library, live streaming capabilities, and their own community space, all in their own branded site and apps. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/bynder-alternatives Title: Bynder DAM alternatives: Which is best for your brand?Twitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Explore Bynder DAM and its alternatives to find the best digital asset management solution for your brand. Compare features, pricing, and usability to make an informed decision for managing your digital assets efficiently. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/bynder-alternatives ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Bynder DAM alternatives: Which is best for your brand? H2: What is digital asset management (DAM)? H2: What are the features of a DAM platform? H3: Bynder pros H3: Bynder cons H3: The best Bynder alternatives H3: How Bynder compares to Dash H3: How to decide which DAM is best for managing digital assets? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Bynder DAM alternatives: Which is best for your brand? H2: What is digital asset management (DAM)? H2: What are the features of a DAM platform? H3: Bynder pros H4: Lots of features H4: Brand templating options for brand consistency H4: Great fit for large brands H3: Bynder cons H4: Bynder pricing is expensive H4: It can be difficult to use the search functionality H4: Bynder can get complicated H4: It can be time-consuming to set up H3: The best Bynder alternatives H4: Dash - for growingecommerce brands H4: Brandfolder - an alternative for enterprise companies H4: Canto - for middle market companies H4: Widen (now Acquia DAM) - for enterprise content management H3: How Bynder compares to Dash H4: Bynder vs. Dash - features H4: Bynder vs. Dash - user experience and usability H4: Bynder vs. Dash - integrations H4: Bynder vs. Dash - integrations H4: Bynder vs. Dash - onboarding and customer service H4: Bynder vs. Dash - pricing and ROI H4: Bynder vs. Dash - who owns what tool? H3: How to decide which DAM is best for managing digital assets? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Bynder is one of the most well-known digital asset management (DAM) systems. Launched in 2013 as Bynder Webdam (it's now just Bynder), it has a huge list of features and is used by global companies like Puma and Five Guys. But if you work for a growing brand or a small business, you could be overwhelmed by Bynder's complexity, extensive features (not all of which you'll use) and expensive price tag. If that rings true, you've come to the right place. We regularly talk to customers comparing Bynder to Dash (our DAM system) and other competitors. So keep reading if you're considering Bynder for your growing brand's digital media files but want to brush up on alternative options before taking the plunge. We've got some pointers for you! Digital asset management (DAM) is a solution to help you manage, search and share your digital assets. Think of it as a central library where all your digital content – images, videos, documents and audio files – are stored, organised and easily found. A DAM system not only helps you with important DAM workflows in the content lifecycle, but also ensures your digital assets are usable across multiple locations. By using a DAM you can maintain brand consistency, collaborate better and manage digital assets more efficiently. Check out our full breakdown of digital asset management for more information. A good DAM platform has all the features to make managing digital assets easy. Here are the key ones to look for when you're comparing vendors: Bynder has a lot going for it. If you have the budget, it could be a good option when looking to build a digital library for your business. Here's some of the main benefits customers talk about in Bynder Webdam reviews. At last count, Bynder talks about 9 main feature modules on their website, all of which cover a range of different use-cases - from creative workflow management to brand templates for printing materials. It's one of the most extensive feature lists provided by a digital asset management platform (ourselves included). Bynder's templating platform is one of its biggest selling points. We know because we're regularly talking to people comparing Dash, our own platform, against Bynder - and it's an area we don't support (yet). Using Bynder's brand template can help your marketing team with content creation, whilst locking down style elements to make sure they stay on brand. It's a great feature if you're a large brand with multiple teams all over the world needing to create marketing content. From the client logos they feature on their site, it's clear Bynder's target market is big brands. It's a reputable enterprise DAM tool designed to help global businesses organise and use their visuals across many different teams and locations. And it's darn good at it. The bottom line: if you're a large company, Bynder's probably right up your alley. Like with any software decision, there's drawbacks to weigh up before deciding on which to go with. Here's what we hear from Dash customers (who are mostly SMEs / SMBs) when they've been looking into Bynder. Finding pricing information from most digital asset management software can be incredibly frustrating. Bynder is no exception: they keep their pricing secret until you book a call with them. However, from what we're able to tell, Bynder's pricing starts at $450 a month for its most basic package. The costs grow as you add more users and features to your subscription. This means it's not necessarily the right fit for small businesses with tighter budgets. {{dam-comparison="/blog-components"}} Some DAMs make it easier than others for you to find the content you're looking for. While Bynder scores highly on this overall, some reviewers (like this one) suggest searching for digital media is tricky. Remember all those features we mentioned? That's great if you're going to use all of them. However, for a growing brand with less complicated requirements, features you don't need can get in the way and make the product difficult to use. And that's especially true if not all of your team are tech-savvy. The more complicated a product, the harder it is to get it embedded in your business and train your colleagues. If you're a larger brand with complex requirements, spending that time will be well worth it. But if you're a smaller business, it could slow you down and get in the way of the work you're trying to do. As one small business Bynder reviewer on G2 said: “[There was a] drawn out onboarding process. Could have probably condensed into 4 fewer weeks of regular meetings.” With such an expensive price tag, any delays getting started will slow down the time it takes for you to see return on your investment. So with that being said, let's look at a handful of key Bynder competitors. You'll want to make sure these make it on to your shortlist when comparing digital asset management solutions: If you're looking for a DAM for ecommerce, or a small business digital asset management tool, look no further than Dash. It's ideal if you're after a user friendly, modern DAM to organise and share your images, videos and marketing content. It's also a great fit if you're an ecommerce brand, as it's one of the only digital asset management systems to integrate with Shopify. Best-in-class DTC brands like Passenger, BrewDog and Roka London use Dash every day to grow their buisness. Brandfolder vs Bynder: who wins out? That'll depend on what you're looking for. Brandfolder most likely has the largest overlap with Bynder in terms of the companies that use their system. They're both designed for enterprise companies, although we personally prefer Brandfolder's more-refined user interface. However, it'll cost you! If review site ITQlick is correct, a Brandfolder subscription costs about $1,600 per feature. Canto is a solid option if you don't want to go with Bynder and you don't have the budget for Brandfolder. Although, starting at $600 a month (or $7,200 a year), it's still pricey and customer reviews cite a few issues with the platform, like its UX and ease-of-use. Check out our Canto alternatives article if you want to find out more. The majority of Widen's customers work for companies with a thousand or more employees. That's according to their G2 profile at least. From what we're able to tell, their pricing matches their huge enterprise audience too, starting at an eye-watering $29,000 a year. But hey, enterprise brands have enterprise budgets right? For further reading, we've also covered other Bynder alternatives - like Image Relay, MediaValet and Air - and how Dash stacks up against them. Growing your brand and trying to decide whether to go with Bynder or Dash for your visual brand assets? Here's how the two DAM tools stack up for small businesses. Bynder is one of the most fully-featured DAM vendors out there. Going off their GetApp review profile, they list 99 features available for you to use. This includes the core DAM features as well as others, like marketing calendars, location control and multi-language support to name a few. Straight up: Dash has half the features Bynder does. Our thinking is that adding extra features only a few customers would use detracts from the overall experience for everybody. Instead, we focus on the key features a growing business needs to create the single source of truth for their digital files and marketing assets. Dash makes sure it covers all of the digital asset management features you'd expect, and do them well. You can organise and search for your content, use our asset sharing features, set up public portals, and get it ready for your marketing campaigns. Dash offers more advanced features important to growing brands too, like user permissions, version control and content upload approvals. Take it from Miguel, who manages Reebok in South America. He opted for Dash after considering Bynder. In his words “Bynder isn’t bad - it's a platform that has good features we’d find helpful. But it was very expensive! We needed to store less than one terabyte and the cost that came back was around $20,000 per year!” Dash doesn't lock features behind expensive tiers, either. All our features, and unlimited users, are available from day one. So if you're deciding which product to go with based purely on the number of features, Bynder wins out. But often with digital asset management software, lots of extra features = lots of extra complexity. Think about what you actually want your DAM to do, and be wary of paying more for bells and whistles you'll never use. You can take a look around Bynder's site to get a sense of their visual environment. It feels similar to a shared drive in how it presents your creative assets. Although some G2 reviewers have complained about Bynder's interface feeling dated and difficult to use: but we'll leave it to you to be the judge of that. Dash, on the other hand, has won awards for its user-friendly interface. Whether they're marketers or designers, every Dash user is a creative person. They're creating, using and sending visuals every day. They really care about their work. So why keep them in a tool that doesn't do their creative assets justice? We want Dash users to be inspired by their visual assets, so we've made sure our UX does their content justice. Here's what how Bynder's UX compares to Dash's: Dash and Bynder offer some of the same integrations with a few notable differences. Bynder beats Dash on the number of integrations overall. They work with tools found in the tech stacks of bigger brands, like Getty Images, HubSpot and Mobius Labs. For Dash, we focus on the tools most likely found in the tech stack of growing brands. Like Bynder, we integrate with tools which support content production and your creative team, like Canva and Adobe Creative Cloud. And you can also use Dash for your asset distribution by syncing up tools like Hootsuite to get your assets in front of potential customers. We also integrate with tools Bynder doesn't - such as Shopify. Dash and Bynder offer some of the same integrations with a few notable differences. Bynder beats Dash on the number of integrations overall. They work with tools found in the tech stacks of bigger brands, like Getty Images, HubSpot and Mobius Labs. For Dash, we focus on the tools most likely found in the tech stack of growing brands. Like Bynder, we integrate with tools which support content production and your creative team, like Canva and Adobe Creative Cloud. And you can also use Dash for your asset distribution by syncing up tools like Hootsuite to get your assets in front of potential customers. We also integrate with tools Bynder doesn't - such as Shopify Both digital asset management (DAM) vendors rank well in terms of the customer service they offer. According to G2's comparison report, reviewers ranked the quality of Dash's customer support score as 96 out of 100, while Bynder's was only slightly behind at 91. That being said, Bynder focuses on providing support for big companies working across multiple locations. That often means a lengthy onboarding processes to get creative assets from their old home onto their new DAM system. Dash is designed for growing businesses. It's really easy to get in touch with us - you can just start a chat with us within the app and talk to an actual person. We'll also migrate your digital content from Drive orDropbox to your new asset library in Dash, and we'll do it for free. We'll also set up onboarding calls with you to make sure you're getting the most out of your Dash. Our onboarding team makes sure our customers are up and running on Dash four times as fast as those going with Bynder. Let's talk cold hard cash. Most DAM vendors (cough - not us - cough 😇) are secretive about their pricing. It's like they got in a room one day and were like “hey, let's make people jump through loads of hoops before they can even figure out whether they can afford us or not”. That makes things tricky when deciding which tool to go for. From what we can tell, Bynder's basic package sets you back $450 a month or $5,400 a year. And, as we covered earlier - in the case of a more established brand like Reebok, you could be looking to pay at least $20,000. They have a traditional pricing model, where you'll be charged by user numbers and the additional features you decide to bolt-on to your subscription. In the words of Matt, fwip's Head of Creative, who was comparing us against Bynder: “Bynder is a great system and would have done the job. But it was just too expensive, especially since Bynder charges per user. Dash does the same job but is much better priced, especially for the size of our company.” They also have other costs you'll be charged, depending on your needs - like fees for data migration, onboarding and training. Dash does things differently. From $139 a month it's cheaper to get started, for one. You get unlimited users and access to every feature as soon as you sign up. Instead, our pricing is usage-based. It means you only pay for the downloads and asset storage you need. Because Dash is more affordable, you'll also earn back your DAM ROI much quicker. According to a G2 comparison report, it'll take your 12 months to get your ROI back on Dash, compared to 24 for Bynder. Bynder was acquired by an established private equity firm, Thomas H. Lee Partners, in December 2022. It’s one of a handful of tools in the digital asset management industry to be bought in recent years, like huge tech company Smartsheet buying Brandfolder. Dash, on the other hand, is owned by a small business, Bright, with over 20 years experience in the field. We’re privately funded and independently owned, meaning we don’t have to answer to shareholders or board members. Now you've got a view of how Dash compares to Bynder, there's a lot to mull over -so let's summarise. Here's what to consider when deciding which DAM tool to go for: To help you out, download our editable DAM comparison spreadsheet to whittle down your favourites. If you're leaning more toward Dash, feel free to book a demo with one of our team - we'd be happy to chat! Or if you'd rather trial Dash yourself, you can create a free, no-strings trial Barney is the Marketing Lead for Dash. He writes about small business marketing strategies and how DTC brands can boost sales. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/bynder-vs-brandfolder Title: Bynder vs. Brandfolder: Which is better for your brand?Twitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Compare Bynder and Brandfolder to discover which digital asset management solution suits your brand needs. Explore features, pricing and customer support. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/bynder-vs-brandfolder ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Bynder vs. Brandfolder: Which is better for your brand? H2: What is Bynder? H2: What is Brandfolder? H2: Brandfolder vs Bynder: Key features H2: Bynder vs. Brandfolder: Pricing H2: Brandfolder vs Bynder: User interface and experience H2: Brandfolder vs Bynder: Onboarding H2: Bynder vs Brandfolder: Customer support H2: Which is the best digital asset management tool for you? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Bynder vs. Brandfolder: Which is better for your brand? H2: What is Bynder? H2: What is Brandfolder? H2: Brandfolder vs Bynder: Key features H2: Bynder vs. Brandfolder: Pricing H2: Brandfolder vs Bynder: User interface and experience H2: Brandfolder vs Bynder: Onboarding H2: Bynder vs Brandfolder: Customer support H2: Which is the best digital asset management tool for you? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content You’ve probably noticed that Bynder and Brandfolder are mentioned a lot when you’re researching for a digital asset manager. That’s because they’ve been around a long time and have become dominant players in the (DAM) industry. But they’re super expensive and their features are complex, which makes them poor DAM contenders for growing ecommerce brands on a budget. But the good thing is you don’t have to settle for either of them. There are digital asset management solutions, like Dash đŸ€©, built for the unique challenges of a growing businesses. And it’s super affordable, too. In this article, we’ll compare two of the most popular DAM tools, Bynder and Brandfolder. You’ll learn about their differences whilst discovering alternatives that and are ideal for marketing teams and won’t break the bank. In their words, “Bynder is a digital asset management (DAM) platform that goes far beyond managing digital assets.” They’re all about helping large businesses collaborate and launch marketing campaigns faster. Organising and sharing visual assets is an important part of this, yes. But it also includes: Bynder could become the favourite tool in your arsenal if you’re an enterprise business looking for an all-in-one platform to help you coordinate large-scale marketing efforts. But all those extra features easily overwhelm smaller, more agile companies and make the digital asset management experience super complicated. We covered more pros and cons in our Bynder alternatives article. It’s nearly impossible to discuss visual asset management without mentioning Brandfolder. It’s been around for a while (2012, precisely) and helps large companies like Zoom and Celerion save thousands of brand asset management hours through efficient asset sharing. Brandfolder clients particularly love how it balances many features with a functional and easy-to-understand user interface. Let’s take a quick look at some of the things enterprise companies can do with Brandfolder: But it’s not the best solution for growing brands. Read our Brandfolder alternative article to find out why. {{dam-comparison="/blog-components"}} Let’s see how these two DAM heavyweight tools square up with each other so you have a better idea of what they can do for your growing ecommerce business. Starts at $1600 per month Starts at $450 per month with a 30-day trial API for custom integrations If you’re looking at these features and wishing you could get them at a reasonable cost, then you’re in luck. Dash offers most of the important digital asset management benefits that Brandfolder and Bynder does, but for just ÂŁ99/$139 per month. Dash also has essential features required for a growing ecommerce business, including: Check out our complete list of digital asset management features to find out how Dash can help you grow your brand. In typical enterprise DAM fashion, Bynder and Brandfolder aren't upfront about pricing, so you need to contact them for a custom quote. Honestly, you'll have to jump through a few hoops. You'll need to book a demo call, explain your business's specific needs and wait for a sales manager to design a custom plan for you. What's more, visual content is super important to most ecommerce brands, so you'll likely have loads of assets that you want to store which will push the price up. Just take Kelly Wynne, who was quoted $10,000+ for a DAM, just because they wanted to store lots of assets! To give you an idea on pricing, we dug around and found that Brandfolder pricing plans start at a whopping $1,600 per month, while Bynder's basic package costs about $450 monthly. These are huge numbers for any small business, plus you'll be paying for many features you don't need. Things are different with Dash. First, we are very transparent about pricing and features because we don't want you jumping through hoops just to find out if we fit your budget. We know that every minute counts for a growing ecommerce business and we want to help you find the right DAM software—so you can start reaping the rewards early. Now, to the actual numbers: For ÂŁ99/$139 per month, you get access to all of Dash's features, including portals for external collaborators, integrations to apps like Dropbox and Hootsuite, and so much more, from day one. You also get unlimited users, meaning you won't suddenly be paying more as your team grows. In one of our customer's words, “The value for money is unbeatable compared with competitors who offer more expensive solutions with more options, but which we don't want to use because of the size of our company. Dash adapts to our company's size and provides the functionality we need at our level.” A well-designed DAM with intuitive navigation and a visually pleasing interface will reduce the time you spend searching for digital media files. When comparing Brandfoler vs Bynder: Brandfolder wins. It has a simple yet visually elegant interface that lets you easily organise and deploy images and videos. Take a look. 👇 It's pretty easy to use too. In one user's review, they say: “The intuitive user interface makes it easy for our team to add assets. Navigating is simple for the reviewers. We have access to all the industry standard tools that simplify organising and sharing assets. We don't need to spend much time training those who use Brandfolder. You can log in and get up to speed very quickly.” However, the user experience still needs a bit of work. For example, the auto-tagging feature sometimes adds irrelevant keywords to your content's metadata, which you have to update manually. Assets can easily get mixed up or lost if you don't have a solid tagging system Bynder's users say the tool's out-of-the-box UI experience can be a bit barebones and confusing without customisation. The design feels clunky and has a significant learning curve because of its many features. “It just feels like dated technology, to be honest,” one user explains. “We were learning how to create a visually pleasing home page for our DAM, and I felt like I was using a website backend from 2005. There are also simple things it can't do, like a notification system for users when certain asset types are added.” Here's a screenshot of Bynder's interface. So, how does Dash compare? Pretty well, if we do say so ourselves. Our user interface is super user-friendly and designed to do your visual content justice. For example, you get beautiful image previews instead of boring thumbnails. Most of our customers' Dash's could pass for beautifully curated Pinterest pages 😍. Take COAT Paints, for example. Dash helps you quickly locate and distribute your assets. The advanced search functionality and auto-tagging make it easy for you to organise assets and find what you need on time. As one of our customers explains: “Finding images is incredibly easy with Dash's tagging system. Dash is worlds more intuitive and streamlined than any other DAM system I've used. My colleagues can find exactly what they need in seconds and easily send packages to partners.” Both Brandfolder and Bynder have significant learning curves. Even with robust onboarding processes, it takes time to get the hang of how they work and use them effectively. For example, this Brandfolder user says they don't have a 100% understanding of the tool despite spending hours on training. And this user had to hire an in-house Brandfolder administrator to help the team get and stay up to speed with the tool. It's a similar narrative to Bynder. Several gaps in its knowledge base make it difficult for users to learn about and implement features quickly. For example, this user struggled with organising and categorising assets into hierarchies. “It takes some effort to understand the logic behind setting up the digital asset management taxonomy—some settings are not easily found/understood. Setting up the single sign-on (for Azure) is not that difficult, but it would have helped to have platform-specific help/instruction. Now, we spent quite some time finding it out ourselves.” Getting started with Dash is really easy. First, you won't need to spend time undergoing lengthy onboarding training or hire in-house support. We have a robust self-serve academy where you and your team can watch (and rewatch) hands-on tutorials for setting up your Dash on your own schedules. We also have a help centre filled with support articles explaining our features. On top of that, there's an Ideas Hub where you can submit feature requests and provide direct feedback to our product development team. But we know these resources don't replace the need for human interaction. That's why we have a super-responsive customer success team on call to help you resolve any issues quickly. As a matter of fact, we were voted as having the Best Relationship at G2's Spring Awards Here's what one of our customers thinks about our awesome CS team: “Dash's customer service is fast. They never tell you, ‘Have you searched this already?' They just get on with the job of helping you so you can keep working. Working with a new system is always hard, but the service team at Dash have been so helpful in getting things how we want them without sending us loads of YouTube links to watch to try and fix the problem ourselves.” You already know that Dash takes the lead in customer support responsiveness. Let's see how Bynder and Brandfolder compare. Bynder has done a great job with customer support. In fact, there are lots of glowing reviews where Bynder customers shout out their favourite customer success managers, like this one: “[Bynder employee] has been an excellent trainer! Answers all questions and concerns, trains us accordingly and does not overwhelm us with information. [Other Bynder employee]was also a great help when we needed additional add-ons in our subscription and made sure we got what we were looking for.” But some aspects of their service need a bit of work. For example, customers don't have points of contact on the customer success team, which affects how quickly they can get a response from Bynder's support team. How does Brandfolder compare? Its support team covers the basics like responding to customer issues, providing training and helping customers make the most out of the tool. But larger teams say the support process isn't as hands-on as they need. “I don't find our CSM to be very helpful. That's not necessarily a downside of the platform itself, but we have 1,000 staff members using this platform and could sometimes use some extra support with training opportunities. We've been told we have to pay extra for these services.” If you use Dash, we'll never charge you extra help. You can simply send us a message via the in-app chat support, and we'll aim to resolve your issue ASAP. And, if necessary, we'll be available to hop on a quick call so you can share your screen and show us what your issue is. To learn more about our support, check out our G2 profile which rates us as having 9.6/10 for quality of customer support. 🙌 Now you've weighed up Brandfolder and Bynder, where does that leave you? Remember, you don't need to settle for an enterprise DAM solution. Even if you've got lots of budget to spend on a digital asset management tool, why would you want to spend thousands of dollars on a software solution that might not fit all your needs? If this rings true, here's a quick summary of why Dash might be the better choice: If you're interested to hear from real customers, take a look at some ecommerce brands who love using Dash for their digital asset management workflows: We hope you like the sound of Dash, but if you're keeping your options open, check out these handy resources to help you find the best DAM for your business. We've also got a series of articles exploring some key digital asset management vendors and their alternatives: ‍But, if you're ready to jump in, try Dash for free with a 14-day, no-commitment trial and let us know what you think ✹ Faith Uzuegbu is a content marketer and freelance writer for B2B SaaS and tech companies like ClassPass, PlayPlay, and Thinkific. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/canto-alternatives Title: Canto digital asset management alternatives: which DAM should you pick?Twitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Is Canto the right digital asset management solution for your small business? Discover Canto's pros and cons, and alternative DAMs for your brand. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/canto-alternatives ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Canto digital asset management alternatives: which DAM should you pick? H2: What is Canto digital asset management? H2: Canto's pros and cons H3: ‍ H2: Canto digital asset management alternatives H2: Dash vs Canto: which is better for your brand? H3: Dash vs. Canto: Features H3: Canto vs Dash: user interface H3: Canto vs Dash: pricing H3: Canto vs Dash: integrations H3: Canto vs Dash: onboarding H3: Canto vs Dash: customer support H2: Picking the right digital asset management software for your brand H2: Try Dash’s ecommerce DAM for free ✹ H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Canto digital asset management alternatives: which DAM should you pick? H2: What is Canto digital asset management? H2: Canto's pros and cons H3: ‍ H2: Canto digital asset management alternatives H4: Dash - for ecommerce brands H4: Brandfolder - for enterprise brands H4: Bynder - an alternative to Brandfolder for enterprise brands H4: Photoshelter - for your creative workflows H4: Acquia DAM - for templating and project management H2: Dash vs Canto: which is better for your brand? H3: Dash vs. Canto: Features H3: Canto vs Dash: user interface H4: ‍ H3: Canto vs Dash: pricing H3: Canto vs Dash: integrations H3: Canto vs Dash: onboarding H3: Canto vs Dash: customer support H2: Picking the right digital asset management software for your brand H2: Try Dash’s ecommerce DAM for free ✹ H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content If you’ve been researching digital asset management (DAM) tools, Canto has likely been on your radar. It’s a well-known DAM built for large enterprises, but is it the right fit for your brand? For growing DTC companies, a DAM should be affordable, intuitive, and designed to help you organise, share, and deploy content seamlessly. Canto, however, comes with hidden pricing, a clunky interface, and missing key ecommerce features. While it does offer a separate PIM tool, it’s an add-on with unclear pricing, making it hard to gauge what you’ll actually pay. That’s why we’ve put together this Canto comparison guide. We’ll break down Canto’s pros and cons, explore alternatives, and show you how Dash—a DAM designed for ecommerce—stacks up. Canto is a digital asset management (DAM) system designed to help businesses store, organise, and share digital content. It’s a popular choice for large enterprises that need a structured way to manage brand assets across multiple teams and external partners. With Canto, you can tag, search, and control access to files, and it integrates with various marketing and creative tools. However, it’s not the most accessible DAM for ecommerce brands. For example, it doesn’t have some essential ecommerce features like a Shopify integration, built-in image resizing for your marketing channels and feedback tools. Plus, pricing isn’t transparent—you’ll need to book a call just to find out the cost—and customer reviews suggest it has a clunky interface with a bit of a learning curve. If you’re looking for a more intuitive, cost-effective DAM that’s built for ecommerce, Dash might be the better fit. (But more on that later 😉). Let’s look at some of Canto’s pros and cons. We’ll go into a little more detail when we compare Canto against Dash (further on in the article), but this gives you a summary if you don’t have time to read the entire article. Canto has several promising features ideal for big businesses who need to manage their marketing assets. Here are some things that Canto does well: With any research into a new product, it’s important to take a look at the drawbacks too. Here are some of Canto’s: Not yet sure whether Canto is for you? Take a look at these Canto competitors and alternatives to see what else is on the market. Dash is designed specifically for ecommerce businesses, giving you the features, usability, and integrations that support your workflow. With guest uploads, you can collect UGC from creators and influencers without adding extra users. Portals make it easy to collaborate with retail partners and agencies, giving them instant access to approved assets. The Shopify integration helps teams update product listings quickly, meaning you can launch products faster. Dash is also affordable and transparent. Plans start at ÂŁ99 / $139 per month, with all features included and unlimited users. There are no hidden costs or expensive upgrades. Check out our digital asset management guide for ecommerce or keep scrolling for a direct Dash vs. Canto comparison. Brandfolder is an enterprise-level DAM through-and-through. They’re used by big-named brands like Slack, Mastercard and McLaren. In addition to managing digital assets, Brandfolder excels in handling product data, which is crucial for retail and manufacturing marketers to enhance brand consistency and improve efficiency. As well as the standard DAM features, you can send assets directly to your printer. They also support content creation by providing design templates within the app. They’re expensive - costing about $1,600 to get started - so this is only feasible if you’ve got the money to spend. Read our full article that covers Brandfolder alternatives. Bynder is another digital asset management tool that’s ideal for enterprise businesses. It’s one of the most well-known DAM systems on the market and is used by brands like Zendesk and Boohoo. Bynder also offers professional services for batch importing and exporting of metadata, which can be a valuable support option when built-in capabilities are lacking. Bynder is especially useful if you’re a large company who needs to deploy digital media files to locations all over the world. For a basic package, Bynder will set you back around $450 a month. Take a look at Barney’s post for a full comparison of Bynder Often compared to Canto, Photoshelter is another DAM tool that's built for enterprise businesses. Their mission is to help you with your brand storytelling, so they've put particular focus on building creative workflows. However, some customer reviews suggest they are pricey, especially when it comes to giving new users access to basic DAM functions. Previously called ‘Widen', Acquia DAM is another big DAM tool best suited to enterprise companies. On top of its essential DAM features you can add on templating tools and connect with project management software. It's unclear how much the essential DAM package will cost you, so it's hard to tell how much extra these add-ons will be. For more digital asset management comparisons, take a look at our full list of articles: Frontify alternatives Air digital asset management MediaValet alternatives Image Relay alternatives {{dam-comparison="/blog-components"}} How does Canto compare to our very own digital asset management platform, Dash? Let's take a look. 👀👇 When choosing a digital asset management (DAM) system, you want something that fits seamlessly into your ecommerce workflow, not just a one-size-fits-all tool designed for enterprises. Let’s take a closer look at how Canto and Dash compare. 👇 Organising your content Both Dash and Canto offer tagging, folders, and collections to help you structure and organise your visual content. Auto-tagging suggests labels based on the content of your images, while custom fields let you categorise assets in a way that makes sense for your team. The key difference is that Dash also provides visual tags, making it even easier to scan and browse your content. Instead of relying solely on text-based search, you can quickly spot the right asset at a glance, helping your team move faster and stay organised. A well-organised DAM makes finding assets faster and easier. Here’s how Dash and Canto compare when it comes to search. Like any good DAM, Canto’s metadata-driven search system lets you filter assets by tags, categories, and fields. However, the user interface (which we'll look at later) makes searching tricky. This customer says: “Canto's user interface is not the most user-friendly or intuitive. It feels a bit outdated and there are a lot of buttons and menu items to sort through to find what you need.” Dash is designed to make searching simple and intuitive. You can jump between folders and subfolders or use tags and filters to quickly find the right product shot, lifestyle image, or video. The simple interface also means people who don’t regularly use Dash can quickly grab what they need. Take BrewDog for example. They work with hundreds of bars and partners around the world, so they need their DAM to make sense to anyone needing to grab assets quickly. Jack, the brand’s Campaign Activator said: ‍“We just needed our DAM to be really intuitive. A person who's never worked at BrewDog or been on our DAM site before just needs to be able to go in and find what they're looking for. We don't have the capacity to constantly teach people how to use the system.” Luckily Dash’s features like easy search and portals was just what they were looking for. ✹ Sharing content with teams and partners Your DAM should do more than store files—it should make it easy to share assets with internal teams, retail partners, agencies, and influencers. Here’s how Canto and Dash stack up: Canto’s sharing features Canto lets users share files via portals and public links, making it possible to distribute content to external partners. However, some users mention that updates don’t always sync in real-time, meaning recipients may end up viewing outdated assets unless you manually refresh the links. Additionally, some customers have found Canto’s permissions and access settings confusing, making it harder to control who sees what. If you’re working with multiple retail partners or agencies, this could slow down your workflow. Dash’s sharing features Dash makes sharing seamless and frustration-free. You can create dedicated portals for retailers, agencies, and influencers, ensuring they always have access to the right, up-to-date brand assets. Dash also has a guest uploads feature, which lets influencers and content creators upload UGC directly to your DAM—without needing a full user account. This is a game-changer for ecommerce brands that regularly work with influencers, photographers, and freelancers. Getting assets web-ready A good DAM should make it easy to prepare and deploy assets for your website, social channels, and ecommerce platforms. Here’s how Dash and Canto compare when it comes to getting assets web-ready. Getting assets ready in Canto Whilst Canto offers a number of core asset management features, it falls short when it comes to helping you deploy content to your channels. For example, if you need to crop or resize images, you’ll have to integrate with a Content Delivery Network (CDN) through its Media Delivery Cloud (MDC). This sounds rather complicated if you don’t have dedicated IT support. Plus, once you’ve got this set up you have to navigate the clunky admin section in order to set up your preset and crop sizes.  😅 Getting assets ready in Dash Dash is designed to help ecommerce and marketing teams move fast. Instead of relying on awkward CDNs, you can resize and crop images directly within Dash. Whether it’s a banner image for your website, a product shot for Shopify, or a perfectly sized asset for social media, Dash’s download presets will ensure your team members always have the best asset for your channels. Plus, it’s really easy for admins to access the crop presets via the asset page. When it comes to the usability and look of your DAM, you should expect something that does your visual content justice. You wouldn't present your holiday pics in an old, tattered and poorly laid out photo album, would you? So why compromise when it comes to your brand's digital asset? A quick search on G2 shows me that Canto's user interface is not their strongest feature. Customers are saying that it's ‘clunky' and hard to navigate. This may be okay for people who are using the asset library regularly, but as this customer points out, it's not ideal for users who only need to grab assets every now and then: “The UI is confusing. A lot of buttons don't have labels and unclear icons
The portals take a long time to update when you make changes. The main organization page looks overwhelming to new users and the default view is sorting by newest assets.” Now let's compare it with Dash. Our goal is to make digital asset management super simple for growing DTC brands, so we've deliberately designed the interface to be clean and intuitive. You can easily get started without the need for lengthy onboarding calls. Dash lets your beautiful brand assets do the talkin'. Having them front and centre brings your brand to life and encourages your team members to jump straight in. It doesn't just look good, but helps you make the most of those assets you've spent time and money creating and sourcing. Just see what one of our customers, Forthglade, has to say: “For the cost, Dash is really competitive. We've got people in the business who haven't used a DAM system before, so Dash's simple usability and UX was a major selling point. It meant it was really easy to get everyone using the system quickly and effectively.” But aesthetics are subjective, right? Here's a side-by-side comparison of Dash's UX and an official screenshot from Canto's G2 profile so you can make your own mind up. 😉 If there's one thing that's lacking in the digital asset management industry, it's transparent pricing. And yes, Canto is yet another DAM that doesn't offer clear pricing on its website. Supposedly it has the “simplest pricing model” on the market, yet you have to fill out a form and talk to an employee if you want to find out how much it's going to cost. Some websites suggest Canto will set you back about $600 a month ($7200 a year). And G2 reviews suggest that Canto is a little pricey for the quality of the product. Luckily, it couldn't be easier to see how much you'll need to set aside for Dash. Dash pricing starts at ÂŁ99/$139 a month. You get all features as standard along with unlimited users. Your subscription fee will only increase if you decide to add more assets or increase the number of monthly downloads. We've priced our DAM with small businesses in mind, which means you don't have to fork out for an enterprise solution if you want a good system. Better yet, Dash has the best ROI for growing businesses. So it'll be an easier sell to your boss. 😇 This is something Kim from RevAir says has been a game changer for her brand: “I would absolutely recommend Dash. For what it costs per month, I easily get ten times the return in productivity from my team members, in addition to happier team members and better quality work. I encourage anyone, especially anyone working with agencies, to look at Dash and think about how they could do things differently.” Canto offers more native integrations than Dash, but it’s not just about quantity—it’s about the right fit for your workflow. Since Dash is built for ecommerce and DTC brands, it includes integrations that help you manage, share, and deploy assets faster across your key marketing and sales channels. What Dash and Canto have in common Both tools integrate with: What Canto integrates with that Dash doesn’t What Dash integrates with that Canto doesn’t Dash also makes it easy to embed assets directly into tools like Klaviyo using share links, so you can quickly drop product images and videos into emails and campaigns. If you’re running a DTC brand and need a DAM that integrates with your ecommerce and marketing stack, Dash is designed to support the way you work—helping you get content to the right places without unnecessary complexity. Getting up and running with your new DAM is important in helping you get the most out of it.  With Dash, it's super easy to get started. Our onboarding team will help you migrate your assets from Google Drive, Dropbox or another DAM system for free. And we can set up a training session with your team to show you how the system works. Canto's onboarding looks pretty straightforward according to G2 reviews. In fact, many customers encourage you to make the most of it because the interface, once you start using it, can be clunky and complicated. Customers consistently praise Dash for our high level of customer support. and Just take a look at what Abi, the brand manager at COAT Paints has to say: đŸ„° “The Dash team is incredibly responsive to any queries and always quick to find a solution. In my experience, no other platform has matched the level of customer service that Dash provides.” If you want to get in contact with us, all you'll need to do is send us a message directly via the app and a real person will get back to you. And if you have any ideas on feature enhancements or new functionality, you can drop your thoughts in our feedback portal. If lots of people vote on it, we'll take it into our product roadmap. Canto also rates well for customer service - they get a 4.6 out of 5 stars on TrustPilot After going through everything above, you should have a clearer idea of what kind of DAM will work best for your business. One thing to remember: you don’t need to spend thousands on an enterprise-level system to get a powerful DAM. There are affordable options—like Dash—that provide all the essential features without the hefty price tag. Dash is designed for ecommerce and DTC brands, so you get a system that fits your workflow, helps you organise and deploy assets efficiently, and doesn’t lock features behind expensive plans. Still unsure? Here are a few things to look for when researching DAM vendors: Pricing transparency is key. Some DAM providers don’t publish their costs and require lengthy sales calls to get a quote. Others lock essential features behind enterprise plans, forcing you to pay more just to get the tools you actually need. With Dash, pricing starts at just ÂŁ99/$139 per month, with all features included and no long-term contracts—so you can cancel anytime if it’s not the right fit. The easier a DAM is to use, the faster your team can get up and running—which means a quicker return on investment. On average, it takes one month to get fully up and running with Dash. With Canto, it takes two months. This is due to Canto’s clunkier interface and complex structures. Dash, on the other hand, is intuitive and user-friendly, so your team can jump straight in without hours of training.  Everything is designed to be quick, simple, and efficient—helping you get your product content out to channels faster. 3. Seamless workflows A DAM should fit seamlessly into your team’s workflow and make content management easier. For example, do you need to approve content before it goes live in your DAM? With Dash, you can set up approval workflows, so your designers, marketers, or product teams can collaborate effortlessly. This saves time, keeps everything organised, and ensures only approved content is used across your channels. If you need a DAM that’s easy to use, fits your ecommerce workflow, and doesn’t cost a fortune, Dash is designed to give you all the tools you need. You try it for yourself with a 14-day free trial (no credit card required). ✹ Amy Burchill is the SEO and Content Manager for Dash. She works with ecommerce experts to create articles for DTC brands wanting to improve their campaigns. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/canva-design-tips Title: How to create better designs in Canva?Twitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Top tips for creating better designs in Canva. From removing the background to curving your text, learn to create awesome graphics for your brand. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/canva-design-tips ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: How to create better designs in Canva? H3: How to search Canva layouts? H3: How to remove an image’s background in Canva? H3: How to get a transparent background in Canva? H3: How to upload fonts to Canva? H3: How to curve text? H3: How to group objects? H3: How to create gifs? H3: How to draw in Canva? H3: How to create a table? H3: How to print in Canva? H3: Organising your designs H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: How to create better designs in Canva? H3: How to search Canva layouts? H3: How to remove an image’s background in Canva? H3: How to get a transparent background in Canva? H3: How to upload fonts to Canva? H3: How to curve text? H3: How to group objects? H3: How to create gifs? H3: How to draw in Canva? H3: How to create a table? H3: How to print in Canva? H3: Organising your designs H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content As marketers, we have to wear different hats. For many smaller brands without in-house designers, it can fall to us marketing folk to create the graphics needed for all the channels we run. Canva makes this much easier. I use it all the time, like when I’m creating content for Dash’s social channels. Since Dash just released a nifty integration with Canva, I thought I’d share some tips and tricks for creating better designs. ✹ The variety of templates and layouts in Canva means you don’t have to start from scratch. To search for a layout, just head to the search bar on your home. For example, if you type ‘Facebook post’, you’ll find hundreds of templates for you to draw inspiration from. 💡If you’re creating a certain type of content on the regular, you can set up your own branded templates to make things quicker. Want to get started creating designs in Canva? Check out our free templates to help you create eye-catching ecommerce ads. {{ecommerce-templates-canva="/blog-components"}} Ever wondered how to remove the background of an image without the need for an Adobe account? You can do just that in Canva - and it means you don’t have to bother your designers or try and complete the job in Photoshop. 🙌 In Canva, simply drop in your image, click ‘edit image’ and click ‘background remover’ on the left-hand side. And if that doesn’t remove the background as neatly as you’d like, there’s an ‘erase’ and ‘restore’ function that allows you to edit manually. When you download your Canva projects, you’ll get the option to make your background transparent. This is super-handy if you have lots of white space that you don’t want to be visible. Simply go to share > download > and tick the ‘transparent background’ option. Many brands have their own fonts. If you can’t spot yours in Canva, add your own by heading to your ‘brand kit’ from the home page. You can pick whether to upload your font in OTF, TTF, and WOFF formats. 💡Complete your ‘brand kit’ by uploading your logo colour palette to use in future designs. To curve your text in Canva, simply select your copy and click on ‘effects’ in the panel at the top. The ‘curved text’ option will be underneath ‘shape’ in the left-hand pop-out. You can then use the slider to change how curvy you want your text to be. Grouping in Canva comes in handy whenever you to move multiple elements around your Canva design, without screwing up their alignment. Simply select all the objects you want to group and click ‘group’ in the top right-hand corner. 💡Once you’ve found the perfect position for your object(s), you can click the padlock button (top right) to lock it into place. Yes, we love a good gif! It’s a great way to add life to a static image. To turn your image into a gif click on the different elements you want to bring to life, select ‘animate’ from the top panel and experiment with the different effects. 💡If you'd rather just use a template and save time, then pick a preset animated social media layout instead. When you download, select ‘gif’ from the download drop-down options. Alternatively, if you’re adding your gif to a WordPress, HubSpot or other CMS tools, you can generate an embed link (which will automatically update if you ever change the gif in Canva). Going freestyle in Canva is super easy. You’ll need to add it as an extension to your Canva account. Head to ‘more’ in any project and select the ‘draw’ application. Once added, just pick a colour and get scribbling. You can even make your project sparkle by using the glow pen. 😍 Creating a table in Canva is a relatively new feature, but one that’s been needed for a while now. 🙌Head to the elements section in your project and search ‘table’. You’ll then get a selection of different table types that you can drop into your design. Change the size, number of rows and columns and edit the colours. Here’s a YouTube video from Canva so you can see it in action. There are loads of ways to print in Canva. You’re able to send your designs directly to a printer who’ll print merchandise for you - from t-shirts to hoodies, posters, stickers and mug. If you want to print your designs on paper yourself, head to share > download > PDF print. Now that you’ve created lots of gorgeous designs in Canva, make sure your team have access to them. Whilst you can store your designs in your Canva account, only people with a login will be able to see and download them. This is not the best use of all your work. Instead, consider Dash. 😇 Our digital asset management tool (DAM) provides a home for all of your brand’s visual content - not just the designs created in Canva. It’s a place your team can go to manage and find the visuals they need to launch campaigns, share with agencies or simply draw inspiration for new ideas. To find out more, take a look at my blog post all about digital asset management. Or, have a read of Barney’s post about our integration with Canva. ✹ Amy Burchill is the SEO and Content Manager for Dash. She works with ecommerce experts to create articles for DTC brands wanting to improve their campaigns. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/canva-integration Title: New Dash feature - Drop assets into your Canva designsTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Dash now integrates with Canva! Find us on the Canva App Directory. Search for then drop the images from Dash straight into your Canva designs. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/canva-integration ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: New Dash feature - Drop assets into your Canva designs H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: New Dash feature - Drop assets into your Canva designs H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content We’ve just launched an integration with Canva! You can drop your images in Dash right into your designs - all without leaving Canva. It’s just one of the ways we’re working to make the lives of our customers easier. Less time finding assets means more time to grow your brand! For the uninitiated, Canva is a graphic design tool for non-graphic designers. If you’re a marketer, like me, you’ll likely need to create lots of different graphics to use in your campaigns, social and on your website. Canva makes it easy to create ad-hoc designs without requiring a graphic designer. Dash is designed to make it easy for you and your team to organise, share and use all your images and videos. This integration means you won’t have to download assets from your Dash to reupload them into your Canva design. Instead, just search for the images you want to use in your Dash straight from Canva. You’ll need working Dash and Canva accounts to use this. If you don’t have a Canva account already, you can get one for free. Here’s how to set up the integration: Read Charlie's article for more information. Get started with Dash’s Canva integration and let us know what you think! Barney is the Marketing Lead for Dash. He writes about small business marketing strategies and how DTC brands can boost sales. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/challenger-brand-examples Title: 12 challenger brand examples from small businessesTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Discover 12 challenger brand examples from small businesses that have successfully challenged industry giants. Learn they keys to their success. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/challenger-brand-examples ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: 12 challenger brand examples from small businesses H2: What is a challenger brand? H2: What's the criteria for a challenger brand? H2: Why should small brands consider being a challenger? H2: 12 types of challenger brands H2: How to build your challenger brand strategy? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: 12 challenger brand examples from small businesses H2: What is a challenger brand? H2: What's the criteria for a challenger brand? H2: Why should small brands consider being a challenger? H2: 12 types of challenger brands H4: 1. The game changer brand H4: 2. The missionary brand H4: 3. The next-generation brand H4: 4. The feisty underdog brand H4: 5. The dramatic disruptor brand H4: 6. The local hero brand H4: 7. The irreverent maverick brand H4: 8. The real and human brand H4: 9. The people’s champion brand H4: 10. The enlightened zagger brand H4: 11. The democratiser brand H4: 12. The equaliser brand H2: How to build your challenger brand strategy? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content With  12 million ecommerce sites out on the wild web, small businesses are finding ways to break new ground and rise above the competition. That’s, in part, thanks to the challenger brand. đŸ’Ș Whether you’re new to the ecommerce industry or you want to pivot your strategy, we’ll delve into 12 examples of small businesses that have successfully carved out a niche and made a splash in their respective industries. By the end, you’ll have actional tips  you can use to help grow your brand and stand above the competition. Challenger brands have one goal in mind: to bring change to their industry. Sure, they might be punching above their weight - but their drive can take them from new kid on the block to category leader (whilst ruffling a few feathers along the way). 📈 Think of the challenger brand as a plucky young upstart. They're not (yet) a market leader in their industry. Instead, they offer an alternative way of thinking, challenge the status quo and use innovative business models that disrupt established markets and larger competitors. Being able to define yourself as a challenger brand is more than just switching up your marketing efforts. It's about challenging a mindset. We recently spoke with Yang Liu, the founder of Just Wears, a challenger brand that disrupts the traditional underwear industry. For her, a challenger brand embraces the underdog mentality and disrupts the status quo. They also push their product creativity and innovation. 🎧 You can learn more about Just Wears and how Yang built a successful challenger brand over on our podcast, Ecommerce Marketing 101. Furthermore, The Challenger Project breaks a challenger brand down into three criteria: 1. State of market: This is not about being number one in your niche market. Successful challenger brands are determined to create new, innovative approaches to established traditions within their industry. 2. State of mind: Challenger brands have a bold mindset. They question the usual way of doing things and are not afraid to be different. This fearless approach is woven into their culture and becomes the norm for their audience. 3. Rate of success: For challenger brands, success isn’t just about being popular. It's about being quick on their feet, adapting to changes, and shaking up the industry. It's not just about short-term wins but building lasting connections with customers, keeping them loyal, and staying ahead in a busy market. It might feel all too easy to copy what the big brands are doing in your industry. After all, they're a popular choice amongst consumers and something has clearly worked for them, right? But it's going to be near-impossible to follow the exact same path and get the same results. For a start, the likes of Apple and Heniz have huge investor-backed budgets behind them. They've been established in the market for years and they're household brands that are very difficult to compete with. But here's the thing: 76% of consumers actually trust small businesses more than corporations. As Yang told us, this could be your opportunity to “connect with consumers who are looking for something different.” So, setting yourself up as a brand that challenges the big corporations is going to work in your favour by setting you apart from your competition. đŸ’Ș (And if you want to become a challenger brand, it might be time to consider a rebranding strategy.) Let's get into the 12 challenger brand types, along with the growing businesses that are smashing their categories.‍ These folks are true innovators and are changing the game for consumers who purchase within their industry. Just look at Just Wears. This brand was founded by Yang Liu who’s business ambition was to change the underwear fashion industry for good. When shopping for her husband, all she could find was underwear made from uncomfortable materials. And the marketing was often made up of serious messaging along with black and white shots of chiselled torsos. Just Wears is a game-changer brand for three reasons: These brands wear their purpose on their sleeves. The business is the mission and the mission is the objective. Think of Tony’s Chocolonely and its goal of ridding modern slavery from the chocolate industry. They're not only making sure that farmers and cocoa suppliers are paid what they deserve, but they're educating consumers too. It's a cause that you just can't argue with and one their customers don't mind paying a little extra for. It also shines a light on traditional industry leaders still benefiting from the system. 👀 These brands challenge the market leaders and ask us if our current solutions are really fit for the next generation. Fussy, for example, are here to shake up personal hygiene with their plant-based deodorants. They question the sustainability and ethics behind one of our staple bodycare products and feed into the eco-conscious values of their target audience. These brands pit themselves pretty aggressively against the industry leaders. They deliberately go against the big guns, and it's this clear distinction that they use to their advantage. Just look at the cat food brand, KatKin, for inspo. This brand has been making waves in the pet food industry which is an already crowded market. They lean into the fact that they're a much healthier choice for your cat compared with most of the industry giants you find in the supermarkets. Though they don't call out any brands by name, any cat parent will know the culprit's KatKin are pitting themselves against in their marketing copy. This archetype is similar to the next generation because it tries to force a change in consumer behaviour. Picture the rebellious ice cream brand, Halo. They make ‘lighter’, low-calorie ice cream and were the first of its kind when they first hit supermarket shelves. They have lots of non-dairy ice cream, too, making consumers challenge their ideas of traditional dairy-based dessert. A post shared by Halo Top Creamery (@halotopcreamery) These are brands that champion the importance of local needs, local culture and local people. They're all about cultivating a strong sense of community. Ue Coffee Roasters is an independent coffee roaster based in Oxfordshire, UK. As well as their cafe - where they've built a social hub for locals - they also have an online store that they use to give back to the local community. Whenever you buy from them online, you can round up your purchase to an amount of your choice. Any extra money you pay goes towards the homeless charity, Homeless Oxfordshire. Their humble mission to give back where they can is just one of the reasons people grab a coffee from Ue over other chain coffee shops. Maverick brands poke fun at the industry to try and change entrenched ways of thinking. In Overthrow II's words: “The Irreverent Maverick uses wit and humour to challenge complacency and apparent comfort found in the bland.” Think of the Australian toilet paper brand, Who Gives A Crap. From their brightly-coloured paper wrappings to their toilet humour, they’re unashamedly irreverent. They also use their profits to build toilets in communities that need them most. These brands challenge the faceless drones of the corporations. đŸ€– They're created by real people, for real people. The founders of Happi, for example, have a compelling narrative from the founders that's integral to their business's mission. They're a team of parents who wanted to create healthier treats that are good for kids and the planet. By putting people's health first, they're able to promote a clear product vision and gain the trust of their audience. Their colourful, informal branding also reinforces the idea that this kid-friendly brand has your best interests at heart. đŸ€— These brands make it their mission to stand up for their customers. Take the fitness brand, Soul Cap. Founders, Michael and Toks, identified a huge problem in the world of swimming: most swimwear wasn't accessible for a lot of people—especially people of colour. So they created a new, extra-large swim cap designed for people with voluminous hair. Their challenger strategy is all about giving people the confidence to get out in the water—the mark of a true people's champion. 🏊 This one's all about bucking the trends. If there's a chance to create an alternative movement, this challenger will take it. For example, take a look at the washable rug brand, Ruggable. This (almost unbelievable) product goes against anything you've ever believed about rugs, which are notoriously tricky to clean and definitely don't sit well with the washing machine. But, low and behold, you really can wash the ones from Ruggable. Sign me up! Born to challenge elitism and privilege, the democratiser is all about championing diversity and accessibility. Take Universal Standard, the brand that makes clothing that ‘f*cking fits.’ They make garments for regular-sized people - i.e not supermodels. Their clothes are size, race, and gender-inclusive. And they use models from all walks of life, body sizes and abilities. It really should be the standard across the industry. This is a common type of challenger that bridges the gap between luxury and affordability. Think of Noted Aromas and its tailored approach to cost-effective cosmetics in the beauty industry. They knew perfumes are being sold for way more than they cost to make, making it an unaffordable luxury for a lot of people. So the company decided to get real about it. Their tag line ‘Designer Inspired Perfume’ gets straight to the point and means you can finally say no to overpaying. Ready to build your own challenger brand strategy? Whether you're already established or you're just starting out, here are some tips to discover your inner rebel and embracing the challenger spirit. đŸ€˜ Find out what your customers are really worried about Your customers are people, with real worries and stresses they face every day. For example, 41% of people said they were feeling less financially secure at the end of 2023 than they were the previous year. On top of that, consumers are becoming increasingly aware of where brand’s stand politically, suggesting that businesses that 'play it safe' may be put at a disadvantage. What's your audience most worried about and how can you help alleviate these fears? Use audience insight tools like SparkToro to find out what they're interested in and what causes are important to them. If you can show how you're helping solve issues they care about, they're much more likely to remain loyal to you. Scope out your market industry To be a challenger, you need to be an alternative to the industry leaders - these are the ones with the greatest market share. You'll probably know who these are already. We're talking about industry gorillas L'OrĂ©al in the beauty sector, Ikea in homeware and ASOS in the fashion sector. It's a near-impossible task to take on the entire industry, so start small and identify faults to find out what you can improve on. Whether that's producing affordable makeup, sustainable furniture, or size-inclusive clothing - the market is your oyster. đŸŠȘ To be a challenger brand, you've got to be unique. From your tone of voice to your assets, make sure your messaging and visuals are consistent and compelling. As you've probably noticed, all the brands we've listed in this post have some killer branding - it's one of the first things that catches your eye. So it's super important you keep all your brand's visual assets in one, searchable location, like Dash! 😇 Making sure your team and agencies have access to all your visuals will make it easier for you to build a consistent, attention-grabbing brand. It'll also make it easier to see if you need a bit of a refresh. Can you go bolder with your messaging? Maybe your images and graphics can be a little more risquĂ© (if your brand calls for it). 😏 Whatever it is, make sure to keep assessing it against your company's mission. And, if you're after some tips, we've got a post all about branding for small businesses. Stick to your guns and be brave Finally, when things aren't kicking off right away, it's tempting to pull a 180 on your strategy. Don't do it. You're trying to change people's minds and disrupt your industry and that doesn't happen overnight. Building a reputation and the loyalty of your customers takes bravery - you got this. đŸ’Ș Ready to launch your challenger brand? Make sure to use Dash as the home for your brand's visual. No more endless searching in your shared drives. Instead, quickly find and share images and videos with your teams, agencies and resellers. Want to give it a try? You can take out a free 14-day trial, no strings attached. 👇 Amy Burchill is the SEO and Content Manager for Dash. She works with ecommerce experts to create articles for DTC brands wanting to improve their campaigns. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/cloud-digital-asset-management Title: Why your brand needs cloud digital asset managementTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: What's cloud digital asset management? And why should you bother getting a cloud DAM for your brand? Here's 8 benefits you'll see if you sign up for one. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/cloud-digital-asset-management ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Why your brand needs cloud digital asset management H3: What's a cloud digital asset management system? H3: On-premise vs. cloud DAM - what's the difference? H3: TLDR: Features of Cloud digital asset management software H3: 9 benefits cloud-based DAM brings for your business H3: How to pick the best cloud DAM tool for your business H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Why your brand needs cloud digital asset management H3: What's a cloud digital asset management system? H3: On-premise vs. cloud DAM - what's the difference? H3: TLDR: Features of Cloud digital asset management software H3: 9 benefits cloud-based DAM brings for your business H4: 1. Easier to organise and find your content H4: 2. Improved collaboration and productivity H4: 3. Get creative files ready for customers quicker H4: 4. Doesn't need as much investment H4: 5. Grows with your brand H4: 6. Brand consistency and control H4: 7. Simpler to integrate with existing tools H4: 8. Better suited to remote working H4: 9. Secure storage on the cloud H3: How to pick the best cloud DAM tool for your business H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Businesses have always needed to organise, find and use their files. In the offices of yesteryear, these were kept in filing cabinets or archives. Now, almost every file you use for work is kept online in the cloud. Digital asset management (DAM) systems have had a similar evolution. 15 years ago, most were on-premise and required significant investment in server hardware and IT infrastructure. These ‘on premise solutions' functioned like a shared drive which employees could access through their business's computer network without internet access. Today, thankfully, almost all digital asset management software (including Dash) lives on the cloud. And unless you have specific requirements for a dedicated, physical server for your assets, that's good news for your business. Let's explain. A cloud-based DAM system is the single source of truth for your brand's digital assets, where employees and external partners can go for your visual content. It should function as the single platform for digital files like your marketing assets, videos, logo designs, and audio files. Web-based DAM software usually run on a software-as-a-service (SaaS) model. This means you pay a recurring subscription to access an internet-based system that's already been built by the vendor. Where your assets are kept isn’t the only difference between these two types of DAM solutions. Here’s a side-by-side comparison. Sure, there are advantages to an on-premise DAM - like far greater control over customisation and security procedures. But if you don’t have the means, or those aren’t important factors for you, opting for a cloud-based digital asset management platform will be a better option. {{dam-comparison="/blog-components"}} Cloud Digital Asset Management (DAM) has all the features you need to manage your digital assets. We'll get into them further down in this article, but here's a brief summary: By using these you will have your digital assets organised, easily found and secure, and more efficient. Now, let's get into all the benefits these digital asset management features can bring to your brand. Cloud-based digital asset management solutions have a wide range of different features (and price tags) - but the best ones will give your company the following range of benefits. Organising and searching for your digital content is one of the key features of a good DAM. If done well, the search function of a DAM should free you from the drudgery of searching for files in shared drive folders. If you opt for a tool like Dash, you can search for your content across all file tyes, and find what you're looking for, fast. How? Through two powerful advanced search capabilities: custom fields and AI tags. We'll use the Dash of a made-up houseplant brand, Planto, to show you what we mean Let's cover AI tags first. When you upload an image to a DAM, it'll scan the file and add its own descriptive tags, like the ‘leaf' and ‘plant' tags in our example below. Then you can use custom fields to create tags and filters specific to your business. You can filter by different attributes like product category, marketing campaign, ad performance, and more to find relevant assets. Building your digital asset management taxonomy has never been easier. 😇 Cloud based digital asset management (DAM) systems change the way teams work together by having a central library for all your digital assets. So whether you’re in the office, at home or on the go you can access and share files with ease, so everyone is on the same page. For your colleagues with Dash accounts, you're able to set access controls - so people in different teams only see the digital content they need. And if you're sharing creative files with external stakeholders, you can select a group of assets and choose to send by link or via email. Or you can go one step further and use portals without having to worry about access controls. Portals are great if you're working with external partners like wholesalers or creative agencies who need constant access to a large volumes of assets. DAM sharing features are also useful for your creative workflows, like when you're planning your next content creation project. Let's say your photographer has a load of new product shots for you to review. You can set your freelancer up as a contributor and manage the approval process through Dash, rejecting the shots that don't work and accepting the ones that do. We talk to in-house design and creative teams using Dash regularly. And one thing that comes up constantly is how Dash reduces the number of repetitive requests they get from their colleagues. Dash, like most of the top digital asset management systems, has image editing tools built into it. You can convert an image into a different format (like PNG into WEBP, for instance), resize it, crop and rotate it without needing your designer. Here’s how David, graphic design manager for dog food brand Forthglade, describes it: “We get fewer requests now for branded graphics and logos because they’re all on Dash. People in other teams can do basic editing in Dash, like resizing graphics, so they don’t have to come through us.” If you have creative asset specs you use regularly, like your homepage banner, you can add them as a preset download size. Being able to do simple editing tasks yourself means you can get assets ready for campaigns and in front of customers faster. Okay, so this isn't necessarily the case for all cloud DAMs. If you're looking at enterprise DAM systems, like , they come with more expensive price tags and it'll take longer to recoup the ROI of your DAM. But if you pick an affordable DAM (like Dash, which starts from ÂŁ99/$139 a month), it'll be far cheaper to get your return on investment than setting up an on-premise DAM. No lie, this is currently the top reason customers cite for signing up with Dash. They're planning to grow their brand and they've realised keeping thousands of visuals in Drive, Dropbox or servers will hold them back. If all your content is easy to access from a single place, then you'll: A good digital asset management system saves you time and reduces the repetitive tasks you're doing - so you can focus on growing your brand. That's what furniture brand, RJ Living, who came from Google Drive to Dash, told us. In the words ofI Nathan, their COO: “we can grow with Dash”. Amen. Consistency across all channels is key for any business, especally for growing DTC brands who need to stand out from the competition. Good cloud-based digital asset management (DAM) systems, like Dash, have features like version control which will notify your users when an updated version of an asset has been uploaded. That means you reduce the risk of incorrect marketing materials being used across your marketing campaigns. A digital asset management platform shouldn't exist in isolation. If your design and marketing teams want to use a tool to organise their visual content, they're also likely using other cloud-based apps - like Buffer to schedule social media, Shopify to run the online store, or Adobe Creative Cloud to create your design files. What do all those tools have in common? They're cloud-based. So if these are already being used by your team, picking a cloud-based DAM is going to make it far easier to integrate into your tech stack. Dash, for instance, has integrations with different cloud-based marketing and design tools. On-premise DAMs often require you to be office-based to access them, or your IT team will need to set you up with a VPN. You don't need us to tell you that working patterns have shifted considerably, with working from home now the norm. Is on-premise digital asset management software going to give you the flexibility your employees need, especially remote workers or your on-the-road sales team? A key benefit of a cloud-based DAM is they can be accessed from wherever you have an internet connection. It is far better suited to remote and hybrid teams needing access to digital content. Don't think that just because your cloud digital asset management software is online, rather than on a physical server, that it's any less secure. It's worth checking out the DAM vendors you're considering, but the top ones will have rigorous security measures in place to keep your assets secure - from encryption to password protection and SSO. That being said, it's always worth doing your research if this is something you're concerned about. Look for suppliers like Dash. We want Dash to be a secure cloud platform, so we take our security to keep your creative assets safe. That's why we're ISO/IEC 27001 accredited. FYI, this accreditation is “the world's best-known standard for information security management systems” - so now you know! Now you’re sold on a cloud-based digital asset management platform, it’s time to whittle down your favourites. And believe us, there’s a lot to look through - like Dash and Canto to name just two. To help you out, we’ve got something you might find useful - our free, editable DAM comparison worksheet. Pop in information about your favourite (we've already filled Dash in for you) and draw up your shortlist of cloud-based DAM solutions. If you want to try Dash for yourself, take out a free trial in seconds - or book a call with the team and they'll show you around! You'll get access to everything (including our advanced features) and unlimited users from day one. Barney is the Marketing Lead for Dash. He writes about small business marketing strategies and how DTC brands can boost sales. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/creative-black-friday-campaigns Title: 18 creative Black Friday campaigns from ecommerce brands [2025 update]Twitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Take inspiration from 18 ecommerce brands and kick off your Black Friday campaigns - updated for 2025 Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/creative-black-friday-campaigns ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: 18 creative Black Friday campaigns from ecommerce brands [2025 update] H2: Why bother with Black Friday? H2: When is the best time to start promoting Black Friday deals? H2: 18 Black Friday strategies from ecommerce brands H3: 1. Make a stand (without losing out on sales) H3: 2. Create a pre-Black Friday Buzz H3: 3. Run a PR drive H3: 4. Promote a buy-back campaign H3: 5. Offer free shipping H3: 6. Create-short form video content that promotes your sales H3: 7. Reward your loyal customers with VIP perks H3: 8. Don’t forget existing customers H3: 9. Send a free gift H3: 10. Increase your discounts throughout the day H3: 11. Create product bundles to tempt bigger baskets H3: 12. Help shoppers plan ahead with a wishlist guide H3: 13. Ask customers to slow down — like ASKET H3: 14. Collect user-generated content H3: 15. Create limited edition products and send profits to charity H3: 16. Give new life to your sold products H3: 17. Create a dedicated Black Friday landing page H3: 18. Keep the momentum going with SMS and email campaigns H2: How to get your online store ready for Black Friday H2: Black Friday FAQs H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: 18 creative Black Friday campaigns from ecommerce brands [2025 update] H2: Why bother with Black Friday? H2: When is the best time to start promoting Black Friday deals? H2: 18 Black Friday strategies from ecommerce brands H3: 1. Make a stand (without losing out on sales) H3: 2. Create a pre-Black Friday Buzz H3: 3. Run a PR drive H3: 4. Promote a buy-back campaign H3: 5. Offer free shipping H3: 6. Create-short form video content that promotes your sales H3: 7. Reward your loyal customers with VIP perks H3: 8. Don’t forget existing customers H3: 9. Send a free gift H3: 10. Increase your discounts throughout the day H3: 11. Create product bundles to tempt bigger baskets H3: 12. Help shoppers plan ahead with a wishlist guide H3: 13. Ask customers to slow down — like ASKET H3: 14. Collect user-generated content H3: 15. Create limited edition products and send profits to charity H3: 16. Give new life to your sold products H3: 17. Create a dedicated Black Friday landing page H3: 18. Keep the momentum going with SMS and email campaigns H2: How to get your online store ready for Black Friday H2: Black Friday FAQs H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Black Friday is one of the biggest shopping holidays of the year. It’s a prime time to get fresh eyeballs on your products, attract new customers and enjoy a healthy revenue boost. đŸ€‘ This year (2025), the Black Friday weekend lands on the 28th November—and ecommerce brands are already getting their Black Friday sales campaigns ready. In this guide, you’ll get 18 proven Black Friday marketing strategies, with examples from fashion and homeware brands—plus tips on planning and post-sale retention. Black Friday isn’t just a consumer free-for-all—it’s a golden opportunity for ecommerce brands to get in front of new audiences, drive a surge in revenue, and build long-term customer loyalty. Whether you’re a fast-growing DTC brand or a smaller shop with a niche product, getting involved can help you: And yes, it’s true—big retailers dominate the conversation. But many shoppers are actively looking for alternatives to Amazon and want to support independent brands. With the right approach, you can turn that Black Friday buzz into serious momentum for your store. Not sure about doing discounts? If you (or your boss) are wary of fuelling overconsumption or undercutting your margins, you’re not alone. The good news is: you don’t have to run deep discounts to participate. There are loads of creative ways to approach Black Friday—like offering product bundles, limited drops, exclusive gifts, or even campaigns focused on purpose and values. We’ll show you how in the sections below. If you want to make the most of Black Friday, timing is key. Here’s some tips on planning your promo schedule: By starting early and keeping a steady drumbeat of excitement, you can maximise your impact and make this Black Friday your best yet. ✹ Your Black Friday marketing campaigns don’t just have to involve slapping big discount codes on your products. Here are some creative Black Friday promotion ideas from ecommerce brands you can use to attract potential customers. (You can also use some of these promotion ideas for the entire holiday shopping season including Cyber Monday and Christmas). If you're ready to start planning your campaigns, grab our free BFCM planning pack! In recent years, companies have been taking a stand on Black Friday. They push against ‘fast fashion’ and other consumer trends to bring sustainable initiatives to their customers. Think Patagonia and its ‘Don't Buy This Jacket’ campaign, or Everlane, who used the buzz around Black Friday to draw attention to polluting ocean plastic. Together, we can turn this tide. You order. We donate. This Black Friday Fund, let's raise $300,000 to support @oceana in their fight to put an end to single-use plastic. https://t.co/lbKod8waey pic.twitter.com/8reNmR2e78— Everlane (@Everlane)  November 29, 2019 The brand still promoted its deals but also pledged $10 per Black Friday purchase to environmental charity Oceana. With Black Friday shoppers choosing to buy from brands with aligned values, this is a clever way to highlight your mission while making sales. Black Friday doesn’t have to be a one-day frenzy. These days, smart ecommerce brands are kicking things off early, and getting customers excited well before the main event. Just take a look Back Country, who offered 10 days of deals in the lead up to the event. Their emails encouraged shoppers to come back every day to check back on new offers. Getting placements in relevant publications is a great way to get more eyeballs on your store during Black Friday. This is exactly what boot brand Dear Frances did during one Black Friday event. The theme of the content was ‘top 5 boots’ from their Black Friday Sale. It managed to secure placements in top online fashion mags, including The Zoe Report and Marie Claire. Tons of shoppers turn to their favourite publishers and bloggers for Black Friday inspo. If you've got a sought-after product or you've got a good relationship with a publication in your niche, try pitching some Black Friday content to them. If you've not built up those PR relationships yet, there are plenty of writers looking for awesome products to add to their holiday gift guides. Sign up for PR opps with sites like Connectively to increase your chance of getting featured.Top tip: Use a tool like Dash (that’s us!) to get your product shots and brand assets organised and ready to share with journalists. You can create curated collections or portals to give your PR team or agency instant access to everything they need. That way, when someone bites on your pitch, you’re ready to go in seconds. IKEA isn't a small DTC brand, but we're a big fan of how they do Black Friday. As well as promoting hot deals on its furniture, the brand also hosts #BuybackFriday, where it buys back pre-owned furniture that has life left in it. IKEA pays shoppers to give back their goods, increasing trust levels and turning one-time buyers into long-term loyal fans. Think about how you can give back during Black Friday. Your customers have served you well, and now it's your turn to serve them. Consider buy-back initiatives or invite shoppers to send you their old products for repair instead of encouraging new purchases. Free shipping is the number one incentive for buying online, with 49% of shoppers saying this incentive encourages them to complete a purchase. Combine this year-round tactic with your Black Friday deals to increase your average order value (AOV) and encourage on-the-fence shoppers to hit buy now. Basic Piece does this well. The brand offers free shipping on anything and everything bought during the shopping holiday. Give shoppers what they want—free shipping! Reduce your free shipping threshold or offer free shipping on your bestsellers to encourage more ecommerce sales and increase customer satisfaction. Short-form video is a brilliant way to show off your Black Friday deals in a fun, fast-paced format. UK-based fashion brand Calla Shoes nails this with light-hearted, on-brand videos that engage their 215k+ Instagram followers. Their content is playful and personality-packed—perfect for stopping the scroll and spotlighting products. A post shared by Calla Shoes - Luxury Comfort Footwear (@callashoesuk) Use your own short-form clips to show off styling tips, share quick how-tos, or hype up exclusive deals. It’s low-lift, high-reward content that gets people excited to shop. Black Friday isn’t just about bringing in fresh faces—it’s a golden opportunity to show some love to your ride-or-die fans. đŸ–€ UK fashion brand The Couture Club nailed this with a VIP-first approach. They gave loyal customers password-protected early access to their Black Friday sale—plus exclusive deals like 25% off sitewide, double loyalty points, and free UK delivery. It felt like a proper members-only moment. You could do the same with a secret sale page, a subscriber-only code, or exclusive perks for your best customers. Give your loyal fans the star treatment and they’ll keep coming back long after Black Friday wraps. 👉 See The Couture Club’s Black Friday campaign for inspiration. While Black Friday is prime time for attracting new shoppers, it's also the perfect opportunity to reward loyal customers and say thanks for their loyalty. Victoria Emerson offers existing customers a VIP deal which gives them access to exclusive discounts. Don't just think about how you'll get new customers–reward your long-term loyal fans too! Offer additional discounts, exclusive access, special deals just for them, or freebies with every Black Friday purchase they make. This should positively impact your customer retention, too. Who doesn't love a freebie? Bed sheet brand Brooklinen sends every shopper a free gift on orders above a certain amount—and it's not just any old free gift, it's a valuable, high-ticket gift at that. This strengthens relationships with new customers and gives shoppers the chance to explore different products in the store catalogue. Brooklinen did this as part of their Cyber Monday campaign (which takes place the Monday after Black Friday), but you could easily slot this into your Black Friday campaigns. Pick out a small but valuable item and give it away as a free gift with every Black Friday purchase (or put a spending threshold on it if you want to increase AOV). Choose something that's relevant to your audience but also gives a sneak peek at other products in your inventory. Big-ticket items, like furniture, are harder to sell on Black Friday because the shopping event notoriously promotes impulse purchases (and it's much harder to justify an impulse purchase on, say, a new sofa or car). Burrow sweetens the deal by offering a sliding scale on its Black Friday discounts. The more a shopper spends, the more money they save. Simple! If you sell big-ticket items, consider offering a sliding scale for a limited time to encourage new shoppers to invest more. Black Friday isn’t just about attracting new customers—it’s also your chance to get shoppers exploring more of your range. Take Mysa Homeware. In their 2024 Black Friday campaign, they offered discounted bundles alongside other promotions like 15% off sitewide and a ‘buy more, save more’ tiered deal. While gift boxes and bundles were excluded from those wider discounts, they were already priced to offer great value on scent-focused sets—like their wax melt bundles. (You can see the details on their Instagram post.) This strategy let Mysa highlight their bestsellers in curated combos, helping customers discover more of their range while feeling like they’re getting a bargain. Consider bundling complementary products that naturally go together—like a cushion and throw, or a jumper and beanie. You’ll make shopping simpler for customers, raise your average order value, and introduce them to more of what you offer—all in one go. Black Friday can be a whirlwind. With so many deals flying around, shoppers are often overwhelmed by choice. Make life easier for them by offering a wishlist feature—so they can save their favourites, plan ahead, and avoid the panic scroll when the sale goes live. That’s exactly what jewellery brand Edge of Ember did during their Black Friday campaign. In the run-up to the big day, they encouraged customers to create a wishlist of the pieces they loved most. They also nudged people to sign up for email updates and even add the Black Friday sale to their calendars—making sure no one missed out. It’s a smart move. Giving shoppers time and tools to prep means they’re more likely to follow through and buy—plus they’ll have a better experience on your site. Want to try this for your own brand? This simple touch turns frantic browsers into confident buyers—and helps you stand out during the busiest shopping weekend of the year. Black Friday is a magnet for impulse buys. With constant flash sales and countdowns, shoppers are often pushed to purchase without much thought. But not every brand follows the crowd. Swedish fashion label ASKET has become known for its anti-Black Friday stance. Since 2018, the brand has opted out of the shopping event altogether—going so far as to shut down its website and physical store during the weekend. Instead of promoting discounts, ASKET redirects customers to resources that help them extend the life of their clothing, like their Garment Care Portal. Their message? Buy less, but better. This bold move encourages customers to reflect on their habits and resist the pressure to buy for the sake of it. In doing so, ASKET reinforces its commitment to mindful consumption, garment longevity, and sustainable fashion practices. 👉 Read more about ASKET and other brands saying no to Black Friday If your brand promotes quality, sustainability, or slow fashion, taking a leaf out of ASKET’s book could help you stand out for all the right reasons. You don’t have to shout the loudest to be remembered. Let your customers do the selling for you on Black Friday—no one's a more convincing brand advocate than your existing customers. Monsoon is well aware of this. It uses user-generated photos and videos to promote its Black Friday products on its social media platforms while giving a hat tip to its customers, affiliates, and influencers. Ramp up your user-generated content (UGC) collection in the lead-up to Black Friday so you have a library fit to burst with great customer shots. You can even use Dash (that’s us) to collect UGC and seamlessly send them out to your campaigns (scoot down this article to find out how). If you don’t want to run loads of discounts or create urgency-based offers, why not take a more meaningful approach? Launch a limited edition product line and donate the profits to a cause that aligns with your brand values. That’s exactly what Lucy & Yak did during Black Friday. Instead of slashing prices, the sustainable fashion brand created a special edition pair of dungarees featuring designs inspired by girls supported by the Fior Di Loto Foundation in India. All profits from that launch were donated to the charity—but  they didn’t stop there. They also pledged 50% of all Black Friday profits to support the same cause. Not only did this campaign raise funds and awareness, but it also resonated deeply with their values-led community and helped them stand out during a weekend filled with noise and endless discounts. If your brand values sustainability, but you’re not keen on jumping into the chaos of Black Friday promotions, here’s an alternative focus on extending the life of what your customers already own. Instead of pushing a big sale, Veja d launched Repair Friday—a full-day event at their Paris HQ offering free repairs not just on Veja shoes, but on clothes, furniture, and even electronics. They teamed up with other brands like Vitra and Cyclocare to make it happen. The goal? To challenge overconsumption and encourage people to fix what they have, rather than impulse-buy something new. It positioned Veja as a brand that walks the talk on sustainability, while still engaging their community around a key retail moment. A great Black Friday campaign deserves a great landing page. Instead of sending shoppers to a generic homepage or scattering your offers across multiple product pages, create a dedicated space that brings everything together. It makes your sale easier to find, promotes better conversions, and helps you keep your messaging clear and consistent across channels.Your landing page doesn’t need to be fancy, but it does need to: Furniture brand Sundays nails the aesthetic with their minimalist Black Friday landing page. It’s clean, calm, and 100% on-brand—showcasing their focus on timeless design, multifunctionality and durability. The layout uses negative space to draw attention to key elements, like a bold yellow 'Shop Sale' button and a prominent 'Last Chance Black Friday' banner offering 30% off. It’s elegant and doesn’t feel like a departure from the rest of their customer experience. The Black Friday hangover is real. With such an intense lead-up, and then the frenzy of the actual event, it can be easy to breathe a sigh of relief and forget about the day once it's over—but you could be missing out on a chunk of sales if you do this. Instead, be like Blenders Eyewear and remind Black Friday shoppers that they can still claim a discount on their products. You could do this with SMS and email marketing campaigns. Plan how you'll keep engagement levels high after Black Friday and what your exit strategy will be. You might land an influx of new customers and once the event is over, you need to nurture your relationship with them if you want them to come back. Send personalised product recommendations and offer discounts on items already in their cart via SMS and promotional emails. Now you’ve got loads of creative Black Friday marketing ideas, you’ll want to make sure your online store is ready. Hopefully, you’ll get a huge influx of new customers, but if your website isn’t prepared you risk losing out on sales. Here are some tips to help you out: đŸ€“ Read how Dash helps ecommerce brands grow. If you’d like to try Dash out, you can sign up free for 14 days, no strings attached. ✹ What is Black Friday in ecommerce? Black Friday in ecommerce refers to one of the biggest online shopping days of the year, where retailers offer limited-time deals and promotions to boost traffic, sales, and customer acquisition. For ecommerce brands, it’s a key opportunity to attract new shoppers, increase average order value, and move seasonal or high-inventory stock ahead of the holidays. Does Black Friday apply to online purchases? Yes. While Black Friday started as an in-store shopping event, it’s now just as big (if not bigger) online. Ecommerce brands of all sizes—from DTC startups to major retailers—run exclusive online offers, early-access sales, and email-only discounts across the Black Friday weekend and beyond. What are the top 3 most sold categories on Black Friday? The top-selling product categories on Black Friday typically include: Note: Beauty, fitness, and toys also trend upward depending on the year and target audience. Who has the best Black Friday deals online? Big-box retailers like Amazon, Walmart, and Target are known for massive Black Friday promotions. But increasingly, independent ecommerce brands are offering compelling deals with better quality, customer experience, and brand alignment. The 'best' deals often come from brands you already love—especially those offering VIP early access, exclusive bundles, or limited-edition drops. What’s the difference between Black Friday and Cyber Monday? Black Friday and Cyber Monday are both major retail events that kick off the holiday shopping season—but they differ slightly in origin and focus: TL;DR: Black Friday is where the shopping surge begins, but Cyber Monday keeps the momentum going—especially in the online world. Smart brands often run promos across both days (and beyond!) as part of a bigger Cyber Week strategy. Amy Burchill is the SEO and Content Manager for Dash. She works with ecommerce experts to create articles for DTC brands wanting to improve their campaigns. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/creative-product-photography Title: 11 examples of creative product photography for DTC brandsTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Learn some creative product photography tips from top brands in the DTC space. Whether you're looking for inspo or looking to brief a photographer - these examples should help you sell more products. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/creative-product-photography ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: 11 examples of creative product photography for DTC brands H2: Should you hire a photographer or do it yourself? H3: Pros and cons of DIY product photography H3: Pros and cons of hiring a professional photographer H2: Different types of creative product photography H2: 11 examples of creative product photography from DTC brands H3: 1. Batch London: Model Photography H3: 2. Rhode Skin: Influencer photography H3: 3. Lemme: Floating products H3: 4. Neighbourhood Botanicals: Hand-in-shot H3: 5. Calla: Still life H3: 6. UN:IK Clothing: Everyday activities H3: 7. Parch: Monochromatic H3: 8. Hello Sunday: Content pour-out H3: 9. United Sodas: Pop of colour H3: 10. Whimsy + Row: Location photography H3: 11. My Way Up: User-generated content H2: Easily manage your product photography with Dash H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: 11 examples of creative product photography for DTC brands H2: Should you hire a photographer or do it yourself? H3: Pros and cons of DIY product photography H3: Pros and cons of hiring a professional photographer H2: Different types of creative product photography H2: 11 examples of creative product photography from DTC brands H3: 1. Batch London: Model Photography H3: 2. Rhode Skin: Influencer photography H3: 3. Lemme: Floating products H3: 4. Neighbourhood Botanicals: Hand-in-shot H3: 5. Calla: Still life H3: 6. UN:IK Clothing: Everyday activities H3: 7. Parch: Monochromatic H3: 8. Hello Sunday: Content pour-out H3: 9. United Sodas: Pop of colour H3: 10. Whimsy + Row: Location photography H3: 11. My Way Up: User-generated content H2: Easily manage your product photography with Dash H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content The moment is here: you’re gearing up for your next campaign and want your product images to shine. If you’re experienced in product photography, you might be looking for fresh inspiration or examples to spark your creativity. If you’re new to the field, maybe you’re looking for guidance to inform your approach or direct a professional photographer. Either way, you’re in the right place. This article will cover the different types of creative product photography (which is a specific type of commercial photography) and show you some examples from DTC brands. Before we get to the examples, let’s discuss your product photography options. Depending on your budget, it might be worth hiring a professional photographer. They’ll have the experience and expertise to help you create unique and eye-catching shots for your brand. Alternatively, you could do it yourself. If you have an eye for photography, some great examples for inspiration, and a decent camera (sometimes even a phone will do), you can capture some incredible shots. Let’s look at some pros and cons of each option to help you decide what’s right for you. As part of the research process, you’ll want to know what types of creative product photography the DTC pros use. Here’s a quick look into the techniques and types of creative product photography ideas you could choose from. And, bear in mind that it’s good practice to use a variety of different styles and shoots on your pages to give your audience a full picture of your products. Now that you’re familiar with the options at your fingertips, let’s look at specific examples from DTC brands. We’ll see what kind of product photography and styles they’re using on their websites to give you inspiration for your own brand. Model photography is a traditional and popular way of showcasing products. It’s particularly useful for fashion brands who need to show what clothes look like on a person. Models are professionals: they have experience working with products and brands to help achieve a certain look. Batch London uses models in its product shots to show off its suits. Tips for creating winning model photography: Model photography works well (especially for beauty and fashion brands). It shows your product in action and helps the viewer visualise how the product would fit into their life. 82% of brands say they get better quality leads from influencer marketing campaigns. So using influencers to showcase your products is not only a great way to get creative with your product photography—it’s proven to increase sales. Rhode Skin recently partnered with Matilda Djerf who is an influencer and the co-founder of Djerf Avenue. This brand partnership perfectly aligns with Rhode’s target audience, and helps shoppers visualise how the products could fit into their lifestyle. Here are some tips for good influencer photography: {{influencer-marketing-pack="/blog-components"}} Learn more about the benefits of influencer marketing. Key takeawayInfluencers provide some serious return on investment, so using them in your product photography will help your campaigns go further. Bear in mind that you’re working with people that have a reputation with your industry, so maintaining good relationships and ensuring you’re doing their work justice is the key to succeeding. If you’re thinking of branching out into influencer marketing, you’ll need a good digital asset management (DAM) tool to help you manage all that content and ensure you’re keeping track of usage rights. Learn why ecommerce brands need a DAM like Dash. Or, grab a free trial of Dash and try it for yourself. {{free-trial="/blog-components"}} Floating product photography makes products appear suspended in mid-air, often surrounded by dynamic elements or props. This technique highlights the product in an eye-catching, almost magical way, drawing the viewer's attention while creating intrigue. In these Lemme images, the supplements appear to defy gravity and create a striking visual effect. Swirling liquid, cinnamon sticks, and bitter melon slices add vibrancy and provide context, hinting at the ingredients in the supplements. Tips for capturing floating product photography: Floating product photography is a striking way to make your product stand out. It adds elegance and motion to your visuals. This style works exceptionally well for supplements, cosmetics, and lifestyle products, especially on platforms like Instagram and Pinterest, where bold, creative imagery captures attention and drives engagement. Hand-in-shot photography is a product being held, poured, or used by a hand. This shows the product in action and adds a human element to the composition. It also creates a more intimate and relatable feel. In the first shot from Neighbourhood Botanicals, a hand pours liquid into a sleek bottle. This emphasises the product’s use and eco-friendly appeal. The second shows the product at scale so you know how big it is. Tips for creating hand-in-shot photography: This style demonstrates how the product fits into real-life scenarios. It helps potential customers imagine themselves placing it in their own hands. It’s particularly impactful for lifestyle and skincare brands. Still life photography captures stationary products, either on their own or paired with thoughtfully chosen props. This style emphasises creating a visually appealing arrangement that highlights the product’s key features and design. Calla uses still life photography in the photos above to feature their Mary Jane Black Patent Leather shoes. The clean, minimal arrangement emphasises the shoe's elegant design and high-quality finish. Tips for still life product photography: Still life photography is perfect for creating a refined, high-end look that shows your products’ craftsmanship and details. This style works especially well for fashion, jewellery, and home goods brands, offering versatile imagery for ecommerce websites, social media, and marketing campaigns. Everyday activities photography presents products in real settings. It shows how products fit into the daily lives of customers. In this example, UN:IK Clothing features their Vice 84 Vintage Washed Joggers in a basketball setting. With one glance, you see the joggers are comfy and a great fit for something like a casual basketball game. Tips for everyday activity photography Everyday activities photography gives customers a visual cue as to how the product fits into their lives. This style is ideal for apparel, fitness, and lifestyle brands. Monochromatic is a style of product photography that uses a single colour palette to create a cohesive composition. This style emphasises simplicity and helps the product stand out within a harmonious colour scheme. Parch uses a monochromatic colour palette to draw attention to its beverage collection. The consistent colour scheme creates a clean aesthetic that aligns with their branding. Tips for monochromatic product photography: Monochromatic photography creates a striking visual impact, transforming your product into a focal point while maintaining a sleek, modern aesthetic. This style is a favourite for photography for food, drink, and wellness brands. Content pour-out photography focuses on the texture, consistency, or flow of a product by pouring or squeezing out its contents. This style emphasises the product’s features, such as its smoothness, thickness, or unique texture. Hello Sunday captures their SPF product in action with a simple squeeze. The images draw attention to its lightweight, glossy texture and give viewers a good idea of what the product looks like. If you’ve used an SPF with this look and texture, you know exactly how smooth it feels on your face. Tips for content pour-out product photography Content pour-out photography captures what a product looks like out of the packaging. For good pour-out content, focus on the texture and application so customers can visualise themselves using it. This style is perfect for brands in the beauty or food space, where sensory appeal plays a big role. Pop of colour product is another style of photography thatuses bold, vibrant hues to immediately grab attention. It strategically contrasts bright colours with neutral or minimalist backgrounds so the product remains the focal point. United Sodas nails this approach by featuring their vividly coloured cans against clean, white packaging and subtle backdrops. Every flavour stands out. Tips for pop of colour product photography Pop of colour photography is all about making your product impossible to miss. It’s bold, it’s playful, and it’s perfect for brands like United Sodas that want to convey energy, variety and fun. This style shines on ecommerce websites and social media platforms. Location photography places products or models in visually stunning environments that transport the viewer. This style integrates natural light, beautiful settings, and harmonious backdrops to connect the product with a lifestyle or mood. In these Whimsy + Row images, earthy tones, cosy outdoor scenes, and natural elements create a warm, inviting vibe that aligns with the brand’s sustainable and chic ethos. Tips for floating product photography Sometimes, the best way to sell a product is to sell a lifestyle. If you can capture an image that the viewer identifies with, you create a connection on a deeper level. Whimsy + Row perfectly demonstrates how thoughtfully chosen locations and natural lighting can elevate brand storytelling. User-generated content (UGC) is any photo, video, or review customers create that showcases your product in real-life scenarios. This content is often real, relatable and raw. It helps potential buyers trust your brand and see genuine results. In this example, My Way Up uses before-and-after photos submitted by customers to highlight the effectiveness of their products. Tips for choosing user-generated content: Not all product photography needs to be professional. Sometimes, the best way to demonstrate how well your products work is to show off images that your customers are creating. It’s authentic. It’s unique. And it sells. 💾 If you’ve launched a product campaign recently, you know how many visual assets it takes to bring it all together. Not to mention, how many stakeholders have a say in which visual assets you use. With Dash, you have one central location to manage all your visuals—including user-generated content, product photography, and branded assets like logos and banners. But that’s not all—Dash also allows you to leave feedback for your creators which is perfect if you’re working with photographers and want to cut down all the back and forth over email. Check out these articles to learn more about digital asset management: If you’re ready to start your next product campaign and looking for the perfect tool to stay organised, try Dash free for 14 days. Ashley R. Cummings is a SaaS writer and the founder of the B2B content marketing agency, Searchlight Content. She also writes Content Connect, the newsletter that helps you grow your content marketing and writing muscles. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/customer-retention-strategy Title: 10 strategies to increase customer retention for ecommerce brandsTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Want to drive repeat revenue and boost your sales? Investing in a customer retention strategy will give you some serious ROI. These 10 tips will help you get there. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/customer-retention-strategy ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: 10 strategies to increase customer retention for ecommerce brands H2: What are the benefits of a customer retention strategy? H2: How to measure your customer retention rate H2: What is customer churn rate and lifetime value? H2: 10 tested ways to increase customer retention (ecommerce edition) H3: 1. Organise your tech stack H3: 2. Offer strategic referral incentives H3: 3. Gamify customer onboarding H3: 4. Create useful how-to guides and FAQs H3: 5. Use SMS marketing H3: 6. Add  shoppable links to your email campaigns H3: 7. Combine hyper-personalisation with dynamic content H3: 8. Simplify the checkout process H3: 9. Build trust through transparency and communication H3: 10. Partner with an agency H2: How to  track your customer retention strategies H2: Building your customer retention strategy H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: 10 strategies to increase customer retention for ecommerce brands H2: What are the benefits of a customer retention strategy? H2: How to measure your customer retention rate H2: What is customer churn rate and lifetime value? H2: 10 tested ways to increase customer retention (ecommerce edition) H3: 1. Organise your tech stack H3: 2. Offer strategic referral incentives H3: 3. Gamify customer onboarding H3: 4. Create useful how-to guides and FAQs H3: 5. Use SMS marketing H3: 6. Add  shoppable links to your email campaigns H3: 7. Combine hyper-personalisation with dynamic content H3: 8. Simplify the checkout process H3: 9. Build trust through transparency and communication H3: 10. Partner with an agency H2: How to  track your customer retention strategies H2: Building your customer retention strategy H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Did you know: If you increase your customer retention rate by 5%, you could increase profits by 25-95%? That’s a lot of potential value. đŸ€‘ But customer retention is no easy task. You’re constantly in competition with other brands. And customers expect you to maintain a high level of customer service and good brand ethics. If you’re currently struggling to convert first-time buyers into repeat customers, this guide will help you get there. You’ll find strategies and metrics you need to measure to maintain a good customer retention rate. The goal of a customer retention strategy is to convert one-time buyers into repeat shoppers who consistently choose your store over your competitors. This, in turn, makes your business income more stable and predictable. Here are some more reasons to invest in your customer retention strategy: The average ecommerce customer retention rate is 38%. So if your customer retention rate is above that, you're already doing a good job. 🙌 If you’re not sure what your rate is, here are some simple calculations you can do: If you start with 500 customers, gain 100 new customers, and end with 450 customers, your customer retention rate will be: As well as retention rate, you need to understand customer churn rates and customer lifetime value (CLV). Here’s what these metrics mean: Keep reading to learn how to improve these metrics in your customer retention strategy. Ready to increase customer retention? Here are 7 strategies to help you get more from your customers. ✹ First up, you’ll want to make sure you’ve got all the right tools in place to kick off your customer retention strategy. We’ll mention some tools as you go through the tips, but here are some extras that are a must-have if you want to make this a success. Referral programs are one of the most effective customer retention strategies to strengthen your community and help your brand grow. These schemes make your customers feel connected to your brand so they’re more excited to tell others about it. Here are some ways to get referrals from customers. 💡 Check out article on creating an influencer marketing strategy. You can also automate the process of tracking and rewarding your customers, increasing customer retention with tools like Yotpo or ReferralCandy. If you’ve not heard of the phrase before, ‘gamifying’ is the process of applying game-like elements to your marketing or sales process. For example, when a customer first signs up to your online store, you can build ‘levels’ that they need to complete in order to achieve a discount or VIP status. Here’s what we mean: Customers want instant access to information without the need to contact your customer service team. When they can find answers quickly, it increases customer satisfaction and they’re more likely to purchase from you again. Here are some tips to try: “We want to provide our customers with a better-quality hair care solution. But to make sure they stick with us, we need to provide the best onboarding experience and get them to understand how to use the product properly. This way, they’ll have the motivation to keep coming back and to tell their friends about it.” {{hairstory-podcast="/blog-components"}} SMS marketing has the potential to bring you a 45% click-through rate. And your customers are 81% likely to check their text notifications within just 5 minutes. This makes it the perfect channel for your follow-up messages to lapsed customers. You could use it to re-engage people who haven't purchased in the past few months. Or let them know of time-sensitive offers, flash sales, and personalised incentives. Here's are some SMS marketing ideas for you to try: Interactive emails have a 73% higher click-through rate than standard campaigns. Adding shoppable links makes it easy for customers to buy directly from their inbox, reducing steps in the purchase process and driving more sales. Here’s how to make it work: 💡Marketers using our digital asset management tool, Dash, can connect with Klaviyo to easily drag and drop product images into their email campaigns. When you send your prospects personalised content - like relevant offers and recommendations - your target audience is more likely to shop with you. You can use email marketing to combine hyper-personalisation with dynamic content. These two retention marketing strategies make sure your customers only see relevant content that adapts in real-time to their behaviour. 26% of your customers will abandon their carts if you have a long, complicated checkout process. So streamline the buyer's journey with automated account creation and one-click payment options. Here's how you can do this: Building trust with your customers is essential for long-term retention, and transparency and communication are key to achieving this. Here’s how you can build trust and foster loyalty: If you don’t have the resources to kick off a customer retention strategy, consider working with an agency. For example, Elliot Digital is an email and SMS retention partner that will help you optimise your campaigns and increase revenue from repeat purchases. They specifically work with Klaviyo, a leading email and SMS marketing tool for DTC brands. Once you’ve got some customer retention strategies in place, you’ll want to track them to make sure they’re performing well for your brand. Here are some metrics to track. If you don’t have the resources to implement all these customer retention strategies right now, that’s okay. Start with one and continue to build it over time. You can always come back to this guide as your ecommerce brand grows. If you want to learn more about ways to grow your brand, check out some of these resources: Christian Cabaluna is an SEO content writer with 5+ years of first-hand experience. When he isn't writing in his favorite coffee shop, Christian enjoys reading, cooking, watching documentaries, camping in the mountains, and catching beautiful sunsets. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/dam-drive-dropbox-integration Title: Upload assets from Drive or Dropbox to DashTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Connect your Google Drive or Dropbox account to your Dash, the DAM for growing brands. Then move image and video content with just the click of a button. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/dam-drive-dropbox-integration ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Upload assets from Drive or Dropbox to Dash H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Upload assets from Drive or Dropbox to Dash H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Tired of downloading files from Drive or Dropbox, only to re-upload them into Dash? Well, I've got good news for you. When you want to add new visual content to Dash, you can now pick whether to import assets from your Google Drive or Dropbox. đŸ„ł Here's what it looks like: {% video_player "embed_player" overrideable=False, type='hsvideo2', hide_playlist=True, viral_sharing=False, embed_button=False, autoplay=False, hidden_controls=False, loop=False, muted=False, full_width=False, width='800', height='473', player_id='109285321878', style='' %} First off, it makes it easy to maintain your existing folder structure. You can select entire Dropbox or Drive folders and upload them into Dash. This is super handy if you've been given access to a folder full of assets that should be in Dash. Plus it can dramatically shorten the time it takes to get started if you're new Dash customer. There's a reason we've been won G2's most implementable DAM award, after all. 😇 But that's not all. This will be useful if you're using local folders to collect and sort large numbers of assets before they're ready to go into Dash. Think of a photoshoot, for instance. Shoots create hundreds, if not thousands, of new assets from a photographer to go through. Some customers ask their photographers to upload the raw shots into a local Dropbox folder, which they'll use as a holding pen while they pick the shots they actually want to use. You'll now be able to do this straight from Dash. Worried about accidentally adding a ton of duplicate files? The integration's got you covered. It will automatically scan for duplicates and it won't upload them if the asset is already in your Dash. So how do you get started? Connecting Dash to your Drive or Dropbox accounts is simple, just follow the instructions on our Help Centre: Give us a shout if you get stuck. And, as ever, if you have any feedback do let us know! Barney is the Marketing Lead for Dash. He writes about small business marketing strategies and how DTC brands can boost sales. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/dam-folder-structure Title: Build a folder structure for your brand’s DAM systemTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Our Sales and Onboarding Manager, Emily, walks through how to set up folders in Dash. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/dam-folder-structure ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Build a folder structure for your brand’s DAM system H2: Why should you take time to build a good folder structure? H3: Helps you visualise your assets H3: Find content fast H3: Better team-alignment H2: 6 tips for organising your folders in digital asset management H3: 1. Focus on purpose-based folders H3: 2. Be specific about your sub-folders H3: 3. Use consistent naming conventions H3: 4. Create logical folder hierarchies H3: 5. Use tags and fields H3: 6. Regularly review your structure H2: A real-life template for building your folder structure H2: How to set up your folders in Dash H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Build a folder structure for your brand’s DAM system H2: Why should you take time to build a good folder structure? H3: Helps you visualise your assets H3: Find content fast H3: Better team-alignment H2: 6 tips for organising your folders in digital asset management H3: 1. Focus on purpose-based folders H3: 2. Be specific about your sub-folders H3: 3. Use consistent naming conventions H3: 4. Create logical folder hierarchies H3: 5. Use tags and fields H3: 6. Regularly review your structure H2: A real-life template for building your folder structure H2: How to set up your folders in Dash H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Digital asset management (DAM) is made for your visual content. A good platform like Dash comes with an intuitive interface designed to get you set up quickly. But you’ll still need to organise your brand’s folder structures. 📂 I head up our Sales and Onboarding team and regularly work with clients to set up their new Dash accounts. In this article, I’ll walk you through some best practices for setting up your folders. By the end, you'll have a blueprint for mapping out your own structures. Firstly, it’s important to know why you need good folder structures. Just like you wouldn't list products online without optimising them for search and navigation—the same principle applies to your folders and digital files in DAM. Here’s why good folder structures are important in a digital asset management tool. A good folder structure should serve as a visual representation of the types of content stored in your digital asset management system. Unlike tools like Google Drive and Dropbox, the user experience in a DAM like Dash means it's really easy to find the type of content you need. Just look at the difference between Drive and Dash below. A visual folder structure makes it easier for you to collaborate with your team members, new employees, partners, and external teams. Having a well-organised folder structure simplifies the process of uploading and finding digital content. You and your teammates will spend less time deciding where to put content. And when you go to find your content again, these folders work like shortcuts. You can quickly narrow down your search results with just a few clicks. A well-organised folder system means different teams can work on the same projects without confusion. It keeps everything in one place, making it easy for everyone to locate what they need. Just take this example from one of my customers who (before Dash) were using SharePoint to store their assets. This was their workflow in SharePoint: The problem was they categorised their team folders in different ways. It was impossible to know which assets had been shared with the marketing team and which ones hadn't. There was no single source of truth for their assets so it took ages for the teams to find them again. It also wasn't clear who was responsible for the assets at each stage. To solve this, we agreed on a new folder structure in Dash: 💡If you currently use tools like SharePoint, Google Drive or Dropbox, it’s really easy to migrate your assets over to Dash. You can use our integrations, or we’ll be able to do it for you—just get in touch. Want to spend less time doing boring admin and more time creating content? Of course you do. Here are my tips for setting up good folder structures in a digital asset management tool (like Dash). Your digital assets are resources you’ll use time and time again, so you should start by drilling down into ‘why’ an asset was created before building your folders out. What jobs need to be done with these assets? Who’ll be doing these jobs? From here you can create purpose-based folders that teammates will understand. These top-level, purpose-based folders will lay the foundation for your folder hierarchy. After you’ve picked your high-level folders, you can break them down into specific subcategories. Here, I recommend using specific folder names that clearly indicate what they contain. For instance, instead of ’Photography’, you could specify whether you’re filing ‘Lifestyle shots’, ‘Product packaging’ or ‘Hero imagery’. Essentially you want to avoid ambiguous names which makes it hard for people to know where to save their new assets. Keep your naming consistent. If you have commonly abbreviated terms in your organisation, decide if you will choose the full term, or abbreviated term and stick to it. Or you could agree to use both synonyms in a folder name to improve search efficiency. Ultimately, consistency is absolutely key. It's important to organise your folders in a way that matches how your organisation thinks about and uses your assets. I recommend avoiding creating layer upon layer of  sub-folders. The depth of your folder structure will depend on the size of your business, but keep in mind that a regular user shouldn't have to navigate more than 3-5 levels deep. While in-depth folder hierarchies are helpful, they can make your structure more complex, especially when you have different categories competing with each other. For example, should you prioritise your product categories or file types? There's no right or wrong answer here—both options have their advantages. However, including both in your structure can lead to duplicated effort across multiple branches. This is where a DAM tool is useful. It allows you to use tags and custom fields to filter your folders. Rather than having loads of folders and subfolders, you can search vertically by filtering different search criteria. Here’s an example of how you might search for your best-performing assets within a ‘Product’ folder in Dash. Finally, plan for the future and regularly review your structure. Naturally, as your brand grows and product lines expand, you’re going to be creating more content which more people will need access to. Here’s what you can look for in your review: Ready to start planning your folder structures? To get you started, here’s an example of how a fashion retail brand might set up their folders in Dash. I’ll also include the different types of filters they might include to help whittle down search results. 👉 This blueprint is based on some of our customer’s folder structures as well as the best practice tips I’ve listed in this article. 📂 [Top-level folder] Brand Materials (add filters for ‘file type’): 📂 [Top-level folder] Products (add filters for ‘product category’, ‘type of content’, ‘SKU code’, and ‘usage rights’) 📂 [Top-level folder] Community Content (add filters for ‘creator’ and ‘usage rights’) 📂 [Top-level folder] Marketing Materials (add filters for ‘creator’ and ‘date created’) 📂 [Top-level folder] Press (add filters for ‘product category’, ‘type of content’, ‘SKU code’) 📂 [Top-level folder] Events (add filters for ‘creator’, and ‘date created’) 💡The depth and width of your product line will influence how you want to structure your assets. If you have a smaller product line, you might want to consider a ‘Core products’ folder along with occasional seasonal collection folders that can be archived accordingly. Alternatively, if you have a larger product line that refreshes every season, you may wish to start with seasonal folders as they allow for a more granular organisation of assets. Dash has been built to be super-intuitive, so it’s really easy to create new folders in Dash. However, if you need a hand, feel free to book a call with a member of our team. We can advise you on the best way to set up your folders, tags and fields. And we can help migrate assets over from your previous system. Alternatively, if you want to try Dash for yourself, book a 14-day free trial—no string attached. ✹ Emily Lamb is Dash's Product Manager. She's writes articles on how brands can save time and money with digital asset management tools like Dash. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/dam-for-apparel-and-fashion-brands Title: Why fashion and apparel brands shouldn’t sleep on DAMTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Are you looking for ways to grow your fashion brand? Did you know, a tool like digital asset management helps you grow by freeing up the time you spend hunting down assets? Learn more in our blog post. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/dam-for-apparel-and-fashion-brands ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Why fashion and apparel brands shouldn’t sleep on DAM H2: What is digital asset management for apparel brands? H2: The problem with using Google Drive or Dropbox for storing creative H2: 10 ways apparel brands benefit from a DAM H3: 1. Find assets quickly and launch products faster H3: 2. Easily manage a high volume of SKUs and product variations H3: 3. Ensure brand consistency across all your channels H3: 4. Manage relationships with retailers and marketplaces H3: 5. Collaborate with content creators and photographers H3: 6. Manage rights and expiry dates H3: 7. Deploy content to your channels (without the faff) H3: 8. Drop product shots in your Shopify store H3: 9. Understand what content is working (and what’s not) H3: 10. Get inspired for new campaigns H2: How DAM fits into your wider tech stack H2: What’s the best DAM for apparel brands? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Why fashion and apparel brands shouldn’t sleep on DAM H2: What is digital asset management for apparel brands? H2: The problem with using Google Drive or Dropbox for storing creative H2: 10 ways apparel brands benefit from a DAM H3: 1. Find assets quickly and launch products faster H3: 2. Easily manage a high volume of SKUs and product variations H3: 3. Ensure brand consistency across all your channels H3: 4. Manage relationships with retailers and marketplaces H3: 5. Collaborate with content creators and photographers H3: 6. Manage rights and expiry dates H3: 7. Deploy content to your channels (without the faff) H3: 8. Drop product shots in your Shopify store H3: 9. Understand what content is working (and what’s not) H3: 10. Get inspired for new campaigns H2: How DAM fits into your wider tech stack H2: What’s the best DAM for apparel brands? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Your fashion brand is growing. 📈 Despite being in an (incredibly) competitive market, you’re making moves and building a steady community of customers who love what you do. Your visual content management is holding you back. Every new product launch, campaign, or influencer collab adds more assets to the pile. No doubt your team is already drowning in scattered folders, endless email attachments, and “Where’s that file?” Slack messages. The bigger you grow, the greater the chaos. Poor asset organisation doesn’t just slow your team down, it affects your bottom line. Seasonal campaigns get delayed; PR opportunities slip through your fingers because you can’t find the right images on time, and you end up duplicating content you know you created months ago, but can’t seem to track down. If you want your apparel brand to keep scaling, staying organised with your assets isn’t optional—it’s essential. It’s one of the reasons brands like Passenger, RIXO and Filling Pieces are so successful. They keep organised with digital asset management (DAM). A digital asset management tool is a place for your brand to store, manage and share your assets. That includes product photos, model shots, user-generated content, brand logos, ad creative - anything visual you need to grow your brand. You may currently be using the likes of Google Drive or Dropbox. Or maybe you’re relying on WeTransfer to collect and send content. Whilst these tools all have their uses, they’re not built for searching, finding, collaborating and sharing content. A DAM does all of those things, and more. If you’re like most fast-growing apparel brands, you’re probably managing your content in Google Drive, Dropbox, or even WeTransfer. And while they’re fine for basic storage, they quickly fall apart as your brand (and content library) grows. Like shared drives,  a DAM is a tool to help you manage and share your visuals. But did you know that a good DAM (like our very own Dash 😇) also allows fashion and apparel brands to As we mentioned, a DAM is designed to help you find your content fast. Instead of remembering file names (like you do if you want to find anything in Google Drive), in a DAM you simply type in a keyword. In Dash, everytime you upload an image, it scans the contents and assigns auto-tags. For example, this photo of a model wearing a yellow t-shirt has been tagged with keywords like: sweater, knitwear and long sleeve. But what if you forget to add tags? đŸ€” We’ve got a solution for that too. Dash uses AI to help you find the contents of an image even when it’s not been tagged. It means you can type in longer phrases like ‘man wearing jumper with yellow sleeves.’ When you can find your assets quickly, you can get your content out to your channels and launch your campaigns faster. Whether you’re regularly launching new apparel, or you have seasonal drops, no doubt you’re juggling a lot of products, each with different variations of colour, size, pattern - and so on. That’s a lot of visual content. Keeping all of that organised in a tool like Google Drive or Dropbox quickly becomes unmanageable. A DAM like Dash gives you granular levels of filters, fields and folders so you’re not duplicating content or getting confused about which variation or SKU you should be using in which campaigns. Taking the clothing brand, Filling Pieces, who use Dash. They have a mixture of campaign photography and ecommerce photography. Within those they’ll have different models and product shots that they need to keep track of. Keeping it all organised in a tool like Dash means they don’t need to duplicate the assets that live in both the ecommerce and lifestyle photography folders. Your brand’s image and integrity is rooted in how you show up to your audience. Visuals play a huge part in helping you get your message across and increasing brand awareness. And being consistent with that message is crucial. A digital asset management system for apparel brands will ensure your team, partners and agencies always have the most up-to-date and approved band assets. In Dash for example, if you upload a new version of your logo, your entire team will get notified of the change. You can also use our Corebook integration to create an interactive brand book (and get rid of your static PDFs). Plus, our branded portals means you’ll always keep your external partners like agencies, distributors and retailers up to date with the latest content. Speaking of
 We know that retail partnerships can be a huge revenue generator for apparel brands. Just take Mountain Equipment — 95% of their revenue comes from their retail partners. That’s a big chunk of money you could be leaving on the table if you’re not building strong, seamless relationships with them. One of the most effective ways to do that is with Dash portals. ✹ Portals are publicly accessible versions of your Dash library. You can create as many as you need — one for each retailer, distributor or marketplace — and customise what they see. That means you can cherry-pick the exact images, product shots, and campaign assets each partner needs without giving them access to your entire library. But it’s not just about making it easy for them to grab a few photos. Many retailers rely on lookbooks — beautifully curated collections of product and lifestyle imagery — to decide which items they’ll stock and how they’ll present them. Traditionally, creating and sharing these lookbooks means designing PDFs, exporting files, and emailing huge attachments around. It’s slow, clunky, and hard to keep updated. With Dash, you can turn your portals into dynamic digital lookbooks that update automatically whenever you add content to the relevant folders. You can group assets by season, style, or drop, pair them with product info, and make it effortless for buyers to browse and download exactly what they need. This approach helps you sell into retail faster and with less friction. ✅ You’re more than likely working with creators, influencers and photographers to help you create content for your campaigns. Not all of them need access to your asset library. That’s why, with Dash, we built guest uploads so people can send assets to you without needing to log in. Here’s what your recipients will see when you send a guest upload link. Kim from haircare brand RevAir, explains how they use guest uploads to collect user-generated content from happy customers. đŸ„° “Some of our customers generate outstanding videos and reviews for us. Before Dash, one person might send it via Dropbox, another via Google, and another in a text. Having one link that notifies us when content is sent feels more professional, and I feel like we don’t lose anything.” Chances are you’re also working with professional models to help promote your clothing and accessories. Being able to see when certain contracts expire or where you’re allowed to use certain images is vital for your working relationship and your overall brand integrity. In Dash you can create custom fields like expiry date, creator name and usage rights which will indicate where a piece of content can be used. When the image or video reaches its expiry date, it’ll notify users who try to download it. ⚠ You’ve done the hard work: created beautiful visuals, shot your new collection, and built campaigns you can’t wait to share. Now it’s time to actually get that content out into the world — and this is where most brands start to stumble. Because if you’re still manually downloading files from one tool, uploading them into another, resizing them one by one, and crossing your fingers you’ve grabbed the latest version
 that’s hours of your week disappearing into admin. A DAM like Dash takes that pain away and puts your content where it needs to go, fast. ⚡ When you can deploy content directly from your asset library, your workflows speed up, your team gets more done, and your campaigns hit the market faster. And in a fast-moving industry like apparel, that’s a serious competitive edge. We’ve already mentioned this, but it’s worth calling out again: Dash is one of the few digital asset management tools that integrates directly with Shopify. For fashion and apparel brands, that’s a game-changer. Instead of downloading product photos from one platform, uploading them into another, and renaming files along the way, you can connect Dash to your Shopify store and send product imagery straight to your product pages in just a few clicks. It means new launches go live faster, updates are easier to roll out, and your team spends less time wrestling with admin and more time focusing on campaigns. And because Dash keeps everything neatly organised — with fields, tags and usage rights built in — you’ll always know you’re using the right, up-to-date version of every image. No more uploading the wrong product photo or losing track of which lifestyle shot belongs to which SKU. One of the most powerful ways to improve your marketing is to learn from what’s already working. With Dash’s built-in analytics, you get that visibility right away. You can see which assets are being downloaded most often — and by whom. This is especially valuable if you work with retail partners, as you’ll know exactly which campaign shots or product images they’re finding useful (and which ones are being ignored). That kind of insight helps you create more of the content your partners want and strengthen those all-important relationships. Dash also makes it easy to act on what you learn. If you know a particular image or campaign visual has performed well, you can use visually similar search to instantly find related assets and build on that success. And with custom fields, you can tag or mark content that’s performed strongly in past campaigns, so your team always knows what’s worth reusing or reimagining. When your asset library is a disorganised mess, planning your next marketing campaign can feel like staring at a blank page. But when everything’s beautifully organised and easy to browse, inspiration practically jumps out at you. 💡 That’s exactly what happened for the team at the luxury footwear brand, Emmy London. Lucy, the brand’s Social Media Manager, explains how every season, she’s able to use Dash to spark creative campaign ideas. “I can plan a whole month's worth of content so quickly. When we were exclusively using Dropbox, it would take me ages to even think of what content we had and could share. Now it’s all in front of me in Dash, I have so much inspiration.” When your visuals are this easy to explore, your library isn’t just a storage space — it’s a springboard for new ideas, helping every campaign start with creativity, not chaos. A good digital asset management system doesn’t replace the tools you already use — it plugs directly into the tools your team relies on every day. Instead of managing content across disconnected platforms, a DAM ties everything together — acting as the backbone of your tech stack. You’re sold on the idea of digital asset management. There are a lot of options out there, so how do you know which one’s right for your brand? The truth is, not all DAMs are built with apparel businesses in mind. Some enterprise DAMs are bloated with features you’ll never use, while others are too basic to handle the complexity of your growing asset library. The best tool is one that fits your workflows, your growth stage, and your goals. Here’s a summary of what to look for: Download the DAM comparison worksheet to learn what other DAMs could be costing you {{dam-comparison="/blog-components"}} 👉 Pro tip: Enterprise DAMs are often too complex and expensive for growing brands. Tools like Dash are built specifically for fast-moving ecommerce and apparel teams — with the right features, an easy setup, and a quick path to value. If you’re ready to move beyond scattered folders, endless email attachments, and missed opportunities, a digital asset management system is the next step in scaling your apparel brand. The right DAM will help you launch campaigns faster, strengthen retail relationships, stay on-brand across every channel, and make the most of every piece of content you create. That’s exactly what Dash was built for. Unlike clunky enterprise tools designed for massive corporations, Dash is made with growing ecommerce and apparel brands in mind. It’s quick to set up, easy for your whole team to use, and packed with features that make a real difference — from AI-powered search and retailer portals to guest uploads, usage rights management and seamless integrations with the tools you already use. For more info, learn how fashion brands are using Dash: If your brand is scaling and your content is starting to feel unmanageable, now’s the time to upgrade. Try Dash free for 14 days and see how much easier managing, sharing and launching content can be — no credit card required. Start your free trial → Amy Burchill is the SEO and Content Manager for Dash. She works with ecommerce experts to create articles for DTC brands wanting to improve their campaigns. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/dam-for-homeware-brands Title: Why your homeware brand needs DAMTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Discover how a digital asset management (DAM) system helps homeware and furniture brands organise product photography, manage UGC, collaborate with retailers, and launch collections faster with Dash. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/dam-for-homeware-brands ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Why your homeware brand needs DAM H2: What is digital asset management for homeware and interior brands? H2: Why Google Drive and Dropbox are holding you back H2: 10 ways DAM can help your homeware brand scale H2: What to look for when choosing a DAM H2: What’s the best DAM for home and furniture brands? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Why your homeware brand needs DAM H2: What is digital asset management for homeware and interior brands? H2: Why Google Drive and Dropbox are holding you back H4: [fs-toc-omit] It’s hard to find the right asset H4: [fs-toc-omit] It’s easy to mix up different versions H4: [fs-toc-omit] It’s tricky to share large files H4: [fs-toc-omit] There’s no visibility or control over your assets H4: [fs-toc-omit] It’s difficult to scale H2: 10 ways DAM can help your homeware brand scale H4: 1. Easily collect content from your photoshoots H4: 2. Find assets and get new collections online faster H4: 3. Keep your brand looking sharp (and consistent) H4: 4. Make working with retailers a breeze H4: 5. Collect your UGC in one place H4: 6. Resize and repurpose content for every channel H4: 7. Collaborate with your remote team H4: 8. Help your customer service team delight shoppers H4: 9. Make press collaboration seamless H4: 10. Spark new campaign ideas with your asset library H4: 11. Speed up launches with Shopify our integration H2: What to look for when choosing a DAM H2: What’s the best DAM for home and furniture brands? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Launching a new collection for a homeware brand is always exciting. You get to create beautiful lifestyle photography, close-up product shots, creator collabs, new collections, video for social, influencer content, user-generated content - the list goes on. But it’s a lot. And for many home and furniture brands, this is where things get complicated. Assets are stored across different folders, versions get mixed up, and sharing files with retailers or partners takes longer than it should. What should feel like a smooth launch often turns into extra admin, unnecessary delays, and frustration for your teams. That’s why more brands are turning to digital asset management (DAM). In this article, we’ll explore how a DAM gives you one place to organise, manage, and share your homeware content so your teams and partners always have the right assets, whenever they need them. A digital asset management tool is the single source of truth for your brand’s digital assets. It’s the place you go to manage, find and share your product photos, lifestyle shots, user-generated content, creator videos, logos, fonts, brand guidelines - in short, anything visual that helps you promote your brand. A DAM like Dash (that’s us 👋) is designed for fast-growing homeware brands who need a way to find content quickly, share the latest assets with their partners and get campaigns live quickly without any hassle. Most homeware and interior brands that move to Dash tell us a similar story: they started out managing their assets in Google Drive or Dropbox. At first, it worked well enough—folders for product images, shared links for retailers, and email attachments for quick requests. But as their product ranges grew and marketing demands increased, these tools became harder to manage and less reliable. Here’s why Drive and Dropbox often hold brands back as they scale: File names like IMG_4321.jpg or final_v3_revised aren’t helpful when you need a specific product photo. If a retailer asks for ‘the oak dining table lifestyle shot,’ someone on your team has to dig through folders or resend the same images. Without visual search, tags, or filters, finding the right asset becomes a time-consuming task. When files are copied into multiple folders or shared through email, it’s easy to lose track of which version is the most up to date. Retailers might end up using last season’s photography, or your sales team might send out an outdated brochure. These inconsistencies not only look unprofessional, but they can impact sales. Sending large folders over email or creating endless WeTransfer links slows everyone down. Retailers and partners often have to wait for downloads or request new files if links expire. It creates extra admin for your team and adds friction to otherwise simple requests. With Drive or Dropbox, it’s difficult to manage who has access to what. Assets with specific usage rights—like campaign photography or licensed fabrics—can easily be used in the wrong context. Without expiry dates or permissions, there’s no clear way to control usage. As your asset library grows, so does the clutter. A few folders may feel manageable, but once you’re dealing with hundreds of SKUs, each with multiple product angles, lifestyle shots, and spec sheets, these platforms become overwhelming. The bigger your brand gets, the harder it becomes to keep Drive or Dropbox organised. Every homeware brand runs on a constant flow of new content. Between professional photoshoots, influencer collaborations, and customer-generated imagery, you’re likely managing hundreds of files before a single campaign even goes live. Keeping all of that organised—and ensuring only approved content gets used—can be a huge challenge. With Dash, all your content flows into one central hub from day one. This gives your brand a rich, well-organised mix of polished and authentic imagery—all searchable and ready to use. Once your photoshoots are complete and your assets are approved, the next challenge is keeping everything organised. Homeware brands produce a huge range of content—from product cut-outs and lifestyle shots to spec sheets and videos—and those files can pile up fast. With a DAM like Dash, everything is structured from the moment you upload it. You can add customisable fields to your assets, like collection, product name, finish, or room style. These allow you to search for the actual content of your images (like a ‘sofa’ or ‘living’ room) and means you don’t need to rely on rigid folder structures to find what you need. You can also apply tags to describe details like ‘velvet,’ ‘oak,’ or ‘industrial.’ Dash automatically scans and tags images too, so you don’t need to rely on file names. The result is a library where you and your team can search ‘bed with bedside table’ and instantly find the exact image you need without digging through folders. It means new products get online faster, campaigns launch sooner, and retailers always have the right visuals at hand. Your brand needs to feel coherent across every channel, whether that’s your website, a retailer’s online store, social media, or a press feature. But when teams are working from scattered folders or outdated links, it’s all too easy for an old logo or last season’s photography to slip through. With Dash, you can make sure everyone is always working with the latest, approved assets. You can do this by: Retail partnerships have the potential to be a major growth driver for homeware brands. Just take Haws, the iconic watering can brand, who work with over 100 retailers to get their products in front of customers. Managing requests from that many partners could easily become a full-time job. With Dash, Haws create branded portals that act as self-serve libraries for their retailers. Instead of emailing back and forth or sending large WeTransfer links, each partner can log in to their own portal and instantly find the exact product shots or lifestyle images they need. Portals will make your retailers feel like VIPs ✹ and ultimately strengthen your relationships. For fast-growing homeware brands, styled shoots in beautiful homes can be out of reach. Hiring locations, dressing entire rooms, and producing full-scale shoots can be expensive and time-consuming. Instead, many brands rely on user-generated content (UGC) and authentic creator photography to bring their products to life. This is where Dash makes UGC easy to manage. With guest upload links, you can invite customers, creators, or influencers to send their content directly into your library without needing full access to your account. Once uploaded, you can approve, tag, and file the content alongside your professional campaign assets. Plus, Dash’s visually similar search helps you surface related content, so if one shot is working, you can quickly find others in the same style to build a stronger campaign. Read our article on creating stunning homeware shots (without a styled set). 😍 Once your images are approved and organised, the next step is getting them out into the world — across your website, social channels, retailer listings, and email campaigns. But every platform has its own size requirements, and manually resizing images in Photoshop or chasing a designer for new versions can quickly slow you down. With Dash, you can resize and crop images directly in your library. Whether you’re creating: You can even save preset dimensions for your most-used channels, so your team can choose from a dropdown of ‘ready-to-go’ options (like Instagram Post, Homepage Banner, or Retailer Thumbnail). That means anyone on your team — not just the design team — can prepare assets for launch. As your team grows, not everyone will be in the same office—or even the same city. Designers, marketers, and sales teams often need quick access to product visuals while working remotely. The problem is that with tools like Google Drive or Google Photos, files can be slow to download and tricky to find, especially when you’re dealing with large image sizes. That’s why home and furniture brands like RJ Living moved to Dash. After signing up, Nathan migrated their content from Google Drive and Photos to create a single source of truth for all their visual assets. “We wanted to centralise our content for the whole team to use. Dash makes it easy for anyone to jump in and find what they want, and get back to what they were doing. It saves downloading a 40MB TIF file from Google Drive too which staff members, especially those working from home with slower internet, really appreciate. It’s become a hub for all our images.” With Dash, your team—whether in the office, at home, or on-site with a retailer—can instantly search, download, and share the right content without delays. It keeps projects moving and ensures everyone is working with the same, approved library of assets. Your website can only show so many product images, but customers often want to see more. They might ask how a sofa looks in a certain fabric, or how a paint colour appears in a bathroom versus a living room. Without quick access to the right visuals, your customer service team ends up digging through folders or asking the marketing team for help. COAT solved this with Dash. Their customer service team can type in keywords like ‘ghosted kitchen’ into Dash and instantly surface relevant images from their library. From there, they can pull those shots into and send a link directly to the customer. Press teams and publishers are always on the hunt for strong visuals, but sending them folders of assets or huge email attachments is slow and outdated. If they can’t access your images quickly, you might miss out on some great PR opportunities. With Dash however, you can gather exactly the right images into a curated collection and share it instantly. COAT used this approach during their collaboration with UK TV personality Stacey Dooley. By pulling all campaign imagery into a single collection, they were able to give journalists and publishers a polished, ready-to-use press pack with just one link. For marketers at homeware brands, the work never stops. There’s always a new collection to launch, a seasonal trend to tap into, or a campaign to plan. But when your content is scattered across folders, it’s easy to forget what assets you already have—and harder to find inspiration. For Abi at COAT says its a been a game changer đŸ„°: “The searchability in Dash has been a game changer for us. It’s my favourite feature. It helps spark new ideas—especially since we have so much content, it’s easy to forget what’s available. Being able to dive into these little rabbit holes and discover things we didn’t even know we had is incredibly useful. For many homeware brands, your ecommerce site is your most important sales channel. But getting new products live can be a slow process—downloading images from one tool, renaming them, and re-uploading them into Shopify. Dash removes that bottleneck. By connecting your library directly to Shopify, you can send product imagery straight from Dash to your online store. That means: For fast-moving brands, this makes a real difference. Instead of wasting hours handling files, your team can focus on building product pages, curating collections, and running campaigns that drive sales. Once you’ve decided a DAM is the right next step, the question becomes: which one? There are plenty of tools out there, and each offers different features, pricing, and levels of complexity. Here are a few key things to consider when choosing the right system for your furniture or homeware brand: When you weigh up these factors, Dash ticks all the right boxes. It’s built for growing ecommerce brands and gives you everything you need to manage your content efficiently, without unnecessary complexity. If you’re ready to get away from scattered folders and expired WeTransfer links, a digital asset management system is the natural next step in scaling your furniture brand. The right DAM will help you launch collections faster, strengthen retail partnerships and keep your brand consistent across every channel. That’s exactly who Dash was built for. It’s quick to set up, easy for your whole team to use, and packed with features that make a real difference — from AI-powered search and branded portals, to guest uploads, usage rights management, and direct integrations with the tools you already use (like Shopify, WooCommerce, Canva, and Adobe). For more inspiration, see how other brands are using Dash: If your product library is growing and your content is starting to feel unmanageable, now’s the time to upgrade. Try Dash free for 14 days and see how much easier it is to manage, share, and launch your content, no credit card required. 👉 Start your free trial Amy Burchill is the SEO and Content Manager for Dash. She works with ecommerce experts to create articles for DTC brands wanting to improve their campaigns. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/dam-roi Title: The ROI of digital asset management: How to make a strong business case for DAMTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Want to get a DAM for your business but don't know how to sell it in? Here's how to prove return on interest (ROI) so your boss can get on board with it. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/dam-roi ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: The ROI of digital asset management: How to make a strong business case for DAM H2: TLDR: what you’ll learn in this article H2: Why should you buy a DAM solution? H2: What ROI can you expect from a DAM? H3: ‍ H2: How teams can benefit from your DAM H2: How much does DAM cost? H2: How to calculate the money you could save with DAM H2: Your checklist for a digital asset management business case H2: How Dash helps you get a return on your DAM investment H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: The ROI of digital asset management: How to make a strong business case for DAM H2: TLDR: what you’ll learn in this article H2: Why should you buy a DAM solution? H2: What ROI can you expect from a DAM? H4: Get your time back H4: Spend less on content creation H3: ‍ H4: Make better use of your assets H4: Avoid costly mistakes H4: Boost the ROI of marketing campaigns H2: How teams can benefit from your DAM H2: How much does DAM cost? H2: How to calculate the money you could save with DAM H2: Your checklist for a digital asset management business case H2: How Dash helps you get a return on your DAM investment H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Looking to invest in digital asset management software but need buy-in from your team? You’re not alone. For growing ecommerce brands, every tool has to deliver a clear return on investment. And while DAM software helps you organise and manage digital assets, you still need to prove its business value before signing off on the spend. In this article, we’ll help you make a strong business case for DAM—from showing the ROI of digital asset management to breaking down costs, time savings, and how different teams across your business will benefit. No time to read the whole thing? Here’s a handy summary of what we cover in this guide: As your ecommerce brand grows, so does the volume of visual content you create. You’ve got product images, videos, campaign graphics, social content, packaging files, and much more. Managing all of that content in a structured way becomes increasingly important if you want to keep things running smoothly. A digital asset management (DAM) solution provides a central place to store, organise and access your brand’s digital marketing assets. It acts as a single source of truth for your team, making it easy to find the most up-to-date version of a file, check usage rights, and repurpose existing content across your channels. Without a DAM, teams often rely on shared drives, local folders or tools like Google Drive and Dropbox. While these might work early on, they become inefficient as asset libraries grow. It’s easy for files to get lost, duplicated, or used incorrectly—especially when different teams or external partners are involved. DAM platforms like Dash (that’s us!) are designed to solve these problems. You’ll get features including advanced search, tagging, and expiry dates to help teams find what they need quickly, reduce duplicated work, and avoid mistakes. This will free up more time for content creation and campaign planning. If managing your visual content is starting to slow things down, or you’re spending too much time trying to stay organised, you’ll want to invest in a digital asset management tool. ‍{{dam-comparison="/blog-components"}} Now you’re convinced you need a DAM and you’re ready to pull the trigger. But your manager is holding the purse strings and needs you to prove it’s worth the investment. To convince them, you’ll need to present a strong case for the DAM ROI. That will include weighing up the benefits and find ways of measuring ROI. Scoot down this article for tips on how to calculate ROI. First, let's look at some clear benefits that impact return on investment. It might be a clichĂ©, but it’s true: time is money. When your product images, campaign assets, and brand visuals are scattered across shared drives or buried in folders, your team ends up spending far too long just trying to find what they need. On top of that, you’ll likely be fielding frequent requests from teammates or partners who can’t locate the right files themselves. That’s exactly why the haircare brand, RevAir, chose Dash as their DAM tool. Before switching, their team was storing assets in Google Drive, but it was almost impossible to find the assets they needed. Time was being wasted and productivity was being compromised. But, since finding Dash, the ROI couldn’t be clearer. Kim, the brand’s CCO says: “I truly believe Dash has saved us at least ten times its cost.” đŸ„° 👉 Watch Kim's case study that uncovers why RevAir picked Dash. Creating visual assets costs money. You’re likely running photoshoots, working with agencies to create ad graphics and using some stock photography in the mix. Whatever it is, you'll want to make sure you're getting the most out of that investment. If you don’t use a DAM to store these creative assets, it's really easy for them to get lost in your shared drives. If you can’t find them, you’ll likely forget they ever existed and end up creating them again. Luckily, a DAM like Dash makes it really easy to surface old content. Take the paint brand COAT, for example. Abi, their Brand Manager, says Dash’s search features make it super easy to find assets that she’d forgotten about. “The searchability in Dash has been a game changer for us. It’s my favourite feature. It helps spark new ideas—especially since we have so much content, it’s easy to forget what existing assets. Being able to dive into these little rabbit holes and discover things we didn’t even know we had is incredibly useful.” When you upload a new asset in Dash, it will automatically add tags based on the contents of your image. In COAT’s example, Dash is able to identify key objects like ‘bar stool’ and ‘kitchen’. Abi has also added her own custom tags like ‘ghosted’ (which is a paint colour), making it really easy to find again later. Once all your assets are all in one place, it becomes much easier to reuse and repurpose them—without the hassle of tracking them down. Your marketing team might create product shots or campaign graphics for paid ads, but those same visuals can often be used by other teams too—like ecommerce, social, or customer service. That’s exactly what the dog food brand, Forthglade, finds now they’re using Dash. As David Keefe, their Graphic Design Manager, explains: “There’s a lot more collaboration between departments with what each is creating. The ecommerce team, for instance, can see assets uploaded by the sales team in case they want to use them in their campaigns. Seeing what others are creating sparks ideas.” When your teams have visibility over each other’s work and easy access to approved content, you get more value from every asset. When you’re managing a growing library of content, it’s easy for things to slip through the cracks leading to unnecessary expenses. But even small mistakes in your visual assets can come with a price—whether it’s legal risk, brand damage, or just the time spent fixing an error after it’s gone live. Two of the most common issues ecommerce teams run into: Kim at RevAir, explains that they work with influencers on a regular basis and Dash has been vital in ensuring they honour their relationships. “We always want to honour our influencers and affiliates. Without a tool like Dash, it’s difficult to monitor that one piece of content is licensed for six months while another is licensed indefinitely. We can also ensure it’s no longer available for download in any of our portals, so we don’t have to worry.” A digital asset management solution like Dash helps reduce these risks by giving you a structured way to manage asset rights and availability. You can add expiry dates, usage notes, and licensing information directly to each file—so everyone knows what’s safe to use, and when. For ecommerce brands, visual content is essential for growth. Whether it’s on your product pages, social ads, or email campaigns, assets are what drives clicks and conversions. And with the rising cost of paid media, making the most of your creative assets is more important than ever. This was another reason RevAir invested in Dash. When they were using Google Drive, photoshoot content was getting lost, team members couldn’t find the files they needed, and valuable creative material was going underused. “I felt anxious knowing how much money had been spent on the photoshoot, only to struggle to find the images in Google Drive. I couldn’t show them to team members who weren’t at the photoshoot. I wanted to create wonderful things from the content, but it was impossible with Google Drive.” Now with Dash in place, RevAir’s content is properly organised and accessible. Teams can easily find and repurpose visual assets, whether they were involved in the original shoot or not—helping them get more value from every piece of content they produce. Kim explains: “For what it costs per month, I easily get ten times the return in productivity from my team members. In addition to happier team members and better quality work.” This kind of ROI isn’t unique to RevAir. It’s something many growing brands experience once they get their content under control. If your team is spending time chasing down files or re-creating lost assets, that’s time and money that could be reinvested into campaigns that drive revenue. 👀 Want to hear more? Watch Kim’s full case study interview to see how her team is using Dash. While a digital asset management system is often championed by marketing teams, the benefits go far beyond that. The right DAM can support your entire business and help different teams work more efficiently, stay aligned, and avoid unnecessary roadblocks. Here’s how all your departments can get value from your DAM: Marketing teams are often the first to feel the pain of messy file management. If your campaign assets are scattered across folders or buried in old email threads, it's going to slow you down. A digital asset management tool like Dash helps your marketing team move faster and stay consistent. Instead of wasting time tracking down the right product image or worrying about whether a file is up to date, marketers can search for what they need, grab the right version, and get on with the job. Whether they’re building product pages, launching seasonal campaigns or briefing external agencies, everything is easy to find, organise, and reuse. Read up on how the marketing team at FashionFitness use Dash to help sell Reebok in Latin America. Your designers are some of your most valuable (and often most time-strapped) team members. But without a proper system in place, they can easily become bottlenecks—fielding constant asset requests, re-creating files that have gone missing, or digging through folders to find the “final-final-v2” version of a logo. Abi, the Lead Creative at Beavertown uses Dash in lots of different ways. For example, she uses the Adobe Creative Cloud integration to quickly update assets and send them back into Dash. She also makes use of the upload approvals feature, so any new assets need to be approved by her first before they’re live in Dash. That means she’s confident that her colleagues are only using the approved versions of the brand’s creative. Discover how Beavertown’s design team uses Dash to improve their creative workflows If you work with resellers, stockists, or distributors, chances are they need regular access to your product images and promotional assets. Instead of sending files manually or managing messy shared folders, a good DAM like Dash will allow you to set up portals. These are publicly-accessible versions of your Dash that lets retailers self-serve assets. It means they’re always up-to-date with the latest assets and they don’t need to come to you to ask for content. Learn how BrewDog uses Dash’s portals to share assets with bars and partners around the world. Brand consistency and integrity is super important for growth. When shoppers recognise and trust your brand, they're more likely to pick you over your competitors. So if you're responsible for how your brand is represented in the wild, a DAM can make your life a lot easier. Instead of chasing down outdated files or worrying about off-brand assets slipping through the cracks, you’ll have one central place to manage everything. Brand managers can make sure only the most up-to-date logos, guidelines, and campaign assets are being used, while keeping an eye on usage rights and expiry dates. It also becomes much easier to brief agencies or share collections for seasonal campaigns, product launches or brand refreshes. With everything organised and searchable, you spend less time on admin and more time shaping a brand that feels consistent and cohesive—no matter who’s creating content. Read how Abi, COAT’s brand manager, used Dash to ensure only the most up to date assets are being used in their campaigns. Support teams often need quick access to visuals—whether it’s to answer product questions, guide customers through a setup, or send branded collateral. With a DAM, they can search for what they need in seconds, without having to chase down designers or marketers for help. This is something that COAT’s customer support team makes use of in Dash. If a customer asks for a picture of a particular paint colour, they can quickly hop into Dash and find the assets they need. You’ve seen the kind of ROI a DAM can deliver. But how much does a digital asset management system cost? The truth is, most digital asset management platforms are built for large enterprises. They often come with complex features and hefty price tags to match. While those tools might work for global corporations with dedicated IT teams and multi-layered approval processes, they’re often overkill (and overpriced) for growing ecommerce brands. What’s more, most DAM vendors hide pricing on their website, so you won’t know how much you’ll be paying until you’ve been through the demo and sales process. Here’s a breakdown of what we’ve discovered about the pricing of some key digital asset management vendors: Bynder is a well-known enterprise DAM with advanced functionality for multinational teams. It’s a good choice if you're a global brand, but less suited to scaling ecommerce businesses. 💾 Pricing starts at around $450/month, with costs rising quickly as you add users or features. đŸ€“ Read our full Bynder comparison. Brandfolder is a popular choice for large corporations and agencies, offering some advanced features like integrated printing services. Pricing starts at around $1600/month, making it one of the priciest DAMs on the market. đŸ€“ Check out our Brandfolder alternatives guide. This is a DAM tool for mid-market and enterprise brands across a range of industries. Canto’s features include branding tools and templates, but you won’t find any pricing information on the website. 💾 Estimates suggest $600/month, though exact costs are hidden and you’ll need to book a demo for the full scope. đŸ€“ See our Dash vs Canto breakdown. MediaValet is another DAM tool aimed at enterprise businesses. It has some advanced features like forensic watermarking and over 50 integrations. 💾Again, there’s no pricing information on the website. However, our research suggests it has a similar price point to Brandfolder at $1600 per month. đŸ€“ Explore our MediaValet alternatives and comparison article. We’ve designed Dash specifically scaling businesses and teams that need a powerful, easy-to-use DAM without the bloated feature set or enterprise-level costs. Our pricing starts at ÂŁ99 / $139 per month, and includes: You’ll get to try Dash free for 14 days, and if you want to chat with the team, there’s the option to book a 30-minute demo. 👉 Get an in-depth picture of digital asset management pricing in our article. By now, you’ve seen how a digital asset management system can bring serious value to your business. But if you’re trying to make a solid case for it, you’ll need to show some real numbers. Here’s a simple ROI calculator to help you make a business case to your boss: 1. How much time is your team spending searching for assets? Start by figuring out how long it takes your team to find files in your current setup. Let’s say you’ve got 5 employees, each spending 15 minutes a day hunting for product images, campaign visuals or social content. 2. What does that time actually cost? Let’s assume your team members earn ÂŁ15/hour. That means 15 minutes of their time costs around ÂŁ3.75. Multiply that by 5 employees and you’re looking at: 3. What happens when you add a DAM like Dash? With Dash in place, asset searches are much faster. Let’s say that same 15-minute task drops to just 5 minutes per person per day. Now you’re looking at: That’s a ÂŁ250 monthly saving—just from cutting down time spent searching. Now factor in the cost of Dash, starting at an initial investment of ÂŁ99 / $139 per month. Even on our smallest plan, you’ve already more than made your money back—and that’s without touching all the extra ways Dash saves you time. Want to work out what that saves you in a year? We’ll let you grab a calculator to measure DAM ROI. 😉 And remember—this doesn’t even include the extra time saved when sharing assets with agencies and partners, faster campaign launches, or fewer mistakes across your marketing. Those wins add up quickly too. 🙌 If you’re ready to pitch DAM to your team, here’s a step-by-step summary of what to include in your business case: 1. Define the problem Explain how your current setup is slowing things down: Make it clear this isn’t just a ‘marketing problem’ and highlight how it can benefit different teams: 3. Break down the ROI Use real numbers to show what you’ll save: Position Dash against bloated enterprise tools: You can also use our DAM software comparison worksheet to help pick the best DAM for your brand. 5. Wrap with a clear recommendation End your business case with a confident call to action, emphasising the need for continued investment in a DAM system: “Dash will save us time, reduce content costs, and improve the ROI of our marketing. It’s easy to use, cost-effective, and already proven to work for brands like ours.” If you want to see real digital asset management ROI, you need a tool that’s actually useful day to day—not just something that looks good on a software list. Dash is built for growing ecommerce brands that need to manage digital assets without the faff. It helps you cut costs, save time, and make the most of the content you’ve already created. Here’s how Dash helps you get value for money: With Dash, managing digital assets becomes one less thing to worry about. And when your content’s organised, searchable and easy to share, your marketing runs more smoothly—and that can directly impact the revenue generated from your campaigns. If you're looking to save time, cut down on content chaos, and prove the value of your marketing efforts, Dash is a smart investment. It's simple to use, affordable for growing brands, and designed to help you get the most out of your digital assets. 👉 Start your free trial of Dash — no credit card needed, no auto-renew. ‍ 👉 Need help getting sign-off? Download our editable ROI pitch deck and show your team exactly how Dash pays for itself. Amy Burchill is the SEO and Content Manager for Dash. She works with ecommerce experts to create articles for DTC brands wanting to improve their campaigns. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/dam-vs-cms Title: DAM vs CMS: How to know which to pickTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: If you're a small business, you might be wondering whether to buy a DAM or CMS. Discover how both tools work together to help you and your marketing. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/dam-vs-cms ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: DAM vs CMS: How to know which to pick H3: DAM vs CMS: What are the differences? H3: What’s digital asset management? H3: What’s a CMS? H3: DAM vs CMS: which one’s better for image and video content? H3: DAM vs CMS: which one’s best for my teams? H3: How can DAM and CMS work together? H3: Should I get a DAM or CMS first? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: DAM vs CMS: How to know which to pick H3: DAM vs CMS: What are the differences? H3: What’s digital asset management? H3: What’s a CMS? H3: DAM vs CMS: which one’s better for image and video content? H3: DAM vs CMS: which one’s best for my teams? H3: How can DAM and CMS work together? H3: Should I get a DAM or CMS first? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Digital asset management or a content management system? Oof, that’s a mouthful, isn’t it? But it’s something that we’re sure you’ve been wondering about. After all, if you own a small business or do the marketing for it, there comes a point when you’ll need at least one one to deploy content and grow your brand. I’ve worked with both systems and can assure you that they're equally as valuable. Each serves different purposes, yet can work in perfect harmony with each other. đŸ§˜â€â™€ïž But we’re getting ahead of ourselves. Let’s dive in and discover the difference between CMS and DAM, before taking a look at how they can work together. Quite simply, DAM and CMS tools have different purposes. DAM is used for storing, organising and deploying your visual content and CMS is used to deliver that content to your website. To really understand the differences, let’s take a look at the definitions of each. 👇 Digital asset management (short for DAM) is a software tool that you can use to organise, manage and share all of your visual content. Think: product images, podcast audio files, different variations of your logo, video clips for YouTube - the list goes on. A good DAM tool (like ours, 😇) helps you claw back the time you probably spend searching for all those visuals on Dropbox, Google Drive, or your own network drives. It provides one, centralised location for all of your important content that helps build your marketing campaigns. This means you’ll save time on searching and you can get back to your awesome content creation. If you want to delve into all the different things you can do with a DAM, check out my blog post: what is digital asset management? CMS means content management system. Where things get confusing is that both DAM and CMS are used to deliver ‘content’ to your channels. But CMS specifically helps people build websites without the need for complicated coding. See, CMS and DAM are quite different after all. Think about your website now. Have you brought in an agency to help you build your website from scratch? Perhaps you’re having a nightmare trying to update anything because you’re not a developer. Fear not. That’s exactly what a CMS is here to solve. Some CMS tools you’ll probably be familiar with include:WordPress - one of the most popular CMS tools, it powers around 43% of websites. You can set one up for free and use a tonne of different templates, plugins and more. Many brands also connect up with WooCommerce for the ultimate ecommerce CMS experience. HubSpot - not only can you build a website, but you can connect with your customers, collaborate with your sales team and take advantage of a range of analytics tools. It’s great for growing brands and even has an academy where you can learn to make the best use of your CMS. Drupal - similar to WordPress, you can set up a Drupal CMS for free. You also have the ability to set up different levels of permissions and access controls. Shopify - for brands that sell stuff online, Shopify is a user-friendly and simple commerce platform that enables you to push your products out into the world. You can publish blogs, analyse sales and connect up with lots of different apps. Here at Dash, we use the HubSpot CMS to manage and update the content on our website. It’s where we go to build landing pages, create new blog posts (like this) and monitor website traffic. Of course, we use other tools as well to monitor and deliver our campaigns, but this is the CMS we use to manage our website. Here's a screenshot of this post in the HubSpot blog editor ✹ And, it’s important to note that we do use a web agency to help us with any custom coding, but it’s certainly a great starting point for any brand that needs to push content out into the wild wild web. This one is easy — digital asset management. That’s because a DAM has been purposefully built to store your images and videos. Everything from the advanced search functionality to the way your visuals are presented has been designed to make your content super-easy to find. For example, a good DAM (like Dash) won’t just show your images as generic thumbnails which requires you to open each one before you find the one you’re looking for. Instead, everything is presented in a way that puts your visuals front and centre. What’s more, you can search for a keyword like ‘cactus’ and you’ll see all results containing that word. In a CMS tool like Hubspot, on the other hand, you get a list of tiny thumbnails which don’t really do your images justice. You’ll have to know the exact name of the file you're looking for or spend time scrolling through until you spot the one you’re after. In all honesty, a CMS and a DAM will be used by most, if not all, of your teams. Both are equally important. Take these examples below: Marketing teams will likely get the most use out of a DAM and CMS. They’re the ones that’ll need to upload new marketing material to the website (CMS) and oversee the distribution of content. They’ll also use DAM to upload, share and deploy a wide range of digital content like images, videos and graphics to the CMS and other marketing campaigns. Brand managers can use a digital asset management system to store brand guidelines, logo variations and font files. Dash even integrates with Corebook, an interactive brand book that can be updated on the fly. (Say bye to PDFs!) They’ll then use the CMS to update logos and brand copy, or manage the ‘Culture’ section of the company site. Designers Design teams work with all types of creative files. From PNGs and JPGs to SVGs and AI, having everything in a DAM means people can access the correct file types for the job. What’s more, if your designer updates a graphic, anyone who downloaded the original asset will get notified that a new one is available. DAM tools, like Dash, can also help with creative workflows - like uploading fresh design assets ready for approval. Then, just like the brand team, they can upload any new graphics to the website. Sales teams often need access to product images. Take one of our customers, Brook Taverner. Having all the latest product images in Dash means their account managers can quickly create different looks (like a lookbook) to send to customers. Not only does this mean the team spends less time searching for the right images, but it provides a great customer experience too. No more email attachments or clunky file servers (like Dropbox 😇) for them to trawl through. ✹ When it comes to a CMS, a tool like Hubspot can also be used to track new deals and customer communications. You came to this post wondering which was the better tool for your team. In short, the answer is: both! If you think of a CMS as a tool to build your website, then a DAM serves your visual content to that website. So, how can you make CMS and DAM work together? Agree that CMS is not a DAM First off, it’s important to know that these two are not the same things. As we've mentioned, both tools serve very different functions. A content management system is not equipped to store your visual content in a way that’s effective to your team. Take our HubSpot example. We can upload our brand images and logos into the system, but there’s no easy way to search, sort or share those images. We upload files purely to host them on our website, landing pages and within our blog posts. Integrate both together A typical way to make a DAM work with a CMS is to integrate the two. When you purchase a digital asset management solution, you’ll see there will be options to integrate it with your content management system. This means you’ll be able to select your brand’s images and videos directly from the DAM and pop them into your blog post. In Dash, for example, you can integrate with WordPress via the Zapier plug-in. No need to faff around downloading and uploading images, saving them onto your desktop, renaming them, optimising them for the web
 I’m exhausted just thinking about it. A DAM will cut out all of those bottlenecks. 🙌 Even if your CMS doesn’t currently offer a DAM integration, you can still embed images into your blogs and web pages. If you take Dash as an example, you can take any image from the DAM and generate an embeddable link. (Check out our nifty gif below 👇) You can then pop that into your blog post using the ‘insert’ button. 👌 If you’re still wondering whether you should purchase a DAM or a CMS first, then really
 you need both! If you need a tool to manage your website, a CMS should be your first port of call. But you’ll soon need a DAM if you’re using creating of visual content for your site, social media and other channels. However, if you’ve been wondering whether to ditch your CMS for a DAM, then I hope you’ve now discovered how the two tools can work together. To try a DAM for free đŸ€© you can take out a 14-day trial with Dash (that’s us!) with absolutely no strings attached. Just head to the form below. 👇 Amy Burchill is the SEO and Content Manager for Dash. She works with ecommerce experts to create articles for DTC brands wanting to improve their campaigns. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/digital-asset-management-features Title: 12 digital asset management features to make your life easierTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Learn about the 12 core digital asset management features that'll help grow your brand. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/digital-asset-management-features ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: 12 digital asset management features to make your life easier H2: What is digital asset management? H2: 12 key digital asset management features H3: 1. Search your files H3: 2. AI search and auto-tagging H3: 3. Download different size and image formats H3: 4. Share files with your team, agencies and resellers H3: 5. Assign user permissions to different teams and colleagues H3: 6. Give feedback on content H3: 7. Manage different versions of your assets H3: 8. Set image usage rights and expiry dates H3: 9. Feel inspired by your visuals with a beautiful user interface H3: 10. Integrate with your favourite tools H3: 11. Keep your your assets secure H3: 12. Can grow with your brand H2: Which teams will benefit from DAM? H2: Which DAM is best for my brand’s images and videos? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: 12 digital asset management features to make your life easier H2: What is digital asset management? H2: 12 key digital asset management features H3: 1. Search your files H3: 2. AI search and auto-tagging H4: ‍ H3: 3. Download different size and image formats H3: 4. Share files with your team, agencies and resellers H3: 5. Assign user permissions to different teams and colleagues H3: 6. Give feedback on content H3: 7. Manage different versions of your assets H3: 8. Set image usage rights and expiry dates H3: 9. Feel inspired by your visuals with a beautiful user interface H3: 10. Integrate with your favourite tools H3: 11. Keep your your assets secure H3: 12. Can grow with your brand H2: Which teams will benefit from DAM? H2: Which DAM is best for my brand’s images and videos? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content How long do you currently spend searching for your brand’s images and videos? How often do you go to Google Drive or Dropbox and scroll endlessly through a list of digital files, hoping the one you want will miraculously appear? You get frustrated at your teammates who asked for the latest product shots, not because you don’t want to help them, but because you can’t remember what the file’s called or what folder it’s in. đŸ€Šâ€â™€ïž ‍ It’s honestly a nightmare. That's why a digital asset management (DAM) system for managing these digital assets is your saving grace. ‍ Digital asset management is a software tool that lets you manage your brand’s assets from one central location. It’s the single source of truth for your images, video assets, graphics, audio files and brand guidelines. Often used by marketing teams, DAM lets you find, share and deploy creative files to your channels. 🚀 But that’s not all. From downloading specific crop sizes to creating portals for your freelancers and agencies — DAM has loads of features that’ll save you time, money and let you get back to the job you were hired to do. Here are the 12 essential digital asset management features that will help your brand grow. 🚀 Uploading assets is one of the first things you’ll do in a digital asset management (DAM) system. And it’s smarter than a simple drag-and-drop into folders. A DAM ensures that every image, video, or document is organised and searchable from the start. 👉 In short: DAM makes uploads structured, accurate, and clutter-free. Example: When we upload an image to our fake brad, Sol, Dash scans the image and finds the best tags to add. Once you have your tags, filters and fields set up, searching in a DAM is a breeze. Unlike cloud storage tools such as Google Drive or Dropbox, DAM platforms are built to help marketing teams instantly locate the right image, video, or document without scrolling endlessly through folders. A DAM like Dash uses: 👉 In short: DAM search saves you hours by turning a frustrating file hunt into a two-second keyword query. What goes up, must come down. âŹ‡ïž Downloading is a core feature of digital asset management software. And just like uploading, you’ll get the option to make your download as relevant to you as possible. In Dash, you can resize your images and videos depending on what channel you’re posting them on. Let’s download this selection of tshirts. Here we’ve got the option to download it in different image file types: JPG, PNG or WEBP. And you can select what dimensions you need the image to be, depending on the channel you want to deploy it to. For example, let’s say we need to download an image for social media: This means you won’t have to faff around trying to reduce your image size or adjust it for social. Simply download in the dimensions you need and off you go. Filling Pieces, one of our ecommerce customers, uses this feature all the time. Alberto, the brand’s Marketing Manager says: You can also set custom download presets in your admin section. For example, if your website or online store has strict dimension requirements, you can save those as presets so anyone on your team can download images at the exact size. Plus, the built-in crop tool makes it easy to trim an image to the dimensions you need. Since uploading and downloading are the most common actions you’ll take in a DAM, choosing a platform with a smooth, intuitive experience is essential. With Dash, both workflows are designed to save your team time and keep your library clutter-free. 😇 Sharing marketing materials with external stakeholders is one of the most valuable features of a digital asset management (DAM) system. Instead of juggling large email attachments or clunky folder links, a DAM gives you flexible, brand-safe sharing options. 💡 Example: Haws uses a public Dash portal to give resellers instant access to approved images. It looks and feels like a professional, on-brand asset library — without granting full account access. đŸȘ„ Not every asset is meant for every team. A digital asset management (DAM) system makes it easy to control who sees what, so only the right people have access to the right content. 💡 Example: Beavertown use permissions to keep their asset library organised. The design team has full access to all content, while the rest of the company can only view specific folders. As Lily, their Senior Creative Lead, explains: Keeping your asset library clean and on-brand is simple with approval workflows in Dash. Instead of chasing edits over email or chat, you can manage the whole process in one place. 💡 Example: Beavertown also use the approval process, so when anyone outside the design team tries to upload content, she can pick which ones she wants to approve in their Dash. Keeping everyone on the latest version of a logo, campaign image, or design can be a headache. Without a system, designers spend hours emailing updates and chasing old files still in use. A digital asset management (DAM) system solves this with built-in version control: 💡 Example: This is another feature that Lily from Beavertown loves! In her own words: Expired or unlicensed images can put your brand at risk — especially if different teams aren’t aware of restrictions. A digital asset management (DAM) system makes rights management simple and visible to everyone. Cloud storage tools like Google Drive or Dropbox weren’t built for creative teams. Thumbnails are small (or missing entirely), search relies on exact file names, and browsing can mean opening and closing endless folders. It’s a clunky experience that doesn’t do your valuable assets justice. A digital asset management (DAM) system is designed differently: 💡 Example: Emmy London, a luxury footwear brand, use Dash to plan campaigns. Lucy, their Social Media Manager, explains: 📖 See how Emmy London plan marketing campaigns with Dash in their customer story. Any good DAM will come with a host of integrations. These allow you to connect up with your favourite tools and build a tech stack that’ll make your job a whole lot smoother. At Dash, we have loads of integrations for you to choose from. Here are just a handful: 💡Example: Here’s a quick video from Lily at Beavertown on how she uses the Adobe x Dash integration as part of her creative workflow. Your visual content is valuable, so it should be kept somewhere safe and secure. A good DAM should have security measures in place. If you take Dash for instance: we’re an ISO/IEC 27001:2013 (ISO 27001) certified supplier. This essentially means we keep up to date and adhere to many compliance programmes. Your Dash account, along with all your digital assets will be hosted in the cloud by Amazon Web Services (AWS) — a leading cloud hosting provider. Find out more about Dash’s secure storage. As your brand grows and evolves, you need your digital asset management tool to adapt with you. That could be anything from increasing users, adding additional integrations or new features to meet your needs. With Dash, you only pay for what you need. You’ll get all the core DAM features as standard including searching, sharing, uploading and deploying. You can then add on any extras like portals and custom presets as and when you need them. Take a look at our pricing page to find a plan that works for you. We also have an Ideas Hub where you can let us know anything extra you’d like to see in Dash. Our Developers and Customer Success Managers continually monitor and prioritise your requests, so don’t be afraid to tell us what you think! Your digital asset management system won’t just benefit your marketing teams. As long as you choose a DAM that’s accessible and easy to use, you’ll find that most of your company will benefit from it. Here are some teams we see using Dash, along with the DAM features they find the most useful. As we mentioned, these are the folk that’ll be using your DAM day in and day out. In fact, you’re probably the marketer we’re referring to! A DAM will help you manage the content of your marketing campaigns. You can share creative assets with your agencies, track the performance of your content and deploy product images to your channels. đŸ€“ Take a ready of our article all about marketing asset management for a full run down. Your sales team are talking to your customers every day. They need access to your product images so they can show customers exactly what they’re buying. If you work in ecommerce, your sales managers might be trying to list your products with resellers and online marketplaces, so having access to assets is super important. đŸ€“ See how Haws use Dash to get their product shots over to their 100+ retailers. Having consistent assets across all your channels is essential for the integrity of your brand. Your brand managers know this better than anyone. In DAM, they can keep all brand assets up to date including logos, guidelines, colour palettes and fonts. đŸ€“ Find out more about brand asset management in Dash. A digital asset management solution isn’t just a place for your designers to store their design files - it improves your creative workflows, too. Whether you work with a graphic designer in-house or you hire freelancers, external users can upload their designs for approval and you can provide feedback within Dash. đŸ€“ Learn more about digital asset management software for design teams. If you like the sound of all these features, you’ll be pleased to know that you can get all of them in Dash for just ÂŁ79/$109 a month. 🙌 We’ve built out DAM for small and growing brands, so you’ll get all the same features that large and enterprise businesses enjoy, without the price tag. To compare different digital asset management vendors, take a look at these useful resources: You can also download our free DAM comparison worksheet to help you make an informed decision on your purchase. You can compare pricing for the top five DAM systems on the market and create a shortlist of vendors. Amy Burchill is the SEO and Content Manager for Dash. She works with ecommerce experts to create articles for DTC brands wanting to improve their campaigns. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/digital-asset-management-for-designers Title: Digital asset management for designersTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Digital asset management is the ideal tool for designers who need a place to store files, share them with their teams and integrate with design tools. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/digital-asset-management-for-designers ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Digital asset management for designers H3: What’s design asset management? H3: Why do designers need digital asset management? H3: Which digital asset management tool is best for design teams? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Digital asset management for designers H3: What’s design asset management? H3: Why do designers need digital asset management? H4: Search and organise your digital assets H4: Use a tool that does your visual designs justice H4: Integrate with your design tools H4: Get feedback on your designs H4: Give users the latest versions of your designs H4: Share large files, quickly H4: Brands and agencies can easily work together H4: Your team can make the most of your designs H3: Which digital asset management tool is best for design teams? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Designers, take a bow. You bring the abstract ideas of marketers to life. You’re full of creative ideas and you don’t complain when you’re asked for an updated version of the brand logo (again). 😇 But hold up. Being bothered by your marketing team to send over the latest graphics is definitely not a good use of your time. What if there was a better way? What if your colleagues could go to an image library and search for those designs themselves? What if you no longer had to rely on Google Drive or Dropbox to share your work? Luckily, that’s what digital asset management is for. ✹ Design asset management is a way of managing all of your creative files in a digital asset management (DAM) tool. It's also the single source of truth for all of your design assets: think marketing graphics, product images and creative assets for your website. It makes searching, sharing and deploying your content easy. You can use tags to categorise your design files, share them with your marketing teams and integrate with your design tools. We see designers from lots of different brands using our digital asset management software, Dash. It’s saved them loads of time because their colleagues no longer need to hassle them for the latest files. It's also a tool that their entire company can benefit from. When you’re stuck in your creative flow, the last thing you want is your Marketing Manager hassling you for a graphic you definitely sent them a few months ago. You’ll need a DAM to help you field off all those requests so you can get back to your work. But it doesn’t end there. Here are 8 ways designers need a digital asset management system. As a designer, no doubt you work with loads of creative files. Perhaps you finish up an Adobe CC project by downloading it and saving it on your network drive or Dropbox. But what happens when you have multiple iterations of the same logo? Things get muddy and sifting through them takes far too much time. DAM software (like Dash) will give you a home for all those files. You can search by keyword or use features such as tags and custom fields to get to a digital file quickly. For example, search ‘logo’ in Dash and then sort by file format to get that SVG version of your brand’s logo. Once you’ve found it, you can use custom crop sizes to get the right size for web banners, blog posts or anything in your content management system. You can then save those sizes for anyone else to use in the future. And that’s not all. You can also select from a series of predefined custom crops for social media. Perfect whenever your marketing teams need to update brand profile pics. As a designer, aesthetics are a key component of what you do, especially if you work for a growing DTC brand. Your work has to look good - and so should your digital asset management system. Imagine creating a beautiful new graphic, only for it to languish in a clunky and drab-looking shared drive - like Dropbox or Google Drive. These tools are fine for general file management, but when your team goes to search for the finished versions of your new marketing graphics, they end up swamped in a long list of tiny thumbnails. You want your team to feel inspired by your new designs, not bored by your content management system. 😮 If you pick a design-led DAM, like Dash, you’ll be doing your visuals justice. Take one of our customers, COAT, as an example. They sell luxurious - but affordable and eco-friendly - interior paint. Their brand is driven by aesthetics and that’s one of the reasons their Senior Marketing Manager, Nichola, chose Dash: “Dash (is) user-friendly and affordable. It also (feels) like a design-led tool which is perfect for us as we are a visual-led brand.“ Just take a look at COAT’s homepage in Dash. It’s like stepping into a perfectly-curated Pinterest grid. 😍 What’s more, Dash is really simple to use. In fact, we were voted the easiest-to-use DAM on G2. There are 250+ digital asset management systems on the market, so that’s not an easy win! 😇 Dash will make browsing your design files a joy (which isn’t something you hear every day!). And, hopefully, your team will feel inspired to create new campaigns with your designs. ✹ Most DAMs offer integrations with popular tools. Dash is no exception. With all the following integrations, you’ll be able to drag and drop images from Dash into your projects with a few clicks of a button. Check out Dash’s integrations for designers: It can be tricky collaborating on design projects, especially if you’re working with people remotely. Say you’ve edited a new product photo for your marketing team but it’s not quite hitting the mark. It might just need a few tweaks, but going back-and-forth over email or Slack is time-consuming. And what if you’ve got several different versions that you need feedback on? In Dash, you can simplify your creative workflows by uploading your first drafts for approval. In this case, your Marketing Manager might decide they’d like something cut out of the background. Instead of calling you or leaving you a message elsewhere, they can leave a comment on the asset in Dash. Once you’ve taken out the background, you can upload a new version ready for approval again. Our asset commenting feature also lets you delete and edit comments, too. So don’t worry if you make a typo. 😉 This is also super-useful if you work for an agency or you’re a freelance designer. It gives you the ability to easily share work with your clients and get clear feedback on individual designs. Leading on from my last point, not only will your teams have access to the files they need, but they’ll only see the most up-to-date versions. Say you’re updating a website graphic. If you were to update the images in this design and then uploaded it into Dash, everyone who has downloaded the previous version will get an email notification. This makes sure that no out-of-date graphics go out into the wild. This protects your brand and will get everyone on the same page. Design teams work with large files on the regular. But getting that pesky Gmail notification ‘You can’t send files larger than 25MB?’ is super frustrating. Not to mention the number of WeTransfers you have to send because your colleague hasn’t downloaded it in time. đŸ€Šâ€â™€ïž A DAM tool will allow you to share large files with ease. You can send files via email, generate a URL and share it in a message or create a ‘collection’ of assets that you can invite your team members to view and download. Here’s a collection of assets I’ve shared with our Marketing Lead, Barney. Barney can also add additional assets here and download anything he wants to use in Dash’s campaigns. If you work with freelancers or agencies you can share files with them using some of the ways we mentioned above. But if they don’t need access to your entire Dash, you can create public portals (with or without a passcode) that allow people to access the content of your choosing. This is the home page for our own company Dash portal, which Barney sends to our paid ad agency. The team at the agency gets a little welcome message and they can search the portal like they would in a regular Dash account. They can also download assets in different sizes which is ideal if they’re putting together a Google ad campaign for us. They won’t be able to edit the portal or share it with anybody else - that’s something only you’ll be in control of. If you’re a design agency, you could set up multiple portals for all your different clients. 💡 Your time is precious. And the work you do for your brand or clients costs them money. That’s why your design assets are so valuable. ✹ If your team can’t find your latest designs, they’ll likely give up and make do with something else. Or, they’ll ask you to resend it which just takes up more of your time. Having everything in one, searchable location means your team can access the graphics they need, quickly. The faster they can find them, the quicker they can get their marketing campaigns launched. 🚀 Here’s what David, the Graphic Designer at Forthglade has to say about Dash: “We get fewer requests now for branded graphics and logos because they’re all on Dash. People in other teams can do basic editing in Dash, like resizing graphics, so they don’t have to come through us. I’ve also noticed the briefs we get through are more specific, as everyone can see what assets we’ve already got available.” This is one of the reasons Dash was voted to the DAM with a great return on investment. Our super-competitive pricing, combined with Dash’s simple usability, makes it easy to see how you’ll make the most of your investment. If you’re not convinced, take a look at our post that’ll  help you calculate the ROI of Dash. There are loads of DAM vendors out there, so you’ll want to pick the right one for your teams. Download our free DAM comparison worksheet to help you with your research. đŸ€“ {{dam-comparison="/blog-components"}} Considering us? We know loads of designers who are using Dash right now. Take a look at some of their reviews on G2: Theo — Graphic Designer ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐"Useful app for sharing work assets, great customer service team too" Greta M - Graphic Designer ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐“Managing company-wide assets becomes easy with Dash; a simple set-up without a massive learning curve.” David - Graphic Designer from Forthglade ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐“It's ease of use is one of the things I like most about Dash. Both the front and back end are intuitive and easy to navigate which makes sharing and managing assets with others inside and outside of the business a doddle.” David talks more about why he moved from SharePoint to Dash in his customer story. ✹ Fancy trying Dash for yourself? It’s an easy-to-use platform that’s super quick to get started with. Pricing starts at just ÂŁ99 / $139 a month, so it won’t break the bank! Sign up for a 14-day free trial below. ✹👇 Amy Burchill is the SEO and Content Manager for Dash. She works with ecommerce experts to create articles for DTC brands wanting to improve their campaigns. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/digital-asset-management-for-small-businesses Title: Your guide to digital asset management for small business [2025 update]Twitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Getting digital asset management for small business doesn't have to be complicated. Here's a guide on everything to know - from pricing to onboarding. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/digital-asset-management-for-small-businesses ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Your guide to digital asset management for small business [2025 update] H3: What is a digital asset management solution for small business? H3: Understanding digital assets and why they matter H3: How to tell when your small business needs a DAM H3: Features to look for in a digital asset management solution H3: The 5 key benefits digital asset management software can bring to your small business H3: The asset management best practices for small businesses H3: What's the best DAM for small business? H3: Digital asset management for small business FAQs H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Your guide to digital asset management for small business [2025 update] H3: What is a digital asset management solution for small business? H3: Understanding digital assets and why they matter H3: How to tell when your small business needs a DAM H3: Features to look for in a digital asset management solution H3: The 5 key benefits digital asset management software can bring to your small business H4: 1. Search all your brand and marketing content in one place H4: 2. Collaborate with your team H4: 3. Streamline how you work with external partners H4: 4. Keep your brand consistent H4: 5. Achieve your growth targets H3: The asset management best practices for small businesses H3: What's the best DAM for small business? H3: Digital asset management for small business FAQs H4: [fs-toc-omit] How long will it take to get going? H4: [fs-toc-omit] How do content management and digital asset management tools work together? H4: [fs-toc-omit] How can I get all our brand and marketing assets ready to move? H4: [fs-toc-omit] How much will digital asset management software cost? H4: [fs-toc-omit] Can I use Dropbox or Google Drive as a digital asset manager? H4: [fs-toc-omit] How do I convince my small business to sign-off on a DAM? H4: [fs-toc-omit] Can I connect my DAM to the tools I’m already using? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content If you’re a small business, you’re ambitious, scrappy, and resilient. You’re competing against your larger competitors, launching products and running campaigns. And to do that, you’re creating thousands of marketing assets to feed your channels. But you’ve been shut out of tools that can help you grow faster. When it comes to digital asset management (DAM) software, small businesses have been treated unfairly. To quote one enterprise-focused DAM: “most small businesses can get away with using free cloud storage drives like Google Drive or Dropbox”. They expect you to put up with the content chaos of Drive or Dropbox, or shell out thousands a month to get a subscription with them. That’s not fair. While there are many DAM solutions available, not all of them offer the features or pricing that small businesses need. It’s about time growing businesses had an affordable digital asset management solution of their own (like Dash, but we’ll get to that later). A good DAM should offer integrations, analytics, and security to truly support small businesses. A digital asset management (DAM) solution helps you store, organise, and manage all your brand's digital assets in one secure place - we're talking images, marketing graphics, ad creative, product photography and more. But I know what you're thinking - how is this different from basic file storage, like Google Drive or Dropbox? We'll cover how a DAM will benefit your small business in more detail later in the article. In short, a DAM offers file storage combined with advanced features which make marketing and design work much easier. A good DAM solution supports brand consistency by providing one source of truth for all your approved digital assets. This means your team can confidently use the right logos, images, and documents, no matter where they are. With version control, you can track changes and updates to your assets, ensuring everyone is working with the most current files. Metadata tagging allows you to organise and search for assets quickly, while rights management helps you control who can view, edit, or download sensitive content—keeping your brand assets secure and compliant. Plus, Dash (that's us) comes with strong security controls and a beautiful, easy-to-use interface. And that's all without the big budget price tag. In short, a digital asset management solution offers the tools you need to store, organise, and manage digital content, helping your brand stay organised, secure, and ready to scale. Digital assets are the lifeblood of modern businesses. They include any digital files that hold value for your brand, like images, videos, documents, audio files, graphics, and more. These creative assets are essential for marketing campaigns, brand consistency, social media marketing and internal communications. If your SME / SMB is serious about growing, then you'll need creative assets, and lots of them. And while it sounds boring, one thing marketers and designers often overlook when creating all these assets, is where to keep them. Proper digital asset management means all your brand's thousands of creative assets are accessible and easy to find across your entire business. A good DAM system will streamline your creative workflows and support teams working together in growing your brand. It’s tricky knowing when to take the plunge and invest in digital asset management software. But if you’re serious about growing, you should consider DAM as an essential small business marketing app. A good percentage of Dash’s customers come from Google Drive, Dropbox or SharePoint, so we’ll hand the mic over to them so you can hear from other small businesses. See if any of these situations resonate with you. Drive and Dropbox are holding you back Growing brands have big dreams. When the marketing tools you have get in the way of growing, that can be frustrating (to say the least). That was the case for furniture brand, RJ Living, who used Google Drive as the home for their creative assets and digital files. Nathan, their COO, said: “It was fragmented and became limiting pretty quickly. To keep a mental note of exactly where each image of a product isn’t very scalable, especially as more people have their hands in the system. It became something people were getting lost in.” Here’s what their visual assets look like in Dash. A far cry from Drive thumbnails, no? đŸȘ‘ Read about RJ Living’s story. You're fed-up of expensive, enterprise DAMs Dash customers don't just come from Google Drive, Dropbox or SharePoint. We're seeing an increasing amount of small businesses finding Dash an affordable Bynder alternative or a good option for Brandfolder replacements. You get the more-or-less the same features, with a user-friendly interface and a substantial cost saving too - so why wouldn't you want to switch? Take it from Matt, the Head of Brand for ice-cream machine company fwip. He decided to switch from Bynder to Dash, because: “Bynder was just too expensive, especially since they charge per user. Dash does the same job but is much better priced. Especially for the size of our company.” 🍩 Find out how our team aided a smooth transition for fwip from Bynder to Dash. It takes too long for your team to launch their campaigns Natural dog food company, Forthglade, have grown quickly. More employees in sales, marketing and ecommerce teams means more people needing access to their top-quality digital content. That's what David, Forthglade's Graphic Design Manager, set out to streamline. He used Dash as the digital library for brand-approved content, and moved all of it over from SharePoint. Rather than the teams coming to him to check what could or couldn't be used, they could have confidence everything on Dash was ready to use. “I wanted one place where everyone knew if they were going there to get an image, it was definitely approved and good to go!” Freeing up their assets allowed Forthglade to get campaigns off the ground, fast. 🐕 Check out Forthglade’s story for what happened next. Not all DAMs are created equal. And when you're a smaller brand with limited budget, you want to make sure you're picking the tool that's right for you. Here are the top features to look for when evaluating your DAM software shortlist: By focusing on these key features, you’ll find a digital asset management solution that meets your current needs and can support you as you grow. Okay, now we get to the best part. How can digital asset management for small businesses actually help your company? There’s a wide range of digital asset management benefits you can use to save time and grow your brand. To bring them to life, we’ll look at an example company called Sol, a menswear brand. We'll start with a core digital asset management benefit: being able to search your creative assets, from product images and audio files, in one centralised location, regardless of file type. When all your essential files are in Dash, in one central location, you can search through them easily. To help you search your asset library quickly, Dash uses two types of tagging features - custom fields and tags created by artificial intelligence. You create custom fields yourself depending on how your small business wants to find things. For instance, you might want to search for what type of marketing campaign your content has been used in, or which of your micro-influencers created it. Auto-generated tags are created by Dash's AI. It scans your visual assets and will auto-tag images with relevant keywords - like ‘clothing' and ‘t-shirt'. When you use these two tagging features together, combined with Dash's AI search function, they'll drastically improve how easy it is to find an image. Check out the example below. Both of these different types are searchable, so you can pop in search terms to find relevant assets. You'll never lose another piece of content again. Dash has a ton of different ways for secure file sharing, too. Its collaboration features makes it a great asset sharing tool when you're working with marketing, sales and creative teams. For example, maybe you're working with your marketing team on new social content. You can group different pieces of content together in a ‘collection', then create 'collection' share links to send to your team. You can also share groups of assets by email or using a link. Then pick the link expiry date - or set it to never expire, if you'd rather! Dash can help you with the content collection part of the creative process, too. Say you're about to launch a new product line. Your photographer has taken a tonne of new photos of the new products and you want to set up approval workflows. With Dash's access controls, set the photographer as a 'contributor'. Then, have them upload straight to Dash and you'll be able to approve the ones you like, reject the ones you don't, and provide feedback on the images that need extra work. You can even provide time-stamped feedback on video files, too. It'll speed up your creative workflow so you can get your campaigns off the ground quickly. For growing ecommerce brands, you'll most likely be working with external partners like a paid ad agency. At the same time, you're working with a network of resellers and wholesalers who stock your products around the world. These different types of external partners all need your visual content. If you're not careful, you'll be inundated with file access requests from all angles. Not so with Dash. For each of these situations, you can set up a branded portal. A portal is a publicly-accessible version of your Dash. Think of them as a mini digital asset library which you can customise for each of your external partners. Your reseller can use Dash's search and filtering features to find relevant assets, all in Dash's simple user interface. And they can do it all without logging in, so you don't have to worry about handling user permissions. As your team grows and creates more content for more channels, it can be tricky to keep a single source of truth and maintain brand consistency. Don't even mention a rebrand: if you decide to go this route, then you'll have a big job on your hands getting everyone to update the creative files they have if you're still keeping everything in Drive or Dropbox. Version control in Dash has you covered. When you upload an image as a new version of an existing file, it’ll automatically email anyone who’s downloaded that asset. Magic! And Dash goes beyond that, too. By creating a home for all your company’s approved assets, you can ensure the quality of your branding doesn’t suffer as the number of people needing access to your assets grows. It puts you in complete control of your brand quality. Managing access to digital assets within your DAM system helps prevent unauthorised use and ensures only approved content is used out there in the wild. Want to know the top reason small businesses get in touch with us about trying Dash? It's because they're trying to grow and have realised their shared drives are slowing them down. We spoke to Terry, the Head of Marketing for outdoor clothing brand Mountain Equipment. His team used Dash to manage their network of hundreds of retailers and ensure, as Terry put it, they’re “treated like VIPs”. Every retailer now has their own Dash portal where they can find all the creative assets they need in order to sell Mountain Equipment’s products. Here's how else a DAM system like Dash can help you achieve your growth targets: Interested? Take out a no-strings, free trial using below.👇 {{free-trial="/blog-components"}} So you're about to take the plunge and sign up a DAM software for your brand. Here’s how to get the most out of your DAM system: By following these best practices, small businesses can make digital asset management a powerful tool for marketing, collaboration, and growth—ensuring your brand always puts its best foot forward. You can use this DAM software comparison sheet to help you compare providers. If you need a DAM that doesn't cost half your marketing budget, but don't want to sacrifice on quality, then Dash has got your back. We’ve built a top-quality, affordable digital asset management tool that will grow with small businesses. {{dam-comparison="/blog-components"}} When you’re ready, use the form below to take out a no-strings free trial and see what all the fuss is about. Or book a call with us and we can chat! This depends on the digital asset management system you decide to go with. If you opt for an enterprise-focused tool, then you'll get an enterprise-focused onboarding experience. And by that we mean it'll take a while and you'll pay for the privilege. If you want to finish getting set up quickly, look for two key things: the support you'll be given moving your assets to their new home; and the quality of the user experience of your chosen digital asset management software. Content management and digital asset management are two sides of the same coin, each playing a vital role in your business’s digital strategy. Content management systems (CMS) are designed for creating, editing, and publishing content—think blog posts, web pages, and articles. Digital asset management, on the other hand, focus on organising, storing, and retrieving the digital assets that power your content, such as images, videos, and documents. By combining the strengths of both systems, your organisation benefits from improved efficiency, better asset management, and a more cohesive brand presence across all channels. Managing digital assets and content together means your team spends less time searching for files and more time creating impactful content. If you sign-up with Dash, we'll do all the asset migration for you. You'd just need to share your Dropbox or Drive folders with us, and we'll get all your assets into their new home. And we'll do it for free. All you'd need to do is decide which assets you want to move over to Dash. That's not as daunting as it sounds. Check out our guide on migrating assets to your new DAM for extra information. This also depends on the digital asset management tool you end up picking, and DAM pricing can sometimes be tricky to navigate. A word of warning: as we've covered, most of the heavyweight DAMs are made for enterprise companies. That means their price tags are designed for big brands with big budgets. Here's what to watch out for. If you're on a DAM provider's website and the customer logos they feature are all huge brands, proceed with caution. And if the cost is nowhere to be found on the website, then it's time to make a sharp exit. It means their pricing model is too complex to articulate on a webpage or it's eye-wateringly expensive. If you decide you'd like to go with Dash, you'll just need to set aside funds from ÂŁ99 / $139 a month to get started. And you'll get access to all digital asset management features and unlimited users, right off the bat. It's low risk to get going, too. While big name DAMs will lock you into annual contracts, if you wanted to leave Dash we'd only need a month's notice. Not really. Dropbox and Google Drive are not built to help you search and find visual content. Sure, they're great for general file management and document collaboration, but when it comes to image and video management, you'll have a hard time finding and sharing the content you need. The main reason for this is because you can't tag or add fields to your content. Plus neither Dropbox or Google Drive use AI for image search, so they can't identify the objects within your image. You'll have to rely on file names and tiny thumbnails to find the content you want. Many of our customers actually migrate from Drive and Dropbox over to Dash because it's much better suited to their needs. Check out these articles to find out more: If you're not the budget holder, it can be tricky making a case to your manager to get started with a DAM. If that rings true, here's a few things you can do to smooth the process and get your manager on-board: You sure can! Most of the top digital asset management tools let you sync them up with applications you’re already using. Take Dash for instance. You can connect it to your Shopify so you’re able to drop product photos straight into your product listings. Or if you’re a designer, you can sync it with your Adobe Creative Cloud to use graphics stored in Dash in your creative projects. Check out our full range of integrations. Barney is the Marketing Lead for Dash. He writes about small business marketing strategies and how DTC brands can boost sales. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/digital-asset-management-glossary Title: The glossary of digital asset management termsTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: We break down some common DAM terms to help you in your digital asset journey. You can also download our free DAM comparison worksheet. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/digital-asset-management-glossary ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: The glossary of digital asset management terms H3: Glossary of DAM terms H3: Download the DAM comparison worksheet H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: The glossary of digital asset management terms H3: Glossary of DAM terms H3: Download the DAM comparison worksheet H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Whether you’re a tech buff or a total n00b, you’ll notice digital asset management (DAM) comes with a whole host of terms that you’d probably never use in any other context.That’s why we want to break down some of the most common (and less well-known) DAM terms to aid you on your digital asset journey. (One to bookmark if you’re currently hunting around for a new DAM tool. đŸ€“) AdminAn admin (or administrator) is often the gatekeeper of your digital asset management tool. They’ll have full control of the system. They can set permissions, toggle all settings and add new users. If you’re currently researching DAM providers, chances are you’ll be an admin once you sign up. Brand asset management (BAM)This is a sub-category of digital asset management tools. It focuses specifically on workflows important to brand managers - like version history, watermarks and online style guides. Learn more in our guide to brand asset management. Collection or lightboxA collection (called a “lightbox” in some DAM solutions) is a selection of images and videos that you can collect and save for later. For example, if you’re browsing for product shots to use in an upcoming campaign, you can select the images you think work best and save them to a collection (or lightbox). You can name your collections and share them with your teams and external partners. Controlled vocabulary Controlled vocabulary is a way of ensuring that anyone who is involved in uploading or tagging images uses consistent language and terminology to make it easy to find them later. Digital assets A digital asset is a digital file that has value to an organisation or individual. These include photos, videos, podcasts, brand guidelines and graphics. Some typical file formats include JPEGs, PNGs, AI, GIF, MP4 (and so on). Digital asset management (DAM)You probably already know this one. You wouldn't be here otherwise, right? Just in case, digital asset management (DAM) is the process of managing your organisation’s digital assets so you make the most of the investment you’ve made in them. A DAM solution is a software application that helps you manage, share and deploy your digital assets, aka, your brand's visual content. ‍Find out more in this article all about digital asset management. Field (aka) Attribute An attribute is a field of data. (In Dash, we simply refer to them it as a 'field'). Think of it as a label. You could have a caption, description, expiry date, tags, file type, photographer - the list goes on. In DAM, fields are attached to files to provide information and, just as importantly, to improve searchability. This can be done automatically, manually, or both ways! The values of all these fields are collectively known as 'metadata'. HostingHosting refers to whether your DAM is hosted on the cloud or on-premise. An on-premise solution will need to be hosted on your own servers, which comes with several limitations including lack of scalability and storage, and high costs associated with supporting the application. A cloud-hosted DAM means your brand’s visual content is secure and online - the modern solution for most businesses. Metadata Metadata is information that describes the asset in addition to the file data itself. It essentially gives context to the file. So, the 'metadata' of an image could make up several fields including photographer, dimensions and the created date. When talking about a DAM solution, the metadata for an asset is stored in the fields within the solution itself. Metadata can also refer to the textual data embedded within the actual file (we call this “embedded metadata”), which is stored in fields from schemas such as EXIF, IPTC and XMP. For example, cameras often set the field “EXIF: Date Time Original” to record when a picture was taken, and tags can be added using software such as Adobe Photoshop. Many DAM solutions enable mappings to be configured so embedded photo metadata can be extracted from the asset file and used to populate fields. For example, this is how Dash knows how to set the “Date Created” field to the date and time a picture was taken. Notifications DAM allows you to set up automated emails that tell you about new things in your system. In Dash, you can get alerts whenever someone’s uploaded a new version of an asset you’ve previously downloaded. You can also set up a notification against a saved search. This means, whenever someone uploads a new image or video relating to your search, you’ll get a handy email notification. Onboarding Many DAM tools require a level of ‘onboarding’. This is what happens after you purchase, and helps you and your team get up to speed with your new software. This can include getting an overview of the system, deciding on folder structures, considering upload workflows and setting up your brand’s theme. Depending on the tool you purchase (and the size of your team), the amount of time it takes to onboard can vary. Previews DAM tools automatically generate web-optimised previews for most of the files you upload including images, video, audio, PDF, and PowerPoint. RAWThis is a camera file format (e.g. files with extensions like DNG, RAW ), prior to compression (e.g. into a JPEG). These can be stored in a DAM system to ensure you have the original source file. Taxonomy A taxonomy is a structure of controlled vocabulary used to configure metadata (including both folders and fields). It helps structure, organise and categorise your digital assets so users can find what they need quickly. It also helps with consistent tagging if selecting from a controlled list. Searchability As the name suggests, this defines how searchable your DAM is. You can improve searchability by adding relevant keywords and other metadata to your assets. Or, you can use features such as custom fields and auto-tagging to ensure you’re getting the most relevant search results, with the least effort. Tags, AKA Keywords Just like in content marketing, tags are used to make searches more effective. These should be objective words used to identify the content of your images and videos. For example, if you’re selling pet food, you might want to include keywords such as ‘cat’, ‘dog’ or ‘hamster’. That means if you’re searching for product shots for a campaign about your new range of dog treats, you’ll quickly be able to jump to the photos associated with that animal. Users Quite simply, a user is an individual who uses the DAM system. These aren’t necessarily admins, but team members who have their own logins with limited permissions. Video asset management (VAM)Just like BAM, a video asset management tool - VAM for short - is a sub-category of digital asset management software. VAMs focus on, you guessed it, video production and creation workflows. If the content you're creating is primarily video, you'll be most interested in this type of tool. If you're currently on the hunt for a new DAM tool for your teams, check out our free DAM comparison worksheet. We know how tricky it can be to purchase a new piece of software for your brand, so organising everything into one, manageable document is a great way of comparing providers side-by-side. In this worksheet, you'll find a list of common features and functions that brands need to help store, organise and deploy their visual content. We've organised each feature into different sections and even included the glossary of DAM terms into the worksheet - so you'll have it to hand as your doing your research. Amy Burchill is the SEO and Content Manager for Dash. She works with ecommerce experts to create articles for DTC brands wanting to improve their campaigns. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/digital-asset-management-pricing Title: Digital asset management pricing: how much does DAM cost?Twitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Looking for a digital asset management software solution, but confused at how much it costs? Many DAMs hide their pricing, but this article will give you insight into the costs of some of the top DAMs on the market. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/digital-asset-management-pricing ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Digital asset management pricing: how much does DAM cost? H2: Quick summary: DAM pricing at a glance H2: The most common digital asset management pricing models H2: DAM pricing comparison table: How much do popular DAMs cost? H2: What determines the cost of your digital asset management system? H3: 1. Features H3: 2. Number of users/seats H3: 3. Integrations H3: 4. Onboarding costs H3: 5. Storage requirements H2: How to evaluate digital asset management pricing H2: Which DAM provides the best value for my brand? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Digital asset management pricing: how much does DAM cost? H2: Quick summary: DAM pricing at a glance H2: The most common digital asset management pricing models H2: DAM pricing comparison table: How much do popular DAMs cost? H2: What determines the cost of your digital asset management system? H3: 1. Features H3: 2. Number of users/seats H3: 3. Integrations H3: 4. Onboarding costs H3: 5. Storage requirements H2: How to evaluate digital asset management pricing H2: Which DAM provides the best value for my brand? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Pricing is one of the most important things to consider when shopping for a new digital asset management (DAM) tool, but it can be complicated. You’ll need to collect quotes from different vendors and it’s not always easy to tell which one's a good deal. Why? Because DAM pricing varies a LOT. Some have options for businesses with tighter budgets (like Dash), and others cost literally tens of thousands per year. Some charge per user or lock features into more expensive tiers. No wonder it's hard to make a choice. đŸ˜€ 👉‍ Want skip this blog? Head over to our pricing page to pick the best DAM plan for your brand. Digital asset management (DAM) pricing varies widely depending on the tool’s features, target audience, and pricing model. Here's a quick breakdown if you don't have time to read the full article: Looking for more detailed comparisons? Scroll down for feature breakdowns, ROI examples, and a pricing comparison table. Most digital asset management providers use a tiered or custom pricing system. We use tiered pricing at Dash, which is why we have four pricing plans. You get all of Dash’s features and unlimited users regardless of tier, but our more expensive package offers 200GB storage and unlimited download allowance — with the option to add more storage as you grow. We’ve structured our pricing like this because Dash is designed for growing businesses. It means you can choose a tier that best meets your needs and budget instead of spending thousands of dollars at once (yes, DAMs like Brandfolder cost that much). You can also upgrade your Dash package anytime and add on extra storage as you grow. Custom pricing is more common with enterprise digital asset management solutions. like Bynder, MediaValet and Brandfolder. These digital asset management tools come with complex features and requirements to meet the needs of enterprise companies. After you fill out an interest form, their team will contact you to discuss your requirements and create a bespoke plan that matches your needs. You can bet any digital asset management software that asks you to fill out a form to get pricing will likely be very expensive. So if you’re a growing business, you’re better off with a DAM with upfront costs and features like Dash. Whilst many DAMs don’t offer pricing on their website, we’ve spoken to customers and dug around the web to find some rough costs—all of which you can find in our digital asset management software comparison worksheet. {{dam-comparison="/blog-components"}} For a quick glance, here’s how much some of the most popular digital asset management systems cost. Growing ecommerce brands Starts at $139/ÂŁ99 per month for all features and unlimited users Enterprise businesses Starts at around $600/month Starts at $1600/month Acquia DAM (previously Widen) DAM tools which have lots of add-on features tend to cost more than those that focus solely on helping you organise, manage, and deploy your creative assets. You’ll see this a lot with enterprise DAM software. Take Bynder, for example. On top of regular DAM features like uploading and sharing visual assets, it also has a digital content creation studio, print-ready templates, and content automation workflows. So, it’s no surprise that it costs at least $450 monthly. Dash doesn’t have these complex add-ons, so our tool costs a lot less — starting at ÂŁ99/$139 per month. But you won’t be missing out on much as we provide all the DAM features you need to create a single source of truth for all your creative files. Here are some key features of Dash: The best part is you can get all these advanced features at a fraction of Bynder’s costs and complexity. Many DAMs charge per seat, meaning the cost of the software increases as you add more people to your account. The downside is that user-based pricing quickly racks up costs. Say you go from 10 to 20 users; that’s a 100% increase in DAM costs. This is not sustainable for many businesses, so we don’t charge by it. As a Dash customer, you can add as many users as you like to your account at no extra cost. They get all the features, too! Some digital asset management solutions lock integrations out of the lower tiers, meaning you’ll have to pay more to access them. Air, for example, locks its Zapier and Adobe Creative Cloud integrations for enterprise users. There are two reasons most DAMs charge more for integrations: This isn’t the case with Dash. Integrations are included in all of our plans, with the expectation being Adobe CC and Microsoft Office which will require a subscription to LinkrUI in order to connect. We also integrate with the most important ecommerce apps you'll need to create and deploy content to your channels. For example, our Shopify and WooCommerce integrations let you import Dash assets directly into your online store’s product listings. You can also send new images from Dash to your social channels via our Hootsuite integration. That’s not all. With our Zapier integration, you can connect your Dash with thousands of apps without writing a single line of code. A lot of big enterprise DAMs require several weeks of onboarding support whilst you and your users get set up in the system. Because the DAM is complex, it might need some configuration to ensure it works for your business. Vendors will often charge extra for this service as it requires more technical knowledge  - which ultimately ramps up your digital asset management costs. . That’s not the case with Dash. First of all, you can set up your Dash yourself — we’ve designed the software to be intuitive and easy to navigate - meaning it doesn’t require any technical training. Of course if you need any help at all, we offer free onboarding calls during the process. Plus you can connect with your Google Drive or Dropbox account and bring all your assets over to Dash. There are also tons of articles and help videos to guide you in our help centre. But that’s not all. Our support team is available to answer questions and help you with any issues, free of charge. Say you need help migrating many assets from your hard drive; you only have to let us know, and we’ll take it from there. Digital asset management solutions like Dash are cloud-bsaed. This means they have to consider cloud data charges. Essentially, the more assets you upload into your DAM, the more you pay. This is because storing a large volume of digital files requires more server space and resources. As a result, DAM providers often scale their pricing based on the amount of storage space required by the user. Like many digital asset management platforms, each Dash plan has a storage limit, but you can purchase additional storage as needed. We’ll inform you ahead of time if you are about to exceed your storage limit so there are no billing surprises. You can delete outdated assets to accommodate new ones or let us upgrade your subscription to make room for the additional content you want to upload. Don’t take DAM pricing at face value. Ask the following questions to make sure you’re getting the best value for money. 1. How many DAM features come with this plan? Make sure that the essential DAM features you need are included in the tier or package you're considering. Look for limitations in lower tiers that might force you to upgrade to more expensive plans. Some DAM tools, like Air, look cheap on the surface, but actually lock away extra user seats and core features such as onboarding support and guest access in higher tiers. You’re forced to upgrade to a more expensive plan to get more value from the tool. No need to worry if you’re a Dash user — regardless of your package, you'll get all of our DAM features and unlimited users. 2. Is the pricing transparent? Like I mentioned earlier, enterprise DAMs like Brandfolder will typically ask you to fill a form to learn how much they cost. This is time-consuming, especially for growing businesses looking to set up and enjoy the benefits of a DAM as soon as possible. Dash, on the other hand, is transparent about pricing. We'll never ask you to fill a sales form or jump through hoops just to get pricing information. Instead, our website contains a detailed pricing breakdown to help you make an informed decision on time. You also need to be mindful of hidden costs. The last thing you want is to spend all your budget on a digital asset manager only to discover that you need to pay for other stuff to make it fully functional. Ask your DAM provider if there are additional costs for implementation, 24/7 customer support (yes, some DAMs charge for this), user licences, and API usage. Rest assured that Dash has no hidden pricing. What you see on the website is all you have to pay to use our DAM software. 3. What about long-term contracts? Most enterprise DAMs lock you into strict contracts. Bynder, for example, has a 36-month contract, which means you’re stuck with them for three years. This might work well for large teams with predictable business outcomes. But it’s a nightmare for small businesses. As a small business, your needs are changing rapidly. Long-term contracts can limit the ability to switch to a more appropriate solution, leaving you stuck with an outdated system. We understand this at Dash, so we don’t lock you into strict contracts. You can cancel your Dash subscription anytime — all we require is a 30-day notice from your next billing date. 4. What’s the DAM return on investment (ROI)? This one is a biggie. You need to compare the cost of the DAM system to how much ROI you could get from using it. Take Dash, for example. One of the benefits of our DAM software is that it cuts down the time spent searching for assets. But how does this impact your business? Let’s look at a few ways. a. It makes it easier to find and reuse visual assets Dash helps you avoid the cost of creating duplicate content by making existing assets easier to organise, find and reuse. Consider the potential savings from not having to recreate assets or purchase stock content repeatedly. For example, RevAir saves up to 20 hours a month by organising visual assets in Dash. “It’s so lovely to go ‘shopping in Dash’ because I can type in different search terms and tags and sort by file type. It not only returns the things I’m thinking of but also shows me other options that might be even better. Sometimes, there are assets I didn’t even remember! Dash just makes us work better.” b. It improves brand consistency Consistent brand presentation increases your revenue by up to 20%. Dash ensures that everyone in your organisation is using the most current and approved versions of images and videos, which helps maintain brand consistency across all channels. Beyond revenue, the value of brand consistency can be measured in terms of increased customer trust and loyalty. For example, Kinetics uses Dash and Corebook to create online brand guidelines for consistent brand integrity. “We’ve managed to create a one-stop shop for assets and brand identity. It makes a lot of sense to keep assets and guidelines in one place. More people are becoming acquainted with our brand guidelines and you can now download assets directly from our guidelines. Dash and Corebook add positively to our brand image and visual identity.” c. It boosts your team’s workflow and collaboration Dash allows multiple team members, external collaborators, and resellers to access, edit, and share visual assets in real-time. This improves your workflow, leading to faster content production, delivery and deployment. The ROI here is measured in terms of shorter project timelines and increased team productivity Take Gozney, one of our customers, as an example. They've found that managing assets in Dash has significantly shortened their content pipeline, allowing them to deploy new product images and videos in three simple and quick steps. “It's just a matter of creating the content, uploading it to Dash, and either distributing it internally (and most of our teams have their own Dash accounts, so they'd have access to it instantly) or adding it to the portals for our external partners. We've significantly shortened the time we spend uploading and preparing the content for use.” These are only a handful of ways to measure the return on investment on your digital asset management software. For more ideas, check out Amy’s DAM ROI article. If you’re looking for a digital asset management tool that guarantees the best value for money, Dash should be your first choice. As an ecommerce DAM for growing businesses, Dash measures up nicely to more expensive and complex digital asset management tools. We provide the core features you’ll need to organise and deploy your assets efficiently, including: And the best part? You can get all our DAM features for unlimited users starting at ÂŁ99/$139 per month. There are no hidden fees or lengthy contracts, meaning you can upgrade, downgrade or cancel anytime. Little wonder we were voted the DAM with the best estimated ROI at G2’s 2024 summer awards. 😇 Want a Dash of your own? Try it out for 14 days — free of charge. Faith Uzuegbu is a content marketer and freelance writer for B2B SaaS and tech companies like ClassPass, PlayPlay, and Thinkific. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/digital-asset-management-taxonomy Title: A simple guide to building your taxonomy in DashTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Discover how to build your digital asset management taxonomy in Dash. The better your taxonomy, the easier it'll be to search your visual content. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/digital-asset-management-taxonomy ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: A simple guide to building your taxonomy in Dash H3: What’s a digital asset management taxonomy? H3: What’s metadata? H3: What’s controlled vocabulary? H3: How small brands use taxonomy in Dash H3: How to build your DAM taxonomy H3: Get help onboarding with Dash H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: A simple guide to building your taxonomy in Dash H3: What’s a digital asset management taxonomy? H3: What’s metadata? H3: What’s controlled vocabulary? H3: How small brands use taxonomy in Dash H3: How to build your DAM taxonomy H3: Get help onboarding with Dash H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Searching for your videos and images in Dash is easy. So easy, in fact, that you don’t really need to think about it. Simply type a keyword into the search bar and tada 🎉 - Dash has found the image for you. But hold up. This level of search doesn’t happen by magic. If you’re setting up a Dash, you need to consider your taxonomy. This is the building block of your digital asset management (DAM) system. The better your taxonomy, the more effective and easy-to-use your Dash is going to be. (And the more your team will love you in the long run 😉). So, let’s get into the nitty gritty of taxonomy. Here’s why it’s important to your DAM and how you can easily set up your own taxonomy in Dash. Taxonomy describes how you organise and classify your digital assets into categories or hierarchies. It takes the descriptive metadata of an asset and creates a searchable structure that means you can find your images and videos in seconds. At the moment, you’re probably used to tools like Google Drive or Dropbox. Whilst they provide a simple way to get started with file organisation, they only let you store your files in hierarchical folder structures like the example below: Here, I’m organising files by projects and asset type. You can see that I’ve created top-level folders for my projects (‘Planto blog’ and ‘Website’) and subfolders for the asset type (‘product images for blog’ and ‘product images for website’). Both subfolders contain the same images. But I ran into the conundrum of whether I should have my projects or my asset types as the top-level folder. If you’ve ever had this dilemma, then you’ve experienced the limitations of hierarchical folder structures. In this example, ‘project’ and ‘file type’ are equally as important - they both help us identify the file we need. When you consider the different characteristics and ways you could categorise your assets, organising in tools like Drive and Dropbox pose two key problems: Dash, on the other hand, uses taxonomy to cut through these rigid folder structures. It takes metadata from your images and your chosen controlled vocabularies to create a multifaceted search. In other words, Dash gives you multiple ways to search your visual content. Let’s get into these terms some more. 👇 Metadata is the collective term for the data that describes the characteristics of an image or video. That could be the file name, the photographer’s name, the date an image was created, or keywords that describe the contents of the photo. In Dash, this metadata can be organised into custom fields to form your taxonomy. Here’s an example taken from the Dash of our fake brand, Planto. The tags field uses AI to automatically identify objects within the image and creates tags you can search for. The custom fields help users search by information that’s most important to them. In this case, it’s things like asset performance, product name and category, and usage rights. But, you’ll have the freedom to add anything that’s important to you and your brand. That could be a field for the content creator, marketing campaign, social channel - you name it. Controlled vocabulary is a way of making sure anyone who’s involved in uploading or tagging images uses consistent language and terminology. You can layer your industry or brand-specific terms on top of auto-generated data to add extra power to your search. For example, rather than having a free text field for your uploaders to type (or mistype) the name of the product featured in your image, you can define the full list of product names in a controlled tag for your team to choose from when uploading, or searching. Introducing controlled vocabulary into your taxonomy makes for a super searchable DAM that anyone can use. ✹ At Dash, we want you to get started as easily and as quickly as possible. That’s why we don’t encourage complex taxonomies that you might see in an enterprise DAM solution. If you’re a growing brand, you can keep things simple and build your taxonomy as you go. Here are some examples of how some growing brands structure their Dash accounts. Furniture brand, RJ Living, uses a folder system to sort images into different seasons and photoshoots. They make these folders searchable by adding additional fields to filter with. I’ll let Nathan, the brand’s Chief Operating Officer explain: “We tag by product type, distinguish between styled images and pack shots, and usage rights. That last one is especially important for images that come from a photographer or an influencer. We also use things like setting a deadline on Christmas-themed logos for example - nobody wants to see those in January!” Handbag and accessories brand, Kelly Wynne, uses tags to filter product images by colour. They use controlled vocabulary to determine the types of colours they want to display. For example, ‘natural’ and ‘metallic’. Dash automatically populates the file type and orientation filters. Like Kelly Wynne, the team at Brook Taverner has built their digital asset management taxonomy around the different aspects of its clothing. They’ve chosen a dropdown menu to help filter through the different styles and fits of their clothing. So, anyone searching for a ‘blue, slim-fit, women’s blouse’ can find the perfect image in seconds. ✅ Let’s get into how you can build your taxonomy in Dash. Consider your current folder structure Take a look at how you’re organising your assets now. You’re probably using a mixture of folders and sub-folders. Consider whether this is working for you and whether you can ditch some hierarchical structures. Your top-level folders should be broad but distinct, so there’s no ambiguity as to what you might find within them. I find folders split by a specific purpose leave no room for confusion. For example, having folders like ’Brand materials’, ‘Products’, ‘Social Media’, ‘Ads’ and ‘PR’.  Additional information that then spans across multiple folders or subfolders can be captured in your custom fields. Choose your custom fields There are a few different types of fields to choose from depending on how you want to display your information. Free text fields are great for capturing contextual information that changes from asset to asset. For example, you could add a description or some adhoc keyword tags that don’t fit into your controlled vocabulary. Dropdown menus, checklists or controlled tags are where you want to put your industry or brand-specific terms. These form your controlled vocabulary and can be used to replace some of your repeating sub-folders. For a fashion brand, this might include things like product category (e.g. tops, dresses), media type (e.g. flatlay, packshot, editorial), or season (e.g. AW22, SS23). 💡 Take a look at our help article about picking your custom fields for more information. Things to remember when building your taxonomy in Dash: Are you ready to get started with Dash? Our team is here to help. ✹ When you sign up to Dash, we’ll be happy to hop on a call and show you some best practices for building the perfect taxonomy for your business. We can offer recommendations on your folder structure, fields and tags and we’ll be available on Dash’s in-app messaging if you ever need us. If you’d like to do some more reading, check out some of our other posts: You can also download our free digitial asset management software comparison if you've not picked a DAM tool yet! Emily Lamb is Dash's Product Manager. She's writes articles on how brands can save time and money with digital asset management tools like Dash. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/digital-asset-management-workflows Title: 8 digital asset management workflows for small businessesTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Learn about the different digital asset management workflows so you can find, share and make better use of your digital assets. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/digital-asset-management-workflows ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: 8 digital asset management workflows for small businesses H3: What is a digital asset management workflow? H3: What’s the lifecycle of a digital asset? H3: 8 different types of digital asset management workflows H3: Getting teammates on board with your new workflows H3: How to set up digital asset management workflows H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: 8 digital asset management workflows for small businesses H3: What is a digital asset management workflow? H3: What’s the lifecycle of a digital asset? H3: 8 different types of digital asset management workflows H4: 1. Content inspiration H4: 2. Content creation H4: 3. Feedback and approval workflows H4: 4. Asset organisation and file management H4: 5. Access and permission workflows H4: 6. Visual content deployment H4: 7. Share content with retailers, wholesalers and distributors H4: 8. Performance analysis H3: Getting teammates on board with your new workflows H3: How to set up digital asset management workflows H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content You’ve got product images that need to go out to your channels; designs you need to give feedback on and videos you need to upload to social media. As a marketer, you’ve got a lot of work to juggle. Keeping tabs on all your different channels and the visual content you need for them can get overwhelming. Especially when you’ve got several approval stages and a boss who needs to sign off on each piece of content. But don’t worry—this is exactly what digital asset management (DAM) workflows are for. Setting up smooth, seamless workflows in your DAM will mean you can find, approve and share assets in just a few clicks. đŸ–±ïž A digital asset management workflow is a series of tasks you’ll do in your digital asset management (DAM) system to achieve a particular goal. For example, you might need to create content, approve assets and get your images and videos out to the world. Though this sounds like a lot of work, it’s actually really simple when you’re managing all your digital assets within a DAM system. You can set up an approval workflow, tag your approved assets and share a collection with your agency. 💡 By the way, if you’re not sure what a digital asset management system is yet, you can check out some of our resources and discover how it can be the single source of truth for your brand's visuals. {{dam-comparison="/blog-components"}} Before we dive into the different workflows you can create in your DAM, it’s good to understand the lifecycle of your assets. From creation to deployment—different lifecycle stages will help you implement effective workflows. 🚀 A killer campaign asset doesn’t appear out of nowhere. You need to find inspiration, get your content created, manage feedback, get sign-off and send it out into the world. If you’re working with creative teams and influencers, you also need to get that content into your DAM system in the first place. Here’s a breakdown of a digital asset lifecycle. Keep reading to find out how Dash’s digital asset management workflows can help with each of these stages. Here are 8 of the most common workflows you can use in Dash that’ll help you launch marketing campaigns and, ultimately, grow your brand. 🚀 💡 We’ll also provide examples from some of our ecommerce customers to show you how they implement these workflows into their day-to-day tasks. First up is the ideas stage. A DAM tool like Dash isn’t just for housing and deploying your content—it’s a place for you to gather inspiration and curate ideas for your campaigns and future content strategy. Here are some ways you can do this in Dash: 💡 How Emmy London uses Dash to plan marketing campaigns Fashion brand, Emmy London, uses Dash to plan marketing campaigns. Lucy, their Social Media Manager, regularly meets up with her CEOs to find out what themes they’d like to focus on for upcoming cycles. For example, if they want to focus on ‘tennis shoes’ it’s easy for Lucy to hop into Dash, flick through folders and tags, and find images she thinks will work. Lucy says: “I can plan a whole month's worth of content so quickly. When we were exclusively using Dropbox, it would take me so long to even think of what content we had and could share, but now it's all in front of me in Dash, I have so much inspiration.” đŸ€“ Read Emmy London’s full customer story. Okay, so it’s all well and good having loads of assets to get inspiration from. But what if you need to create something from scratch? The good news is your DAM can help here, too. Whilst you can’t physically create new content within your digital asset management tool, you can make your workflows simpler by connecting with your design software. Dash, for example, integrates with design tools like Canva, Adobe Create Cloud, Figma and Sketch. So it’s really easy for you to drop assets into your designs. Let's say we want to create a new Facebook ad for our brand, Planto. Using Canva, we can hook up to Dash, search for images within our DAM and drop them directly into our designs. ✹ đŸ€“ Read my article on how you can create better designs in Canva. Whether you’re creating assets yourself, or you’re working with a freelancer, you need some kind of approval process. When you’re juggling lots of different projects, it’s not productive to send comments back and forth via email or Slack. A better way is to set up a good feedback and approval workflow in Dash. Here’s how: 1. As an admin in Dash, you can toggle permissions so that certain users can do certain tasks. For example, you can set your photographer’s permissions so that anything they upload requires approval from you. Whenever they upload a new asset, you’ll see a notification indicating that there are new photos to approve. 2. Head into your approvals dashboard. From here, you can either approve all assets or select each individual image and add some feedback. Your photographer will get notified of your feedback and have the opportunity to respond and upload an improved version. Plus, if you’re working with video, you’ll be able to time-stamp the section of the video you’d like to add feedback on. Another way to use the approval workflows is by setting up a guest upload link. This is a way for you to get content from influencers, content creators and customers (for UGC) into your Dash, without them needing to log in. You won’t be able to provide feedback on these uploads, but you can pick what folders they’ll go into once you’ve approved them, giving you a super-quick way to gather new content for your campaigns. Here's Charlie's overview of the feedback and approval workflows in Dash. 💡 How JCT600 uses approval workflows in Dash One of our customers, JCT600, is one of the most well-loved car dealerships in the UK. Tom, the Content and Social Manager, uses high-quality images from their brand partners to promote new vehicles on their social pages. And since using Dash, they’ve also focused on creating original content by working with photographers. Tom uses Dash’s approval feature to approve or decline images from their freelancers. “It puts the onus on them to manage their photography. If I’m paying them a service, it seems only right that they should have the freedom to upload their own finished work. It’s a real-time saver for me - not to mention the amount of effort it saves!” đŸ€“ Read how JCT600 uses Dash to showcase the world’s favourite cars. Once you’ve got your new images into your digital asset management system, you’ll need to make sure you organise them properly. A well-organised DAM will make all your workflows a lot quicker. Let’s take a quick look at how you can manage digital files in Dash. Folders: Whilst folders are a great way to organise assets, they shouldn’t be your prime focus in DAM. Just think of the mess that your Google Drive is probably in. That’s because it focuses too much on folders and subfolders. Whilst they’re good for top-level categories like ‘product’ or ‘brand assets’, they’ll be enhanced with Dash’s tagging and fields feature. 👇✹ Fields: Rather than having loads of folders and subfolders clogging up your image library, Dash leans on fields to help you better organise your images. A field is like a folder, but you can assign multiple assets to the same field. And you can add filters to give you more granular results. Tags: These are essential to good digital asset management taxonomy. Dash has an auto-tag feature that uses AI to identify the objects within your image. So whenever you upload a new photo, it’ll scan the asset and apply appropriate tags. This means when you type a keyword into the search bar, you’ll get relevant results in seconds. 💡 How Forthglade uses custom fields to help people find the correct product images Dog food brand, Forthglade, has loads of unique products with different flavours. For each flavour, they do a photoshoot that gives them loads of new content to work with. Whilst this is fantastic for the marketing team, it can be a nightmare for David, the Graphic Designer, to keep tabs on. So, Dash, David has created fields to let users filter by recipe. “Just being able to filter content effectively is my favourite thing. It’s the usability, how our images become searchable, and filtering by recipe. It makes it so much easier to find everything.” đŸ€“ Read how Forthglade can now search for images after ditching SharePoint and moving to Dash. Permissions aren’t just for approving new content. They also give you the ability to control who can access certain folders and content in your digital asset management system. Say your sales team needs access to your product images, but they don’t need to see content you’ve created for social media. You could add sales team members to a group called ‘sales team’ and select which folder they can access. This means there’s less clutter for them and they can get to the folders they need, quickly. What’s more, you can add expiry dates and asset usage rights using your fields. This will tell your team whether they’ve got permission to use a particular asset. And it’ll notify you when an asset expires—ideal for keeping up with good online brand management. 💡 How History and Heraldry (H&H) use groups in Dash H&H sells impulse gifts to retailers in 13 different countries around the world. Each country has its own sales representatives who need regular access to product imagery in Dash. However, not every country will sell every product, so it's important each sales rep only has access to their country’s products. Griselle, the Export Marketing and Product Executive, has set up groups for each country and assigned sales representatives to each of those groups. She’s then picked which folders they can view and download from. đŸ€“ Learn how History and Heraldry set their international teams up for success. There’s no use keeping all your gorgeous product images and lifestyle shots hauled up in your Dash. You’ll need a way to get them ready for your channels and to send them out into the wild. 🚀Here are a few ways Dash helps with this workflow. 1. Resize and crop images for your channels: Whenever you go to download an asset, you can select what size you’d like it to be. Select from a series of crops and file formats, ideal for getting the correct dimensions for Instagram, Pinterest, Facebook and other social channels. Or, set up your custom crops—ideal for getting content ready for your website or emails. You can also trim down your videos and adjust the aspect ratio to fit your social media dimensions. 2. Connect with tools like Shopify and Hootsuite: As well as getting your content ready in Dash, you can send it directly to your channels, too. For example, you can drop images into your Shopify product pages and CMS. You can also send content to your social channels via Hootsuite and you can use embeddable share links to feed images into other tools in your tech stack, like Klaviyo. 💡 How Goodrays gets assets ready for their marketplaces Goodrays is a fast-growing CBD brand. They sell drinks and oils on their website as well as online marketplaces like Amazon, Ebay and Deliveroo. Every online marketplace has a specific listing requirement. It needs certain image dimensions, ratios and formats. Using Dash, Theo (the brand’s Graphic Designer) told us that he can get assets ready for each marketplace, fast. He says: “A lot of the images for our ecommerce stores look the same to the untrained eye, but actually they’ve got really specific ratio formats. To stop people dragging out the wrong images, we’ve got an ecommerce family of folders. We have subfolders split by store, like Deliveroo, eBay and Amazon.” đŸ€“ Read how Goodrays uses Dash to deploy assets to their different channels. If you’re working with external teams—like agencies and retail partners—you need to get marketing assets over to them so they can sell and promote your products. Rather than sending lots of WeTransfers or Dropbox links, you can use Dash portals to let your partners self-serve. Here are some things your partners can do in a portal: The best part is, they can’t delete your assets or share the portal with anyone else. And you get to leave them a lovely welcome message to make them feel like real VIPs. Here's a quick demo of how to use portals in Dash. 💡 How Haws use Dash portals to share content with 100 + retailers Haws sells watering cans to retail partners around the world. Josh, their Purchasing Manager uses Dash’s public portals to give personalised access to each partner. Every stockist gets access to a selection of folders containing the assets they need to sell Haw’s products. This is really important, especially for small retailers who don’t have the resources to produce lots of their own marketing materials. As Josh says: “Some of our partners don’t have the budget to spend on beautiful lifestyle images or product photography. By providing that for them, we help them on their journey to sell more Haws. And it’s a win for us, because the more of our products they sell, the more they’ll buy from us.” Here’s what the independent retailer, Beard and Daisies’, portal looks like. đŸ€“ Read how Haw’s uses portals to give their retailers access to relevant marketing content. Finally, a DAM will allow you to keep tabs on the performance of your assets. This can help you determine your best-performing images and videos that you can use to optimise your campaigns.Here are some ways Dash lets you track your asset performance: A good, well-rounded view of your asset performance will help you plan future content, as well as reuse the images and videos you’ve already spent time and money creating. It’s not just down to you to build effective workflows in your DAM. Your team can help by taking responsibility for key roles. It’ll make their lives much easier as well. So before setting up DAM workflows, consider the specific needs of your teams so you can make a good case for setting up your workflows. As a starting point, here are some teams that typically use Dash, and how the workflows can help them. Marketing team: Marketers are the primary users of DAM. They’ll benefit from all the workflows we’ve covered in this post. From content creation through to performance analytics, each step will help them plan, launch and optimise their campaigns. 👉 You can read more about how to improve your marketing asset management. Brand managers: These folks will be keeping an eye on how your brand is being reflected online. They’ll want to make sure all up-to-date brand assets—like logos, iconography and brand guidelines—are accessible to your team. They can feedback on new brand assets, add expiry dates and usage rights to images and share guidelines with freelancers and agencies. 👉 Read more about brand asset management. Designers: It’s likely your designers will benefit from suitable access permissions. They’ll be creating new assets so they’ll need to upload designs and get feedback in your approval workflows. 👉 Learn more about how designers can benefit from a digital asset management tool. Sales team: If you’re selling products to lots of different retailers, chances are you have a sales team to help get new products into stores. As we saw with History and Heraldry, sales managers need access to the latest shots for products being sold in their country or area. They won’t be uploading new content, or making any edits to existing designs. So basic access permissions to folders or portals means they can quickly get to the most relevant content whilst they’re on the road. As you can see, there are lots of workflows you can use to make sure you’re getting the best out of your digital content. Here’s a quick summary of how to use Dash for each workflow: Feedback and approval workflows: Asset organisation and file management: Access and permission workflows: Visual content deployment: Lastly, analysing asset performance will help you make data-driven decisions for your future campaigns. 📈 If you’re ready to give digital asset management a go, you can sign up for Dash with a 14-day free trial. ✹ Amy Burchill is the SEO and Content Manager for Dash. She works with ecommerce experts to create articles for DTC brands wanting to improve their campaigns. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/digital-asset-mangement-for-agencies Title: How digital asset management can work for agenciesTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: A DAM for your agency helps organise your content, deliver creative assets to your clients - and stand out from the competition. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/digital-asset-mangement-for-agencies ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: How digital asset management can work for agencies H3: Find and use all your agency's digital assets H3: Share visual content with your clients H3: Set your customers up with a DAM H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: How digital asset management can work for agencies H3: Find and use all your agency's digital assets H3: Share visual content with your clients H3: Set your customers up with a DAM H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Picture the scene. You’re an agency and your client has signed you up for a rebrand project. After months of consultation and endless rounds of feedback, you’re ready to send them all of their new brand assets. It’s huge! They’re excited! You’re excited! Even I’m excited! And then
 đŸ„Ž You send them a WeTransfer link. đŸ„Ž Or you share  a *shudder* Google Drive folder with them. It’s anticlimactic. And the most heartbreaking thing about it? You and your team have spent all that time and effort creating all those beautiful assets for your customer. And now most of the assets will spend their days in your client’s Drive or Dropbox folder where no-one can find them. Marketing agencies, designers, Shopify agencies and freelance photographers - if you’re creating visuals for your clients, then listen up. It’s time we introduced you to Dash, your new favourite digital asset management (DAM). Using our DAM, you’ll be able to: We’ll cover each one in this article. Let’s get to it, shall we? Before we get to how Dash helps your clients, we’ll go through how our digital asset management platform can directly benefit the work your agency is doing internally. Put simply, Dash acts as the single source of truth for your company’s creative content. It stores all your images, videos and audio files, and makes them far easier to find than if they were hidden in a Google Drive or Dropbox folder. Once you get hold of the creative you need, use Dash to download it in different formats and size then get it out into the world. We’ll show you what we mean using (totally made-up) agency Belong as an example. They offer marketing, design and Shopify services to small, ambitious ecommerce businesses. This is their branded login screen. And this is what it looks like when you log in. First off, you’ll see they’ve sorted different types of creative digital assets into folders. These are the categories they’re using: To find an asset, you can use the search bar at the top. Or you can use Dash’s filter options. Dash’s filtering lets you sort your assets by the folders they’re in and by the various custom fields you’ve created. Belong have set up lots of custom fields - including one which lets them pull up assets by their performance (see ‘Rating’). Once you’ve found the creative you’re after, you can download it straight to your desktop. Pick which file formats and size you’d like the asset in. It’s on this screen you’ll see your custom download sizes listed as options, too. This is great for those specs you use regularly and are unique to your company - like your homepage banner image. If you’re an agency graphic designer, Dash can help you speed up your asset creation process too. You can connect your Dash account to Adobe Creative Suite. When you’re working in your application, you can drop assets from your Dash directly into your designs - and then reupload everything back to Dash when you’re done. No more interrupting the creative process by switching in and out of applications and browser tabs. Want to see how Dash can help your agency? Take out a free trial in seconds and see what you think. 👇 {{free-trial="/blog-components"}} Dash makes it easier for you to share the digital assets you’re creating. It’ll give you an edge over your competitors, who - no doubt - are still sending their clients assets over Drive or Dropbox. You can select any digital content in your Dash, pick whether you’d like to share by email or URL, and off you go. But that’s not all. There’s another way - the Dash portal. These are great when you’re regularly sharing large sets of creative assets with an external partner - like your clients! This is a way of creating a publicly-accessible (but password-protected, if you like) version of your Dash and giving permanent access to folders of your choice. It means the person using your portal can use the filters and search bar to find what they’re looking for and download the assets. And that’s all without them having to login to your actual Dash account. If you’re working on a big project, or your client has signed you up on a retainer so you know you’ll be sending them assets regularly, a portal can help you out. Let’s go back to our favourite agency Belong, who’ve just signed up Planto as a new client. Planto (also made-up, forgive our flights of fancy) are an ecommerce brand and sell houseplants online. They’ve employed Belong to refresh their branding, reshoot their product photography and do an entire UX audit of their Shopify store and checkout process. That’s going to involve a lot of assets. And if you don’t have Dash, you’re going to spend a lot of time shuttling different assets back and forth asking for approval. And when everything’s ready to go, you’ll waste time packaging everything into a massive ZIP file to send via WeTransfer. Rather than going through all that, Belong set up a portal for Planto. This means the design and marketing team at Planto can visit their portal and download all the assets they need. Portals give whoever’s visiting them access to the search bar and filtering options, so they’re able to sort through and get the content they need easily. It’s a much easier, more visual way of your customer receiving assets from you. It means they don’t have to download a zip file from a WeTransfer link which then plonks everything straight into their downloads folder. And from your end, you’re giving your clients the tools they need to find (and use) the assets you’re creating for them. That means they’ll spend less time emailing you asking where their assets are, or if you can resize graphics in different formats. When the clients you’re working for have their own Dash, you’ll also be able to streamline the content creation process. Let’s say you’re a photography agency and have been contracted by your client to take a load of new product photos. When you’re ready to send over the finished files, you can ask your client to set you up with a login to their account. Then, using Dash’s content approvals, you can upload all your photos to their Dash ready for them to approve (or reject) your work. With customers like Passenger Clothing, RJ Living and Clevr Blends, Dash is perfect for growing, ambitious brands - just like your clients. It’s the answer to the content chaos they’ve been struggling through when keeping everything in Drive or Dropbox. So if you really want to make your customer’s day, help set them up with their very own digital asset management solution. Book a demo with the team today to discuss your options, or sign up to a free trial-no strings attached. If you're not yet decided, download our free digital asset management software comparison worksheet. {{dam-comparison="/blog-components"}} Ready to start? We can’t wait to work with you! Barney is the Marketing Lead for Dash. He writes about small business marketing strategies and how DTC brands can boost sales. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/digital-assets Title: What is a digital asset - and why are they essential for your brand?Twitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Discover the different types of digital marketing assets and why they're essential if you're running an online store. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/digital-assets ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: What is a digital asset - and why are they essential for your brand? H2: What is a digital asset? (with examples) H2: Why digital assets matter for ecommerce brands H2: How to get your digital assets ready for use H2: How a DAM helps you manage your digital assets H2: Build the single source of truth for your digital assets H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: What is a digital asset - and why are they essential for your brand? H2: What is a digital asset? (with examples) H4: [fs-toc-omit] Marketing assets H4: [fs-toc-omit] Brand assets H4: [fs-toc-omit] Website assets H2: Why digital assets matter for ecommerce brands H2: How to get your digital assets ready for use H4: [fs-toc-omit] 1. Audit what you already have H4: [fs-toc-omit] 2. Add metadata and tags H4: [fs-toc-omit] 3. Optimise for different platforms H4: [fs-toc-omit] 4. Control access H2: How a DAM helps you manage your digital assets H4: A single source of truth H4: Use AI search and tags to find assets fast H4: Keep track of every version automatically H4: Share assets securely with the right people H4: Share assets easily with people outside your team H4: Connect with your ecommerce workflows H2: Build the single source of truth for your digital assets H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content You’re a marketer working to promote and sell products in a busy online market. You’re competing with other businesses to capture your audience’s attention and drive sales. That’s where your digital assets come in. These are the digital files, visuals, documents and other resources your marketing team uses to build brand awareness, attract new customers, and generate sales. With the right types of digital assets, you can improve visibility, boost engagement, and grow revenue. In this guide, we’ll explain what a digital asset is and why they’re integral to your brand. We’ll look at the most valuable asset types for ecommerce marketing, and show you how a digital asset management system can help you store, organise, and share them — so you can use them again and again. A digital asset is any piece of content that exists in a digital form, is created and stored by your business, and holds value. These assets are essential for marketing purposes, building brand consistency, and driving revenue. They’re also created and shared in a range of digital formats — from images (JPG, PNG, WEBP) and videos (MP4, MOV) to documents (PDF, DOCX), design files (SVG, PSD), and audio files (MP3, WAV). Here are the main types of digital assets you’ll work with 👇 These help you attract customers, promote products, and run campaigns across channels. These keep your brand consistency strong across every channel. These support your online store, product listings, and customer experience. These digital asset examples are used across multiple marketing channels and shared between teams. Because they come in so many different digital formats, they need to be properly organised, stored, and managed. A digital asset management system (DAM) like Dash brings everything together in one secure storage space, making it easy for your team to find, share, and use assets whenever they need them. Digital assets are some of the most valuable resources your business owns. Like physical stock or equipment, these assets hold real value because they help your brand grow, generate revenue, and build stronger customer relationships. Here’s why they’re so important: Managing your digital assets properly gives your brand a real edge. With a solid system for storing, organising and sharing files, you’ll save time, keep everything consistent, and make it easier to get better results from every campaign. Creating digital assets is only part of the job. To get the most out of them and ensure they’re suitable across all your different channels, they need to be properly prepared, formatted, and organised. Here’s how to make sure your assets are ready to go 👇 Start by reviewing your existing digital files, wherever they’re currently living. Remove duplicates, archive outdated versions, and make sure usage rights and licences are up to date. This gives you a clean, accurate library to build from and ensures only valuable assets remain. Metadata is the extra information you attach to a digital asset to describe what it is and how it should be used. Think of it as the behind-the-scenes detail that makes your files searchable and easier to manage. This might include the product name, campaign, season, file type, usage rights, or even notes on where an asset has been used before. If you’re storing files in tools like Google Drive or Dropbox, you’re mostly limited to folder names and filenames — which can make searching time-consuming and inconsistent. A digital asset management system goes much further. In Dash, you can add structured metadata fields and tags to every asset, then use AI-powered search to find them quickly using keywords or natural language (e.g. “red mug on kitchen counter”). With rich metadata in place, anyone on your marketing team can find the right asset in seconds — without digging through folders, guessing filenames, or relying on memory. Every social media platform and ecommerce site has its own requirements for image dimensions, aspect ratios, and file types. What looks great on your website might get cropped awkwardly on Instagram, and a video formatted for YouTube might not display properly in a Facebook ad. Preparing platform-specific versions of your digital assets ahead of time ensures they’ll display correctly and perform their best wherever you use them. For example: Instead of manually resizing everything, a digital asset management system like Dash makes this step simple. You can crop and download assets in preset sizes directly from your DAM, or set up your own custom dimensions for the channels you use most. This means your assets are always ready to publish — no extra editing required. 👉 Find the full list of recommended social media sizes here Not everyone needs access to every asset. Set up clear permissions so internal teams, agencies, and retail partners only see what’s relevant to them. This helps protect sensitive content and keeps your library organised. Once you start creating all these digital assets — from images and videos to brand guidelines and campaign graphics — things can get messy fast. If your files are scattered across Google Drive, Dropbox, email threads, or (worse) someone’s desktop, it’s hard for your marketing team to find what they need, when they need it. That’s wasted time and missed opportunities. That’s where a digital asset management system (DAM system) like Dash comes in. A DAM software solution gives you one central, secure storage space for every type of digital asset and makes them easy to find, share, and reuse across your business. Here’s how a DAM can transform the way you work 👇 All your digital files (from product images and campaign videos to brand documents and audio files) live in one central, organised library. For example, a DAM like Dash displays everything as large, visual thumbnails, so your team can quickly browse, preview, and find the right digital assets without digging through endless folders. Because every asset is stored in one place, you’ll always know you’re using the latest, approved version. It means your campaigns are consistent and your brand looks polished everywhere it appears. If you’re using tools like Google Drive or Dropbox to manage your digital assets, no doubt you’re spending too much time searching through your folders and getting caught up in file names like ‘final_final.v1’ and ‘final_final_FINAL.v1’. In Dash, AI can scan the content of your digital assets so you can search using natural language instead of exact file names. Combine that with tags for product names, campaign themes, seasons, or usage rights, and you’ll pull up the right assets in seconds. For example, instead of remembering a file name, you could simply type ‘man wearing yellow tshirt’ and Dash will show you every matching image. It’s quick, accurate, and helps your team spend less time hunting for files and more time creating campaigns. As your team updates assets it’s easy to lose track of which version is the right one to use. A DAM solves that by keeping a record of every update automatically. In Dash, each new version of an asset is stored alongside the old ones, so you can always see what’s changed and roll back if you need to. It removes the guesswork and stops outdated files from slipping into your campaigns. Take one of our customers, Beavertown, who uses version control in Dash to manage graphics and illustrations. Lily, the brand, Senior Digital Creative says: ‍“The thing I love about Dash is when I upload a new version of one of the assets, and then get feedback about something we need to change, I can just upload the new version and it won’t create a duplicate. You can also see what it was before because, a lot of the time, we might decide to go back to a previous version.” 👉 Discover how Beavertown manages their creative workflows using Dash. Not everyone needs access to everything, and giving the wrong people the wrong files can cause confusion or put your content - and your brand - at risk. That’s why access control and permissions are a key part of any digital asset management system. In Dash, you can decide exactly who can view, download, or share your digital assets. You can have different permission levels for groups of teammates without granting access to your entire media ibrary. Your digital assets aren’t just for internal use. Agencies, PR teams, retailers, and media partners often need access too. But sending files over email or sharing random cloud links can quickly become messy and hard to manage. With Dash, you can share assets in a more controlled and professional way. Create branded retailer portals to showcase curated collections of images, videos, or documents, and give external partners access without requiring them to log in. They can browse, preview, and download what they need, but they won’t be able to edit or delete anything. Discover how top brands like Mountain Equipment, Brewdog and Haws use portals to level-up their partnerships with their retailers (and ultimately, help them sell more products). Your digital assets are most valuable when they fit seamlessly into the tools and platforms your team already uses. A digital asset management system like Dash integrates with your ecommerce tech stack: from Shopify and other online store platforms to social media schedulers, email marketing tools, and your design software. That means you can send product images, lifestyle shots, and videos directly into your campaigns without the extra steps of downloading and re-uploading files. Need to update a hero image on your storefront or drop a new product video into an email? You can do it straight from Dash. Your digital assets are some of the most valuable resources your business owns. They help you promote products, build brand consistency, and grow your ecommerce store — but only if they’re organised, easy to find, and ready to use. A digital asset management system like Dash brings everything together in one place. It gives your team a single source of truth, makes assets searchable with AI and metadata, keeps versions under control, and lets you share content securely with the right people. It also connects seamlessly with the tools you already use, so your assets can flow directly into campaigns, product pages, and social posts. Managing your digital assets doesn’t have to be complicated. With Dash, it’s simple, scalable, and designed to help your team work faster and launch campaigns with confidence. 👉 Start your free trial of Dash today and see how easy digital asset management can be. Amy Burchill is the SEO and Content Manager for Dash. She works with ecommerce experts to create articles for DTC brands wanting to improve their campaigns. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/digital-lookbooks-for-fashion-brands Title: Create a digital lookbook for your DTC fashion brand (with inspo to steal from)Twitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Create a digital lookbook for your DTC fashion brand. Get design tips, real examples, and practical steps to make your collection stand out. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/digital-lookbooks-for-fashion-brands ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Create a digital lookbook for your DTC fashion brand (with inspo to steal from) H2: What is a digital lookbook and who’s it for? H2: Why lookbooks are important for fashion brands H2: Best practices for creating a winning lookbook H3: 1. Build a cover that represents your brand and products H3: 2. Use bold, scroll-stopping visuals H3: 3. Design for clarity and easy scanning H3: 4. Show products in context H3: 5. Keep your lookbook visually consistent H3: 6. Add interactivity (when appropriate) H3: 7. Optimise for mobile and load speed H3: 8. Include a clear CTA H2: Examples of great lookbooks from real fashion brands H2: Make sure your lookbook gets seen H2: How to store, organise, and share all visual content (not just lookbook content) H2: Keep all your visuals organised with Dash H2: FAQs about digital lookbooks H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Create a digital lookbook for your DTC fashion brand (with inspo to steal from) H2: What is a digital lookbook and who’s it for? H2: Why lookbooks are important for fashion brands H2: Best practices for creating a winning lookbook H3: 1. Build a cover that represents your brand and products H3: 2. Use bold, scroll-stopping visuals H3: 3. Design for clarity and easy scanning H3: 4. Show products in context H3: 5. Keep your lookbook visually consistent H3: 6. Add interactivity (when appropriate) H3: 7. Optimise for mobile and load speed H3: 8. Include a clear CTA H2: Examples of great lookbooks from real fashion brands H4: Adidas H4: Botter H4: Dear Frances H4: Peppermint Cycling Co. H4: Wax London H2: Make sure your lookbook gets seen H2: How to store, organise, and share all visual content (not just lookbook content) H2: Keep all your visuals organised with Dash H2: FAQs about digital lookbooks H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content A digital lookbook is more than just a glossy showcase—it’s a practical tool that helps your brand communicate clearly and sell confidently. It gives buyers a feel for your collection, equips editors with the assets they need for press coverage, and builds anticipation ahead of your next launch. In this guide, we’ll break down what makes a great lookbook in 2025, showcase standout examples, and share practical tips to make the creation process easier. A digital lookbook is an online, visual presentation of your brand’s latest collection. Fashion brands often release them seasonally, including their latest products such as clothing, and accessories. They also provide an opportunity to further cement your brand’s identity and story as part of your overall ecommerce marketing strategy. As a fashion brand, you’ll likely share your digital lookbook with: They also serve as internal tools for: A visually engaging digital lookbook isn’t just about making your collection look good—it helps people explore your collection, connect with your brand, and take action. It also acts as a powerful conversion tool. Here are some other reasons to create a digital lookbook for your next collection: You’re committed to creating a digital lookbook for your next collection. But what should it look like? What layout works best? How do you maintain consistency with your brand while still making it easy to browse? In this section, we’ll walk through practical tips to help you create a lookbook that’s built to impress. Think of your cover as your digital storefront window. It should pull people in and make them want to see more from your brand. Don’t be afraid to go big and bold,with your images and copy. Ultimately, you want to represent your products and the lifestyle you’re trying to evoke in the best light. Take PME Legend, whose cover perfectly captures both their products and the brand’s classic and outdoorsy personality. When someone opens your lookbook, they should instantly get a feel for your brand’s aesthetic—whether that’s sleek and minimal, bold and eclectic, or vintage-inspired. As a starting point, you could lead with full-bleed images that show off your standout pieces. If you’re not sure which images to include, start with your goal. What do you want people to do—explore the whole collection, click through to product pages, share with their team? Pick visuals that build interest and make them want to keep scrolling. That might mean starting with your most eye-catching shots, showing your hero pieces in context, or creating a sense of movement through the collection. Every image should earn its place and keep the story flowing from start to finish. As an example, take a look at Moscot who use full-bleed, moody images that reflect the brand’s aesthetic: Your layout shouldn’t just look good—it should make it easy for people to explore your collection without getting lost or distracted. Group related products together so they feel connected. Break up the page with full-width lifestyle shots or clean space to stop it feeling cluttered. Use consistent margins, heading sizes, and type styles so everything feels smooth and intentional. Men’s fashion brand, Paul Fredrick, does this well. When you click through to their digital lookbook, the page fills with large, beautiful images. Your only option is to scroll down, making it easy to know where to look next. Shoppers and buyers want to see how your products move, layer, and look in real-world settings. Use styled shoots that pair pieces from the same collection and show how the clothes look while a model is walking, sitting, or doing a brand-related activity (e.g., if you sell tennis skirts, include a photo with someone playing tennis). Fashion brand Cuyana is a great example of showing products in context. Here’s how someone might look wearing one of their stunning bags outside: Your lookbook should carry the same voice and visual language as the rest of your brand. Every element should feel consistent with your site, packaging, and previous campaigns. That cohesion builds recognition, and makes your collection feel more intentional. Take a quick look at the Boggi Milano lookbook. Everything from the clothes they're wearing, the colours they display, the muted background, and the minimal props support the brand’s aesthetic. Consider adding interactive elements like clickable hotspots, product tags, scroll-based animation, or video clips to draw people in and make exploring your collection more dynamic. Nike does a great job of this. Nike is all about getting out there and moving your body, so it follows that their lookbook would move, too. When you click through to their lookbook, you see a 19-minute video of models in action. It’s not uncommon for retailers to browse lookbooks on the go. If your lookbook is slow to load or hard to navigate on smaller screens, you lose momentum. Use compressed, high-quality images and minimize file size. Every digital lookbook I reviewed while writing this article loaded quickly on desktop and mobile. If you want to conduct your own speed test, here’s a link to the Eddie Bauer lookbook. See how long it takes to load (hint: it’s fast). What should your reader do after browsing? Buy something? Contact your wholesale team? Share the collection? Every lookbook should end with a clear, low-friction next step. Scroll to the very bottom of the Mignon Faget lookbook, and what do you see? Limited copy and a CTA to ‘shop now’ that links to where you can purchase: Now that we’ve covered best practices for creating a good lookbook, let’s get to the fun part. Let’s look at some gorgeous lookbooks from other fashion brands and see what we can steal from them. Housed within the ‘Shop Your Style’ page on the site, the adidas lookbook leads with full-bleed imagery and clean layouts that let the clothes do the talking. It strikes a balance between editorial polish and retail function, drawing you in without overcomplicating the experience. Why it works:Adidas uses bold, high-contrast imagery to reinforce its identity as a performance-first brand. The uncluttered layout and minimal copy echo its focus on movement and clarity—nothing slows the user down. Each image acts as a visual CTA: click through a look, and you're taken to a deeper view of the full outfit, with product shots and variants. Branding:Everything about the presentation—clean sans-serif fonts, stark white space, and subtle UI interactions—feels fast, focused, and urban. It’s distinctly ‘adidas’. User experience :The use of expandable product blocks keeps your homepage clean while still driving action. Each image acts as an entry point—clicking takes you straight to the product or a more detailed view. Even without obvious ‘shop now’ buttons, the design encourages people to move seamlessly from inspiration to product discovery. Botter is a progressive fashion label based in Paris, known for its Caribbean-European design influences and sharply tailored, conceptual pieces. Its AW24 digital lookbook is a great example of how to turn a traditional gallery into an immersive, high-fashion experience. Why it works:The layout creates space for each look to stand on its own, and you can scroll as slowly as needed. This unique layout invites viewers to pause, consider, and respect the craftsmanship and thought behind each piece. The lookbook channels Botter’s belief that “fashion is the golden daughter of all arts.” Each image feels like a tribute to the clothes and to the deeper connection between nature, culture and creation. The visual storytelling honors nature and reflects a clear purpose: to give back to the world through thoughtful, expressive design. User experience:Each look includes a ‘details’ button that expands to show product info—perfect for press or buyers who need quick access to names, materials and pricing. Botter also includes a sidebar linking to past collections, turning its archive into an active part of the brand story, not just a static library. It’s a smart way to give context and show creative evolution without interrupting the flow. Dear Frances is a modern footwear brand known for understated elegance. The Spring 2025 collection stays true to that vision with soft colour palettes, architectural lines, and effortless wearability. Why it works:This lookbook embodies the understated integrity the brand is known for. There’s no distraction—just a clear, confident presentation that lets the product speak for itself. It feels considered, not overstyled. Brand-aligned tone:Inspired by sculpture and the human form, the visual pacing mirrors the collection’s design values: clean lines, natural textures and balance. Every detail (from the soft natural light to the neutral palettes) is artistic and deliberate. User experience:There’s no push to purchase, but that’s part of the appeal. The lookbook is a mood piece, pulling the viewer into the brand’s world and encouraging deeper engagement on their terms. Peppermint Cycling Co. is a Canadian brand that blends technical performance with vibrant design for women who ride. Their MTB SS25 lookbook celebrates the mountain biking lifestyle with energetic visuals. Why it works:This lookbook celebrates performance as lifestyle. The visuals highlight motion, texture, and terrain, showing the gear in its natural environment. It builds trust by demonstrating function through action, not staged perfection. Brand-aligned tone:Bright colors, natural light, and wide-open landscapes reflect the brand’s adventurous identity. Brief copy blocks add a personal, emotional layer that aligns with Peppermint’s mission to inspire women who ride. User experience :It’s one of the more interactive examples. Features like a ‘shop by category’ filter and auto-playing 360° views give viewers useful ways to explore the collection. Wax London is a contemporary menswear brand blending British heritage with relaxed tailoring. Their SS25 lookbook is minimalist but effective. It’s designed to guide shoppers through a large seasonal collection without friction. Why it works:The straightforward layout makes a large collection feel manageable. It removes friction, letting shoppers move fluidly between styles without feeling overwhelmed. Brand-aligned tone:The lookbook mirrors Wax London’s focus on laid-back tailoring and seasonal simplicity. Neutral backgrounds and straightforward styling keep attention on fit and fabric, supporting the brand’s everyday wearability without overstatement. User experience :The layout makes it easy to browse a large collection without friction. Toggling between product-only and on-model views helps shoppers get a complete sense of each piece. Every item links to a detailed product page, and a ‘recently viewed’ strip helps users retrace their steps—especially useful when navigating a broad seasonal drop. Add it to your homepage (e.g. hero banner or carousel) Your homepage is prime real estate—use it to spotlight your latest lookbook during launches or seasonal campaigns. A bold banner, featured block, or homepage carousel can drive traffic straight to the collection and set the tone for the drop. Make it visually compelling so visitors can’t miss it. Whistles is a great example of a brand that does this. They have their lookbook link built right into their navigation bar. When you click on it, you get a carousel of images with different lookbook options: Link it from your email signature (for PR and sales) Add your lookbook link to the email signatures of your PR, sales, and brand team members. It’s a low-effort way to keep the collection circulating in every conversation—whether you're pitching to press, connecting with buyers, or following up on outreach. Helpful tip: Use a tool like HubSpot Email Signature Generator to quickly create and update branded signatures with clickable links. Share it in your B2B outreach and press kits Your lookbook is a powerful visual asset—use it to support buyer pitches, press outreach, and retail conversations. Include the link in your sales emails, brand decks, and media kits to give partners a quick way to view your latest collection. In this collection launch from GUESS, the brand pairs its press release with a visual lookbook and campaign images, creating a clean, scrollable media hub for editors and partners. Embed it in Shopify or WooCommerce Once your digital lookbook is designed, the next step is making sure people can find and browse it. If you use Shopify or WooCommerce, there are a few simple ways to add your lookbook directly to your site. For WooCommerce users: Bonus tip: If your lookbook includes shoppable links, make sure those URLs map directly to your store’s live product pages. That way, the transition from inspiration to purchase is instant. Lookbooks are essential for your brand, but they’re also only one part of a much bigger visual content machine for any ecommerce team. Between all your product launches, social campaigns, influencer drops, and wholesale updates, creative assets can pile up fast. Without a system to manage it all, it’s easy for things to slip through the cracks. Dash helps fast-moving fashion brands centralise their content, simplify collaboration, and maintain brand consistency across every channel. Here’s how other teams are using it to stay on track: How to give partners easy access—without sending zip files Luxury streetwear brand Filling Pieces was struggling to manage their growing asset library. Google Drive was messy, hard to search, and lacked structure. As Alberto, their Marketing Manager,put it: “There were no naming conventions. Too many people uploading content at the same time. Google Drive just isn’t very visual—it’s messy.” The team needed a better way to organise their content and give sales and marketing quick access to what they needed. Dash gave them a clean, scalable system built for visual assets. And because Dash is flexible and affordable, it works for where they are now—with room to scale later. “There were three things I instantly liked: price, support and scalability. The support was really good and not pushy. And it’s great knowing we can scale up as we go.” How to manage thousands of assets across platforms and channels Before switching to Dash, outdoor brand Passenger juggled files between WeTransfer, hard drives, and Google Drive. Now, their distributed team uses one shared library connected to Airtable and Shopify—speeding up launches and keeping their visuals consistent across ecommerce and social. Kat, the brand’s Product Marketing Manager told us: “We’re quite a creative business, and different teams need access to different types of content. Having everything in one central place is crucial—it makes sure everyone’s using the right assets, whether it’s product images or something like the correct logo. It’s basically our source of truth.” How to prep press kits and campaigns without chaos British footwear brand Emmy London outgrew their Dropbox system after years of scattered assets and duplicate files. With Dash, they’ve created a central space to organise product imagery, plan monthly campaigns, and quickly respond to press or affiliate requests with curated collections. Lucy, Emmy London’s (now ex) Social Media Manager told us: “I honestly couldn't recommend it enough. Dash has been such a lifesaver.  It's made everything so much quicker and it’s changed the game for me.” When everyone on your team has instant access to the right visuals, everything moves faster. That includes lookbook creation, product drops, press outreach, and everything in between. Want to see what Dash can do for your team? Start your free trial. 1. What is the difference between a moodboard and a lookbook? A moodboard is a planning tool used internally to set the tone, direction, or vibe of a collection. It pulls together textures, colours, references and inspiration. A lookbook, on the other hand, is made for external use. It presents the finished collection in styled looks, often for buyers, press or customers. Where a moodboard hints at what’s coming, a lookbook shows what’s ready. 2. What is the difference between a line sheet and a lookbook? A line sheet is built for function. It lists product details (e.g., names, SKUs, prices, and ordering info) for buyers who need to place wholesale orders. A lookbook is more visual and narrative. It highlights how pieces work together, tells the story of the collection, and helps generate interest before any transactions happen. Ashley R. Cummings is a SaaS writer and the founder of the B2B content marketing agency, Searchlight Content. She also writes Content Connect, the newsletter that helps you grow your content marketing and writing muscles. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/diy-product-photography Title: DIY product photography for ecommerceTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Learn to take great product shots for your ecommerce brand. From lighting to backdrops, we cover everything you need to create eye-catching photos. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/diy-product-photography ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: DIY product photography for ecommerce H3: Do you need to hire a professional photographer? H3: 6 tips for creating eye-catching DIY product photography H3: How to organise your photos? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: DIY product photography for ecommerce H3: Do you need to hire a professional photographer? H3: 6 tips for creating eye-catching DIY product photography H4: 1. Have a clear story and vision H4: 2. Check your lighting H4: 3. Bring your product to life H4: 4. Consider your backdrop H4: 5. Shoot a variety of angles H4: 6. Don’t over-edit 👀 H3: How to organise your photos? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content When you're trying to grow an ecommerce brand, the competition is fierce. Stand-out photos give you the edge you need. A whopping 90% of shoppers say photo quality is the most important factor in an online sale, while good product photos can increase your conversion rates by 30%. In this day-and-age, there’s no excuse for a poorly shot product photo. Most of us (if not all) have access to those handy little devices in our pockets that can take photos on par with the professionals (just take a look at these photos that were all shot on an iPhone đŸ˜±). That, and high-quality cameras are more affordable than ever. However, it’s not just about getting your photos on point. The sheer volume of photos means you need to consider how you’ll store and deploy them, otherwise you risk losing them in the forgotten depths of your shared drives. Time to say goodbye to dodgy lighting, weird angles, and the hours spent searching through your images. Time for some simple, fun, and effective DIY product photography. There’s certainly a time and place for professional photography - especially if you’ve got loads of new products or want to set up a photo shoot. In fact, we've got a photography brief template that'll give you an idea of what a professional photographer might need. âŹ‡ïž {{photography-brief="/blog-components"}} But, if you’ve got a little less to spend, you don’t always need to go all out. A decent smartphone, good lighting, and a clean space can be more than enough. Let’s get snappy with these top tips. First things first, what do you actually want to get from your product shots? Sure, you want customers to see your products and instantly buy (that’s the dream, right?), but having a clear vision will set you off on the right path and help align with the rest of your brand values. As Alice from RJ Living (one of our customers) advises: “Having a clear story and vision for what you want your shots to look like is key to creating great product assets. We have a plan before every shoot about the theme and mood behind a shoot, which customers we are trying to engage with for each look and how the images are going to be used across print and digital. Not only does this making shooting a lot less stressful but it means we’ve covered all our bases for how we want to roll out our product assets.” RL Living are all about promoting the Australian lifestyle which is laid back and relaxed. And their product photography reflects that. When it comes to the actual photoshoot, lighting is so important. Get it wrong, and you can seriously diminish the perceived value of your product. There are two different types of lighting you can use in your shots: Bloom & Wild uses a mixture of lighting and a sheet backdrop to create shadows over their products. 75% of online shoppers said product photos were influential in whether they decided to buy the product or not. Makes sense, when you don’t get to touch, smell, or taste a product on the web. To do this, you can show your product in its natural habitat (like a blender being used in a kitchen or a real-life doggo wearing your latest puppy jumper). As well as static photos, capture action shots that show how your product can be used and what it looks like in real life. For Kelly Wynne (one of Dash's customers), these types of images are super-important. Their brand is all about promoting empowerment in women through accessories. And, as an online-only brand, creating that digital experience to convey this message takes extra work. As Kaitlyn, the brand’s VP of Brand, Demand and Community says: “The biggest thing for us is not just photography, but use-case photography. We can make it look like a really pretty bag, but if it's two-dimensional, and you can't see it in life, it's hard to picture.” The last thing you want is your beautiful product shown against a grotty backdrop of clutter. You could have the best-looking blender, ballet bump, or baseball bat in the world but if shoppers get distracted by what’s going on in the back, you could lose out on a few sales. Here are some ideas to get your DIY product photography backdrop on point: Little Moons uses a plain, colourful background to make the products stand out. It’s tempting to snap your product from the front, but consider using a number of angles to show it in all its glory. Remember, shoppers can’t get their hands on it through a screen, so recreate the in-person experience by giving them multiple viewpoints from every angle. Also think about showing your product close up, from a distance, and every which way in between. Most phones let you do a 360-degree photo too so that shoppers can explore it in its entirety. Ruggable shows its products from a variety of angles, including from above, close up, and what it would look like in situ. If you’ve ever found yourself saying, “it’s fiiiine, I’ll fix it in edits”, stop right now. While edits can enhance a photo, you don’t want to rely on them to make your product photos pop. If possible, get close to perfect pics from the start and simply tweak them a little in edits. Maybe tone up the contrast or increase the exposure slightly. Avoid using heavy filters if you can (shoppers can spot these a mile off and it can hamper their trust in you). It’s not just product photography for ecommerce that’s important (or even the editing). It’s also about how you store and organise your snaps when you don’t have a professional to do it for you. If you take a ton of amazing pics but they get lost in your shared drives, you’re just throwing away the money that was originally invested. That’s where a trusty digital asset management (DAM) tool like Dash (that’s us) comes in handy. If you’ve not heard of digital asset management before, take a look at Barney’s post which breaks down the ways DAM can help ecommerce brands get the most out of their images. You and your team can use Dash to store, organise and share all of your gorgeous product shots, all from a single location. It’ll eliminate the endless back-and-forth in email threads and the hours searching through Google Drive and/or DropBox. If you’re interested to try it for yourself, sign up for a free 14-day trial below. ✹ Lizzie Davey writes for ecommerce and marketing SaaS brands. She helps create B2B content strategies and is the Founder of Copy Revival and Freelance Magic. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/dropbox-alternatives-for-small-business Title: Top 10 Dropbox alternatives for DTC brandsTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Dropbox is a great tool for document management, but there are better tools for your brand. Discover the best Dropbox alternatives for DTC brands. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/dropbox-alternatives-for-small-business ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Top 10 Dropbox alternatives for DTC brands H2: Why Dropbox isn’t a good solution for your brand H2: Things to look for in a Dropbox alternative H2: 10 Dropbox alternatives for your brand H3: Which tool should I pick for file management? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Top 10 Dropbox alternatives for DTC brands H2: Why Dropbox isn’t a good solution for your brand H2: Things to look for in a Dropbox alternative H2: 10 Dropbox alternatives for your brand H4: 1. Dash: A Dropbox alternative for visual assets management H4: 2. Google Drive: A Dropbox alternative for file management H4: 3. Milanote: A Dropbox alternative for project management H4: 4. WeTransfer: A Dropbox alternative for file sharing H4: 5. Document360: A Dropbox alternative for knowledge base management H4: 6. Slite: A Dropbox alternative for project management H4: 7. BambooHR: A Dropbox alternative for employee directories H4: 8. iCloud Drive: A Dropbox alternative for secure cloud storage H4: 9. Microsoft OneDrive: A Dropbox alternative for seamless integration with Microsoft Office H4: 10. pCloud: A Dropbox alternative for lifetime storage options H3: Which tool should I pick for file management? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content If you’re looking for the best Dropbox alternatives to manage your brand’s creative files, this guide breaks down the top tools and when to use them. Dropbox is one of the most popular cloud-based file management software tools on the market. It lets you organise and store your documents in a central and secure server. You can access these files from any device and location and share them with external collaborators. You can also: Whilst this all sounds great, in reality, Dropbox falls short when it comes to letting you search, manage and organise your creative files. That’s everything from product images, brand logos, creative graphics, social media content and more. So if you’re struggling to find any visual content in your brand’s Dropbox folders, then you’ve come to the right place. 🙌 As an ecommerce business, you’re managing thousands of visual assets — from video ads and user-generated content to product images in multiple angles, colours and sizes. Not only do you have to showcase these visuals on your website; you also need to share them on social media, in email campaigns, and with suppliers or partners. That's a lot to handle. If you don't have an effective system for organising and deploying all your visual content, it will overwhelm you. And, Dropbox misses the mark here. When you try managing images and videos in Dropbox, you'll quickly discover that: 1. It only works for general document management Dropbox is built for organising and sharing documents. But using it for anything outside of document management is like forcing a square peg into a round hole—it just won’t work. Take one of Dash’s customers Emmy London , who tried using Dropbox for organising their digital marketing assets. The lack of clear thumbnails and file naming system meant it was impossible for anyone to find anything: “At Emmy London, we're all very visual people, and so finding things within Dropbox folders was next to impossible. Over the years, there have been multiple people in marketing roles and everyone has their own way of organising things. I often found that things were labelled or spelt incorrectly, and I had to dig through folders to find just one thing. There were so many duplicates as well! I realised we'd be able to work better when we could see all the photos in front of us, and this is where Dash has made such a huge difference for us.” It’s tempting to stick with Dropbox for all your file management needs. But there are better ways to organise your content— we’ll get to them in a minute. 2. Dropbox’s user interface is not intuitive 👀 Despite its best efforts, Dropbox is yet to deliver an A+ experience to users. Most people struggle with navigating from one section to another in the app and completing basic tasks like file sharing. Beavertown previously used Dropbox to manage their creative assets. Lily, the brand’s Senior Digital Creative, told us how Dropbox’s basic search function was unintuitive and clunky. “It’s wild how we’ve become so advanced in AI but when you type in the search bar in Dropbox, it comes up with irrelevant results that I didn’t search for. I could never in a million years type “oversized cream t-shirt” into Dropbox and get what I was looking for. I hated it.” 3. Its privacy policy is sus đŸ€š In its Terms and Conditions, Dropbox clearly states that it can access your data at will and may even share it with “trusted third parties”. This is concerning if you care about protecting your security and digital identity. If this is something you’re worried about, it’s time to look for a secure Dropbox alternative that offers secure cloud storage space. The market is flooded with applications that offer file management capacities in one way or another. Here are four things to prioritise as you go shopping for Dropbox alternatives: Without further ado, let’s dive into our list of possible alternatives to Dropbox. Dropbox lacks the key features you need for visual content management. For instance, you can't search for the content of an image in Dropbox. You have to remember the name of the file or spend ages scrolling through endless thumbnails. Seriously, how are you supposed to find the right brand asset in all of that stuff? Luckily, there’s a better way to organise your visual content: introducing Dash—that’s us. Dash is a digital asset management software for ecommerce brands. This means it is built for storing, sharing and deploying all types of visual assets. Dash’s advanced photo management features distinguish it from tools like Dropbox and Google Drive. For example, it automatically scans and assigns searchable tags to images so you can find them quickly. And it has a user-friendly interface that means you can jump in and understand how to use the tool right out of the box. Dash’s user interface is also designed to make your visual content shine. It displays your content with beautiful image previews, not boring, generic thumbnails. Take a look at COAT Paint’s Dash — it looks like an aesthetically-pleasing Instagram feed 😍. What’s more, you don’t need file names to find images saved in Dash because it lets you search for the actual content of the image. Say you’re looking for the image of a chair, but you can’t remember the file name; simply search for “chair” in Dash, and it will show you all the images that match the description. That’s way better than racking your brain to remember the exact way you saved an image in Dropbox. That’s not all. You’ll get a ton of cool features that do your visual content justice, like: Dash’s pricing starts at ÂŁ99/$139 per month for all features and unlimited users. Considering all the cool stuff you can do with Dash and how much time it saves you, we think this is a steal. 😉 Read our mega comparison guide to see how Dash and Dropbox pit against each other. Google Drive and Dropbox are two peas in a pod. You can receive, share and organise documents quickly in Drive, just like in Dropbox. However, Google Drive outshines Dropbox in two areas: storage and synchronisation. Drive’s free plan offers up to 15 GB of storage limit compared to only 2 GB in Dropbox. This is ideal for solopreneurs generating pockets of data but cannot afford a paid cloud storage system for their business. Also, Google Drive automatically stores data from other Google Workspace tools like Meet, Gmail and Google Docs. This means if your business runs on Workspace, you won’t spend time downloading and uploading files to your storage system manually. Think about how much more efficient your business will be if you’re not wasting time on mundane tasks like manual file management. Google Drive also lets you: However, like Dropbox, Google Drive’s folder architecture isn’t built for visual content management. So, you’re better off using a tool like Dash to organise and share images and videos. Read our Google Drive vs DAM article to see how Dash compares to Drive for digital asset management. Regarding pricing, Google Drive offers several plans starting at $6 per user per month for a basic plan. Its premium plans start at $9.99 per month. Milanote is a visual collaboration tool that lets you present ideas and concepts in a creative way. It has a board-based interface where you can create multiple boards to represent different projects or topics. Each board acts as a canvas for collecting and arranging your ideas. Let's say you're working on a new design for your product. You can create a visual representation of the different concepts in Milanotes, add your designer to the board and collaborate with them in real time. It's a faster way to work on creative projects. Milanote has more advanced features like: Milanote offers a free plan. It also has a team plan starting at $49 per month for up to ten users with an unlimited storage limit. Dropbox combines file sharing with many other features—like offline storage and integrations—which is great 👍! But sometimes, you just need a simple way to share files without dealing with the complications and costs associated with additional features. WeTransfer can help here. WeTransfer lets you share files of up to 2 gigabytes in size for free and up to 200 gigabytes of data with a paid plan. You can share your files via email or a simple download link. To keep your data safe, WeTransfer offers advanced features like: However, note that WeTransfer isn’t designed to replace a full file management system, so don’t use it as one. It can help you send, receive and track files, but that’s where it ends. You’ll need a proper cloud storage system like Dropbox or Google Drive for other functions. Even better, you can use Dash to create public Portals and share hundreds of files with external teams like freelancers or the press. In terms of pricing, WeTransfer basic plan costs $12 per user per month. And the premium plan costs $19 per user per month. 💡 For more software tools, check out of article about WeTransfer alternatives. A knowledge base is where people (employees or customers) go to find educational information about your product or organisation. The information in a knowledge base is categorised and searchable, making it easy for anyone to find relevant content. Using Dropbox as your knowledge base can get cumbersome. For instance, you must set up strict permission controls to ensure that only authorised people access certain files. The last thing you want is sensitive data to become publicly available because someone forgot to restrict access to the document. On top of that, you’ll struggle with tracking and updating documentation on time as the knowledge base grows. Soon enough, your business will get overwhelmed with outdated information. This is where tools like Document360 come in. Document360 lets you build a self-help content library for your business without writing a single line of code. You can create, manage, and publish documentation for your products, services, and processes in one place. This is a more streamlined setup than organising your knowledge base content into Dropbox folders. With Document360, you get: You can start with a free account and upgrade to a business plan for $399 per project/month as your business scales. Enterprise users can subscribe to the premium plan for $599 per project/month (billed annually). If Notion (a popular digital workspace for creating databases) had a cool sibling, they would look like Slite 😎. You can import dashboards from your project management tools—including Asana and Airtable—into Slite and monitor everything from one central place. It also has an in-app chat tool called Discussions. Instead of discussing important projects in Slack, where messages might get buried in endless threads, use Slite Discussions to request feedback and directly assign task deadlines to project stakeholders. But that’s not all. Here are some other cool stuff you can do with Slite: What’s more, you can get started with Slite for free. Upgrading to the standard plan costs only $10 per user per month while the premium plan costs $12.50 per user per month. As a small company, you can save your employees’ details in Dropbox. But as your team grows, you’ll need a more organised system for managing employee information so that nothing gets lost in the shuffle. BambooHR’s employee directory can help here. The employee directory in BambooHR is a searchable database of all employees in the company, including their contact information, job title, department, and location. Employees can view the directory to find their teammates' contact information, learn about the company's org structure, and get an overview of who works in different departments. Other features of BambooHR include: You’ll need to request a custom quote to get BambooHR’s pricing plans. If you use an iPhone or any other Apple device, then you already know and use iCloud Drive. It's where Apple devices organise and store your data. But for those who aren't familiar, let's explain how this cloud storage system works. iCloud Drive is a file synchronisation and popular cloud storage service provided by Apple Inc. It allows users to store files, documents and other data in the cloud and access them from various Apple devices, including Mac computers, iPhones, iPads, and the like. iCloud Drive is tightly integrated with the Apple ecosystem and offers seamless file syncing and sharing capabilities across devices. Additionally, iCloud Drive offers unlimited storage space for users who need expansive and flexible storage solutions. iCloud Drive features include: iCloud Drive provides users with a certain amount of free storage space, typically 5 GB, which can be used to store files, folders, and other data. If you need more storage, you can purchase a plan that starts at $0.99/month for 50GB. For enterprise storage needs, you can opt for the 2TB storage plan for $9.99 per month. Microsoft One Drive is Microsoft’s cloud-storage solution. It’s a great choice if your business already uses the Microsoft Office suite like Microsoft Word, Excel and PowerPoint. You’ll be able to access, edit and collaborate on files from anywhere - ideal for businesses with multiple teams all around the world. OneDrive’s pricing plans start at $1.99 per month for 100GB of storage, with additional options available for businesses needing more storage space. Looking for a long-term cloud storage solution? pCloud might be the answer. This cloud storage service offers up to 10GB of free storage space and a lifetime subscription option - meaning you pay once and get storage for life. With pCloud, you can store, share, and access your files from any device. Its user-friendly interface and mobile apps make it easy to manage your files on-the-go. Whether you’re storing documents, photos, or videos, pCloud offers a reliable and secure cloud storage service. Pricing for pCloud’s lifetime plans starts at $175 for 500GB of storage, with other options available depending on your storage needs. Now you’ve seen some alternatives to Dropbox—what are you going to choose? The tool you choose depends on your file management needs. If you’re looking for a way to organise documents, then Dropbox or other cloud storage providers like Google Drive or iCloud can work for you. And if you need an effective way to organise creative for your ecommerce business, there’s no better tool for that than Dash. You can add custom tags to your content so they are easy to find, and deploy images and videos in a few clicks. Pricing starts at $99/ÂŁ139 per month and you’ll get unlimited users, all features and secure storage for your visual content. You can also save 10% by signing up to a yearly subscription. Worried about moving thousands of creative assets from Dropbox to Dash?  Not to worry — we’ve created a simple guide showing you how to migrate assets from Dropbox to Dash fast. And our team is always available to help if you get stuck at any point. Still have doubts? Try Dash for yourself with a 14-day free trial—no strings attached. Faith Uzuegbu is a content marketer and freelance writer for B2B SaaS and tech companies like ClassPass, PlayPlay, and Thinkific. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/dropbox-vs-digital-asset-management Title: Is Dropbox a good DAM solution?Twitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Learn about the pros and cons of using Dropbox as a DAM solution, and how a tool like Dash makes sharing and managing visual content easier. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/dropbox-vs-digital-asset-management ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Is Dropbox a good DAM solution? H3: What is Dropbox? H2: Dropbox's pros and cons H3: What is Dropbox Dash? H2: What is a digital asset management system? H2: What are the benefits of digital asset management? H2: Why managing visual content properly really matters H2: DAM vs. Dropbox: How do they compare for visual assets? H2: DAM vs. Dropbox: Ease of use H3: ‍ H2: DAM vs. Dropbox: Customer support and onboarding H2: DAM vs. Dropbox: Which teams will benefit the most? H2: DAM vs. Dropbox: Pricing H3: Dropbox pricing H3: DAM pricing H2: Which tool is best for visual content? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Is Dropbox a good DAM solution? H3: What is Dropbox? H2: Dropbox's pros and cons H3: What is Dropbox Dash? H2: What is a digital asset management system? H2: What are the benefits of digital asset management? H2: Why managing visual content properly really matters H2: DAM vs. Dropbox: How do they compare for visual assets? H2: DAM vs. Dropbox: Ease of use H3: ‍ H2: DAM vs. Dropbox: Customer support and onboarding H2: DAM vs. Dropbox: Which teams will benefit the most? H2: DAM vs. Dropbox: Pricing H3: Dropbox pricing H3: DAM pricing H2: Which tool is best for visual content? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content If you're using Dropbox to manage your ecommerce brand’s images and videos, you're not alone. It’s one of the most popular file storage tools out there. But here’s the catch: Dropbox is not a digital asset management (DAM) system—and if you're growing a brand with lots of visual content, it’s going to hold you back. Dropbox is great for basic file storage and sharing. But when it comes to organising, finding, and deploying visual content quickly, it falls short. There’s no visual-first interface, no AI tagging, and no smart search to help you find product shots, lifestyle imagery or campaign assets at speed. That’s where a digital asset management system like Dash comes in. Dash is a DAM tool built specifically to help ecommerce brands manage their visual content more efficiently. Think: smart tags, fast search, beautiful image previews and direct integrations with your marketing tools. In this guide, we’ll compare Dropbox vs. DAM tools to help you choose the right solution for your team. Whether you’re just starting to scale or already juggling thousands of images, this article will show you a better way to manage your brand’s assets. You probably already have a fair idea of how Dropbox works—maybe you’re even using it right now to manage your brand’s visual content. It’s one of the most popular cloud storage and file-sharing platforms around, and for general file management, it does the job. For those less familiar: Dropbox is a cloud storage system that lets you keep your files—documents, images, videos, and more—in one secure place online. You can sync files between your desktop and the cloud, share them with your team or external partners, and control who can view or edit what. For everyday files like documents, spreadsheets, or PDFs it's a handy tool for sharing across teams. But if you're managing hundreds or thousands of product photos, campaign shots, or branded visuals, the cracks start to show. Before we dive into why you might need a more purpose-built tool, here’s a quick summary of what Dropbox does well—and where it falls short when it comes to visual content (you can scoot down this article for a more detailed breakdown): Just take a look at what Lily, designer for beer brand Beavertown, says when they were using Dropbox (before moving to Dash 😇) “The file management was just chaos. There were so many folders in there just called ‘untitled’. It’s also wild how we’ve become so advanced in AI but when you type in the search bar in Dropbox, it comes up with irrelevant results that I didn’t search for. I could never in a million years type “oversized cream t-shirt” into Dropbox and get what I was looking for. I hated it.” If you're only managing a small number of images, Dropbox might still work for now. But as your ecommerce brand grows, and your asset library starts ballooning into the thousands, you’ll find yourself wasting time scrolling, clicking, renaming, and re-downloading just to get to the right file. You might’ve landed here because you were searching for Dropbox Dash. Yep, we know, it’s confusing. Dropbox recently launched a tool with the exact same name as us. But sorry, Dropbox
we were here first. From what we can tell, their version of Dash is an AI-powered search bar that connects with apps like Google Drive, Slack, and Notion to help you find files across your workspace. It’s still in limited release, so it’s hard to say how useful it’ll be in practice. But one thing’s clear: it’s not built for managing visual content. It’s a productivity tool, not a system for storing, tagging, or sharing product imagery. Oh—and just to clear things up, Dropbox Dash has nothing to do with Dash (that’s us 👋). We're a digital asset management tool made specifically for growing ecommerce brands. We help you organise and share your visual content—without the faff. So if you're trying to manage thousands of images, speed up campaign creation, and finally stop digging through files like Screenshot 2022-11-08 at 3.15.55—you're in the right place. A digital asset management system, or DAM, is a central hub for all your visual content—from product photos and lifestyle shots to videos, graphics, and infographics. Think of it like a search engine for your digital assets. It helps you store, organise, find, and deploy content quickly and consistently. Unlike Dropbox, a good DAM doesn’t rely on folders or specific file names to find what you need. Instead, it gives you search features, like filters and tags, to help you track down the exact image—without wasting time opening file after file. A good DAM will also scan your images and generate searchable tags automatically using AI to identify objects, themes, and colours. You can still add your own custom tags and fields too, so your team can sort and find assets in a way that makes sense for your brand. For example, I uploaded an image to Dash, and it was instantly tagged with “home decor.”‍ When I typed “home decor” in the search bar—it popped up straight away. I didn’t even need to rename the file. đŸ€© So what are the tangible benefits of a DAM? You can learn the full list in our article covering digital asset management benefits , or check out some highlights below. Here’s how to tell it might be time to ditch Dropbox for your creative content management are some more reasons: Your visuals are vital for sales As a growing ecommerce brand, visuals are at the heart of how you sell. From product shots and lifestyle images on your website to ad graphics on social media, visual content plays a massive role in how your customers discover, connect with and buy from your brand. But here’s the problem: the more content you create, and the more creators you work with, the harder everything becomes to manage. That's why you need a proper visual content management system. Your files are multiplying fast Every photoshoot, campaign, or seasonal drop adds hundreds (sometimes thousands) of new images and videos to your library. Without a system in place, it’s easy for assets to get lost in confusing folder structures or buried under badly named files like IMG_3287_FINALFINALv3.jpg. Your team is wasting time Whether it’s your social media manager looking for last year’s Christmas campaign assets, or your ecommerce exec trying to update product listings, hunting down the right file slows everyone down. And if you’re the only person who knows where everything is, it’s usually down to you to help out - and you’re in danger of becoming a  bottleneck. Inconsistent branding creates confusion When your team struggles to find the latest product images, logos, or campaign visuals, they may default to whatever's easiest to grab. That could be an outdated asset or an image in the wrong file size. It’s not always a deal-breaker—but over time, these small inconsistencies can dilute your brand, and create confusion across channels. This ultimately affects your brand integrity and your bottom line. You need to move fast—but not get stuck in the weeds Ecommerce moves quickly. Whether you’re updating a product page, launching a campaign, or posting on social media, you don’t have time to dig through folders or wait on someone to send over an image. The longer it takes to get your content out there, the more likely you are to miss a moment or lose a sale. A good DAM helps you stay organised so you can find what you need, when you need it, and keep things moving. Let’s pit both tools against each other, so you have a better idea of their strengths and weaknesses and how they might fit into your business workflow. Download images in different sizes and formats No 👎. You can only download images in their original sizes and formats. Upload and download your visual content Yes ✅. You can save all types of files in Dropbox. Search for your files easily Yes ✅. With auto tags and filters, you can quickly find any images in your DAM system. No 👎. You can only find images in Dropbox if you know their exact file names. Good luck sifting through images saved like this: File 07-09-2022, 22 30 36.jpeg. Share files with teammates and external collaborators Set user permissions and control file access Track file changes with version control Create portals and collections for your visual content, so you can easily share them with external collaborators Yes ✅ Dash gives you loads of ways to share content with your team and external partners. You can set up public portals or create a collection and invite collaborators to join. Significant configuration required đŸ˜«. You can create and share a Dropbox folder containing specific images. But as your folder grows, finding images becomes more difficult. Set image usage and expiry dates Yes ✅ Add expiry dates to your images as you upload them. Dash stops displaying the image in your browser folder after the expiry date. No 👎 Dropbox only allows you to set expiry dates for shared links. Support for integrations Yes ✅ Connect your favourite tools to your DAM software for a more streamlined workflow. Dash, for example, works with Canva, WordPress, Shopify, Figma, and much more! Yes ✅ You can integrate Dropbox with Slack, Hive, Zoom, and many other tools. Crop and resize images Yes ✅ Before you download an asset in Dash, you can crop and resize your images. This is ideal if you’re using a channel or platform with specific image dimensions. You can also download an image in its original size or convert to a PJG, PNG or WEBP. Yes ✅ However, once you crop an image in Dropbox, you cannot take it back to its original size. A DAM, on the other hand, allows you to crop and save images without altering the original content. Cloud storage capacity Dash uses cloud storage solutions, which means you can have unlimited GBs. Dash automatically adjusts your storage capacity as you add more visual content and users, and you'll only pay for the storage you need. Learn more about how storage works on Dash. Dropbox’s basic plan offers 2GB of free storage. Deploy assets across marketing channels in one click Yes ✅ You can post images directly to your websites and social media pages from your Dash account. Yes ✅, but it could be clunky. Add metadata like custom tags to images and videos so they are easier to find That’s a lot of features—but it doesn’t end there. Learn more about the features of a digital assets management system and discover how it can help you manage your brand’s visual content. As a growing business, you're already juggling product launches, marketing campaigns, and a growing library of content. The last thing you need is a file management system that slows you down. Unfortunately, Dropbox often gets in its own way. The interface can feel outdated and cluttered, with layers of features that make simple tasks—like copying a file link or finding a saved image—more complicated than they should be. As one Dropbox user puts it: “There's so much unwanted additional functionality on top of simple file sharing that the interface is now confusing and inaccessible. It's very difficult to do the simplest things like copying a link to a file in my Dropbox so I can paste it into an email for someone.” It’s not just Dropbox—many enterprise DAM tools like Canto or Bynder are equally complex. They’re packed with features, but the interfaces often feel clunky and hard to navigate, especially if you’re not part of a huge creative ops team. A good DAM like Dash takes a different approach. Dash is designed for simplicity. You get clean, visual previews of your content, quick filters, and intuitive controls that help you get your assets in and out fast. Just take a look at what DTC paint brand COAT’s Dash looks like. 😍 When your visuals are displayed in a beautiful grid, it makes it much easier for your team to hop in and make the most of your assets. When you’re working across multiple channels and managing lots of visual content, it’s important to have access to help when you need it—whether that’s during setup, when troubleshooting, or just figuring out how to get the most from your tools. With Dropbox, the support you get depends on your plan: For everyday use, this may be all your team needs. But for visual-heavy workflows—especially those involving image deployment, tagging, or sharing with partners—it’s not always clear where to get hands-on help or practical advice. That’s where a good DAM like Dash stands out. Dash offers a more tailored support experience built for growing ecommerce brands: Interested in chatting to our team? Book a Dash demo and get free advice on how to set up your visual workflows. Both Dropbox and digital asset management (DAM) tools have their place in your tech stack—but depending on the team and the type of content you're working with, one will likely serve you better than the other. Here’s how the two tools stack up for ecommerce teams: Your marketing team is constantly launching campaigns, creating content for social, uploading assets to your website, and working with partners or influencers. A good DAM like Dash helps them: It’s built to support fast-paced, visual workflows. Dropbox, by contrast, is better for sharing briefs, documents or reports—but when it comes to finding the latest product shots or campaign creative, it quickly becomes a time drain. 👉 Learn more about using Dash as your marketing asset management tool Design and creative teams Designers need quick access to up-to-date assets—and they need to stay focused, not buried under file requests. A DAM like Dash helps creative teams: Dropbox can still play a supporting role in your tech stack. For example, you could use it to store old creative or archive assets you don’t need right now. Plus Dash integrates directly with Dropbox, so you can import files without losing folder structure when you’re ready to organise them properly. Ecommerce and product teams If your ecommerce team is uploading images to Shopify, WooCommerce or marketplaces, they’ll love how Dash helps them: Dropbox doesn’t offer this kind of workflow. It’s great for general file storage, but lacks the visual-first features and ecommerce integrations that help your team move faster and stay organised. Sales and commercial teams Sales teams typically work with documents—decks, contracts, pricing sheets—which is where Dropbox shines. It’s simple, familiar, and works well as a central vault for business files. But when your sales team needs to share product visuals, spec sheets, or brochures with buyers and partners? That’s where Dash comes in. A great example is the History & Heraldry (H&H) Group, who use Dash to share product brochures and visual content across global teams—ensuring consistency no matter where or how they’re selling. How much will you spend on Dropbox vs a DAM tool? Let’s compare the numbers. Dropbox offers a range of plans for individuals, professionals, and teams—starting at ÂŁ7.99/month for personal use. If you're a business, you'll likely be looking at one of the team plans: So, if you’ve got a team of 10 on the Standard plan, you're looking at around ÂŁ120 per month, or about ÂŁ1,440 per year. That’s a reasonable cost for general file storage and sharing—especially if your team mostly works with documents. But if your business depends on managing and deploying visual content—like product photos, campaign imagery, or UGC—Dropbox isn’t designed for that kind of workflow. You might end up spending more time digging for the right image than actually putting it to use. And over time, that inefficiency costs more than just the monthly fee. If you’re relying on Dropbox to manage your entire asset library, especially for marketing or ecommerce, it may not be the best long-term fit. Some DAMs cost as much as $50,000 per year—that number literally made my jaw drop. As a small business, you don't need to spend that amount of money on digital asset management solution. Dash should be on your radar if you're looking for a DAM tool that fits your small budget. Our pricing starts at ÂŁ99 or $139 a month for unlimited users—that's only $1,177 a year! You get access to all our features, like portals and auto-tagging for image, audio and videos. Prices increase depending on what storage and download bundles you need. There's also an unlimited tier if you don't want download restrictions. To put it simply, Dropbox is not a good DAM solution because it cannot manage visual content effectively. This doesn’t mean Dropbox has no place in your workflow. It’s a great app, and you can use it to organise, share and secure important documents. But when it comes to visual content management, a DAM like Dash is your best bet. You get auto tags to help you find images fast, beautiful image previews and loads of collaboration features so your team can work better. In the context of digital asset management, Dropbox serves well as a cloud storage option but lacks the comprehensive management features of specialized DAM software. “But I already have visual assets stuck in Dropbox. What should I do? 😹” Not to worry! We’ve created a Dropbox integration that lets you import image folders to your Dash fast. Try it out for free for 14 days and let us know what you think. Faith Uzuegbu is a content marketer and freelance writer for B2B SaaS and tech companies like ClassPass, PlayPlay, and Thinkific. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/dropbox-vs-google-drive Title: Dropbox vs Google Drive: Which is better for your brand?Twitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Wondering whether Google Drive or DAM is best for managing visual content? Delve into the benefits of both so you can decide which is best for your brand. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/dropbox-vs-google-drive ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Dropbox vs Google Drive: Which is better for your brand? H3: What is Dropbox? H3: What is Google Drive? H3: Dropbox vs. Google Drive: Features H3: Dropbox vs Google Drive: File sharing H3: Dropbox vs Google Drive: Ease of use H3: Dropbox vs Google Drive: File synchronisation H3: Dropbox vs Google Drive: Security H3: Dropbox vs Google Drive: Pricing H3: Dropbox vs Google Drive: Which is best for visual content management? H3: Which tool should you use for file management? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Dropbox vs Google Drive: Which is better for your brand? H3: What is Dropbox? H3: What is Google Drive? H3: Dropbox vs. Google Drive: Features H4: Dropbox vs Google Drive: File management H4: Dropbox organises files better H4: Google Drive has a more advanced search function H4: Neither Google Drive or Dropbox are good for visual file management H3: Dropbox vs Google Drive: File sharing H3: Dropbox vs Google Drive: Ease of use H3: Dropbox vs Google Drive: File synchronisation H3: Dropbox vs Google Drive: Security H3: Dropbox vs Google Drive: Pricing H4: Dropbox pricing H4: Google Drive pricing H3: Dropbox vs Google Drive: Which is best for visual content management? H3: Which tool should you use for file management? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content As a growing business, you know how hard it is to keep track of all your digital files. You’re juggling documents, spreadsheets and PDFs. And you’re trying to organise visual content like product images, videos, brand guidelines, graphics and more. Managing all this is chaotic. Your team members are probably spending more time organising and searching for documents (like 80s librarians) instead of doing tasks that actually help your brand grow. That’s why you need to pick a tool to help ease the pressure off document management. Dropbox and Google Drive are both pretty solid file management applications, but which one do you choose? Whether you’re already using Google Drive or Dropbox and want to switch tools, or you’re new to file management software, we'll lay out all the facts so you can figure out which tool works best for your business. We’ll also show you a better alternative for visual content management because—spoilers—Drive and Dropbox are not the tools for the job. 👀 Dropbox is a cloud storage provider. Think of it as a digital vault where you organise, store and share important files for your ecommerce business, including pitch decks, presentations and documents. Dropbox syncs across platforms and devices, allowing you to access your files anywhere and anytime—even without internet access. Here are some Dropbox features: Google Drive is Google Workspace’s cloud storage system. It's where all the files created and shared in Google Docs, Google Photos, Google Meet and other Workspace apps are automatically organised and stored.If your business already runs on Workspace, then choosing Drive for file management is a no-brainer. No more spending time downloading and uploading files manually; your data syncs in real-time, and you can access it from any device.Google Drive has additional features like: Let's dive deeper into the features of both file management tools so you have a better idea of how they compare. Yes ✅. Dropbox Transfer lets you share files of up to 100GB in size. No ❌. You can only send files of up to 10GB in size. Easy to share files with others, even if they don't have a Dropbox account ✅ Easy to share files with others, even if they don't have a Google Drive account ✅ Paid plans start at $11.99/month for 2TB of additional storage. Paid plans start at $1.99/month for 100GB. Yes ✅. Professional plan subscribers can access deleted files for up to 180 days. Yes ✅. Drive lets you recover deleted files within 30 days. Yes ✅. You can sync and store files in your local Dropbox folder or the cloud (or both) No ❌. Drive stores all your files in the cloud. Yes ✅. Dropbox integrates with external apps like Slack and Zoom. Yes ✅. Integrates with external apps (like Slack and Asana), including Google Workspace apps No ❌. Google Drive uses fast servers instead. Security features and data encryption Dropbox applies 256-bit encryption to protect your data all round. Google Drive uses 256-bit encryption to protect data in transit and 128-bit encryption for files at rest Use keywords to search for images and videos No. ❌ Neither Dropbox or Google Drive is able to scan the contents of an image. You’ll have to make do with trawling through tiny thumbnails with complicated file names. Resize images and videos Auto-tag visual content for easy search As you can see, both tools size up pretty well when it comes to file management. But you probably have loads of images and videos too and, unfortunately, neither tool is ideal for managing these types of files. Instead, you’re better off using a DAM. You can read more on the features of digital asset management for visual content. (Or continue reading to learn more about Dash). Dropbox and Drive excel at different aspects of file management. Dropbox automates file organisation. You can automatically add files to folders (and subfolders) based on keywords, timeframe or activity. You only need to set up the rules for a specific categorisation; the app does the rest. This saves the time you would have otherwise spent adding files to folders manually. It also helps you find content faster. Say you organise your folders by product line and need to find a document containing SKU codes for your male clothing product line. You’ll search for it in your men’s clothing document folder instead of combing through all of your Dropbox files. Dropbox also lets you create a standard format for naming files across folders. This is super helpful when multiple people have access to your Dropbox account.Instead of everyone saving files as they like, Dropbox automatically assigns a file name to new content based on your specified rules—like keywords and date. How cool is that đŸ€©? No more dealing with random file names like “file1680680736.pdf.” It’s one thing to save files; it’s another to find them on time when you need them. The last thing you’ll want is to delay a product launch because you can’t find the document in your file manager. Google Drive gets this. It lets you filter your search to find granular results fast. You can search for content by file type, location, date, keywords and the like. You’re not restricted to searching for files by only their names. As an ecommerce company, you must be wondering how Drive and Dropbox work for visual asset management. After all, you’re handling loads of images and videos every day. Wouldn’t it be nice to organise them in the same place as the rest of your files.?Don’t fall into this trap. This is one of the main reasons ecommerce brands like COAT Paints and Goodrays started looking at Dash. They realised Drive and Dropbox wasn’t up to par for organising and sharing all the visual content they were creating. In short, Google Drive and Dropbox aren’t built for visual content management. Both tools excel at general document management, but that’s where it ends. If you try storing your visual assets in Google Drive or Dropbox, you’ll discover that: That’s why you need a tool built for digital asset management to do your visual content justice: like Dash. Dash makes it easy for you to organise, share and deploy your visual content fast. Think of it as a central, searchable library for all your digital assets. When you add a new image to your Dash, it will scan the content and attach matching searchable tags, which makes your image easier to find. You can also search for the actual content of your images—like cactus or chair—not just their file names. Ready for a better way to manage your images and vidoes, but unsure what tool is best for you? Download our digital asset managemenet worksheet to find the best DAM for your brand. {{dam-comparison="/blog-components"}} Dropbox and Drive have similar file-sharing capabilities. Both tools let you add collaborators to individual files directly or share entire files with them via a link. Where they differ is file capacity. Google Drive’s maximum file size is 10GB, meaning you cannot send files of more than 10GB at once. Say you want to send a 27GB file; that means you’re spending three times your resources to share it. Dropbox, on the other hand, lets you send up to 100GB at once using Dropbox Transfer. The recipient doesn't need a Dropbox account to access these files and perform other actions, depending on their permissions. But what about sharing your images and videos? These often have much larger file sizes, and you won’t necessarily know how many files you’ll want to send in one go. If you use Dash, you won’t need to send hundreds of gigabytes of visual content over to someone. Instead, you can create a share link which you can then copy and send via message or email. Your recipient will then have the option to download as little or as many assets as they like. And, if you regularly work with resellers and agencies, you can set up a public portal that gives them a searchable library of your assets—no more lengthy file transfers! 🙌 Here's a portal from ecommerce brand, Haws. Learn more about how you can help your retailers sell more products using Dash Portals. Dropbox packs too many features and functions into one tool, which makes it difficult to use. As one Dropbox user said: “There’s so much unwanted additional functionality on top of simple file sharing that the interface is now confusing and inaccessible. It's very difficult to do the simplest things like copying a link to a file in my Dropbox so I can paste it into an email for someone.” Google Drive, on the other hand, is solely optimised for file sharing and storage. You won't have to navigate through unnecessary features like task management and screen sharing to create folders or share files with your team. It’s worth noting, however, that neither tool has a particularly inspiring interface. Whilst this isn’t a problem if you’re solely managing document files, if you’re storing images it's really hard to navigate through all the tiny thumbnails. Drive in particular gives you very little visibility on what image is contained in each of your files. And it’s hard to find an image if you can’t remember the file name. As one of our customers, Filling Pieces can testify: “Google Drive is just not very visual. It’s messy. 
 When we were using Google Drive, there were no naming conventions. There were too many people uploading content at the same time. I decided it was time for a completely new system with a really good UX. I wanted to be able to type in the product name, see results and order by category. ” So for visual content, you’re better off choosing a tool that does your visuals justice, like Dash. Here’s a peek at the UI for Dash, Drive and Dropbox. Dropbox has a faster sync speed than Google Drive due to its LAN sync feature. When you have multiple devices linked to the same Dropbox account, and they are all connected to the same local network, Dropbox allows these devices to sync files with each other directly over the local network rather than going through the cloud servers. This makes real-time collaboration faster. Team members can access and work on the same files without having to wait for lengthy downloads or uploads.Dropbox also uses block level sync to synchronise files between your devices and the cloud. When you edit a file, Dropbox only uploads the changed blocks—not the entire file, as is the case with Google Drive. This significantly reduces the amount of data transferred, which speeds up the sync process and saves bandwidth. Both Dropbox and Google Drive offer strong security measures. However, there are some advantages to Dropbox's security. Dropbox uses 256-bit AES encryption for data in transit (when you're creating, uploading or downloading files) and at rest (stored data). 256-bit AES encryption is the strongest type of encryption available, and it means that your data is scrambled into unreadable gibberish before it is stored on Dropbox’s servers.Drive, on the other hand, only uses 256-bit AES encryption for data in transit. It secures stored data with 128-bit encryption which isn't as powerful as 256-bit AES encryption. And if you're wondering about Dash's level of security, know that we follow multiple information security best practices and are regularly backed by an independent, expert assessment to make sure your data is properly protected. So your important brand images and videos will always be protected. Dropbox and Google Drive are affordable, but Google Drive is the cheaper option. Let’s take a closer look at both. Dropbox has a free plan that offers 2GB of free storage. It also has six paid plans starting at $11.99 per month. With a paid plan, you'll enjoy features like 2TB or more storage and multi-factor authentication. You can choose from a selection of pricing plans, depending on your business's size and needs. If you need more storage space on a free plan, then Google Drive might be the better option. You'll get up to 15GB of free storage shared among all your Workspace apps. This is ideal for solopreneurs and freelancers storing only a handful of files. But, as a growing business, you likely have larger data storage needs. In that case, you can purchase a Google One plan starting at $1.99 per month for 100GB of storage or upgrade your Workspace account to a business plan. Well, neither! You probably get that Drive and Dropbox are no good for your images and videos by now. But, in case you’ve skipped to the end of this post—it’s super important you use a DAM for your visual content. That’s things like product images, videos, user-generated content, brand guidelines—you name it—they should all be living in a digital asset management tool.As well as providing a place to manage, find and organise your assets, you’ll also get: Best of all, you’ll get all features and unlimited users starting at just ÂŁ99/$139 per month. Most of our customers actually started with Google Drive and Dropbox but got frustrated with these tools’ limitations. Take online furniture brand, RJ Living, which housed its visual content in Google Photos, but as the team grew, it became too difficult to find the images they needed fast: “Drive was fragmented and became limiting pretty quickly. To keep a mental note of exactly where each image of a product isn’t very scalable, especially as more people have their hands in the system. It became something people were getting lost in.” Dropbox or Drive might work for visual content management in the early stages of your business. But, if you plan to scale (and we know you do 😉), you need to move your digital assets to a digital asset management tool (DAM) like Dash ASAP. And it’s pretty easy to pull off. All you need to do is follow our simple step-by-step guide for migrating your images and videos from Google Drive or Dropbox. Our team is also available to help you every step of the way. Read our comparison articles to see how DAM software squares against file managers like Dropbox and Drive. The tool you choose depends on your file management needs. If you’re a large team looking for a robust tool for organising files, then Dropbox might be the better option. But if your business runs on Google Workspace and you need a cheap and flexible way to organise your files, Google Drive is the way to go đŸ€©. If, after reading this, you don’t like the sound of either tool, take a look at our article that explores Dropbox alternatives and Google Drive alternatives. But remember, none of these tools works well for visual content management—you still need a DAM like Dash. You can store important documents in Drive or Dropbox and organise your images and videos in Dash. Take Dash for a spin with our free 14-day trial đŸ„! Faith Uzuegbu is a content marketer and freelance writer for B2B SaaS and tech companies like ClassPass, PlayPlay, and Thinkific. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/easy-dam-migration Title: 4 steps to migrating your assets to a new DAMTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Getting your assets ready to move to a new digital asset management tool shouldn't be hard. Here are four steps to get up and running quickly. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/easy-dam-migration ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: 4 steps to migrating your assets to a new DAM H2: 4 steps to moving assets to your new digital asset management system H3: FAQs about moving assets to Dash H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: 4 steps to migrating your assets to a new DAM H2: 4 steps to moving assets to your new digital asset management system H4: Decide what assets you want in your DAM H4: Collect your important assets in one place H4: Decide whether you want to organise them before they’re imported H4: Hand over to your DAM vendor H3: FAQs about moving assets to Dash H4: Can I upload metadata to Dash? H4: What file types can I upload to Dash? H4: Can I migrate files from another cloud storage? H4: How quickly can I get onboarded with Dash? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content If you’ve been shopping around for a digital asset management (DAM) tool, you might feel apprehensive at the idea of migrating thousands, if not hundreds of thousands, of assets from your shared drives to your new system. If you pick a complicated DAM platform with poor customer service then it will feel daunting and overwhelming. But it doesn’t need to be a difficult process. If you pick a great DAM with amazing customer service (like Dash 😇) we’ll make sure your migration is as easy as possible. The way we see it, the quicker you can get your assets into your DAM, the quicker you can push them back out to your campaigns. {{dam-comparison="/blog-components"}}‍All you’ll need to do is follow a few simple steps. Let’s get into it. Getting assets ready to upload to your DAM doesn’t need to stress you out. If you’ve got files scattered across multiple locations, we recommend following the process below. First things first, what type of files do you want in your DAM? Is this going to be a place to store your brand’s product images, user-generated content and campaign graphics? Do you want to house internal docs like brand guidelines and fonts? Make sure to discuss with your team what kinds of assets you want to migrate over (eg: no personal pics please!). Next it’s time to collect all those assets together in one place, ready for their move. They might currently be scattered across your team’s shared drives, network servers and local hard drives. It’s your job to put them into an easily accessible location ready to share with your DAM vendor. And honestly, the best way to do this is with a good old-fashioned spreadsheet. A bit like the one we’ve already created for you. 😇✹ {{migration-worksheet="/blog-components"}} Here’s a step-by-step guide for using the sheet: 💡You can also use our Google Drive integration to pull assets directly into Dash. All you’ll need to do is connect your Google Drive to Dash and select the images and videos you want to move across. At this point, it’s best to decide whether you want to organise your assets before or after they get uploaded into your DAM: Note: you can opt to use deduplication in Dash once you’ve uploaded your assets. This means any duplicate files will be removed. For each duplicate, you’ll be left with a single file that lives in multiple folders. If you’ve used the spreadsheet above, you can simply hand it over to your DAM vendor. If you’ve picked Dash as your digital asset management tool, we can migrate all those assets over to your new Dash account for free. A member of our team will create an S3 bucket (or you can do this yourself) and move all those files from your drive to your new Dash. And that’s about it! Migrating your assets to a new digital asset management system should be as painless as possible. The work you put in getting your visuals ready for migration will pay off in the long run. That’s the advice Nichola, from COAT (one of our customers), would give to anyone signing up to Dash: “Don't think it's overwhelming. It took me about a week to organise everything in Google Drive and get it set up in Dash. But once you put in the leg-work it’s definitely going to help in the long run. That initial set-up is a one off, but your life will be simpler from then on.” Next, we can work with you to create new folders, tags and fields that’ll make it easier for your team to find content in Dash.  Have a read of Emily’s article all about building your digital asset management taxonomy. ✹ Are you considering Dash? Here are some questions you might have about moving: Your image and video files will have metadata attached to them. And you might want to add your own data like the photographer, expiry date and usage rights. You can easily upload this data to Dash using a CSV file, or, add metadata within Dash itself. You can store and organise any file type in Dash. That includes different image and video files, along with documents like PDFs and CSVs. Just bear in mind that Dash won’t let you preview file types that it doesn’t recognise. Absolutely! Many of our customers come from tools like Dropbox, Google Drive and SharePoint. Just get in touch with us and we can get those assets moved over for free. (Make sure to check out our Google Drive integration -  this is perfect if you’re still planning to use Drive after moving to Dash). Getting assets ready to migrate to Dash often goes hand-in-hand with onboarding. Luckily, our system is super-easy to use, so it won't take long for you to get to grips with it. 🙌 (In fact, we were voted the easiest-to-use DAM by our customers). A member of our customer success team can run you through a quick demo and advise you on how to set up your Dash. Or, you can sign up and get started right away. 😉👇 Lea is Dash's Sales and Onboarding Manager. She is passionate about helping brands evolve and grow through understanding the value of Dash. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/ecommerce-advertising-strategies Title: 9 advertising strategies for your ecommerce campaignsTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Ecommerce advertising campaigns are a great way to drive traffic to your website, fast. In this article, learn 9 ad strategies you can use right away. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/ecommerce-advertising-strategies ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: 9 advertising strategies for your ecommerce campaigns H3: What’s ecommerce advertising? H3: Why are ecommerce ads good for business? H3: 9 ecommerce ad strategies to try today H3: How to get started with ecommerce ad campaigns H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: 9 advertising strategies for your ecommerce campaigns H3: What’s ecommerce advertising? H3: Why are ecommerce ads good for business? H3: 9 ecommerce ad strategies to try today H4: Create cold ads to warm up your audiences H4: Retarget people who’ve visited your website H4: Jump on Pinterest trends H4: Add user-generated content into your ads H4: Hire influences to promote your products H4: Find your best-performing ever-green content H4: Promote products through shopping ads H4: Get involved with affiliate marketing H4: Experiment with a variety of assets on Meta H3: How to get started with ecommerce ad campaigns H4: Understand your goals H4: Set a budget H4: Set up your tools H4: Install ad pixels H4: Get your assets ready H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content The ecommerce industry is currently worth $6.3 trillion globally and ecommerce sales are set to increase by 10% in 2023. If you’re a growing ecommerce brand, I’m sure you want a piece of that pie. đŸ€‘ Advertising campaigns are a great way to boost brand awareness and drive traffic to your website, fast. You can run them alongside your organic marketing channels to help you get in front of relevant audiences and rack up sales on a short-term basis. But where do you start? In this article, we’ll dive into 9 ad strategies you can use right away. Ecommerce advertising involves paying for ad placements on paid media channels. The goal is to promote your products, drive traffic to your website and increase the overall profits of your business. In this post, we’ll be talking about online advertising—though some ecommerce brands may choose to try offline advertising (like buying ad spots in printed magazines and billboards). 💡It’s important to note that ads are ideal if you’re looking to boost online sales quickly. They should be mixed in with your long-term ecommerce marketing strategies like search engine optimisation (SEO) and content marketing. As we mentioned, you’ll need to invest in ecommerce ads. So, understandably, your boss might need to know what benefits your brand will actually get from all the new campaigns you want to set up. Here are some pointers: Ready to get started? Here are some ecommerce advertising strategies you can use to help drive traffic to your website and convert customers. You may have heard the terms ‘warm audiences’ and ‘cold audiences’. A warm audience is a group of people who already know about your brand. A cold audience is those who’ve never heard of you before. You can use advertising to help ‘warm’ them up. With that in mind, you’ll need some idea of who your target customers are. Most ad platforms like Meta, Google search engine or Pinterest will allow you to create a target audience as you’re setting up your campaigns. So if you’ve got buyer personas that highlight your audience’s pain points—this is the time to use them. It’s also important to know you can’t necessarily expect a conversion straight away, especially if this is the first time people have heard of you. Instead, try and peak interest and prompt some sort of action—like encourage them to visit your site so they can be added to your remarketing campaigns. One way to do this is by trying to affect some sort of behavioural change. This is particularly relevant to smaller brands. For products in established categories, customers often have favourites or brands they've been using for years.  In order to sell your own products you need to plant a seed that gets prospective customers to consider alternatives and break the habit. Here’s an example from Smol. In this ad, Smol recognises that consumers want easier ways to be more environmentally friendly. So they encourage them to change their laundry supplier whilst going head-to-head against leading brand, Ariel. And finally, this ad points people to Smol’s website where they’ll get a chance to convert or serve retargeting ads in the future. Key takeaway: By understanding your target audience and their pain points you can create ads that encourage behavioural change. Once people start visiting your website you can retarget them with ads across different online channels. At this point, you know your visitors are at least a little bit curious about your brand or products. Now that your audience knows who you are, retargeting ads aim to provide them with more information and pull them further down the sales funnel. You could also use retargeting to encourage loyal customers to buy from you again or remind people they’ve abandoned their shopping cart. You can set up display ads on Google through the Google Display Network or push retargeting ads via social channels like Instagram and Pinterest. Just take a look at this post from County Living as an example. I’ve recently viewed COAT Paints’ website — they’re one of Dash’s customers. As you can see, I now get display ads from them on websites in the GDN enticing me back in with their new, affordable colours. 😍 To set up retargeting ads you’ll need to use tracking pixels that will collect visitor data from your website and send it to your ad platforms. You’ll be able to see new and returning customers and how long they spent on your site. This will then feed back to your ad platforms to decide which ads your audience should be shown. You can then analyse this data in an analytics platform. Peel, for example, collects all your data in one easy-to-view dashboard. You’ll get a comprehensive analysis of your different channels so you can see which ads are performing the best. Key takeaways: Set up retargeting ads that will get shown to people who’ve already visited your website. You could show them a new product line or dig deeper into their pain points. If your brand has products that lend themselves to gorgeous imagery then Pinterest could be the social platform for you. 😍 Pinterest allows you to create top-level campaigns and segmented ad groups. Here you can also target people with particular interests and demographics. When you’re choosing what type of content to show in your ad creatives, take a look at Pinterest trends to see what people are searching for right now. If we take Planto—a brand we’re working on in Dash—we can see how popular the keyword ‘house plant’ has been on Pinterest over the past few months. We can also see the demographics of people searching for the term, along with related search terms that might be popular at the moment. Key takeaway: Use Pinterest trends to see what people are searching for. If you have relevant content like product or brand images that relate to trending keywords you could test these out in your ads. đŸ€“ Take a read of our ecommerce brand’s guide to Pinterest for more tips. Social proof is a huge driver for buyers. In fact, 79% of people say user-generated content (UGC) impacts their decision to make a purchase. Being able to show real customers using your products will help build trust with potential buyers—it’s basically like virtual word-of-mouth marketing. So if you can mix UGC into your ads, you’ll be on to a winner. 🙌 Take cat food brand, KatKin, as an example. One of their Facebook ads highlights a customer story about a rescue cat who’s experienced loads of health benefits since eating fresh cat food. đŸ„° {% video_player "embed_player" overrideable=False, type='hsvideo2', hide_playlist=True, viral_sharing=False, embed_button=False, autoplay=False, hidden_controls=False, loop=False, muted=False, full_width=False, width='1024', height='768', player_id='116589604792', style='' %} Key takeaway: Inject UGC into your ads to build trust with your audience. Positive customer reviews are sure to win over your audience. You can even use Dash (our digital asset management software) to collect UGC ready to drop into your campaigns. Check out how Forthglade does this with their ‘Dog of the Month’ competition. đŸ€“ Take a read of our guide to Facebook ads for more inspo. Similar to UGC, influencers are a great way to build trust with your audience. The difference here is you’ll need to pay people to promote your products (rather than UGC which is usually free). Partnering with an influencer means your brand will get exposure to their audience—so it’s worth finding people who’s audience matches your buyer personas. Food brand, Talenti, partnered with the influencer platform, Grin, to find TikTok creators to help promote their products. They launched a #foodchallenge which encouraged creators to create new recipes using Talent’s ingredients. They were able to reach 19,474 new people on TikTok and saw their follower count increase by 184k! This clearly had a massive impact on brand awareness.  🙌 Key takeaway: Partner with relevant influencers to help reach new audiences and grow your social media presence. You could promote video ads on TikTok to help push your influencer content even further. đŸ€“ Have a browse of our list of 20 influencer marketing tools to help you get started. You won’t always know what ads are going to resonate with your audience. It may take a little experimentation and tweaking before you find the assets and copy combinations that really work. But when you do, you can reuse them over and over again. George, COAT’s Senior Marketing Manager, told me they continuously run ever-green ads. “We’ll refresh the assets now and again when they get outdated, but this baseline content means we always have ads running that we know work.” One way to track how well an asset has performed is by using Dash. You can use a field called ‘performance’ to indicate how well a product shot or lifestyle image has performed your ecommerce advertising platforms. Then, when you’re next building your ad campaigns, you can filter through your best-performing assets. Here’s a look at some of the best-performing assets from Planto (a brand we created for demo purposes đŸȘŽ). Key takeaway: Take a look at what ads are being clicked on the most and which have the highest conversion rates. From there you can track which assets generally do the best. ⚠ A word of warning: most platforms want to claim ‘last click’. Someone might have first seen your product via a shopping ad on Google but they weren’t quite ready to buy. When they see your ad on Facebook a week later, they might finally be ready and decide to click through to your site. In this case, your metrics will report Facebook as winning over that particular customer. But it’s hard to determine which creative actually made them want to buy. All you can do is keep tweaking and experimenting until you find a mix of ads that work. Shopping ads are ideal for ecommerce businesses. They help customers compare your products against competitors and they’re super visual—ideal for quickly showing off your wares. Channels like Google and Amazon offer shopping ads. They’re often tailored to a person’s shopping history and can appear in search results and in recommendations (think of the ‘recommended’ products section you see on Amazon). To get started you’ll need to set up a Google Ad account or Amazon Seller account. Once you submit images and product data, each platform will then serve up ads to people based on their search intent. Here’s a Google Shopping result for ‘sunscreen.’ You can see a number of different brands including Beauty Pie and La Roche-Posay alongside market leaders like Nivea. All results include pricing and images, but only a couple have product ratings. Something to bear in mind if you decide to use this channel—that could be the deciding factor for your customers. 👀 Key takeaway: A mix of good visuals, reviews and transparent pricing will help you stand out in Google Shopping results. An affiliate program (also known as affiliate marketing) is when another company or publication receives a commission in return for featuring your product on its website. You might want to feature in a newsletter, blog post, or through a big media site like Amazon Associates. To get started, it’s worth considering where your audience hangs out. Take Needle and Thread, an online fashion brand. They sell beautiful (yet affordable) dresses for special occasions like weddings. So getting featured in bridal publications is a fantastic place to meet their target audience. Charlotte—the brand’s Digital Marketing Manager—says online magazines like Hitched regularly feature them in product recommendation pieces in exchange for a commission. Key takeaway: Look for places your audience regularly hangs out and see if there’s potential for an affiliate partnership. Tools like Sparktoro will help you find the blogs and publications your audience is reading. You could also partner with an agency or online service like the Shopify Affiliates Program to find participating companies. Instagram and Facebook (both owned by Meta) are super-popular with ecommerce brands who want to run social media advertising campaigns. In fact, Facebook ads have the potential to reach 2.8 billion people. All this user data means Meta can easily serve up ads based on a person’s interests and browsing history. This is something you’ll need to consider if you decide to create social media ads on Facebook or Instagram. How will you know which of your ad creatives are going to resonate with Meta’s audience? Charlotte (Needle and Thread’s Digital Marketing Manager) recommends uploading a variety of assets to get around this problem. “Facebook and Instagram ads work best with a variety of assets added to each campaign. Not only does this allow Meta to select assets based on what the user will interact best with, but its shows active users different assets if targeted multiple times by the same brand.” Here’s a look at one of Needle and Thread’s Facebook campaigns. In each ad variation, the model is posing differently. These might seem like relatively small tweaks, but it means their audience won’t be constantly shown the exact same image. Plus Needle and Thread can measure which ad creative is resonating the best—perfect for planning future ad campaigns. Key takeaway: Make sure you’re shooting your products at different angles and providing Meta with a variety of assets. Take a read of our guide to DIY product photography for tips if you’re not ready to hire a photographer. As you can see, there are loads of ways you can get started with ecommerce ad campaigns. You could choose to promote your products across multiple channels or stick to a couple where you know your audience is most likely to convert. But before you start, here are some things to consider. Before launching loads of campaigns across multiple platforms, make sure you understand what you want to achieve. This will make it easier to track how well your ads are performing. Perhaps you want to promote a particular product line—in this case you could track the number of sales you get from your ads over a certain period of time. Or maybe you want to raise brand awareness. In this case, you could track how many mentions your brand gets on social or Google searches. Ecommerce ads will likely come out of your overall marketing budget—so make sure to get input from whoever is controlling the purse strings first. The good thing about creating ad campaigns is that most of them work on a pay-per-click basis (PPC). That means you can set up an ad for free and you’ll only get charged once people start clicking through to your website. The cost of PPC will vary from channel to channel, but if you set up a maximum budget on each platform you can easily keep an eye on costs. Emil Ougendal Bolstad — Head of Social Strategy at Anicca Digital (our paid media agency)— recommends setting aside a minimum of ÂŁ1000-ÂŁ2000 per month for each channel. If you’re creating campaigns across multiple channels things can get pretty chaotic. You’ll want to set up tools to help you create, manage and report on your ads. Here are some to get you started: đŸ€“ You can find more marketing tools in Barney’s post—the 11 best marketing apps for small businesses. To track the effectiveness of your ads it’s worth setting up pixels. These are short bits of code that can be placed on your website to collect ad conversions. Let’s say someone clicks on your Facebook ad and gets taken to your website. A Meta pixel will send that information back to Facebook to track how people are engaging with your ad. Most social channels, as well as Google, will have pixels that you can code into your website. The more data you can collect, the easier it’ll be to optimise future campaigns. Finally, it’s time to get your creative assets ready to drop into your campaigns. Whether it’s product images for Instagram, UGC videos for TikTok, or lifestyle shots for Pinterest—you’ll need a wide range of assets for different channels. Using a tool like Dash will help you keep everything organised and ready to deploy to your advertising platforms. You’ll be able to: Ready to get started? Try Dash free for 14 days—you won’t even need to enter your credit card details. 👇👇👇 Amy Burchill is the SEO and Content Manager for Dash. She works with ecommerce experts to create articles for DTC brands wanting to improve their campaigns. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/ecommerce-black-friday Title: How ecommerce brands can prepare for Black FridayTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Black Friday is one of the biggest shopping holidays of the year. Get your ecommerce store ready for new customers, as well as your loyal audience. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/ecommerce-black-friday ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: How ecommerce brands can prepare for Black Friday H2: Black Friday: is it worth it for ecommerce? H2: How and when to get ready for Black Friday H2: What types of discounts should you offer? H2: 9 strategies for your ecommerce Black Friday sales H2: The secret to  your Black Friday success H2: Black Friday FAQs for ecommerce brands H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: How ecommerce brands can prepare for Black Friday H2: Black Friday: is it worth it for ecommerce? H2: How and when to get ready for Black Friday H2: What types of discounts should you offer? H2: 9 strategies for your ecommerce Black Friday sales H4: 1. Personalise every message H4: 2. Optimise your website H4: 3. Optimise for mobile H4: 4. Get your assets ready H4: 5. Have a plan if products sell out H4: 6. Don’t forget your existing customers H4: 8. Use social media to build momentum and drive sales H4: 9. Build buzz with influencers and social proof H2: The secret to  your Black Friday success H2: Black Friday FAQs for ecommerce brands H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Black Friday is one of the most important moments of the ecommerce year. It’s a chance to grow sales, connect with new customers, and get your brand in front of a wider audience before the holiday season begins. And while the sales spike happens in November, most successful ecommerce teams begin preparing their campaigns months in advance. This guide will walk you through how to plan for Black Friday 2025. From getting your offers and visuals ready, to building campaigns that attract new customers, by the end you should have the tips you need to get started. Want to skip this blog? Check out our Black Friday planner pack to help you get your ducks in a row before the big weekend. The short answer? Yes — if you approach it strategically. Although Black Friday started as an in-store event in the US, today it’s a major part of the ecommerce calendar around the world. Every year, shoppers plan ahead to hunt for deals, discover new brands and tick off their holiday shopping lists. It’s one of the few moments in the year when people are actively looking to buy — and that makes it a huge opportunity for ecommerce businesses. It’s true that some Black Friday shoppers are deal-hunters who disappear once the sales end. But many are people who already know about your brand and just need the right offer to make their first purchase. That’s why how you plan, position and follow up on your Black Friday promotions matters more than the size of the discount itself. Handled well, Black Friday isn’t just about a short-term boost in revenue, it’s an opportunity to: With Black Friday falling on 28th November 2025, many brands will already have their campaigns mapped out well in advance. Don’t fall into the last minute scramble. Here’s where to start: The earlier you start planning, the more control you’ll have over your campaigns, your margins, and your customer experience. And when the big day arrives, your team will be focused on driving sales, not scrambling to fix last-minute problems. Black Friday is all about great deals — but that doesn’t mean you have to cut prices across the board. The key is finding the right balance between enticing new customers and protecting your bottom line. Some brands go all-in with deep discounts, but heavy markdowns can eat into your margins and often attract bargain-hunters who disappear once prices go back up. If you want to avoid that trap, think beyond blanket discounts. There are plenty of creative ways to deliver value without racing to the bottom. We’ll go into more detail on these in the next section, but some popular BF offers include: Not all customers are motivated purely by price. Many are happy to spend more when they feel they’re getting added value — and these are the customers more likely to stick around after the sale ends. The best Black Friday offers are the ones that align with your goals, attract the right kind of customers, and keep them coming back long after the discounts are gone. Get more inspo in our article that covers 18 creative Black Friday campaigns from ecommerce brands. Once you’ve picked your offers and timeline, it’s time to focus on the tactics that will help you cut through the noise, attract new customers, and boost sales during the busiest online shopping event of the year. Here are eight practical Black Friday strategies to make this holiday shopping season a success. Last year messages from traditional email rose by 9%, whereas messages sent via push notifications, SMS, and streaming services grew by 37%. That shift tells us that generic batch-and-blast emails might not cut it anymore. Instead, the brands that stand out are the ones that deeply understand their audience and speak directly to them. As Martin Harper, Co-Founder of Quickfire Digital, puts it: “The brands that win aren’t the ones with the biggest discounts. They’re the ones who know exactly who they’re talking to and execute with precision.” Take Gym+Coffee, for example. Ahead of Black Friday, they increased their SMS subscriptions by over 2,000 % using targeted campaigns. They didn’t just rely on broad discounts. Instead, they segmented audiences, aligned messaging by channel (email, push, SMS), and used automation flows to reach people at the right moment. And that precision starts with data. Dive into your purchase history, look at what sold last year, when people bought, and which marketing channels converted best. Then segment your audience based on behaviour and preferences. For example, look at VIP repeat buyers, first-time shoppers, loyalty members, and high cart abandoners. They’ll all respond to different types of messaging. Once you’ve segmented your audience, tailor your creative to match: And remember, personalisation isn’t just about copy, your visuals should be just as targeted. That’s where Dash comes in. It lets you tag and organise creative by audience segment, product category, or campaign, so you can quickly find and reuse the assets that perform best. Once you know what’s working, Dash’s AI features help you discover lookalike images, making it easier to keep sending out high-performing, on-brand content across email, SMS, ads, and more. During Black Friday and Cyber Monday, your ecommerce platform is likely to see a big surge in website traffic. A slow or clunky site can be a deal-breaker for new visitors. Run a performance check ahead of time and use tools like Google’s PageSpeed Insights to make sure your pages load fast and can handle the influx of online shoppers. Once they land on your ecommerce site, shoppers need to find your Black Friday promotions quickly. Add clear navigation, highlight key offers on the homepage, and consider a dedicated landing page for seasonal deals. A fast, frictionless checkout and clear calls-to-action will improve the customer experience and increase your average order value. In 2023, 69% of online Black Friday sales happened on mobile devices. With shoppers comparing prices and buying on the go, your ecommerce site needs to offer an easy shopping experience on smaller screens. Make sure your online store is mobile-friendly, loads quickly, and supports popular payment options like Apple Pay, Google Pay, and Shop Pay. This will speed up the checkout process and ensure that you don’t lose out to impatient shoppers during a high-traffic sales period. Also, think about how your promotions look on mobile. You might have Black Friday deals in banners or eye-catching calls-to-action. The easier you make it for people to shop online wherever they are, the more likely you are to maximise sales during the holiday rush. On an intense shopping day like Black Friday, visuals can make or break a sale. Around 75% of ecommerce shoppers say product photos influence their buying decisions — and when people are scrolling fast, first impressions matter more than ever. Start preparing your visuals well before the big weekend. That means: It’s also worth revisiting your past campaigns. If certain assets performed well before, there’s no reason you can’t reuse and repurpose them for Black Friday. As we mentioned, Dash makes it easy to tag and organise content based on performance, so you can quickly find top-performing visuals and even use AI-powered visually similar search to uncover other assets with the same look and feel. The goal of any Black Friday ecommerce campaign is to boost sales, but if things go really well, you might face a new challenge: stock selling out faster than expected. Running out of inventory can frustrate potential customers and damage their experience, but with the right strategy, it can actually work in your favour. Black Friday is a golden opportunity to attract new customers, but your loyal customers are just as important — and often far more profitable in the long run. Make them feel like VIPs with special offers like early access to deals, exclusive bundles, or extra perks for shopping again. These kinds of rewards improve customer retention and reduce the risk of alienating people who recently paid full price. You can even build dedicated campaigns for your most loyal customers, segmenting them in your email marketing platform to deliver offers based on their purchase history. The goal here isn’t just to drive one-off purchases. It’s to keep customers engaged and deepen their connection with your brand beyond the holiday sales season. This is also a great time to analyse performance across your marketing channels. Which offers generated the most clicks? Which visuals converted best? Insights like these can shape your future ecommerce strategy and help you build even more effective campaigns for next year’s Black Friday ecommerce push. Social media has become a powerful tool for ecommerce brands during Black Friday — not just for brand awareness, but for driving sales. Nearly 48% of online shoppers now search for deals directly on social platforms rather than search engines, and many are happy to buy without ever leaving the app (just take TikTok shop as a prime tool for capturing social media users.) A great example is Shopify-based fashion brand Edikted, which set out to attract high-value Gen Z and millennial customers during Black Friday and Cyber Monday. Already known for its strong TikTok presence — with over 250,000 followers and a steady stream of creator content — Edikted built a full-funnel social strategy combining TikTok Video Shopping Ads (VSA) with a large-scale creator campaign. The results speak for themselves: The campaign helped Edikted sell out twice during the weekend and cut its CPA by 50%, achieving a 4.76 ROAS — a 70% jump from the previous week. Use social media to build anticipation in the weeks leading up to the sale, tease your best deals, and showcase products in action through short-form video, influencer content, and live shopping events. This kind of content helps you reach new audiences and keep customers engaged right up to the start of the sale. With so many shoppers discovering, researching, and even completing purchases on social media, brands that show up consistently with engaging, relevant content will be best placed to turn scrolling into sales this holiday shopping season. 63% of consumers are likely to buy products from an influencer they trust. So if you've got a good influencer programme on the go, getting them to promote your Black Friday offers is a great tactic. Collaborate with creators who align with your brand and ask them to showcase their favourite picks, exclusive bundles and deals. For example, L’Occitane collaborated with beauty and lifestyle creators to curate holiday gift guides using their products — giving influencers freedom to tell authentic stories rather than pushing sales. Those curated guides ran across Instagram Reels, TikToks and social posts, with embedded offers and link-throughs. That approach blends the power of trusted creators with campaign objectives — which is exactly the kind of strategy you should aim to replicate during Black Friday. đŸ€“Influencer marketing benefits to boost sales 🎧 How Lick built a community on social media All the strategies we’ve covered require one thing: good visuals. From product photography and campaign banners to influencer assets and UGC, visuals are what help shoppers discover your products and make confident purchase decisions. Getting those assets organised ahead of time means your team can move faster, keep messaging consistent, and make the most of the surge in traffic and attention. That’s where Dash comes in. Dash is a digital asset management tool built for fast-growing ecommerce brands. It gives your team one central place to store, organise, find, and share everything — from product shots and ad creative to influencer content. You can: There’s loads more ways Dash can help you with your Black Friday Cyber Monday (BFCM) campaigns. Check out the full list of DAM features. So before the holiday shopping season ramps up, get your visual content in order and give your team the tools they need to make this your strongest Black Friday yet. 👉 Right now you can get 15% off Dash when you sign up before 1st December 2025. What’s the difference between Black Friday and Cyber Monday? Black Friday and Cyber Monday started as two separate events. Black Friday was originally focused on in-store shopping and big-ticket purchases, while Cyber Monday followed as the online alternative, aimed at capturing shoppers looking for digital deals. Today, the lines have blurred, with most brands running promotions across the whole weekend. But each day still serves a slightly different purpose: Black Friday is best for major discounts and high-value orders, while Cyber Monday works well for online exclusives, smaller impulse buys and clearing leftover stock. The key takeaway? Don’t treat them as the same thing. Tailor your offers and messaging to match how people shop on each day and you’ll maximise sales across the entire weekend. How much do prices drop on Black Friday? It varies by brand, product category, and strategy - but on average, Black Friday discounts range from around 20% to 30%. For example, in 2024 the average discount across categories was about 28%. Some retailers go much further, offering up to 50–70% off on selected lines, particularly when they’re clearing old stock or driving quick sales. For example, electronics saw average discounts of 31%, while furniture averaged around 21% off during Black Friday 2023. It’s worth noting that deeper discounts don’t always guarantee better results. Bigger price cuts often attract deal-hunters who disappear once the sale is over, whereas smaller, well-targeted offers can help you attract new customers who stick around. Research by Which? also found that 98% of Black Friday deals weren’t the lowest prices of the year, highlighting why smart pricing and timing matter more than simply slashing prices. Why do people like Black Friday? People are drawn to Black Friday because it offers them real value and a sense of excitement they don’t get at other times of the year. It’s a chance to buy products they’ve been eyeing at lower prices, discover new brands, and get ahead on their holiday shopping. With most purchases now happening online and 69% made on mobile in 2023, customers can browse and buy from anywhere, often directly through social media. Limited-time offers and early access deals add to the sense of urgency, making the experience feel exciting and rewarding. For brands, understanding these motivations is key. Black Friday isn’t just about cutting prices, it’s about meeting customers where they are, creating a smooth and engaging shopping experience, and using that moment to build relationships that last beyond the sale. Amy Burchill is the SEO and Content Manager for Dash. She works with ecommerce experts to create articles for DTC brands wanting to improve their campaigns. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/ecommerce-dam Title: Here's why your DTC brand needs DAM for ecommerceTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: An ecommerce DAM is great for DTC brands serious about their visuals. It'll save time, help you launch your products faster, and support your growth plans. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/ecommerce-dam ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Here's why your DTC brand needs DAM for ecommerce H3: 11 ways DAM for ecommerce will help your business grow H3: How growing ecommerce businesses use Dash H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Here's why your DTC brand needs DAM for ecommerce H3: 11 ways DAM for ecommerce will help your business grow H4: 1. Keep everything in one place H4: 2. Save time when you search for visual content H4: 3. Drop product shots straight into Shopify H4: 4. Share files with your team and partners H4: 5. Help retail partners and distributors sell more of your products H4: 6. Launch products quicker H4: 7. Get content ready for your channels, quickly H4: 8. Manage content approvals from your creators H4: 9. Stay on top of user-generated content (UGC) H4: 10. Integrate with your tech stack H4: 11. Track your asset performance H3: How growing ecommerce businesses use Dash H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content The best DTC businesses have killer branding, creative and product images. To stand out and sell your products, you need high-quality visual content - and lots of it. Most ecommerce businesses know this already. But what most haven’t realised yet is the power of digital asset management (DAM) for ecommerce. They don’t have to settle for the content chaos of storing thousands of visual assets in Google Drive or Dropbox. The bottom line: using a digital asset management tool will give you a competitive advantage. A DAM is the central home for your brand’s visuals, product photography and marketing graphics. It'll maximise the value of your visuals and help you reach potential customers faster. We’ll cover how using one can help your DTC business grow. From organising digital assets to sending them out to your marketing channels, here’s the benefits using a DAM solution, like Dash, will bring. {{dam-comparison="/blog-components"}} A DAM is the perfect place to bring all your visual digital files together. That’s important assets like logos, video assets, lifestyle photography, product content and user-generated content (UGC). When you have a single source of truth for marketing assets, everything’s easier to find. Say your ecommerce team needs product content to add to a new listing. Or your sales team wants to find assets of your new product line to show retail partners. Both can use custom fields (we’ll get to that in a moment) to search for shots of the product they’re after. You won’t have to scroll through tiny thumbnails in your shared drive to find what you’re after, either. Dash has won awards for its UX and usability. It’s currently voted as one of the easiest-to-use DAMs according to G2, and that’s partly because of how visual the presentation is. It’s a home for your high-quality content which can finally do it justice. Here’s the Dash homepage of COAT Paints. It's looks like a beautifully-curated Pinterest board! Think of your ecommerce DAM as a search engine for your creative files. By using a combination of AI-generated tags and your own custom fields, you can search by the actual content of your content. Let’s take a look at Kinetics who make nail polishes. They have custom fields based on the type of asset in their Dash and attributes of the products they sell, like ‘polish category’ and ‘skin care category’. Some other ideas for custom fields are: When you upload an image or video, Dash will automatically scan it and add tags based on the objects it can identify within it. Combine both custom fields and AI tags together and you’ll have many ways to find your files, fast. Being able to search like that will save you time, especially if you’re usually the one that has to hunt for assets for your colleagues. Here’s what Will from food brand TASTER, says: “I'm saving 1-2 hours a day not having to dig up assets for people across the business. They can now find what they need directly in Dash super quickly, and if not, it takes me seconds not minutes to find what they need!” Shopify is a popular tool for DTC brands to run their website and online stores. If you're using it too, consider picking a digital asset management solution that integrates with Shopify - like Dash. You can search for your neatly-organised content in Dash and drop them into your CMS pages and product listings, all without ever leaving Shopify. Dash’s integration will compress the images for you, so you don’t have to waste time optimising your product shots for Shopify. {% video_player "embed_player" overrideable=False, type='hsvideo2', hide_playlist=True, viral_sharing=False, embed_button=False, autoplay=False, hidden_controls=False, loop=False, muted=False, full_width=False, width='800', height='450', player_id='102263302936', style='' %} 💡 P.S. Here's extra reading for tips on how to best optimise your images for Shopify. Working in an ecommerce brand, you’ll regularly be file sharing with your colleagues or external users (like your ad agency). An ecommerce DAM lets you do that easily. In Dash, just select the image or video assets you want to share and decide if you’d rather send the files by email or as a direct link. But what about when you need to share large quantities of assets with your partners? We hear you, scroll to the next tip. Retail partners and distributors are an important sales channel. These could be online marketplaces or brick and mortar stores. Each needs assets from you, like product photography and logo variants. Instead of laboriously sending custom zip files to each one, use Dash to set up a portal. A portal is a view of your Dash which lets visitors search for and download the assets they need, without having to login to your Dash account. You can customise your welcome message, too! Here's an example from watering can brand Haws, who use Dash to set up unique portals for each of their 100+ retail partners around the globe. When all your digital content is kept in your DAM, you don’t have to scramble to find the assets to launch new products. If everyone can find the visuals they need when they need them, your time to market will decrease. You’ll be able to go into your digital asset management platform, find the new product images your photographer just uploaded, then drop the assets straight into your product listing. Your marketing team can use the new product content for a launch campaign and get it in front of your target audience. And then (using portals - see above), your retail partners can access new product assets easily without having to bother you for them. You’re ready to launch your marketing campaign. But you need your creative team to work on image edits and crops for different channels before you can launch. Frustrating, right? Using an ecommerce DAM like Dash makes it easier for you to resize, crop and download the assets you need and get them ready for your distribution channels. Pick from social media sizes already available, or create your own preset downloads for specs you use regularly like your homepage image. Here’s what it looks like: From new product photoshoots to your influencer marketing strategy, you’ll be sourcing content from external creators. Doing so involves dealing with lots of assets at different stages of approval. If you’re not organised, it can quickly feel overwhelming. But fear not! Say your photographer has finished shooting a season’s worth of new product imagery and has hundreds of assets ready for approval. There’s an alternative to having them send over massive zip files and going through them in your downloads folder. Instead, set them up as a contributor in Dash and have them upload the shots. You can go through and reject the ones you don’t like and leave feedback on the ones that need work. On their end, they’ll be able to see which of their assets are still waiting for your approval. From influencers to videographers to designers, you can use the same workflow for any creator you’ve partnered with. Using micro-influencers and user-generated content in your marketing campaign can lend your brand authenticity and credibility. There’s a reason why most DTC brands are all over this. But did you know you can use a DAM software to collect all your UGC together? Just set up a guest upload link in Dash and send this to your customers and contributors. By keeping your UGC in Dash, you’ll make it easier for other teams to use, and you can attach important information to it like expiry dates and the terms of use. Pet food brand Forthglade uses Dash to do just that. They run their monthly ‘Dog of the Month’ competition where customers send in photographs of their canine companions via Forthglade’s website. These snaps get uploaded straight into Dash, ready for their social media campaigns. Digital asset management platforms don’t exist in isolation. Most of the leading providers offer integrations with some of the tools you use every day. For Dash, we’ve already covered our Shopify integration. But we also connect to Canva and Hootsuite (for working on marketing content) and Adobe Creative Cloud (ideal for your graphic design teams). 👉 Check out our full list of integrations. Performance is key when you’re an ambitious ecommerce company. You need to be able to track what’s working and do more of it. The same is true for your visuals. Take your Instagram ads as an example. You’ll want to test out different variants of ads and see which ones land the best. Rather than keep that information in a spreadsheet, use Dash to record it against the actual visuals themselves. You're able to tag your assets by how they performed. And being able to quickly call up a bank of past graphics you’ve had success with makes it easier to commission new ones, too! If you’re convinced your DTC brand needs digital asset management software, then look no further than Dash. Some of the world’s fastest-growing ecommerce companies have ditched Drive and Dropbox. Now they use Dash to keep on top of their digital content and speed up the time it takes to get it in front of customers: 🌿 CBD brand Goodrays use Dash to get their assets ready for ecommerce marketplaces, like Deliveroo and Amazon. đŸ„‘ Food Huggers use Dash’s portals to give press contacts access to product shots and secure features in leading publications. đŸȘ‘ Australian furniture company RJ Living freed themselves from the chaos of Google Drive and use Dash to keep on top of their thousands of creatives. 🍕Home pizza oven brand Gozney use Dash to shorten the time it takes to get assets in front of their customers. Want to try it out for yourself? Set up a no-strings free trial and see what you think. Barney is the Marketing Lead for Dash. He writes about small business marketing strategies and how DTC brands can boost sales. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/ecommerce-marketing-agency Title: The best digital marketing agencies for ecommerce brandsTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: A digital marketing agency can help you scale your ecommerce brand, launch products on new channels and improve your conversion rates. Here's a list of the best agencies for DTC brands. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/ecommerce-marketing-agency ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: The best digital marketing agencies for ecommerce brands H2: What is an ecommerce marketing agency? H2: What are the types of ecommerce digital marketing agencies? H2: How much do ecommerce digital agencies charge? H2: How to find and vet marketing agencies for your ecommerce business H3: Ecommerce agency vetting checklist H2: The top 11 agencies to consider for your ecommerce business H2: How to set your ecommerce marketing agency up for success H2: What’s next for onboarding a digital marketing agency? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: The best digital marketing agencies for ecommerce brands H2: What is an ecommerce marketing agency? H2: What are the types of ecommerce digital marketing agencies? H2: How much do ecommerce digital agencies charge? H2: How to find and vet marketing agencies for your ecommerce business H3: Ecommerce agency vetting checklist H2: The top 11 agencies to consider for your ecommerce business H4: 1. Quickfire Digital: Shopify Plus Agency H4: 2. Nusa Studios: social-first video content H4: 3. Harrison Carloss: WooCommerce Agency H4: 4. Get Hyped: DTC influencer marketing agency H4: 5. SHOUT: TikTok influencer marketing agency H4: 6. Novos: ecommerce SEO agency H4: 7. Prodoto: Ecommerce photography studio and agency H4: 8. Blend Commerce: Shopify CRO agency H4: 9. ElliotDigital: retention marketing agency H4: 10. 99Social: social media agency H4: 11. Anicca Digital: Paid media and SEO agency H2: How to set your ecommerce marketing agency up for success H2: What’s next for onboarding a digital marketing agency? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Are you looking for an ecommerce marketing agency to help scale your brand? It’s a great position to be in. 🙌 But the problem? There are too many options. You’ve probably seen a dozen lists of ‘top ecommerce marketing agencies’ and the last thing you need is another overwhelming directory. Thankfully, this article is far from that. Like you, I don’t like lists that feel as overwhelming as shopping aisles. So instead of throwing endless names at you, I’ve curated a focused list of ecommerce agencies organised by speciality so you can find the right fit and start seeing results fast. An ecommerce marketing agency provides third-party services to help online stores grow their business, attract new customers, and increase revenue. As an ecommerce business, you may consider hiring an agency when you: Whatever the case, working with the right agency will save you time, cut the guesswork and help your business grow faster. There are two main types of ecommerce agencies: full-service and specialised. Full-service agencies offer all-in-one ecommerce marketing services. For example, one agency can simultaneously provide search engine optimisation, social media management, and pay-per-click services. On the other hand, specialised agencies offer a single service — like SEO or social media management. Some agencies might even niche down to specific ecommerce platforms, such as SEO for Shopify stores. Which one should you work with? It depends on your specific business goals, but here are some pointers to guide you. Work with a full-service agency if: Work with a specialised agency if: Full-service digital marketing agency Offers all-in-one ecommerce marketing services — from SEO and PPC to PR and training sessions. Businesses wanting an all-in-one marketing team Search engine optimisation, content marketing, link building Brands looking to increase organic traffic Organic social media management, paid social ads Brands focusing on audience engagement and brand building Social-first video content Brands wanting to increase their presence on social and create scroll-stopping ads Email marketing agency Email automation, SMS marketing, retention strategies Businesses wanting to improve customer retention A/B testing, website optimisation, UX improvements Stores with traffic but low conversion rates Influencer marketing agency Partnering with influencers, UGC campaigns Brands looking for social proof & brand awareness Most digital marketing agencies charge between $50 and $500 per hour. But charging by the hour is just one of several ways agencies price their services. Some agencies use project-based prices, while others might charge monthly subscription fees. Here are some different agency pricing methods so you know what to expect. When an agency charges by the hour, it means that they bill clients for the actual amount of time spent working on the project. On the surface, this pricing model seems fair — it creates transparency and ensures clients only pay for the work that gets done. But here’s the catch: hourly rates don’t always reflect the agency’s true expertise or the value it brings to the table. If an agency is highly skilled and efficient, they’ll finish the project faster. Instead of being rewarded for their expertise, they actually earn less just because they worked more efficiently. On the flip side, an agency that drags its feet can rack up more billable hours, potentially stretching out a project just to make more money. 2. Project-based rates With project-based pricing, an agency charges based on the complexity of the project rather than the number of hours spent working on it. This model is mostly used by top agencies that want to be paid for their expertise and the results they deliver, not just the time they put in. Instead of tracking hours, the focus shifts to the value of the work itself. Clients know what they’ll pay upfront, and agencies are incentivised to work efficiently while still delivering high-quality outcomes. It’s a win-win: clients get predictable pricing, and agencies are rewarded for their skills and experience rather than how long a project takes. Instead of charging per project, the agency sets up a recurring fee for their work, like a subscription. This is super common when an agency is on a retainer and provides ongoing services rather than just a one-and-done job. Take social media management, for example. Let’s say you hire an agency to handle your online store’s social presence. They’re creating posts, scheduling content, engaging with followers — the whole package. Instead of billing you for every little task, they’ll charge a monthly fee that covers everything. Tiered pricing is when an agency offers different packages at different price points based on the level of service you need. It’s a flexible way to make sure clients aren’t paying for extras they don’t want while giving them options to scale up if needed. For example, a social media agency might have a basic package where they’ll put together a strategy but leave you to execute it. Then, there’s a mid-tier option where they write the strategy, create the content and iterate based on the performance of your channels. And if you want the complete VIP treatment, there could be a premium package where they plan, create, post, and even engage with your audience — responding to comments and DMs as if they were part of your team. Naturally, each package comes with a different price tag. The beauty of tiered pricing is that it gives you control. You pick the level of service that fits your needs (and budget), and if your business grows or your priorities change, you can always upgrade or downgrade accordingly. Choosing a digital marketing agency almost feels like walking into the breakfast buffet at a five-star hotel — you have a ton of options but not sure where to start. Here’s how to cut through noise and find an agency that fits your business quickly. 1. Ask people in your network Chances are you know a few people who have worked with and can vouch for great ecommerce marketing agencies. So, why not ask them? Getting a recommendation from someone you trust speeds up the vetting process. Whoever makes the recommendation has already gone through the trial and error process. So, you can skip much of the guesswork and connect with agencies with proven results, faster. Here is a simple, friendly message you can send to your network on social media or via email: I have been checking out your Shopify site, and it looks fantastic! We are planning to launch our own, and I am looking for a solid agency to help. Did you work with someone you would recommend? I would love to hear about your experience and get connected if possible. Thanks! 2. Check online forums and communities Online forums like Reddit and Quora have active ecommerce communities where you can connect with like-minded business owners. These spaces are great for getting honest, unfiltered feedback on marketing agencies from people who have been in your shoes. You can either ask directly for agency recommendations or search for existing discussions. Chances are, someone else has already asked the same question. Simply type something like "best ecommerce marketing agencies" into the search bar and browse through the comments for insights. For more relevant recommendations, ask a niche question that describes your exact situation. For example, instead of asking “what are the best ecommerce marketing agencies?” Ask: “Do you have any recommendations for a marketing agency that specialises in scaling DTC skincare brands through paid social media?” That way, you’re likely to hear from someone who has been in your position and found an agency that worked for them. The biggest advantage of using forums is that you are getting honest, real-world experiences rather than polished testimonials. People share the good and the bad, helping you make a more informed decision. 3. Search ecommerce agency directories If you want a shortcut to finding reliable agencies, ecommerce platforms like Shopify and WooCommerce have partner directories filled with vetted agencies that specialise in their platforms. These agencies have already gone through a rigorous approval process, so you are not just picking a random name off Google. You are choosing from businesses that Shopify or WooCommerce trust to deliver results. To narrow your options, head to the directory and apply filters based on your need. Looking for an agency that specialises in paid ads? Want one based in your country? Need a team with experience in your industry? The filters help you find agencies that are actually relevant to your business. But just because an agency is listed does not mean they are automatically the right fit. You will still need to do your own vetting, which brings us to the next step: how to vet an agency before making a decision. Finding an agency is one thing; ensuring they are the right fit is another. Use this checklist to vet potential ecommerce marketing agencies before you commit. Some red flags to watch out for: Making a choice can still feel overwhelming even when you know exactly what to look for. To make it easier, I’ve put together a list of 10 top ecommerce digital marketing agencies that could be great partners for your growing business. Specialisation: Shopify website development and Shopify Plus migration Clients: Forthglade and Dirty London Pricing: From $5,000 per project Contact Quickfire Digital on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/company/quickfire-digital-uk/ Quickfire Digital is a Shopify Plus agency that helps ecommerce brands scale and run more efficiently. If your store isn’t converting as well as you’d like, or you’re dealing with clunky tech that’s slowing your store down, they can help. The agency is well-known for helping ecommerce businesses like Forthglade migrate to Shopify Plus in only 18 weeks. Beyond that, they also help with full site redesign, store optimisation for better performance, and custom Shopify integration. They’re also a Dash partner and all-round lovely people, so we’d recommend them! Reviews: What Quickfire Digital clients are saying “Quickfire delivered a fully functioning transactional and brand-focused website with a tailored subscription offering in 18 weeks, start to finish. We’d wholeheartedly recommend them to support any business with their Shopify goals.” — The team at Forthglade. Nusa Studios is a social-first content studio that produces scroll-stopping ads and videos for social media. Founded by Toby Hart and Peter Hutchinson, the agency was born through the opportunity to help brands make video content to help them grow. They use the concept of ‘social-first’ in every piece of content they create and their growing portfolio of brands include TASTER (who happen to be one of Dash’s customers), Vivobareet, Fussy and MOJU Drinks. We recently interviewed Toby on our podcast, Ecommerce Marketing 101. He gave us some top tips on how to create video content for your brand. {{nusa-podcast="/blog-components"}} Reviews: What Nusa Studios clients are saying “Working with NUSA was such a breeze from start to finish. We approached them very last minute to support and they were extremely agile and made the entire filming day much easier for all involved. They are creative minded which massively helps when taking a brief to execution.” — Victoria Wale, Brand Lead at Candy Kittens Specialisation: WooCommerce store design and website development Clients: Angel Remy and Hausnous Pricing: From $10,000 per project Contact Harrison Carloss on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/company/harrisoncarloss/ If you’re running a WooCommerce store or considering setting one up, Harrison Carloss could be a great partner. They specialise in designing and developing WooCommerce sites, handling everything from the look and feel of your store to making sure it’s optimised for search and easy to use. Unlike many agencies, they don’t rely on templates. Every site is custom-designed to help your brand stand out. Plus, they’re one of the few official WooCommerce partner agencies in the UK, so you know you’re in good hands. Reviews: What Harrison Carloss clients are saying Harrison Carloss are a fantastic agency to work with. Their knowledge and experience are second to none without boring you with buzzwords or over-complicating things. They have added value to not only our team but also the business, and they very much feel like an extension of the marketing team rather than just a supplier – Cottage Delight. Location: Connecticut, U.S. Specialisation: Social media influencer marketing Clients: LilyAna Naturals and Cooper’s Cask Coffee Contact Get Hyped on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/company/gethypedmedia/ Managing an influencer campaign involves a lot of moving parts, such as finding the right creators, negotiating contracts, and handling back-and-forth communication. If you’d rather not get bogged down with these admin tasks, Get Hyped can take care of them for you. Get Hyped is a full-service influencer marketing agency that can help you plan, launch, and optimise your campaigns for different social channels — including Facebook, Instagram and YouTube. They’ll also track the overall performance of your influencer marketing campaign and suggest strategies for improving results. If you’re focusing on your influencer marketing strategies, check out our list of influencer marketing tools for DTC brands. Reviews: What Get Hyped clients are saying We have been working with Get Hyped Media for a few months now. They are not only terrific at providing quality influencers at a quick turnaround, but their team is VERY responsive. If you are looking for an influencer marketing agency that will maximise your budget and drive results, I highly recommend Get Hyped — Click Connect Media. Specialisation: UGC and micro-influencer marketing Clients: Basket and Amazon Echo Pricing: From $85 per video (Custom and agency pricing plans are also available) Contact SHOUT Agency on Instagram: https://instagram.com/unitaskrshout If you want to tap into influencer marketing but don’t have a huge budget, SHOUT could be a great option. They specialise in connecting brands with nano-influencers on TikTok — people with 100 to 10,000 followers — who can create authentic content for your ecommerce business. Here’s how it works: You submit a brief, SHOUT shares it with its nano-influencer network, and you receive pitches to choose from. Once you’ve found the right fit, the creator shoots the video and sends it over for review. The best part is that you only pay when you're happy with the content. SHOUT handles the whole process, making sure nothing goes beyond the scope. Reviews: What SHOUT Agency clients are saying SHOUT has been an awesome partner for Basket. We’ve slashed our acquisition costs by over 90% by working with them. They’re responsive, transparent and a joy to deal with. I couldn’t recommend them highly enough; kudos — Basket. Specialisation: Ecommerce SEO and organic growth Clients: NIO Cocktails and TotĂȘme Commerce Contact Novos on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/company/thisisnovos/ With so many online stores competing for attention, you need more than just great products. You need to show up where people are actually searching. That’s where ecommerce SEO comes in. Simply put, it’s everything you do to ensure your store appears when people search for products like yours. From optimising your site structure to creating relevant content and building backlinks, it all helps drive more traffic (and sales). It can get complicated, but with the right strategy — and expert help from Novos — it’s totally doable. Novos has helped over 200 ecommerce brands to become more visible in organic search results. That way, people can find them naturally, and they can spend less money on paid advertising. It specialises in all aspects of search engine optimisation — from technical SEO to PR and link building. All of these things make your business more visible and easier to find online. Reviews: What Novos clients are saying Novos transformed our SEO traffic. Working as an extension of the in-house team, they were able to help accelerate our growth. Beyond the performance, the service they provide is second to none — Patch Plants. Location: Yorkshire, England Specialisation: Product photography Clients: Craghoppers and Mamas and Papas Pricing: From $1000 per project Contact Prodoto on their website: https://www.prodoto.com/ About 90% of Etsy shoppers said that the quality of product photos influences their purchasing decisions. It's pretty much the same for other ecommerce platforms — in other words; you need great product photos if you're selling online. Prodoto can help here. It's an ecommerce photography studio that brings your products to life through enticing images and videos. The agency specialises in all types of product photography — from model shoots to cut-out images and 360-degree shoots. They work fast and deliver quickly, so you're sure to receive your new photos in no time. Pro tip: Use Dash’s guest uploads feature to collect product photos from your agency. You'll be able to review each one and provide feedback before adding them to your digital asset management system for use. It's a better way to organise your new visual assets and ensure your team can easily find and use them. Reviews: What Prodoto clients are saying Prodoto is one of those rare companies in which you can place total confidence. Their friendly attitude and can-do approach belie an absolute dedication to professionalism. I can’t overstate the value of such a partner to a fast-moving company like GO Outdoors — GO Outdoors. Location: Alcester, England Specialisation: Conversion rate optimisation (CRO) for Shopify stores Clients: PerTronix and Digestive Health Brand Pricing: From $2500 per project Contact Blend on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/company/blend-commerce/ If your Shopify store is getting tons of traffic but no sales, it might be time to consult a CRO agency like Blend Commerce. Blend Commerce is an award-winning ecommerce agency that helps Shopify stores improve their conversions and make more money. First, they'll run an audit to see what exactly is preventing your store from converting visitors. Depending on their findings, they might make some technical tweaks to your website design so it leads faster, change your Shopify theme, or help you launch an email campaign to win back past customers. Blend Commerce is a Shopify and Klaviyo partner, so you can be sure you're getting help from one of the best. Reviews: What Blend clients are saying I could not properly execute my vision without Blend Commerce. Their attention to detail and .liquid programming knowledge is second to none. With regularity, they make the impossible happen. If you ever say, “Well Shopify can't do that," I'd ask Blend first — because it probably can with the right people involved. I have built three stores with them now over five years, and I won't be going anywhere — ChopValue. Specialisation: SMS and email marketing Clients: DAYS Brewing and HIRO (Former HUX) Pricing: From $2,500 per project Contact ElliotDigital on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/company/elliotdigital/ Repeat shoppers tend to spend more on your online store than new customers. They already know your brand, trust your products, and are much easier to sell to. But just because someone shopped once from your online store doesn’t mean they’ll return. You need a plan for driving repeat purchases consistently. That’s where ElliotDigital comes in. ElliotDigital is an email and SMS retention partner for DTC brands. They can help you design and launch email marketing campaigns to win back lost shoppers. They handle everything — from the strategy and design to email personalisation. Plus, they’ll keep tweaking your emails and nurturing customers to drive more repeat sales. Reviews: What ElliotDigital clients are saying ElliotDigital has really understood our brand from the beginning. They have a great eye for detail through the design and copy of email campaigns and flows. They’ve been a great asset for our email marketing and online e-commerce revenue, helping us achieve 50% of revenue through Klaviyo — XITE. Location: North East, England Specialisation: White-label social media management Pricing: From ÂŁ99 per month Contact 99Social on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/company/99social/ You know that investing in social media is worth the effort. But between juggling day-to-day tasks for your ecommerce business, scaling your social channels just keeps getting pushed aside. Instead of stressing about it, why not let 99Social take it off your plate? 99Social offers affordable social media management services for growing businesses, including online stores. Their pricing depends on the number of social posts and platforms you want them to manage. For example, for only three posts on two platforms, you pay ÂŁ99 per month. You also get a dedicated account manager with email and WhatsApp support. The best part is you aren't tied to any contracts and can cancel at any time. Reviews: What 99Social clients are saying The team is wonderful to work with. They are always on the ball, and their level of social media engagement is exceptional. They charge much less than big marketing companies, but their quality of work produces results that those big marketing companies may fail to achieve — anonymous client. Specialisation: Full-service paid advertisement (PPC) Clients: Dash (that’s us!) and AA Labels Pricing:Contact Anicca for a quote Contact Anicca Digital on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/company/anicca-digital/ You're ready to dive into paid marketing for your ecommerce business, but figuring out where to begin feels overwhelming. You don’t want to waste the budget on ads that don’t deliver—you want a strategy that works. That’s where Anicca Digital comes in. Anicca Digital is an award-winning digital marketing agency specialising in a wide range of different services. At Dash, we work with Anicca on our paid media management, but they also offer services in SEO, social media and PR. Their team also runs training sessions in different areas of marketing, so they’re a great choice if you want to upskill your team. Reviews: What Anicca Digital clients are saying “After numerous failures and attempts in finding the perfect digital marketing agency for our niche, we stumbled across Anicca Digital online and oh boy did they back the words out their mouth, very happy with overall project so far, we have seen significant improvements in our campaigns and continue to improve our operations, I see a long healthy relationship with Anicca Digital being our go to source for any marketing in future our brands may need.” - Moe Ahmed, Operation Manager at Home Sofa Company Hiring an agency is only one piece of the puzzle. If you don’t set your agency up for success, all your hard work might amount to nothing. A good agency will have solid processes to keep things running smoothly, but that doesn’t mean you can sit back. A little effort on your end can go a long way. 1. Set and agree on expectations early One of the biggest reasons agency-client relationships go south is misaligned expectations. And it’s not just about the big goals or the results you want them to achieve. The little things matter here, too. For example, if you're expecting weekly updates but the agency only reaches out when there’s a problem, that’s a setup for a communication breakdown. You might feel out of the loop, while they think it’s okay only to contact you when something major comes up. That’s why you should discuss, agree on, and document all your project expectations during your kickoff call with the agency. Don't just focus on the big goals. Get into the details, like how often you want updates or whether you prefer PDF reports to CSVs. These might seem like small things, but they add up and can make a big difference in how smoothly things go. 2. Assign a point of contact Working with an agency isn’t a set-it-and-forget-it arrangement. They still need you to review and approve deliverables, attend meetings, and provide feedback on their work. Juggling this expectation with the day-to-day running of your business can get overwhelming — which is why you need a point of contact . A point of contact is someone on your team who serves as the primary point of contact between your business and the agency. This is the go-to person who handles all agency requests, receives deliverables and coordinates internal feedback. That way, the agency always receives on-time feedback and responses. And you won’t be saddled with day-to-day communication that distracts from your regular business responsibilities. 3. Make it as easy as possible to send and receive information Choose specific channels and methods for sharing and receiving information from your agency. That way, everything is in the same place and is easier to find when you need them. For example, instead of sending product photos to your agency via email attachments or Dropbox, you can send them using Dash Portals. Portals lets you share selected images and videos with your agency partners right from your digital asset management software. They’re essentially able to self-serve themselves (without needing to hassle you). As an example, here’s a screengrab of Beavertown’s Dash portal that they use to share brand assets with agencies. Not only does it save the team time handling content requests, but it also ensures brand consistency because only approved content is being served to their partners. They can search for assets easily and download them in one click for projects. If you’re working with different agencies, you can create separate portals containing the assets they need and use passcodes to restrict access. It’s a great way to organise your assets so you can find and use them later. That’s not all. Read my article on how to send and receive large files with Dash to see the other ways our tool helps you manage visual content sharing. Learn more about how Dash can help you work with agencies. I hope this list article makes it somewhat easier to source and vet marketing agencies for your business — if you explore options beyond my list. Remember, bringing on an ecommerce agency is a big decision that can fundamentally change how your business operates. You’re not just handing off tasks; you’re bringing in outside experts who will shape your strategy, messaging, and growth. That means adjusting your internal processes, aligning expectations, and making room for collaboration. So take your time, vet your options, and choose an agency that understands both your goals and how you work. When you find the right fit, it won’t feel like outsourcing. It will feel like gaining a team that’s just as invested in your success as you are. At Dash, we’ve built a digital asset management tool for DTC to manage, search and share their creative content. If you’re working with an agency, you’ll easily be able to keep them updated with the latest brand assets and product shots - so there’s one less thing on your plate. Take it from RJ Living who use Dash to let their agencies self-serve assets they need to run paid campaigns. ✹ Want to see how Dash works? Try it for free for 14 days — no credit cards or commitment needed. Faith Uzuegbu is a content marketer and freelance writer for B2B SaaS and tech companies like ClassPass, PlayPlay, and Thinkific. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/ecommerce-marketing-strategies Title: 18 proven ecommerce marketing strategies to grow your brandTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Want to grow your DTC brand but don't know where to start? Follow these 18 proven ecommerce marketing strategies to boost your online sales. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/ecommerce-marketing-strategies ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: 18 proven ecommerce marketing strategies to grow your brand H3: The key ecommerce buyer stages (and why they matter) H3: 17 real-life ecommerce marketing strategies you can try right now H3: Setting up your ecommerce marketing strategy for success H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: 18 proven ecommerce marketing strategies to grow your brand H3: The key ecommerce buyer stages (and why they matter) H3: 17 real-life ecommerce marketing strategies you can try right now H4: 1. Target new audiences with ecommerce advertising H4: 2. Improve your product photography and videos H4: 3. Work on your influencer marketing H4: 4. Launch Google Shopping campaigns H4: 5. Run remarketing advertising H4: 6. Build a product recommendation quiz H4: 7. Capture emails with pop-up banners H4: 8. Optimise your product pages H4: 9. Improve how you work with resellers, distributors and stockists H4: 10. Capture UGC and reviews from happy customers H4: 11. Level-up your Amazon Store profile H4: 12. Feature real-life stories from your customers H4: 13. Optimise your checkout process for extra revenue H4: 14. Send abandoned cart emails H4: 15. Offer product subscriptions for recurring revenue H4: 16. Create after-care campaigns for customers H4: 17. Launch a customer loyalty marketing program H4: 18. Create an SEO strategy H3: Setting up your ecommerce marketing strategy for success H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Make it and they will come. Right? If only it were that easy. In a crowded marketplace, it’s not enough to be making great products. You also need a killer ecommerce marketing strategy to build awareness of your brand, turn site visitors into loyal customers, and keep them coming back for more. In this article, we’ll cover 18 proven tactics any ecommerce marketer can use right now to grow their business. But first 
 It’s rare that someone will stumble across your website for the first time and buy your products straight away. Most shoppers don’t work like that. They need to take time to trust your brand and do their own research before parting with their hard-earned cash. A great ecommerce marketing strategy should be designed to reflect how people actually shop online. Here’s the 4 key ecommerce buyer and consideration stages a potential shopper goes through: This is where you’ll see some blogs talk about the ‘ecommerce funnel’. But a funnel implies buyers move through the funnel only to drop out the other end once they’ve bought an item. It’s inevitable that’ll be the case for the majority of your shoppers: they’ll order something never to be seen again. But you should devote a portion of your marketing effort into boosting customer retention and repeat purchases. So instead, think of an online shopper’s journey as a forever-repeating cycle. Here’s how the 4 key ecommerce stages work together: Now we’ve got the customer lifecycle covered, let’s get to the ecommerce marketing tactics you can use to boost your online sales. Each of these have been taken from real-life DTC brands just like yours. Running cold ecommerce advertising campaigns can be an effective way for your DTC brand to get in front of your target market and generate ecommerce sales quickly. As long as you’re clear on who your ideal customer is, you can use advertising platforms like TikTok, Facebook and Instagram to build new audiences. Just make sure you’ve set up the relevant tracking pixels on your site so you’re able to measure success. Once you’ve created your audience and tracking, you’ll next want to make your ad assets. As this will most likely be the first time a potential shopper has ever heard of you, be sure to include something attention-grabbing to stop them mid-scroll. Good news - you don’t need to spend all your marketing budget creating slick and polished ad graphics. Take this example from DTC brand Billie, who sell women’s razors. The ad graphic would have cost them very little to produce, but gets across their key selling-points at a glance. 💡 Want more where that came from? Check out our essential ecommerce advertisting strategies. The importance of your product visuals cannot be understated. They’re the foundation on which you can build the rest of your visual marketing strategy. Your product photography and videos should be clear, well-lit and visually communicate the distinct attributes and benefits of your product. If you want to level-up your product photos, you can either take them yourself (check out our DIY product photography guide) or brief a photographer. For some inspiration, here’s a great collection of product assets that non-alcoholic spirit brand Caleño use for their dark and spicy non-alcoholic tropical rum. They’ve created a variety of creatives, all of which serve a slightly different purpose like: Although these are different assets, the brand has made sure they all look good together by using a cohesive colour palette, props and lighting. Now imagine all those product assets were easy to search for across the business. It’d mean their teams (like social, sales or ecommerce) could find and use assets quickly, as well as share with their stockists. Sound good? Well, that’s basically what Dash does - try it out yourself! Influencer marketing can be a great way for ecommerce brands to successfully engage with new audiences. After all, 71% of shoppers are likely to buy products after a social media influencer they trust recommends them. That's why you'll often find influencers are a key part of a DTC brand's social media marketing. There’s many ways to create an influencer marketing strategy. You might decide to sign-up big-budget influencers with huge audiences for a set amount of social media posts, or work with micro-influencers instead. Or you could keep an eye on posts from influencers in your niche and engage with them if they ever post about using your products. Take a peek at this Instagram comment from YesColours. They saw that interior design influencer Maitri Mody picked their paints for a project. They then commented on her post with the specific name of their colours. So now if Maitri’s followers (most of whom are also YesColour's target audience) feel inspired to recreate her look, they know exactly the paint they need to buy. Clever! Don’t overlook Google Shopping ads - there’s a reason they account for 76% of all search advertising spend in the ecommerce sector. Running Google Shopping campaigns for your brand is an effective way of making sure your items are being considered when prospective customers are deciding what to buy. Setting them up is relatively easy. All you need is to link your Google Ads account with your Merchant Center. As long as your product information is set up correctly in your Merchant Center, Google Ads can automatically pull information like reviews, product name and images through to your shopping ad. Here’s an example of several brands bidding against the term ‘citrus candle’. You’ll see all brands are using clean, clear product imagery and most opt to highlight their reviews. Remarketing campaigns can significantly improve conversion rates by targeting a warm audience that is more receptive to your messaging. By engaging with potential customers who have already shown an interest in you, remarketing advertising keeps you top of mind and increases the likelihood of the person buying from you. Most advertising platforms - like Facebook, Instagram and Google - all offer remarketing options. All you need to do is install the platform’s tracking pixel on your marketing site. The ad graphics you use for remarketing campaigns will differ slightly from cold prospecting. For remarketing, focus on social proof (more on that later), messages which build trust in your brand, and sales incentives which nudge people on-the-fence to finally take the plunge. Here’s an example of the latter from drinks brand Served, offering 50% off your first order. We cover remarketing in detail in our guide to ecommerce advertising strategies - check it out! Most brands need to educate potential customers on their different products and guide them toward the best-fit item for them. If you expect a site visitor to do all that work alone, sifting through your different product pages to whittle down their favourites, then
 think again. Take a page from the book of fragrance brand DS & Durga. Rather than making site visitors read descriptions of each scent, their website offers a short quiz so it can recommend your perfect scent. They then make it easy to add recommended samples to baskets with a click of a button. And for those wondering, I’m a spicy night owl. Who knew? đŸŒœđŸŠ‰đŸ”„ Not all visitors to your site want to buy straight away. So why not offer them something in exchange for their email address so you can tempt them to buy something later? Designing pop-up banners (like the one below from beauty brand 4.5.6 Skin) is a great way to do this. Here 4.2.6 offer a discount code for first orders, but you could also try time-limited sales or special offers like no shipping fees or a free gift. Test a few and see what gets the best results! An ecommerce site is only as good as its product pages: these are arguably the most vital content on your entire website. They need to articulate why your product is worth buying, remove blockers a potential shopper might have which prevents them from purchasing (like shipping costs) and prompt a shopper to checkout. These also need to provide a good customer experience (otherwise people will up and leave). If you’re looking for how to improve your own product pages, take inspiration from Made In Cookware. Their pages are a great example for a few different reasons. They: 💡 Looking for a way to speed up adding images to your Shopify product listings? Just use Dash's Shopify integration. It's perfect for ecommerce teams - just drop assets from Dash straight into your product listing and the integration takes care of the rest (including Shopify image optimisation). It’s rare for an ecommerce business to solely rely on selling products through their own online store. You’ll also most likely be working with a range of wholesalers, resellers, brick-and-mortar retailers and online marketplaces to sell your products. Those partnerships are valuable. But the relationships can be time-consuming and tricky to manage. You want to make sure every partner has all of the product assets they need to sell your products without having to hassle you, right? Haws, who make best-in-class watering cans, found the perfect solution for managing their 100+ resellers. For each, they set up a Dash portal, created a unique welcome message, and selected the folders of product assets every individual reseller would need. Here’s what a Haws reseller portal looks like in Dash: Using a Dash portal, a reseller can log in, search for the specific type of product image they need, download the spec they want, and off they go. And that’s all without having to email Haws and wait for a response. The bottom line? The easier you make it for your resellers to work with you, the more likely it is they’ll sell your products. Customer reviews and user-generated content (UGC) should be an essential part of your digital marketing strategies. Think of social proof like MSG - it makes your marketing taste just that little better. Featuring social proof is a clear indicator that your company has happy customers full stop, and can therefore be trusted with would-be shoppers’ hard-earned cash. But not only that, it’s a chance to show your prospective customers that people just like them have similar motivations and are using your products for similar reasons that they might. Reviews and UGC can be a rich mine of content marketing. Take inspiration from men's make-up brand War Paint. They’ve used a mix of reviews and video UGC of their Daily Essentials Kit on their product page, posted them on social media platforms like Instagram and featured them in their promotional email campaigns. There are some great tools out there for capturing reviews, like Yotpo, which you can integrate with your website. And it’s easy to set up a guest upload link in Dash to get UGC from customers, then neatly organise it ready for you to use on your channels and social media campaigns. As our experts predicted in their post about ecommerce trends for 2023, marketplaces (like Amazon) have never been more important. With advertising costs spiralling, wiley DTC brands are going where their shoppers already are - and for most, that’s Amazon. Take this as your cue to properly optimise your brand’s Amazon Store vendor profile. Amazon now gives you a tonne of customisation features to brand your Store and highlight your VIP products. Check out this real-life chef’s kiss Amazon Store from health brand Mischief. It’s well-branded and gives store visitors clear sign-posts of where to go in order to shop the different types of products they make. And, to top it all off, they end the store with compelling social proof. People like to see and hear from others they can relate to. It helps to emphasise that your brand is for people just like them. We’re social creatures, after all! Interview customers who are actually buying from you and use it for content marketing, just like clothing brand Needle & Thread do. They sit down with brides who've worn their wedding dresses to talk about their big day and how they picked their dress. You can use content like this in your blog posts, in email newsletters, on socials and paid advertising. So what’re you waiting for? Are you leaving money on the table? Just because you’ve got a visitor about to purchase an item, doesn’t mean your job is done. Instead, optimise your checkout process to help increase your average order value (AOV). Just take a look at this ✹ masterclass ✹ in checkout optimisation courtesy of Huron, a hair and body care brand for men. There’s a tonne of tips and tricks you could take away from this. Let’s break it down: And they've managed to pack all of that into the checkout process without sacrificing the user experience. Genius! Here’s a statistic that’ll bring any ecommerce brand out in a sweat - almost 70% of shopping carts are abandoned. Ooft, that hurts. Luckily there’s a whole network of tools out there, like Klaviyo, which make it easy to set-up personalised abandoned cart email workflows. These email nurture journeys are designed to prompt a would-be customer to pick up where they left off and complete their purchase. Check out this abandoned cart email from consumer goods brand Nomad. There’s a lot of tricks you could try here, from the subject line which introduces an element of time pressure to the final section of the email which tries to deal with some potential purchase blockers a would-be customer might have. Prompting customers to opt for a repeat subscription to a product (rather than a one-off purchase) is a trend that’s become increasingly prominent in the past few years. Having a good chunk of your customers paying via monthly subscription can smooth over unpredictable peaks and troughs in your revenue that can come from one-time purchases. It can also help an ecommerce business better predict what inventory they’ll need in order to fulfil orders. So it’s no wonder it’s become popular and, thanks to tools like Relo's subscripton converter, it’s easy for DTC businesses to get started with it. Let’s stick with Relo and see how they managed to help cereal brand Surreal grow their subscribers. First off, they plugged Relo into their Shopify to create a list of target customers who it predicted were likely to make the switch to monthly subscriptions. Next, it ported that list over to the brand’s Klaviyo account so it could send personalised SMS and email marketing to those customers. Surreal also do a great job of promoting the benefits of subscribing on their product pages. Inspired? Find out more in Relo’s Surreal case study. Making sure a current customer is getting value from the product they’ve bought can help turn them into a loyal advocate for your brand. Spend some time thinking about how you could show them just that. If you’re a beauty brand, for example, you could send an email after someone buys your eyeliner showing them how to perfect their winged eye flicks. Or, like houseplant brand Patch, you could take it a step further. They know that customers becoming confident in their plant parenting skills is key to repeat purchases. So they offer a free plant care video course you can take with an expert. Inspired! Working on loyalty marketing should be an important part of your overall ecommerce marketing strategy. After all, it’s in your interest for current customers to recommend your product to their friends. So why not incentivise them to do just that and build a loyal customer base? Here’s a great example of a customer loyalty program, courtesy of noodle company Omson. Their loyalty scheme works through acquiring points. Not only do you earn these through buying noodles, you also get extra points for following them on social media channels. Once you’ve saved up enough, you can get money off your next order! Building a bank of educational content that’s optimised for search engines helps people find your brand organically. Say you sell natural deodorant: you could write content that targets search terms like 'plastic free deodorant' and 'vegan deodorant'. This not only helps you move up the search rankings, but it cements your brand as an authority in your particular niche which can help inform your prospective customer's purchase decisions. So how do you launch a blog? A good place to start is to use search engine optimisation (SEO) tools like Ahrefs. Use the keywords explorer to find search terms within your niche. For example, when we search 'natural deodorant' we get lots of related keywords and an indication on the amount of organic traffic it could generate. We could then collect all these keywords together to start building a content marketing strategy. Over time, we'd hope to increase traffic to our site. 📈 A good example is AKT London who use their blog to create educational articles that are tailored for SEO. They have different types of content that cover topics like 'sodium bicarbonate in deodorant' and the 'disadvantages of roll-on deodorant'. This content can then be used across social channels, newsletters and repurposed for video marketing. We’ve shown you ecommerce marketing tactics to use across your marketing channels which you can use to grow your business. But these strategies are going to quickly come unstuck if you don’t have the right tools in place. Let’s face it: you’re going to need a lot of assets to run all your marketing channels and grow your ecommerce brand. So to have any success with the below strategies, you first need to collect your visuals together. Sure, you can store all of that on Google Drive or Dropbox. But when multiple teams and external partners need access to your images and videos, that’ll get messy fast. The smartest DTC brands, like Passenger Clothing and COAT Paints, use Dash instead. Dash is a digital asset management tool designed specifically for ecommerce brands. With it, you can: Here’s a sneak peek of what COAT Paint’s Dash looks like. To quickly get on top of your visual content and product photography right now, try Dash, our ecommerce DAM. Take it for a spin with a no-strings free trial. Barney is the Marketing Lead for Dash. He writes about small business marketing strategies and how DTC brands can boost sales. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/ecommerce-photographer-brief Title: How to brief a photographer for your online brand?Twitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Having fantastic product photography is vital for any ecommerce brand. Here's how to put together an ecommerce photography brief to achieve just that. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/ecommerce-photographer-brief ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: How to brief a photographer for your online brand? H3: What type of photographer do you need for your brand? H3: Where to find a photographer? H3: 11 things to include in your photography brief H3: What happens before the shoot? H3: What happens after the photoshoot? H3: Getting your images ready for your online channels H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: How to brief a photographer for your online brand? H3: What type of photographer do you need for your brand? H3: Where to find a photographer? H3: 11 things to include in your photography brief H4: 1. Your brand values and target audience H4: 2. Your products H4: 3. The channels your images will feature H4: 4. The type of photograph H4: 5. The ‘mood’ of the shoot H4: 6. Angles and aspect ratios H4: 7. Dates, location and schedule H4: 8. Props and backdrops H4: 9. Models and crew H4: 10. Examples from other photoshoots H4: 11. Budget, deadlines and feedback process H3: What happens before the shoot? H3: What happens after the photoshoot? H4: Photo editing H4: Giving feedback to your photographer H3: Getting your images ready for your online channels H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Your product images are the heart of your brand. They're the star of your online store and the bread and butter of any good ecommerce marketing campaign. Not only do they help your customers understand what you’re selling, but high-quality photos showcase the value of your products and can literally help you increase sales. Whether you're working with your team in-house or outsourcing to a professional photographer, you need a good brief. In this blog, we'll dive into what a good photography brief looks like and how it can help do your products justice. We include example product photography from ecommerce brands, and show you how Dash (that’s us) can help the process. You can also grab our free photography brief template. If you don't have a photographer yet, you might feel confused about what type of photographer you should pick. Should you work with a freelancer or an agency? Do you need a commercial photographer or someone more specialised like a food or fashion photographer? Here are some options: Freelance photographers A freelance photographer runs their own one-person business and often has lots of different clients they work with. Freelancers can either be generalists or specialists, with varying levels of experience. Every experienced photographer will have unique perspectives and this might be what you need to get a new spin on your product photography. But it also means you’ll need to make sure your photographer is fully briefed on your brand goals and the style you want to achieve in your images. A photography agency is a business that employs several photographers. Like freelancers, agencies often specialise in different types of photography, so you can choose one based on the type of industry you’re in. For example, Studio G specialises in product photography for small and growing ecommerce brands. Whereas Nusa Films works with a broader range of clients across different sectors like sports and fitness, pets and tech. Your agency might have its own brief that you can fill in before each project, but it's still worth getting clued up on what to expect. In-house photographers If you’ve got the budget, hiring a full-time photographer might be the way to go. Unlike freelancers and agencies, an in-house photographer will have the time and space to get to know your brand inside out. Whilst they’ll still require a good brief, they’ll have a better understanding of what each photoshoot needs to achieve and the briefing and feedback process will be quicker. Now you’ve got a better idea of the types of photographers and agencies, where should you find them? Here are some places to start looking: Once you’ve found a photographer, it's time to brief them. Many freelancers and agencies will have their own photography brief templates, but it's still worth knowing what the brief might contain. And, if you want to draft up your own, make sure to download our free photography brief template. {{photography-brief="/blog-components"}} Your brand is unique, and so are your expectations for the photoshoot. A photographer won’t fully understand your vision unless you communicate it. Is your brand personality edgy and rebellious? Or are you focused on sustainability and giving back to your community? You'll also need to tell your photographer who your target audience is. A brand selling lunch boxes to school-age kids is going to have a very different vibe from one selling lunch boxes to professional adventurers. Take a look at these two images from Smiggle and Yeti. It's instantly clear who their target audience is. This may sound obvious, but you need to be specific about what's in your shot list. In other words, which products do you want to capture? Your photographer might not know who you are or what you sell, so make sure you’re clear about what your product does. You could send them some samples beforehand so they get to feel, taste or wear your product in advance. Where are your finished photos going to feature? Perhaps you need images for your next Google ad campaign, or you’re looking to refresh your product pages. Maybe you’re hoping to produce images for multiple channels. Either way, make sure to include them in your brief. Most online channels have different image size requirements, so your photographer might need to change lenses or tweak the lighting to ensure the photos are appropriate for the channel. Take the hygiene brand, Wild, as an example. Here are two images that look like they were taken in the same shoot, but used for different channels. Knowing what channels you’re going to use will help you decide on the type of image you’re after. Perhaps you need a clear product photo shot against a white background—perfect for your product pages. Or maybe you need some more candid photos like lifestyle images that are ideal for promoting in online magazines. Defining this will also help you work out whether you need extra models and props. One of our customers, Haws, uses beautiful product shots on their website category pages. In this case, a plain background helps emphasise the quality and shine of their watering cans. What do you want people to ‘feel’ when they look at your images? Evoking emotion in your audience will encourage them to buy your products, so this needs to be reflected in your photography. Food photographer, Emma Dunham, suggests picking three words to sum up that feeling. For example, adjectives like ‘cosy’, ‘warm’ and ‘homely’ helped Emma turn this photo of unappetising Portuguese tarts, into something that makes your mouth water. 😋 💡If you’re a food and beverage brand, you’ll want to check out Emma’s full article on food photography tips that’ll actually help you sell more products. Make sure you or your photographer has thought about aspect ratios and angles. This is especially important if you're shooting variations of the same product, or products that have the same dimensions. You don't want one new flavour of your drink to be taken at a different angle than the next, for instance. That'll look odd when visitors are browsing your online store. For inspo, check out Misen who uses uninformed product shots in their category pages. Make sure to detail the angles you need in your brief. And if you’re unsure of what you’ll need, your photographer can offer guidance. Think about the date, location, time, and other shoot details. If the location is new to you and your photographer, consider pinning a sketch or photograph of the place so everyone can visualise what it looks like. If you're shooting outdoors, include an alternative solution in case the weather goes south. This jumper by The Ragged Priest was obviously shot on a sunny day. We’re hoping the brand had a Plan B in case the heavens opened. Are there any supporting props you’d like to include in your images? Is there a particular backdrop you want to frame your products against? This is the time to let your photographer know. Emma says: “Different props add a different feel to the image and help bring your products to life through context.” We love this example from perfume brand, DS & Durga, who use props to evoke a sense of danger and adventure in their latest product. We’ll let you decide whether you think the crocodile is real. 😹 Let your photographer know if there’ll be anybody modelling your product. This is especially relevant to fashion brands, as well as photoshoots capturing lifestyle shots. It’s also worth letting them know any key people from your team who'll be there to lend a hand. Giving your photographer a heads-up means they can factor this into their preparations. It can be hard to put into words the vision you have in your head. So provide your photographer with some images that you love from other brands. These could be examples from a previous campaign shoot or examples from other brands in your industry. You don't need to copy your competitors, this is just to show examples of styles that you really like. Equally, you could show photoshoots that you really don't like so your photographer knows what to avoid. ❌ Finally, make sure you include all the nitty gritty admin details. That’s things like your overall budget, deadlines, contact details and how you’d prefer to give feedback. You can also include information on how you’d like to receive the photos. Do you want them sent over in an email (not recommended!) or do you have a smoother system like a digital asset management tool (like Dash—that’s us 😇) that they can upload the final project to? There's a lot to remember in a photography brief, but don't worry if you don't have the answers to all these sections. Emma has some great advice if you're feeling a bit overwhelmed. She says: "A good photographer will guide you through all parts of the photoshoot briefing process. They'll ask you questions on all of the different areas and, usually, at least one Zoom meeting will occur before the shoot to go through your expectations and to make sure everyone is on the same page. I also put together a shoot list and send it to my clients— it details everything I'm going to be working on for each image and takes the guesswork out for everyone involved in the photo shoot." After your photographer has captured your gorgeous product photos, what happens next? You should scope out this part of the project with your photographer during the briefing stage so you’re all on the same page. Here are a couple of points to consider. After the photoshoot, your photographer will have loads of RAW files of your product photos. This is all the data captured in the camera before it’s compressed into digital files, ready for viewing on the web. Your photographer will compress them for you, but you’ll want to check whether they include any other types of edits as part of their contract. If this isn’t something they do, you might want to consider hiring an editor or asking your design team to get involved (if they're not already). Giving feedback is never easy—especially when working with a professional photographer. But if the finished images aren’t to your liking, it’s important to let them know so they can tweak them. It might be a case of adding filters or adjusting the composure so it's in your preferred style. In this instance, it's really easy to give feedback using Dash. Dash is a DAM tool for ecommerce brands. It’s the home for all your creative assets including image files, videos, brand guidelines, logos and more. As well as searching and deploying visual assets, you can use it to create approval workflows with your external partners. This is how it works: Finally, once you’re happy with your images and you’ve signed them off with your photographer, it’ll be time to get them ready for your channels. 🙌 As we’ve mentioned, Dash makes it really easy to search, organise and deploy images to your marketing channels. Here are a few things you’ll be able to do with your new product shots: And that’s not all. Read all of our digital asset management features to see how Dash could be the new home for all your visual assets. And, if you’re ready to try Dash, you can sign up free for 14 days, no strings attached. Amy Burchill is the SEO and Content Manager for Dash. She works with ecommerce experts to create articles for DTC brands wanting to improve their campaigns. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/ecommerce-platforms Title: The best ecommerce platforms for your DTC brandTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Hitting the limits of your ecommerce platform? Learn how to pick a better fit with this guide to the top platforms for fast-growing DTC brands. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/ecommerce-platforms ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: The best ecommerce platforms for your DTC brand H2: What is an ecommerce platform? H2: What are the two types of ecommerce platforms? H3: Hosted (cloud) ecommerce platforms H3: Self-hosted ecommerce platforms H2: What are the qualities of a good ecommerce platform? H2: The top 6 ecommerce platforms for your DTC brand H3: 1. Shopify: For ecommerce businesses looking for managed hosting H3: 2. Shopify Plus: For high-growth and enterprise-level ecommerce brands H3: 3. WooCommerce: For ecommerce businesses that use WordPress H3: 4. BigCommerce: For built-in multi-storefront management H3: 5. Adobe Commerce (Magento): for hybrid retail and wholesale brands H3: 6. OpenCart: for open-source ecommerce H2: What to consider when choosing an ecommerce platform H2: How to set up your ecommerce store quickly with Dash H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: The best ecommerce platforms for your DTC brand H2: What is an ecommerce platform? H2: What are the two types of ecommerce platforms? H3: Hosted (cloud) ecommerce platforms H3: Self-hosted ecommerce platforms H2: What are the qualities of a good ecommerce platform? H2: The top 6 ecommerce platforms for your DTC brand H3: 1. Shopify: For ecommerce businesses looking for managed hosting H3: 2. Shopify Plus: For high-growth and enterprise-level ecommerce brands H3: 3. WooCommerce: For ecommerce businesses that use WordPress H3: 4. BigCommerce: For built-in multi-storefront management H3: 5. Adobe Commerce (Magento): for hybrid retail and wholesale brands H3: 6. OpenCart: for open-source ecommerce H2: What to consider when choosing an ecommerce platform H2: How to set up your ecommerce store quickly with Dash H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content If you’re running a growing DTC brand, chances are your current ecommerce platform is starting to show its limits. Maybe your tech stack’s getting messy, you’re struggling with slow site speeds, or customising your storefront has turned into a headache. Whatever the case, you’re starting to wonder: is there a better platform out there for us? You’re not alone. As brands grow, they often hit a point where their existing setup needs a rethink. You want something that scales with you, supports your marketing goals, and doesn’t hold you back when it comes to launching campaigns or managing your product catalogue. So, how do you know if it's time to switch? And which platform will actually support your next stage of growth? In this guide, we’ll walk you through the key things to consider when evaluating your options and highlight a few ecommerce platforms that might be a better fit for where your brand is headed. An ecommerce platform is a tool (or suite of tools) that you can use to set up and manage an online shop. With it, you can: All these features make it easy to sell online and expand your business. Instead of being limited to people nearby, you can offer your products to anyone, anywhere — whether they’re across town or on the other side of the world. Choosing the best ecommerce platform can support your business growth and cater to diverse requirements. There are different types of ecommerce platforms out there, and the best one for you depends on how much control you want and how comfortable you are with tech. The two main types are: These are managed for you by a provider, and they come with everything you need to run an online store. Examples include Shopify, BigCommerce, and Wix. They're great if you want something simple and reliable. With these, you install the software yourself and manage your own website. Examples include WooCommerce, Magento, and OpenCart. These are better if you want more flexibility and have some technical knowledge (or access to a developer). Why you might choose this option: A good ecommerce platform provides a seamless experience for you and your customers. It’s easy to set up and manage and, at the same time, makes it super simple for people to find and buy items from your store. Here are the must-have ecommerce features that make that possible: 1. User-friendly storefront and customisation A great ecommerce platform should make shopping effortless. Customers should be able to browse, find products, and checkout without frustration. A cluttered or confusing storefront leads to lost sales. But it’s not just about customers. As a store owner, you should have the freedom to make your shop feel like yours. Sure, pre-made themes are great for getting started, but a solid ecommerce website builder should let you tweak layouts, colours, and features to match your brand. Take Shopify, for example. It comes with ready-to-use themes, but if you want to take things up a notch, you can customise your store (it just requires a bit of coding knowledge) That means you’re not stuck with a store that looks like everyone else’s — you can build something that truly represents your business. A good ecommerce platform offers different pricing tiers, so you can start small and scale up when you’re ready. Maybe you’re testing the waters with a handful of products and don’t need all the bells and whistles yet. Or maybe your business is booming, and you need advanced features like multi-store management, custom integrations, or priority support. The best ecommerce sites let you switch plans as your needs change. Open-source ecommerce platforms, like WooCommerce and OpenCart, take it a step further. WooCommerce, for example, has no pricing plans. Instead, you pay for a domain, hosting, themes and plugins, depending on your choice. This allows you to build a cost-effective store as a small business and scale things as your business grows. Your ecommerce platform shouldn’t operate in a vacuum. It needs to play nicely with the tools you’re already using, including your existing website. Whether it’s your CRM, email marketing platform, inventory management system, or shipping provider, integrations make it easier to connect everything and keep your operations running smoothly. But it goes beyond just the basics. The best ecommerce platforms offer API access or custom integrations so you can connect it to your own in-house tools. For example, instead of uploading product images manually, you connect your platform with Dash — and automatically drop product shots into your store’s backend. That way, you can set up and update your product catalogue faster. 4. Multiple payment and checkout options About 11% of shoppers will abandon their shopping cart if an ecommerce website doesn’t offer enough payment options. Let’s do the math. Say your store gets 50 shoppers a day; that means about seven of them will drop off because they cannot pay. In a year, you could lose 84 customers — that’s a tangible loss for something that’s well within your control. That’s why you need an ecommerce platform that supports multiple payment options and bonus points if it lets people pay in their local currencies. At the very least, customers should be able to pay using their credit and debit cards, bank transfers, and even Buy Now, Pay Later options. 5. Search engine optimisation (SEO) Your store might be the best thing since sliced bread. But that won’t matter much if people cannot find it online. Search engine optimisation features ensure that when people search for your store or items you sell, you show up in the search results. In other words, SEO connects you with potential customers. When it comes to ecommerce SEO, there are tons of features out there, but some are absolute must-haves. You’ll want control over your URLs, meta descriptions, and title tags so you can optimise product and category pages for search engines. Alt text for images is another big one, as it helps search engines understand what’s in your product photos, which can boost your visibility in image searches. A strong platform should also have blogging capabilities. Regular blog content can drive organic traffic by helping you rank for more keywords beyond your product listings. And let’s not forget site speed and mobile-friendliness — both are key ranking factors, and a sluggish or clunky mobile experience will hurt your chances of showing up in search results. Shopping for a new ecommerce platform? Here are the top five choices to consider depending on your business needs. Customers: Forthglade and La RosĂ©e If you want to avoid the hassle of complicated store setups and endless plugin choices, Shopify might be the perfect ecommerce platform for your business. It offers managed hosting, so you don’t need to worry about buying domains or renewing hosting each year. Simply subscribe to your preferred Shopify plan and start building your storefront using one of the ready-made design templates. You can drop product images into your Shopify catalogue using Dash, connect the apps for receiving payments, and complete other setups to help you sell online effectively. Sure, it still requires some work, but it’s far simpler than building everything from scratch. Shopify is a great choice if you’re: Review: What Shopify customers are saying “The best part about using Shopify is that I don't have to rely on software developers to make changes to my website. Most changes can be implemented easily with little research and videos from Shopify. It's super easy to use even for a non-technical person like me. It's easy to integrate payment gateways using Shopify Payments. I am a small business owner, so I use it frequently.” — G2 Review Shopify offers three main pricing plans, starting at $39 per month. Each plan gives you access to an online store, abandoned cart recovery, and support for multiple sales channels like Instagram, Facebook, and Amazon. As your business grows, you might find standard Shopify plans a little limiting. That’s where Shopify Plus comes in — a premium solution built for scale and packed with advanced features designed for fast-growing brands and enterprise teams. Standout features include: Shopify Plus is ideal if you’re: Shopify Plus starts at around $2,300 per month, with a three-year commitment. Pricing is tailored depending on your sales volume and specific business requirements, and includes access to advanced features and priority support. Review: What Shopify Plus customers are saying “Switching to Shopify Plus has been one of the best decisions for our business. As we grew, we needed a platform that could keep up with our increasing demands, and Shopify Plus has exceeded our expectations. The scalability of the platform has allowed us to handle high volumes of traffic, especially during peak sales periods, without any hiccups. The advanced customization options have been invaluable, enabling us to create a unique shopping experience that resonates with our brand and customers.” — G2 Review Shopify offers three pricing plans, starting at $39 per month. For larger businesses, Shopify Plus starts at around $2,300 per month (with a three-year commitment) and includes advanced features, customisation options, and priority support. Want to dive deeper? Check out our detailed Shopify vs Shopify Plus comparison. Customers: Universal Yums and Brodo WooCommerce isn’t your typical ecommerce platform — like Shopify or BigCommerce (which I’ll talk about in a bit). Instead, it’s an ecommerce plugin you can install on your WordPress website to convert it into an online store for free. After that, you'll be able to add any features you want using plugins and extensions. For example, you can add your preferred payment processors, product bundling apps, or even subscriptions. This gives you the freedom to set up your store as you want, but also takes up a lot of time — both for the initial setup and ongoing maintenance. In terms of features, WooCommerce offers: Overall, WooCommerce’s biggest advantage is cost-effective scalability. You can scale your store up or down without moving from one pricing tier to another — as is the case with Shopify. Check out my WooCommerce vs Shopify article if you’d like to learn more about how these platforms differ. When to choose WooCommerce for your ecommerce business WooCommerce might be the right ecommerce platform for your business if: WooCommerce is free (kind of). While there are no monthly subscription fees, you’ll still need to pay for hosting and your domain, which cost around $120 and $15 per year, respectively. Many WooCommerce themes and plugins also charge monthly or annual usage fees. Review: What WooCommerce customers are saying “Woocommerce is easy to integrate, easy to use, and simple to learn. Is such a great service to help keep track of products on your storefront and to manage your sales. The best part is it's a breeze to upload your product catalogs. No matter where you need to integrate Woocommerce there's a good chance it is available and easily integratable. Facebook, WordPress,Mailchimp and Salesforce are just a few that all work seamlessly with Woo.” — G2 Review. Customers: Ollie and Bulk Nutrients Are you running an online business and selling to customers in different locations? BigCommerce might just be the ecommerce platform for you. It lets you create local shopping experiences for everywhere you sell. Customers can see prices and pay for items using their local currency. They can also browse through your store in their preferred language. Beyond that, BigCommerce also offers features like: BigCommerce is a great option if you need more flexibility than most out-of-the-box platforms offer. It’s ideal for brands managing multiple storefronts, lots of product types, or different customer groups. While Shopify and Shopify Plus can also handle growth, BigCommerce gives you more built-in features from the start — like multi-storefront management and B2B tools. If your store setup is a bit more complex and you want extra control without relying on lots of third-party apps, BigCommerce could be a better fit. When to use BigCommerce for your online store BigCommerce works best if: Review: What BigCommerce customers are saying “Ease of use, ever expanding app marketplace. If there's something you want to do that BigCommerce doesn't do out of the box, there is probably an app that does it. Customer support is absolutely top notch. Always friendly and very knowledgeable. Implementation was handled by our developer but it has been a breeze to use ever since” — G2 Review. BigCommerce has three pricing plans for growing ecommerce businesses — starting at $39 per month. There's also an Enterprise package for larger stores, but you'll have to contact them for a custom quote based on your needs. Customers: Barilla and Lexmark Formerly known as Magento, Adobe Commerce is an ecommerce platform designed for enterprise businesses. As one of the leading ecommerce website builders, it allows you to sell to customers in different locations through multiple storefronts. What sets it apart is its ability to integrate wholesale and retail commerce into one platform. For example, you can set up purchase approval workflows to enforce spending limits for wholesale shoppers, so they stay within budget. On the retail side, you can personalise the shopping experience with features like custom checkouts and unique product recommendations. Other Adobe Commerce features include: When to use Adobe Commerce for your online store Adobe Commerce is a great choice if: Review: What Adobe Commerce customers are saying Adobe Commerce pricing Adobe isn't upfront about its pricing, so you'll have to contact them for a quote. However, the website shows that they offer separate pricing tiers for Adobe Commerce Pro and Managed Services. Customers: PetShop18 and Bizarre Food OpenCart is a WooCommerce alternative for ecommerce stores that are not built on WordPress, and it stands out among website builders for its flexibility and customization options. It’s free and open-source, giving you 100% control and ownership over your store’s setup, design, and functionality. However, like WooCommerce, you’ll have to cover the costs of hosting and maintaining your online store’s technical aspects. There are also paid themes and extensions that help you customise your store further. With OpenCart, you’ll get features like: When to use OpenCart for your ecommerce store Think of OpenCart as WooCommerce’s no-frills cousin — simpler, straightforward, and perfect if you want to get up and running fast. It’s a great pick for businesses that: Review: What OpenCart customers are saying As I mentioned earlier, OpenCart is completely free to use, but there are still some costs to consider. You'll need to pay for deployment, hosting, and maintenance. Plus, if you want to customise your store with premium plugins and extensions, those will cost extra. The features you prioritise depend on your business needs. If you want maximum control over how your store looks and functions, go for a platform that gives you full design freedom and flexibility. Self-hosted platforms like WooCommerce or OpenCart are ideal here. They let you customise every part of your store, from layout to checkout — perfect if you have development resources or want to build something truly bespoke. If your business is more complex — maybe you’re running multiple storefronts or serving both retail and wholesale customers — you’ll want a platform that can handle advanced operations out of the box. BigCommerce is a great fit, offering native multi-storefront management, B2B features, and strong multi-currency support without relying heavily on plugins. Here are some questions to ask yourself while looking for an ecommerce platform. Whether you choose Shopify, BigCommerce, or some other platform on our list, you’ll be able to get images into your store with Dash when the time comes. As an ecommerce digital asset management system, Dash helps you organise and store all your visual assets so you can find and use them whenever you need them. Take Forthglade, one of our clients, for example. They were moving from Shopify to Shopify Plus and needed to organise their images. Rather than wasting hours sifting through disorganised folders, they organised all their visual content in Dash. With our Shopify integration, they could access and drop product shots right into different categories for their new store. This process saved a lot of time and helped them complete the migration in only 18 weeks. Even if you’re not using Shopify, organising your images and videos in Dash will save you so much time and hassle — no matter what platform you choose. Dash makes it easy to get everything in order, so your store can be up and running quickly. Ready to skip the migration headaches? Try Dash for free for 14 days. Faith Uzuegbu is a content marketer and freelance writer for B2B SaaS and tech companies like ClassPass, PlayPlay, and Thinkific. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/ecommerce-statistics Title: Essential ecommerce statistics to get you ahead in 2025Twitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Looking to get ahead of the ecommerce game in 2024? Check out these essential ecommerce statisitcs to brush up on your DTC industry knowledge. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/ecommerce-statistics ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Essential ecommerce statistics to get you ahead in 2025 H3: Ecommerce statistics: key takeaways H3: General ecommerce industry statistics H3: Statistics on ecommerce businesses H3: Online shoppers: trends and behaviours H3: Mobile shopping (mcommerce) statistics H3: Statistics on ecommerce conversions H3: Ecommerce marketing statistics H3: How to get ahead of the ecommerce game in 2024 H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Essential ecommerce statistics to get you ahead in 2025 H3: Ecommerce statistics: key takeaways H3: General ecommerce industry statistics H4: Global ecommerce market statistics H4: Ecommerce sector statistics H3: Statistics on ecommerce businesses H4: Which ecommerce stores are growing the fastest? H3: Online shoppers: trends and behaviours H3: Mobile shopping (mcommerce) statistics H3: Statistics on ecommerce conversions H4: What drives an online purchase? H4: What results in shopping cart abandonment? H3: Ecommerce marketing statistics H4: The importance of visual content for ecommerce brands H4: Statistics on ecommerce websites H4: Social commerce statistics H4: Ecommerce statistics on retention and customer loyalty H3: How to get ahead of the ecommerce game in 2024 H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content When you’re working in ecommerce no day is the same. It’s one of the fastest-growing and constantly-changing industries out there. That means keeping on top of the trends is tricky. To make things easier for you, we’ve scoured the web to bring you the key ecommerce statistics and trends for 2025. Keep reading for the most important ecommerce statistics on online shopping habits, ecommerce marketing performance, and more for 2025. Let’s get started. This is a big ol’ article. Here’s a TLDR of all the ecommerce statistics covered if you just want a quick snapshot of the state of the industry in 2025. Let's start with the industry as a whole with a closer look at ecommerce statistics on global sales and markets. The ecommerce market is expected to be worth $6.9 trillion by the end of 2025 Hold on to your hats, I'm about to hit you with a staggering ecommerce statistic. By the end of 2025, global ecommerce sales is set to generate a whopping $6.9 trillion. To put that in perspective, if online purchases were a country it'd have the third-highest GDP of anywhere in the world, second only to China and the USA. Source: Statista, 2025 2025 will see ecommerce sales grow by 8.6% The growth rate of the industry is stabilising after the global lockdown boom. But it’s still a growing industry, with global ecommerce sales currently projected to grow by 8.6% by the end of 2025. That’s only slightly down from last year’s growth of 9%. Source: Statista, 2025 2024 retail sales were dominated by China and the United States China’s online retail industry is a global power-house and home to online retailer behemoth Alibaba. So it’s no surprise the country took top spot in 2024, with annual retail sales reaching $3.19 trillion. The second biggest market for online sales is the United States, which saw $1.22 billion of online sales last year. It’s the home of many best-in-field DTC brands, as well as Alibaba rivals Amazon and eBay. Here’s the 10 world’s biggest retail markets in 2024: Source: SellersCommerce, 2025 Argentina was the fastest-growing ecommerce market in 2024 Argentina was the fastest-growing ecommerce market in 2024, overtaking the Philippines who came out on top in 2023. Argentina’s forecasted growth was a whopping 29% year-on-year. According to Whistl, this growth has been partly driven by the increased availability of mobile connectivity and 4G across South America making it easier to shop online than ever before. These are the top 5 ecommerce markets by how much they grew in 2024: Source: Straits Research, 2025 Fashion was the highest-grossing ecommerce sector Out of all ecommerce sectors, fashion had the biggest market share at the end of 2024 with a staggering $771 billion estimated online spend. Here’s a breakdown of all ecommerce sectors by their estimated revenue. Source: Data Report, 2025 Food was the fastest-growing ecommerce sector But that’s not the whole story. Although still the largest sector, fashion dropped by $100 billion in terms of revenue on where it was last year. Food is the fastest-growing of all the sectors listed above in terms of retail ecommerce sales, rocketing from its position in 6th place just a few years ago to closing out 2024 in second place. Source: Data Report, 2025 The luxury sector had the highest average order value It’s no surprise that the luxury and jewellery industry was the ecommerce sector with the highest average order value (AOV) in 2024, coming in at $436. Here’s how all the sectors ranked for AOV: But what about the businesses who make up the ecommerce industry? There are 30.7 million ecommerce websites in existence At the end of 2024, there were 30.7 million online stores live around the globe. This grew by 14% from 2023 and it doesn’t look like the growth rate will be slowing down anytime soon. 30.7 million is a huge number. To put it in perspective, if every ecommerce site was a person together they’d outnumber the total population of Australia. Source: Statista, 2025 WooCommerce is the most popular ecommerce platform According to Builtwith, WooCommerce is the most popular ecommerce platform, with 6.2 million live online stores built using the tool. While Shopify is catching up to this figure, it still comfortably beats Shopify’s 4.8 million live ecommerce sites. This is how some of the most popular ecommerce tools rank in terms of the number of websites using them: Source: Builtwith, 2025 Want more tools? Check out our free marketing apps database for the best tools to help grow your brand. ‍{{marketing-db="/blog-components"}} The fastest-growing DTC businesses in 2024 were across a variety of sectors A definitive list of the fastest-growing DTC companies is hard to come by, but here’s some notable ecommerce brands that showed impressive signs of growth in 2024. Source: Various (Vogue Business, Divisia, Exploding Topics) Ecommerce businesses increased investment in AI in 2024 Businesses across all industries are starting to adopt AI, and ecommerce is no exception. In 2024, 41% of online retailers said they aimed to increase efficiencies and improve their management of the workforce with AI. Source: Deloitte, 2024 Consumer behaviour is always shifting. Here’s some top-level online shopping and consumer trends to know in 2025. 2.54 billion people purchased goods online About 25% of the entire global population bought consumer goods online last year. That figure represents an increase of 8.5% on 2023’s figure. Source: Data Report, 2025 Online spending grew by 15% in 2024 Online retail sales growth has been relatively stagnant these past few years, growing just 0.8% from 2022 to 2023. Last year that changed, however, with online ecommerce spend growing 15% as more internet users went to shop online. Source: Data Report, 2025 17.3% of consumer goods sales happened online in 2024 Of all of the consumer goods sales that took place globally in 2024, 17.3% were ecommerce. This is the highest percentage it’s been since the height of the pandemic in 2021, representing an 8.3% growth from 2023. Source: Data Report, 2025 The average US consumer spends more online than anywhere else in the world The USA leads the world in terms of the average revenue per online shopper, with $4,470 retail sales generated per online shopper. Let’s take a look at the global picture. These are the countries with the highest spend per online shopper in 2024. Almost all of them are in Western Europe or North America, with South Korea being the only exception: Source: Data Report, 2025 The average order value globally is $140 Average order value (AOV) is a key ecommerce metric that’s just as important as your conversion rate. It calculates the average amount each individual checkout on your online store is worth. When factoring in all online checkouts in 2024, the AOV globally came to $140. Internet users are increasingly turning to their mobile to shop online. Therefore, creating an effective mobile user experience should be a priority for ecommerce brands if you're serious about driving online purchases. Here's why you should take mobile commerce seriously: 51.4% of online purchases happened on a mobile device This stat alone should prompt you to look at your site’s mobile experience. 2024 was the first time where the majority of ecommerce retail sales took place on a mobile device, rather than a desktop. That’s a 5.1% increase from the previous year. Brands should make sure their websites are on point to take advantage of this growing trend toward mobile commerce sales. Source: Data Report, 2025 India leads the world with mobile commerce sales In 2024, a massive 81.4% of all ecommerce sales in India took place through a mobile device. This is the highest percentage of anywhere in the world by quite a margin. Here's the leaderboard of countries with the highest percentage of mobile ecommerce purchases, compared to desktop: The USA’s ecommerce mobile to desktop purchase ratio is 55.4%, just a few percentage points over the global average. Of the countries surveyed, Argentina came up in last place with only 17.1% of goods bought through a mobile device. Source: Data Report, 2025 You can't grow your DTC brand without knowing what turns a site visitor into a loyal customer. Free delivery is the most convincing purchase driver The top conversion incentive, by a considerable margin, is free shipping. 52.6% said free delivery would encourage them to complete a purchase. These are the top 5 purchase drivers in 2025 when consumers shop online: Source: Data Report, 2025 Consumers spend more with free shipping And what’s more, Shopify found this year that digital buyers will spend more on your products if they don’t have to pay for shipping. Here’s what they found: Source: Shopify's Commerce Trends, 2023 Cart abandonment rate stands at 70% in 2024 The reality of the average cart abandonment rate is a depressing statistic for ecommerce brands. It’s a bitter pill to swallow that more than 70% of carts get abandoned before a customer pays for their purchase. But if you know what’s driving shoppers to give up mid-checkout, you can fix it. Keep reading. Source: Baymard Institute, 2024 Extra costs are the main reason for abandoned carts Just as free shipping can encourage a purchase, extra shipping costs can discourage it. Baymard surveyed more than 1,000 US adult online shoppers on their buying experience. They found that extra costs caused 48% of abandoned carts, by far the leading blocker to an online shopper completing their checkout. Here are the top 5 reasons online shoppers gave for abandoning their carts: Source: Baymard Institute, 2024 Recoverable abandoned carts are valued at an $260 billion a year Of all the potential ecommerce revenue abandoned carts represent, a whopping $260 billion a year could be recovered by companies if they focused on better checkouts. If there was ever a reason to optimise your site for customer experience and add a free shipping option, this is it! Source: Baymard Institute, 2025 What marketing methods should you invest in this year to grow your online business? Use the following statistics to inform your ecommerce marketing strategy for 2025. We’ll start here. Visual content is everything for a successful ecommerce brand. We’re talking video content, product photography, user-generated content (UGC), social ads. It can't be stressed enough how important high-quality imagery is. High-quality product photography is a major purchase driver When you're online shopping, you want to know what you're buying. How do you convince a would-be online shopper to part with hard-earned cash for a product that's not right in front of them? Having great product photography is key. Product photos are very influential in the buying decisions of 90% of online shopping journeys. Looking for inspiration? Here’s how to take great product photographs yourself. Product photography can boost ecommerce conversion rates In a case study with Shopify, eyewear brand Peepers found that reshooting their product photography to be more vibrant and eye-catching contributed to an online purchase conversion rate uptick of 30%! Source: Shopify, 2025 It’s worthwhile investing in 3D 360 product creative Online shoppers can’t physically pick up and examine a product they want to buy. Help them take that leap of faith by investing in 3D, 360-degree product creative. Especially when you’re selling more expensive items like furniture, this is a great way to bring your product to life and have consumers get a feel for what they’re buying. When online golfing store Golfsmith rolled out 3D creative to some of their products, they found they converted at a 30% higher rate than product pages without them! 📱 Don't settle for content chaos 📱 Creating more visual content doesn't have to equal chaos. If you're fed up with losing your files (and time) in a maze of Drive or Dropbox folders, there's a better way. Dash can be the new home for your visual content. It's used by ambitious ecommerce brands like COAT Paints and RJ Living to search for their content, share it with whoever they like, and get it ready for campaigns - fast. Setting up a free trial takes a few seconds, so what're you waiting for? Okay, that’s the end of my sales pitch. Let’s get back to those stats. Search engines are the top brand discovery channel 33% of shoppers ranked search engines as the top way they discovered new brands in 2024. Here’s the highest-performing channels, ranked by the percentage of internet users who said they used the channel for brand discovery: The bottom line? Invest in your SEO strategy, folks. Source: Data Report, 2025 Gen Z are more likely to find your brand via social media ads But the above statistics change when you break it down by age group. So if your brand’s target demographic is aged 16-34, here’s the top 3 brand discovery channels: Source: Data Report, 2025 Of all potential online interactions, shoppers are most likely to visit your site A website is the backbone of most ecommerce businesses. Of all the potential ways internet users interact with brands online, they're most likely to visit your website. 45% of internet users visited a brand website each month in 2024. So don’t neglect your site. It’s a key part in creating online shopping experiences which convert. Make sure it runs smoothly on mobile devices, you’re using compelling product imagery and the site has been optimised for conversions. Check out our tips for how to get more sales through your Shopify, if you want some inspiration! Source: Data Report, 2025 Social media platforms and ecommerce are becoming increasingly integrated - think TikTok Shop and Facebook Marketplace. 2024 will see that trend rise exponentially. If you’re not using your social media platform to drive sales yet, this year’s the time to do so. 30% of people first hear of a new brand through social media ads Social ads aren’t just about driving sales. Ecommerce businesses should use social media ads to first drive awareness, too. 30% stated social media ads were how they heard about a new brand. Bear this in mind when creating your cold advertising campaigns for potential customers. If you want to improve your social ads, take a peek at our articles on Instagram Ads and Facebook Ads for ecommerce brands. Both are packed full of ad inspiration from best-in-class DTC brands. Source: Data Report, 2025 49% of TikTok users say its influential when considering a purchase This should make those still on the fence about TikTok for ecommerce think twice. Almost half of apps of the popular short-form video platform cite it as an important factor in deciding to make a purchase. Source: Ecommerce Platforms, 2023 Gen Z are most likely to turn to social media sites for brand research 16-24 year-olds are the only generation more likely to turn to a social platform than a search engine to research your brand. If you’re going after Gen Z, you better make sure it’s easy for them to find product information through your social feed. Source: Data Report, 2025 Brands should have a strategy in place for creating personalised experiences and brand loyalty. Here’s why: You’re more likely to sell to an existing customer than acquiring a new one The probability of an ecommerce brand selling to an existing customer is 60-70%. Now compare that to the probability of selling to a new customer, which hovers around 5-20%. Setting up a retention email campaign is a great way to start taking advantage of this. Loyalty increases a customers worth by 22 times According to Shopify’s latest 2023 trends report, loyal online customers are worth 22 times more to your business than new or fair-weather customers. 40% of shoppers will pay more for products from a trusted brand Customers who are loyal to your brand put their money where their mouth is. Almost half of them will still spend money with you, even if there are cheaper alternatives offered by brands they don’t trust yet. Source: All statistics in this loyalty and retention section taken from Shopify's Commerce Trends, 2023 Now you've got the latest ecommerce statistics, check out our Ecommerce Marketing 101 podcast - we interview marketers from industry-leading DTC brands like Lick Paints and MOJU on how they’ve boosted conversion rates and grown their business. So what should you be getting going with in 2025? A word to the wise: start with your visual content. Think about it. All of these 2025 strategies we’ve covered are nothing without a lot of high-performing images and videos which perfectly tap into your audience. If you’re one of the many ecommerce brands still using Google Drive, SharePoint or Dropbox to manage your visuals, you’re going to run into difficulties quickly. You need a tool to organise, share and send your visuals - like Dash. Here’s how leading DTC brands are using Dash to meet their business goals: đŸ’‡â€â™€ïž Haircare brand RevAir saves 20 hours a month with Dash đŸ» Beavertown use Dash to transform their creative process 🎹 COAT Paints launch their new product campaigns faster with Dash Ready to see what all the fuss is about? Set up your no-strings free trial in seconds. Barney is the Marketing Lead for Dash. He writes about small business marketing strategies and how DTC brands can boost sales. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/ecommerce-tarrifs Title: How ecommerce brands are navigating 2025’s trade turbulenceTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: How are US tariffs shaking up ecommerce in 2025? Discover insights from Vervaunt, Quickfire, and Dash’s co-founder on how brands are adapting—from supply chain strategy to pricing, content reuse, and preparing for agentic commerce. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/ecommerce-tarrifs ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: How ecommerce brands are navigating 2025’s trade turbulence H2: How tariffs are affecting ecommerce brands H2: 5 ways brands can respond to the tariff rollercoaster H3: Diversifying supply chains H3: Targeted pricing changes H3: Planning for different scenarios H3: Make your content work harder H3: Equip your stockists to sell more H3: Leaning in on technology H3: Preparing for more than just tariffs H2: Where do brands go from here? (2025 and beyond) H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: How ecommerce brands are navigating 2025’s trade turbulence H2: How tariffs are affecting ecommerce brands H2: 5 ways brands can respond to the tariff rollercoaster H3: Diversifying supply chains H3: Targeted pricing changes H3: Planning for different scenarios H3: Make your content work harder H3: Equip your stockists to sell more H3: Leaning in on technology H3: Preparing for more than just tariffs H2: Where do brands go from here? (2025 and beyond) H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content If you’re in ecommerce, you’ve probably felt the chaos of the US tariff shake-up over the past few months. Between rising costs, supply chain headaches, and growing uncertainty, brands are feeling the pressure. It’s forcing businesses to rethink how they operate. We spoke to three experts in the ecommerce industry to understand how brands can navigate the shifting landscape. First up, Vervaunt—an ecommerce consultancy and marketing agency helping brands scale through growth-focused campaigns. Then we’ll hear from Quickfire, a Shopify Plus agency known for building high-impact websites for fast-moving ecommerce teams. And finally, our co-founder Martin, who has practical advice for brands navigating uncertain times. 91% of brand leaders say tariffs are one of the biggest threats they’ll face in the next 6 to 12 months. And as Barrett, Vervaunt’s Technical eCommerce Consultant, told us: “With new ‘reciprocal’ tariffs being paused, reintroduced, and layered on top of a 10% blanket levy—plus rising tensions with China—the international trade playbook is changing fast.” But what does that actually mean for ecommerce brands? Tariffs have always squeezed margins—but in 2025, the bigger issue might be the uncertainty. “The biggest impact of tariffs isn’t just the cost increase,” says Nathan, co-founder at Quickfire Digital. “It’s the uncertainty and damage to consumer confidence.” That uncertainty has already had real-world consequences. In February, the U.S. Postal Service paused shipments from China and Hong Kong—catching thousands of ecommerce brands off guard. One day it’s business as usual; the next, your entire supply chain is on pause. And when things become that unpredictable, brands get cautious. Projects are delayed, investments are put on hold and everyone's waiting to see what happens next. But Barrett told us that a wait-and-see mindset can be just as risky. “Brands can no longer rely on universal trade rules. The operational reality can shift overnight.” And not every industry is feeling the impact in the same way. In the beauty sector, strict formulation and testing rules make switching suppliers a slow and complex process. In fashion, seasonal timelines mean brands can’t pivot sourcing plans quickly without missing entire product cycles. Quickfire’s also seeing challenges in automotive: “The automotive industry has been among the hardest hit,” Nathan explains. “New U.S. tariffs—even on some USMCA-compliant imports—are pushing manufacturers to bring more operations back to the U.S. And in fast fashion, companies like Shein are under pressure not just from tariffs, but also from growing ethical scrutiny and consumer backlash. For those relying on ultra-low-cost manufacturing, the playbook is wearing thin—and getting riskier by the day.” So, what can brands actually do to protect themselves? Let’s break it down in the next section. The current landscape for ecommerce is unpredictable, but as Nathan at Quickfire told us: “The brands that thrive don’t sit in crisis mode - they adapt.” 🙌 With that in mind, here are five actionable steps you can take to stay ahead of whatever comes next. Both Vervaunt and Quickfire are seeing brands actively pursue alternative sourcing strategies. Nearshoring—which is the process of moving manufacturing or suppliers closer to the brand’s home market—is becoming more common, with Mexico and the U.S. emerging as popular options. This shift is happening despite the high upfront costs and longer lead times. “It can take 12 to 18 months to realign a supply chain,” says Barrett. “Delaying these decisions risks future stockouts, uncompetitive pricing, or market exclusion.” Some clients are exploring bonded warehouses and foreign trade zones (FTZs) to retain more flexibility. Others are rethinking manufacturing entirely—especially in sectors like automotive and fashion, where compliance and seasonality add pressure. Rather than apply across-the-board surcharges, many brands are tweaking prices SKU-by-SKU. Beauty and fashion labels, in particular, are selectively raising prices on ‘hero products’ and new launches while holding entry-level products steady to protect perceived value. “This kind of surgical pricing protects conversion,” explains Barrett, “and reduces the cost of repricing entire catalogs.” Scenario planning is now a core competency. Brands are developing operational playbooks to simulate different tariff levels—10%, 20%, 25%—and explore how each would impact sourcing, pricing, and customer communication. Communication matters just as much. Authentic, empathetic messaging—focused on what’s known, what’s unknown, and what steps the brand is taking—builds trust without veering into political commentary. “This kind of transparency builds loyalty,” says Barrett. “Especially when customers can see you’re doing your best in a tough environment.” When budgets are tight and hiring’s on pause, the smartest brands aren’t doing more—they’re doing better with what they’ve already got. We’re seeing Dash customers take a close look at how they manage and reuse content. Instead of commissioning new shoots for every campaign, they’re digging into their existing libraries, surfacing high-performing assets, and putting them to work across channels. It’s saving money and time—especially for stretched marketing teams trying to do more with less. “Save time so your existing team can do more,” says Martin, Dash’s co-founder. “And cut down on the cost of content creation by reusing visuals you already have.” With the right tools in place, brands can keep momentum going—even when resourcing is a challenge. Your retail partners play a big role in how your products perform—especially when tariffs cause unexpected price shifts or delays. But if they don’t have the right content to hand, even your best products can sit unsold. Martin says the brands getting this right are making sure their stockists and resellers have instant access to everything they need. That includes up-to-date product shots, lifestyle imagery, campaign assets and usage rights. He says: “Build better relationships with stockists and ensure they have everything they need to sell more of your products. When your partners are confident, consistent, and well-equipped, everyone wins
 even when the market gets messy!” Tech is playing a big role in helping brands handle the tariff chaos. Shopify rolled out a bunch of new features in early 2025, including AI-powered tariff estimates, prepaid shipping labels, and delivery duty-paid options. This makes it easier for merchants to manage duties and avoid surprises at checkout. Quickfire shared a smart example too. Nathan told us: “We have revised a client’s checkout to invite customers to purchase their EU and non-EU items (for shipping to America) separately. This UX change avoided entire orders getting hit with the same China tariff rate.” What’s more, Vervaunt explains how there are tools that automatically classify products using HS codes. This helps brands avoid costly misclassifications or overpaying on duties by mistake. While the current crisis is tariffs, the bigger shakeup might still be on the horizon. Quickfire predicts that Agentic commerce is the next big shift in ecommerce. Agentic commerce is where AI agents shop on behalf of customers. Instead of users manually searching and buying, AI systems will make decisions, compare options, and even complete purchases based on a customer’s preferences. Nathan says: “Agentic commerce is coming quicker than we realise—and it’s going to shake things up in a big way.” For consumers, this will likely lead to less impulse-driven shopping and more logic-led decisions. For brands, it means they need to be on top of product data, pricing transparency, and operational efficiency. There’s no doubt the current trade environment has thrown a curveball at ecommerce brands. Tariffs are unpredictable, consumer confidence is shaky, and the old playbook for growth is starting to show its cracks. But as we’ve heard from Vervaunt, Quickfire, and Dash’s own team—it’s not about having all the answers. It’s about building the ability to adapt when things shift. Whether you’re rethinking your supply chain, adjusting pricing strategies, or just trying to do more with fewer resources, one thing is clear: the brands that stay curious, stay agile, and take action early will be the ones that come out stronger. If you want to learn more from our experts, here are some links: Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/ecommerce-trends-2023 Title: What can ecommerce brands expect in 2023?Twitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: It’s an exciting time to be in ecommerce. These insights and predictions from 10 ecommerce experts should set you on the path to success in 2023. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/ecommerce-trends-2023 ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: What can ecommerce brands expect in 2023? H3: Key ecommerce trends and predictions for 2023: TLDR H3: 10 experts and their predictions for ecommerce in 2023 H2: Recommendations for ecommerce brands in 2023 H3: Have your visual content work twice as hard H3: Focus on customer loyalty and retention H3: Streamline your payment and order systems H3: Look for new areas to grow H3: Get your ecommerce business ready for 2023 H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: What can ecommerce brands expect in 2023? H3: Key ecommerce trends and predictions for 2023: TLDR H3: 10 experts and their predictions for ecommerce in 2023 H4: Daphne Tideman on customer loyalty and retention H4: OIiver Rhodes on brand storytelling H4: Abraham Wolke on community H4: Martin Wilson on the importance of visual content H4: Jesse Wragg on expanding marketplaces H4: Nathan Lomax on sustainability H4: Shaun Brandt on brand-first CRO H4: Eric Dyck on focusing on creative content H4: Elliot Scott on AI and hyper-personalisation H4: Mark Elward on helping consumers spread costs H2: Recommendations for ecommerce brands in 2023 H3: Have your visual content work twice as hard H3: Focus on customer loyalty and retention H3: Streamline your payment and order systems H3: Look for new areas to grow H3: Get your ecommerce business ready for 2023 H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content It’s an exciting time to be in ecommerce. The industry is worth $5.5 trillion globally and there are increasing opportunities to find and engage with new audiences. But there's no denying it, 2023 looks set to pose challenges for ambitious DTC brands looking to grow. So if you own or work for an ecommerce business, it's time to get ready for what the year has to bring. To help you out, we’ve interviewed 10 experts to get their thoughts and predictions on ecommerce trends for the year ahead. We’ll look at key themes and actionable tips to help you succeed in 2023. Let’s get into it. 👇 Here's a summary of the trends our experts predict for the ecommerce industry. ✹ Ready to delve in further? We’ve assembled a selection of ecommerce experts from across the industry, each with their own unique specialisms - from DTC user-generated content to building tech stacks for ecomm brands. Here's their insights and predictions into what lies ahead for 2023. Daphne started out as the 1st employee for RockBoost, a growth hacking agency. She’s worked brand-side where she helped braincare startup Heights 10x their subscriber base in 18 months. Now Daphne helps the best eco-friendly & wellness D2C startups grow faster. In the last few years, we’ve seen a considerable slowdown in new marketing channels and increasing competition. The growth of Amazon also means a good ecommerce experience is no longer enough. So we have rising acquisition costs, making it harder to sway customers to buy with us. Plus, a current economic crisis means spending is down, as is VC funding. It seems gloomy like this, but I believe it allows 2023 to be the year to focus on optimizing customer lifetime value and building stronger brand loyalty. For too long, growth has focused on new customer acquisition rather than existing ones. The brands that survive and thrive will be the ones who double down on customer research and on creating a new level of experience every step of the journey from purchase to aftercare. So I expect that if startups are hiring for growth roles, it will be more CRM specialists and retention experts rather than paid ads. So what I mean is that a decent customer experience isn't enough to stand out. There have to be more wow moments and, indeed personalisation (or at least data-driven segmentation) to improve the experience. With customer research, I mean going back to who their customers are, as this will also have changed with the recession (as price elasticity changes). I see more and more brands taking the time now for Jobs to Be Done research and trying to understand better what their customers are trying to achieve. Oliver Rhodes is the founder of Aalto Projects works with ecommerce brands like RIXO and Hype. With so many services out there, Oliver sorts the wheat from the chaff and offers deceptively simple solutions to complex DTC problems. Check out his suggested Tech Stack for different ecommerce workflows. In the past couple of years, demand has been reducing. At the end of 2021, everyone was feeling super confident after COVID so companies increased their forecast and inventory. But, moving into 2022, iOS has screwed up the paid advertising funnel and the UK pound has dropped. This means that people are buying less. Uncertainty stops you from buying and it stops you from moving forward. That’s why people are so obsessed with productivity and trying to manage time. For D2C brands, the website bar has gone up. It's not enough to just have a great catalogue, brands need to create a good story too. Take Finisterre. They’re creating visual stories of their brand and embedding their product catalogues into the story. They’re weaving products in with the lifestyle that customers want to have. If you do wholesale and B2B distribution, I think the traditional buying pattern where brands buy bulk products from wholesalers ahead of a new season has gone. COVID has meant that consumers are buying a lot more sporadically. They’ll still be doing wholesale, but they’ll only sell to wholesalers what’s in stock. It is also why I think some brands will start using dropshipping platforms. You can list other people’s inventory on their website alongside their own. This addresses inventory challenges and helps create newness. And it enables cross-collaboration/sharing stock with other brands. You could work with an on-demand printing platform and access organic cotton sweatshirts, for example. You can test designs without risking inventory. It’s more responsible - you’re not pre-printing inventory that you sit on and you’re not taking up warehouse space. You’re therefore reducing risk and giving yourself more money to spend on acquisition and retention. Brands will be looking at ways to improve cash flows. Instant refunds mean you can enable the customer to get their money back fast. This is great for the customer experience and it eliminates customer service costs because there will be fewer people getting in touch asking for a refund. This means brands aren’t reducing their cash flow unpredictably. People don’t like the unpredictable nature of returns - you don’t know how much money is going to be lost in refunds and they’re particularly hard for brands in growth mode because they’re keeping a tight cash flow. Abraham Wolke is the Co Founder & CEO of Bounty. He previously co-founded two direct-to-consumer brands. When Apple's privacy updates upended digital advertising, Abraham started Bounty, leveraging his learnings from previous ventures to create a new scalable channel to help brands drive growth. In 2023, brands should look to leverage their own communities to help them grow by creating content to use in ads, giving product feedback, and/or driving organic reach. Customer acquisition costs and product costs aren’t coming down and ecommerce sales are slowing in the tough economy. What better way to keep shopping affordable for your best customers than to reward them for driving reach for your brand and super-powering your marketing team with a stream of authentic, organic content? Dedicating a portion of the marketing budget to give back to your community drives loyalty without discounts that eat into margins. At Bounty, we’ve built a platform that automates this process for brands and allows anyone to participate! Martin Wilson is co-founder of Bright, an agile software company. He heads up Dash (that’s us), a digital asset management solution for SMEs. He’s on a mission to bring effortless digital asset management to all teams, whatever their size, especially growing ecommerce brands. We know the competition in ecommerce is fierce. Growing brands working with agencies, resellers and marketplaces need to create and deploy top-quality content at speed if they want to stay ahead. The quicker they can do this, the quicker they will grow. Creating effective brand content is time-consuming and costly. Smaller brands using Google Drive, Dropbox or (dare I say it) shared network drives find it almost impossible to stay on top of their content. They waste a lot of time organising, searching for and deploying their content and, more often than not, this leads to campaigns launching with substandard visuals. To stand out on Instagram or TikTok these days, brands need to be using highly effective images and videos. This means content that is authentic to your brand and has been proven to work with the target audience. The ecommerce brands thriving in 2023 will be doing the following: Investing in a platform that can support all these workflows effortlessly! A good example of a DTC brand that’s ready for 2023 is Goodrays. They’ve seen huge growth in the past year and are now selling on marketplaces like Amazon, eBay and Deliveroo. Each platform has specific image specifications - just one of the many things to think about when expanding into new marketplaces. Dash helps them support this workflow by quickly providing their product images in the right dimensions. The key to growth in a challenging business environment is to use lean principles. How can you do more with fewer resources? The trick is to turn all your day-to-day activities into repeatable workflows and invest in the right software platforms to automate these as much as possible. As Co-Founder & Managing Director at eCommeleon, Jesse has been helping online retailers expand internationally via marketplaces since 2015. Jesse enjoys working with brands and retailers of all sizes to help them build and realise their own marketplace expansion goals. Even before COVID changed the ecommerce world for good, marketplaces were seen by the largest retailers worldwide as an opportunity to level up already successful online businesses. For most of them though, the question wasn’t “which marketplaces shall we sell on?”, but “how do we become a marketplace ourselves?” Decathlon, B&Q, MediaMarkt, Manor, Conrad, Carrefour and many more big names have followed the example set by Walmart, opening their doors to allow third-party retailers and brands to offer their products on their high-traffic sites. It makes sense; they get to rapidly increase the number of offered products, thus encouraging existing customers to keep coming back as they (re)discover alternatives to Amazon. Moving into 2023, I expect to see an increase not only in the number of household names entering this space but also in their overall success. MediaMarkt recently overtook Zalando as the number 3 ecommerce player in Germany - no small feat. These shifts will continue as more category-specific players join the marketplace game and the barriers to entry are reduced thanks to technology like Mirakl & Spryker. This trend, combined with an ever-growing number of niche startup marketplaces, means that D2C brands and retailers will be spoiled for choice as to where they can find new buyers and need only to focus on ensuring that the right systems are in place to enable them to take advantage of these expansion opportunities. Nathan Lomax is co-founder of Quickfire Digital, a Shopify agency which builds money-making websites for DTC brands. They work with world-class ecommerce brands like FILA, Juicy Couture and Magnum Boots. Ecommerce will continue to grow in 2023 - of that I have no doubt - and we’ll see more challenger brands disrupting a variety of sectors. With online competition intensifying year-on-year, these new kids on the block understand that they need a hook; something different which sets them apart. And we’ll definitely see more of this next year and beyond. We work with many such brands - the likes of Snug Sofa, Stripe & Stare, Tala - and are currently developing a marketplace using the Shopify framework for an environmentally-friendly alternative to Amazon. It’s an exciting space and with what seems an infinite number of niches, ecommerce will continue to develop and grow. Let’s not forget, it’s still a baby in the world of retail but accounts for about a third of all UK sales. I think we’ll see the sustainable angle grow over the next few years. Yes, the cost of living is biting but we’re becoming more conscious all the time of where our goods come from and how they are made. From a platform perspective - which is where we make our living - I’m biased but I can only see Shopify growing its market share in the UK. Not only does it have arguably the best structure, it never stands still and I think its point-of-sale (POS) software will emerge as a major consideration for those brands which have been built online but are now entering the physical space - that’s how I see the omnichannel concept really taking off. Shaun is one of the co-founders of Oddit which offers UX teardowns for websites looking to boost long-term conversion & strengthen brand loyalty. Oddit has worked with over 3,500 brands including Corkcicle, P&G, Pela Case, Winc, and Jones Road Beauty. There’s no getting away from the rising costs that all brands are going to see in 2023. But there’s one thing you can do to help ensure you keep customers - brand-first CRO. Think about it. The majority of conversions are based on a customer’s buy-in to your brand. You could have a fantastic product but if customers don’t believe in your brand, it’s going to be hard to keep them. On the flip side, if they love your brand but have the worst experience on your website, they’ll still want to buy your product. Rising costs will weed out the DTC brands that are basically just Amazon resellers with a pretty storefront. A lot of them popped up during COVID and have been undercutting the really great DTC brands. Companies that focus on building brand trust are the ones that are going to win. How can you build brand trust and loyalty? I think ecommerce brands should work to find their cohort of brand ambassadors. Who are the people that, if you increase your pricing, are still going to buy your product? Talk to customers and find out what they love so much about your brand. You might be surprised what they say. Another way to achieve this is focusing on your customer service. For example, how are your customers dealt with when they have a return? Can you make it easier for them? Customers share good experiences just as much as bad experiences. Take Jones Road Beauty, who sell different shades of makeup. If a customer buys a product and it’s not a skin tone match, they don’t ask customers to send products back. Instead, they ask them to gift it to a friend. This creates a great brand experience because a customer doesn’t have to worry about the hassling of returning a product. But it’s also a win for the brand. They’ve saved the time and money spent receiving a return and turned what might have been a negative experience for the customer into a way to introduce the brand to new people. Another challenge brands are facing in 2023 is making user-generated content feel authentic. It’s now so easy for consumers to tell the difference between authentic UGC and a paid partnership with a professional influence. Sure, influencer marketing works in ad strategies. But once people get to your site, you need to build brand trust and get people to believe in you. This is where authentic UGC should sit. You want customers to feel that connection. One of our clients, Long Wknd, does this well. They use Bounty to persuade customers to post about their products on TikTok, and promote it on their product pages. Eric’s mission is to “accelerate the democratization of commerce,” by sharing proven best practices to grow your brand. He’s the co-founder and CEO of DTC Newsletter and Podcast where he shines a light on the performance marketing tactics fuelling the world’s fastest growing brands and agencies. To date, the DTC Newsletter reaches over 150,000 ecommerce brand builders and marketers. The number one thing brands should think about in 2023 is their audience’s attention. Earlier this year, entrepreneur celeb David Friedberg said on his All-In Podcast that in the next 30 years all legacy brands will die. Instead, the millennials and Gen Z creators who build audiences now (like MrBeast) will be the ones who create the next McDonald’s. Bold prediction. But he’s not wrong about the importance of owning your audience’s attention. And I don’t mean just through paid ad content. On the ad buying side, before iOS14, we used to say things like “data is the new oil.” After iOS14 the oil got a lot more “crude,” needing lots more refining. In response we pushed into creative content, because we figured out that creative and angle testing can be used to attract the right audience in the same way Meta’s pixel used to. But when you think about it, the point of content is to hold your audience’s attention as you move them down the funnel. That’s why attention is the new oil. Data and content (paid, earned, owned, and acquired) are means to that end.How are you going to get and keep your audience’s attention in 2023? (without having to pay for every impression). Elliot Scott is the founder and CEO of ElliotDigital, a marketing agency that build creative, data-driven retention strategies for growing DTC brands. Retention for ecommerce brands in 2023 will be bigger than ever. A big opportunity I see moving to next year is the utilisation of a hyper-personalised customer journey and use of predictive analytics and AI to deliver better experiences and smarter ways to target customers. Audiences expect a level of personalisation in their emails and texts. But often when there's an overwhelming amount of data available to brands, it can be tricky to understand and pinpoint exactly what needs to be sent, when to send it and to who. Personalised communication that directly relates to a customer’s specific needs will cut through the noise. Ecommerce brands should take the time to understand predictive analytics and even integrate AI softwares to their tech stack to remove the guesswork from their retention strategy. AI can analyse thousands of data points and pull out meaningful insights and patterns to help you better understand your data and what customers want from you. Brands that can closely match a customer’s interests and/or needs will see higher conversions, more repeat purchases and increased LTV. Mark Elward is an experienced logistics professional with a wealth of experience in the ecommerce arena. He is responsible for supporting and growing Huboo’s Enterprise Sales team - a crucial role as the business continues to develop bespoke, customisable fulfillment solutions for larger ecommerce and D2C brands on a global basis. The retail industry’s cautiously optimistic outlook at the start of 2022 was eroded by strong economic headwinds, geopolitical instability, soaring inflation and plummeting consumer confidence. It’s a tough operating environment, but for online retailers, there are still opportunities to ride out the downturn and grow their businesses in 2023. They can do so by meeting the needs of the price-sensitive consumer. Consumers have already begun cutting down on larger expenses and trading down by moving to cheaper products. In 2022, we’ve seen bundle deals, which offer complementary products at a discounted rate, become an effective way for retailers to incentivise consumers to increase their basket size. There has also been significant growth in retailers offering subscription models – where customers commit to regular purchases of products such as alcohol or pet food for a discounted price. Designing effective promotions is more than just slapping discounts on products or holding flash sales. Online retailers need to use sales bundles and subscriptions creatively, actively increasing product sales without devaluing their products or brand. It’s also important to market in tune with the consumer mood. During the height of COVID, many ecommerce brands were able to adapt their communications to reflect the sombre climate. The most effective pandemic adverts were more restrained, often demonstrating support for broader societal causes. In 2023, everyday brands of all shapes and sizes must pay close attention to the tone of all ongoing marketing efforts – from digital ads to newsletters – to make sure communication is sensitive to the tough situation many customers will find themselves in. Retailers can help customers spread the cost of purchases. The popularity of buy now pay later (BNPL) schemes exploded during the pandemic. To drum up sales at a moment of widespread uncertainty, retailers large and small partnered up with BNPL companies like Klarna to offer flexible payment options. As the impact of the cost of living continues to be felt through 2023, offering flexible payment terms can be a competitive advantage for retailers – particularly on higher-cost items. We expect to see BNPL becoming more commonplace across the ecommerce arena, and retailers that will see most success will be those that think creatively about how to use these schemes to both attract customers and encourage them to spend more. Adaptability and responsiveness will continue to be the ecommerce secret weapon. It won’t be easy, but if online retailers take leanings from the last 12 months, they will put their businesses on a positive trajectory and will emerge from the downturn stronger, leaner, and more attuned to their customers’ needs. So what can we take away from these insights? Here are some recommendations from our experts and some actionable tips you can implement right now. 🙌 Invest more in your visual content Visual content has always been important, but as we move into 2023, fighting for your audience's attention is going to become an increasing challenge. So make sure you’re investing time in creating and deploying quality images and videos. Whether that’s product shots, brand assets or social graphics, you can make them accessible in an easy-to-use platform like Dash. This will also mean you always have a ready-to-use library of images for marketplaces and resellers. Make sure to record what’s going well in your ads and social campaigns and continue to test for the best results. For visual content, you track what’s resonated best with your audience in a tool like Dash. Make sure your ad graphics are on point When you think about it, the point of content is to hold your audience’s attention as you move them down the funnel. That’s why more time should be spent on testing and improving your ad creatives. Here are some tips to get you started: Encourage authentic UGC Need more user-generated content? You could follow Long Wknd’s footsteps and offer an incentive at the checkout. They use Bounty to persuade real-life customers to post about their products on TikTok, and promote it on their product pages. Get a deeper understanding of your customers Who are the people that, if you increase your pricing, will still want to buy from you? (Brand loyalty goals, right?) Talk to your customers and find out why they really like your brand. You’ll be surprised at what they say. 💡Our tip: incentivise customers to join you on a 30-minute call by offering a gift voucher or discount off your products. Focus on your CRM and retention strategy To thrive and survive in 2023, you should be focusing on your customer relationship management (CRM) and retention strategies. Double down on your customer research and on creating a new level of experience during every step of the customer journey. To do this, consider hiring people who have skills in customer relationship management. Use brand conversation optimisation (CRO) to increase brand loyalty đŸ’Ș There’s no getting away from the rising cost of living. Consumers have less money to spend, so it’s important for brands to build connections and trust with their customers. You can do this with brand-first CRO. This is where you align your brand story and user experience (UX) and remove friction points across your website. This all plays into the wider experience that a customer has with your brand. Companies that focus on building brand trust are the ones that are going to win in 2023. 🙌 Use AI for hyper-personalisation Take the time to understand predictive analytics. You could integrate artificial intelligence (AI) software into your tech stack to remove the guesswork from your retention strategy. AI can analyse thousands of data points and pull out meaningful insights and patterns to help you better understand your data and what customers want from you. Brands that can closely match a customer’s interests and/or needs will see higher conversions, more repeat purchases and increased lifetime value (LTV). Consider an instant refund service Use instant refund services to take better control over your cash flow. This means your customers will get their money back as soon as they place a return on your website - you then need to pay the refund company when the return is received. Not only does this better help you manage budgets, but it's great for the customer experience and reduces customer service time. (In other words, there’ll be less time spent dealing with those ‘where’s my refund’ requests. 👀) Make your return process easier As well as offering an instant refund service, make sure it’s as easy as possible for customers to return their items. Take inspiration from beauty brand, Jones Road Beauty. They’re passionate about helping people find their perfect shade of makeup. But, if you order some foundation and it’s not the right shade, they actually encourage you to pass it on to a friend. This is good for brand experience and frees up your customer service team from constant refund queries. Offer flexible payment options Help your customers spread the costs of their purchases by offering flexible payment options. Buy now pay later (BNPL) schemes (like Klarna and Afterpay) can offer you a competitive advantage, especially if you sell high-cost items. Think creatively about how to use these schemes to both attract customers and encourage them to spend more. đŸ€‘ Look for opportunities in new marketplaces More marketplaces mean more opportunities. And, as a D2C brand, you’ll be spoiled for choice as to where to find new customers. Getting the right technology in place will be essential in making the most of these expansion opportunities.  Take a look at software tools like eCommeleon that help you expand your online shopping reach and grow into new marketplaces. 🚀 Create sales bundles and subscriptions Do you need customers to spend more with you? Perhaps a subscription model is the way to go. This is where customers commit to regular purchases of products such as alcohol or pet food at a discounted price. Consider whether this is something your store can offer. Alternatively, you could create sales bundles of product recommendations to encourage customers to increase their basket size. Consider on-demand printing If you currently use printing services to produce customised or branded products (like t-shirts, bags or gift items), you could swap to on-demand printing. If we take t-shirts as an example, a product will only be created once a customer places an order. This allows you to test designs without risking inventory. It’s also more responsible because you’re not pre-printing inventory that you sit on and take up warehouse space. In turn, this will give you more money to spend on acquisition and retention. đŸ€‘ Now you’ve seen what’s to come in 2023, it’s time to get prepared. đŸ’Ș As Oliver told us, ecommerce brands should focus on building their tech stack so you’ve got more resources and time to focus on growing your brand. That’s why you should use Dash. 😇 This is a tool that lets you store, organise and share your visual content with agencies, resellers and marketplaces. No more trawling through shared drives or losing important brand docs - instead, quickly search and find your content in Dash. Want to give it a go? Sign up for free for 14 days, no credit card needed. ✹ Amy Burchill is the SEO and Content Manager for Dash. She works with ecommerce experts to create articles for DTC brands wanting to improve their campaigns. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/ecommerce-trends-2024 Title: Ecommerce trends and predictions for 2024Twitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: 9 ecommerce experts offer their ecommerce trends and predictions for 2024. By the end of this article, you'll have lots of tips for increasing revenue. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/ecommerce-trends-2024 ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Ecommerce trends and predictions for 2024 H2: 9 experts and their predictions for ecommerce in 2024 H3: Nathan Lomax on clear value propositions H3: Rebecca Polding on bulk purchasing and subscriptions H3: Ankur Goyal on data and automation H3: Ashley Wright on 2024 TikTok trends H3: Angus Goldsmith on AI-generated product images H3: Toby Hart on social-first video content H3: Harry Willis on repeat-revenue automation H3: Ryan Pinkman on more efficient marketing spend H3: Simon Freeman on ecommerce advertising H2: 10 expert recommendations for DTC brands in 2024 H2: Focus on your repeat-revenue channels H3: 1. Use data to predict when customers are ready to subscribe H3: 2. Automate your email and SMS campaigns H3: 3. Set up on-going discounts for repeat purchasers H3: 4. Add subscription CTAs on your product pages H3: 5. Invest in your CRM system H2: Double down on your creative ad strategy H3: 6. Create social-first video ads H3: 7. Gather audience insight to inform messaging H3: 8. Monitor and iterate on your ad creative H2: Do more with your social channels H3: 9. Build a community on social media H3: 10. Experiment with TikTok Shops H2: Invest in your tech stack H2: Get your brand ready for 2024 H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Ecommerce trends and predictions for 2024 H2: 9 experts and their predictions for ecommerce in 2024 H3: Nathan Lomax on clear value propositions H3: Rebecca Polding on bulk purchasing and subscriptions H3: Ankur Goyal on data and automation H3: Ashley Wright on 2024 TikTok trends H3: Angus Goldsmith on AI-generated product images H3: Toby Hart on social-first video content H3: Harry Willis on repeat-revenue automation H3: Ryan Pinkman on more efficient marketing spend H3: Simon Freeman on ecommerce advertising H2: 10 expert recommendations for DTC brands in 2024 H2: Focus on your repeat-revenue channels H3: 1. Use data to predict when customers are ready to subscribe H3: 2. Automate your email and SMS campaigns H3: 3. Set up on-going discounts for repeat purchasers H3: 4. Add subscription CTAs on your product pages H3: 5. Invest in your CRM system H2: Double down on your creative ad strategy H3: 6. Create social-first video ads H3: 7. Gather audience insight to inform messaging H3: 8. Monitor and iterate on your ad creative H2: Do more with your social channels H3: 9. Build a community on social media H3: 10. Experiment with TikTok Shops H2: Invest in your tech stack H2: Get your brand ready for 2024 H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content 2023 was a challenging year for ecommerce. If you work in the industry, now doubt you experienced your fair share of price increases and market fluctuations. Perhaps customers have been spending less or you've found it harder to make your ads convert. Don’t worry, you’re not the only one. We spoke with 9 ecommerce experts about the challenges they faced last year and their recommendations for overcoming them. By the end of this article, you should have some tips for increasing revenue in 2024. đŸ€‘ Ready to take on the year ahead? Here’s what 9 ecommerce experts recommend focusing on in 2024. Nathan Lomax is the co-founder of Quickfire Digital, a Shopify agency which builds money-making websites for DTC brands. They work with world-class ecommerce brands like FILA, Juicy Couture, Magnum Boots and Forthglade (one of Dash’s customers). “Undeniably, the cost of living crisis has had an impact on the ecommerce industry. Supply chain challenges, coupled with crises around the world, have led to some frustration. While brands can’t tackle the cost of living itself, the challenge lies in ensuring consumers spend with you. That’s why it’s important you have a clear value proposition. It is essential to identify what you’re doing (or not doing) to bring customers back. Here are some things I recommend for 2024: Improve website and conversion rates: Away from the bigger strategy piece, refocus on website improvements to increase conversion rate and average order value (AOV). Push your subscriptions: Subscriptions were hugely popular in 2023, and I can see that continuing this year. I'm seeing more and more product pages which make it incredibly simple for customers to sign up to a subscription of a product. It's a great way to push up the average spend of customers. Know your value: Ecommerce will continue to grow—that's a given. But it means the competition gets stronger every year. Brands have got to be super clear on their value to customers and give them reasons to keep coming back. There are a number of ways to do this. I believe it's so important to get this fundamental area nailed!” Rebecca Polding is the Senior Digital Trading Manager at Forthglade, an award-winning pet food brand. Forthglade has been selling natural pet food for dogs since 1971 and has become a well-known brand in grocery, retail and independent shop categories. “Throughout 2023 the market has struggled with performance, with revenue contribution down by -2.1% on average (according to research gathered by our customer research agency, The Tapestry Agency). This has made the market more competitive and forced retailers to look for new ways to capture the attention of their audience. Combined with the on-going media narrative around the cost of living, it’s unlikely this trend is going to U-turn in the near future. As a result of this uncertainty, we’ve pulled back on brand awareness campaigns (something we’ve seen our competitors do, too). This isn’t ideal—we’d rather be doubling down on this to continue improving our brand recognition. In the meantime, here are some things we’ll be working on in 2024: Bulk purchasing and subscriptions: We’ve been working hard to identify opportunities where we can offer better value for money around bulk purchasing. We’re also bolstering our subscription offering. Our subscription, for example, comes with an on-going discount for our regular repeat purchasers. Identifying micro-trends to protect repeat purchasers: In terms of 2024 opportunities, staying close to the data is going to be key. We’ve started by breaking out our customer cohorts to establish any micro trends so we can react to them and protect our repeat purchase rate as much as possible. Partnerships vs paid media channels: We’re also focused on acquiring new customers through softer entry-level products like our natural treat, dental and salmon oil ranges. And rather than throwing too much money at paid media channels, we’re looking at partnerships with like-minded brands and affiliates. Understanding GA4: Google Analytics 4 (GA4) has been a big shift for us. Google is still making significant changes to the platform which is taking a lot of getting used to. So we’ve been working with a third party agency, Liberandum, to support us through the transition. This has been invaluable. The shift in attribution through GA4 has meant we’ve reviewed all of our channel strategy for 2024 and we’re continuing to monitor this closely and prepared to make changes if needed. TikTok Shop: In terms of upcoming trends, we’re currently investigating TikTok Shop  to see how it might apply to Forthglade’s brand. It’s a total unknown for us and, traditionally, we've struggled to be on the front foot of trends so it’s exciting that we’re looking at something so new. Pushing organic social: We’re also working closely with our internal communications team on the contribution of our organic social channels. We’d love to go viral one day (for the right reasons
), but in the meantime, our team is making amazing content to support our brand awareness.” đŸ€“By the way, Forthglade use Dash to store and manage all their visual content. Take a read of their customer story to learn how they’ve improved their design workflows. Ankur Goyal is the VP of Growth at baby care brand, Coterie. The brand has shaken up the industry by focusing on the quality of their products, working with brand advocates like supermodel Karlie Kloss, and using data to test messaging and ad creative. “I think most 2023 pressures stemmed from returning to ’normal’ after the pandemic. Many DTC brands thought pandemic peaks were the new normal so they massively overstaffed or increased their fixed cost base in 2020 and 2021. I also think there is a subset of brands that got caught up in the crutch of cheap money and pandemic-fuelled demand. They never engaged in the hard work of ensuring their business model was financially sustainable or their product was differentiated enough. I believe the DTC brands that avoided this trap are, generally, doing well. They didn't need to do layoffs or restructuring. Moving forward, here are two things ecommerce brands should focus on in 2024: Build solid feedback loops: You need to articulate your competitive advantage in a few words that consumers understand. Take advantage of real time feedback tools to identify and scale it. Post purchase surveys and reviews can be a great way to hone in on your product’s advantage. Once you have a good grasp of what that is, use that same social proof in your advertising to create a virtuous feedback loop. (💡Learn how Ankur uses reviews and data to test messaging in Coterie’s growth strategies.) More data visibility and automation: I'm excited for the increased data visibility on Performance Max, which should allow marketers to harness the platform better. I also think the macro trend of increased media buying automation will continue, which will continue to drive the importance of differentiated and targeted creative.” 🎧We interviewed Ankur as part of our podcast series: Ecommerce Marketing 101. We  talked about how you can use data to inform messaging, test creative and grow your brand. Listen on: Ashley Wright is the Founder of the TikTok growth agency, Social Tale. He works with DTC brands to master the TikTok algorithm, create engaging and authentic content and to build a loyal community. “Over the past year, I’ve seen DTC brands struggle with scaling. Customer acquisition has become increasingly challenging due to the heightened competition in the ecommerce market. This has led to rising costs in attracting and converting new customers. It's become so hard to stand out in the crowded market. That’s why it's important you have innovative strategies to differentiate from your competitors. Here are two ways TikTok can help you scale in 2024: TikTok Shop: I may be biassed but I think there is a huge opportunity with TikTok. This platform is just getting warmed up. And, whilst organic TikTok is still powerful, I think the biggest trend in 2024 is TikTok Shop. It supports the attribution issue that many brands struggle to understand when it comes to TikTok. The brands not figuring this out will fall behind. Community-building: Aside from this, I feel that more and more brands are going to be focusing on the community building aspect a lot more. They’ll need to make sure they can go above and beyond for their customers.” Angus Goldsmith is the Head of Dash (that’s us)! Dash is a digital asset management tool that lets you manage and share your visual content. Dash lets you find creative files using keywords, create portals to share with your partners and integrate with ecommerce tools like Shopify. “Firstly, it’s hard to talk about visual content without mentioning the impact of AI-generated images. For ecommerce brands, generating AI images from scratch isn’t necessarily useful. That’s because even the best AI can’t create an accurate representation of your product. Plus, the rise in AI means images can be created faster than ever before. This is great but you still have to manage the sheer volume of content being created. And you have to ensure it’s successfully deployed and shared with relevant partners. Instead, here are some other ways you can use AI and software tools to solve your visual content workflows: Creating images for multiple channels: You could take an original photo of your product and use AI to create a background. Or use AI to adjust your image to fit different aspect ratios, whilst maintaining your product perfectly positioned in the frame. This is especially important for brands who are marketing themselves across multiple online channels. (And, it’s a feature our ecommerce brands use a lot over on Dash.) Build solid content workflows: Rather than have a disorganised mess on your designer’s hard drive and distributors constantly requesting content from you—use a DAM tool. Dash, for example, lets you set up self-service portals where partners can easily find the collateral that is relevant to them. Ultimately, it helps them sell more products. You can also create an approval workflow to help keep track of feedback and requested changes to content (AI enhanced or otherwise!). This ensures that only the finished output is available for use which avoids any embarrassing and potentially costly mistakes. Track the success of your content: Aside from advancements in AI, another trend we’re seeing is more people wanting to track the performance of all their content. It’s easier than ever to create multiple versions of your creative assets. So, it makes sense to test which style works best with your audience. If you’ve got good workflows in place, it’ll make testing much easier to handle. To get the most value out of these experiments, organise all these different versions and their performance info in one central place. This makes it easy for photographers, designers and marketers to find and use images that did well in the past. If only there were some kind of well-designed system that already existed to help you do just thatâ€ŠđŸ€”â€ Discover how you can use Dash to organise your best-performing assets. Toby Hart is the co-founder of Nusa Films, an agency that specialises in creating thumb-stopping videos for social media. They use the concept of ‘social-first’ in every piece of content they create and their growing portfolio of brands include TASTER, Vivobareet, Fussy and MOJU Drinks. “Trends will change depending on the most popular platforms: Trends come and go, including things like user-generated content (UGC). There's been a significant shift towards authenticity with platforms like TikTok. It's quite different from 10 to 20 years ago when it was all about high-production-value TV content. I'm sure it will swing back the other way at some point. I'd say it often depends on the medium and what's the most popular at that time. Nowadays, with so many different platforms, who would have thought that podcasts would become a thing? More demand in authentic content: The explosion of the creator economy is fascinating. It’s disrupting the traditional model of production companies and agencies. The rise of influencers, now more broadly termed ‘creators’, has led to a demand for authentic content. Professional video is becoming more accessible: Content creation has become more creative, with various production styles seen on platforms like TikTok. And, professional-grade camera equipment has become more accessible which has  levelled the playing field. People now have access to cool tools and techniques, making it easy to create interesting content. Ultimately, it's about storytelling and how we use tools like AI, new camera rigs, drones, and more to create impactful content.” You can learn how to create thumb-stopping video ads like Toby and his team over on our podcast: Harry Willis is the Director of Partnerships and Business at Relo. This is a repeat-revenue platform that helps DTC brands tackle reorder rates, subscription numbers and subscription churn. Relo can analyse your customers’ Shopify order history and create personalised emails and SMS campaigns that encourage people to buy again. “We interviewed 50 of the leading DTC brands in the US/EMEA markets, focusing specifically on those who sell consumable products. That includes supplements, pet food, skincare, food and beverages. We noticed 3 core challenges they face when it comes to customer retention: For most brands, the key to solving these issues is hidden in your Shopify order history. But it’s hard to break it down into anything actionable—and that’s before working out how to splice that into Klaviyo flows. Here are some ways you can overcome these issues for your brand: Using data to predict customer behaviour and needs: With Relo, we use data science to determine when each of your customers are likely to do one of the things I just mentioned. We can see when someone might need to replenish some stock; when they might be open to cross selling, or ready to convert onto a paid subscription. Create personalised email and SMS flows: We can then sync these predictions into your brand's Klaviyo flows. We’re able to target each customer with the right message on the exact day they’re most likely to convert. We’ve seen this increase repeat-purchase rate and subscription growth by 20-40% for DTC consumables leaders like Absolute Collagen, Soylent and Hairstory. With the cost of acquiring customers at an all time high, these results can have a huge impact on a brand’s CAC/LTV ratio—a key indicator of financial health and competitive advantage. Prioritise profitability: 2023 has seen a shift in focus from top-line revenue to profitability and we expect that to continue into 2024. Subscription brands are consolidating their tech stacks and making sure their core platforms are integrated optimally. For subscription brands, this typically means investing in integrations which amplify results across their Ecommerce (Shopify), CRM (Klaviyo), and their subscription platform (Recharge, Skio, Loop etc.). In terms of new trends, I expect 2024 will be the year EMEA catches up with the US in terms of SMS adoption. It’s a promising new channel for many consumables brands which few are currently using to its full potential.” Ryan Pinkman is the CEO of Privy, an ecommerce platform that helps you grow your email and SMS lists so you sell more products. It connects with your Shopify store so you can personalise your messages and increase conversions. “2023 was the year DTC brands really started to take control of their marketing spend. It felt like a breaking point for ecommerce businesses fed up with unrealistic pricing models from vendors. To continue this trend into 2024, here are some of my recommendations: Use vendors that help you consolidate: The biggest thing we've seen DTC brands do to get control of their spend is to use vendors that help them consolidate. Rather than spreading budgets across multiple single-solution suppliers, brands have been seeking out those that help them do more in one platform. Double-down on channels that deliver: I think it's really important that brands take a serious look at what channels are actually working for them and double down. You don’t always need to chase the new shiny thing. Sure, you can test your way into new channels, but the bulk of your investment should be in channels that are proven to deliver. Create better marketing experiences: I think we're hitting a breaking point for buyers when it comes to how brands communicate with them online. 2023 was a huge year for SMS marketing. This is awesome for brands but, for consumers, it feels like you’re managing multiple inboxes. If you combine that with the higher percentage of ads and sponsored content in social feeds, then you can expect consumers to become fatigued. So I think the brands that are able to offer real value and a great experience via their marketing channels will really stand out.” Simon  Freeman is a freelance PPC expert and founder of Welcome to Digital. He has over 15 years of experience helping brands scale sustainably through campaigns that have an impact and deliver results. “In 2023, I noticed three key challenges brands faced in the ecommerce space. Combine this with ad platforms using AI and machine learning, it creates more ecommerce competition and higher competition for ad space. With these three challenges in mind, here are my recommendations for tacking them in 2024: Test your ads and iterate: Don’t spend lots of money on ad creative until you know what’s going to work for your brand. Some of the best performing ads in my ad accounts are product shots taken on my phone. If you follow Barry Hott on LinkedIn then you’ll know the term ‘ugly ads’. The premise here is to not let the complexities of creative ad production hold you back. Get snapping with your phone, get the ad running, and then iterate based on the data. Tell a good story: While the barrier to entry is low, the path to success is complex and full of hurdles. The biggest opportunities brands have in 2024 is to tell amazing stories. Algorithms favour content that is engaging for their audience. To keep your engagement at its peak, your storytelling needs to be relevant, entertaining and educational. I see it all the time in ad platform data. For example, there might be an ad taking up a significant amount of impressions, but has a lower conversion rate. Why? Shouldn’t the ad platform favour the ad that is giving you the best cost per action (CPA)? Remember: these are social platforms. When you have an ad that is driving social engagement, the ad platform will favour content with the best social engagement. So create a good story and build a brand that people will advocate for, and you’ll be well ahead of the majority of ecommerce stores out there. Prioritise repeat-shoppers: To decide if discounts are right for your brand you need to look at your financial data. Discounts might bring in revenue more easily, but what do your margins look like if you give 20% off? And, more importantly—but often not measured—do discount shoppers return? What’s your lifetime value (LTV) calculation on regular vs discount shoppers? And does a lower CPA on discount shoppers actually make sense in the long run? A lot of the time brands are better off with a higher CPA for non-discount shoppers who are more likely to repeat purchase in the future.” đŸ€“ You can read more of Simon’s insight in his article: How to create ecommerce ads that convert. Our experts have loads to say! 🙌 Here’s a round-up of their recommendations and some top tips you can take with you into your business. Last year, revenue contribution was down by -2.1% on average. Combine that with the increasing cost of customer acquisition and it means brands need to find new ways to ensure steady cash flow. Our experts say you should focus on your repeat-revenue channels to boost average customer spending in 2024. That includes looking at your subscription offering and learning more about your repeat customers. If you have customers that regularly purchase products using one-time payments, you can use data to help push them towards a subscription. Use a tool like Relo to predict when someone is ready to subscribe. And set up automated emails to encourage people over the line. For subscribers, you could take Rebecca’s tips and use data to break your consumers up into smaller cohorts. This way you can monitor any slight shifts in their buying patterns and tweak your product messaging and offerings as necessary. Once you’ve identified the customers that are ready to convert, you can send them personalised email and SMS flows. This means you’re targeting them at the time they’re most likely to convert. Incentivise your customers to sign up to your subscription offering by offering an on-going discount. At Forthglade, for instance, you get 10% off every order when you subscribe. Make it really easy for customers to take out a subscription by adding CTAs to your product pages. Snack brand, Moku, not only encourages subscriptions on their product pages, but they show you how much you’ll save if you sign up. To look after your repeat customers—and to encourage them to spend more— it’s worth investing in your customer relationship management (CRM) systems. This will help you to manage customer interactions, predict behaviours, and enhance overall customer experiences. Media buying - or programmatic marketing - is becoming more and more common. Whilst it saves time for marketers, it means the competition is higher and the ad landscape is becoming increasingly diluted. That’s why brands need to be extra creative in their marketing if they want to be heard about the noise. Here are some tips to consider: There’s no getting away from social media. Brands are relying on platforms like TikTok, Instagram, Pinterest and Facebook to acquire and convert new customers. So it’s important that your video is being created for social media. Luckily, there’s lots of fun and creative ways you can produce ad content. Read Toby Hart’s tips on creating social-first video ads for your brand. To capture your audience’s attention, your messaging needs to be clear, concise and explain what your product does in a very short amount of time. To find effective messaging, use feedback tools like post-purchase surveys and reviews, to refine and understand your unique selling proposition. Incorporate this social proof into your ecommerce advertising strategy for a positive feedback loop that reinforces your brand's strengths. By closely monitoring the performance of your ad creative, you can continuously improve them to ensure you’re getting the most out of your ad spend. This is something that baby care brand, Coterie, does regularly. They split their creative projects up into bi-weekly sprints. This way, they can closely monitor how well it's performing and make adjustments quickly. You can learn how Coterie does this by checking out our interview with the brand’s VP of Growth, Ankur Goyal. Finally, a common theme we’ve spotted amongst our experts is the importance of social media. Whether it’s building a community on TikTok, or investing more into your video content—there are loads of ways you can use social media to your advantage. Whilst community building is a great way to build trust with potential buyers; it also reinforces brand loyalty with people already spending money with you. Use platforms like TikTok and Instagram to create educational, engaging and entertaining content for your loyal customers. 🎧 You can listen to our podcast with Lick paints about how to grow a community on social media. TikTok is incredibly influential for helping people make purchase decisions. So, it makes sense that our experts are looking to TikTok Shops for a new revenue channel this year. You can set up a TikTok Shop by linking it up with your TikTok Business account. From here, you can start uploading products which are available in the ‘Shop’ section of your account page. Check out Cult Beauty’s TikTok shop as an example (note: you can only view their shop on mobile). 💡 If you’re not sure where to start with TikTok, check out Barney’s post that walks you through the steps on setting up an account, as well as tips for creating a TikTok ecommerce strategy. Tech stacks are really important. (Just look at the same prediction in our 2023 ecommerce trends article). Whether you pick a handful of useful tools, or consolidate everything into one system, they’ll be super useful in staying on top of your sales and marketing goals. Here are some of the tools mentioned in this article: For more tools to help you grow your ecommerce brands, check out Barney’s post that covers 11 tried-and-tested marketing apps for your small biz. {{marketing-db="/blog-components"}} Ready to take on 2024? We hope so! đŸ’Ș As our experts mentioned, consider focusing on your current customers and increasing their lifetime value. To attract new customers, make sure you’re honing in on what makes your brand valuable. For brand and community building, make sure your creative assets are educational, inspiring and irresistible to your followers. And if you need a place to store and manage all your creative assets? Pick Dash! 😇 This is a tool that lets you store, organise and share your visual content with agencies, resellers and marketplaces. No more trawling through shared drives or losing important brand docs - instead, quickly search and find your content in Dash. Grab yourself a 14-day free trial, no strings attached. 👇 Amy Burchill is the SEO and Content Manager for Dash. She works with ecommerce experts to create articles for DTC brands wanting to improve their campaigns. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/email-marketing-statistics Title: Email marketing statistics DTC brands should know in 2025Twitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Ready to invest into your email marketing campaigns this year? These email marketing statistics will help steer your campaigns and help you grow your brand. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/email-marketing-statistics ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Email marketing statistics DTC brands should know in 2025 H2: Top email marketing statistics to know in 2025 H2: Key email marketing statistics for DTC brands H3: Email usage statistics H3: Email marketing on mobile devices statistics H3: Statistics on the overall effectiveness of email marketing H3: Statistics on email marketing send times H3: Effective email subject lines and CTAs H3: Statistics on the ROI of email marketing H3: Cart abandonment emails statistics H3: Welcome email statistics H3: Customer retention email statistics H2: Level-up your email marketing game H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Email marketing statistics DTC brands should know in 2025 H2: Top email marketing statistics to know in 2025 H2: Key email marketing statistics for DTC brands H3: Email usage statistics H3: Email marketing on mobile devices statistics H3: Statistics on the overall effectiveness of email marketing H3: Statistics on email marketing send times H3: Effective email subject lines and CTAs H3: Statistics on the ROI of email marketing H3: Cart abandonment emails statistics H3: Welcome email statistics H3: Customer retention email statistics H2: Level-up your email marketing game H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content The majority of marketers see a 2 x increase in return on investment from email. For ecommerce store owners, email marketing is also the best channel for building personal relationships with customers. But given how many emails bombard people (I get a minimum of 50 or so daily emails), how effective is it really? How are potential customers interacting with email in 2025? What's the return on investment (ROI)? What type of email is most effective? 🧐 We've rounded up the latest email marketing statistics from the last year (or just over) to help you plan your email marketing strategy for 2025. Let's get a top-level look at marketing email usage statistics. These stats should give you a good understanding of the current landscape. The number of email users worldwide in 2025 is projected to be 4.59 billion. The world population is sitting at around 8.19 billion, and more than half will be using email in 2025. And most will be doing so from their mobile devices. Email is the largest marketing channel available. And the bottom line? Brands of all sizes should incorporate email marketing into their strategy due to email’s global ubiquity. 💌 Source: The Radicati Group Inc (Q4, 2023).‍ The total number of business and consumer emails is estimated to reach 376 billion in 2025. If 376 billion emails will be sent in 2025, that means 1.03 billion emails on average will be fired off in 2025. With this many emails flying around, you'll need to make sure your brand stands out in your customers' email accounts. Source: The Radicati Group Inc (Q4, 2023). ‍The global email marketing market is expected to grow to $46.1 billion by 2033. The global email marketing market was valued at $11.5 billion in 2023, and is expected to grow to $46.1 billion by 2033. Plus email inboxes are one of the few marketing channels customers still have decent control over. That's why email marketing is valuable—customers have to volunteer their email address. Customers who opt in to get emails is a good indicator that they’re interested in building a relationship with your brand. But don’t forget, customers can just as easily opt out if they don’t see the value in your emails. Source: Market.us (Q3, 2024). ‍The most common types of email marketing campaigns worldwide are newsletters (16.8%). It makes sense that newsletters are the most common type of email campaign—it's often the email that people sign up to receive. For example, many brands will ask a customer to sign up to a newsletter, with a discount of their first order as a reward. From there, brands will often shift to include promotional emails in follow-up sequences. Here’s the top 4 types of email in 2024: We’ll cover some of these in more detail further into the article. Source: Mailmodo (Q1, 2024). With most people accessing the internet on mobile, it makes sense to bring up mobile device-specific statistics. Let’s take a look at some below. đŸ“± 29.9% of internet users aged 16 to 64 buy something each week from their mobile phones While this statistic isn’t specific to email, it does tell us that almost a third of 16–64 year olds are willing to spend money from their mobile devices. Later in the guide, we’ll see statistics on the conversion rates of email marketing. Source: Datareportal (Q1, 2024)‍ Almost half (49.5%) of internet users aged between 16–64 used email apps in the previous month Remember what we were saying earlier about email marketing being the largest channel in the world? Here’s why: half of global internet users are accessing email apps. Source: Datareportal (Q1, 2024)‍ 41.6% of emails are opened on mobile devices Here’s a list of the tools or devices people are using to open their emails: This statistic is significant because it shows how important it is to optimise your email marketing campaigns for mobile devices. Source: Litmus (Q3, 2021) Next, let's dig deeper into the overall effectiveness of email marketing. 👇 Email was the top-performing marketing channel for marketers (25%) Mailmondo surveyed 250 marketers at B2B and B2C companies on the effectiveness of their marketing channels. The winner?  Email, by a considerable margin! Here’s the top 5 best-performing marketing channels according to the survey: Source: Mailmodo (Q1, 2024). Emails from the retail industry have an average open rate of 41.7% Retail (and, by extension, ecommerce) sits around the middle of the pack in terms of industry email open rates. That means your DTC brand will need to work harder to stand out among industries like communications, non-profits, and entertainment. However, ecommerce stores give brands the opportunity to collect data on your customers, which you can then use to personalise the emails you send them after checkout. This edge makes message personalisation much easier. It’s a great way for your brand to improve  engagement and conversion rates. Source: GetResponse (Q2, 2024). Retail has an average click-through rate of 5%. As with the above statistic, retail also sits around the middle of the pack for click-through rates. And similarly, you can use zero-party and first-party data to create personalised content. For example, using customers' names in the subject lines. This approach should help you improve email marketing conversion and engagement rates. Source: GetResponse (Q1, 2024). Home and garden has the highest open rate Replace with some commentary about the best ecomm sector for open rate: Source: Klaviyo (2024). Toys and hobbies have the highest click rate TAs we can see, the industry with the highest average click rates is Toys and Hobbies, while the lowest is Health and Beauty. Source: Klaviyo (2024). 50% of consumers made a purchase from an email in the last year Compare the purchases customers made from email to the following: Purchase conversion rates are one of the top email marketing metrics for selling products or services. It may seem obvious, but you'd be losing out on a lot of sales opportunities if you only used your email list for giving weekly industry updates. Source: Marigold (Q1, 2024). Poor email content has the potential to annoy your customers and damange your brand 51% of consumers globally felt that they received irrelevant content or offers from brands in the previous six months Additionally, 41% also said that messages didn't reflect wants and needs. Customers who receive irrelevant offers are more likely to lose trust in your brand, or at the least, ignore future promotional messages. This underlines how important good-quality content and personalisation are to your email marketing strategy. Ignore these at your peril! Source: Marigold (Q1, 2024). Most marketers feel like the time they send marketing emails is important. But what times to send them are the most effective? ⏰ Tuesday is the best time of day to send emails The source of this particular data comes from a mix of B2B and B2C industry professionals. However, it’s still worth highlighting because it provides a comparison to other data sources. Here’s a breakdown of the best day to send emails, according to marketers: And for ecommerce businesses? According to Brevo, you should send your emails on Tuesdays and Thursdays at 10am. Source: Mailmodo (Q1, 2024) and Brevo (Q2, 2024). The content of your emails ultimately determines how effective your email marketing campaigns are. And two of the most important aspects of your emails are your subject lines and calls-to-action (CTA). Let’s take a look at a few statistics in this area. 🎬 47% of email recipients decide whether to open an email based on the subject line. Additionally, 69% of recipients decide if your email is spam based solely on the subject line. That’s a lot of pressure to put on a single line of text, andit goes to show that first impressions can make or break your campaigns. Source: OptinMonster (2024) 64.7% of marketers said that they sent at least half of their email campaigns with subject line personalisation. With subject lines being so important, it’s easy to see why most marketers use personalisation in them. Addressing customers by their names or information about their recent purchases is more likely to convince them that your emails are relevant and worthy of opening. Source: Mailmodo (Q1, 2024). Emails with a CTA have a click-through rate of 3–5%. Earlier in the article, you’ll have seen the average click rates across ecommerce industry niches—you’ll notice those figures are quite a bit smaller than this one. The insight tells us that making sure your emails have a CTA can give you a significant boost in performance. This data box research also tells us that 43% of marketers only use a single CTA in their emails, while 30% use two. This insight tells us that often less is more for better performance. Source: Databox (Q3, 2023) Now we're aware of how effective email marketing can be for promoting your brand and products, let's see how that translates in terms of money. đŸ€‘ Half of marketers doubled their overall marketing ROI in 2023 If over half (52.8%)of the surveyed marketers saw twice the level of improvement in ROI, it's interesting to consider why. At least part of the answer could be the huge jump in focus on email when Google announced the sunsetting of third-party cookies. Either way, email marketing is proving its value as we move into 2025. Source: Mailmodo (Q1, 2024). 35% of US-based marketers spent $1–$100 per month on email marketing. Email marketing doesn't have to cost a fortune. The majority of marketers spend less than $100 per month, with over half spending less than $500 per month. However, the larger your email list, the more budget you'll need to spend on email marketing. Email service providers usually charge brands based on the size of your list. But when you factor in the effectiveness of the channel, the expense is usually worth it. Source: WebFX (Q3, 2024). 17% of businesses allocate 6–10% of their overall marketing budget on email marketing. The largest group of businesses spend up to 10% of their marketing budget on email. While smaller groups allocate more budget to email marketing. The reason is likely the potential ROI—brands don't need to spend as much compared to display ads for similar levels of engagement, for example. Source: WebFX (Q3, 2024). Let's get more specific. One of the most effective types of sequences for driving email marketing revenue are abandoned cart emails. With the statistics below, you'll start to see why. đŸ›ïž Abandoned cart email flows drive the highest revenue per recipient (RPR) at $3.65 Abandoned cart emails perform the best in terms of revenue, and there are likely a few reasons for this. First, marketers often include a discount voucher in abandoned cart emails to entice customers back to complete their purchase—driving up revenue. Second, with this knowledge, customers often deliberately abandon carts to hunt for the best deal. But both scenarios are more likely to lead to a conversion compared to the other types of email since the customer has already engaged with your brand. Source: Klaviyo (2024). The average open rates across all sectors for abandoned cart emails was 51%. Additionally, abandoned cart emails also have: Abandoned cart emails have a good open-to-unsubscribe rate ratio here. It roughly translates to 1 person unsubscribing for every 101 opened emails. Plus, almost half of customers who click-through end up placing an order. Let's say you had 100 customers abandon their carts. If you send them an abandoned cart email, it's likely that 50 would open them, 6 would click through, 3 would place an order, and you might get one unsubscriber. Source: Klaviyo (2024). Cart abandonment open email rates by industry Here’s a list of ecommerce sectors broken down by their abandoned cart email open rates: Source: Klaviyo (2024). Cart abandonment emails have a global conversion rate of 2.6%. Abandoned cart emails are an easy way to drive extra revenue. All you need is some email automation campaigns with behavior-based triggers. Source: Omnisend (Q1, 2024). Another popular type of email marketing sequence is the welcome email. Customers usually get welcome emails when they sign up for newsletters or create an account with your store while purchasing. Let's take a look at how effective they are. đŸ€— Welcome email flows drive an average $2.65 RPR within the overall ecommerce industry. As we saw earlier, welcome email flows drive a lower RPR, but they're still more valuable than other flows. They're definitely still worth putting effort into. Source: Klaviyo (2024). Welcome emails have a global average open rate of 54.3% in ecommerce. Compared to other email flows, welcome emails have a higher open rate. This makes sense because your target audience expects to see a welcome email when they sign up for updates. However, they do fall short in other key email metrics:. It's likely because some customers only want to sign up for that first-time purchase discount and then promptly unsubscribe. Source: Klaviyo (2024). Welcome email average open rates by ecommerce industry Global averages across industries are useful, but what can be even more helpful is knowing the average rates for your specific industry. Let’s break them down: Source: Klaviyo (2024). Welcome emails have a global average conversion rate of 2.7%. Omnisend suggests that welcome emails have a better conversion rate compared to abandoned cart emails. These emails set the tone for your relationship with customers and help establish a strong connection from the start. Source: Omnisend (Q1, 2024). Customer retention is just as important as acquisition. If you're interested in learning more about customer retention, check out our podcast with Hairstory about how to boost repeat purchases. 78% of consumers are likely to engage with a personalised offer tailored to their interests. You can base your emails on recent purchases, cross-sell or upsell recommendations, information on a cause your store supports, and more. So when you want to re-ignite a past customer, a personalised email is the way to go. Source: Marigold (Q1, 2024). 84% of consumers are likely to engage with loyalty program promotions A customer loyalty program is one of the best vehicles for driving customer retention. And with an engagement rate of 84%, it’s not hard to see why Source: Marigold (Q1, 2024). Customer retention was key objective for email marketers worldwide Email marketers placed customer retention as second in their priority list, just behind awareness / brand promotion. Source: Mailmodo (Q1, 2024). Email marketing will be very much alive in 2025. But what if you're struggling to manage your email marketing campaigns? We’ve got some fantastic resources to help you boost your email conversions and drive profit. Here are some highlights: Plus, if you’re struggling to manage all the content you need to build great email campaigns - look no further than Dash. ✹ Our digital asset management platform serves as the headquarters for your visual content. Your visual content isn't just images; you can include video, GIFs, logos, brand docs, and more. Dash makes it easy for you to navigate through your library of visual assets. You or your team can search for your specific email sequence hero images or your latest display ad. You can also send assets to retail partners and deploy your own content. 🚀 You can also easily embed content into email marketing tools like Klaviyo. ✹ Here's how some of our customers use Dash for their marketing: Want to give it a go yourself? Sign up to Dash for free for 14 days. Alexander Boswell is a freelance content writer for B2B martech and ecommerce software brands as well as a consumer behaviour academic. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/enterprise-dam Title: Why you don’t need an enterprise DAMTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Thinking about buying an enterprise DAM solution? Small and growing brands: think again. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/enterprise-dam ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Why you don’t need an enterprise DAM H3: What are enterprise digital asset management software solutions? H3: What’s the difference between enterprise DAMs and Dash? H3: Enterprise DAM vs Dash: features H3: What solution is best for storing my digital assets? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Why you don’t need an enterprise DAM H3: What are enterprise digital asset management software solutions? H3: What’s the difference between enterprise DAMs and Dash? H4: Enterprise DAMs are more expensive H4: Onboarding takes longer with enterprise DAMs H3: Enterprise DAM vs Dash: features H4: Search for images and videos H4: Share content with agencies and resellers H4: Deploy assets to your channels H4: Protect your brand with version control H4: Integrate with your tech stack H4: Interface and user experience (UX) H4: Feature comparison table H3: What solution is best for storing my digital assets? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Digital asset management (DAM) is the home for your brand’s images and videos. You already know that. That’s why you’re here. But if you’re a growing brand, the question is: should you really be paying thousands for an enterprise DAM? An enterprise digital asset management system is for large companies and corporations. For smaller brands, a DAM like Dash should be the single source of truth for your visual content. It’ll give you all the features, support and scalability you need—without the price tag. A DAM is a software tool that helps brands manage and share their digital assets. That’s everything from images, video content and graphics, to brand guidelines, logos and audio files. It’s often used by marketing teams to share content with colleagues and resellers around the world. An enterprise DAM solution is specifically for large, multinational companies. They need more complex features like project workflow management, advanced permission structures and separate attributes that they can assign to different teams around the world. It’s functionality that growing brands just don’t need (and can’t afford). Historically, small businesses haven’t been served well by digital asset management platforms. Enterprise vendors have been the dominating choice, forcing smaller brands to shoulder the costs of features they don’t need. Or make do with inefficient file management systems like Google Drive and Dropbox that waste time (and money). Dash is here to change that. đŸ’Ș There are two differences between enterprise DAMs and Dash that you’ll notice off the bat: pricing and onboarding. Have you noticed that many DAM vendors don’t show pricing on their websites? There’s a reason for that. As Kailtyn from Kelly Wynne (one of Dash’s customers) discovered when she was searching for a DAM: “It was killing me having to reach out to each vendor and sit through a sales call, only to find out that the solution was going to be $10,000+ — just because of the sheer number of assets we have.” $10,000! đŸ€Ż No wonder enterprise DAM pricing isn't transparent. Well here’s a secret: you don’t need to pay thousands for a good DAM. 👀 Take Dash, as an example. 😇 Pricing starts at just ÂŁ99 /$139 per month. You unlock every feature and get unlimited users from day one. Instead, the pricing changes depending on how much storage you need, and what your average monthly download rate is. In other words, you only pay for what you use.Our customers voted Dash as having excellent ROI on G2 (a software review platform) so you can be sure you’re getting the most out of your money. Take this review which calls Dash the “#1 in value for small business”. đŸ’« “Dash's customer support and features are an incredible value for the price. It is by far the best DAM provider for a small but growing business that doesn't have a dedicated IT or marketing team yet.” {{free-trial="/blog-components"}} 💡 Delve deeper into the ROI of DAM in Amy’s article. Onboarding is the process of getting set up with your new DAM. It’s important for any business who wants to get started quickly. During the process, you’ll decide your folder structure, custom fields, permission groups and more. If needed, you’ll also get help moving your assets across from your previous system; whether that’s Google Drive, Dropbox, Sharepoint, your network drive or another DAM vendor. The complexities of enterprise DAM means it can be tricky and time-consuming to get started. For example, Bynder, one of the most popular enterprise digital asset management vendors, has a big learning curve. This can be frustrating for smaller teams who want to get started quickly. As one customer testifies: “Drawn out onboarding process. Could have probably been condensed into 4 fewer weeks of regular meetings.” However, bear in mind that if you’ve got loads of team members in multiple departments around the world, you might find that enterprise vendors are better equipped to cater to your breadth of needs. They’ll have experience mapping out requirements for different teams so you won’t have to worry about navigating complex permission structures on your own. At Dash, on the other hand, we want you to get going ASAP. The quicker you onboard, the quicker you’ll start recouping that ROI. In fact, we were voted for having the DAM that’s ‘easiest to set up’ according to G2. For starters, you can easily migrate your assets from tools like Google Drive and Dropbox during your free trial. It’s so easy that you don’t need to chat with a member of the team beforehand—perfect for small teams who want to get going right away. You can also book an onboarding call with a customer success manager who’ll guide you through the steps to get started. Dash is easy to use, so there’s no need for any intense training sessions or lengthy onboarding calls that many enterprise DAMs require you to sit through. You can also visit the Dash Academy to learn everything you need to know about Dash. If you’ve got thousands of assets scattered across different systems, or you’re moving from a different DAM, our customer success managers can do it for you. ✹ Here are some core DAM features and how Dash stacks up against its enterprise competitors. Searching for your assets quickly and easily is a must for any DAM solution. After all, it’s the reason many businesses opt for digital asset management software. Especially when Google Drive and Dropbox are no longer serving their needs. Dash uses a combination of auto-tagging and custom attributes to make searching super-fast. Will use our fake brand, Planto, as an example. If you type ‘rubber plant’ into the Dash search bar you’ll get relevant assets in seconds. You can also filter your search results by folder and file type, or with custom fields you can set up yourself. đŸȘŽ If we compare this to enterprise DAMs, it’s clear that often search isn’t as straightforward as you’d hope. A G2 review of Bynder says: “The one thing I dislike with Bynder is that its search is not the greatest, and finding an asset is sometimes very difficult.” Search is a crucial part of any DAM solution. If you can’t find your assets easily, you may as well save your money and stick with Google Drive. đŸ€· Whether sharing your latest product shots with your marketing agency or receiving creative files from your designers — DAM makes sharing totally painless. 🧘 In Dash, you can share by URL or via email. Send individual assets or create a collection that you can invite your teammates to. The best part is you can share up to 500 assets at a time, and you won’t have to worry about the dreaded ‘your file is over 25MB’ notification (thanks Gmail 🙄). When you receive files from external teams you can approve the ones you like and reject the ones that need more work. Plus, you can create guest upload links for your content creators to send assets to—perfect for collecting user-generated content and creating efficient content workflows. 🙌 If you work with resellers or agencies, you can create a public Portal. This is where your external teams can go to search and find different types of content without the need for a login or access to your entire Dash. You can also use permission controls, so if you’re working with lots of resellers, they only need to see the assets that are relevant to them. Here’s a portal made by one of our customers, Haws. They sell high-quality watering cans to resellers all over the world: Resellers can use the search bar and custom fields to quickly find model shots and product photos. What’s more, Portals make even easier for Haws’ resellers to sell their watering cans. Josh, the brand’s Purchasing Manager, says: “Some of our partners don’t have the budget to spend on beautiful lifestyle images or product photography. By providing that for them, we help them on their journey to sell more Haws. And it’s a win for us, because the more of our products they sell, the more they’ll buy from us.” We keep sharing streamlined and easy to use in Dash. That’s not always the case with enterprise DAMs, where advanced features can start to make the experience more complex. A G2 review of Widen’s enterprise DAM shows that sharing isn’t as easy as it could be: “Overall navigation can be tricky sometimes, such as the Search filters, or lacking notification grouping and asset share (I want to share multiple assets easily and I can't).” Another important DAM feature is being able to deploy content to your marketing channels. Whether that’s product shots to your content management system or graphics to your social channels, DAM cuts out the endless downloading and uploading you probably experience with your current solution. It also helps you maintain your brand integrity out in the wild. In Dash, you can connect with tools such as Hootsuite and Shopify to send marketing materials directly to your channels. Take a look at our full list of integrations and see if you spot any tools you’re already using. You’ll also have the option to download images with custom crop sizes and file formats so that they meet the dimension requirements of your chosen channel. This is what Alberto, from Filling Pieces, particularly loves about Dash: “Anyone producing content, like the social team, are able to download specific sizes without relying on a graphic designer. For example, IGTV and Pinterest. It’s very convenient.” Looking at some Bynder reviews, it’s clear that enterprise DAM’s don’t always offer this type of download. As one customer says: “It would be great if there were file types, image size customizations, etc. to select upon download. Currently, Derivatives are made upon upload, but those are decided on upfront when the system is set up, and those may not meet everyone's specific needs, at the time of download.” If you’re posting content across multiple digital channels, it’s important your assets are consistent and on-brand. An out of date image that you’ve not got permission to use could do a lot of damage. That’s why most DAMs offer features like version control and expiry dates, leaving no excuse for your team mates to post out-of-date assets to your marketing channels. In Dash, if you upload a new version of an asset, everyone who downloaded the old version will get an email notification. Plus, if you’ve got any embeddable links attached to that asset, those will update too. This is how one of our customers, fwip, keeps their email signatures and landing pages up to date. You can also set expiry dates against your assets so your team’s notified when something can no longer be used on the web. Most enterprise DAMs offer this feature, too. Tools like Brandfolder and Bynder go a step further an offer more complex permission structures, ideal if you’ve got thousands of employees accessing your system. Although, one Bynder user says this often requires help from Bynder’s team: “Some high-level settings are outside the permissions allowed for administrators and require Bynder intervention; I'd like to have control over as much as possible on my side in case I need to make an emergency adjustment to something on the fly.” Buying a digital asset management tool is an investment—no matter how expensive. So you’ll want to make sure it easily connects up with the tools you already use. Admittedly, most enterprise vendors have a much wider range of integrations compared with Dash. Brandfolder, for example, has no less than 52 integrations at the time of writing. They’ve got integrations like Cilo, which lets you order prints of your assets, and Getty Images for finding stock images. With Dash, you can sync up with 19 tools (with more in the pipeline), but all our integrations are geared towards small and growing ecommerce businesses. So you’ll be able to connect your Shopify store and WordPress site. You can also drag images straight from Dash into design tools like Figma, Canva and Sketch. And send visual content directly to social via Hootsuite. DAMs are for your visual content. They should be easy to navigate, intuitive and look visually inspiring. 😎 If you’re currently using tools like SharePoint or Dropbox, you’ll know that clicking around the system isn’t the best experience. Their interfaces are clunky and you have to open each individual file to see if it’s actually the image that you thought it was - this is not a great UX in our opinion. This is what it looks like when you log in to Planto’s Dash. When you log in you’ll see your latest assets and folders. You can also add a logo, background image and colour scheme. This is also the theme your freelancers, agencies and resellers will see when you share content with them. 😍 A couple of reviews about Widen’s user interface suggest that it’s not as inspiring as a DAM should be: “In general, it is not an attractive interface, even after some branding. A lot of the security and permissions features are difficult to disable if not needed and become very burdensome.” “The interface - though I understand the difficulty of an update like that, it's pretty outdated in appearance and lacks an enticing user experience.” Choosing an easy-to-use DAM means less hassle searching, and more time on content creation and the stuff you were actually hired to do. 🙌 For a quick summary of enterprise DAMs vs Dash features, check out this table: Prices suited for growing brands Share via URL and email When it comes to your business's DAM preference, you need to consider what you and your team need it for. It's easy to pick out an enterprise DAM. They're the ones featuring massive companies as their clients, hiding their pricing, and cooing over Forrester reports. They’re not always the best choice for you and your brand. After all, you’re looking for a home for your digital assets. You don’t want anything complicated or with a hefty price tag. If you need some help comparing your options, we’ve created some articles that directly compare Dash against our enterprise competitors. Have a browse below: And if you want to lay everything out on the table, download our free DAM comparison worksheet to weigh up your options. {{dam-comparison="/blog-components"}} If you’re ready to give Dash a go, you can sign up for a 14-day free trial, no strings attached. Simply pop in your email and you can get started straight away. ✹ Amy Burchill is the SEO and Content Manager for Dash. She works with ecommerce experts to create articles for DTC brands wanting to improve their campaigns. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/facebook-ad-graphics Title: How to create Facebook Ad graphics that sell your productsTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Creating scroll-stopping Facebook ads is a must for any ecommerce store. Learn what makes a good visual and get inspired by some fab brands. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/facebook-ad-graphics ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: How to create Facebook Ad graphics that sell your products H3: How to create eye-catching visuals for your Facebook ads H3: What resources do you need to design your Facebook ads? H3: Next: create killer Facebook campaigns H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: How to create Facebook Ad graphics that sell your products H3: How to create eye-catching visuals for your Facebook ads H4: 1. Experiment with different ad formats H4: 2. Choose the right colour scheme H4: 3. Consider your font placement H4: 4. Appeal to people’s emotions H4: 5. Include user-generated content H4: 6. Use a product-focused image H4: 7. Only use clear visuals H4: 8. Test various images and graphics in your ads H4: 9. Mix up your ads with videos H4: 10. Keep landing pages consistent with your ad H4: 11. Optmise for mobile H3: What resources do you need to design your Facebook ads? H3: Next: create killer Facebook campaigns H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content The average Facebook user sees 36 ads on the platform every single day. đŸ˜±While ads are a great way to reach new people, they can also get lost in the never-ending scroll. If you don’t spend time creating eye-catching graphics, you might miss out on potential customers who simply scroll straight past and onto the next food, sunset, or baby pic. This is the last thing you want, especially when images are such an integral part of the shopping journey. One survey shows that campaigns with images have a 42% increase in click-through rate. That means you need to choose your visual content wisely. Whether you’re creating your own product shots or outsourcing to a designer, here are some tips for creating eye-popping Facebook ads. Facebook offers a whole host of different ad types you can play around with. From video ads to 360 degree mobile-only ads, there’s a format to suit every type of graphic: Want to learn more? Check out our post all about setting up Facebook ad campaigns. ✹ The colour scheme you use can create a sense of urgency and evoke certain emotions in Facebook users. How powerful is that?!According to psychometrics, reds indicate excitement, passion, and ambition. Yellows evoke a sense of optimism and blues indicate reliability and strength. This should give you some guidance on where to start with your Facebook ads. But remember, Facebook has a very familiar colour palette. Make sure you avoid them by using colours that contrast the blues and whites. Daily Harvest uses a yellow colour palette in this ad, which gives off a happy, optimistic vibe. It also complements the brand’s colours whilst standing out against Facebook’s palette. You want your ad to make sense when seen on a small screen, too. To do this, make sure you’re not using tons of small text or a really busy image that loses all meaning when it’s zoomed out. You’ll also want to make sure you can actually see the text against the background. Quip uses a simple product shot with minimal text. This ad quickly conveys the most important information and the contrasting colours make it easy to spot when you’re scrolling through your feed. There are some general rules of thumb when it comes to the psychology behind images. For example, people love pets. In fact, they’re the fourth-most shared type of image online. đŸ¶ And research has shown that people respond better to a smiling face than a frowning (or neutral) face. Bonobos feature eye contact and smiling faces in its Facebook ads. This feels more welcoming than staring at a row of moody faces. Reviews and user-generated content (UGC) add a splash of social proof to your ads and work as digital word-of-mouth marketing. It’s something we see some of our customers doing with the help of Dash (that’s us)!Take one of our customers, Forthglade. They use UGC to fill up their Facebook page. Their ‘dog of the month’ competition encourages customers to submit pics of their gorgeous dogs directly through Forthglade’s website. These images then get sent straight to Dash using Zapier. From there, the team can go through and pick their faves to post to social. (We know, what an awful job!). 75% of ecommerce shoppers rate product photos to be very influential in their buying decisions. So, make the most of those product images! To do this, you could use some simple product shots that promote a particular feature or lifestyle shots that show your product in action. Goli’s ad is not only eye-catching in colour, but it also spotlights the specific vitamins in its product so customers know exactly what to expect. Blurry or pixelated pics are a big no-no. This goes without saying – quality over everything else! Arch Bags uses high-quality pics of parents using their baby bags in its Facebook ads. Tip ✹If you use a digital asset management (DAM) tool such as Dash, you can download high-quality images that are Facebook-ready with a click of a button. Run tests to see which images perform best with your audience. Is it the one with the dog? Or the one showing your product in action? Either way, you’ll find out soon enough. In one test, a brand found out that adding a simple border to their ad graphics doubled the number of click-throughs đŸ˜±Once you’ve collected your data, you can use a star rating in Dash to organise which images performed the best. This, in turn, will help you know what to pick for future Facebook ads. Do you go for a static image or a video? It depends on the aim of your ad. Videos can be a great way to show your product in action, while images can be a powerful way to create brand awareness. In fact, a 2019 study found that videos helped 50% of online shoppers decide which product to buy. Crossrope Jump Ropes uses a video in this ad to highlight one of its benefits: Lightweight equipment. Keep the ad journey smooth and seamless by making sure the landing pages you direct users to look like the ad they clicked on. Use similar colors and images, and mention the key point in the ad if possible. Laithwaites’ ad and accompanying landing page feature a similar colour scheme and the same image so users are left with no confusion. 81% of Facebook users only access the app through their mobile. To get the best results from your ads, consider a mobile-first strategy: Thomann International’s 360-degree posts make it easy for mobile users to explore the product range by moving their devices around. Before you begin creating your ad graphics, you’ll need to know where you’re going to store them. If nobody can find all your beautifully designed ads, how can you get any value from them? A tool like Dash will provide a place for you to store, manage and share all your visual content. You can even filter your images by star rating to quickly see which ads have performed the best. And, it integrates with the following design tools that you can use to create FB ads: What about using a designer or photographer? If you’d rather bring a professional on board, you can. Designers and photographers will be able to bring your ad vision to life with your chosen color schemes and branding. Whether you want to use an emotional image or location-specific images, a designer will know exactly what to do.Caveat: You’ll have to pay out if you want to work with a top designer or photographer and it can cost anywhere between $15 to $150 per hour depending on their level of expertise. Tip: Make sure you create a detailed photography brief to work from so everyone is on the same page. ✹ Once your visuals are on point, have a go at experimenting with different ad types to see what works best for you. Check out our guide that covers everything you need to know about creating a stellar FB ad campaign. And don’t forget to store all your visuals in one handy place! Dash makes it easy to upload your designs and manage them directly from the tools you use to create them. Lizzie Davey writes for ecommerce and marketing SaaS brands. She helps create B2B content strategies and is the Founder of Copy Revival and Freelance Magic. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/facebook-ads-for-ecommerce Title: A guide to Facebook ads for ecommerceTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Learn how to use Facebook ads alongside your existing marketing strategy and unlock a consistent flow of sales from new and existing customers. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/facebook-ads-for-ecommerce ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: A guide to Facebook ads for ecommerce H3: How to set up a Facebook ad H3: How much do Facebook ads cost to run? H3: The importance of visuals in FB ads H3: The different types of Facebook Ads H3: 13 tips for better Facebook ad campaigns H3: Keep all your Facebook Ad creatives organised H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: A guide to Facebook ads for ecommerce H3: How to set up a Facebook ad H3: How much do Facebook ads cost to run? H3: The importance of visuals in FB ads H4: Video vs. image ads: which works best? H3: The different types of Facebook Ads H3: 13 tips for better Facebook ad campaigns H4: 1. Keep your copy concise H4: 2. Ask your audience a question H4: 3. Solve a problem H4: 4. Add humour H4: 5. Highlight any sales or offers H4: 6. Use customers reviews H4: 7. Have eye-catching product images H4: 8. Create lookalike audiences H4: 9. Target custom audiences H4: 10. Promote blog posts to nurture H4: 11. Win back customers with an abandoned cart campaign H4: 12. Include a call to action H4: 13. Offer a discount H3: Keep all your Facebook Ad creatives organised H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content 50% of Facebookers find their next purchase via ads. And, they have the potential to reach 2.08 billion people. đŸ€Ż For ecommerce marketers, you know what this means! Time to get your FB game on point. 👌Paying to play lets you target niche markets and serve your products to potential buyers as they scroll. This stops you from wasting money trying to get the attention of people who aren’t interested. Facebook ads can be used in a variety of different use cases, too, depending on your goals: Use Facebook advertising alongside your existing ecommerce marketing strategy and you can unlock a consistent flow of sales from new and existing customers. Setting up a Facebook ad falls somewhere in between a walk in the park and struggling uphill through treacle. The process itself is pretty simple – Facebook basically hand-holds you through it – but choosing the right settings can be a fun (😬) game of trial and error. 1. Create an account with Facebook Ads Manager First things first, you need an account to get started. Go to Ads Manager and create an account if you don’t already have one. 2. Click “Create New Ad” 3. Install Meta Pixel on your website The Meta Pixel is a piece of code that you can install on your website to better track your customer’s behaviours. It’ll help you measure the effectiveness of your ads, as well as collect data to optimise future Facebook campaigns. 4. Choose an objective for your ad Surely your objective is cold, hard cash?! 💰 Whatever your end goal is, Facebook has something to help.The objectives cover a range of activities: 5. Select your audience Get specific here. You can target users based on their age, sex, and location, as well as other differentiators, like their relationship status, financial status, job title, past education, and even the life stage they’re at. You can also upload a custom audience made up of your website visitors, email subscribers, or customers and create lookalike audiences based on common demographics and traits. You can choose to set a daily budget (which FB won’t go over) or a budget for the entire campaign. 7. Add an image and copy Find your eye-catching images or videos in Dash (or your drive if you haven’t got one yet), then upload them to Facebook with your gripping Facebook ad copy. 8. Monitor the ad’s performance Finally, make sure to check back regularly to see how your ads are performing. Are they getting the click-throughs you want? What about engagement? If they’re not quite hitting the mark, try tweaking your visuals, the copy, and your target audience until you’re getting the results you want. Facebook ads come with a price tag that will eat into your budget if you’re not careful.Costs can vary wildly, but for the most part, you’re looking at a cost per click (where you pay every time someone clicks through on your ad) of between ÂŁ0.40 and ÂŁ1.50. This will ultimately depend on your product and the industry you’re in. If you’re competing with hundreds of other brands selling a similar red ballet pump, you’ll pay more.The easiest way to know your costs is to test them. Run a short campaign to get an average CPC and identify what kinds of ads perform the best. A picture tells a thousand words, but it also needs to do it quickly. Facebook users are fast scrollers who are seeking out the next dopamine hit, so you have about 3 seconds to grab their attention. Eye-catching imagery can work wonders for this, but the perfect pic doesn’t just attract eyeballs. It can also say a lot about your brand. In fact, 75% of consumers consider visuals to be influential in their purchasing decisions and 22% of products are returned because they look different from the photos. Use Dash to store your visuals in one easy-to-access place. You can organise files, share access with multiple team members, and create a collection of ready-to-use images you can pull into your FB ads in seconds. Read more about it in our guide to marketing asset management. So now we’ve ironed out just how important visuals are in your Facebook ads, how do you decide whether to use a video or an image? Research has shown that videos are better for driving engagement (such as likes and comments), while images are better for click-throughs. Videos can ramp up brand awareness by deep diving into an aspect of your brand, like how your products are made, a customer story, or a narrative around how your bestseller came to be. Images, on the other hand, can attract shoppers in buy mode. They see something they like the look of, they click through, and they purchase. Whichever visual you choose, you need to make it good. No one’s going to click a blurry, low-quality pic, just like no one’s going to engage with a badly lit video that doesn’t make sense. It’s worth experimenting with both types of visuals to see which works best for your audience and the goals you want to achieve. Facebook has come a long way since its early days and now offers a range of ad types to suit different brands, audiences, and goals:Photo ads: You’re probably the most familiar with these. They combine an image and copy to create a simple, static ad that can spotlight a product, a customer, or the lifestyle associated with your products. AllBirds showcases how lightweight their trainers are in this powerful photo ad campaign. Video ads: Like photo ads, but with a video instead of a pic. You can run a short ad that brings your product to life or a longer, film-style version that delves deeper into your brand and your customers. {% video_player "embed_player" overrideable=False, type='hsvideo2', hide_playlist=True, viral_sharing=False, embed_button=False, autoplay=False, hidden_controls=False, loop=False, muted=False, full_width=False, width='800', height='600', player_id='90805982472', style='' %} Good Pair Days features a beautifully shot unboxing video as part of their ad. Stories ads: Facebook Stories are relatively new in the great scheme of things, but they provide an excellent way to connect with shoppers. They’re customisable and immersive and have some of the highest engagement rates of any FB ad - in fact, 62% of people say they have become more interested in a brand or product after seeing it in stories. Tentree shares quick shots of its new product line in its Stories and encourages shoppers to Swipe Up to discover more. Carousel ads: Spotlight up to 10 pics at once in a single ad, each of which links to a different product page. Viewers can swipe through the images and choose which one resonates with them the most. Love, Bonito uses a carousel format to showcase a selection of its products. Collection ads: Perfect for ecommerce brands, these ads allow shoppers to browse your product catalogue and get more info without ever leaving Facebook. Dollar Shave Club introduces Facebook users to a selection of products. When they click on an image they can find out more without ever leaving the app. Dynamic product ads: Serve personalised ads to people who have already shown interest in your products. Great for reducing abandoned cart rates and increasing brand awareness. Did we mention you have just seconds to catch the attention of passing scrollers? Luckily, there are plenty of tips to help you improve the performance of your Facebook campaigns. Your FB ad mantra should be “short and sweet”. Make the headline too long, and you’ll quickly lose the interest of shoppers. Aim for two or three short sentences and try and include your unique value prop (UVP). Edible Blooms keeps it simple and shows how you could use their product to apologise to a loved one. It’s a very specific message - but something many of us can relate to! If you’re gunning for engagement, try asking Facebookers a question to pique their interest. This will hopefully stop them in their tracks and give you enough time to convince them to click through. Firstleaf kicks off its Facebook ad with a question, asking people if they’ve ever spent money on a wine they didn’t enjoy. It might spark a memory of a time they had a less-than-stellar glass of plonk they regretted spending so much money on. If you can exacerbate a pain point in your FB ad copy and then offer a solution when people click through, you’ll be golden. Maybe someone’s struggling to find a dress for an upcoming party, or perhaps they need a tasty non-alcoholic drink. {% video_player "embed_player" overrideable=False, type='hsvideo2', hide_playlist=True, viral_sharing=False, embed_button=False, autoplay=False, hidden_controls=False, loop=False, muted=False, full_width=False, width='800', height='600', player_id='90813347423', style='' %} Bombas touches on a pain point in its ads: Annoyingly slidey socks. People who struggle with this will automatically resonate with the messaging and might decide to check out the brand based on past experiences with slippy socks. If your brand voice allows for it, inject a little humour into your Facebook ad copy. It could be a joke, a relatable scenario, or an anecdote that puts a smile on shoppers’ faces. {% video_player "embed_player" overrideable=False, type='hsvideo2', hide_playlist=True, viral_sharing=False, embed_button=False, autoplay=False, hidden_controls=False, loop=False, muted=False, full_width=False, width='800', height='600', player_id='90811099065', style='' %} Chubbies uses a humorous video alongside personality-driven copy in its FB ads. This video's caption reads: "Softer than me watching Dawson's Creek crying into my pint of ice cream." People love getting a good deal. If your ad promotes a discount or an upcoming sale, mention that in your ad copy. The goal is to convince users that they’ll get something special when they click through. ModCloth promotes a discount and other unique selling points, like local currencies and easy returns. Who better to advertise your products than your customers? Instead of agonising over the perfect set of words, use your customers’ words instead (aka user-generated content). Include reviews, customer testimonials, and stories in your FB ad copy. Liv Watches keeps it simple by showcasing a past product review as the ad copy. The visuals of your ad are what will stop people mid-scroll. Use high-quality pics that showcase your product. If you’re retargeting, make sure to show them the product they’ve already shown an interest in. Avoid using the same colours as Facebook so your ad stands out on the platform and steer clear of cheesy stock photos. Read our guide on DIY product photography to get started or use our photographer brief template if you want to outsource the job. Stitch Fix uses flat-lay style images to create outfits. The pictures are clear and provide inspiration to potential shoppers. If you have a decent email list of at least 100 people - either prospects or customers - you can create lookalike audiences that match the demographics and traits of the people on those lists. This is a great way to warm up cold audiences because the people you’re targeting will have the same characteristics as your actual customers, email subscribers, or website visitors, meaning they’re more likely to convert. As well as lookalike audiences, you can target potential customers who have already shown interest in your products. For example, you can retarget shoppers who have visited your bestsellers page or you can serve ads to people who have signed up for your email list. These shoppers already know who you are and need less convincing, which can lead to higher conversion rates. As you can see, Vivo Life knows that I’ve already taken a cheeky peek at their products 👀 Now that it’s popped up in my feed, I’ll be more tempted to go ahead and buy. Instead of guiding cold audiences straight to your product pages, have some of your Facebook ads direct people to blog posts and other useful content. This is a great strategy for remarketing to audiences who aren't yet ready to buy from you. Purple encourages people to learn more about its products by providing information about the technology behind the mattress. 69.99% of shoppers abandon their cart before buying anything. They don’t have to be lost forever, though. Run an abandoned cart campaign on Facebook to serve ads to people who have products waiting in their carts. Sweeten the deal by offering a cheeky discount if they come back and claim their goods. Baba Souk reminds shoppers they have items left in their carts and offers 15% off if they go back and make an order. Want to drive clicks? Tell people what to do next. Your FB ad should leave no doubt about what shoppers should do next. It could be a click-through to a product page, a discount code, or an option to sign up for your email list. Use active words in your call to action (CTA) to encourage decision-making. Nisolo uses the CTA “shop now”, leaving Facebook users in no doubt about what action they should take next. 🛒 Everyone likes to get a deal, and a discount reduces the barrier to entry for new customers. Offer your target audience a percentage off their first purchase or advertise a flash sale to instil a sense of urgency. Annmarie Skin Care offers people 25% off for one day only. Better get in there quick! Ready to dip your toes into the world of Facebook ads? Make it easy to manage your images with Dash. For ecommerce brands, storing all your visuals in one place makes it easy peasy to collaborate with different teams and stay on brand at all times. Want to try it for yourself? Sign up to a free trial below! 👇 Lizzie Davey writes for ecommerce and marketing SaaS brands. She helps create B2B content strategies and is the Founder of Copy Revival and Freelance Magic. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/figma-vs-sketch Title: Figma vs Sketch: which one should you pick?Twitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Should you get Figma or Sketch? Compare features, pricing and usability for the two popular design tools, Sketch and Figma. Find out which one works best. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/figma-vs-sketch ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Figma vs Sketch: which one should you pick? H3: What can you use Figma and/or Sketch for? H3: What are the key differences between Figma and Sketch? H3: Figma vs Sketch: Price H2: Figma vs Sketch: Features H3: Figma vs Sketch: Plugins and integrations H3: Figma vs Sketch: Usability H3: What’s the verdict? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Figma vs Sketch: which one should you pick? H3: What can you use Figma and/or Sketch for? H3: What are the key differences between Figma and Sketch? H3: Figma vs Sketch: Price H2: Figma vs Sketch: Features H3: Figma vs Sketch: Plugins and integrations H3: Figma vs Sketch: Usability H3: What’s the verdict? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Figma and Sketch are collaborative design tools that allow you to create things for the web. These can range anywhere from marketing graphics to complex, multi-step checkout flows. Both are popular with designers and offer an alternative to more traditional tools like Adobe XD. They’re both slick, easy to use and make collaborating super seamless. But what exactly are the differences between them? On the surface, they seem like pretty similar tools. They’ve become increasingly popular with designers who work for small brands (like me), and many other tools integrate with them (like Dash). Since I’ve worked with both during my career, I think it’s about time we hashed it out. đŸ„Š There are several reasons you may use Sketch or Figma. As the UI designer for Dash, I mainly use them for two things: Creating marketing graphics - At Dash, I’m often asked to create marketing graphics for our website. Let’s say marketing need to add a new section to our site about how you can use Dash to share files easily. They’d need a supporting graphic to help communicate that message. That could be a graphic showing a particular scenario in the Dash app or some simplified UI for a specific feature. An example of simplified UI that features on our website Designing and prototyping new product features - Over time, I’ve built up a library of design components that feature in Dash. These are things like buttons, search boxes and form fields. When I’m designing a new feature I can use these to mock up what it would look like. This gives our developers something to work from when they build it. The team (and sometimes customers) can then poke and prod to see if it fits the bill and give feedback. Here's a peek at what prototyping looks like in Figma One of the key differences between Figma and Sketch is where they’re hosted. Sketch is a desktop-only app and is exclusive to Mac. Figma, however, can be used directly in your browser. There’s also an option to download Figma on iOS and Windows. Does this instantly give Figma the upper hand? Maybe. But Sketch’s exclusivity means it’s totally optimised for your Apple computer. 🍏 We’ll dig into that some more later. For now, let’s take a look at how much these tools cost. Both Figma and Sketch are billed on an editor-to-editor basis. Basically, the more users you have, the more you pay: Note: these prices are for the design and prototyping package. There’s also Figma for whiteboarding, but that has an entirely different use case. Note: Sketch offers a 30-day free trial, no credit card required. There are several features that Sketch and Figma share. For example, you can collaborate in real-time on both platforms. This means two or more users can work on the same project at one time. You can also control access (a bit like Google Docs) and share prototype links. Where do they differ? As I mentioned, Sketch is solely on iOS. That means it’s optimised for Mac and offers features that Figma can’t. These include fast performance on Apple silicon, native font rendering and P3 colour profiles. What’s more, Sketch gives you a full offline workflow — handy if you have wifi problems. Figma, on the other hand, is cloud-based which means you’ll get real-time updates and you can use it on any computer, including those that aren’t Mac. Want a quick breakdown of features? Take a look below. 👇 Prototyping (all in one app) Share via URL (non-editable) Invite users for free If you’ve written CSS before then you should pick this up easily as its similar to FlexBox Known as Smart Layout: Some configuration required Most plug-ins are created by third-party developers which need to be purchased. (There are some free Sketch plugins too). Includes component properties and variants. This lets you configure the components when you reuse them. For example, you might want to toggle the visibility of an icon or display a text field in a focused state. You eventually build up a library of configurable components which you can reuse and drop into future designs. Add comments and feedback on work Full offline workflow Get inspiration and use designer templates Event meet-ups and webinars When it comes to integrations, both Sketch and Figma have loads to choose from. Figma integrates with lots of design tools as well as plugins to help productivity and collaboration including Slack, Notion and Trello. Sketch is focused on plugins that aid design and development including Stark, Chart and Overflow. Both integrate with our very own digital asset management (DAM) tool, Dash. This means you can drop assets directly into Sketch or Figma via the CI HUB connector. And anything you design can be uploaded straight back to Dash. Not only does this save time on downloading/uploading, but it means your marketing teams will have access to your finished graphics (and they don’t need to come to you every time)! If ease of use is a big factor for you, then you’re in luck. Both Figma and Sketch are pretty easy to use. The only thing to bare in mind is that they both have a bit of a learning curve to get up to speed. Figma can get more advanced if you want it to. But you don’t need to touch any of the advanced functionality if you don’t need to — you’ll still make good use of the system regardless. The good news is that both platforms have great help articles and videos for you to learn from. đŸ€“ After learning the differences between Figma and Sketch, which one should you use? For me personally, Figma is the winner. đŸ„‡I love the autolayout feature and the Figma community really helps when I’m in need of a little inspiration. But that’s not to say Sketch isn’t the one for you. Aside from being a fantastic tool for UI and UX designers, this platform really shook up what a web design tool could be. It’s the original tool that many web designers cut their teeth on and is well-loved in the industry. Ben Browning is the UX designer for Dash. His articles feature design tips for marketers who want to level up their skills. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/file-management-best-practice Title: The best practices for managing your filesTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Discover tips for managing your files and documents. Also, read about some top cloud-based file management software solutions for your small business. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/file-management-best-practice ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: The best practices for managing your files H3: Why should you bother with file management? H3: Common file management challenges H3: What are the different types of file management systems? H3: Tips for better document management H3: What to look for in file management tools H3: 5 cloud-based tools to help you with your file management H2: Organise your images and videos with Dash H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: The best practices for managing your files H3: Why should you bother with file management? H3: Common file management challenges H3: What are the different types of file management systems? H3: Tips for better document management H4: Plan your document management strategy H4: Set up an archiving process H4: Clear out duplicate files H4: Agree a folder structure H4: Use naming conventions H4: Set up approval workflows H3: What to look for in file management tools H3: 5 cloud-based tools to help you with your file management H2: Organise your images and videos with Dash H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Think about the agonising hours you’ve spent looking for a document or spreadsheet that you can’t remember the name of. What about those product images that your photographer sent over last month — are they lost in your downloads folder or still sitting in an email thread? Spending an age looking for your images and docs shouldn’t be the norm. But for many growing businesses, file control can quickly get out of hand. Poor file naming practices can complicate the ability to retrieve files efficiently, leading to wasted time and frustration. That’s why we’re here to help. ✹ Establishing a clear digital file organisation system can significantly improve productivity by enhancing accessibility, reducing frustration, and streamlining workflows. In this post, we’ll break down some file management best practices. We’ll explore different methods of organising your documents, along with tips on managing image and video files. And we’ll point to some cloud-based digital asset management solutions that’ll help you find and share documents with your team. Getting into good habits with your file management isn’t just about finding electronic documents quickly. A Forrester’s report shows that 54% businesses agree that document management can benefit employee collaboration, and 47% believe it’ll increase customer satisfaction too. Plus integrating data protection strategies to manage confidential files can safeguard sensitive information, meaning only authorised team members have the necessary permissions. It makes sense: by having all your important files in order, it’s easier to be productive and get back to the work you’ve been hired to do. So for a growing brand, now’s the time to get your document management in order. Implementing effective file management strategies can help you get ahead of the game before you have thousands of files on your hands. 🙌 Despite the importance of file management, many teams face common challenges that can impact productivity and collaboration. Here are some of the most common file management challenges - keep reading to learn how you can fix them. 🔧 Before diving into some best practices for managing your digital files, it’s important to understand what we mean by ‘file management.’ For a start, managing files effectively involves understanding the different places to save your files. You’ve got your work computer with its hard drive and company server. And you’ve got solutions like Google Drive and Dropbox where all your documents live in the cloud and which you can access via your internet browser. There are also tools like Dash (that’s us) to help organise all of your visual content - but we’ll get to that later. First, let’s get into some ways you can start organising your documents. Ready to get those docs in order? Here are some general tips to help you clear up your hard drives: Whipping your filing system into shape won’t happen overnight. If you want to get serious about it, make sure you plan out a proper document management strategy, including establishing a consistent file naming convention. Here are some steps you’ll want to consider: As your business grows, you’ll undoubtedly collect more and more data and files. Archiving is a way of removing unnecessary or old information that’s getting in the way of your work in progress. Note that these won’t be deleted permanently. However, after a period of time - say a year or two - you might decide that some non-critical documents won’t be needed again. This is a good time to destroy them, but ensure you have a clear audit trail and reference to the earlier version of each document before doing so. 🚼 If you use a hard drive, network server, or your own desktop to store your business documents and data files, you’ll know how easy it is to create duplicate files. For example, you might have a document that belongs in multiple folders, so you copy it multiple times across your network server. This isn’t a crime, but it does take up space and cause unnecessary clutter. Consider cutting down the number of duplicate files in your folders. You’ll be all too familiar with folders. But they’re not helpful if your team doesn’t use them consistently. Just picture your social media manager creating folders based on the channels they’ve been working on. Then think of your marketing lead who saves content in folders based on the campaign they’re working on. Then there’s your designer who creates folders based on different file types. Doesn’t that sound chaotic? đŸ˜« By agreeing on a consistent folder structure and using standardised file names, each team member will know what folder to click on when they’re looking for a certain file. Consistency is key when it comes to good file management. If you and your team are keeping your files in a shared drive, naming conventions will help you find them again. For example, saving your documents with names like: ‘marketing plan final, ‘marketing plan v2 approved’ and ‘marketing plan FINAL FINAL FINAL’ isn’t particularly helpful. Make sure approved, work-in-progress and archived documents are labelled clearly. Your shared drives can quickly become chaotic if people are constantly uploading new files without version control. That’s why an approval workflow can be helpful to make sure only finalised documents are stored here. If you use Google Drive, you can request your team members to ask for approval. This sends you a notification whenever there’s a new document for you to sign off. There are loads of file management tools and software available that can help teams manage files more efficiently. These tools offer features like file organisation, version control, and collaboration, making it easier to manage files and improve productivity (we'll get into those in a moment). When selecting a file management tool or software, consider the following factors: For managing documents, images or videos, take a look at these file management software solutions that are ideal for small businesses. The tips mentioned in this article are great for general document management. However, organising your images and video files requires a different approach. That’s because most file management tools aren’t set up to help you search for your visual content. They can’t let you search for the actual content of an image, so you’ll often have to rely on file names and tiny thumbnails to find what you’re looking for. Instead, you should pick a tool like Dash, a cloud digital asset management system built for growing brands. Yep, that’s us! Here are some ways you can manage image and video files in Dash. Use AI to identify objects Unlike most document management solutions, Dash uses AI to identify objects within your images so you can search by keywords and filter by the information within your assets. Say you’re looking for an image that has a sofa in it. Instead of spending hours trawling through files in your shared drive, you can simply type the keyword in Dash and you’ll instantly see results. Dash encourages you to use tags and fields when organising your visual files. This is different from the traditional folder structures you’ll see in most document management tools. It means you can save images in multiple folders, without the need for duplicating. You can also quickly whittle down your search to find the exact image you’re looking for. Say I want to look for a calathea plant that’s easy to care for and that I can use on the website - tags help me find it in seconds. Approve and reject image files It’s easy to set up approval workflows in Dash, too. If you’re an admin, you can accept or reject new uploads from your team members. For example, you might want to review your freelance photographer’s work before it gets added to your Dash. There’s loads more features in Dash that’ll help you easily manage your images and videos. If you’re interested to find  out more, take a look at these articles: ‍You can also take out a free trial if you want to give it a go yourself. {{free-trail="/blog-components"}} Pricing starts at ÂŁ99/$139 per month. Box is a cloud-based tool that brings all aspects of file management together in one place. You can create to-do lists for your projects, sign off contracts using e-signatures and integrate with 1500+ apps including Google Drive and OneDrive. Box prides itself on its security, meaning you can feel confident sharing confidential files with teams all around the world. You can also access Box via your mobile devices — ideal if you need to edit docs on the move. Pricing: starting at ÂŁ12/$15 per user per month Similar to Box, Dropbox is a great all-rounder tool to help you manage your documents. You can add password protection on your files, create sales proposals and rewind your entire account for up to 180 days. Dropbox also has a huge suite of integrations meaning you’ll spend less time switching between your different apps. Note: Dropbox isn't great for managing visual assets like images and videos. You can learn more in our article that compares Dropbox with digital asset management software tools (like Dash). Pricing: starting at ÂŁ12/$15 per user per month If you have a Google account, you may already be familiar with Google Drive. But, for a small business, it might be worth purchasing a Workspace account to help you better manage your files. You’ll get easy access to documents, sheets and presentations at a relatively low cost. Plus, Workspace gives you extra features like Google Meets (for video calls) and Google Forms. Pricing: starting at ÂŁ9.20/$11 per user per month. 💡Already use Google Drive and want some tips on how to organise it better? You can check out our blog post: How small businesses can organise their Google Drive. SmartVault is like the electronic version of your filing cabinet. đŸ—ƒïžIt lets you automate the way you collect, manage and share your documents with your team. And you can integrate with accounting, tax and productivity apps to save you switching back and forth between complicated systems. Pricing: ÂŁ30/$37 per user per month Looking for more tools? Take a look at Barney's article which lists the top marketing apps for small businesses. ✹ No matter what file management software you choose, make sure you’ve got a separate system for your images and videos. Dash even lets you integrate with tools like Dropbox and Google Drive, so you can easily manage your visual content and documents together. If you want to move your assets from a previous system over to Dash, download our asset migration spreadsheet to help get your content in order. Want to give it a go? Sign up for a 14-day free trial below. 👇 Amy Burchill is the SEO and Content Manager for Dash. She works with ecommerce experts to create articles for DTC brands wanting to improve their campaigns. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/folders-in-dash Title: How Dash is shaking up traditional file organisationTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: We believe modern DAM tools offer a bright new future for asset searchability, and folders are due for a shake-up. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/folders-in-dash ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: How Dash is shaking up traditional file organisation H3: Why traditional folder structures should be a thing of the past H3: What’s a Dash custom field? H3: How do I actually use fields to find what I want faster? H3: How to choose your custom fields in Dash? H3: When should I set up my fields? H3: Should I get rid of folders altogether? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: How Dash is shaking up traditional file organisation H3: Why traditional folder structures should be a thing of the past H3: What’s a Dash custom field? H3: How do I actually use fields to find what I want faster? H3: How to choose your custom fields in Dash? H3: When should I set up my fields? H3: Should I get rid of folders altogether? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content A major reason for choosing a digital asset management tool, like Dash, is to escape the confines of a folder-only organisation system. I’m talking about tools like Drive or Dropbox that only allow you to organise your images and videos by sorting them into folders. Sure, they’re easy to use - people have been using folders for years. And they’re simple: your digital assets are either in a folder or they’re not! But the more folders and subfolders you create, the more confusing and chaotic your system becomes. In the end, these deep folder structures make it difficult to find assets and your teams end up asking you where the latest files are. Not ideal. đŸ€Šâ€â™‚ïž That’s why Dash uses a new way to organise assets: filters and fields. ✹ In this article, I’ll walk through why embracing custom fields, and in turn simplifying your folder structure, will help your users find their visual content faster and easier. As Dash’s Customer Success Lead, I help a lot of customers set up their new Dash accounts. A trend I see when customers first sign up is their desire to keep the same deep folder structures they were using in Drive or Dropbox - the very systems they’re trying to escape! That’s not always the best option. Here are some reasons you shouldn’t rely on folders: By introducing fields, we can create a super-searchable DAM that’ll save you a lot of time. Custom fields allow you to search for useful data about your assets. For example, our fake ecommerce brand, Planto, has some specific fields that relate to their brand: Here’s an example of me updating the fields against an asset: In theory, you could use these fields to set up a lengthy folder structure instead. But breaking out this data makes it easy for users to quickly find the assets they need and see important information. In Dash, you can add any field to the main browse screen, and this lets you filter the view using that field. Filters are simply a way of narrowing down your search using whatever information you know about your desired asset. This is much more intuitive than browsing through loads of folders. Here’s an example of how quick it is to filter by “lifestyle assets of hanging and succulent plants that are un-killable” in Planto. That’s quite a lot of information, but it only takes 5 seconds to find the assets that match: Have I convinced you to use fields? Excellent! 😎 Here are my top tips on how to approach setting up your fields and fields in Dash: A common question our customers ask me is: “should I prepare my assets first or just import them all and do it later?” The answer is almost always to import them now and organise them later. Why? By importing assets first: Even better, we can migrate cloud-hosted assets stored in systems like Dropbox or Drive for you. We also offer a bulk import desktop uploader which gets your offline assets into Dash easily. So what’s the outcome of all this? Should you be ditching folders forever? In Dash, folders are just another type of field that offer their own benefits. They’re still great for: If you’d like to chat to me about setting up a Dash account, feel free to send me a message via the chat feature on the right-hand side of this post. Or email me: charlie@dash.app. Charlie Pinker is the Customer Success Lead for Dash. He writes articles that help customers get the most out of their Dash. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/food-photography-tips Title: Food photography tips that’ll actually help you sell moreTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Great imagery can increase sales—particularly for food brands. Check out these tips from photography expert, Emma Dunham. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/food-photography-tips ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Food photography tips that’ll actually help you sell more H3: How to make your food photography look great H3: How real-life food brands increased sales with their photography H3: Create better product images for your brand H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Food photography tips that’ll actually help you sell more H3: How to make your food photography look great H4: Step 1: Pick three words that sum up your brand personality H4: Step 2: Use backgrounds and backdrops that complement your products H4: Step 3: Use props that bring your products to life H4: Step 4: Master the composition of your hero H4: Step 5: Use photography to tell a story H4: Step 6: Add authenticity to your brand with shots behind the scenes H4: Step 7: Set up your lighting to show off your food H3: How real-life food brands increased sales with their photography H3: Create better product images for your brand H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Food photography is essential in selling and promoting your online food and beverage business. People can’t touch or taste your products through the screen. You could make the most delicious snacks in the world, but if your imagery is flat and unappealing you can’t expect people to feel tempted to buy.I make a living photographing food for brands. So in this post, I’ll walk you through seven steps that’ll generate desire from your images and get customers raving about your products. Whether you’re a marketer taking shots for your brand, or you’re a photographer in need of a little inspiration, these tips should help you create better images. Plus, I’ll show you real-life examples of two small businesses that increased their sales through clever food photography. Ready to start shooting some fantastic food product shots? These tips will have you sorted. 🙌 First things first, what do people feel when they look at your food online? The emotion you evoke through your food photography can also speak to your wider brand personality and USPs. Let’s say you sell homebaked goods like tarts and brownies. Your brand personality might be one that’s warm, homely and comforting. But without transferring those emotions into your photography your food is just
 food. Your images need to inspire people and get them to crave your products. Take these Portuguese custard tarts for example from a cafe, Moka, based in Epsom. They look pretty dull lying on a plate. But if we think of the words and feelings we want a potential customer to associate with them it’s easier to create a photoshoot to capture that. Let’s go with what we’ve already mentioned: “warm”, “homely” and “comforting”. Tada! That’s better. These darker, woody tones make the image feel homely and the hot chocolate in the background is warm and comforting. Who wouldn’t want to sink their teeth into these delicious treats? So ask yourself: what kind of emotions do you want to stir with your food photography? 💡 My top tip: Before you begin taking photographs, it’s best to decide what feelings you want to evoke when people look at your products. To make sure you stay consistent with your brand, identify the three words that sum up your brand personality and use them to inform the look and feel of your images. If you’re struggling to think of good backdrops and backgrounds for your images, start by looking at the colours in your food. Using complementary or contrasting colours can really help your food stand out—like this lemon meringue cake I shot. Of course, you also need to be mindful of your brand colours too. They’ll likely play a huge part in how you set up each shot. For multiple photographs, stay consistent so the colours are dominant in every image.💡My top tip: Choose backdrop colours that contrast or complement your food whilst being mindful of your brand’s colour palette. Use a colour wheel to find combinations that complement each other. Once you’ve got your emotions and colours down, you can decide on what props you want. That’s things like plates, cutlery and napkins, as well as any complimentary props like flowers and related food items.Different props add a different feel to the image and help bring your products to life through context. For example, including a cooling tray and baking paper when taking an image of a cake sends the message that it’s homemade and freshly baked. If you’re working on a budget, I’d recommend scouting your charity shops, car boot sales, antique markets and house clearances for props. Alternatively, you could buy from online shops and marketplaces like Dunelm, TK Maxx, Ebay, Etsy or Flying Tiger. 💡 My top tip: Pick props that help you tell your brand story and bring your products to life. I always recommend using small plates and pinch bowls as it makes your food look more abundant and it fills the plate. Large plates generally don’t work well because it’s really hard to photograph anything else around the plate. There’s one key technique to help you compose your shot: knowing the hero of your shot! ⭐This is by far the most important part of food photography. You don’t want your main product to get lost with the supporting cast. If the main act gets lost, it’ll be confusing for viewers. Their eyes won’t be drawn to your product and they won’t buy. So let’s look at tips on getting your hero to stand out. Make it big, bright, bold and clear You want your hero to stand out against any background props. You can do this by making it:Bigger: Bring the hero product closer to the camera Brighter: Use a colourful plate or place it in the lightBolder: Use a bright napkin to draw the eyes inClearer: Move the props away from the hero, so it dazzles ✹ Placement of your hero Before you set up the shot, you need to establish if the hero is right in the centre of the image or if it’s offset to the side. For example, a cake with a piece taken out is likely to be offset, whereas a stack of pancakes will be centred. In photography, it’s more aesthetically pleasing to take shots of items in odd numbers. Working in odd numbers ensures it looks artistic and adds interest, whereas even numbers can make the photograph appear more formulaic and functional. Personally, I usually start with three. If that doesn’t work, I go to five—making sure that nothing looks too ‘placed’. The exception might be if you have loads of random pieces of food scattered around, in which it’s okay to break the odd rule. (See what I did there? đŸ€“) A leading line is a prop which is purposely placed to draw your eyes towards the hero.We can be savvy in food photography because we have some great little helpers that fit naturally into the photos. For example: Here’s an image I shot for Planty, an online food delivery company. AnglesYou’ve set your shot up and the food is looking gorgeous. To do your food justice, you need to choose the right angle to take your shot. These are the three common angles for food photography I’d recommend, and when to use what: You can determine what angle you need by looking at how much detail is in your food. And if it’s a flat lay, set it up on the floor so you are not hanging off the ceiling to take the image! Use your food images to create a story and bring your products to life. You could show how your products are made, what ingredients are included and how it’s cooked. If you sell beverages, you could shoot different foods to accompany the drink in a lifestyle shot. A good approach is to think about what experience you want to convey first, and then build your set around it. For example, you might want to create a lifestyle shot of two people on a romantic date. In this case, you may include a bottle of champagne and position the table in a quieter spot. The experience below, for instance, could tell a romantic story of two people out on a picnic. Remember: one image can convey so much more than the words. It could be the make or break of someone stopping to read what you offer. Here are some things to ask yourself: 💡 My top tip: Think about the experience you want to convey and build your scene around it. To add some extra authenticity to your brand’s story, think about shooting ‘behind the scenes’. Customers are more likely to form an attachment to your brand if they can see how your products are made and the people who’re involved in making them.Here are some ideas for behind-the-scene photographs: 💡 My top tip: Go back to the three words you chose to represent your brand and products—this will give you the framework of what to show behind the scenes. This is where so many mistakes happen. If you don’t light your food correctly it will look yellow, congealed and unappetising—not a good look.It doesn’t matter so much what you use to light your food. It’s all about what you diffuse the light with to avoid your food looking yellow. You could use artificial lighting and diffuse it with a softbox. Or take advantage of natural lighting and soften it with a voile across a window. This approach also means you don’t need to buy lots of fancy equipment. To break it down, let’s look at two techniques for your food photography lighting.Side light Place your light to the side of the food at a 90-degree angle. This might be artificial lighting or you can place it to the side of a window for natural lighting. This gives beautiful shadows, dimension, and texture, as well as depth under the food—this stops your food from looking like it’s magically floating in the air. 💡My top tip: Use a bit of foil to bounce the light back in on the side without the light. It looks natural and lifts the shadow. Position your food in front of the light such as in front of a doorway or window. This light is great for illuminating liquids. It makes them glow and gives them a beautiful, subtle, soft light that’s cast over your food. 💡My top tip: If your light is too harsh, use a white voile, shower curtain or baking parchment between the light and the food to soften it.Here are some things you should avoid when lighting your food:❌ Don’t use the kitchen spotlights—they will turn your food an icky yellow❌ Don’t shoot from the same direction as the camera, your food will look flat❌ Don’t use on-camera flash it will make your food look yellow and flat! Now you’ve got some top tips to help you create beautiful food photos, I’ll show you how I helped two small businesses increase their sales with better images. Let’s get into it. Delightfully Decadent was able to communicate their product’s worth Delightfully Decadent sell gorgeous brownies and fudge online and at farmers' markets.However they were struggling to sell on their website. They realised they could do more with their photography, so they asked me to help with an image revamp ready for Christmas. It was clear they needed to think more deeply about the story of their products. I worked with Karen, the owner, on steps to create better images. Here’s what we did: Don’t they look so much more appetising? In fact, having clear, quality images means you’re able to truly show the value of your product which gives you all the more reason to put your pricing up. This is what Karen did, and it paid off!  “With Emma’s help, I increased my Christmas Snowflakes from ÂŁ15 to ÂŁ25 each, which was a huge difference in my profit over Christmas.” Mel’s Marvellous Cakes started booming after she updated her images Mel is a small business owner who loves wearing 1940s clothing. This feeds into her brand, Mel’s Marvellous Cakes. She wears her vintage clothes whilst serving afternoon tea out of her blue campervan at the local farmer’s markers. And she delivers her online orders locally on her old vintage bike. She is her brand, as much as her products. However, when I saw the images on Mel’s website, all the components of the afternoon tea were shoved into a box—tea bags and all. There was no story and it was hard for customers to imagine what it’d be like eating her decadent afternoon tea. So we immersed ourselves in creating an old-fashioned tea shop. The first thing I did was get everything out of the box and use Mel’s vintage tea cups, saucers, teapots, doilies, vintage chintzy tablecloths and paraphernalia to create that 1940s feel. We also dismantled Mel’s conservatory and rebuilt it into a ‘Cath Kidston meets the 1940s’ style backdrop. We added wallpaper and ornaments in the background to provide an on-brand backdrop to all of Mel’s new product shots. Mel now uses all these photos on her website and socials. She’s always in front of the camera because she’s part of the brand. She even gets hired for corporate events where she brings her caravan, crockery, seating and bunting to cater for hungry business folk. This is what Mel said about her new imagery:”Customers are attracted by the photos before the text they read. Professional-looking images present a professional service. Emma has patiently guided me through this and my business has gone from strength to strength.” If there’s one thing I want you to take away from this post, it’s this: please don’t damage your brand with terrible visuals. Because, as you’ve seen, carefully thought-out photography can increase sales. Poor photography will only hold you back.  With that in mind, here’s a summary of my top tips you can start implementing right away. ✹ Emma Dunham is a multi-award-winning food photographer. She helps business owners and entrepreneurs increase visibility through beautiful images. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/frontify-digital-asset-management Title: The best Frontify alternatives for your growing businessTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Wondering what DAM to pick for your brand? Take a look at these Frontify digital asset management alternatives and find the best tool for you. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/frontify-digital-asset-management ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: The best Frontify alternatives for your growing business H2: Frontify’s pros and cons H2: The best Frontify alternatives H3: 1. Dash: For small and growing ecommerce brands H3: 2. Canto: For mid-sized businesses H3: 3. Air: For content operations H3: 4. Bynder: For large businesses H3: 5. Brandfolder: Also for enterprise businesses H3: 6. Image Relay: Alternative to Canto for mid-sized businesses H2: Dash vs Frontify: Features H2: Dash vs Frontify: Pricing H3: How much does Frontify cost? H3: How much does Dash cost? H2: Dash vs Frontify: User experience H2: How to pick the right digital asset management software for your brand H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: The best Frontify alternatives for your growing business H2: Frontify’s pros and cons H2: The best Frontify alternatives H3: 1. Dash: For small and growing ecommerce brands H3: 2. Canto: For mid-sized businesses H3: 3. Air: For content operations H3: 4. Bynder: For large businesses H3: 5. Brandfolder: Also for enterprise businesses H3: 6. Image Relay: Alternative to Canto for mid-sized businesses H2: Dash vs Frontify: Features H2: Dash vs Frontify: Pricing H3: How much does Frontify cost? H3: How much does Dash cost? H2: Dash vs Frontify: User experience H2: How to pick the right digital asset management software for your brand H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Frontify describes itself as a “collaborative single source of brand truth.” It’s a tool for brand managers to organise brand assets, create templates and build brand guidelines. It can be a worthwhile investment if you’re looking for a better way to manage your brand (although, how much that investment would be is a mystery đŸ€”). But if you work in a marketing team, you’ll need a place to store and manage other types of content too. Think product images, videos, audio files—you name it. In this case, you need a digital asset management (DAM) like Dash. We'll delve into why you might want a tool like Frontify and how much it's likely to cost. We'll also cover alternative DAM tools (like Dash) that you should consider before making the final call. First, let's see what people love (and don't love) about Frontify. Here’s why Frontify stands out for some users. Here’s what users dislike about Frontify. If you're looking for a digital asset management tool for your brand, here are a few options worth checking out. {{dam-comparison="/blog-components"}} Let's start with Dash (that's us 👋). It's a super affordable digital asset management system that costs only ÂŁ99/$139 per month. For this price, you get access to all of Dash’s cool features for unlimited users, including custom tags, Portals for sharing assets with external collaborators, an extensive integration library, and so much more! But it's not just about organising images and videos; Dash lets you deploy these assets easily too. You can drop images directly from Dash to Shopify for use in your product pages and blog posts. You can also share digital assets to your social media accounts using our Hootsuite integration. Learn more about the features of ecommerce digital asset management to see how Dash can help your brand grow. If you're a mid-market business looking for an easy way to manage digital assets, Canto might be worth exploring. It has lots of great features like media cloud delivery and AI visual search. One downside, however, is its clunky interface, which makes the platform difficult to use. It costs about $600 per month, making it pricey for smaller businesses with limited budgets. Read about Canto alternatives to see how this DAM compares to Dash. Think of Air as a project management tool for creatives. Air makes it easy for your team to collaborate as they work on creative assets. You get Kanban workflows, boards instead of folders, and a pretty user interface that makes your content shine. However, Air drops the ball when it comes to deploying content. It has limited integrations, and you'll likely have to download and re-upload assets to move them from Air to another platform. Also, many of its features, like the Zapier integration, are price-locked, so you'll need to pay more to access them — unlike what you get with Dash. Check out how Air digital asset management compares with Dash. Bynder is a digital asset management system that caters to enterprise-level businesses. It offers a wide range of features, including creative workflow management, brand templates, and analytics. Bynder's interface is easy to use and provides a central hub for managing all of your digital assets. However, it's pretty expensive, with pricing starting at $450 per month, making it unaffordable for small businesses. If you want to learn more about Bynder, look at some Bynder alternatives to see how it stacks up against other DAM tools. Like Bynder, Brandfolder helps enterprise businesses maintain consistent visuals across all channels so that everyone has access to the latest versions of their brand assets. Brandfolder isn't transparent with its pricing. But a little birdie says it costs as much as $1,600 per feature. That might not be a substantial investment for a large business, but it's definitely heavy on the budget for smaller ecommerce brands. Find Brandfolder alternatives to see how its features stack up against other DAMs. Image Relay combines product information management with core digital asset management features like a searchable library, custom branding, metadata editing, automatic file conversion, and version control. It also offers integrations with popular tools such as Adobe Creative Suite, Dropbox, and Slack. However, Image Relay's pricing can be quite high, with plans starting at $300 per month for basic features. To access more advanced features, you'll need to pay more and even book a demo with the team for its Market Delivery Platform. That said, it may be worth exploring if you have a large ecommerce marketplace with thousands of products. Discover Image Relay alternatives for more information about how this platform works. Here are some more ways Dash and Frontify features compare to each other. A digital asset management tool should give you all you need to organise, search and share your brand’s digital assets and marketing materials. As you can see from the table above, Frontify lacks many of these core features. Let’s take a look in more detail. ‍Cropping and resizing images A DAM should let you crop and resize images for your marketing channels. This can be tricky to do in Frontify. You only get the option to crop the image at a certain size, which isn’t always what you need. As this customer explains: “It is not possible to crop an image at a specific size (i.e., web banner) and choose the exact crop area. This means that images are output from Frontify with crops that may miss parts of the image we wanted. To remedy that, we have had to direct users to a third-party website to resize their assets for the crops they need, which is not really ideal.” Dash, on the other hand, lets you create custom sizes for image and video assets. You can adjust the crop really easily so your images never get cut off. You can create custom sizes and your own preset crops —ideal for using on your website. And your team members can then use these crops next time they download an image. The quicker you can crop assets and get them ready for your channels - the quicker you can launch your marketing campaigns. ‍Sharing content with your resellers Frontify also drops the ball when you’re trying to easily share visual content with external partners. Say you’re an ecommerce brand working with lots of retailers and resellers. These partners might need access to things like product images, social media assets and brand guidelines. In Frontify, you can share content with external partners by creating invite links to specific folders, projects or libraries. You can choose to share these publicly or only share to specific people. This is a good way to share with partners, but it can get tricky to manage if you’ve got loads of retailers that need access. Instead, use Dash portals. ✹ You can set up multiple portals for each of your retailers and give them access to the folders you want them to see. Each portal will automatically update when you add new images or videos into the folder. And you can personalise each portal with a personal message to make your resellers feel like true VIPs. đŸ„° Read how ecommerce brands, Haws, use portals to help 100+ retailers sell their products. ‍Interactive brand guidelines As we’ve mentioned, brand asset management is Frontify’s bread and butter. Not only can you create interactive brand guidelines, you can create templates for team members to drag and drop content into. It’s ideal for brand managers who want to invest in a more complex brand asset management system. Whilst you can’t create slide decks or documents within Dash, you can instead connect with Corebook°. This tool lets you build a beautiful, interactive brand book that seamlessly integrates with Dash. This way you get a brand book to share with your team and external agencies (as well as all the core digital asset management features you need) . You can read how beauty brand Kinetics uses Dash and Corebook° to build a brand hub. Cost is one of the most important considerations for choosing a DAM, especially when you're a growing brand with a limited budget. Frontify isn't transparent about its pricing, which is a pretty common issue in the DAM space (unless you’re talking to us, of course 😇). You'll need to contact the sales team for a quote to know how much you'll be paying. However, you can try the platform for free for 30 days to see if it works for you before making any financial commitment. While this is supposed to help you make a decision quickly, it can be counterproductive. Imagine spending so much time setting up and loving Frontify only to discover you can't afford it at the end of the day — that's a lot of time wasted! Also, G2 reviews suggest that the platform is expensive. They say the price is based on the number of monthly active users, which can be complex. ‍“The complexity of the product makes it hard to get an overview of the price model. And it is hard to divide it by the size of the company since other aspects will come into consideration as well.” We know how important cost is for small and growing businesses, so we’re very upfront about Dash’s pricing. We want you to know how much you’ll be spending with Dash so you can make an informed decision for your business. Dash offers four pricing plans starting at ÂŁ99/$139 per month. Each plan gives you access to all of Dash's features for unlimited users. That way, you don't have to upgrade to a higher tier to access new features. You only pay more if you need more storage or want to increase your monthly downloads. This pricing structure works well for our customers. They say: “Dash’s pricing model is very clear and much more flexible and competitive than other options available.” đŸ€‘ Check out our article to see how much DAM return on investment you’ll get with Dash. A good DAM can be the difference between quickly uploading new product images to your Shopify store and spending hours searching for the latest campaign assets on the morning of an important product launch. Frontify user experience As a growing ecommerce business, the last thing you want is to be stuck with a digital asset management tool that's hard to use. Unfortunately, that could be what you'll experience if you choose Frontify. Reviews suggest that the user experience is clunky and gets more complicated as you explore additional features. For example, this user struggled to search for stored digital assets because Frontify counts empty folders as items. And this one couldn’t set up permissions to restrict content access. Frontify can have a steep learning curve, especially for users who aren’t tech-savvy. It takes time to get the hang of the platform, so you might not reap the benefits of a new DAM for a while. This user’s experience explains it best. ‍“There was a learning curve in using Frontify, but it worked well after some trial and error. We did have training initially for the team, plus there were articles and some videos on how to use the platform that helped. People with less technical capabilities should get their platform customised by an external party.” Let’s see how Dash compares. Growing ecommerce businesses can't afford to waste time with a complex digital asset management tool. That's why we made Dash really easy to set up and use. The quick onboarding process means you’ll be up and running quickly. You can search for the content of your images which makes assets easier to find. You also get beautiful image previews — like the one below —instead of boring folder thumbnails. Take a look at what one of our customers, Forthglade, has to say about using our DAM software: ‍“For the cost, Dash is really competitive. We’ve got people in the business who haven’t used a DAM system before, so Dash’s simple usability and UX were major selling points. It meant it was really easy to get everyone using the system quickly and effectively.” There are a couple of things to consider as you choose a DAM for your ecommerce business. If you're looking for a brand management tool, Frontify might be worth exploring. But if you need affordable DAM software that just works, you should definitely check out Dash 😍. Don’t just take our word for it — here’s a glowing review from one of our customers: ‍“If you just want to store, organize, and quickly retrieve your assets, Dash does that quite nicely. Once deployed, onboarding is incredibly easy. You know how the iOS on your phone is intuitive? That's very much the case with Dash. Getting up and running takes very little time. The system is flexible, so it grows with you as your asset library grows. Finding and retrieving assets is about as easy and seamless as it gets.” That sums it up. Try Dash for free , and let us know what you think. Faith Uzuegbu is a content marketer and freelance writer for B2B SaaS and tech companies like ClassPass, PlayPlay, and Thinkific. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/g2-spring-2022-reports-dam Title: Dash wins the DAM 2022 G2 Small Business AwardsTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Dash has won a load of new awards on G2 in their Spring 2022 reports - including the DAM small brands find it easiest to do business with. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/g2-spring-2022-reports-dam ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Dash wins the DAM 2022 G2 Small Business Awards H3: Small brands find it the easiest to work with us H3: Simple to get to grips with H3: Fastest DAM to get going with H3: Dash is going places 🚀 H3: Thanks to our customers! H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Dash wins the DAM 2022 G2 Small Business Awards H3: Small brands find it the easiest to work with us H3: Simple to get to grips with H3: Fastest DAM to get going with H3: Dash is going places 🚀 H3: Thanks to our customers! H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content G2’s Spring 2022 reports were released this week. And we were thrilled to see our customers had helped Dash win a whole host of new awards in the digital asset management category! For those who don’t know, G2’s an influential review site for businesses deciding which software to buy. As one G2 rep memorably described it (shout-out to Holly) - it’s like “a TripAdvisor for software”. Here’s a quick breakdown of all the awards Dash received. Dash is built for growing brands. So one of the awards we were most proud of was winning the DAM that small businesses found it easiest to work with! Our customer success team (Charlie, Martin and Emily) work tirelessly to provide the best support for small businesses - regardless of whether you’re a customer or just trying Dash out. Here’s what some of our reviewers said: “The customer support is excellent. Did I mention that the customer support is excellent?” - Simon, Creative Director “I've been most impressed with their customer service. If there’s a problem 
 they've responded right away and gone above and beyond to help get the situation resolved.” - Maria, Multimedia Specialist “The customer service has been top notch and very accommodating to our needs so far.” - David, Graphic Designer Dash’s interface is designed to be easy to use - so even the least tech-savvy person on your team can understand it. And the more they can figure out themselves, the less they’ll bother you for ad-hoc tech support. Everyone wins! “The whole Dash interface is very easy to understand from first use, making it easy for people across teams to adopt it into their day-to-day.” - Will, Marketing Manager “It's so easy to use - intuitive, great help function and very supportive and highly responsive team at Dash if you get really stuck.” - Claire, Director Large brands have more complex requirements, meaning it often takes longer for them to set their DAM up. Not so for Dash! We want our customers to get up and going as quickly as possible, so they can start getting value from Dash. We won: We’ve had a busy 2022. We’ve rebranded, launched on a new marketing site, rolled out new product features and are growing the team. So it was very gratifying to get a Momentum Leader award! To every person using Dash who took the time to leave us a review - thank you from all of us! 💖 If you’re also a Dash customer and fancy helping us out, feel free to leave your honest feedback on G2. Barney is the Marketing Lead for Dash. He writes about small business marketing strategies and how DTC brands can boost sales. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/g2-spring2023-reports Title: Dash wins G2's Best Relationship awardsTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Dash wins the award for most usable DAM, and the digital asset management tool that has the best relationship with its customers! Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/g2-spring2023-reports ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Dash wins G2's Best Relationship awards H3: The DAM that's easiest to implement H3: The no. 1 DAM for customer relationships H3: The DAM that provides the best ROI H3: Dash ranked a digital asset management 'leader' H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Dash wins G2's Best Relationship awards H3: The DAM that's easiest to implement H3: The no. 1 DAM for customer relationships H3: The DAM that provides the best ROI H3: Dash ranked a digital asset management 'leader' H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Great news! G2's Spring 2023 reports have just released and we won some great awards - including the DAM that's easiest to implement! What's G2? It's a review platform for business software. Marketers, operations folk, designers and creative teams use G2 to whittle down which software vendors they want to go with . Even though we're a small business, we're continuing to give the industry big guns (like Bynder, Brandfolder and Canto) a run for their money. It's especially gratifying to beat these sector heavyweights and win 1st place awards across our entire software category. đŸ’Ș Feeling depressed after a call with an enterprise DAM where they explained their month-long onboarding process? When you're an ambitious company, you just want to get up and going with your DAM as quickly and painlessly as possible. And you can do that with Dash. Out of our 270+ competitors on G2, we won the award for the DAM that's easiest to implement. We also won awards in the small business category for Dash's ease of use and set-up! That's down to two things. Firstly, Dash is meant to be intuitive and easy to use. It's designed in such a way that you won't need training sessions. And secondly, our onboarding team are on hand to get you going quickly. They'll also move your assets into Dash for free! Here's more on our onboarding process. 📩 “As well as an exceptional customer service team – super quick contact time and always very helpful if we find we have any problems - the user interface is very simple and easy to understand, and has made its integration into our business incredibly easy and professional to do." - Anna, Content Designer at Cookson Adventures. Read her full review on G2. From quick response times to regular check-ins, we pride ourself on the service we deliver to our customers. It's really satisfying to see us awarded the top DAM for the best customer relationships! đŸ„° “Working with a new system can be hard but the customer service team at Dash have been so helpful getting things how we want it ... It's great customer service in a high-tech industry: you can't ask for better than that. Some of the bigger companies we work with can learn a lot from the team at Dash.” - Dave, marketing consultant. Read his full review on G2. You can get started with Dash for as a little as ÂŁ79 / $109 a month. When you're not spending thousands on a monthly subscription, it's much easier to prove your return on investment. That's what our customers are finding, at least! They've voted Dash the DAM which gives the best estimated ROI for mid-market businesses for the second quarter running. "Finally, a DAM solution that fits my needs and budget ... The Dash platform is absolutely perfect for my purposes. It's simple, easy to use, and very affordable for a small business. I also appreciate that the setup was super quick and streamlined." - Travis, Sales and Marketing Director. Read his full review on G2. We're really proud to see Dash is now classes as a DAM leader across different categories. And for the first time, we're categorised as a leader for both small and mid-market businesses! Thank you to our customers 🙏 - your feedback means the world! Barney is the Marketing Lead for Dash. He writes about small business marketing strategies and how DTC brands can boost sales. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/g2-summer-2024-reports Title: Dash wins Best Results and Customer Service awardsTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/g2-summer-2024-reports ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Dash wins Best Results and Customer Service awards H3: Best results H3: Best customer service H3: Fastest to get going with H3: Easiest to use H2: Loved by customers around the world H3: Big thanks to our customers! H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Dash wins Best Results and Customer Service awards H3: Best results H3: Best customer service H3: Fastest to get going with H3: Easiest to use H2: Loved by customers around the world H3: Big thanks to our customers! H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content G2 is the leading software comparison site. Every quarter they release awards for the best-performing products in their categories and, this summer, Dash won a whole bunch! Keep scrolling for a summary of all the digital and brand asset management awards Dash snagged. If you buy an expensive enterprise DAM it's going to be very difficult to prove ROI. Thankfully that's not the case with Dash - and we've just won awards for the best results and ROI! From when you first take out a free trial, through to being a Dash customer, we're always on hand to help. And it seems like our customers really value that too - as we've just won two awards in this category! Here’s what one of our customers said: “Outstanding user-experience, from the first contact, to consultation, set-up, support and daily use of the application. Compared to other services Dash delivers answers to questions and needs other did not think about.” - Orson, Head of Brand If you've just bought a DAM, the last thing you need is to waste weeks on onboarding. We've designed Dash to help customers get up and running fast. When you sign up to Dash, our onboarding team will help you create your Dash and will be on hand to help if you get stuck. “What I like the best about Dash is that it is so easy to work with, once you get the hang of it.” - Iben, Marketing Manager “Getting up and running takes very little time. Finding and retrieving assets is about as easy and seamless as it gets.” - Bradley, Director DAMs aren't always the most intuitive. Some are clunky, old-fashioned and difficult to learn. We're pretty new on the scene so we built Dash using design-first principles - it's fast to get going with and easy to use. And we just won a load of awards in this category which prove it! Here's what a reviewers said about it: "The UX and UI is really thorough. It's intuitive and you don't have to be a tech-savvy person to understand how to manage an admin role or simply navigate thorough the assets." - Agustina We've gone global, baby! 🌎 Dash is used by customers all over the world! Shout out to all our amazing customers who reviewed us! 💖 If you’re using Dash and fancy leaving your feedback, feel free to leave your honest feedback on G2. Barney is the Marketing Lead for Dash. He writes about small business marketing strategies and how DTC brands can boost sales. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/g2-summer2022-reports-dam Title: Dash wins best ROI for small and medium brandsTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Small and medium brands love working with Dash! Check out the awards we won in G2's Summer 2022 reports - including the DAM that gives the best ROI. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/g2-summer2022-reports-dam ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Dash wins best ROI for small and medium brands H3: The best ROI for small and medium brands H3: Small businesses love working with us H3: Fastest DAM to get started with H3: Growing brands find us the easiest to use H3: Dash is now a DAM leader H3: Thank you to our customers 🙏 H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Dash wins best ROI for small and medium brands H3: The best ROI for small and medium brands H3: Small businesses love working with us H3: Fastest DAM to get started with H3: Growing brands find us the easiest to use H3: Dash is now a DAM leader H3: Thank you to our customers 🙏 H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Dash is built for growing brands. It's for marketers and creatives working in small or medium businesses. They're stuck between managing a creaking Google Drive full of content and paying eye-watering prices from big name DAM vendors for complex features they'll never use. So it's especially satisfying to see how well Dash has done in G2's latest Summer 2022 reports, especially in the small business and mid market categories! Our customers have voted us a whole load of new awards - here’s a quick rundown of all the awards we've received. Our affordable pricing and the ease at which you can get up and going means it's far quicker to see the return on investment when you pick Dash. We won the DAM that both small and medium businesses feel delivers the best ROI! Dash won: “Finally, a DAM that fits my needs and budget ... it's simple, easy to use and very affordable for a small business" - Travis, Marketing and Sales Director Our customer success team are a lovely bunch. Case in point, I was in the office yesterday and Charlie (Dash's Customer Success Lead) bought in cookies for everyone - what a guy! But it's not just us that thinks so, our customers do too. We won: “One of the absolute best features is how the support team will always get back to you extremely quickly.” - Christian, Content Project Manager “The support they provide is unmatched.” - Lauren, Content Marketing Manager "The customer service is unrivalled." - Jonno, Content and Media Manager DAM is so often synonymous with lengthy onboarding sessions and complex set-ups. But not Dash. We want it to be super easy for customers to get going. Our customers voted us: "Dash was very quick to get started and its performance is really fast too. The learning curve for the fundamentals of Dash is simple and it has been an easy ramp to configure and use." - David, CTO Learning a new piece of software is a challenge at the best of times - but blimey, some SaaS tools do not make it easy on you! We didn't want that to be the case with Dash. We've built it so it makes sense intuitively. We won: "The user interface is very simple and easy to understand, and has made its integration into our business incredibly easy and professional to do." - Anna, Content Designer "We've loved using it! It's simple and easy, and the process is not confusing in any way." - Amber, Social and Content Manager With that, we've finally broken into the 'leader' category for both general and small business DAM! This is the first time we've done so and we're thrilled about it! It's gratifying for a small business like us to be giving the big (VC-backed) guns a run for their money. We're currently ranking no. 12 - watch this space! To every Dash users who left us us a review - thank you! It means a lot and it's one of the highlights of our day seeing a new glowing review come in. If you’re also a Dash customer and fancy helping us out, feel free to leave your honest feedback on G2. Barney is the Marketing Lead for Dash. He writes about small business marketing strategies and how DTC brands can boost sales. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/g2-winter-2024-reports Title: Dash wins Easiest Setup and Best Relationship awardsTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Check out all the G2 awards Dash won in Winter 2024 across the digital asset management and brand asset management categories. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/g2-winter-2024-reports ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Dash wins Easiest Setup and Best Relationship awards H3: Best relationship and easiest to do business with H3: Easiest to get going with H3: Dash is a digital asset management leader H3: Thanks to our customers! H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Dash wins Easiest Setup and Best Relationship awards H3: Best relationship and easiest to do business with H3: Easiest to get going with H3: Dash is a digital asset management leader H3: Thanks to our customers! H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Review site G2 released their Winter 2024 reports and Dash swept the board! Keep scrolling for a summary of the awards Dash won. When you talk to us, you get to talk to an actual person. From when you first take out a free trial, straight through to being an established Dash customer, we're always on hand to help. We're thrilled that we snagged some awards that recognised this across digital asset management (DAM) and brand asset management (BAM) categories! Here’s what one of our customers said: “Outstanding user-experience, from the first contact, to consultation, set-up, support and daily use of the application. Compared to other services Dash delivers answers to questions and needs other did not think about.” - Orson, Head of Brand We don't want you to spend weeks and months getting set up on Dash. The faster you can get going, the sooner you'll see the impact Dash can have. That's why we've designed Dash to be super easy to set up. “What I like the best about Dash is that it is so easy to work with, once you get the hang of it.” - Iben, Marketing Manager “Getting up and running takes very little time. Finding and retrieving assets is about as easy and seamless as it gets.” - Bradley, Director We’re a small business but we're going toe-to-toe against big, enterprise competitors. We've grown rapidly in the past few years and we're now recognised as one of the leaders in our category. Bring on 2024! Thank you to all our lovely customers who took the time to leave us a review! 💖 If you’re using Dash and fancy leaving your feedback, feel free to leave your honest feedback on G2. Barney is the Marketing Lead for Dash. He writes about small business marketing strategies and how DTC brands can boost sales. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/g2-winter2023-reports Title: Dash wins Best Relationship and Most Usable DAM awardsTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Dash wins the award for most usable digital asset management tool, and the DAM that has the best relationship with its customers. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/g2-winter2023-reports ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Dash wins Best Relationship and Most Usable DAM awards H3: Voted the no. 1 easiest-to-use DAM H3: The DAM customers have the best relationship with H3: Small businesses enjoy working with Dash H3: It's quick to get going with us H3: Customers think Dash gives great ROI H3: Dash ranked among the world's best DAMs H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Dash wins Best Relationship and Most Usable DAM awards H3: Voted the no. 1 easiest-to-use DAM H3: The DAM customers have the best relationship with H3: Small businesses enjoy working with Dash H3: It's quick to get going with us H3: Customers think Dash gives great ROI H3: Dash ranked among the world's best DAMs H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content The results are in! We're super happy to see Dash do so well in G2's Winter 2023 awards. For the uninitiated, G2 is a review platform for software. It's like a TripAdvisor for the tools you use at work every day. We've been giving the industry big guns a run for their money recently, so it's especially satisfying to see Dash pick up 1st place awards across our entire software category for the first time. We've won the award for best customer relationships, as well as the DAM people find most usable. 😇 Here's a breakdown of all Dash's awards: This quarter, G2 reviewers voted Dash the easiest-to-use digital asset management tool. Not to brag or anything, but that's first place out of the 250+ DAM tools listed on G2. Needless to say we're pretty pleased with that! Dash's interface and style is designed to be super easy to use and fast to pick up. It's great to say our customers are finding it valuable! “[Dash is] easy and straightforward to use. The platform's appearance is more design-led than other DAMs out there, perfect for a design-led business." - Nichola, Senior Marketing Manager. Read her full review on G2. Out of those 250+ DAM tools on G2, Dash has won the DAM which has the best relationships with its customers. This is another thing we pride ourselves on at Dash. Our customer success team are a great bunch! From taking out a free trial, to onboarding, and then getting the most out of Dash as a customer, our team are on hand to help you. “Besides a great suite of functionalities, the customer support has been nothing but fantastic even before we became a customer. They're a very helpful team and Dash DAM is boosting efficiency already after just 2 weeks of use.” - From an anonymous reviewer - read their full G2 review. It's great to see Dash has again won the award for a DAM small businesses find easiest to work. And for the first time, Dash has been recognised as a DAM leader for small businesses, too! We get small, growing businesses because we're one ourselves. We don't like that SMEs are often expected to put up with Drive or Dropbox, or pay eye-watering costs to subscribe to enterprise DAMs. With affordable pricing, simple onboarding and responsive support we set out to change that. 😇 "It's a game changer for a small business ...  Before we had Dash, there would be one person responsible for knowing exactly where everything is on the drive. Not anymore! Anyone in our team can use it." - Abi, Creative Lead. Read her full review on G2. Complex systems require complex set-ups. We don't want Dash to be like that, so the team have designed the product - and our onboarding process - to get started as easily as possible. That was recognised in G2's winter 2023 reports, with Dash winning: "The Dash platform is absolutely perfect for my purposes. It's simple, easy to use, and very affordable for a small business. The setup was super quick and streamlined." - Travis, Marketing Director. Read his full review on G2. We don't hide our pricing, you don't need to book a demo to find out how much Dash costs. And we won't charge you for features you don't use. We've kept Dash's pricing affordable and transparent. That makes it easier for you to make the case to your management, and it also means you see a return on your investment faster. Don't believe us? Take it from our customers, who voted Dash the DAM which gives the best estimated ROI for mid-market businesses. "I looked at a few other SaaS DAM solutions and found Dash to be among the top and well-priced ... Getting this level of functionality without a full DAM price-tag and custom development fees was a big win. I believe this will lower our total cost of ownership significantly vs what we'd initially projected." - David, CTO. Read his full review on G2. We broke into the 'leader' category earlier this year, and it's great to see Dash is still holding its own against our VC-backed, enterprise-focused competition. We've got more plans for next year, watch this space! Thank you to our customers 🙏 We really appreciate you leaving us a review, it means a lot. (Marketing a product that people genuinely love and enjoy using makes my job a lot easier too, so thanks for that as well 😅). If you’re a Dash customer and haven't left us a review yet, you can still do so! Leave us your honest feedback on G2, we'd love to hear from you. Barney is the Marketing Lead for Dash. He writes about small business marketing strategies and how DTC brands can boost sales. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/get-started-with-dam Title: How to get started with your DAM?Twitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: After you've signed up to a brand new DAM, what are the next steps? Discover how to prepare your files, how to structure your folders and more. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/get-started-with-dam ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: How to get started with your DAM? H3: 1. Get an overview of your new DAM H3: 2. Collect the videos and images you want to upload H3: 3. Prepare your folder structures and fields H3: 5. Upload your visual content H3: 6. Sort out upload workflow and permissions H3: 7. Brand up your DAM H3: 8. Invite your team H3: Next steps: time to deploy your visual content H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: How to get started with your DAM? H3: 1. Get an overview of your new DAM H3: 2. Collect the videos and images you want to upload H3: 3. Prepare your folder structures and fields H3: 5. Upload your visual content H3: 6. Sort out upload workflow and permissions H3: 7. Brand up your DAM H3: 8. Invite your team H3: Next steps: time to deploy your visual content H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Your images and other visual assets are in a mess right now. You know it’s time to implement a DAM; you even have a clear picture of what your beautiful, on-brand and organised library of approved visual content will look like. But how to get there? If you’re purchasing a digital asset management solution, we’re sure you’ll want to know exactly what’s going to happen once you sign up. How long will it take to get set up? How do you start preparing your files ready for import? How should you structure your folders and metadata fields? Don’t worry - we’ve got you. Here are the steps you can expect after you decide on a DAM solution, along with tips for a smooth setup: First things first - you need to know how your DAM feels. It’s really as simple as that. Depending on the DAM tool that you choose, you may have gone through a demo with a product representative, or you may have already signed up for a free trial (like you can with Dash). It’s also important to note that free trials are a standard part of the process for most SaaS solutions these days - most DAMs on the other hand, still don’t offer them - that’s where we want to change things with Dash. We want to give you the opportunity to play around with the system for yourself - rather than sit on a call with a salesperson. This is the time to dive in, click around - just take it all in. You might not have many assets to look at yet, but discovering your admin settings and navigating around the platform will give you a feel for the new system. (Here's a glimpse of our DAM tool, Dash. 👇) What’s a DAM without its assets? A pretty sparse one... This is the time to start getting your gorgeous brand snaps and videos ready for upload. This could be the opportunity to start afresh. There’s nothing better than a good old purge of all your outdated assets. You don’t have to bring anything over that you don’t need anymore. ✹Tip: If you’re not sure where to start, how about gathering all your important branding files? That’s logos, brand guidelines, graphics and content guides. All the things that make up the bones of your brand. Folders and fields are the vital starting blocks for a well-organised DAM solution. Let’s dig into each. Folders are where all your assets can be split up and categorised. Say you have lots of marketing content, but want to organise them into different channels. That could be email, social media and ads. Or you could organise them based on different campaigns through the years. Take RJ Living's Dash as an example: Here you can they've organised folders based on different photoshoots throughout the year. They've also made use of sub-folders to help them search various collections. ✹Tip: You can delve into as much, or as little detail as you like. But it’s important to get input from some of your key team members who’ll be using the DAM, so you make sure you’re setting up folders in a way that makes sense for everyone. Perhaps you and your team can look at your current folder structures. Whether you’re using Google Drive, Dropbox or shared drives - reviewing what you already have is a quick way to get started. However, often those structures contain a lot of duplication. With a DAM solution, you’ll eliminate this as assets can be in more than one folder at once. You can also use fields to avoid replicating subfolders. Fields of information get attached to your images and videos. Think of them like labels. You could have a caption, description, expiry date, tags, file type, photographer - the list goes on. Take a look at some of our fields that make searching the different variations of our logo even easier: Combined with your folder structure, you’re set for a super-searchable DAM that even a toddler could navigate. Feeling a bit lost with all the DAM lingo? Take a look at our glossary of DAM terms. đŸ€“ Now you’ve gathered your assets and you know what folders and fields you want to use, it’s time to start uploading your content. How you do this may vary depending on how you’re currently storing your assets. If you’re switching over from a cloud tool such as Google Drive or Dropbox, the process will be pretty simple. All you’ll need to do (if Dash is your chosen DAM tool) is populate a folder with all of the images and videos you want to move over. Then, simply get in touch with our team and we’ll do the rest for you. If you’re moving from another DAM, or you’re taking things from your own desktop, there may be different steps involved. It’s best to check in with your chosen DAM vendor to find out how they can help you. In any case, there’ll always be expert guidance along the way. You’ve uploaded all your visual content. You’ve populated your folders and assigned your fields. Time to sit back and relax? One of the biggest issues with shared drives and network servers is the freedom that people have to upload and download whatever they want. If you’ve got a team of photographers uploading 100 + product shots from a recent shoot, things can get a little hectic. Enter - permissions. 🙌 In Dash, you can set different upload permissions for your teams and freelancers. So, if a photographer wants to upload a series of images, you can approve or reject the ones you want. If we go back to folders, you can actually set up specific permissions so that only certain people or ‘groups’ can access them. This means you can ensure your DAM stays organised and team members can quickly get to the files they need. ✹Tip: It’s important your team members understand the new workflows before they upload their assets. Instead of dumping files into Dropbox (which they might be used to), they’ll need to organise them on upload. This will mean tagging and filling out any mandatory fields that you choose to include. This may sound like it’ll take longer than just casually uploading into a shared drive, but trust us, it’s going to pay off big time when people need to find their files again. With the above points complete, it’s time for the fun stuff. 🎉 Many DAM providers will be able to create a platform that looks and feels like you. This means that whenever your team members or external freelancers and agencies log in, they’ll feel like they’re stepping right through your brand’s front door and into a palace of gorgeous visuals and inspiring content. In Dash, you’ll have the ability to start customising and applying your theme right away. You can simply head into the settings, go to ‘theming’ and add your brand colours, upload your logo and change the login background image. It’ll feel like yours in no time! Here's a look at Fashion Retail Academy's branded Dash. 👇 The final - and most important - step, is to invite your team. Hurray! Whether you’re giving full admin access to your marketing team or view-only access to your boss, it’s time for your new DAM to shine. ✹ If you’re an admin (and we expect you will be if you’re reading this post) you’ll have the ability to add users in your settings. Your teammates will get an email notification that’ll invite them to get stuck in. So, there we have it. Now you’re all set up, you can saunter off into the sunset and continue your brand’s journey by deploying all those gorgeous visuals from your DAM. No more time spent trawling through shared drives. You’ll open up a world of creative opportunities now that you can push your visual content out with a click of a button. Want to try out a DAM for yourself? Download our free digital asset management software comparison worksheet. Or grab your free 14-day trial of Dash below! Amy Burchill is the SEO and Content Manager for Dash. She works with ecommerce experts to create articles for DTC brands wanting to improve their campaigns. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/google-drive-alternatives Title: The top 10 Google Drive alternative options for 2025Twitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: There seems to be no getting away from Google Drive, but you don't have to settle. These Google Drive alternatives will help you grow your brand. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/google-drive-alternatives ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: The top 10 Google Drive alternative options for 2025 H2: Why switch from Google Drive? H2: The best Google Drive alternatives for 2024 H3: 1. Dash: For managing your brand's visual content H3: 2. Dropbox - for document management H3: 3. Notion - for project management H3: 4. Corebook - for brand style guides H3: 5. Slab - for company wikis H3: 6. Fellow App - for team meetings H3: 7. PandaDoc - for sharing contracts and agreements H3: 8. OneDrive - for cloud storage H3: 9. Todoist - for task planning and tracking H3: 10. WeTransfer - for file sharing H2: The best Google Drive alternative for your ecommerce business H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: The top 10 Google Drive alternative options for 2025 H2: Why switch from Google Drive? H2: The best Google Drive alternatives for 2024 H3: 1. Dash: For managing your brand's visual content H3: 2. Dropbox - for document management H3: 3. Notion - for project management H3: 4. Corebook - for brand style guides H3: 5. Slab - for company wikis H3: 6. Fellow App - for team meetings H3: 7. PandaDoc - for sharing contracts and agreements H3: 8. OneDrive - for cloud storage H3: 9. Todoist - for task planning and tracking H3: 10. WeTransfer - for file sharing H2: The best Google Drive alternative for your ecommerce business H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content There’s no getting away from Google Drive. Along with Dropbox, it’s changed how we work by making cloud-based storage for businesses the norm. It’s great for file management and collaboration. It syncs with other Google Workspace apps like Google Docs, which is pretty handy. But, here’s the thing. We often find ourselves using Drive for tasks it was never intended for. That can lead to a lot of frustration and wasted time. When a tool is such a feature of your working day, it’s hard to imagine there are better-suited alternatives out there. But believe me, they exist! This article is full of affordable alternatives to Google Drive, so you won’t have to compromise any longer. Here’s a look at what we’ll cover: $139(includes all features and unlimited users) Sharing contracts and agreements $35 per month for two seats Starting at $5 per user/month Daily task planning and tracking Good question. Google Drive can have some serious limitations depending on what you want to use it for. Let's investigate: 1. Drive isn’t a silver bullet Drive isn’t your answer to all things. It’s good for storing documents in the cloud, sure. But it’s not always best suited to other tasks we find ourselves using it for. For instance, there are better ways to view, store, and share your brand’s images and videos. But we’re getting ahead of ourselves. 2. Doesn’t feel like yours We spend so much time in Drive that we’ve gotten used to living and working within the Google brand. It’s a real shame there aren’t many options to make it feel personalised. Wouldn't it be nice to house your brand's content in a place that looks and feels like your company? 3. There are privacy concerns Google is often in the news about the eyebrow-raising ways it stores and monetises user data. For instance, three U.S. states filed privacy-related lawsuits against the tech giant, as Bloomberg reports. In the context of Google Workspace, this could also raise concerns. Drive updated their policy in December 2021 to allow them to block you from sharing your files if they’re deemed to breach their policies. As cloud collaboration tool Tresorit puts it: “The move highlights how deeply Google scans the files uploaded to Google Drive, which raises several privacy concerns.” Read this deep-dive by Cloudwards to learn more about Drive’s privacy issues. And scoot down this article for alternative Google Drive tools that have a better focus on privacy. 4. Drive’s customer support isn’t the best As you’d expect from a mega corp, Google's support team mostly rely on online resources like help articles and forums to help customers in need. It’s tricky to talk to an actual person when you’re stuck. On top of that, some users say that it can take a long time to get a reply from Google's customer support team. And when they do answer, there’s no guarantee the reply will . You might end up spending time on Reddit to find the answer you need. 5. Price by user can rack up Drive is part of Google Workspace. That means businesses need to buy access to the whole suite of applications to access Drive. How much you spend on Workspace a month depends on the features you want and how many users need access to it. Here’s what you get in their standard business plan: It’s priced at $14.40 per user per month (flexible pricing). So, let’s say you’re working in a small business with 40 employees. That’ll set you back $576 a month. That’s fine if Google Drive’s doing all you need it to. But if you’re reading this article, it’s likely you’re not happy with it. If you’re going to spend that much money, it’s time you consider alternatives better suited to what you’re trying to do. One or more of the reasons we discussed above might apply to you. In any case, let’s look at ten tools you can use instead of Google Drive. Considering these competitor products doesn’t mean ditching Drive for good. Just that there may be other tools better suited for the work you’re doing. Nb. pricing acurate as of Febuary 2024 Marketers and designers create and use tons of visual content for the work they need to do. I’m talking about digital assets like product shots, graphics, videos, all sorts. Google Drive won’t help you store and find thousands of your brand’s creative assets quickly. This is why you need a digital asset management platform like Dash. Dash, on the other hand, gives you beautiful image previews that show off your content’s aesthetic appeal. It’s a breath of fresh air 😍. On top of that, you don’t have to have to put up with Google plastering their own brand over your workspace. You can customise your Dash to match your brand colours to make it look and feel like your company. Take a look at all that glorious metadata information on the right-hand side. That’s a mix of automatic tags and custom fields we’ve set up for Planto, our fictional houseplant company. What’s the point of those? They increase how easy it is to find an asset by making each field and tag something you’re able to search for. In this instance, somebody could search for content by: Other ideas for custom fields to try are campaign, influencer, photographer or asset performance. The world is your oyster when using custom fields. Just think of how your colleagues might want to search for content and then add a field for it. No more remembering file names like ‘IMG_8820-v2.jpg’ to find what you’re looking for! Drive lacks these basic custom fields and advanced tagging options. In fact, an image saved in Drive looks like this. The only way you can find this image again is by remembering the file name or favouriting it. When you’re dealing with hundreds, if not thousands, of assets, that’s not an option. So, how much exactly do these awesome features cost? Dash is meant for growing brands and smaller businesses, so our pricing won’t break the bank. Our monthly plans start from ÂŁ99/$139, and you will get access to every feature for unlimited users. {{free-trial="/blog-components"}} 💡If you want to learn more, we go into depth about why Google Drive isn’t a good digital asset management tool. Dropbox? In an article about Google Drive alternatives? Groundbreaking. But it’s a cliche for a reason. Dropbox and Google Drive have long led the pack as cloud storage services for businesses. There’s a reason for that - they’re both excellent products. They’ve got similar features but with a few key differences. If that’s the case for you, then you’ll prefer Dropbox’s user interface, which looks much more like your computer desktop. If you’re used to finding files by going through a series of nested folders, this won’t be as steep a learning curve. Version history is a good example of this. It’s super easy to view version history for Slides, Sheets and Docs. Files from other providers, however? Not so much. If that’s important to you, then Dropbox has your back. You’re able to see the change history for all files, regardless of what application it originated from.Dropbox’s basic business plan costs $20 per user/month and comes with 9 TB storage capacity — which is a lot compared to the 30 GB storage that comes with Drive’s cheapest business plan.The key thing that’ll swing whether you’re for Drive or Dropbox is the context it sits within. Being part of Google Workspace, the integration between Drive and other Google applications (like Docs, Sheets and Google Photos) is seamless. For obvious reasons, there’s no way Dropbox will be able to compete with that. If you’re already using other Google Workspace apps, sticking with Drive makes sense.Find more information about how Dropbox stacks up as a digital asset management tool. Drive doesn’t support collaborative project management, but a lot of us still use it to store documents related to projects. If that’s the same for you, then consider Notion, a versatile cloud storage solution. It makes it easier to collaborate and work on projects. If Trello and Drive had a baby, it’d look something like Notion. You can create a library of project-related files in Notion and then add it to your project tracker. Like Trello, you can assign colleagues and move items to columns depending on status. It also offers numerous templates for you to pick from, made by Notion themselves or members of the community. These take a bit of configuration and getting used to. But, having said that, it would be possible to use Notion to replace other applications in the Google Workspace, like Google Docs. Notion has a free plan with limited features. To get the most out of this tool, you'll need to upgrade to any of the paid plans, starting at $8 per user/month (billed annually). It also has an Enterprise plan with more advanced features, but you’ll have to get in touch with them for a quote. PDF brand style guides look increasingly old-fashioned. If you’re using Drive to store yours, then spare a minute for your designer. They have to read your PDF guide, see that they can only use your logo in specific colours, and then go hunting for that logo variation across your Drive. Corebook° knits your brand guidelines and assets together in one beautiful mini website. Display logos, colours, fonts and more — all within a living, easily-editable online site. Dash integrates with Corebook°, so you can pick the assets stored in Dash to feature in your style guide. See how Kinetics used Dash and Corebook° to elevate their visual appearance and maintain brand integrity across multiple channels. Corebook° has two pricing tiers: Brand Owners and Agencies. Under the Brand Owner tier, it offers three pricing plans — starting at $99 per month (billed annually). From HR policies to best practice guides on internal software, companies create stacks of information all the time. Trying to find that when it’s all housed in a poorly organised company wiki tool can feel super frustrating for any employee. Linking families of related documents together into a company wiki that feels smooth is one thing Drive struggles with. Luckily, there are many alternative tools to consider, such as Slab. One of Slab’s standouts is how it treats Topics. In its words, these are 'infinitely nestable’, so you can organise all your documents in ways that make sense to your business. You might want to create a ‘Company’ topic and then have policies and documents grouped in sub-topics under that, like ‘Office management’ and ‘Company culture’. As a secure cloud storage service, Slab isn’t aiming to replace your entire tech stack, either. So Slab instead makes clever use of its integrations, too. You can connect Drive, Dropbox, Slack, Notion, and other third-party apps to your Slab, then search for the content housed on every integration within Slab. Slab has a free plan that accommodates up to 10 users, while its paid plans with additional features start at $6.67 per user/month (billed annually). Ditch your meeting folder in Google Drive for Fellow App. It's a meeting management software tool where you can create collaborative agendas, take minutes automatically, and send AI-generated meeting summaries and recordings. Fellow integrates with over 50 business productivity tools, including Asana, Slack, and Zoom. As a secure cloud storage solution, it allows you to convert meeting resolutions into action items and export them into Asana projects for tracking. That way, you won’t forget important next steps after your meeting — which will likely happen if you have them in a document buried in a Google Drive folder. Its powerful search feature is handy, too. You can search for information saved in a meeting transcript, file attachments and your private notes. Fellow’s free plan gives you access to pretty decent features like meeting notes and integrations. But if you want to get more out of it, you can upgrade to a paid plan for extra features, starting at $7 per user/month (billed annually). Sharing contracts and agreements in Google Drive is so 2012. Not only is it harder to collect signatures, but it’s also tricky to keep track of these documents, especially when you’re dealing with hundreds or thousands of them. That’s where PandaDoc comes in. It’t lets you generate contracts, collect virtual signatures, and even take payments from your contracts. We use PandaDoc at Dash when customers request a proposal to sign, so we can vouch for it! It also works as a a library for storing and organising contracts. You can track files as they move from one collaborator to another, store the same document as separate file formats, and search using advanced filters. PandaDoc has no free plans, but it offers a free trial for its Essential plan, which costs $35 per month for two seats. It also has a Business Plan, which costs $65 per month, and a locked tier for enterprise companies. OneDrive is a well-known cloud storage platform. It’s been around longer than Google Drive (since 2007). It’s part of Microsoft Office 365 and comes with features like offline file access and backups. It also integrates with apps like Trello and Salesforce. OneDrive also offers unlimited storage plans tailored for both businesses and individual users. What people love most about OneDrive is how it quickly syncs files across devices automatically. You can start working on a document on your mobile device, switch to your tablet, then finish up on your work computer, and you won’t lose any work along the way. OneDrive offers three business plans, starting at $5 per user/month. You get up to 1 TB of storage on OneDrive’s cheapest business plan compared to only 30 GB that the equivalent Google Drive plan offers. There are other tools that make it easier to manage projects, like Todoist. Todoist is a task management app that helps you stay organised and on top of your to-do list. You can create projects, set deadlines and reminders, and collaborate with others on tasks. The app syncs across all your devices to access your to-do list from anywhere. It also has a simple, easy-to-use interface. Some useful features include: Todoist has a free plan that lets you track five projects. Its business plan gives you a shared team workspace, unlimited project folders, and team permissions — for $6 per user/month (billed annually). WeTransfer offers some advantages over Google Drive when it comes to file sharing. One of the main advantages is that WeTransfer doesn't require you to sign up for an account. Just upload your file, enter the recipient's email address, and send it off. It also allows you to send larger files than Google Drive. You can send files up to 2GB in size for free and up to 20GB if you upgrade to the paid service. In contrast, Google Drive limits the size of files you can share to 15GB, and you need to have enough space in your Google Drive account to upload the file first. WeTransfer’s paid plans start at $10 per user/month (billed as an annual plan). (I know what you’re thinking though. What a pain to use two seperate tools to store, then send, your assets. If only you had a tool that combined storing creative with advanced sharing features, too. Enter stage left, Dash. 😇) Now that you know what Google Drive alternatives are out there, which one should you choose? It depends on your needs. Bear in mind that some of these alternatives cannot replace Google Drive as they're not cloud storage services. Instead, they’re better suited for tasks Drive was never equipped for. If you’re a marketer looking for a better way to organise and share creatives for your marketing campaigns, then Dash is an excellent choice. Growing ecommerce brands like Passenger Clothing and Ka’chava make the switch from Google Drive to Dash. With beautiful image previews, helpful integrations, super-fast searching, and an award-winning user-friendly interface, it’s not hard to see why. Download our free digital asset management worksheet to help you compare DAM vendors. {{dam-comparison="/blog-components"}}‍ Or, why not take Dash for a free spin? You can try for 14 days, no credit card required. Barney is the Marketing Lead for Dash. He writes about small business marketing strategies and how DTC brands can boost sales. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/google-drive-vs-digital-asset-management Title: Google Drive vs digital asset management: What's best for your DTC brand?Twitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Are you weighing up digital asset management vs Google Drive for managing visual content? We'll delve into the benefits of each tool so you can decide which is better for your images and video. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/google-drive-vs-digital-asset-management ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Google Drive vs digital asset management: What's best for your DTC brand? H3: What is Google Drive? H3: What is digital asset management? H3: DAM vs Google Drive: Features H3: Google Drive vs DAM: Ease of use H3: Google Drive vs DAM: What types of companies use Drive? H3: Google Drive vs DAM: What marketing teams will benefit from them? H3: Google Drive vs DAM: Pricing H3: Migrating your assets from Drive to Dash H3: Should you pick Google Drive or digital asset management for visual content? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Google Drive vs digital asset management: What's best for your DTC brand? H3: What is Google Drive? H3: What is digital asset management? H3: DAM vs Google Drive: Features H3: Google Drive vs DAM: Ease of use H3: Google Drive vs DAM: What types of companies use Drive? H3: Google Drive vs DAM: What marketing teams will benefit from them? H3: Google Drive vs DAM: Pricing H4: Google Drive pricing H4: DAM pricing H3: Migrating your assets from Drive to Dash H3: Should you pick Google Drive or digital asset management for visual content? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content At first glance, Google Drive seems like the perfect home for your visual content. Seamless integration with your tool stack, easy to set up, and great for collaborating with your team — what’s not to love? But the truth is using Google Drive for digital assets management (DAM) is like eating spaghetti with a spoon. It works for general file management but lacks the key features needed for storing visual content effectively, such as the ability to categorize assets using tags and metadata. For growing brands with an ever-expanding library of visual content, Drive will hold you back. But don’t worry—read on to discover a better way to organise, share and deploy visual content with a digital asset management solution. If Google Workspace is your business’s main tool stack, you already use Google Drive. It’s where all your files live automatically—Google Meet recordings, Slide presentations, documents, email attachments—you name it. Google Drive supports various file types and formats, making it an accessible option for storing and sharing diverse files. Google Drive is a cloud storage system that lets you organise these file types into folders and share them with team members or third-party collaborators like freelancers. You can also upload files shared from non-Google accounts—like a Microsoft Word document or Dropbox folder—so you have everything in a central place. It makes file storing easy and allows users to collaborate on documents. But that’s not all. You can also: File management is a walk in the park with Google Drive. But things quickly go downhill when you rely on this tool for your brand’s visual content. Digital asset management (DAM) is the process of storing, sharing, and managing digital marketing assets. These are things like product image files, e-fliers, infographics, videos, etc. Google Drive (and frankly, tools like Dropbox SharePoint) aren’t built for these tasks. What you need is a DAM system. DAM software is a central, searchable library for your digital assets. It will help you seamlessly organise and share all types of visual content. Smart DAM tools like Dash automatically add searchable tags to your images, so you can find saved assets fast. You can also search for the actual content of your images—like laptop or shirt—not just the file names. For example, if I search for “cactus” in Planto’s Dash (a brand we’ve been working on), all images featuring cactus’ appear—even though the word isn’t always part of their file names. Pretty slick, right? Now that you have a general idea of how both tools work, let's closely examine how DAM software and Google Drive compare. Download images in different sizes and formats Upload and download your visual content Search for your files easily Yes ✅. With auto tags and filters, you can quickly find any images in Dash. No 👎. You can only find images in Google Drive if you know their exact file names. Share files with teammates and external collaborators Set user permissions and control file access Track file changes with version control Create portals and collections for your visual content, so you can easily share them with external collaborators Significant configuration required đŸ˜«. You can create and share Google Drive folders containing specific images. But as you add new images to the folder and existing ones get buried under them, it becomes harder for collaborators to find the assets they need on time. Set image usage and expiry dates Yes ✅Add expiry dates to your images as you upload them. Dash stops displaying the image in your browser folder after the expiry date. No 👎Like Dropbox, Google Drive only allows you to set expiration dates for shared files. Preset dimensions for images and videos Support for integrations Yes ✅Connect your favourite tools to your DAM software for a more streamlined workflow. Dash, for example, works with Canva, WordPress, Shopify, Figma, and much more! Yes ✅Google Drive is part of the Google Workspace, meaning it already syncs with many tools you use for running your business — such as Gmail, Google Meet and Docs. Crop and resize images Unlimited. Dash automatically adjusts your storage capacity as you add more visual content and users. Learn more about how storage works on Dash Google Drive’s individual plan comes with 15 GB of free storage shared across all of your Google accounts. You can buy more storage via a monthly or annual subscription plan. Add metadata like custom tags to images and videos so they are easier to find Google Drive's storage design is straight out of a 1960s library. It follows the folder/subfolder structure, with each folder containing one or more subfolders and each subfolder potentially containing additional subfolders or files. For example, within a work documents folder, you might have subfolders for specific product lines, campaigns or types of documents (such as contracts, reports, and presentations). And in the Reports subfolder, you might have specific subfolders for each month's report. If this sounds chaotic, wait until you see it in action đŸ˜«. Finding a file in this arrangement without knowing the exact file name is like walking blindfolded through a maze. As one user puts it: “Google Drive has the worst organisation of all doc tools currently in existence. Drive is only good at making a single isolated file and sharing that file over Gmail. It lacks notions of structured and shared folders. No thought was given to sharing documents across the company/teams/services EXCEPT to make a single document sent by email.” As a small business, you can't waste time adapting file-sharing tools to work for your visual content. That's why we built Dash. Instead of boring Google Drive thumbnails, you get beautiful image previews on a colourful dashboard. This is what ecommerce brand, COAT's', Dash account looks like.Â đŸ„° Abi, COAT's Brand Manager says: “Dash has completely transformed the way we organise and structure our imagery, making everything else so much more efficient. That’s why I’ve recommended it to so many people. I’ve worked with colleagues and friends in the same industry who constantly complain about their image libraries, and I know Dash would solve all those issues for them.” Any company can use Google Drive—from marketing agencies like Loganix to enterprise companies like Nielsen However, if your business relies heavily on visual content, you'll soon discover that Google Drive can't handle your content management needs and is holding you back. At this point, you need to switch to a digital asset management system. Many of our customers started with Google Drive and switched to Dash. Take Filling Pieces, for example, that struggled to collaborate with resellers using Drive. “Before, when we were using Google Drive, there were no naming conventions. There were too many people uploading content at the same time. I decided it was time for a completely new system with a really good UX. I wanted to be able to type in the product name, see results and order by category. Google Drive is just not very visual. It's messy.” If this sounds like you, it's a sign your company has outgrown Drive. It's time to switch to a DAM tool to support your business's next growth phase. Every team will benefit from Dash in one way or another. Let's discuss specific use cases. Your marketing teams can share documents—like articles and brand guidelines—in Google Drive or another file-sharing tool. But for managing visual content, a DAM tool is an essential part of the tech stack. For example, if you're launching a new product line, you can get product images ready for your campaigns by resizing them, deploying them to Shopify and sharing them with external partners like your ad agency. You can also give journalists and PR teams access to a public portal so they can browse and download assets quickly. And that's not all—discover all the ways Dash helps marketing teams succeed. Design teams are all about visual assets. So DAM is going to be way more beneficial than Drive. For starters, Dash will help them collaborate with your marketing team. They can upload graphics for feedback. You can accept your favourites or leave feedback and request amendments. [screenshot] They can also integrate Dash with design software in their tool stack — like Sketch and Figma — for a smoother workflow. Read our article about DAM for Designers to get the full scoop on how creative teams use Dash. Your sales team can keep sales collaterals like case studies, brochures and proposals in Google Drive. Any team member can sign into Drive, and share requested documents with a prospect or lead quickly. They can also connect your Drive to customer relationship management software like Salesforce and Copper for a more streamlined workflow. However, when it's time to share visual content with leads and customers, a DAM tool is your best bet. For example, the sales team at Brook Taverner use Dash's to showcase new product lines to their resellers and distributors. đŸ€‘ Before your business execs sign off on a DAM tool or Google Drive subscription, they need to know how much it costs. So, let's look at the numbers. If you're using an individual workspace account, you get 15 gigabytes of free storage shared across all your Google accounts, including Drive. You can upgrade to a Google One plan if you need more storage space. This setup is perfect for one-person businesses and solopreneurs. Google Workspace also has plans for growing businesses—starting at $7.20 per user every month. You get more storage space, video hosting for over 100 participants and more. Check out their pricing page for all the details. The flexible pricing and all the other apps you get with this tool make Google Drive an excellent buy for small businesses. But remember, Drive only works for general file management. You still need a DAM tool for storing your visual assets. There are loads of DAM tools in the market, and their pricing structures differ. Some enterprise DAM software costs as much as $50,000 a year! Yikes đŸ˜± What do you do if you don't have $50,000 to splurge on a DAM tool? Settle for Drive and all its visual asset management inadequacies? I hope not. We created Dash for small and growing businesses like yours, and our pricing fits your budget. For ÂŁ99 or $139 a month, you'll get unlimited users and all features. You only pay more if you need to increase the number of assets in your Dash or your monthly downloads. Learn more about how much visual content tools costs in our DAM pricing article. Are you stuck with Drive because moving your visual assets to a DAM tool seems cumbersome? Well, I've got great news for you. You can import assets from Drive to Dash in just a few clicks. All you need to do is connect Google Drive to your Dash account, select the files and folders you want to migrate and copy to Dash. Follow our step-by-step guide to move your digital assets to Dash. And if you've got thousands of assets across multiple folders, our team will be happy to import your assets for you. Just give us a shout. In summary, Google Drive is great for general file management but doesn't work well for organising visual content. You need a DAM tool like Dash to serve as the single source of truth for all your visual assets. The good news is you don't have to choose between the two tools. You can use Google Drive to manage your documents (we even have a guide that will teach you how to organise your Google Drive files). And use Dash for organising images and other digital content. Take a look at these Dash customers who made the move from Drive. ✹ Interested? Take Dash for a spin with a free 14-day trial Faith Uzuegbu is a content marketer and freelance writer for B2B SaaS and tech companies like ClassPass, PlayPlay, and Thinkific. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/google-shopping-updates Title: Google Shopping 2024 updates: What DTC brands should knowTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Keep up to date with the latest Google Shopping updates in 2024. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/google-shopping-updates ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Google Shopping 2024 updates: What DTC brands should know H2: 1. Retirement of eCPC and the transition to GA4 H2: 2. Small business inclusion (US Only) H2: 3. Google Product Studio H2: 4. ‘Try On’ mode: Augmented reality shopping H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Google Shopping 2024 updates: What DTC brands should know H2: 1. Retirement of eCPC and the transition to GA4 H2: 2. Small business inclusion (US Only) H2: 3. Google Product Studio H2: 4. ‘Try On’ mode: Augmented reality shopping H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content If you run an online store, chances are you use Google Shopping ads to showcase your products in Google’s search results. As Google keeps evolving its platform, staying informed about the latest features is crucial. Let’s dive into the essential updates for Google Shopping as of March 26, 2024. In 2023, Google bid farewell to eCPC (Enhanced Cost Per Click) in shopping campaigns and embraced GA4 (Google Analytics 4). In October 2023, previous eCPC campaigns rolled into manual bidding. If your ecommerce brand was still using eCPC bidding with shopping campaigns, you would have had to switch to manual bidding, upgrade to an automated strategy or Performance Max. What’s more, any brand still using Universal Analytics will have been automatically migrated to GA4 (unless you opted out). Many of you already using GA4 probably know how big the learning curve has been (and you might still be trying to get to grips with it). But, it does mean you'll get a better granular understanding of the customer journey because you'll be tracking more interaction points. And there's much more cross-device visibility, so you can understand how your prospects and customers are interacting with your campaigns across multiple touch points. It can be particularly difficult for smaller brands to attract eyeballs to their content when they’re up against big businesses with infinite budgets. Growing brands have to find opportunities to stand out, harness new ad types and embrace updates before their competition. So, good news, since November 2023, US-based businesses have been able to easily add themselves as a small business in the Google shopping listings. This can be done through the merchant centre on a brand's Google Business Profile. You’ll get a tag underneath your listing that highlights the fact that you’re a small business. This is great for attracting customers who are keen to buy from smaller, independent brands. This is available only to the US currently, but they’ll most likely start rolling it out worldwide soon. Creating fresh content can be challenging, especially for smaller brands with tight budgets. AI has now begun to level the field somewhat for smaller brands, and Google is also following this path. Enter Google Product Studio, which was launched in November 2023. While it doesn’t replace professional photography, this free tool allows budget-conscious brands to refresh their creative assets to avoid ad fatigue. Google Shopping now offers a ‘Try On’ mode. Using augmented reality (AR), shoppers can virtually try out products before making a purchase. It’s an exciting way to enhance the online shopping experience. Note: This feature is currently limited to the US only and only lets you feature with trainers. But it’s certainly a step in an exciting direction. 👟 Trying out newly released features should be seen as part of your best practices to stand out in crowded markets. This is due to user experience being part of Google Ads optimisation, so testing out features that might enhance a customer’s journey are always worthwhile. These can also be low cost to implement. Just look at how Google can create 360 spins for free using several high resolution 2D images. 💡Want more tips on your paid campaigns? Read PPC expert, Simon Freeman's article on creating killer DTC ads that convert. 💾 Sara is Dash's Demand Generation Manager. She manages our paid marketing campaigns and is our go-to on all things digital ads. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/guest-uploads Title: Get UGC and content from contributors with guest uploadsTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Dash's new guest upload feature makes it easier to get content from customers and content creators. Find out how it'll level-up your next UGC campaign. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/guest-uploads ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Get UGC and content from contributors with guest uploads H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Get UGC and content from contributors with guest uploads H4: 1. Create your guest upload link H4: 2. Decide where you want your guest uploads to live H4: 3. Start using your guest upload link H4: 4. Approve your content as it comes in H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Whether you've launched a user-generated content (UGC) campaign or have a photographer on location ready to send in shots, the process of managing new assets can be a headache. You've got to get the visuals in the first place, give feedback on them, then put them in a place where they're easy to find to be used by the rest of your team. Well, the process just got a little easier with Dash's new 'guest upload' feature. We'll show you how it works, using the example of a houseplant ecommerce brand launching a UGC campaign as an example. First, log into your Dash and go to admin, then select 'guest upload links'. You can have multiple guest upload links, and this is where you'll go to manage them. When you start creating a new one, decide on the name. This will be added to your asset in Dash so you know where it came from. Then type in your welcome message. For this example, we want to include this in an emailed link to customers after they purchase a houseplant from us. If they upload a photograph of their purchase, we'll feature them on our Instagram. Next, you'll be asked to select a folder on Dash (or create a new one) where all the assets added from your guest upload link will move into. As this is a UGC campaign, we've created a folder specifically for it. Now the next bit is over to your guest uploader. In this example, a Planto customer will be prompted to visit this page to upload pictures of their products as part of an after-sale nurture campaign. This is what their upload screen will look like. Once they've put in their email, they can upload their happy plant selfies. Now, the next time a Planto staff admin logs in, they'll see they have new assets to approve from their homepage. It'll look a little something like this: They can click into each asset and see where the image or video waiting for their approval came from. In this instance, it's clear the cringe selfie of me with my money plant came from Planto's UGC campaign. Using Dash's newly-enhanced upload approval features, they can either reject the asset (don't worry, your customers won't be notified) or accept it into the correct Dash folder. That's just one of the ways Dash can help your growing ecommerce brand manage, find, share and use your visuals. Want to see more? Try it out for yourself with a free, no-strings trial. Barney is the Marketing Lead for Dash. He writes about small business marketing strategies and how DTC brands can boost sales. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/how-homeware-brands-can-increase-their-tiktok-following Title: How homeware brands can increase their TikTok followingTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: TikTok provides homeware brands a huge opportunity to get in front of target audiences and encourage conversions. Here are some tips from two succesful brands who've built communities and seen success on the platform. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/how-homeware-brands-can-increase-their-tiktok-following ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: How homeware brands can increase their TikTok following H2: TLDR: How homeware brands can grow their TikTok following H2: Peek inside the TikTok strategies of two popular homeware brands H2: 9 practical tips homeware brands can use to grow on TikTok H2: How to measure the success of your TikTok strategy H2: Turning TikTok engagement into brand momentum H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: How homeware brands can increase their TikTok following H2: TLDR: How homeware brands can grow their TikTok following H2: Peek inside the TikTok strategies of two popular homeware brands H2: 9 practical tips homeware brands can use to grow on TikTok H4: 1. Start small to find what resonates H4: 2. Keep your content visually and tonally consistent H4: 4. Don’t get too tied to a content plan H4: 5. Use image carousels to showcase your products H4: 6. Work with creators who align with your brand H4: 7. Feature your in-house experts H4: 8. Listen to your audience (and act on what they say) H4: 9. Write briefs like a photoshoot plan H2: How to measure the success of your TikTok strategy H4: Core Engagement Metrics H4: Interaction Metrics H4: Audience growth metrics H4: Conversion metrics H2: Turning TikTok engagement into brand momentum H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content TikTok has become one of the most important platforms for product discovery, especially in visual categories like homeware. It’s a huge opportunity to reach new customers organically. And with 49% of users saying TikTok has helped them make a purchase decision, it can be a valuable sales channel. But cutting through the noise isn’t easy. Just search ‘home decor’ on TikTok and you’ll find thousands of creators and brands posting every day. Many of them have big teams, bigger budgets and viral hooks baked into their content. If your current TikTok content isn’t gaining traction—or you’re unsure how to start—this article is for you. We’ll explore how homeware brands like Piglet in Bed and Lick paints have grown a loyal following and what practical lessons you can apply to your own strategy. Don’t have time to read the full article? This summary gives you quick tips that you can start working into your brand’s marketing channel. There’s no single formula for TikTok success—especially in the homeware space, where brand personality, product aesthetics and audience needs vary. But two brands doing it particularly well are Piglet in Bed and Lick. Let’s take a look at how they approach content on TikTok: How Piglet in Bed approaches TikTok Piglet in Bed is known for its natural linen bedding and slow-living, countryside aesthetic. Their TikTok content is styled with soft, natural textures and muted tones—often contrasted by a cheeky tone of voice that reflects their brand personality. It’s this blend of calm visuals and bold messaging that helps them stand out. How Lick approaches TikTok Lick is a popular, UK-based paint brand. Their brand focuses on building confidence among decorators and DIYers. Their TikTok and social content is educational, entertaining, and deeply rooted in community-building. Amie Caswell, Head of Social Media and Creators at Lick, explains how they use TikTok to create relatable content, showcase in-house expertise (like their Director of Interior Design, Tash), and gather feedback to improve their products. “It’s really nice for our community to know that there are real people at Lick
 who’re there to give our decorators help and advice,” says Amie. “It’s important for our brand values, and has also given us a unique way to lean into video content.” In a platform dominated by fast-moving trends and polished ads, Piglet in Bed and Lick both offer something different: real, community-focused content that feels human, helpful, and on-brand. If you’re a homeware brand looking to build a meaningful TikTok presence, these two offer a great blueprint for growing with authenticity and purpose. Growing a loyal following on TikTok doesn’t require big budgets or complicated production. As Lick and Piglet in Bed have proven, success comes from understanding your audience, staying consistent with your brand, and creating content that feels human. Below are nine key lessons to guide your own strategy. You don’t need expensive video shoots to get started on TikTok. Some of Piglet in Bed’s early content was filmed on a phone in Rhiannon’s bedroom. She says: “I just started off by posting anything and everything to get an idea of what was going to resonate. Having said that, I was posting stuff then that I wouldn’t post now. That’s because we now have a good understanding of what works and who our community is.” By experimenting with different formats and styles, the team was able to learn what their audience actually wanted to see. Over time, they refined their content based on what performed well. They moved away from what didn’t work and doubled down on what did. Takeaway: You don’t need a big budget to get started. Shoot quick videos on your phone, post consistently, and pay attention to what your audience engages with. Once you know what’s working, you can start investing more time and resources into it. TikTok might lean casual, but consistency still counts—especially if you’re trying to build a strong, recognisable brand. Lick does this brilliantly. Their content strikes a balance between being educational and entertaining, all while staying true to their mission of making decorators feel confident. From colour psychology explainers to behind-the-scenes tips from their in-house expert Tash, everything they post feels unmistakably Lick. Their tone is friendly, expert-led and playful, with a strong visual identity that carries across TikTok, Instagram and beyond. Even when they’re leaning into memes or trending sounds, the content still feels on-brand. As Amie Caswell, Head of Social and Creators, puts it: “We’re always asking ourselves: How do we bring our brand personality to life? How do we create more entertaining content that isn't so brand heavy and serious all the time?” Takeaway: Define your visual style and tone of voice early—and carry it across everything you post. Whether you’re creating a colour explainer or a trending audio meme, your content should feel recognisably ‘you.’ That way, when new people land on your feed, they immediately know what you’re about. 3. Blend in with your community, don’t just sell Not everything you post needs to push a product. Piglet in Bed leans into tutorials, behind-the-scenes content and lifestyle tips that provide value without being overly promotional. Take this video that offers ‘sleep hygiene tips’ for a better rest. 😮 The video’s relatable aesthetic and focus on everyday problems make it a subtle but effective way to introduce products. And it works—the first comment is someone asking where the bed linens are from. Takeaway: Use TikTok to educate or entertain your audience. Let your product appear naturally in the content, and allow your audience to discover it for themselves. TikTok is fast-paced and trends are constantly changing. If you want to stay relevant, it's important you’re reacting to the content your audience is engaging with at the time. And having a tight content plan is going to get in the way. Rhiannon says: “Trends come and go. Things like music trends and topics are constantly changing, so it’s important you’re on the ball. If you’ve got to wait for rounds of approvals, that’s going to slow you down.” However, creating content on the fly doesn’t work for everyone. So Rhiannon has some great tips on creating a rough plan that you can fall back on: Build a bank of content: Create some core content for each of your products. For example, if you’re doing a photoshoot for a new collection, make sure you’re capturing short videos that can be used in the future. There might be a piece of music that’s trending on TikTok, for example, that would go really well over some content you created a few months ago. This is also something that Toby from Nusa Films recommends on his episode: How to create thumb-stopping video ads. Plan your seasonal content: Lots of brands ramp up their marketing efforts around certain times of year. Think: Christmas, Black Friday, Cyber Monday and New Year sales. If there are any holidays your brand needs content for, these can be solid pillars in your content calendar which you can plan in advance. 💡For inspo, check out our article that offers 15 creative Black Friday campaigns from DTC brands. Key takeaway: TikTok rewards speed and relevance—so rigid content plans can hold you back. Instead, build a flexible foundation with evergreen, seasonal content so you can leave space to stay reactive. TikTok may be a video-first platform, but Piglet in Bed has seen great results from using image carousels. They often use them to highlight photography from new collections, especially when launching a new product line or restock. These carousels feel more polished than casual videos but still fit within the aesthetic of the platform. Key takeaway: Image carousels are a great way to break up your feed and showcase your product photography. Use them when launching a new range or highlighting seasonal bestsellers. Content creators and influencers are a huge part of TikTok. By collaborating with people who already have a name for themselves on the platform, you’ll be able to spread your brand message to a new audience. One of the first content creators that Rhiannon and her team worked with was Alana (alanalavv). Alana runs a cookbook club and regularly posts recipes and ‘day in the life’ videos. Rhiannon discovered Alana when she posted a video featuring Piglet in Bed’s linen. “We need lots of home interior shots - but we don’t want it to be in the same home all the time. So it's nice to have different aesthetics and different spaces to inspire different people. Alana and I have gotten really close over the last few years and we regularly collaborate on ideas.” See how Piglet in Bed and Alana collaborated to promote a press preview day at a London house. Key takeaway: Collaborate with creators who genuinely align with your brand values and aesthetic. When a creator already loves your products, their content will feel natural—and more likely to connect with their audience. The result? More trust, more reach, and more meaningful engagement. Chances are you’ve got people on your team with deep knowledge of your product or audience. For homeware brands, perhaps you’ve got people who are experts ininterior design - so why not bring them into your content? That’s exactly what Lick did with their Director of Interior Design, Tash. Not only does she create their beautiful paints, she also  regularly answers customer questions about colour combinations, decorating tips and product selection. Amie realised Tash was answering the same community questions again and again—so they decided to turn that into content. By bringing Tash into their TikTok videos, Lick has created a recognisable, trusted face for the brand. It’s helped build authority, humanise their content, and create a more meaningful connection with their audience. “It’s really nice for our community to know there are real people at Lick, like Tash, who are there to help,” says Amie. “She creates the colours—so who better to talk about them than the person behind them?” Key takeaway: Tap into the expertise already inside your business. Whether it’s your product designer, stylist, or customer experience lead, putting real people on camera helps your audience connect with your brand and builds trust through expert-led content. TikTok isn’t just a platform for broadcasting—it’s a place to have a conversation. Both Piglet in Bed and Lick have shown the power of actually listening to their communities and letting that input shape the brand. Take Lick, for example. They made a bold move by changing one of their most recognisable product elements—their iconic square paint tins. Why? Their audience told them it wasn’t practical for decorators. So they switched to a round tin and announced it on social. The reaction was overwhelmingly positive. 🙌 “They loved the uniqueness of our tins,” Aimee told us, “but from a practical, decorating point of view, it wasn't working for them
 when we posted on social media to say we're moving to round tins, the response we got was amazing. I think it's because we’d actively listened to our community.” Key takeaway: TikTok isn’t a one-way street. Use it as a feedback channel. When your audience feels heard—and sees their feedback reflected in your products or content—you build lasting trust and deeper brand loyalty. Whether you’re working with creators or producing videos yourself, having a clear brief of what you want to achieve will be essential. Rhiannon’s tip for briefing is to treat it like a photoshoot. Here are some things to include: “Make sure you have all the deliverables listed in your brief. Include the kind of lighting that is going to work best for you. Point out the type of props and pieces around the home that wouldn't quite be right for your aesthetic. You should also be clear on the length of the video and whether you want it produced on an external platform or in TikTok itself. Be clear on styling and the types of video formats that work best for your audience.” Key takeaway: If you need to brief your team or a creator on videos for TikTok, it’s a good idea to treat it like a photography brief. Include all the important elements that are needed to align with your brand. So—you’re posting regularly, your visuals are on point, and your videos are starting to rack up views. But they’re not always going viral, and it’s not clear whether your content is really landing. Here’s how to go beyond surface-level metrics and understand what’s really working on TikTok. These show how people are interacting with your content. They’re a good way to spot what’s resonating (and what’s not). Views (aka Play Count) The total number of times your video has been watched. This is your baseline metric—use it to benchmark performance across posts. Watch time and average watch duration The TikTok algorithm loves content that keeps people watching, so it’s best practice to track: These metrics give you deeper insight into how engaged your audience really is. Engagement Rate = (Likes + Comments + Shares) Ă· Views (or Followers) × 100 These help you track how your TikTok presence is scaling over time. If you’re using TikTok to sell, this is where the rubber meets the road. You’ve built momentum on TikTok, and the followers are starting to roll in. That’s a huge win—but now the focus shifts to what happens next. The real value lies in turning that interest into long-term engagement, loyal customers, and even brand advocates. Here’s how to keep that momentum going and guide your TikTok audience through the rest of your marketing funnel: {{Lick-podcast="/blog-components"}} Dash makes it easy to store, tag, and repurpose your best-performing content, so your team can quickly find and reuse what’s already working. You can also use Dash to collect content from creators, organise it by campaign or product, and share it with retailers or wholesalers to help them sell more of your products. Learn more in our article that covers DAM for ecommerce. Or try it yourself for free for 14 days. Amy Burchill is the SEO and Content Manager for Dash. She works with ecommerce experts to create articles for DTC brands wanting to improve their campaigns. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/how-to-boost--website-conversions Title: How to boost your website conversions | insights from MOJU drinksTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Josh Lewis from DTC brand, MOJU, offers his tips for improving revenue and boosting conversions by optimising your website. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/how-to-boost--website-conversions ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: How to boost your website conversions | insights from MOJU drinks H2: 7 ways to get your online channels optimised for DTC H3: 1. Analyse your website’s customer journey H3: 2. Make your homepage irresistible H3: 3. Optimise your product pages H3: 4. Balance brand story with product benefits H3: 5. Prioritise your creative assets H3: 6. Find creative ways to reuse assets H3: 7. Learn from your mistakes H2: Josh’s top takeaways for optimising your channels for DTC H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: How to boost your website conversions | insights from MOJU drinks H2: 7 ways to get your online channels optimised for DTC H3: 1. Analyse your website’s customer journey H3: 2. Make your homepage irresistible H3: 3. Optimise your product pages H3: 4. Balance brand story with product benefits H3: 5. Prioritise your creative assets H3: 6. Find creative ways to reuse assets H3: 7. Learn from your mistakes H2: Josh’s top takeaways for optimising your channels for DTC H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Josh is the Senior Growth and Ecommerce Manager at MOJU Drinks. This brand creates fresh, vitamin-packed shots to power your immunity, your vitality and your gut health. Their products were originally sold in major UK supermarkets and health stores. However, the COVID-19 pandemic (that started in 2020) saw people shopping more online which forced MOJU to change strategy. It was time to adapt their retail products for a direct-to-consumer (DTC) market. In our podcast, Ecommerce Marketing 101: How to Scale Your DTC Brand, I spoke with Josh about the steps he and his team took to adapt their retail-based brand for DTC. Listen to the full episode on: Josh says that for drinks brands it’s particularly challenging to sell online. You need to encourage supermarket shoppers to buy a DTC product that they’d usually pick up during their weekly shop. Despite this, MOJU has been really successful in pivoting their retail offering for ecommerce. Here are Josh’s 7 tips for optimising your channels for DTC. 👇 To improve your DTC offering, you need to optimise your website. And the first place Josh looked was the customer journey. He wanted to see how customers were getting from the homepage or landing pages to the final checkout. What he saw was a long and complex journey. There were multiple steps that a customer had to take before they reached checkout and it was ruining the experience. Here are some steps he took to improve the process: Key takeaway: Analyse your customer journey from their first touchpoint to the final checkout page. You can use websites like 1800-D2C to see what’s working for other brands. With lots of research and a new framework under his belt, it was time for Josh to optimise the home page. This might sound obvious, but your home page is literally your digital storefront. So whether you’re a retail brand or solely DTC, this page needs to be spot-on. And MOJU is certainly a brand you can learn from. Here are some stand-out elements from the homepage that you can use for inspiration: Above the fold: First up is the section above-the-fold. This is the first headline and image you see when you land on MOJU’s website. Josh says that many consumers know MOJU for their ginger shots. Whilst this is a great entry point, he was keen for the homepage to showcase their entire product range. So the team added a moving image that has the ginger shot sitting front and centre for instant recognition. After a second, the image expands to reveal all the other MOJU flavours. đŸȘ„(Head over to MOJU’s homepage to see this moving image in action). Calls-to-action: Throughout the homepage, there are consistent CTAs that encourage visitors to head through to the product pages. “A really quick win is adding CTAs at key points throughout the home page. It's great to have a nice looking page with lots of imagery and information. But if people then have to find the buttons which take them through to different menus or multiple different pages, it's just going to stunt their experience. So we've always got buttons that take you directly to the product pages so you can purchase straight away.” Customer reviews: Social proof is incredibly important. On MOJU’s homepage, they’ve picked customer reviews that not only offer glowing comments about their products, they also highlight key benefits. For example, one customer explains how it’s kept their “cold at bay” and another says goodbye to “creaky joints.” Message from the founders: MOJU is an independent challenger brand. They encourage people to use plant-based products rather than caffeine and pills to get energy back in their lives. So having a direct quote from the founders helps reinforce the idea that MOJU is a brand for the people. đŸ’Ș Key takeaway: Your homepage is your storefront, so make sure it’s capturing all the information your customers need to make a purchase decision. Josh also recommends using tools like Hotjar to see where people are (and aren’t) clicking on your website. Your product pages are equally as important to your homepage. So ensuring they’re optimised for conversions is going to be key for ecommerce growth. For starters, Josh says that it’s crucial these pages are easy to navigate. This means the most important information and imagery needs to be above the fold. “You've got to have everything that you can above the fold, which has been a big challenge for us. For example, you’ve got to have a clear image and it needs to be obvious what the product is, what it's for and how you use it.” Here are some clever ways MOJU keep as much information above the fold as possible: Key takeaway: If you can, try and keep the most important product information above the fold. This includes a clear product image, primary ingredients (if you’re a beverage brand), the option to subscribe and social proof. Moving into the DTC space gave MOJU more opportunity to promote their brand mission which is about encouraging a healthy lifestyle. Whilst your brand story and goals are super important for building brand awareness, they don’t necessarily help towards conversions right away. “With a website it’s particularly challenging to get a good balance.  For example, what is objectively a “branded image” might not sell a product, particularly to someone that doesn't know what the product is.” Josh says that they tackled this by making sure there was a good mix of brand and transactional messaging and assets across all marketing touch points. MOJU does a great job of promoting brand and product messaging across their channels. In fact, they do it all within one image: And the good news? Josh says that their brand awareness has been increasing. 🙌 This is due to a mix of their online campaigns and an increase in the number of stockists selling their products— meaning more people are finding them in store. This, in turn, prompted a decision to cut their ad spend. “We dropped our ad spend by 50-60%. In the past 2-3 months we’ve seen an increase in efficiency, which has been amazing. We don’t know how long that will last—but it’s been positive so far.” Key takeaway: Make sure to balance your brand story with your product benefits across all touchpoints in your prospects journey. If you can increase brand awareness, you might find you can spend less on acquisition because people will be searching for your brand organically. For marketing campaigns, Josh says that it’s important for brands to prioritise creating stand out creative assets—especially for social media. “We've done a lot in terms of looking at audience segments and testing different campaign types. But what it really comes down to is that our creative is the only thing that makes a difference for us.” One of the biggest video campaigns that Josh worked on was the video agency, with Nusa Films. It was designed specifically for their paid channels and to stop people scrolling on social media. As we learned in our podcast episode with Toby Hart—Co-Founder of Nusa Films—more and more brands are taking this social-first approach to their content. This is, after all, where a majority of your audience is likely to hang out.  Here's Toby explaining the video he made with MOJU. Learn Toby’s tips for creating scroll-stopping video ads on social media by listening to his episode of the Ecommerce Marketing 101 podcast. {{nusa-podcast="/blog-components"}} Key takeaway: If you’re looking to invest more in your paid social, consider investing in a really good piece of video content. You can hire an agency like Nusa Films, or spend time creating videos in-house. As Toby told us, the barrier to entry for quality content is getting lower with the help of affordable camera equipment and platforms like TikTok and Meta. If you’ve not quite got the budget for a professional video shoot, don’t worry. Josh says that you could have one really great image and reuse it in lots of different ways— like adding animated text, callouts and stickers. Or, you could have a single video and chop it up to create gifs and shorts for social. This is particularly useful for beverage brands in particular, as they often have limited options in terms of the context they can place the products in. “If you're in a beverage brand, there's only so much you can do that makes sense. If it's a product that you eat or drink at home during a specific occasion like breakfast or lunch, you can't then take a picture of that in a concert hall for example. Instead you can call out different benefits or play around with the music you play over the top.  Each time you test it you’ll see what resonates with your audience.” Here’s an example of a reused asset from MOJU’s Instagram page. They’ve picked a background using the brands colours, and created a simple gif of someone pouring out a ginger shot. A post shared by MOJU (@mojudrinks) Key takeaway: Your creative assets are super important, but you don’t necessarily have to spend loads of money and time on them. Start by creating one really great image or video and reuse it in multiple ways. Finally, Josh is a huge advocate for learning from your mistakes. It can be incredibly disheartening when a campaign flops, for example. But it’s really important to understand that mistakes do happen and they can actually be beneficial to your strategy. As an example, Josh walks us through one of the brand’s early campaigns. The goal was to encourage more people to buy packs of MOJU online. “One objection our audience had against buying our products online was having to pay a big chunk of money upfront. So we decided to launch an online taster pack which included 5 of our smaller shots. The shots were free and all shoppers had to pay was ÂŁ3.95 for shipping. The forecast looked great—we believed we’d get tens of thousands of redemptions. But the reality was
nobody wanted it.” Josh and his team quickly realised they needed to take a new approach. So instead of offering free products with paid-for shipping—they focused on free shipping, instead. “We ended up making some messaging clearer on the website with the goal of convincing people to spend more on the bigger packs. We created a starter pack that included all of our larger format drinks for ÂŁ35 and free shipping. Surprisingly, this gave us some really good results. In fact, it’s still our best-selling product!” Key takeaway: It’s okay to make mistakes. Just make sure you’re continuously monitoring your campaigns and you’re prepared to pull the plug if needed. Even a failed campaign will teach you something new and help you create something better in the future. Here’s a summary of Josh’s top tips that you can take with you into your brand right away. If you’d like to listen to Josh’s full episode, make sure to subscribe to our podcast: Ecommerce Marketing 101: How to Grow Your DTC Brand. Barney is the Marketing Lead for Dash. He writes about small business marketing strategies and how DTC brands can boost sales. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/how-to-boost-repeat-purchases Title: How to boost repeat purchases | insights from HairstoryTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Discover the secrets to sustainable growth with Ben Clark, Head of Lifecycle Marketing at Hairstory. Learn to transform newly acquired customers into loyal fans, focusing on strategies to continuously grow repeat subscription revenue. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/how-to-boost-repeat-purchases ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: How to boost repeat purchases | insights from Hairstory H2: 7 ways Hairstory boosts repeat purchases H3: Focus on engaged prospects and customers to improve email click-through rates H3: Refine your email messaging H3: Use data to predict recurring revenue opportunities H3: Send product recommendations to high-intent website visitors H3: Understand your customer acquisition strategies H3: Provide a strong onboarding experience H3: Surprise and delight your loyal customers H2: Ben’s key takeaways for boosting repeat revenue for your DTC brand H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: How to boost repeat purchases | insights from Hairstory H2: 7 ways Hairstory boosts repeat purchases H3: Focus on engaged prospects and customers to improve email click-through rates H3: Refine your email messaging H3: Use data to predict recurring revenue opportunities H3: Send product recommendations to high-intent website visitors H3: Understand your customer acquisition strategies H3: Provide a strong onboarding experience H3: Surprise and delight your loyal customers H2: Ben’s key takeaways for boosting repeat revenue for your DTC brand H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ‍Ben Clark is the Head of Lifecycle Marketing at Hairstory— the DTC brand that’s been shaking up the hair care industry. They’re known for their shampoo, New Wash, that’s free from detergent and helps you save water. 🚿 Ben’s primary mission is to keep newly acquired customers engaged and turn them into loyal fans. He looks for ways to improve the customer experience and ensure the brand is continuously growing their repeat subscription revenue. Keep reading to discover Ben’s tips for improving your customer lifecycle campaigns and making sure your customers keep subscribing to your products. 🎧 Listen to Ben’s interview on the Ecommerce Marketing 101 podcast. đŸŽ„ Watch the full episode on YouTube Looking for ways to boost repeat purchases for your brand? Take a leaf out of Ben’s book and discover 7 ways he uses email, data and ecommerce tools to ensure subscribers come back, time and time again. Ben was the first lifecycle marketer at Hairstory, so there was lots of untouched data and untapped potential to dig into. He began by assessing the overall performance of the brand’s channels—particularly email and SMS. He quickly saw that open rates and click rates were falling below the benchmark, so he set up analytics to understand conversion metrics for prospects, customers, and subscribers. He also segmented his audiences to make them easier to report on and to create strategies for the most engaged contacts. From here, he started sending different email and SMS flows based on each segment. “We saw some good growth by just starting to restrain ourselves a little bit and only target the audiences that are engaged and showing interest. But just because we were reducing volume doesn't mean we were reducing conversion and engagement rates. Instead we were only focusing on the people that we thought had the highest likelihood to convert.” And it was a positive result! Open rates increased from 45% to 60%, and click rates increased from 1% to  2.5%. 🙌 Key takeaway: If your click-through rates are falling below the benchmark (around 2.07% for ecommerce brands), dig into your email lists and focus on your most engaged prospects. This may sound simple, but it could make a huge difference to your CTRs. Whilst putting audience segmentation in place, Ben looked at the content in the old email and SMS campaigns. He saw that the old creative assets and copy weren’t quite aligning with Hairstory’s brand identity. And the emails were very, very long. “Previously, our emails were extensive and almost resembled landing pages. While this approach sometimes works, I realised that the goal should be to direct people to experiences on the website rather than overwhelming them with information in the email.” Once he’d worked this out, the emphasis shifted towards ensuring emails are concise, clickable, and exciting. He also made sure the reader understood what action they needed to take. This involved asking fundamental questions about the email's intent and what specific outcomes they wanted to achieve. Key takeaway: Do an audit of all your automated emails. Make sure your copy and creative assets still align with your brand. And always ensure it’s really obvious what action you want your reader to take at the end. If you want to increase your email click-through rates, the answer is not to send more emails. A better tactic is to use data science to understand your audience and discover when they’re more likely to convert. To do this, Ben uses the ecommerce tool Relo. This is a repeat-revenue platform that predicts when customers might be ready to reorder, try a new product or start a subscription. Once it’s identified those people in your contact list, it syncs with Klaviyo to push out personalised emails to your audience. “Every month, when we send emails, we're starting to identify more people who are ready to convert. It's one of those things that as you continue to build on it, you'll start to see more and more results. Relo continues to learn, continues to get more data, and continues to identify new cohorts of audiences that can fall into it your email flows. I feel like Relo could help you no matter what type of brand you are.” And the results? Hairstory has increased their campaign revenue by an impressive 34%! ‍Key takeaway: Use a tool like Relo to predict when customers might be ready to reorder, try a new product or start a subscription. From there, you can send super personalised messages to encourage sales. Ben and his team want to be really specific when talking to potential customers. They use a tool called Wunderkind that’s able to identify user-intent and send personalised product recommendations via email to people who’ve viewed Hairstory’s website. So, instead of sending generic messages like: "Hey, we saw you looking around," Ben and his team try to be more specific. For example, if they see someone has been looking at Hairstory’s styling products, they’ll suggest similar items like styling balms and explain why they might be a good choice for them. Similarly, if someone leaves something in their online basket, Ben makes sure their abandoned cart emails are personalised to the product or category that person was looking at. However, it’s important not to send too many messages. This is where Wunderkind is super useful. It knows what the different levels of intent are. So you’ve got product categories in the lowest intent tier, products in the middle and cart-abandonment in the highest. The higher the tier, the more personalised the messages can become. “It's essential to avoid overwhelming customers with messages. We have structured our outreach in a way that ensures we only target individuals once they transition into the next highest intent tier. This approach helps maintain a balance, preventing us from bombarding customers with messages unrelated to their current interest.” 💡 Learn more about how Hairstory use Wunderkind. Key takeaway: A tool like Wunderkind is really useful in identifying users with the highest purchase intent. You can send personalised text messages or emails to people who’re more likely to purchase. Ben works closely with Hairstory’s customer acquisition team. He says lifecycle marketing and customer acquisition goes hand in hand so it's really important that they’re communicating with each other. “Think of it like this: we're spending money to drive people to our website, but obviously not everyone's going to convert on that visit. So it's my job to target the people who have some interest, but aren’t yet fully committed. I need to capture their email or SMS and help educate them and, ultimately, drive them down the funnel.” The collaborative aspect is crucial because effective conversion depends on insights from the paid side. This includes understanding success factors such as what creative elements are working well, and what copy is working in paid campaigns. These can then be translated to enhance email strategies. Key takeaway: Regularly communicate with your customer acquisition team for insights into how prospects are coming to your website. These will help inform your email and SMS messaging. One of the challenges for the team at Hairstory is to help customers understand how beneficial their products will be in the long run. Just like switching to natural deodorant might take some getting used to; natural hair products will be a big change for anyone used to traditional shampoo. To make this transition as easy as possible, Ben says it’s important to provide a really good onboarding experience. “We want to provide our customers with a better-quality hair care solution. But to make sure they stick with us, we need to provide the best onboarding experience and get them to understand how to use the product properly. This way, they’ll have the motivation to keep coming back and to tell their friends about it.” Ben says the objective of onboarding is to reinforce the customer’s purchase decision. Each new customer is put into a 30-day onboarding experience which will be slightly different depending on the type and size of product they’ve bought. During this time, the team works to collect feedback from customers to make sure they’re getting the most out of their product. For anyone facing challenges, they’ll get directed to customer service. And people having a positive experience will get sent motivational content like testimonials and how-to videos to generate excitement. Key takeaway: First impressions count and if customers are having a rubbish experience with your brand, they’re unlikely to come back. Make sure you provide them with all the resources and tools they need to get the most out of your products. It’s really important to pay close attention to key moments in your customer’s subscription journey. At Hairstory, subscribers get a three-day notice before their first payment comes out. This moment might come as a surprise to people not keeping tabs on their subscriptions (oops - guilty!). So, Ben makes sure to recognise these important moments by adding occasional free, mystery gifts into their packages. In turn, this enhances the overall experience for valued subscribers. (I mean, who doesn’t love a freebie?!) Key takeaway: Once you get people to subscribe to your product, that doesn't mean your work is over. Keep them engaged with your brand by sending free gifts in their orders. Ben has loads of great advice for helping you boost your brand’s revenue. But, if you don’t have time to read the whole thing, here’s a round up of his key takeaways that you can use for your brand’s strategy. (Or, scoot down for links to the full podcast episode.) If you’d like to listen to Ben’s full episode, head over to our podcast Ecommerce Marketing 101 on: Barney is the Marketing Lead for Dash. He writes about small business marketing strategies and how DTC brands can boost sales. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/how-to-brief-influencers Title: How to work with micro-influencersTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Learn how you can build fantastic briefs and relationships with micro-influencers who will help you grow your brand. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/how-to-brief-influencers ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: How to work with micro-influencers H3: What's a micro-influencer? H3: The importance of micro-influencers in ecommerce H3: How much does it cost to hire a micro-influencer? H3: Where to find relevant content creators in your industry H3: Why briefing your micro-influencers is a must H3: Managing relationships with content creators and micro-influencers H3: 4 growing brands that work with micro-influencers H3: Forming long-term relationships with content creators H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: How to work with micro-influencers H3: What's a micro-influencer? H3: The importance of micro-influencers in ecommerce H3: How much does it cost to hire a micro-influencer? H3: Where to find relevant content creators in your industry H3: Why briefing your micro-influencers is a must H3: Managing relationships with content creators and micro-influencers H3: 4 growing brands that work with micro-influencers H4: 1. Olipop H4: 2. Bliss H4: 3. Frank Body H4: 4. Toms of Maine H3: Forming long-term relationships with content creators H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content There’s nothing quite like good old-fashioned word-of-mouth marketing to bring in buyers. And we’re not just talking friend-of-a-friend recommendations here. Social media has made it easier than ever for small-fry influencers to spread the word about your products. Micro-influencers are social media accounts with 10,000-50,000 followers. They often have a niche, targeted audience of highly engaged fans and provide a budget-friendly option for brands working on a shoestring.That’s not to say only small brands can partner with micro-influencers. In fact, there are thousands of brands both big and small that are tapping into this trend – household names like Sephora, ASOS, Banana Republic, and Coca-Cola have joined forces with micro-influencers, but so have many smaller, DTC brands. Seriously, the benefits of influencer marketing are extensive. {{influencer-database="/blog-components"}} Word-of-mouth marketing and the psychology behind trusted influencers lead to more consumer trust and more sales – simple, really. But here’s the thing: while there might be a huge difference in reach working with Kim K and a local fashion blogger, there’s also a huge difference in price tag. 💰Want to get Kim to promote your stuff? Set aside at least ÂŁ500,000. Obviously, this is an outrageous sum of money for a lot of up-and-coming brands. Luckily, micro-influencers can sweeten the deal for more reasons than cheaper rates. 📈 Higher engagement: Smaller social accounts tend to have higher engagement rates – 11x higher in some cases! đŸ€© Increased trust: Micro-influencers often have a closer relationship with their followers because they provide more of a tight-knit community. 🎯 Targeted reach: Big accounts have millions of followers with hundreds of different interests. Micro-influencers often target a specific niche which makes their content and audience more focused. 🌿 Renew your social media content: If you're looking to breathe new life into your TikTok or Instagram content, partnering with micro-influencers is a good bet. When done well, it'll provide you with authentic posts you can share with your followers. đŸ€ Lasting relationships: It’s easier to forge and maintain long-lasting relationships with micro-influencers who will continue to promote your products after the initial campaign. There’s no one-price-fits-all for micro-influencers, but one thing’s for sure: you won’t be paying ÂŁ500,000 per post. In fact, one piece of research shows that micro-influencers charge between ÂŁ100-ÂŁ500 per post. This ultimately depends on several factors, including the platform the influencer is most popular on (YouTube influencers can demand anywhere between ÂŁ200-ÂŁ1,000 per video), the type of content they’re producing, and how engaged their audience is. Trying to find the right micro-influencer on social media (predictions show there could be up to 37 million influencers in the world) is like trying to find a needle in a haystack. Here are some ways to make it less haystacky: For example, here’s a list of 20 interior design micro-influencers to kick-start your search. Before going all in, look out for quality content, check your chosen influencers have the right audience (if you sell women’s shoes and the audience is mainly men, you’re going to have a bad time), understand each account’s engagement levels, and consider how you might work together. Micro-influencers create content and they’re good at it. It’s literally their job. But you want to make sure they’re creating the right content for your brand so you can meet your marketing campaign goals. Sure, you can give them free rein, but putting some guidelines in place in a brief can help keep things on track and tamper expectations on both sides. The brief gives you the chance to clearly outline your campaign and the objectives while also giving influencers the chance to bounce if it’s not a good fit for them. Here are some key things to include in the brief: {{influencer-brief="/blog-components"}} You’ve cherry-picked your selection of influencers and are ready and raring to go. But how do you interact with them? And, more importantly, how do you make sure the relationship is fruitful for both sides? There are three key parts to this: 1. Provide creative freedomYou’re working with content creators, not robots đŸ€– – let them do what they’re good at! Give as much creative freedom to influencers as possible without going too far from the scope of your brief. They’ll enjoy working with you and (hopefully!) produce some of their best work when they aren’t boxed in. 2. Communicate clearly and regularlyClear communication is crucial when working with content creators. They need to understand exactly what you expect from them and when – this is the basis of any good working relationship. Offer regular check-ins and give them a central point of contact they can reach out to with any questions and worries. 3. Keep it professional – but not too professionalBrand-influencer relationships are work relationships at the end of the day. But if you want to form deep connections with your chosen content creators, loosen up a bit on the business lingo. Keep conversations casual and treat them like the fellow human being they are! Looking for some inspo to get started? Here are some ecommerce brands that work with micro-influencers on the regular: Olipop pays its customers to create and share their own content about the brand. This has formed an integral part of the brand’s “refreshing” (pun very much intended) TikTok strategy. Beauty brand Bliss teams up with small beauty ‘grammer’s to share how-to videos and “before and after” snaps. Frank Body has worked with a host of micro-influencers to populate its Instagram feed. The accounts it partners with have anywhere between 6,000 and 52,000 followers. Toms of Maine has joined forces with several micro-influencers, including Tinted_pink, a content creator with 19,000 followers. Micro-influencers can be a lucrative investment over time. The more they promote your products to their followers, the bigger your reach will be and the more sales you’ll generate 🎉It’s important to think about your relationships with content creators as long-term affairs, not flash-in-the-pan one-hit wonders. Ask them for their ideas on upcoming campaigns, give them free rein (they know their audience best!), and make it easy to continue to nurture a relationship. This is where Dash comes in. Once influencers have created their content, they can quickly and easily send it to a digital asset management (DAM) tool like Dash where it can be approved, rejected, or fed back on. The process is seamless and makes sure everyone is on the same page at any given time. Lizzie Davey writes for ecommerce and marketing SaaS brands. She helps create B2B content strategies and is the Founder of Copy Revival and Freelance Magic. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/how-to-build-a-challenger-brand Title: How to build a challenger brand | insights from JustWearsTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/how-to-build-a-challenger-brand ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: How to build a challenger brand | insights from JustWears H2: Yang’s definition of a challenger brand H2: 8 tips on building a challenger brand H3: 1. Have an innovative product idea H3: 2. Test your product ideas H3: 3. Build brand equity (not just awareness) H3: 4. Find brand values that align with your own H3: 5. Use your messaging to set yourself apart H3: 6. Create content that's authentic and real H3: 7. Get creative with your paid content H3: 8. Reward your customers H2: Yang’s key takeaways for building a successful challenger brand H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: How to build a challenger brand | insights from JustWears H2: Yang’s definition of a challenger brand H2: 8 tips on building a challenger brand H3: 1. Have an innovative product idea H3: 2. Test your product ideas H3: 3. Build brand equity (not just awareness) H3: 4. Find brand values that align with your own H3: 5. Use your messaging to set yourself apart H3: 6. Create content that's authentic and real H3: 7. Get creative with your paid content H3: 8. Reward your customers H2: Yang’s key takeaways for building a successful challenger brand H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content As a challenger brand, JustWears is shaking up the underwear industry. The brand’s founder, Yang Lui, and her team have found a way to break through the noise of established brands, and set a precedent for consumers and businesses for the future. In our podcast, Ecommerce Marketing 101: How to Scale Your DTC Brand, I spoke with Yang about how she built a challenger brand from the ground up. From the initial product concept to getting investment, through to building a loyal customer base—Yang offers some fantastic insights that you can bring to your brand. Listen to the full episode on: First of all, let’s define a challenger brand. Yang broke up her definition into three parts. 1. An alternative to established markets: Firstly, challenger brands often adopt an underdog mentality. They position themselves as alternatives to established market leaders and appeal to consumers seeking something different. The core value proposition they offer is simple: "We provide an alternative and better solution to your needs." 2. Challenge the status quo: Secondly, challenger brands tend to be disruptors and challenge the status quo. Take Dollar Shave Club as an example. When they entered the market, they disrupted the razor industry by offering quality products at affordable prices, which challenged the dominance of established brands. 3. Creativity and product innovation: Finally, challenger brands differentiate themselves through creativity and product innovation. In the case of the underwear industry, this category has seen little innovation in decades. Unlike established brands like Calvin Klein or Hugo Boss, which have stagnated in terms of product development, Yang and her team introduced pouch underwear to the UK market. This new design helps reduce sweat and chafing, and makes the wearer feel more comfortable. What’s more, their marketing approach is light-hearted and humorous. It’s a complete contrast to the serious, black and white images of chiselled torsos that you see from a lot of established brands. JustWears’ aim is to make customers smile rather than feel self-conscious. 💡 If you want a deeper dive, take a look at Amy's article that explores different challenger brand examples and how you can create a successful strategy. A challenger brand isn’t born overnight. Yang says it takes the right mentality from the founder to build something that will be sustainable for the future. Here are her 8 tips on creating a successful challenger brand. First off, you need a good idea. 💡 JustWears came to life after Yang’s husband complained about how uncomfortable his underwear was after a long day at work. This prompted Yang to search for a new pair. She looked to mainstream brands, like Nike and Under Armour, for a solution. But she couldn't find anything that truly addressed her husband’s needs. Plus, most options were either cotton-based or made from synthetic fabrics, neither of which were environmentally friendly or provided good comfort. Chatting with her male friends confirmed that many people faced the same underwear woes: they fit poorly, were uncomfortable and they all wanted something that was better designed. Yang realised there was a gap in the market for men's underwear that was made with comfort in mind. Drawing from her background in fabric research at university, Yang saw an opportunity to innovate. She envisioned underwear that was not only impeccably designed and sustainably made, but also featured a pouch to keep men dry and comfortable. 💡This led to the birth of JustWears. 💡 Key takeaway:  A good product idea is born from an understanding of what's missing in the market. It’s useful to draw from personal insights and to be open to new ideas. This way you can make your brand stand out and offer customers something truly valuable. Next, Yang dived into a crash course on fashion design and scoured the globe for materials and manufacturers. Once she’d created a product sample, she gathered a group of friends as product testers. From their feedback, she was able to fine-tune the product. Once confident with the product, she launched JustWears on Kickstarter. And the response was overwhelming. “Surprisingly, the concept of ‘pouch underwear’ to support men, and help them feel comfortable, really took off. In the first 30 days it became the most backed project in the UK with over ÂŁ150,000 of pre-orders from 60 different countries. That was an amazing moment. It wasn’t a massive amount of money but I realised: this is it!” Key takeaway: Make sure to get lots of feedback on your products before taking it to market. Sites like Kickstarter are a way for small businesses to build interest, get feedback and get investment for their product ideas. A big part of being a challenger is building brand equity. This is a combination of elements such as brand awareness, brand loyalty and your perceived product quality. Ultimately, brand equity helps build trust and recognition over time and can influence consumer behaviour and preferences. To build equity, Yang emphasises the importance of emotional connections with your consumers—rather than just connecting with their minds. “When we talk about connecting with people's minds, it can be very easy. You got your brand message, your value proposition and you’ve a physical product. When the customer receives it, they register you in their mind. But what really makes a great brand great is that they connect with the consumer's heart. That means there is emotional value being created in the process to really connect consumers to who you are as a brand.” Key takeaway: To cultivate brand equity, make sure you’re building emotional connections with consumers. This will help you create lasting value and forge genuine relationships that set your brand apart in the industry. To create a challenger brand, you need to define your brand's values, mission, and purpose. These elements must be crystal clear from day one. As an example, Yang says that it's incredibly important her business has a lasting impact across generations. For JustWears, they want to bake positive social change into the core of their business. This comes from Yang’s own personal experiences. “I come from the southwest part of China. It’s the border between Laos and China, where access to education and other resources is just not fair or equally distributed across the region. A lot of people don't have the opportunity to be living in a nice, thriving environment. At JustWears, the social element for us is that we’re constantly giving back. We want to help people in under-developing areas, including those in areas of deforestation.” Key takeaway: Your brand’s purpose, missions and value can come from personal experiences. What is it that you truly care about and want to change in the world? This is a great starting point to building something that resonates with your audiences. The way you communicate doesn’t just help differentiate you from competitors; it can provide real value to your customers. It can also help your brand’s mission, vision, and purpose shine through consistently in every customer interaction. JustWears’ witty marketing messaging and bold graphics reflect the fun and humorous nature of their brand. It’s also one of the key ways they stand out against the established brands. “People laugh when they check out our website and see our taglines: ‘Underwear your balls deserve, made of wood for your wood.’  It’s very humorous, but the product is actually very good quality. We try to strike a balance between building a sustainable commercial business and building a value that is tangible to our customers.” Key takeaway: Your messaging can be used to stand out from competitors and reinforce your brand values across your different marketing channels. This consistently can create deeper connections with your customers. Yang and her partner started to create their user-generated content (UGC). As a small business with tight budgets, UGC was a way to create authentic video content to help boost brand awareness and sales. As the business grew, Yang saw that the scrappy nature of their UGC content resonated with their audience. It brought a sense of genuineness to the brand, making customers feel like they were part of a community rather than just consumers. This authenticity translated into higher click rates and increased sales conversions. 📈 They learned some super valuable insights, too. “We decided to double down on generating more UGC content at scale to understand what elements really engage with our customers. In this process, we realised the number of followers doesn't really guarantee a conversion. Instead, it's the creative elements within the content that make all the difference – from the script to the opening lines, even the first five seconds can be pivotal.” 💡Wondering where to start with UGC? Read our article on creating a user-generated content strategy. Key takeaway: Embracing user-generated content can build your brand identity and also create genuine engagement with customers. It's not about follower counts—it’s about creating content that resonates with your audience's emotions and values. When it comes to ad creative, Yang says there's no one-size-fits-all formula. That’s because the performance of creatives fluctuates over time. Currently, the team is focusing on content that promotes gifting because it resonates with their female audience, despite being a men's underwear brand. “A lot of female customers really love our brand and find it really entertaining. They think it could be a really good gift. So in our content, we’re reflecting the nature of gifting through our brand’s sense of humour. For example, we explain to customers how great this product is in a very funny and joking way. In our videos, the guys who receive the product feel really happy about it, which helps preempt our customers' expectations. We’re saying: "If you buy this underwear for your partner, they’re going to be as happy as the guys in this video.”’ Another creative angle that works well for JustWears is the snippets from their time on Dragon’s Den. For those who don’t know, Dragon's Den is a UK TV show where budding entrepreneurs pitch business ideas to a group of wealthy investors. JustWears smashed it out the park and secured investment from Touker Suleyman. đŸ€‘ This wasn’t just a massive milestone for their new business; it gave the brand loads of fantastic content they could repurpose on their socials. 👀 From here, they were also featured on UK TV shows like Good Morning and Gogglebox. The reactions that people have to the underwear makes perfect content for JustWears paid socials. JustWears runs both a loyalty and an ambassador program. Both require different actions from customers and deliver different results. However, they both compliment each other well and push JustWears’ brand message to more people. Let’s get into them: Loyalty program: The loyalty program is rooted in the concept of reward schemes. Think of Tesco's Clubcard. You rack up points every time you purchase and can use those points to get discounts. Everyone understands how it works and it’s really easy to be a part of. Plus, for JustWears, if you post a pic of your purchase on social media, you gain more points. Yang says that, commercially, the loyalty program boasts higher sign-ups than the ambassador program. And it has higher engagement rates for referral link redemption. Ambassador program: The ambassador program, on the other hand, is designed to amplify word-of mouth marketing. It encourages customers to share their experience with the brand and bring awareness to JustWears’ brand vision. In return, ambassadors get bigger rewards and commission on sales. 💾 Yang says that consumers often think you need to be a super-prominent influencer or celebrity to get involved. But JustWears make it really accessible—anyone can sign up. The ambassador program has lower sign-ups but a significantly higher engagement rate among participants. “Both programs are tailored for different purposes and different audiences. I think it’s really good to have both if your brand can afford it.” Key takeaway: Consider different ways to reward your customers. Loyalty programs offer discounts, whilst ambassador programs help amplify your brand message. Both help spread your brand’s message to the world. 🌍 Here’s a summary of Yang’s top tips that you can take with you into your brand right away. If you’d like to listen to Yang’s full episode, make sure to subscribe to our podcast: Ecommerce Marketing 101: How to Grow Your DTC Brand. Barney is the Marketing Lead for Dash. He writes about small business marketing strategies and how DTC brands can boost sales. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/how-to-build-a-community-on-social-media Title: How to build a community on social media | insights from Lick paintsTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Learn how Lick Paints use social media to build a vibrant online community. Amie, the brand's Head of Social and Creators, offers 9 tips you can use in your brand. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/how-to-build-a-community-on-social-media ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: How to build a community on social media | insights from Lick paints H2: Amie’s key takeaways from the podcast H2: 9 ways to build a community on social media H3: Become a knowledge hub for your audience H3: Find internal influencers H3: Use TikTok to build a community H3: Balance brand content and entertaining content H3: Listen to community feedback (and act on it) H3: Partner with creators H3: Build brand partnerships H3: Do your research before approaching creators H3: Don’t underestimate the importance of organic content H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: How to build a community on social media | insights from Lick paints H2: Amie’s key takeaways from the podcast H2: 9 ways to build a community on social media H3: Become a knowledge hub for your audience H3: Find internal influencers H3: Use TikTok to build a community H3: Balance brand content and entertaining content H3: Listen to community feedback (and act on it) H3: Partner with creators H3: Build brand partnerships H3: Do your research before approaching creators H3: Don’t underestimate the importance of organic content H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Amie Caswell is Head of Social Media and Creators at the DTC paint brand, Lick. As well as taking the interior design world by storm, Lick’s mission is to make decorators feel confident. To do this, they produce fun, engaging and educational social content which has helped them build a loyal, vibrant online community. On our podcast, Ecommerce Marketing 101: How to Scale Your DTC Brand, I spoke to Amie about how she built Lick’s organic, community-focused social presence. We discuss how they successfully launched on TikTok, why they use in-house influencers and how they were approached by Heinz for a partnership. Keep reading to find some tips that you can use to start building your brand’s community on social media. 🎧 Listen to Amie’s original interview on our podcast: Ecommerce Marketing 101 đŸŽ„Watch Amie’s full interview on YouTube. Here are some of Amie’s key takeaways for building a community on social media: Let’s dive into the ways Lick has built up their community on social media. Under each section, you’ll find a key takeaway that you can use in your ecommerce brand. The Lick social and creative strategy is centred around their decorators. This is their primary target market, so everything they post has to meet their needs and help them feel more confident in what they do. “[We need to think about
] Where do our decorators hang out? What would our decorators want to see? What would they find valuable? Would they find this meme relatable? As much as we plan and choose the content, it's ultimately not about what we want to see on our feeds, but what our community wants to see.” Just look at Lick’s Instagram page— you can easily spot content that aims to educate their target audience. 💡Key takeaway: Dig down into your audience’s needs and create content that will genuinely help them learn something new about your product. In other words: Become the knowledge hub for your particular industry. Tash is Lick’s Director of Interior Design. She provides in-house training about colour psychology and interior decorating. She also regularly meets with customers to advise them on what paint colours to buy. When Amie first joined, she quickly realised that Tash's expertise was too good not to share, especially since the same community questions kept popping up time and time again. So Amie decided to get Tash on their socials to answer FAQs and advise on colour combinations. A post shared by Lick (@lick) Tash has since become Lick’s ‘internal influencer’. Amie says: “It's really nice for our community to know that there are real people at Lick, like Tash, who’re there to give our decorators help and advice. This is important for our brand values as well. It's also given us a unique way to lean into video content across our key platforms like Instagram and TikTok. Plus, Tash creates the colours, so who better to tell our community about them than the person who actually creates them?” 💡Key takeaway: Consider picking an expert or two in your team to help create social content. You can put a face to your brand, build authority and create genuinely helpful, expert-led content for your following. Amie believes TikTok has the most potential in terms of building a community quickly. She says you need to have a certain amount of video content to be able to support the platform, but TikTok generally has the best opportunity for small brands to grow without much paid activity. Here’s Amie’s advice for starting out on the platform: “Just start by putting stuff out there and seeing the reception you get. I think a lot of people get stuck because they don't know what to post, so they don't end up posting anything. So just start with something. Look at how your target customers are using the platforms, either with other brands, or with creators. Use that as a starting point to create some of your own content. TikTok has less of that ‘perfect’ feel about it so it's much more accessible for people with little-to-no social media background." Amie also says you should continuously have  conversations with your customers. This, in turn, will help you generate new content ideas. Take a look at this video on Lick’s TikTok account. It has racked up 2.6 million views and 49 comments. It’s such a simple idea, too! 💡Key takeaway: If you’re ready to launch a TikTok account but not sure what to post, consider chatting with your customers and learning who they’re interacting with. Ultimately, the more you post, the more you’ll learn what resonates with your audience. You can also read my guide on launching a TikTok strategy. As well as being a knowledge hub for decorators, Lick leans into its fun brand personality. They regularly post entertaining content and memes—but it’s not always an easy thing to pull off. Ultimately what someone finds ‘funny’ is down to the individual. As Amie says: “I’ve found that creating entertaining content is actually quite hard. We've had some really good memes and entertaining content, but that's a constant evolution piece for us. We’re always asking ourselves: How do we bring our brand personality to life? How do we create more entertaining content that isn't so brand heavy and serious all the time? Every time we post something, it could go either way in terms of the reception it gets. So we constantly evolve our content and try to learn by taking on our audience’s feedback.” This approach has paid off because most (if not all) of their entertaining posts hit the mark. Here’s a recent meme the team jumped on which perfectly captured their brand’s personality. A post shared by Lick (@lick) 💡 Key takeaway: Your content will evolve over time. ‘Entertaining’ content is hard to pull off, so it’s okay if not every piece lands how you expect. Instead, keep tweaking your posts and monitor your comments section for an idea of what your audience is enjoying. Sometimes you’ll be surprised at what content takes off on social media. As we mentioned, Lick responds to their audience's FAQs by getting their in-hour expert, Tash, to post content on their channels. What’s more, they had a huge reaction when they responded to some community feedback about their packaging. This emphasises how important it is to listen to your audience. “We decided to change from our iconic tins which were unique to our brand, to the round tins you see today. This was all based on feedback from our community. They loved the uniqueness of our tins but from a practical, decorating point of view, it wasn't working for them. Of course, it's not a unique product for Lick to do a round tin, but when we posted on social media to say we're moving to round tins, the response that we got was amazing. And I think it's because we'd actively listened to our community.” 💡Key takeaway: Listen to what people are saying about your products. By responding to feedback and actually adjusting your products for the benefit of your audience, you’ll quickly build brand trust and loyalty. Partnering with creators has been a game-changer for lots of brands. Whether that’s a paid influencer, or user-generated content from your customers—consumers would rather see product recommendations from people they trust. Working with creators has played a big part in building Lick’s community. Amie highlights the fact that many creators are naturally incorporating Lick paints into their content. This established connection provides a genuine way for the Lick team to approach creators, inviting them to share their experiences. Over time, this approach has organically led to more creators approaching Lick in return. 💡Key takeaway: Look for people who’re already using your products. They’ll be able to provide genuine, authentic reviews and demos that they’ll be able to share with their followers. You can also use it to promote across your social channels. Read more in our guide to gathering and using user-generated content. As well as working with creators, keep an eye out for brand partnership opportunities. This is when two or more brands team up to reach common goals. They collaborate on things like marketing, co-branded products, or joint campaigns to grow their audience and create something unique for mutual benefit. For Amie, one of her favourite partnerships was with the iconic UK brand, Heinz. Heinz approached Lick as part of their long-term campaign, 'Irrational Love of Heinz.' The goal was to capture the essence of Heinz in a distinct paint colour. The Lick team wanted to create a colour that’s not just visually appealing but also practical. The campaign was designed to weave an exciting colour story, ultimately inspiring people to embrace this unique hue in their lives. A post shared by Heinz UK (@heinz_uk) If you Google the Lick and Heinz partnership you’ll see loads of features in the media, like this article in House Beautiful. It’s a real milestone that shows how well Lick has built up its brand presence via its online community. 💡 Key takeaway: Partnering with a well-known brand, or a brand that your audience already buys from, is a great way to build trust. Make sure any partnerships align with your brand goals and ethos. This could be a great opportunity to get lots of media coverage for your brand. Amie stresses the importance of doing research and approaching creators for brand partnerships with care. Here are her key points: 💡Key takeaway: Take time to research and find creators who really align with your brand. Perhaps they’re already using your products or maybe they’ve got a great story to tell and you can work with them to bring it to life. Throughout our interview, Amie stresses the importance of organic content. She says it’s like a modern storefront for your brand. Considering how much time people spend on social media, it's really important your brand can access organic channels. Of course, you still need paid advertising and other strategies to maximise reach. But for small businesses, organic social is a fantastic starting point. You can build up a daily rhythm of activity that engages your audience, builds a community, raises awareness about your brand and establishes trust. It also provides an opportunity to try out different types of content and gather feedback on your products. Amie recommends checking out DTC brands like Glossier, GymShark and REFY to see some well-executed social content. However, her favourite is Normans Cafe in London who’s Instagram feed is “like a work of art.” You can enjoy their content no matter where you are in the world, and it provides great inspiration for local businesses who want to up their social media game. 💡Key takeaway: Organic content is super important in helping you build a solid brand presence. Take time to research, plan and consistently post content that will resonate with your audience. If you’d like to listen to Amie’s full episode, make sure to subscribe to our podcast: Ecommerce Marketing 101: How to Grow Your DTC Brand. Want tools to help you manage your marketing campaigns? Download our free marketing apps database. {{marketing-db="/blog-components"}} Barney is the Marketing Lead for Dash. He writes about small business marketing strategies and how DTC brands can boost sales. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/how-to-create-ecommerce-ads Title: 7 tips from a PPC expert on creating killer ecommerce adsTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Discover 7 tips on how to create ecommerce ads that convert prospects. Written by Simon Freeman, a PPC expert who helps brands scale sustainably. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/how-to-create-ecommerce-ads ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: 7 tips from a PPC expert on creating killer ecommerce ads H3: Why aren’t your ads converting? H3: 7 tips on creating ads that convert H3: How to launch and run your ad campaigns H3: Create better ad creatives for your brand H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: 7 tips from a PPC expert on creating killer ecommerce ads H3: Why aren’t your ads converting? H3: 7 tips on creating ads that convert H4: 1. Make a compelling offer H4: 2. Keep your ad creative simple H4: 3. Tell a story with video content H4: 4. Make a visual impact with static content H4: 5. Make use of customer reviews H4: 6. Optimise your landing page H4: 7. Take advantage of AI H3: How to launch and run your ad campaigns H4: Understand your customer journey H4: Pick appropriate ad channels H4: Gather inspiration from ad libraries H4: Get an expert on board H3: Create better ad creatives for your brand H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Want to sell your products and grow your brand? You'll need to run advertising campaigns. Period. But if done badly, you could easily blow your marketing budget without any return to show for it. As a freelance PPC expert, I spend the majority of my time inside various ad platforms creating and optimising campaigns for my clients. In this post, I want to offer some tips that’ll help you create better ads, and optimise your paid content to encourage conversions. Already creating ads, but not converting prospects? Here’s two of the most common mistakes I see brands making with their creative. It’s in the wrong format Make sure your creative is in the correct format for the channel. It’s tricky to create content that fits the specific requirements of different advertising platforms, but it’s important you do.. The last thing you want is important information to be cut off when displayed in-feed. I suggest taking the time to make sure your creatives either suit all channel formats or create different versions customised to each format. Your ad looks too much like an ad Social media is social. Nobody wants to feel like they’re being marketed to by a corporation (even if they are). Make sure your posts aren’t too slick and polished and are trying too hard to sell. Tap into the social aspect of the platform - for example, people respond well to user-generated content and photography that’s been taken on a smartphone. Not striving for perfection could actually do you a service! Keep in mind that if a person spends an hour or two on a social media platform per day (and let’s be honest, people spend a lot more than that) they’ll see hundreds of ads. How are you going to make sure that your ad is the one that has an impact? I can assure you that if your ad looks like a typical ad, it’s very likely to be scrolled past without a second thought. Keep reading for my tips on creating ads that’ll stop the scroll. I work with brands every day to create ads that will help them convert prospects into paying customers. Here are some things I’ve learned that you can take away with you and start implementing today. When we talk about offers, we’re not necessarily talking about money. An offer can be anything that refers to a customer feeling like they’re getting exceptional value. This could be through the quality of the product, what the product does for them, or how it makes them feel. Once you figure this out, make sure you show it off in your ad. For example, one of my clients, Thread the Word, sells personalised baby blankets. In each ad they promote the uniqueness of every product by showing the baby names on their blankets. They also speak directly to their target audience (new mothers and parents-to-be) and use a customer photo for added social proof. Again, your offer comes back to making sure your ad is the one that has an impact amidst the countless other ads they see every day. You need to make sure your offer is compelling and that there’s a really strong perception of value for the customer. Your ad creative needs to be understandable to your audience. The best way to have someone keep scrolling is to bombard them with too much visual information. So keep it simple. Take one of my clients, The Keto Collective, a health food brand that sells snacks for people following a keto diet. They’re a fantastic example of how sometimes simplicity can be the key to a successful ad. The ad below has been running for over two years. The image was shot on a smartphone by the brand owner and the copy is clear, simple and has a compelling offer (15% off and free shipping). As long as your creative speaks to your audience and you have a good product market fit, even the simplest ad campaigns should gain some traction. Video content that tells a story is a fantastic way to humanise your brand and build a connection with your audience. Let’s look at an example from IMPOSSIBREW, an alcohol-free beverage brand. This brand does a fantastic job of creating video and image content that complement each other really well.This ad is running across Meta platforms and has acted as a great first touch introducing potential customers to the brand in a non-salesy way. {% video_player "embed_player" overrideable=False, type='hsvideo2', hide_playlist=True, viral_sharing=False, embed_button=False, autoplay=False, hidden_controls=False, loop=False, muted=False, full_width=False, width='600', height='768', player_id='128850623578', style='' %} The key elements of this video are: Once we started building impressions and getting click-throughs to the website, we served up static image retargeting ads on Meta and Google to encourage conversion further down the funnel. Jump to the end of the next section to take a peek at IMPOSSIBREW’s static image content. Your mission is to stop somebody from scrolling through their social feed—that should be your top priority. For me, the key to doing this is visual impact. Most people will be viewing a social media platform feed either against a white or black background so if you're using an image ad, you need to use colours that contrast and stand out. IMPOSSIBREW consistently uses stand-out visuals in their campaigns. These ads are bold, impactful and immediately recognisable when you see them on your feed. The callouts and headlines help customers to know exactly how the product is going to make them feel. You might know your brand, but you’re not your customer. Pay attention to the questions your customers are asking and the reviews they’re leaving—this could help inform your ad content and optimise your campaigns. Here are some ways to make the most of your customer reviews in your ads: Do not underestimate the importance of your landing page— this is an integral part of ensuring that your customers convert. Your landing page should reinforce the ad your prospect has seen, so they feel like they’re having a continuous experience. Most of the time in ecommerce, dropping your potential customer onto the product page is the best approach. Take the health food brand, Vive, as an example. Their Facebook ads promote their ‘starter bundles’—a selection of protein bars for new customers who want to sample different flavours. Here’s a peek at their Meta ad: When you click through to their website, you’re taken to a product page that’s clearly pitched at new customers. The page uses imagery similar to the ad creative to provide a continuous experience and the USPs are clear and compelling. There’s also a clever upsell graphic on the page to encourage a second purchase. The better you optimise your ad pages for conversion, the less money you’ll waste on ad spend. Love it or hate it, AI certainly has its uses: like using the paid version of Chat GPT4 to help generate ad copy.You can ask it to analyse your product pages and, with some carefully thought-out prompts, generate some fantastic ad copy. Here are some examples of prompts you could use, split into different categories: And for the ultimate prompt? Combine several of these together to form a really clear, targeted instruction. For example:"Write an Instagram post. Act as a social media manager for an ecommerce brand selling healthy breakfast cereal. The target market is women aged 25 to 65—but don’t use pronouns. The style of the brand is fun and quirky, but the copy is clear, concise and contains one CTA. Use few emojis where appropriate."Here’s the result: You’ll want to tweak the copy and make sure it aligns with your brand voice, but it’s a great starting point if you’re stuck on a blank page. Now you know how to create ads that convert, what should you do to get your campaigns live? Your customer journey can heavily influence your ad strategy. Very rarely does a customer see a single ad and then immediately make a purchase on your website. Instead, they’ll see several ads over a period of time. It might look something like this: Of course, every customer’s journey will be different. But as a starting point, think about where a customer first learns about your brand. Do you already have a strong presence on Instagram or Pinterest, for example? From here map out the different channels they might go to every day to decide where to place your ads. You can then test and tweak your touchpoints as you learn more about your buyers. If you’re on a tight budget, you probably don’t want to spend money on every single ad platform. And the platform you use will depend on your brand and what you’re selling. As a general rule, I recommend that growing ecommerce brands focus on the following platforms: If you’re stuck on where to get started with your ad creatives, consider browsing the various ad platforms and ad libraries—like the Facebook ad library. An indication that an ad is performing well is if the creative has been running for more than two months. If this is the case—and this is especially true for big brands—you can be fairly sure that the ad is generating a decent return for the brand. This is a great starting point for you to gather inspiration for your own ads. If you have the budget, I recommend hiring an expert for anything that’s not in your skillset. Can anyone throw up a Facebook Ad, or create a Google ads campaign? Yes, absolutely—and you may get a decent result at the start. But optimising ad platforms to scale your brand, without wasting ad spend takes a particular skill set. I’ve been running ads for over a decade and I still learn an incredible amount each week in terms of how to get the best results for my clients. 💡For a deep dive into creating ad campaigns, read Amy's post that covers lots of ad strategies for ecommerce brands. And there we have it: my top tips for creating ads that convert. One thing you should always remember when running campaigns is that consistency is key. Most brands don't see instant success the day they launch their ads. Ad platforms take time to optimise so be patient, be consistent and the results will follow. If you need help creating ads for your brand or managing and scaling your ad accounts, and you’d like to get an expert on board, feel free to get in touch with me on LinkedIn or via my website, Welcome to Digital.Wondering how to store and share all those ad creatives you’re about to produce? Dash can help. Make sure to take out a 14-day free trial. Simon Freeman is a freelance PPC expert with over 15 years of experience helping brands scale sustainably through campaigns that have an impact and deliver results. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/how-to-create-video-ads Title: How to create social-first ecommerce video ads | insights from Nusa StudiosTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Toby from Nusa Studios, gives his top tips for creating video ads that convert on social media. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/how-to-create-video-ads ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: How to create social-first ecommerce video ads | insights from Nusa Studios H2: Toby’s key takeaways for creating video content H1: 7 tips for creating video content that stops the scroll H3: Use Patrick Fagan’s framework for grabbing attention H3: Pin down your objectives in the brief H3: Shoot multiple videos in one day H3: Record various hooks and CTAs H3: Plan out your aspect ratios H3: Take creative risks H3: Measure success based on the ‘thumb-stopping’ metric H2: 🔼 The future of video content: Toby’s predictions H3: Trends will change depending on the most popular platforms H3: More demand in authentic content H3: Professional video is becoming more accessible H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: How to create social-first ecommerce video ads | insights from Nusa Studios H2: Toby’s key takeaways for creating video content H1: 7 tips for creating video content that stops the scroll H3: Use Patrick Fagan’s framework for grabbing attention H3: Pin down your objectives in the brief H3: Shoot multiple videos in one day H3: Record various hooks and CTAs H3: Plan out your aspect ratios H3: Take creative risks H3: Measure success based on the ‘thumb-stopping’ metric H2: 🔼 The future of video content: Toby’s predictions H3: Trends will change depending on the most popular platforms H3: More demand in authentic content H3: Professional video is becoming more accessible H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Toby Hart is the Co-Founder of Nusa Studios, a social-first content studio that creates thumb-stopping video ads for ecommerce brands. Nusa Studios launched soon after the COVID 19 pandemic began in 2020. Toby and his co-founder, Peter Hutchinson, saw lots of brands relying more heavily on social media—especially as this was the time TikTok was becoming increasingly popular. Toby and Peter saw an opportunity to help brands make video content that would help them grow. They use the concept of ‘social-first’ in every piece of content they create and their growing portfolio of brands include TASTER (who happen to be one of Dash’s customers), Vivobareet, Fussy and MOJU Drinks. Whether you’re working with an agency or you’re creating content in-house, keep reading to find best practices for creating thumb-stopping video ads for your brand. 🎧 Listen to Toby’s original interview on our podcast: Ecommerce Marketing 101 đŸŽ„Watch Toby’s full interview on YouTube. Here are some of Toby’s key takeaways for creating video content for social media. Now for an in-depth look at Toby’s 7 tips. Head to the end of this article for his three predictions for the future. 🔼 When it comes to paid video content, you need to make it count. So every piece of content that Toby and his team produce is underpinned by Patrick Fagan’s framework for grabbing attention. Patrick Fagan is a behavioural psychologist who wrote the book Hooked: Why cute sells...and other marketing magic that we just can't resist. Fagan says there are four ways to capture attention in your content. It should be: surprising, emotional, primal, or personal. Check out this ad Nusa Studios worked on for Pooch and Mutt. It taps into the ‘primal’ instinct and ‘surprising’ hook that Toby talks about. It’s dark and spooky—but with a fun twist at the end. đŸ¶ A post shared by Nusa Films (@nusafilms) Whether you work with an agency or you’re shooting content in-house, a brief is super important in ensuring you stick to your objectives (and your budget). When thinking about your video brief, Toby says that it’s crucial to include your objective. It's easy to say you need a video of a product launch or you want to celebrate something—but what's your main goal? Are you aiming for brand awareness or driving website conversions for a specific product? Having a clear objective and metrics to measure them by is a fantastic starting point to any video project. For example, you might want a certain number of conversions or a specific thumb-stop ratio for paid social (more on that later). Alongside that, clear timelines, brand guidelines, previous projects and creative references (content you like and dislike) are really important. Content production is usually the most expensive part of a video project. Toby recommends batch filming to get the most out of your investment. This method is particularly good for brands with smaller budgets and tight timeframes. “If you're investing in a one or two-day shoot, make sure you plan it strategically to get the best content. It's better than rushing through and realising you lack the necessary material. Being super organised, doing a location recce, creating a detailed shot list, and ensuring it's realistically achievable in a day are crucial steps.” Typically, Nusa Studios’ shoots run from around 9am to 7pm, with a break for lunch. Toby says they prioritise efficiency, sticking to the shots they need, making sure their footage will work across all devices and channels, and allowing some time for experimentation. Additionally, they plan set-up times in case changes are necessary. This approach helps them maintain a balance between productivity and a healthy work environment. For paid content, Toby says it's important to adopt a more strategic approach. We’ve already mentioned bulk-shooting, but you can also think of your video content like a jigsaw puzzle. In one recording session, you can capture various hooks, unique selling points, and calls-to-action. Later, you can remix and repurpose this content for different channels and message points. For these hooks and USPs, Toby says you need to keep things simple— the vast majority of people aren't deeply invested in your brand. Therefore, concentrate on the one aspect that makes you stand out and communicate this in the most engaging way possible. In a dream scenario, brands would have loads of budget to have separate shoots for all the different social platforms. But in reality, most small businesses don't, so you have to be clever about how you're putting content across your different platforms. For this, Nusa rely on aspect ratios. Some channels, like YouTube or your website, may need landscape content. Others, like TikTok and Instagram, need vertical content. Toby says: “When time is tight, we use frame guides for both landscape and vertical framing on our camera's LCD screen. It means we can shoot the action in the centre of the frame and it works for both content types. In an ideal situation, with more time, we shoot two separate shots tailored for each aspect ratio, ensuring the best presentation for both.” One of Toby’s favourite projects was with Kally Sleep. They’re a sleep brand that produces pillows and sleep accessories. They approached Nusa Studios with a fairly open brief, which gave Toby and his team the opportunity to get creative and try something different. “We noticed the sleep category often looked and felt the same. Many mattress brands have similar visuals and we wanted to break away from that homogeneity. So, we developed a campaign called the Kali Sutra, a play on words inspired by the Kama Sutra.” For this campaign, Toby and his team drew inspiration from 80s pornos and infomercials. They incorporated sexual innuendos, rented an 80s-style house and got actors to dress up in different 80s costumes. “While the client might have initially had reservations, the content performed exceptionally well. We helped drive over 10,000 people to their redesigned quiz, titled the ‘Kali Sutra’, which determines the type of sleeper someone is. It was risky, but credit to Kali Sleep and their team for being open to taking that creative leap. It paid off.” There are loads of different metrics you can measure to find out how well your content is performing. But Toby says the ‘thumb stop’ ratio is a great place to start. This ratio looks at the amount of video plays lasting 3-seconds and divides it by the total number of impressions for a given video. “It considers how many people not only view the ad but also stop to watch the first three seconds. It's an interesting metric and is used by many agencies. We don't delve into every number, but it's essential to look at what performs well and adjust our approach accordingly.” Check out this interesting article from Funnel.io that explains how they experiment with the thumb-stop ratio. Finally, I asked Toby what his predictions are for video content in the future. Here’s 3 things he can see changing in video in the near future: “Trends come and go, including things like user-generated content (UGC). There's been a significant shift towards authenticity with platforms like TikTok. It's quite different from 10 to 20 years ago when it was all about high-production-value TV content. I'm sure it will swing back the other way at some point. I'd say it often depends on the medium and what's the most popular at that time. Nowadays, with so many different platforms, who would have thought that podcasts would become a thing?” "The explosion of the creator economy is fascinating. It’s disrupting the traditional model of production companies and agencies. The rise of influencers, now more broadly termed ‘creators’, has led to a demand for authentic content.” “In general, content creation has become more creative, with various production styles seen on platforms like TikTok. Simultaneously, professional-grade camera equipment has become more accessible, levelling the playing field. People now have access to cool tools and techniques, making it about finding new ways to create interesting content. Ultimately, it's about storytelling and how we use tools like AI, new camera rigs, drones, and more to create impactful content." If you’d like to listen to Toby’s full episode, make sure to subscribe to our podcast: Ecommerce Marketing 101: How to Grow Your DTC Brand. {{nusa-podcast="/blog-components"}} Barney is the Marketing Lead for Dash. He writes about small business marketing strategies and how DTC brands can boost sales. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/how-to-get-100k-tiktok-followers Title: How to get 100K TikTok followers | insights from Piglet in BedTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Piglet in Bed have a thriving community on TikTok. Discoer how they've built up a following on 100K people, and learn tips to help your brand reach a wider audience. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/how-to-get-100k-tiktok-followers ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: How to get 100K TikTok followers | insights from Piglet in Bed H2: 7 ways to increase your TikTok followers H3: 1. Discover what resonates with your audience H3: 2. Maintain brand consistency H3: 3. Blend in with your community H3: 4. Don’t get too tied to a content plan H3: 5. Experiment with image carousels H3: 6. Find creators who align with your brand H3: 7. Clearly brief your creators H2: Rhiannon’s key takeaways for success on TikTok H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: How to get 100K TikTok followers | insights from Piglet in Bed H2: 7 ways to increase your TikTok followers H3: 1. Discover what resonates with your audience H3: 2. Maintain brand consistency H3: 3. Blend in with your community H3: 4. Don’t get too tied to a content plan H3: 5. Experiment with image carousels H3: 6. Find creators who align with your brand H3: 7. Clearly brief your creators H2: Rhiannon’s key takeaways for success on TikTok H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content DTC brand, Piglet in Bed, creates luxury bedding inspired by the English countryside. Since launching in 2017, they’ve  achieved several significant milestones. They opened their first brick-and-mortar store, introduced a new line of homeware products, and cultivated a thriving online community. As the Head of Brand, Rhiannon Johns has played a pivotal role in shaping Piglet in Bed’s strategic direction. She also leads the brand’s TikTok account, which currently has 100K followers. In this episode of Ecommerce Marketing 101, Rhiannon explains how she’s grown their following so quickly. She’ll talk about some of the content that resonates with Piglet in Bed’s audience, as well as how to maintain your brand integrity as you grow. Apple podcasts: https://apple.co/49Yx7fm Spotify: https://spoti.fi/3x6dZO7 Or, watch the episode on YouTube. When Rhiannon joined Piglet in Bed in 2021, not many brands had embraced TikTok yet. But as Rhiannon immersed herself in the platform, she realised the channel could be a fantastic opportunity to expand Piglet in Bed’s reach. Here’s the tactics she used to grow their channel, along with valuable tips for managing your brand’s TikTok presence. đŸ€ł TikTok embraces authentic content. That means you don’t need to invest in expensive video creation to get started —a few scrappy videos shot on your phone is a good place to begin. Rhiannon began by sharing videos of her bedroom, showcasing Piglet in Bed’s products. “I just started off by posting anything and everything to get an idea of what was going to resonate. Having said that, I was posting stuff then that I wouldn’t post now. That’s because we now have a good understanding of what works and who our community is.” Once you learn what resonates with your audience and you start seeing results, you might want to consider investing more time and money into the platform. Key takeaway: Remember, a big budget isn’t necessary to begin on TikTok. Start by shooting quick videos on your phone, learn what resonates, and then invest in what’s working. While it might seem obvious, ensuring your content aligns with your brand is crucial. That means your colours, aesthetic and tone of voice should always tie back to the core of who you are. For Piglet in Bed there are several different elements to their brand, all of which feed into the content they produce. Here’s a look at the different parts of their personality: As a challenger brand, Piglet in Bed deliberately opposes the conventional ‘sleepy’ and ‘dreamy’ tone associated with traditional sleep brands. As Rhiannon says: “We're bold, cheeky and scruffy—just like piglets. And what you see is what you get. The tone of voice that we use on social media is cheeky and we often post funny memes which you wouldn’t expect from some of our competitors.” Piglet in Bed’s goal is to make people feel safe and comfortable. And this feeds into their community: “It's a very safe community. We create and commission content that people feel is comforting to watch—whether that's a morning routine or a nice baking recipe. People don’t even have to be our customers to be invested in that side of us. Here’s an example of one of Piglet in Bed’s baking videos. đŸ„° Countryside aesthetic Finally, Piglet in Bed’s products are inspired by the English countryside. This helps Rhiannon and her team film content with a particular aesthetic. “Linen, for example, has natural crinkles. That's why there's no point in ironing it because it looks beautiful the way it is. And that's the countryside aesthetic that Piglet in Bed tries to capture.” Key takeaway: Look at the different elements of your brand personality. Tying your tone of voice, aesthetic and brand ethos to your video goals will help you brief, plan and create content. Rhiannon emphasises the importance of creating content that aligns with what your community is engaging with. And to not be too focused on selling your product. This is a tactic she saw a brand doing really well: “I saw this video by a TikTok account that didn’t even have a logo at the time. They were showing a video that featured a piece of furniture. When I went to the comments, I saw people were asking where the furniture was from. I assumed this was a video created by an influencer. However, it turned out it was actually a homeware brand and they were able to point people to the product in the video.” Rhiannon saw this as a clever way to blend in with the rest of the community. She says people don’t want to see advertisements all the time; they want to be educated or entertained. So make sure your content is providing value, without overselling your products. Check out this tutorial on Piglet and Bed’s TikTok. They demonstrate how to keep your towels soft in the washing machine. It’s not pushing any products, but you can hop over to their store to buy the featured towel or detergent if you want. Key takeaway: People don’t want to see ads on TikTok. Instead, they want to be educated or entertained, so make sure your content is providing value to your target audience. TikTok is fast-paced and trends are constantly changing. If you want to stay relevant, it's important you’re reacting to the content your audience is engaging with at the time. And having a tight content plan is going to get in the way. “Trends come and go. Things like music trends and topics are constantly changing, so it’s important you’re on the ball. If you’ve got to wait for rounds of approvals, that’s going to slow you down.” However, creating content on the fly doesn’t work for everyone. So Rhiannon has some great tips on creating a rough plan that you can fall back on: 💡For inspo, check out our article that offers 15 creative Black Friday campaigns from DTC brands. Key takeaway: The reactive nature of TikTok means it can be hard to plan content in advance. Something that’s trending today might be old news tomorrow—so make sure you’re regularly checking in with what your audience is engaging with. However, you can build up a bank of content and plan for seasonal campaigns to help you feel less overwhelmed. TikTok is a video-first platform, yet, Rhiannon says image carousels have been working really well for the brand. Everyime they launch a new collection, they’ll fill their TikTok with gorgeous product photos. “We have really beautiful imagery every time we launch a collection. And so something like an image carousel which uses the photography from the new collection - which is not what you’d have seen on TikTok two years ago - are actually doing really well. They’re driving people to our website as well and getting people excited about future collections from us.” If you head over to Piglet in Bed’s website, you can shop everything showcased on their TikTok. Key takeaway: Use carousels to highlight product photography from your shoots. They provide a refreshing break from continuous video content and allow you to showcase products up close. Plus, you can link viewers back to your product pages. Content creators and influencers are a huge part of TikTok. By collaborating with people who already have a name for themselves on the platform, you’ll be able to spread your brand message to a new audience. One of the first content creators that Rhiannon and her team worked with was Alana (alanalavv). Alana runs a cookbook club and regularly posts recipes and ‘day in the life’ videos. Rhiannon discovered Alana when she posted a video featuring Piglet in Bed’s linen. “We need lots of home interior shots - but we don’t want it to be in the same home all the time. So it's nice to have different aesthetics and different spaces to inspire different people. Alana and I have gotten really close over the last few years and we regularly collaborate on ideas.” See how Piglet in Bed and Alana collaborated to promote a press preview day at a London house. ‍Key takeaway: When partnering with creators, look for people posting about your brand. The content they create will be authentic because they already love your products. Amiee Caswell from Lick Paints discusses this in our podcast episode on building a social media community. Whether you’re working with creators or producing videos yourself, having a clear brief of what you want to achieve will be essential. Rhiannon’s tip for briefing is to treat it like a photoshoot. Here are some things to include: “Make sure you have all the deliverables listed in your brief. Include the kind of lighting that is going to work best for you. Point out the type of props and pieces around the home that wouldn't quite be right for your aesthetic. You should also be clear on the length of the video and whether you want it produced on an external platform or in TikTok itself. Be clear on styling and the types of video formats that work best for your audience.” Key takeaway: If you need to brief your team or a creator on videos for TikTok, it’s a good idea to treat it like a photography brief. Include all the important elements that are needed to align with your brand. Ready to smash your TikTok marketing goals? Here’s a round up of Rebecca’s tip from the podcast. 👇 Listen to Rhiannon’s full episode on Ecommerce Marketing 101: 💡If you want to learn more about TikTok, read our guide for getting starting with your TikTok marketing strategy. And if you want more tips on growing your marketing channels, download our free marketing apps database. ‍{{marketing-db="/blog-components"}} Barney is the Marketing Lead for Dash. He writes about small business marketing strategies and how DTC brands can boost sales. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/how-to-get-more-sales-on-shopify Title: How to get more sales on ShopifyTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Desperate for more sales on your Shopify store? Check out these top tips and start seeing those conversions soar. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/how-to-get-more-sales-on-shopify ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: How to get more sales on Shopify H3: Why you’re not getting Shopify sales 📉 H3: How to get more sales on Shopify 📈 H3: Turn traffic into sales: time to get started H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: How to get more sales on Shopify H3: Why you’re not getting Shopify sales 📉 H3: How to get more sales on Shopify 📈 H4: 1. Optimise your product pages for search engine optimisation H4: 2 Push your social proof H4: 3. Build your newsletter and email lists H4: 4. Get the best product shots H4: 5. Reduce shopping cart abandonment rate H4: 6. Don’t forget existing customers H4: 7. Answer customer questions quickly H4: 8. Offer an incentive H4: 9. Personalise product recommendations H3: Turn traffic into sales: time to get started H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content You’ve got a decent amount of traffic coming to your store, but why aren’t you making sales? If your sales are more a trickly fountain than a gushing waterfall, you’re not alone. The competition is fierce among ecommerce brands. There seems to be a new darling of the industry that pops up every day and has no problem stealing the limelight from stores tirelessly working away behind the scenes.When you’re working in a business day in, day out, it can be tricky to identify the weak spots. But if you want to stand out you need to understand where there’s room for improvement. We’ve got ya! Got a goal in mind that you thought was within reach but it turns out it’s loftier than anticipated? If there’s demand for your products and a market that’s waiting to snap them up (you’ve done your research, right?!), there’s a reason you’re not getting the sales results you want. Take a step back (and a deep breath while you’re at it, this is difficult work) and assess your current ecommerce marketing strategy. Is it working? Or is your store not reaching the heady heights you’d hoped for? Poor-quality product pics 📾 A picture is worth 1,000 words. This age-old saying was made for the ecommerce industry. A whopping 75% of shoppers rely on product photos when making a purchase – a no-brainer, really, when they can’t touch, taste, or see a product IRL before they buy. If your photos are subpar – that is, they are low-res, inconsistent, and not relevant to your brand or target customer – you’re going to struggle to compete against brands with crystal clear 360-degree shots and a library of highly-relevant product videos. Psst
 there’s an easy way to manage your product photos with a DAM like Dash. Say goodbye to lengthy email threads, duplicate snaps, and 1,203,329 images with file names like IMG1231212. Keep all your photos in one searchable place so you can upload them to your site in just a few clicks. Clashing Shopify plugins and apps đŸ€Ż Shopify websites often thrive on a bed of apps and plugins that make each store unique. Sure, the thousands of apps that help with email marketing, inventory checks, pricing, remarketing, and everything in between are super handy, but if you get the mix wrong, you can end up with a broken site. If there’s any friction at all, you’re going to lose customer trust and reduce the number of sales you could be getting – nightmare! There’s a simple solution: make sure the apps you use integrate seamlessly with Shopify and the other apps in your arsenal. Take a look at our top Shopify apps for inspo. 💡 Confusing content for your buyer personas đŸ€Šâ€â™€ïž Have you done your due diligence on the peeps you’re targeting? Who are they and what do they actually need from a brand like yours? This is crucial information to have on hand if you want to turn traffic into sales. Without knowing the type of shoppers you want to attract, you’re going to find it difficult to serve them content that resonates.If you’re targeting busy mums with young babies but your product pics and blog posts talk about staying up til 2am knocking back tequila shots, you’re not going to get the results you want. A lot of the time, brands know who their customers are, but their content misses the mark. If you’re scrambling for sales, check you’re putting relevant content out there for your audience. Most Shopify themes come equipped with a “blog” section that makes it easy to plug and play posts and other useful content geared towards your audience. If you’re still running clunky old banner ads in Comic Sans, stop. Please, just stop! Just like you should check your content is hitting the mark, you should also make sure your marketing strategy and branding are on top form and a good representation of who you are. Shopify has thousands of highly-customisable themes that you can drag and drop your own brand elements into, so there’s no excuse to be hanging around in the 90s with cringe-y fonts and clashing colour combos. Remember: your marketing strategy is going to help you reach the right people on the right platforms at the right time and your branding is going to resonate with the people who matter. If you’re not getting in front of the right people, you’re not going to get many conversions
 simple. Frustrating user experience đŸ˜€ Shoppers should be able to glide seamlessly (like a gazelle on ice) through your website. Navigation should be intuitive and it should be second nature for shoppers to find what they’re looking for, put it in their basket, and hand over their cash. If your user experience has even one friction point, you’ll find shoppers dropping off at record speed. You might not even know where the sticking points are, so if you think this might be the case take some time to dig a little deeper. For example, is there a pop-up email form that interrupts someone in the middle of buying a product? Are there a gazillion form fields shoppers need to fill out to get to the final stage of the checkout? Scandle’s checkout process is made up of three steps that are clearly highlighted on the checkout page. Subpar product pages 👎 Your product pages are the digital shelves of your ecommerce store. If they’re not compelling enough or, worse, are confusing, you’re going to be in trouble. Lots of brands find that the product page is the most crucial moment in the buying journey because it marks the point where a shopper adds an item to their cart (a.k.a. the biggest hurdle). Your product page should be a visual representation of your product, a virtual sales assistant, and an FAQs page all wrapped into one lovely, irresistible page. Bad mobile optimisation đŸ“” Mobile sales make up the lion’s share of ecommerce sales (72.9%). If your site doesn’t translate well on little, handheld devices, you can kiss goodbye to a huge chunk of sales. An increasing number of people have turned to mobile shopping since the pandemic – scrolling and shopping now go hand-in-hand with Netflix – and denying them the chance to buy from you wherever they are at any given moment in time will limit the number of sales you can get. Now we’ve got the uncomfortable bit out of the way, let’s lighten the load. If you’ve been grimacing and reluctantly nodding along to the issues above, we’ve got some good news coming your way. You can doll up your Shopify product pages, make your user experience a slip-n-slide of sales, and get jaw-dropping pics on the reg. Here are some very actionable ways you can do this (ready to watch the sales soar?!). There are two things every product page should be and do: The first part requires a little SEO-loving – that is, keyword research to find out the exact terms your ideal shoppers are using, on-page optimisation to incorporate those words into all the important bits, and technical tweaking to make sure the page loads refreshingly fast. Let’s break these down a bit. Keyword research and on-page optimisationKeywords help customers find your products. Using the phrase “red ballet pumps” on a product page that sells red ballet pumps tells Google that the page is about red ballet pumps. Ideally, you should be using the keywords your customers are using. Do they use the words ballet pumps or ballet flats? 🧐Use a keyword research tool like Ahrefs or SEMRush to discover high-volume, relevant keywords and sprinkle them throughout your product pages: There are a couple of other cool ways you can make sure you’re using the right words on your product pages. Check out Google’s People Also Asked section, the additional search terms at the bottom of the search results, and the keywords your competitors are using. If the next brand is getting a ton of custom and uses the word “flats” instead of “pumps”, there’s a good chance that’s what shoppers are using too. Page load speed is an important part of Google’s search algorithm. Ain't nobody gonna hang around for two minutes while your page loads. The most important thing you can do to make sure your product pages are super speedy is compress your product photos so the files aren’t huge. Use TinyPNG to reduce image size without affecting the quality of your shots. There are some other techy things you can do too, like reducing the number of redirects and caching your web pages, but we can’t stress enough how important small image files are. Did we mention Dash is a great place to store your images and keep an inventory of all your pics?Top Shopify apps for product page optimisation: 92% of shoppers read customer reviews before they make a purchase. Mic drop đŸŽ€That’s almost every single shopper. Adding social proof to your product pages and your site in general builds trust and provides reassurance to on-the-fence shoppers. It shows potential customers that people have already bought from you and, more importantly, they ENJOYED IT. Social proof is an umbrella term for customer-created photos, videos, testimonials, and reviews – basically, anything your lovely customers have made about your products. Brain care brand Heights doubled down on the amount of social proof on their website which led to a whopping 87.50% lift in conversions! Here are some ways you can collect social proof for your site: Camera Ready Cosmetics invites its customers to leave a star rating and review. Once you’ve got your hands on some soul food (ahem, we mean social proof), you can start to sprinkle it around your store and marketing channels for an added conversion boost. Consider adding it to: Top Shopify apps for collecting and displaying social proof: Ah, the sacred inbox. Getting the chance to land directly in your audience’s inbox is an absolute honour. They’re basically inviting you to share your wisdom, your woes, and your wonderful products with them in a place that’s mostly reserved for friends, family, and follow-up emails from Sue from accounts. 58% of respondents in one study said that emails have influenced their purchasing decisions, while 1 in 3 have actively purchased from a brand they’ve received emails from. If you’re not already getting in on the email action, what are you waiting for? Here are some ways you maximise Shopify sales with an email list or newsletter.Capture not-ready shoppers: Not everyone is ready to buy as soon as they land on your site. Grab their contact details so you can nurture them and stay in touch until they are ready to buy. Segment customers: Busy mums and teenage girls have different needs. Segment your different audiences so you can send relevant messages via email. Offer an incentive: You see it everywhere – brands offering a juicy percentage discount for shoppers who sign up for their newsletter. It’s a tactic for a reason. Keep shoppers in the loop: 7 out of 10 customers will buy more from brands they trust. Stay on shoppers’ radars by dropping into their inboxes on the regular with engaging content, company updates, and new product launches. Candle brand Italic shares new products and content with its email subscribers. Top Shopify apps for building your email list: We harp on a lot about having good product shots, but there’s a reason we’re so riled up about it – product photos matter a lot. Like, a lot a lot. The majority of shoppers seek out product photos before they buy and often want to see a variety of angles, photos, and videos. There are two ways you can improve your product pics: Whichever method you choose, use Dash to store your images in an easy-to-search, manageable way. Far & Away uses crisp, clear product photos to show its products in a variety of different real-life settings. Top Shopify apps for getting the best product shots: One of the biggest pet peeves of ecommerce brands on Shopify is customers adding items to their cart and then disappearing into the ether (in fact, a whopping 69.7% of carts are left to gather dust). Obviously, consumers had an interest in the product at some point, but they could have bounced for any number of reasons. Maybe they got distracted, found a cheaper price, or simply couldn’t make a decision right then and there. Some of the most common reasons for cart abandonment include: Most of these require simple fixes to capture low-hanging fruit. You just need to nudge shoppers over the finish line – how hard can it be? As well as being clear about extra costs, allowing shoppers to checkout as a guest, and making sure the checkout process is as concise as poss, you can also secure more sales by sending cart abandonment emails or text messages to remind shoppers about their forgotten carts. Increase the chances of a conversion by: Snack brand Pipcorn entices shoppers back with a 10% discount to sweeten the deal. Top Shopify apps for recovering abandoned carts: The probability of selling to an existing customer is 60-70% compared to a measly 5-20% probability of selling to a new customer. Sure, it’s a buzz to get shiny new customers, but don’t forget about your old faithfuls đŸ‘©â€â€ïžâ€đŸ‘šCustomer retention means securing sales from people who’ve already bought from your Shopify store – that is, people who know your brand and like it enough to come back for more. Not only that, but these are the people who are going to shout about your products from the rooftops and recommend them to their friends and family at Sunday dinner or at the pub on a Friday night. Take the time to nurture relationships with existing customers to secure trust and remind them why they love you so much. There are a couple of ways you can show your customers how much you value them. Bloom & Wild rewards customers who share the brand with their friends. Top Shopify apps to increase customer retention: One of the biggest hurdles to a sale is customer objections. Maybe a shopper can’t find the right size or they have a niggling question or two they want answering before they take the plunge.Five words: give them what they want. The quicker you answer customer questions and tackle objections, the quicker the path is to a sale. When a customer is in buy mode, they’re ready to buy. Nothing – we repeat, nothing! – should disrupt that journey. And no, we don’t mean a 48-hour wait for a reply from customer support. We mean instant answers, pre-emptive objection tackling, and allll the reassurance. There are a couple of ways you can action this: Oddbox has an FAQs page and a chatbot that customers can use to get answers quickly. Top Shopify apps for answering customer questions: Land on almost any Shopify ecommerce site today and, after a few seconds, you’ll be greeted with a cheeky little popup that offers a discount on your first purchase. It’s pretty much expected now – but there’s a reason it works so well. Giving new customers a good deal helps them make a decision (spending ÂŁ10 on a ÂŁ20 item feels like a great deal and is an easy investment), but it’s also the gateway to turning shoppers into lifelong customers.Once you’ve secured that first sale with a sweet little deal, you can nurture shoppers, send them relevant content, and turn them into raving fans with your rewards program and affiliate programs (are you starting to see all of this clicking into place?). The incentives you offer may vary depending on the products you sell, their price point, and the type of customers you’re targeting. Here are some examples: Cereal brand Surreal offers shoppers 10% off when they sign up. Top Shopify apps for offering an incentive: Every shopper is unique, so treat ‘em that way! Instead of serving generic product suggestions based on the products you’d quite like to shift, personalise each recommendation using customer data, like demographic info, browsing behavior, and previous purchasing habits.The more personalised the customer experience is, the more likely someone is to buy. Think about it: If I’ve bought several pieces of women’s clothing and precisely zero items of men’s clothing, there’s a good chance I’m not interested in men’s clothing. So, if a brand serves me product suggestions for men’s shoes, ties, or shirts, it’s highly unlikely I’m going to purchase.On the flip side, if they see that I’ve recently bought several wide-leg trousers in bright colours and they use that information to send me more wide-leg trousers in bright colours, I’m probably going to be interested 👀Dig into customer data, segment shoppers, and deliver them highly-targeted product recommendations to increase sales and secure loyal customers. Brooklinen shares personalised product recommendations alongside a nice little incentive.Top Shopify apps for personalising product recommendations: Oh hey
 before you dart off to implement all of this juicy goodness, we’ve got one more piece of good news. If this all seems a little overwhelming and like it’s going to take up a ton of time, there’s a solution. There are Shopify apps for every one of these actionable tips that will help you automate the process and optimise your site for sales without having to manually figure out how to do everything yourself. Bonus 🎉 Phew, that was a lot to take in, right?!Here’s a reminder of how you can start making more sales on Shopify: Start by identifying what you think your biggest barrier is to sales (use our handy guide to why you’re not getting enough sales at the top of this post) and then begin implementing a solution that tackles that issue. Here’s one thing we will say before we over-n-out: Stay organised! Making sure all your product photos and content is kept in order and well-organised will help you move forward quickly and easily. How can you work on your Shopify store if your assets are all over the place?! What a mess! Use Dash to manage your visual files and keep everything in check so you can be smug and generate more sales. Let’s do this đŸ”„ Lizzie Davey writes for ecommerce and marketing SaaS brands. She helps create B2B content strategies and is the Founder of Copy Revival and Freelance Magic. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/how-to-get-your-products-into-stores Title: How to get your products into stores and scale your retail partnershipsTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: If you're a growing brand, it might be time to start partnering up with retailers. But where do you start? Discover how to get your products into stores. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/how-to-get-your-products-into-stores ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: How to get your products into stores and scale your retail partnerships H2: What are retailers looking for in your product H2: What are the different types of retail partners? H2: Types of retail partners (and where to find them) H3: Retailers: Independent stores vs major multi-brand retailers H3: Online retailers H3: Online marketplaces H3: Wholesalers H3: Resellers H2: Where to find and approach retail partners H2: What to look for in a retail partner? H2: Where to find and approach retail stores? H2: What to look for in a retail partner? H2: How to find the right retail buyer or contact H2: 6 steps for nailing your product pitch to retailers H2: How to manage your retail partners at scale (and pitfalls to avoid) H3: Keep retail partners supplier with the right assets H3: Protect brand consistency across your retail network H3: Organise and optimise your best content for retail and marketing H3: Keep communication strong as you scale retail partnerships H2: The key to growing your retail partners without the workload H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: How to get your products into stores and scale your retail partnerships H2: What are retailers looking for in your product H2: What are the different types of retail partners? H2: Types of retail partners (and where to find them) H3: Retailers: Independent stores vs major multi-brand retailers H3: Online retailers H3: Online marketplaces H3: Wholesalers H3: Resellers H2: Where to find and approach retail partners H2: What to look for in a retail partner? H2: Where to find and approach retail stores? H2: What to look for in a retail partner? H2: How to find the right retail buyer or contact H2: 6 steps for nailing your product pitch to retailers H2: How to manage your retail partners at scale (and pitfalls to avoid) H3: Keep retail partners supplier with the right assets H3: Protect brand consistency across your retail network H3: Organise and optimise your best content for retail and marketing H3: Keep communication strong as you scale retail partnerships H2: The key to growing your retail partners without the workload H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content You’ve built a strong ecommerce brand, nailed your product-market fit, and now it’s time to scale up. Maybe you’ve already landed a few retail partnerships, or you’re ready to break into new markets to expand your reach beyond direct-to-consumer. When you’re growing fast, partnering with the right retailers isn’t just exciting—it’s essential. But scaling retail partnerships comes with its own set of challenges. You’ll need to find the right stockists, pitch effectively, manage product creative, and ensure your brand shows up consistently everywhere it’s sold. In this guide, we’ll walk you through exactly how to research, find, and work with retail partners as your business grows. From understanding what retailers expect from brands, to streamlining your pitching process, you’ll get practical strategies for expanding your network with confidence. Retailers are primarily looking for products that will drive sales, and they’ll also want to increase customer loyalty and enhance their brand reputation. To stand out, your products should have a unique selling proposition (USP) that set them apart from similar products on the market. Here are some key factors that make products unique for retail stores: {{retailer-pack="/blog-components"}} First, let's take a look at the different types of retailers. This should give you an idea of what kind of partnership you’re looking for. A retailer (or retail partner) is a business—either an online shop or a brick-and-mortar store—that will buy your products and sell them directly to their consumers. Engaging with local retailers can be a strategic starting point, allowing for direct product demonstration and establishing personal connections. A retail store will be a brand in its own right, and they’ll usually stock your products in their warehouses or stock rooms. There are two different types of retailers: small independent stores and big, multi-brand stores. Small independent stores: Generally, smaller stores will have a limited range of products and a very specific target audience. You’ll find some of them on the high street, but many of them are online only. For example, one of our customers, Goodrays, works with an independent interior design store, Diverse Find Food, which stocks a selection of Goodray's CBD drinks on their website.‍ An online marketplace is a website where you can list your products and connect with buyers. It differs from a retailer because you’re responsible for uploading and pricing your products on the site. Depending on the marketplace, you might also have to deal with shipping too. Examples of marketplaces include Amazon, Etsy and eBay. Maintaining a balance between fulfilling online sales and supplying retailers is crucial, as a successful online presence can indicate that a business is prepared to venture into physical storefronts. Online wholesalers bulk buy products from manufacturers and brands at discounted prices and sell products to retailers. Fulfilling wholesale requests is crucial to ensure that product supply meets both e-commerce and retail demands. You can list your products with a general wholesaler like one of the hundreds of businesses on The Wholesaler. Or list with a wholesaler that specialises in a particular product. One of our customers, Food Huggers, sells products with Big Green Smile that specialises in sustainable products. As your ecommerce brand grows, you’ll likely work with a mix of retail partners—from small, local retailers to large multi-brand stores and online marketplaces. Understanding these options will help you plan your retail strategy, whether you’re expanding into your first few stockists or scaling up existing partnerships. Retailers—whether online or brick-and-mortar—buy your products and sell them directly to consumers. They usually stock your products in their warehouses or storerooms and will have their own brand identity and customer base. They key thing to note is that they’ll also be selling products from different brands, too. There are two main types to consider: Small independent stores These shops typically carry a limited, curated selection aimed at a specific niche. Think boutique homeware stores, local fashion shops, or online-only retailers. Starting with local stores offers the advantage of building direct relationships with the store owner, allowing for more personalised support and feedback later down the line. For example, Haws works with Hold, an independent homeware store in Brighton. Major multi-brand retailers Larger retailers have much higher website traffic and a broader customer base. Brands like Dunelm, and Boots stock products from a wide range of suppliers. Growth-stage tip: As your brand scales, many ecommerce companies move from independents into major retailers as a way to increase visibility and revenue. Online retailers are ecommerce-first businesses that buy your products wholesale and sell them directly to consumers through their own websites. Unlike marketplaces—where you upload and manage your own listings—online retailers act as the merchant of record. They manage the customer relationship, control how your products appear on their site, and often handle fulfilment in-house or via third-party logistics. These types of partnerships are ideal for ecommerce brands looking to scale without taking on the overhead of managing every sales channel themselves. One example is Wolf & Badger, which focuses on independent fashion and lifestyle brands.. 💡Tip: Online retailers often run seasonal campaigns and editorial content. Make sure your marketing assets are easily accessible so they can feature your products at short notice. Online marketplaces allow you to list products and connect with buyers, offering a flexible route to grow your brand’s reach. Unlike traditional retailers, you’re in control of uploading content, setting pricing, and often managing shipping and fulfilment yourself. This setup gives you more flexibility but also requires hands-on management. Here are two key types of marketplaces to consider: Platforms such as Amazon, Etsy, and eBay let you sell directly to consumers. They’re ideal for boosting product visibility and testing new markets, but it’s important to factor in platform fees and competitive pricing pressures. Marketplaces like NuOrder or Faire are designed for wholesale. Retailers browse these platforms to discover new products and place bulk orders. For growing ecommerce brands, B2B marketplaces can be a valuable channel for expanding retail partnerships without relying solely on outbound sales efforts. 💡 Growth-stage tip: Many expanding brands balance direct marketplace sales with wholesale partnerships to create multiple revenue streams. Wholesalers buy your products in bulk at discounted rates and sell them on to other retailers. They act as key intermediaries, helping brands expand their reach into retail stores by facilitating the distribution process. It’s important to make sure you have the stock and operational capacity to fulfil wholesale requests consistently. Failing to meet large orders can damage relationships and limit your opportunities for growth, especially as wholesalers rely on reliable suppliers to keep their retail partners stocked. Resellers are typically online businesses that sell products via dropshipping or white-labelling. They don’t hold inventory themselves and often operate at volume. Note: As your brand grows, it’s important to set clear agreements with resellers around pricing, stock availability, and how your products are presented online. If you’re looking to expand into new retail channels, here are some of the most common routes: Local brick-and-mortar stores Explore independent stores near your warehouse, office, or local community. These businesses can help you build local brand awareness. For example, Velvet in Brighton stocks products from local businesses like Martha Mitchell Design. Trade shows are a key opportunity for ecommerce brands looking to land larger retail partners. These events bring together brands, retailers, and wholesalers in one place. From specialist food expos to lifestyle shows, there’s likely a trade event relevant to your products. Check venues like ExCel London for upcoming dates. Marketplaces (B2B and B2C) As we mentioned, marketplaces are a great sales channel, but they’re also a way to attract new retail partners. B2C platforms like Amazon, Etsy, and eBay help you reach a wider audience and build visibility, which can catch the attention of larger stockists. B2B marketplaces like NuOrder or Faire allow retailers to discover and order products from brands like yours, making them a useful tool for scaling wholesale partnerships without relying solely on direct outreach. So you’ve seen all the different types of businesses you could partner with. But which one do you pick? Before you approach retail stores, here are some factors to consider to help you whittle down your choices. Similar target audiences You might not have the resources to partner with every retailer under the sun. In this case, opt for retailers that cater to your target audience. Take the statement eyeglasses brand, Bellinger House (one of our customers). They sit within the luxury fashion market, so you can expect to find them on high-end retailers’ websites like Roberts and Browns Opticians and Artistic Eyewear. You won’t, however, see them in mainstream stores like Specsavers. 💡Assess your product benefits to see if they align with the retailer’s exact target market. You could also check whether they’re selling similar products from your competitors—this might indicate whether your chosen store is a good fit. A clear application process If you’re working with small, independent retailers, they might not necessarily have set guidelines on how to set up a partnership with them. Often, these relationships are built through word of mouth, or—if they’re a growing store—they might hire merchandisers or retail buyers to hunt out brands to stock. But for bigger online retailers, look out for a straightforward and transparent signup process. Not on the High Street is a good example of this. If you head over to the seller's FAQ section you can read about the application process and how much money you’ll need to pay upfront. They also put an emphasis on sending really clear photos to accompany your product. This is super important for any retailer—no matter how big they are. You can use a tool like Dash (that’s us) to help you collect, organise and share images with your partners. Scroll down this article to learn how to do this effectively. If your brand is going to be showing up in other people’s stores and websites, you’ll want to make sure they’ve got a good reputation. A store that doesn’t treat its customers well will make you look bad— especially if consumers aren’t clear that they’re shopping on a retailer’s site. They might blame you for any bad experiences! Make sure you check out online reviews to see what customers are saying. Websites like Trustpilot and Google Reviews are a good place to start. We’ve already listed quite a few retailers in this post, including local stores. But there are loads more out there. Here are some places to look: Once you know the different types of retailers out there, the next step is choosing the right partners to help you scale. Not every retailer will be a fit for your brand—especially as you expand into new markets or manage multiple partnerships at once. Here are the key factors to help you prioritise which retail partners to focus on as you grow. Similar target audiences You might not have the resources to partner with every retailer under the sun. In this case, opt for retailers that cater to your target audience. Take the statement eyeglasses brand, Bellinger House (one of Dash’s customers). They sit within the luxury fashion market, so you can expect to find them on high-end retailers’ websites like Roberts and Browns Opticians and Artistic Eyewear. 💡Growth-stage tip: Assess your product benefits to see if they align with the retailer’s exact target market. You could also check whether they’re selling similar products from your competitors—this might indicate whether your chosen store is a good fit. This can help you improve your  marketing efforts because you can make the most of the retailer's experience within your category. A clear application process If you’re working with small, independent retailers, they might not necessarily have set guidelines on how to set up a partnership with them. Often, these relationships are built through word of mouth, or—if they’re a growing store—they might hire merchandisers or retail buyers to hunt out brands to stock. But for bigger online retailers, look out for a straightforward and transparent signup process. Not on the High Street is a good example of this. If you head over to the seller's FAQ section you can read about the application process and how much money you’ll need to pay upfront. They also put an emphasis on sending really clear photos to accompany your product. This is important for any retailer—no matter how big they are. You can use a tool like Dash (that’s us) to help you collect, organise and share images with your partners. Scroll down this article to learn how to do this effectively. If your brand is going to be showing up in other people’s stores and websites, you’ll want to make sure they’ve got a good reputation. A store that doesn’t treat its customers well will make you look bad— especially if consumers aren’t clear that they’re shopping on a retailer’s site. They might blame you for any bad experiences! Make sure you check out online reviews to see what customers are saying. Websites like Trustpilot and Google Reviews are a good place to start. Once you’ve identified the retailers you want to work with, your next step is reaching the person responsible for deciding which products get stocked. This is typically a buyer, category manager, or purchasing manager—someone tasked with sourcing new products for their store, department, or online catalogue. For larger retailers, there might even be specialist buyers assigned to specific product categories like homeware, fashion, or beauty. Here are some practical ways to find the right contact: Check the retailer’s website or social media Many retailers list buying team details or application guidelines under sections like ‘Work with us,’ ‘Supplier information,’ or ‘Partner with us.’ Some brands also share team contacts on platforms like LinkedIn or through press releases. Use online directories and platformsYou can often find buying team contacts through professional directories, LinkedIn, industry-specific databases, or trade publications. Contact customer services If you can’t find buyer information online, reach out to the retailer’s customer service team via phone or email. They can often direct you to the correct department or pass on your message internally. Attend trade shows and industry eventsTrade shows are a valuable way to meet buyers face-to-face. These events create opportunities to build personal relationships, which can be especially important when pitching to larger retailers where email outreach might get lost in a crowded inbox. 💡Growth-stage tip: As your partnerships scale, consider building a prospecting list with all your retail contacts, including buyers’ names, email addresses, and product categories they manage. This helps future outreach and relationship management. Once you’ve found the retailers you want to work with, it’s time to send them a pitch. Creating a compelling pitch is crucial, as you often have only a few minutes to capture the buyer’s attention and make a strong impression. For independent retailers, the best approach might be to pick up the phone and speak to someone directly.For major retailers, you’ll often find an application form on their website. Whatever store you pick, chances are they have loads of requests for stocking products, so consider sending a short elevator pitch in an email (or in person). Here are some pointers to include. 1. Highlight how your product benefits the retailer and its customers Retailers want to know they’re going to get a good return on investment, so make sure you highlight how your product is going to benefit them. Ask yourself: To give you an example, here’s a product page from the online retail store Clove and Creek. They’re a lifestyle and concept store selling simplistic and modern items for the home and garden. If you browse their website, you can see products from lots of different lifestyle brands. Prices differ depending on the type of product, but the key thing for Clove and Creek is quality. 2. Send clear, high-quality product images Product photos are vital to your pitch. The retail owner or manager needs to see what your product looks like. And showing them off in the best light will give you a better chance of getting your products into stores. Pick images that show your product off in different angles, colours and sizes (if applicable). Not on the High Street suggests: “Well-lit photography maximises sales for our Partners. In our experience, images of products on mannequins or with black backgrounds do not work as well.” And instead of attaching big files to an email, or setting up a massive WeTransfer, use Dash for a quick and easy way to share your images. Dash is a digital asset management (DAM) tool that lets you find, manage and share your visual content. It’s a super important tool for ecommerce brands who need to get product images and videos out to their channels, fast. 👉 You can read up about why ecommerce brands need a DAM. To share product images during your pitch, you can collate everything into a Dash collection and share via URL. When a retailer opens your link, they’ll get a nicely branded view of your assets. (Once you secure a new partnership with a retailer, you can also use Dash portals to let your partners self-serve their own assets. But more on that later.) Here’s what a collection looks like in a Dash we created for our demo brand, Planto. 💡Remember to also send pictures of your product packaging. Brick-and-mortar retailers in particular need to know what your products will look like on their store shelves, as well as on their website. 3. Decide your price per unit Everyone wants to make a profit. Your retailer will want the best possible return on investment. And you need to cover your manufacturing and shipping costs, whilst still making money. So make sure you state your price per unit and what a minimum order should be. It’s not cost-effective to send out small deliveries of your products to every retail partner, so consider a minimum order value (that could be a minimum spend or a minimum number of items in a shipment). 4. Create a product sell sheet If you’re sending lots of product pitches to loads of retailers (either in-store or online) it might be worth creating a product sell sheet. This is a one or two-page document that contains all the information we’ve already covered, along with detailed product descriptions and specifications like dimensions, ingredients or chemicals contained in your product. A well-prepared sell sheet also helps you respond to wholesale requests from interested retailers, making sure you are ready to manage increased demand. We've done some of the hard work for you! Grab some free product sales sheets in Canva. 👇 {{product-sell-sheet="/blog-components"}} 5. Send product samples If you're going into a physical store or you have a contact for the person dealing with merchandise, why not offer the store owner a sample of your product? This way they'll get to touch or taste your product in real life (which is essential if you sell food products). They'll even get to see how your product packaging will complement the other wares on their shelves. 6. Lean on customer testimonials Lean on customer testimonials to show retailers that your products already have traction with real buyers and to support your claims of current sales and product demand. Highlight reviews that speak to specific product benefits—such as quality, durability, or unique features—that align with what the retailer’s audience values. Including quotes, ratings, or even short case studies from happy customers can help build trust and make your product pitch more persuasive. When your ecommerce brand is growing fast, managing retail partnerships gets more complex. It’s not just about landing new stockists—it’s about keeping all your retail partners supplied with the right assets, product information, and updates while protecting your brand identity at scale. This is where many brands hit friction. Without clear processes and tools in place, things like sending the right product images, updating marketing materials, or sharing new pricing details can turn into a bottleneck. But don’t worry, we’ve got you. Here’s how to handle retail partnerships as your business grows—and how Dash helps you do it smoothly. Your retail partners need up-to-date images, product descriptions, pricing details, and brand guidelines to successfully promote and sell your products. The more partners you work with, the harder this becomes to manage manually. With Dash portals, you can: 💡 Example: Haws uses Dash portals to share lifestyle and product photography with over 100 retailers worldwide, tailoring portal permissions depending on the partner’s size or needs. When your products show up across multiple retailer websites, social channels, and physical stores, keeping everything consistent is key to protecting your brand reputation. That means: Dash isn’t just for sharing assets,it’s your hub for organising all your ecommerce visual content. As your product range grows and marketing campaigns multiply, Dash helps you: 💡 Tip: For scaling brands, this saves serious time and prevents costly mistakes—like sending retailers the wrong product shot or using outdated packaging imagery. As your retail partnerships grow, maintaining clear and consistent communication becomes even more important. A solid communication process helps build trust, prevent misunderstandings, and keeps things running smoothly—especially when you’re working with multiple partners at once. Here are some key things to focus on: 💡 To make things easier, use Dash portals to give your retail partners direct access to the latest assets and product information, so you don’t have to keep sending files manually or risk someone using outdated content. It’s an efficient way to keep everyone on the same page without adding to your workload. There you have it: a complete guide to getting your product into stores. 🙌 Some of the most important things to remember are: If you’d like to find out more about how Dash helps brands manage their retail partners, take a look at some of our customers: And if you want to give Dash a try yourself, sign up for a 14-day free trial—no strings attached. Amy Burchill is the SEO and Content Manager for Dash. She works with ecommerce experts to create articles for DTC brands wanting to improve their campaigns. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/how-to-optimise-your-google-shopping-feed Title: How to optimise your Google Shopping feed like a proTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/how-to-optimise-your-google-shopping-feed ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: How to optimise your Google Shopping feed like a pro H2: Understanding the Google Shopping feed H2: Common mistakes to avoid when managing your feed H2: How to optimise your Google Shopping feed H3: Best practices for optimising product titles H3: How to improve product descriptions H3: Optimising images for best performance H3: How to optimise your products based on your industry vertical H2: Top tools for Google Shopping Feed optimisation H2: 4 tips for making feed optimisation part of your routine H2: Using AI for Google Feed optimisation H2: How to measure the success of your feed optimisation H2: Google Shopping feed FAQs H2: Key takeaways for optimising your Google Shopping Feed H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: How to optimise your Google Shopping feed like a pro H2: Understanding the Google Shopping feed H2: Common mistakes to avoid when managing your feed H2: How to optimise your Google Shopping feed H3: Best practices for optimising product titles H3: How to improve product descriptions H3: Optimising images for best performance H3: How to optimise your products based on your industry vertical H2: Top tools for Google Shopping Feed optimisation H2: 4 tips for making feed optimisation part of your routine H2: Using AI for Google Feed optimisation H2: How to measure the success of your feed optimisation H2: Google Shopping feed FAQs H2: Key takeaways for optimising your Google Shopping Feed H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content When it comes to running successful Google Shopping campaigns, your product feed isn’t just a box-ticking exercise—it’s the foundation of your entire strategy. A well-optimised feed helps your products appear in the right searches, stand out from the competition and convert more clicks into sales. But with a mix of Google updates, technical setups and a sea of conflicting advice, it can be hard to know where to start. That’s where this guide comes in. I’m Holly 👋 I’m the Head of Paid Media at Anicca, an award-winning digital marketing agency. I help ecommerce brands get the most out of their paid media. In this guide, I’ll walk you through what actually moves the needle when it comes to Google Shopping feed optimisation. From title structures and imagery to tools, AI, and common mistakes, I’ve got you covered. Let’s get stuck in 👇 First up, let’s dig into what the Google Shopping feed is and how it works together with the Google Merchant centre Why does Google Shopping feed optimisation matter? For ecommerce brands, Google Shopping is often one of the highest-converting paid channels. It lets you showcase your products visually—right at the moment someone is actively searching for what you sell. Unlike traditional text ads, Shopping ads give users a preview of your product before they click, which means higher intent and better quality traffic. That’s why getting your feed right is essential. Whether you’re a small DTC brand or a large online retailer, Google Shopping feed optimisation can directly impact how often your products appear, how well they perform and, ultimately, how much revenue you generate from your campaigns. What is the Google Merchant center? To advertise products in the Google Shopping Feed you must be signed up with the Google Merchant Centre. This is the intermediary between your product feed and your Google Ads campaigns. While the Merchant Centre stores and manages your feed, you can’t actually run ads from it directly. Instead, it acts as a kind of processor—taking the product information from your website (via your feed), checking it for accuracy and completeness, and then passing it on to Google Ads for campaign use. What are the attributes of a Google Shopping feed? To understand the Google Shopping feed set up, you need to know what attributes are included in each listing. Attributes are all the bits of data that Google uses to identify and showcase your product. Your product feed includes both required and optional attributes. Let’s break them down: The required attributes are essential because without them, your products will be disapproved in the Merchant Center and you won’t be able to advertise them at all. However, not all required attributes influence your ad’s visibility in the same way. Some fields—like the product ID—are required but used primarily for internal tracking. Others, like the title, description and GTIN, carry much more weight in determining whether your product is eligible to appear in the ad auction and how relevant it is to a user's search. Here’s a look at all the required attributes: These attributes are all optional because they’re not required by Google. However, they might be useful for potential customers as well as your own internal categorisations. Once your ad is shown, only half the job is done. There are elements that, while they may not directly impact your ad ranking, can still have a significant influence—especially when it comes to whether or not someone clicks your ad. You can find the full list of attributes on Google support. Getting clicks is one thing, but keeping your product data accurate and up to date is just as important. If your feed isn’t set up correctly, it can cause your ads to underperform or even stop running altogether. Here are a few common issues to watch out for: Now you’ve got a clear picture of what’s included in Google Shopping feeds, and why they’re important, let’s get into how you can start optimising. We’ll look at some general best practices, along with how to optimise titles and images. Different ways to optimise your feed When it comes to optimising your product feed, there are several methods you can use—some are manual, while others offer more automation. Choosing the right mix depends on your setup, the complexity of your catalogue and how hands-on you want to be. There are changes you can implement directly on your website before the product data even makes it into your feed or Google Merchant Centre. Updating things like structured data on your product pages (e.g. schema markup) not only improves your feed quality but can also boost your SEO. It’s a win-win if you’re looking for long-term improvements that benefit both paid and organic search. Make use of supplemental feeds A supplemental feed is an additional data file that works alongside your main product feed in Google Merchant Center. It doesn't replace your main feed—it simply adds extra information to it. You can use them to add or update information. For example, you can tweak product titles or add missing attributes without changing the original source feed. They give you a bit more control but tend to be more manual and time-consuming to manage, especially if you’ve got hundreds of products Modify attributes with feed rules (also known as attribute rules) Feed rules, or attribute rules, are tools built into Google Merchant Center that let you automate changes to your product feed without needing to edit your original feed file. You can use them to modify existing attributes or create new ones based on conditions. For example, you could set product types based on the URL structure, or automatically add a brand name to the beginning of every product title. This is especially handy for keeping your feed consistent as new products are added. Update content with Merchant Centre edits Merchant Centre edits are changes you make manually to individual products directly within Google Merchant Centre. You can update things like product titles or descriptions this way, but it’s not a long-term solution. Any edits you make here will override the data in your main feed, and those changes will stay in place even if your feed gets updated later. This can lead to confusion and inconsistencies, especially if you forget what was edited manually. It’s best to avoid using this method for things that change often, like price or availability, as it can create problems with accuracy. Research third-party feed tools Tools like DataFeedWatch, Feedonomics, and Feed Optimise give you a much easier (and smarter) way to manage and scale your product feed updates. They come packed with features like rule-based editing, bulk updates, and even AI-powered optimisation. They’re ideal if you’ve got a large catalogue or you're juggling multiple sales channels. If updating your feed manually is becoming a bit of a nightmare, these tools can help take the heavy lifting off your plate. When optimising your product titles, it’s important to understand what matters most to users in your specific vertical. For example, in electronics, shoppers often search using model numbers—so including these in your titles makes sense. But in categories like clothing, model numbers are rarely used, and shoppers are more likely to search using style, colour or fit. The structure of your title also plays a big role. Google reads product titles from left to right, giving higher priority to the words at the beginning. That means you should front-load the most important and relevant information—like brand, product type, or key features. But, make sure to avoid keyword stuffing. Your title should read naturally and only include details that genuinely help users understand the product. Finally, you can tweak your approach depending on your goals. Do you want to increase audience reach or hone in user intent and offer super specific and relevant results? Here are a couple of tips: In Google Shopping ads, the product descriptions don’t appear directly in the ad preview (like the way it does on your website or in organic search results). Instead, it works behind the scenes to help Google understand more about your product and serve it to the relevant audience. (Having said that, descriptions may sometimes appear in free listings, Google Lens and the Shopping tab depending on the campaign type you’re using). These descriptions tend to be ‘fluffier’ and incorporate more brand tone. Whilst this isn’t always a bad thing you should be careful not to over ‘fluff’. You want to focus on incorporating key terms that add value and align to what a user may be searching for. When it comes to product imagery, the visual itself might not directly affect how your ad is delivered—but it can have a big indirect impact. That’s because the image plays a key role in whether a shopper clicks on your ad or a competitor’s. This affects your click-through rate (CTR), which in turn can influence your ad rank. It's worth experimenting with different image styles such as standard product shots (on a plain white background) versus lifestyle or situational imagery. In the past, lifestyle photos stood out because few brands used them. But now that they’re more common, a clean, well-lit product image on a white background can sometimes grab more attention. Take the example below - the majority of results for ‘sun hat’ include model shots, which means the listings on the left-hand side stand out because they’re providing a different type of shot. If you do decide to use lifestyle imagery, make sure it’s clear what product you’re actually advertising. For example, if you're selling a table lamp, ensure the image focuses on the lamp—not the table or other decor around it. For example, the ‘Pooky Twistle Table Lamp’ in the results below gets a little lost amidst the objects and table within the image. It’s also important to show exactly what’s included. If you're selling dining chairs individually, but your photo shows a set of four, that can lead to confusion and a poor user experience. Use imagery that accurately reflects what the shopper will receive. Finally, don’t include any watermarks, logos, or graphic overlays on your images. Google doesn’t allow these, unless you're adding technical details—like product dimensions—which are sometimes permitted. The only exception to this is things such as technical measurements. Each product category has its own set of important attributes, and tailoring your approach accordingly can make a big difference. For example, attributes like pattern may be essential for home furnishings but irrelevant for electronics. You should also adapt your product title structure based on what matters most in your vertical. Here are a couple of examples: Using a consistent structure for your category helps improve relevance, clarity, and performance across both search and shopping ads. There’s a growing range of tools available to help you streamline and scale your feed optimisation—especially useful if you’re managing a large product catalogue or selling across multiple channels. Whether you’re looking for automation, AI-powered suggestions, or CSS-backed bidding advantages, here are some great tools I’d recommend: Your product image is one of the first things shoppers see, so using Dash ensures you're not just data-optimised, but visually optimised too. Feed optimisation isn’t something you set and forget—it should be a continuous process. Here’s how to approach it in a structured and strategic way: 1. Test changes using product duplicates Start by duplicating a product and assigning it a new ID. This lets you experiment with title or attribute changes without affecting the performance of your original, high-performing listing. You can then compare results and see which version performs better. 2. Create an optimisation plan Map out what changes you’re planning to test, when you’re applying them, and which products they affect. Keep a simple log to track: 3. Apply changes in bulk (where possible) For updates like adding new attributes (e.g. colour, size, material), try to apply them to a larger group of products at once. Bulk changes help give a clearer picture of impact by reducing the influence of external variables—like search volume fluctuations or competitor promotions. 4. Wait before making further changes Once you’ve updated a product or attribute, give it time to settle. Don’t rush to make additional edits before you’ve had a chance to assess the results. This ensures you’re measuring the true effect of each change rather than overlapping data from multiple updates. AI is transforming the way we approach feed optimisation—making the process faster and more efficient. If you’re confident with prompting or can build custom GPTs, you may even be able to reduce your reliance on traditional feed optimisation tools. Here are a few practical ways ecommerce brands can use AI for Google Shopping feed optimisation: AI is at the core of smart bidding in Google Shopping. AndiIf you’re using Performance Max campaigns, your ads are already being powered by AI and machine learning. Google uses AI to continually learn and refine its bidding algorithms, with the goal of reducing wasted spend on irrelevant searches and instead showing your ads to users who are more likely to convert. When measuring the success of your Google Shopping feed optimisation, it’s best to focus on bulk changes where possible. Bulk optimisations allow you to track clear, conclusive impacts on performance—especially when analysing impressions, clicks, and CTR. If you're making changes at the individual product level, be sure to keep a record of the specific product IDs you’ve modified. This makes it easier to isolate and assess the impact of each optimisation. Key metrics to track: Is it possible to do free product listings? All businesses who submit their product feed to Google Merchant Centre can be eligible for free listings. You don’t have to run ads in order to qualify for these. The free listings feed is subject to the same requirements as the shopping ads feed. You will see a section under marketing which will show if your account is active on free listings. How long does it typically take to see improvements after optimising a feed? It can vary. Some changes you can begin seeing almost immediate impacts from the point of addition, this is usually when you add in new attributes. For title optimisations these can take a little longer to settle in and can grow over time. While visibility and traffic are important, they’re only truly valuable when they come from relevant searches with genuine purchase intent. That’s why it’s crucial to evaluate these metrics together to get a full picture of how your feed optimisations are contributing to business performance. If you’ve read this article you should have a better understanding on the impact a well-optimised product feed can have on your Google Shopping performance. Here’s  a short summary of the key takeaways: 💡 Learn more about how Dash can work for your ecommerce brand Remember: feed optimisation is never a one-and-done job. It’s something you should continually revisit to stay ahead of the competition and maximise returns from your Shopping campaigns. If you’d like to learn more, you can follow me on LinkedIn or check out some of my articles on Search Engine Land. Holly is a Paid Media Specialist who currently heads the Paid Media team at Anicca Digital. With over 10 years of experience she builds and executes Google Ads and wider paid media strategies for clients in both eCommerce and lead generation. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/how-to-organise-google-drive Title: How to organise Google Drive: A guide for growing brandsTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Organising your Google Drive boosts team collaboration and helps you find docs fast. Here are 12 tips for a smoother workflow. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/how-to-organise-google-drive ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: How to organise Google Drive: A guide for growing brands H2: 12 tips to organise Google Drive for your growing brand H3: 1. Get to know Google Drive’s folder structure H3: 2. Use naming conventions H3: 3. Set up an approval process H3: 4. Organise ‘shared with you’ folders H3: 5. Use numbers to organise your sub-folders H3: 6. Colour-code your folders H3: 7. Add emojis to your folders H3: 8. Create a workspace for files you’re currently working on H3: 9. Add descriptions to image files H3: 10. ‘Star’ ⭐ important projects H3: 11. Delete files that are no longer needed H3: 12. Using file and folder descriptions H2: How to search for files in Google Drive using the search bar H2: Google Drive vs Dash: what’s best for visual content? H2: Google Drive vs Dash: what's best for visual content? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: How to organise Google Drive: A guide for growing brands H2: 12 tips to organise Google Drive for your growing brand H3: 1. Get to know Google Drive’s folder structure H3: 2. Use naming conventions H3: 3. Set up an approval process H3: 4. Organise ‘shared with you’ folders H3: 5. Use numbers to organise your sub-folders H3: 6. Colour-code your folders H3: 7. Add emojis to your folders H3: 8. Create a workspace for files you’re currently working on H3: 9. Add descriptions to image files H3: 10. ‘Star’ ⭐ important projects H3: 11. Delete files that are no longer needed H3: 12. Using file and folder descriptions H2: How to search for files in Google Drive using the search bar H2: Google Drive vs Dash: what’s best for visual content? H2: Google Drive vs Dash: what's best for visual content? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content For many businesses (us included) Google Drive has become the go-to place for document creation. Whether you're writing blog posts, creating budget sheets or planning presentations—Drive easily slots into the working day. One thing it's not so great for? Organising visual content. If you're storing images or videos in Drive, you know how difficult it is to actually find what you need. For visual content, we recommend you use , like Dash—but we'll get to that later. First, here are some tips on how to organise your Google Drive so you can find your documents quickly. ✹ Before diving into the nitty-gritty of organising your Google Drive, it’s crucial to set up a solid foundation. This means planning out your folder structure, establishing naming conventions, and ensuring everyone on your team is on the same page. A well-organised Drive not only saves time but also enhances collaboration and productivity. Let’s get started with some foundational tips. To start, you’ll need to navigate your Drive’s folders. You can access everything you need from your Google Drive home. On the left hand side, you’ll find a series of folder icons. On the top bar, you’ll see filtering options. Let’s break them down. 1- Home: This is where you’ll access all your different folders and documents. You'll find your most recent documents, along with your personal Drive folder (see number 2). 1 - Activity:  Go here to find recent activity on your docs. For example, the most recent comments on an article. 1 - Workspaces:  A Google Workspace is a collaborative space that you can only get on Google Business Plans. It’s a place for your team to work on documents within a project. Say you’re working on some new website copy—you’d keep all documents, sheets and presentations relating to that website project here. You’ll need to set up a Workspace using your personal Drive account (as opposed to a Shared Drive, which is set up by your company, but more on that later). Here’s an example of some documents living in my new products Workspace. I’ll use the brand, Planto, that we’ve created for demo purposes. This Workspace is titled ‘Rubber Plant launch’. Scoot down this article to learn more about Workspaces. 2 - My Drive: This is where all your files live. It’s every document that you personally create and, without proper organisation, can get messy very quickly. I recommend organising everything into sub-folder. Do this by creating sub-folders by right-clicking > new folder. 2 - Shared Drives: This is a shared space owned by your company - as opposed to a smaller Google Workspace owned by individual team members. To create a new Shared Drive, right-hand-click the folder and select New Shared Drive. To add team members, click Manage Members on the top right. Drop folders and files from My Drive to make them accessible to your colleagues. 3 - Shared with me: Go here to access files that a team member has shared with you. 3 - Recent: Your most recently accessed files. 3 - Starred: You can add important docs into the starred folders by right-clicking a file > add to starred. 3 - Bin : Anything you send to the bin will be automatically deleted after 30 days. Start as you mean to go on with naming conventions - an easy trick that’ll save you a lot of time in the long run. Let's use our house plant brand, Planto, as an example. You’re working on copy for a new product that’s due to launch in three months. You create separate Google docs for your product descriptions, email and social media copy. For ease, you simply name your documents ‘product copy’ or ‘Instagram captions’. You then share them with your marketing team who don’t actually need to look at them until closer to launch. Cut to three months later and it’s lost somewhere in their shared drives, and nobody can remember the name of the doc! 😧Okay sure, you’ll be able to find it again... eventually. But by agreeing on naming conventions with your team, you’ll cut down all that time spent searching. Here’s an example of how you might organise your Google docs for a product launch: [Name of product] Rubber Plant - [Type of content] email copy [Name of product] Rubber Plant-  [Type of content] website description [Name of product] Rubber Plant - [Type of content] social copy As long as everyone sticks to the naming conventions, it should be easy to locate the documents again. 💡Btw, if you’re managing visual content in your marketing team, we highly recommend getting a marketing asset management tool, like Dash, to help you find and share images, fast. Say you head up Planto’s marketing team and have the final say on the product launch copy. You can ask your copywriter to send an approval request in Drive. To do this, the document owner will need to be in the document and head to > file > approvals. They’ll then need to search for your name and send you a notification with the option to add a message and due date. 📝 Note that any edits made during the approval process will cause a new notification to be sent. When someone sends a file to you, your ‘Shared with me’ folder can become a dumping ground of random documents. Google has tried to organise the chaos by showing you ‘suggested’ files first. These are often documents you’ve recently opened. The rest are listed by week, month and year. Organise these files by adding them to your ‘My Drive’ folder and subfolders. You can do this by dragging and dropping the file into your folders on the left-hand side. Or right-click a file and select ‘create a shortcut to Drive’. From here you can choose which folder you want to send it to. It is crucial to avoid the tendency to dump files without proper categorization, as this can lead to confusion and clutter. Google Drive automatically puts sub-folders in alphabetical order. So, try a numbering system to help prioritise the most important folders. Right-click the folder, select ‘rename’ and add your numbers For the visual thinkers, why not colour-code your folders to liven up your Drive? Right-click on the folder and select ‘change colour’. There are only a few to choose from, so it might not be ideal if you’re hoping to use your brand colours. Another tip to improve the look of your folders - add emojis! đŸ€ȘRight-click your folder > rename > add an icon by using the emoji shortcut on your keyboard: Windows: Windows button + full stop Mac: Command + Control + Space A Workplace is somewhere you can access all your most frequent files without moving them from their original location. It's like a project folder full of shortcuts to the relevant documents. This is handy if you want to keep all the working docs for your upcoming product launch in one easy-to-find place. You can also invite team members to your Workspace, ideal if you've got multiple colleagues working on the same campaign. To create a workspace in Google Drive, click ‘Priority' and scroll down. Select ‘Create Workspace' and give it a name. You'll then be presented with a list of files to add to your Workspace. You can also add files to your Workspace after set-up by right-clicking any file and selecting the ‘Add to Workspace' option. When you use the search bar to find a file in Google Drive, it'll pull out certain words from within your documents. Perhaps you've written a blog post about a new product. You can search the name of the product, and it'll show you the documents where you've mentioned that word. Be warned that Google Drive can't do this for your images and videos. ❌ That's because it can't search the metadata of an image (like Dash can). That's one of the reasons why we'd recommend keeping your visuals in Dash. {{free-trial="/blog-components"}} But, if you'd rather they live on Drive for now, the best workaround is to add descriptions to your image files. To do this: You could use the description box to add context to your images. For example, this image is captioned: “Photo of living room, featuring plants above fireplace.” Underneath your folders, you'll notice a ‘starred' folder. This is where you can store important documents that you want to access quickly. To star a file, simply right-click on a doc and select ‘add to starred'. This is ideal for in-progress documents or important files that you haven't had a chance to read yet This may seem like an obvious one, but it's easy to overlook. Make sure you delete any Google Drive files you no longer need. That product copy you wrote three years ago? It's only going to clog up your folders so get rid! To delete a file, right-hand click on it and send it to ‘bin'. Your file will be permanently deleted from the bin after 30-days, so if you make the wrong decision, you've got plenty of time to restore it. Using file and folder descriptions is a great way to add extra context to your content and make it easier to find. File and folder descriptions can be used to add notes, keywords, or other relevant information that can help you and others quickly understand the content of a file or folder. To add a description to a file or folder, simply right-click on the file or folder and select “View details.” Then, click on the pencil icon next to the description field and enter your description. For example, if you have a file called “Marketing Report Q1,” you could add a description that says “This report includes sales data and marketing metrics for Q1.” This way, when you search for “sales data” in the search bar, the file will appear in the search results. If you’ve got folder structures and naming conventions in place, searching should be a breeze. But that’s not always the case. Especially if others aren’t following the same process (or if you’re relying on Drive for managing images and video đŸ€­). This is when you might need to add some extra steps to your search. Clicking the drop-down arrow in the search box can access additional filters for improved search capabilities. Google Drive has filters to help narrow down your search. Here’s what each of them does. 👇 As I've already mentioned, Google Drive is no good for organising and searching your visual content. That's product images, brand graphics, video ads and more. Instead, you should be using a DAM tool like Dash. 😇 You see, Dash can actually search the content of an image. AI can detect objects within an image, and custom tags will help you organise your brand's product images. So when you search for a keyword, it will immediately show you relevant results. Say I want to find an image with someone holding a plant in Planto's Dash. I can type ‘hand' into the search bar. I can also use custom filters and fields on the left-hand side to narrow down my search. For example, I can do a quick search by product image type, plant care level and plant category. It's for this reason we see a lot of customers move from Drive to Dash to organise their visuals. Take ecommerce brand, Filling Pieces. They have loads of product images they need to share with their teams and resellers. Google Drive wasn't able to do the job effectively: “Before, when we were using Google Drive, there were no naming conventions. There were too many people uploading content at the same time. I decided it was time for a completely new system with a really good UX. I wanted to be able to type in the product name, see results and order by category. Google Drive is just not very visual. It's messy.” Here's a peek at Filling Piece's Dash: But it doesn't end there. Dash also helps you get your images ready faster by letting you download images in different formats. You can pick from a selection of preset crop sizes for social media, and create your own dimensions - perfect if you want to get an image ready for your website or email templates. Plus, if you're an ecommerce brand working with external partners, you can set up public portals to get visuals to your retailers and agencies quickly. As you can see, Dash is much better equipped to deal with your visual content. It'll help you get more value out of your assets and will free you and your team up to get on with the work you were hired to do. If you want to find out more about digital asset management, take a look at these handy articles: You can also compare DAM vendors with our free digital asset management software comparison worksheet. {{dam-comparison="/blog-components"}} If you’d like to try Dash for yourself, you can sign up for free for 14-days. No strings attached! 🙌 Amy Burchill is the SEO and Content Manager for Dash. She works with ecommerce experts to create articles for DTC brands wanting to improve their campaigns. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/how-to-organise-photography Title: How to organise ecommerce photography for faster launchesTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Having an organised product image library isn't just a nice to have - it's essential if you want to launch products on time and grow your brand. Here are some tips to improve your workflows. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/how-to-organise-photography ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: How to organise ecommerce photography for faster launches H2: How disorganised product photos can derail your launch H2: Organise your product photos for faster launches in 4 steps H3: Step 1: Get your team organised before the shoot H3: [fs-toc-omit] Align on key requirements H3: [fs-toc-omit] Create a clear shot list H3: [fs-toc-omit] Prep your photography brief H3: Step 2: Receive and centralise images H3: [fs-toc-omit] Name files on upload H3: [fs-toc-omit] Use one tool to receive product shots H3: Step 3: Organise the photos H3: [fs-toc-omit] Review and approve photos H3: [fs-toc-omit] Separate ‘ready-to-use’ photos from ‘work-in-progress’ images H3: [fs-toc-omit] Use folder structures H3: [fs-toc-omit] Add relevant tags to images H3: Step 4: Distribute photos H3: [fs-toc-omit] Set up your handoff process H2: 3 tools for organising your ecommerce product photography H3: 1. Dash: photography management for ecommerce teams H3: [fs-toc-omit] How much does Dash cost? H3: 2. Google Drive: for general file management H3: [fs-toc-omit] How much does Google Drive cost? H3: 3. Dropbox: also for file storage H3: [fs-toc-omit] How much does Dropbox cost? H2: How ecommerce brands organise product photography with Dash H3: 1. Emmy London H3: 2. RevAir H3: 3. Mountain Equipment H2: Organise your ecommerce product photography with Dash H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: How to organise ecommerce photography for faster launches H2: How disorganised product photos can derail your launch H2: Organise your product photos for faster launches in 4 steps H3: Step 1: Get your team organised before the shoot H3: [fs-toc-omit] Align on key requirements H3: [fs-toc-omit] Create a clear shot list H3: [fs-toc-omit] Prep your photography brief H3: Step 2: Receive and centralise images H3: [fs-toc-omit] Name files on upload H3: [fs-toc-omit] Use one tool to receive product shots H3: Step 3: Organise the photos H3: [fs-toc-omit] Review and approve photos H3: [fs-toc-omit] Separate ‘ready-to-use’ photos from ‘work-in-progress’ images H3: [fs-toc-omit] Use folder structures H3: [fs-toc-omit] Add relevant tags to images H3: Step 4: Distribute photos H3: [fs-toc-omit] Set up your handoff process H2: 3 tools for organising your ecommerce product photography H3: 1. Dash: photography management for ecommerce teams H3: [fs-toc-omit] How much does Dash cost? H3: 2. Google Drive: for general file management H3: [fs-toc-omit] How much does Google Drive cost? H3: 3. Dropbox: also for file storage H3: [fs-toc-omit] How much does Dropbox cost? H2: How ecommerce brands organise product photography with Dash H3: 1. Emmy London H3: 2. RevAir H3: 3. Mountain Equipment H2: Organise your ecommerce product photography with Dash H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Your product launch is days away, but your team’s still trying to track down the final product shots. Some images are buried in old WeTransfer links. Others are sitting in someone’s personal Dropbox. One folder has five versions of the same photo, but no one’s sure which is the approved one. And just when you think everything’s sorted, someone accidentally uses an outdated image in a campaign mockup. This kind of last-minute scramble is all too common. The problem isn’t the photos themselves, but the lack of a clear, centralised system for storing, approving, and sharing them. In this guide, you’ll learn how to improve your product photography process from shoot to site. We’ll show you how to: By the end, you’ll have a repeatable product photography workflow that saves your team hours, avoids costly delays, and helps you launch faster with confidence. You know your creative is essential for your campaigns, but organisation of your content can be an underrated part of the launch process. Here’s how poor asset management can delay your campaigns: These delays can have a significant impact on the business, such as: These mistakes are easy to overlook. But over time, they chip away at your brand’s consistency and credibility — especially when customers see different versions of the same product across channels. If the above rings true, it’s probably time you started taking your photo organisation seriously. Here are some steps for you to follow: Before the camera’s even out of the bag, you’ll want to make sure your internal team and collaborators are aligned. A little prep now will save you hours (and a lot of frustration) when the assets land in your inbox later. Here’s what to get in place before the shoot happens: Start by bringing together the people who’ll be using or reviewing the images — usually your marketing, brand, and ecommerce teams. Get clarity on: Once you’re aligned internally, you can pass that info to your photographer or creative team — clearly and without back-and-forth. A shot list isn’t just for the shoot day. It’s a planning tool that helps everyone stay organised and ensures you don’t miss any key assets — especially when you’re working across multiple product lines or campaigns. Having this list prepared in advance means everyone — from your photographer to your marketing team — knows what to expect, what’s covered, and what still needs to be delivered. A short, clear brief gives your photographer the direction they need to deliver usable, on-brand images. You don’t need a 10-page PDF — just something that covers: This gives your photographer or creative team everything they need to deliver the right shots — in the right format — the first time. Be intentional about how you receive images. Set up a clear process for where they are uploaded, how they should be named, and how they’re grouped. Doing this upfront will save you a lot of time later when it’s time to sort and tag photos Things can quickly get messy if you’re working with multiple photographers, each using their preferred naming style. One might label a file IMG_001.jpg, another might use final_productshot1, and someone else might go with shoe123-front. Multiply that across hundreds of assets, and suddenly you’ve got a mess of files. To avoid that confusion, it helps to agree on a simple, consistent naming format before the shoot. You can include this in your creative brief or onboarding notes so everyone’s on the same page. Aim for names that are short, descriptive, and repeatable — something like: 👉       For example: sneaker-top-onwhite_v2.jpg Pick one tool for your photographers to share their content, but choose wisely. Tools like WeTransfer are great for quick handoffs, but they’re not designed for long-term storage or organisation. If you rely on them, you’ll have to manually download every file, rename them, sort them into folders, and move them elsewhere. This takes a lot of time. Instead, we recommend a digital asset management tool (DAM) like Dash (that’s us 👋). With Dash, photographers can upload directly into a dedicated guest folder. From there, you can review, approve, and organise everything without juggling multiple tools. Once you’ve received the images, it’s time to organise them. The goal is to create a tidy and accessible photo library. That way, you can quickly find the content you need to launch your campaign on time. Before your images are added to your main asset library, take time to review them against the original brief. Some may be perfect. Others might need retouching, colour tweaks, or a complete reshoot. Use this stage to separate anything that’s not ready yet. With Dash, this is easy: when photographers submit images via guest uploads, nothing gets added to your library automatically. You can approve or reject images as needed — or leave feedback directly if you’ve set the contributor up with their own login. That way, only the strongest, approved assets move forward — keeping your core library clean, consistent, and ready for use. If you’re working with a larger volume of assets — or collaborating on edits over time — it’s still helpful to store in-progress work somewhere structured. Instead of mixing WIP shots with final, launch-ready images, keep them in a separate space within Dash. You can use permissions to make sure only the right people (like your content or creative teams) can access those folders. That way, your wider team and retail partners only see approved, campaign-ready visuals — and you avoid any confusion over which images are safe to use. A well-thought-out folder structure (by campaign, shoot date, product line, etc.) paired with consistent file naming helps your team find the right assets quickly. Dash makes this even easier by letting you use the same image in multiple folders—without duplicating the file. So you can organise your content in a way that works for everyone, without creating messy duplicates. Your structure can be as simple or detailed as you need, depending on how many images or campaigns you're juggling. Here are a few folder organisation options to guide you: And once your structure is in place, make sure everyone sticks to it. That consistency will save you loads of time down the line. Want help getting started? We’ve got a great article on DAM folder structures—complete with a visual guide to help you map out yours. Tags are keywords you can add to your images to make them easier to find — especially when you’re managing hundreds (or thousands) of assets across campaigns. They’re also useful for grouping related images that don’t live in the same folder. For example, if you tag all lifestyle shots with “lifestyle,” you can instantly pull up every relevant image from across your library — no matter where it’s stored. Most DAM tools include built-in tagging features. In Dash, for example: Tagging might seem like a small detail, but it has a big impact on how quickly you can surface the right content when you need. After reviewing and organising your photos, it’s time to share them with the right teams and partners. A smooth internal handoff process means that everyone working on the campaign knows when the assets will be ready, where to find approved product shots and how to use them. It will look a little different depending on your team size and workflow. A scrappy two-person team won’t need the same systems as a 10-person marketing squad. But a few ground rules go a long way, no matter how big or small your team is: Once your internal team has what they need, you can use Dash to distribute photos externally — without relying on email attachments or clunky shared drives. Collections – curate and collaborate Collections let you group specific assets together for a campaign or creative brief — without affecting your core folder structure. Share a collection link with your team or partners so they can view or download only the assets they need. It’s ideal for sending over an image set for a press request, influencer campaign, or seasonal drop. Portals – share content with retailers and wholesalers Portals are public-facing versions of your Dash that let external partners (like retailers, agencies, or distributors) browse and download approved assets on their own. Think of it like a self-serve brand library that’s searchable, organised, and always up to date. Partners can search using tags and keywords, find exactly what they need, and access the latest versions, without needing to request files from your team. 👉 Learn more about portals. We’ve already touched on how a tool like Dash can streamline your product photo workflow — from receiving files to launching campaigns. Now, let’s take a closer look at how Dash compares to other popular tools you might already be using. Dash helps ecommerce businesses to organise, share and use their visual content — from product photos to brand assets. Think of it as a home for your images and videos. Here are a few things you can do with Dash: You can also search for images in Dash using keywords or their actual content. For example, say the image features a ‘person holding your product against a sunny backdrop.’ In that case, you can type in those attributes, and Dash will show all of your content that matches the description. For example, Mountain Equipment noticed that one of their product videos wasn’t getting downloaded by retail partners — even though they’d assumed it was useful. Instead of continuing to invest time and budget into similar videos, they stopped producing them. It’s a great example of using data to guide content decisions and focus your efforts where they’ll have the most impact. Dash’s pricing starts at ÂŁ99 ($139) per month. You get all of our DAM features and can add as many users as possible to your account — no need to pay for add-on features or extra account seats. Google Drive is the go-to tool for document management for many teams. It can handle  PDFs, videos, contracts and spreadsheets. You can store creative briefs, freelancer contracts, and other admin documents for your product photography in Drive. But it’s not built for managing visual content. Drive’s search function is basic: you’ll need to remember the exact file name to find what you’re looking for. And it doesn’t support handy features like image presets or cropping for different channels — which help you get content out on time. If you want to learn more about how Google Drive compares to a DAM, check out our article about Google Drive vs DAM article. Google Drive is free with 15GB of storage shared across Google services like Gmail and Google Photos. If you need more storage, you can subscribe to Google One, which offers various paid plans, starting at $1.99 per month. Like Google Drive, Dropbox works well for general file storage. The difference is that Dropbox also gives you the option to store files locally on your computer, not just in the cloud. That’s handy when you’re working with large photo files or want a quick offline backup. That said, Dropbox doesn’t offer much when it comes to managing visual content. There are no built-in tools for tagging, organising, or resizing images. So, while it’s useful for storing assets, it’s not ideal for day-to-day campaign work. Want to learn more about Dropbox’s drawbacks? Our Dropbox vs DAM article is a great resource. Dropbox has a free plan with 2GB of storage. It also offers several paid plans, starting at €9.99 per month. Now that we’ve covered the basics, let’s look at how real ecommerce teams put these ideas into practice. It’s one thing to understand the theory; it’s another to see how it all comes together in a real-world workflow. Here’s how ecommerce brands are using Dash to keep their product photography organised and ready for launch. Emmy London is a women’s fashion brand that sells timeless shoes, bags, and accessories. With multiple product lines and seasonal campaigns, like their summer sale, the team regularly needs to manage a high volume of product photography across different collections and channels. At first, they tried using Dropbox to organise their visual content, but they quickly realised (like many of our customers) that it wasn’t built for that. Now, all their product photos live in Dash. Here's what their content library looks like. So, how does Emmy London organise their large content library to get assets out on time? It starts with having a well-defined uploading process. The team uses custom fields and tags in Dash to quickly categorise images and videos for different campaigns. Anyone uploading content to their Dash must fill in key details like shot type, product category, colour, heel type, season, and whether the image has been approved for use. If someone forgets to tag content manually, Dash has their back: every image gets auto-tagged, making it easy to find what you’re looking for with a simple keyword search. “When I first got started with Dash, filling out all the fields seemed like a daunting task, but when I go to search them later on, it makes life so easy. I can just type SS23 and the name of the shoe, and it'll come up with the exact photo I'm looking for.” - Lucy, Social Media Marketing @ Emmy London. Dash’s collections feature also makes it easy for the team to share curated sets of images with partners during campaigns without giving access to their entire asset library. “Say a blog needs a certain number of photos, or they're writing about a specific shoe. I'll create a collection with all of our best imagery of that shoe and then send it over to our affiliate teams, who can share it with the publication.” Then, the partner can download what they want for use. It’s way more organised than sending these photos as email attachments or even in Google Drive. Check out the complete case study to see how Emmy London organises product photos in Dash. RevAir is a hair care and beauty brand based in Ohio, U.S. They work with many retailers and rely heavily on user-generated content (UGC) for their campaigns. This requires handling a large number of product photos, which can quickly get overwhelming without a good setup. Thankfully, Dash helps them keep everything organised and easy to find. Here’s a sneak peek of their DAM setup. RevAir stores raw photos and ready-to-use images in Dash — but nothing gets mixed up, thanks to their well-structured folders. They organise ready-to-use photos by product type. Then, keep branded model shoots in separate folders, as these are often raw photos. But Dash isn’t just a place to store assets; our DAM also helps them share and receive content quickly. For example, instead of sending files manually through Google Drive or email, RevAir adds them to a Dash portal. This portal is like a curated, branded mini-library that lives outside their internal system but still taps into Dash’s full power. Partners can: They also use guest uploads to collect photos from customers and content creators. In the past, some creators sent UGC using Google Drive while others used email attachments. Things were all over the place, and valuable content got lost fast. Now, everything is submitted through a single tool. Once the content is reviewed and approved, it is automatically added to a folder in their Dash for use. “Some of our customers generate outstanding videos and reviews for us. Before Dash, one person might send it via Dropbox, another via Google, and another in a text. Having one link that notifies us when content is sent feels more professional, and I feel like we don’t lose anything.” You can read more about how RevAir manages photos with Dash. Mountain Equipment is a legacy outdoor gear brand with a huge and constantly changing product catalogue (up to 1,200 products live at once). Each product needs multiple photos — different angles, multiple colourways, etc. — so we’re talking thousands of images in circulation at any time. When you’re dealing with that much content, you need a solid visual asset system to keep things organised and easy to find. That’s what Dash offers. For example, instead of adding tags to photos manually, they can automatically tag multiple product photos at the same time — saving a lot of time. “We usually come back from trips with around 4,000 images and cherry-pick the best 50. We upload them to Dash and tag everything—what expedition it’s from, who shot it, any usage rights, and even visible products. And we can apply those tags across all assets in one go. It saves us hours and hours.” They also use Dash portals and collections to share product photos with their retail partners quickly, instead of sending WeTransfer links or email attachments. Here’s what their partner portals look like. And when it’s time to deploy content, they can drop product shots directly into their Shopify store, thanks to Dash's Shopify integration. It saves the time one would have spent downloading and then reuploading these images. “Shopify has literally improved our speed of getting products live on the website, no end, because we’re not having to re-upload anything. It’s a direct, peer-to-peer setup, and it’s been great.” There’s so much more you can learn from Mountain Equipment to help you organise your product photography, so check out the full case study. An organised product photography workflow takes a big chunk out of the chaos. It won’t solve every launch headache, but it will make a huge difference where it counts: That’s why we built Dash! With auto tagging, ecommerce integrations, and content sharing features, our digital asset management tool gives you everything you need to keep your product photography organised and launch stellar campaigns on schedule, every time. Want to get started? Try Dash for free for 14 days on us — no credit card needed. Faith Uzuegbu is a content marketer and freelance writer for B2B SaaS and tech companies like ClassPass, PlayPlay, and Thinkific. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/how-to-resize-images-for-social-media Title: How to resize images for social mediaTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Use this guide to find the right image requirements for your channels. And learn how to resize them quickly with Dash. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/how-to-resize-images-for-social-media ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: How to resize images for social media H2: Why social media image sizes matter for ecommerce brands H2: Social media image requirements H3: Facebook image dimensions and aspect ratios H3: Pinterest image dimensions and aspect ratio H3: LinkedIn image dimensions and aspect ratios H3: How to resize your images for social media H3: Getting your images ready for social media H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: How to resize images for social media H2: Why social media image sizes matter for ecommerce brands H2: Social media image requirements H3: Facebook image dimensions and aspect ratios H4: Instagram image dimensions and aspect ratios H3: Pinterest image dimensions and aspect ratio H3: LinkedIn image dimensions and aspect ratios H4: Twitter (X) image dimensions and aspect ratios H4: ‍ H4: YouTube image dimensions and aspect ratios H4: TikTok image dimensions and aspect ratios H4: Threads image dimensions and aspect ratios H3: How to resize your images for social media H4: Resizing an image (and more) using Dash H4: Resizing an image on a Mac H4: Resizing an image on a PC H4: Resizing an image using other tools H3: Getting your images ready for social media H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content When you’re growing fast, you don’t have time for bottlenecks. But social media image sizing? That’s a repeat offender. Pinterest prefers vertical pins; Instagram wants squares, portraits, and stories; LinkedIn has its own set of specs entirely. Without the right dimensions, your visuals can lose their edge  and your engagement can take a hit. This guide will walk you through the exact social media image sizes for every major platform and show you how Dash helps ecommerce brands resize, repurpose, and deploy their assets at speed. Uploading the wrong image size to social media can result in blurry, cropped, or distorted visuals. For ecommerce brands, this directly impacts brand trust and engagement. While most platforms will technically accept images in the ‘wrong’ size, that doesn’t mean they’ll look good. A stretched Facebook cover, a squashed Instagram portrait, or a pixelated LinkedIn ad all chip away at your professionalism. Over time, those small visual slips can reduce engagement
and even hurt sales. For ecommerce brands, consistency in visual quality isn’t just “nice to have” – it’s essential. Sharp, perfectly sized product images help you stand out in crowded feeds, build credibility with shoppers, and convert browsers into buyers. An ill-fitting Instagram post or a fuzzy LinkedIn ad can undo all the effort you’ve put into your creative campaign. The good news? With the right tools, getting every asset sized perfectly doesn’t have to be a headache. In the next section, we’ll break down the exact dimensions you need for each major social media platform – and show you how Dash makes resizing fast, accurate, and repeatable. Let's break down each of the social channels and what image sizes and they require, along with their ideal aspect ratios. 👇 Facebook images sizes Feed/Ads: 1080×1080 px Stories: 1080 x 1920 pixels Feed: 1080×1080 px (square), 1080×1350 px (portrait) Stories/Reels: 1080 x 1920 pixels Pinterest images sizes Pins/Ads: 1000×1500 px (2:3) Posts/Ads: 1200×1200 px or 1200×627 px In-stream: 1200×675 px Banner: 2560×1440 px (safe area 1546×423 px) Thumbnail: 1280×720 px Ads/Stories: 1080 x 1920 pixels Posts/Ads: up to 1070×1424 px (3:4) Supports in-feed paid ads via Meta Ads Manager Facebook regularly updates image dimensions and recently removed many of the image sizing restrictions that came with their ads. That’s not to say there aren’t any. But it’s certainly an easier platform to work with these days. It advises keeping text down to around 20% of the ad space and images as simple as possible. If you want to use more complex imagery, Facebook recommends using the carousel format. And you’ve got to love Facebook’s ad preview tool. This lets you check if everything looks good before you click the ‘publish’ button. Stories, reels and collection ads: 1080 x 1920 pixels (9:16) Profile picture: 320 × 320 px (1:1) Page thumbnails: 161 × 161 px đŸ€“ For more Instagram tips, check out our guide to Instagram ads for ecommerce brands. Thumbnails play a big role in CTR – design accordingly. đŸ€“ Take a look at Barney’s post about TikTok marketing strategies. Now you’re cluNow that you know the exact social media image sizes each platform requires, the next step is getting your assets resized and ready to post. The good news? You don’t need to juggle complicated design software or spend hours creating endless file versions. With the right tools, it’s quick, simple, and repeatable.ed up on all the different social media image size requirements, here’s how you can easily resize your images, ready to deploy to your channels. The easiest way to resize and manage your visual assets is with a digital asset management (DAM) system like Dash. Dash gives your team a single place to store, find, share, and edit all your creative files — from product photography and campaign videos to logos, brand guidelines, and web graphics. Think of it as your brand’s content hub, keeping everything organised and ready to deploy. When it comes to social media, Dash makes resizing effortless. You don’t need to memorise dimensions or manually crop each file. Dash comes with pre-set download sizes for Instagram, Pinterest, TikTok, Facebook, LinkedIn, and X (Twitter) already built in. Just select your image, choose the format you need, adjust the crop if necessary, and voilĂ  — your asset is ready to go live. And it’s not just your internal team who benefits. With Dash portals, your retailers, distributors, and other partners can access your assets directly and resize them to the specs they need. No more endless requests for “one more version” of a product shot — your partners get what they need instantly, and your brand stays consistent wherever it appears. But that’s not all. Here are some more resizing features that’ll help you manage your visual content: There are loads of ways you can resize your images in Dash, but don’t take just our word for it. See what Forthglade’s graphic designer, David Keefe, says about Dash’s resizing functionality. “We get fewer requests now for branded graphics and logos because they’re all on Dash. People in other teams can do basic editing in Dash, like resizing graphics, so they don’t have to come through us. I’ve also noticed the briefs we get through are more specific, as everyone can see what assets we’ve already got available.” Dash doesn’t just help you resize images. It also has loads of other features that let you share content with your agencies, update your product listings in Shopify and collect user-generated content from your creators. If you’d like to learn more, read up on how Dash helps brands manage their visual content. If you’re not quite ready for Dash, you can make simple adjustments to your images on your devices. Here’s how to resize an image on a Mac. For Windows users, here’s a quick way to resize your images on your PC: The market is full of image tools that promise to do everything — from resizing and editing to justifying eye-watering subscription fees. (Sadly, none will make you a morning coffee
 yet.) But if you’re working with visual content every day, it’s worth asking: do you need more than a basic image resizer? Now that your images are resized and ready to go, it’s time to launch them into the world. 🚀 To make the process seamless, try Dash. We help ecommerce brands find, deploy, and share their visual content across social networks and other marketing channels. Take a look at some brands succeeding with Dash: đŸ”ïž Passenger use Dash to manage thousands of creative assets across their online platforms đŸș Brewdog uses Dash portals to help partners around the world sell their products 🎹 COAT paints uses Dash to launch products faster 🧮 RevAir saves 20 hours per month with Dash đŸ’« If you want to give Dash a try, you can take out a 14-day free trial – no strings attached. Lorraine Forrest-Turner is a professional copywriter, published author, playwright and communication skills tutor. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/how-to-scale-with-paid-media Title: Tips on using paid media to scale your brand | insights from DR.VEGANTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Learn 7 ways to scale your brand with paid media—insights from Sophie, the Head of Growth at DR.VEGAN. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/how-to-scale-with-paid-media ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Tips on using paid media to scale your brand | insights from DR.VEGAN H2: Sophie’s key takeaways from the podcast H2: 7 ways to scale your brand with paid media H3: 1. Drive down CPA by focusing on best performing products H3: 2. Use paid campaigns to drive newsletter subscriptions H3: 3. Use affiliate marketing to increase subscription revenue H3: 4. Encourage user-generated content H3: 5. Get a good balance of retention and acquisition H3: 6. Get inspiration from other brands H3: 7. Don’t be afraid to test everything H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Tips on using paid media to scale your brand | insights from DR.VEGAN H2: Sophie’s key takeaways from the podcast H2: 7 ways to scale your brand with paid media H3: 1. Drive down CPA by focusing on best performing products H3: 2. Use paid campaigns to drive newsletter subscriptions H3: 3. Use affiliate marketing to increase subscription revenue H3: 4. Encourage user-generated content H3: 5. Get a good balance of retention and acquisition H3: 6. Get inspiration from other brands H3: 7. Don’t be afraid to test everything H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Sophie Watson is the Head of Growth at DR. VEGAN, a UK-based vegan supplement brand for people who want to improve their health without sacrificing their ethics and values. Sophie oversees the brand's marketing strategy. From managing acquisition and retention strategies to executing paid media campaigns, she ensures that the DR.VEGAN brand is consistently growing. 📈 On our podcast, Ecommerce Marketing 101: How to Scale Your DTC Brand, I spoke to Sophie about how she uses paid media to grow the company. From awareness campaigns to affiliate marketing, you’ll find tips you can implement into your strategy right away. 🎧 Listen to Sophie’s original interview on our podcast: Ecommerce Marketing 101 â€đŸŽ„Watch Sophie’s full interview on YouTube. To get a flavour of Sophie’s tips for scaling your brand with paid media, here are some key takeaways: Let's dive into the ways Sophie uses paid media to drive growth with DR.VEGAN. 🚀 When Sophie first joined DR.VEGAN, the Meta account was organised by product. This was fine when the brand first launched because they only had a handful of SKUs. But as they’d grown, they’d increased to 25 SKUs and there was an attempt to promote every product. This just wasn’t feasible. When the message is diluted across too many products, it doesn't resonate as effectively. Sophie decided it was time to restructure the paid media account. She wanted to concentrate their ad spend on products that demonstrated strong performance. This included one-time-purchase best-sellers, as well as products that people continually buy (like their Menopause product). By focusing on best sellers, they managed to eliminate the scattered messaging across their ads. This also meant a decrease in cost per acquisition (CPA), so they could allocate resources to test and enhance other products. As Sophie says: “When your CPA is so high you just need it to come down in whatever way. So that was my main approach: to really focus on what we could see was working rather than spreading ourselves too thin.” 💡Key takeaway: Focus on your best-selling products. Bring down their CPAs, and you can focus on enhancing the rest of your product catalogue. Newsletter subscriptions are a great way to get new prospects into your marketing funnel. DR.VEGAN does this by using their website as a hub of education. Sophie says: “We are a real hub of education for a lot of consumers. We have over 200 blogs on our website about different health needs. If someone just comes to us for that content, that's great. Our brand’s goal is to educate and inspire people about nutrition and health.” They use paid awareness campaigns to direct visitors to these blog posts with the aim of converting them into newsletter subscribers. From there, they enter the marketing funnel and get served retargeting ads that aim to drive conversions. 💡Key takeaway: Don’t just sell—make sure you’re really educating your audience about the problems your product solves. Over time, this will lead to better brand awareness and people will be more likely to sign up to your newsletters. Another channel DR.VEGAN uses is affiliate marketing. Sophie says this has been strong for encouraging subscription purchases, which is important for increasing lifetime value. However it does require a lot of time and resources. Here are Sophie’s tips for running an affiliate program: 💡Key takeaway: Affiliate marketing can be super rewarding, but it may take some time to convince your boss. Focus on a specific niche and send sample products to publishers you want to work with to increase your chance of getting advertised. For DR. VEGAN, user-generated content (UGC) is super important. They use videos of actual, loyal customers discussing what their products have done for them. And these have driven conversions time and time again. Here are two ways Sophie gathers UGC: 💡Key takeaway: There are lots of budget-friendly ways to gather content from your customers. Read our full guide on user-generated content and discover how other brands are using it in their marketing campaigns. Sophie says it's really important that you have visibility on both retention and acquisition across all your channels. You might be great at acquiring customers, but if those customers aren’t staying for more than a month, then you'll need to work doubly hard to keep that revenue. Whilst acquisition is a lot more full on in terms of optimisation on a daily basis, retention strategies can be built up and kept ‘always-on’ in the background. Here are two ways DR. VEGAN ensure their customers stay engaged: 💡Key takeaway: Make sure you’ve got a balance of retention and acquisition activity. The better your retention rates, the more valuable your acquisitions will be. Finding inspiration from successful brands can help generate fresh ideas and improve your own campaigns. You can find inspiration on the Meta ad library. We asked Sophie if there were any that stood to her. Here’s her recommendations: Estrid is an ecommerce razor brand. Their approach includes a well-balanced mix of UGC, influencer collaborations, and simple static visuals that highlight their key unique selling points (USPs). One notable aspect of Estrid's ads is their clear brand identity, which remains consistent across all their marketing channels. This helps consumers easily recognise and connect with the brand. Mella is a sunglasses brand. Sophie has noticed their h significant growth in the past six months—she’s seen loads of people wearing them. She thinks this growth is through their Meta Ads campaigns. What sets Mella apart is their use of static visuals. This goes against the current trend of  video UGC content. The brand's ads usually feature professionally shot visuals alongside a clear and compelling message and a 241 deal. 💡Key takeaway: Do your research—use tools like the Meta (Facebook) ad library to see what other brands are up to. You can also check out our post that digs into 9 ecommerce advertising strategies. Sophie’s final and most important piece of advice for Growth Marketers is to test everything. In her own words: “When I say ‘test everything’, I mean don't just test what everyone else says works. UGC might work for you, but it might not work for someone else. Don't limit yourself to testing only the things that people suggest. Test any idea you have.” When you know something is working, double down on it. Don't spread yourself too thin. In startups, there's always a temptation to try every channel, but Sophie’s preferred approach is to focus on one channel and excel at it. “Once you have a channel that's working really well, then you can consider expanding your message.” 💡Key takeaway:  Test all your ideas. If something isn’t working, bin it. If it is working, you know where you should be doubling down. If you’d like to listen to Sophie's full episode, make sure to subscribe to our podcast: Ecommerce Marketing 101: How to Grow Your DTC Brand. Listen on Apple Podcasts Barney is the Marketing Lead for Dash. He writes about small business marketing strategies and how DTC brands can boost sales. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/how-to-send-large-files Title: How to send large files for your ecommerce business (when email isn’t working)Twitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Struggling with large file transfers? Learn how to send large files, including high-quality images and videos, using reliable tools like Dash, WeTransfer, and SharePoint. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/how-to-send-large-files ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: How to send large files for your ecommerce business (when email isn’t working) H2: When (and when not to use email) H2: Why you shouldn’t send large files via email đŸš« H2: 4 apps that will help you share large files easily H3: 1. Dash: DAM software for ecommerce businesses H3: 2. WeTransfer: online tool for large file transfers H3: 3. iCloud Drive: file management software for Apple devices H3: 4. SharePoint: online cloud storage service H2: How to send large files with Dash H2: Organise all your visual content in Dash easily H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: How to send large files for your ecommerce business (when email isn’t working) H2: When (and when not to use email) H2: Why you shouldn’t send large files via email đŸš« H2: 4 apps that will help you share large files easily H3: 1. Dash: DAM software for ecommerce businesses H3: 2. WeTransfer: online tool for large file transfers H3: 3. iCloud Drive: file management software for Apple devices H3: 4. SharePoint: online cloud storage service H2: How to send large files with Dash H2: Organise all your visual content in Dash easily H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content You’re launching a new product for your DTC business. You need to get new product images to your agencies, resellers, distributors and anybody else who needs them. Email can be a convenient way to send smaller files, like documents or the occasional image. But when you're handling large or multiple high-quality images and videos, email quickly becomes inefficient and hard to manage. đŸ˜© Frankly, most email clients, like Gmail, Outlook and Yahoo Mail, aren’t up to the job of sending lots of large high-quality images. They all have a file size cap, meaning you need to search for another way to send your content. In this article we’ll cover some alternatives you can use to send large files quickly, including our digital asset management software, Dash. First up, it’s good to note that sometimes email works just fine— like when you're sending small documents that don't exceed your email client’s file size limit. However, for regular large file transfers, multiple images, or managing numerous collaborators, email falls short. Here’s a short rundown of when and when not to use email for file transfers. When not to use email: As I’ve mentioned, there are times when email works perfectly fine. But if you're sharing large visual assets or need to regularly send multiple files, email can become manual, time-consuming, and difficult to track. Here are more reasons why email is not ideal for sending large files: 1. Your files can easily get lost The average person receives over 100 emails daily — from cold pitches to app notifications and newsletters. With so much going on in their inbox, your resellers and collaborators can easily miss your messages containing important visual assets. 2. File size limitations As I mentioned, you can’t send files exceeding a specific size as email attachments. The exact limit varies depending on your email service. Gmail, for example, won’t let you attach or send larger than 25 MB in total. Here’s a look at the file size limits for other popular email clients: Email file size limits Total attachment size limits To get around this problem, you might try sending large files using online storage systems like Google Drive and Dropbox. For example, you’ll upload the audio or video into Google Drive and then share the link via email. But this leads to a new set of problems because file storage services aren't built for visual content sharing, either. 2. File management systems can't handle your visual content SharePoint, Google Drive and other file managers work well for document management but lack the features needed to organise and manage your visual assets effectively. For example, Google Drive reduces your beautiful product images and video previews into generic thumbnails that look like this. Compare this to how stunning your images are in a DAM tool like Dash and the difference is as clear as day. Just look at this screenshot from one of Dash’s DTC customers, Goodrays. 😍 (And scoot down this article for a more detailed look at digital asset management). It’s also hard to find images stored in Drive due to its archaic naming system. Your partners and resellers have to remember the exact file name for product images or risk using the wrong ones for their online stores and product campaigns. It’s clear why email isn’t the best way to share high-resolution images and videos. Here are four file transfer applications you can use to send large files to your ecommerce partners. Dash provides everything you need to manage visual content for your growing ecommerce businesses, including file sharing. You can send large images and videos via public portals, collections, or links in your Dash. More on these later. Dash’s really affordable, too. Our pricing starts at ÂŁ99/$139 per month and gives you access to all our features for unlimited users. Depending on your plan, you can get up to 200 GB of storage, which allows you to send and receive as many ecommerce assets as required. You can also purchase additional storage anytime you want, meaning you’re not paying for anything you don’t need. WeTransfer lets you send large files (up to 2 GB) for free. Beyond that, you’ll need to subscribe to one of its paid plans, starting at $10 per person/month. You don't need a WeTransfer account to use it. Simply go to the website, upload your file and add the recipient's email. If you don't want to send the files via email, you can copy and share the WeTransfer link with the recipient directly. The download link expires after seven days, and WeTransfer will delete any files sent using the free plan. If your partners haven't downloaded the content by then, you'll need to send it to them again. iCloud is the file management system for Apple Devices. There are two ways to use it to share large files: iCloud has many of the downsides associated with popular file management systems like Google Drive and Dropbox. Also, its maximum file size is 50GB, which is pretty small compared to other file transfer software like Dash. SharePoint is a web-based platform that integrates with Microsoft Office. It is primarily used as a document management and storage system but also includes features such as wikis, blogs, and social networking capabilities. SharePoint is good for sending and receiving documents within your team. But it doesn’t work well when you try to share visual content with people outside your organisation, like freelancers and agency partners. It’s also hard to browse through images in SharePoint to find what you need quickly. If you want to learn more about SharePoint’s limitations, check out Amy’s detailed guide comparing SharePoint to digital asset managers like Dash. There are three ways to share big files with resellers and agencies in your Dash. You can track all the assets you've sent in your shares tab, regardless of the method. 1. Create a public portal of your Dash Let’s say you just onboarded a new reseller for your online store. You don’t want to add them as a new user to your brand’s Dash account but need an easy way to share high-quality product images that resellers can use on their websites. That’s where portals come in. A portal is a permanent, public, searchable view of selected folders from your Dash account. It’s a mini-version of your Dash and delivers the same branded experience to visitors. They can search for assets easily and download them in one click for projects. You can create multiple portals for different projects and collaborators and add passcodes to restrict access. Then, invite visitors to your new portal with a shareable link. 2. Create quick share links to assets A share link lets you send assets to people in your team, as well as external partners. All you need to do is select the assets you want to share, click the “share button” to generate the link, and share it with the recipient either directly or by entering their email in Dash. You can also set an expiration date and download permissions to control how the recipient uses your assets. Upon receipt, the recipient will see a preview of all the content you sent. They can download all of them or select what they want based on the file permissions. 3. Create and share collections A collection is a group of visual assets related to a specific project. For example, say you're working on a new product launch and want to send updated images to your PR team. In that case, you can create and share a collection with them. This streamlines your work so that everyone involved in a project can find the assets they need quickly. Creating a collection is easy. First, you'll create a new collection and give it a name. Next, select assets you want to add to that collection. And finally, share it with your team mates. Anyone with the link can view your collection. You can send the link via email or directly. Don’t forget to set up download permissions and link expiration dates. While email has its uses for quick or small file-sharing tasks, a dedicated tool like Dash is the perfect solution when you need more control, organisation, and efficiency in handling your brand’s visual content. Beyond file sharing you can use Dash to: For a full list of features, check out why you need an ecommerce DAM like Dash. If you want to try it for yourself, you can grab a 14-day free trial, no credit card required. ✹ Faith Uzuegbu is a content marketer and freelance writer for B2B SaaS and tech companies like ClassPass, PlayPlay, and Thinkific. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/how-to-support-the-lgbtqia-community Title: How your brand can support the LGBTQIA+ communityTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Here are some fantastic DTC brands supporting the LGBTQIA+ community, along with tips on how you can too. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/how-to-support-the-lgbtqia-community ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: How your brand can support the LGBTQIA+ community H2: 5 brands that actively support the LGBTQIA+ community H3: 1. Happy Socks - design Pride-themed products H3: 2. Ratchet Clothing - promote underserved LGBTQ+ communities H3: 3. GC2B - donate your products H3: 4. MAC - be a platform for good H3: 5. Jecca Black - remove gender bias from your marketing H2: How your brand can support the LGBTQIA+ community this Pride 💕 H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: How your brand can support the LGBTQIA+ community H2: 5 brands that actively support the LGBTQIA+ community H3: 1. Happy Socks - design Pride-themed products H3: 2. Ratchet Clothing - promote underserved LGBTQ+ communities H3: 3. GC2B - donate your products H3: 4. MAC - be a platform for good H3: 5. Jecca Black - remove gender bias from your marketing H2: How your brand can support the LGBTQIA+ community this Pride 💕 H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content On the 28th of June, 1969, New York police raided The Stonewall Inn, a popular queer bar in Greenwich VIllage. The response was an uprising from the LGBTQIA+ community, who fought back during a series of riots that lasted several nights. Their courage sparked a movement that has changed the landscape of LGBTQIA+ rights. Now, Pride Month serves as a powerful reminder of the community’s resilience, progress, and ongoing struggle for equality. Many businesses show up in support of Pride every year. Whether through donations to LGBTQIA+ organisations or ongoing projects to help break barriers for underrepresented communities—every action is a signal of allyship. In this article, we’re highlighting ecommerce brands who are actively making moves to support and improve the lives of LGBTQIA+ people around the world. Hopefully, their work can spark some great ideas for your brand too. 🌈 When you authentically support Pride, you’re supporting the fight for equality. Here are 5 brands that actively support and champion the LGBTQIA+ community. Depending on the type of product you sell, it could be relatively easy for you to create designs that celebrate Pride. These could be special edition products with proceeds going to a Pride or LGBTQAI+ organisation of your choice. Take Happy Socks who sell beautiful socks featuring eye-catching designs that promote happiness. They regularly design special edition products to promote different causes. These rainbow socks are inspired by the Progress Pride Flag designed by Daniel Quasar and 10% of the proceeds go to charity. 🌈 Key takeaway: Celebrate Pride month by creating fun, special edition designs for your products - and make sure proceeds go towards a LGBTQIA+ organisation of your choice. Here’s a list of UK-based organisations that your brand could donate to. Pride supports people from the entire LGBTQIA+ spectrum. Your brand can do the same by being inclusive to all communities. Take Ratchet Clothing, the unisex clothing brand that aims to create t-shirts that everybody can feel comfortable in. Their tie dye t-shirts make sure to incorporate people from all identities including asexual, non-binary and trans. đŸłïžâ€đŸŒˆđŸłïžâ€âš§ïž Key takeaway: Don’t forget to celebrate all identities. If you can’t create a product specifically for Pride, you could donate to an organisation that supports underrepresented communities. Does your brand sell a product that could help people during the Pride celebrations? Why not donate! GC2B, for example, is a DTC brand that sells binders for trans men pre-surgery. These help people flatten their chests and offer an alternative to top surgery. GC2B partners with organisations all over the world and regularly donates binders to help lower the barrier to access gender and life affirming binders. Check out their Philanthropic program that shows all the work they’ve already done to help 260+ communities around the globe. Key takeaway: As well as donating money to LGBTQIA+ causes, you could donate some of your products. For example, items like costumes, make-up or refreshments, might come in handy for people during Pride celebrations. Alternatively, if you sell life-affirming products like binders, donating these can go a long way to supporting people in the long-term. As a growing business, you have a unique opportunity to cement your brand's values and strive to make a positive impact in the world from the outset. Many challenger brands base their entire product and mission around the causes they believe in. Take the popular makeup brand MAC cosmetics. They’re well-known for their long-standing support of marginalised communities. For Pride Month, they run the ‘Mac Loves Pride’ campaign that promotes their long-standing partnerships with LGBTQIA+ organisations. For this, they partner with queer influencers and amplify queer voices from around the world. For the consumer, they offer make-up lookbooks to help people show off their authentic selves. Key takeaway: As a brand, you hold real power in the world. Do something good with it by supporting causes you truly care about. This could be as easy as creating Pride products collections on your website to encourage your customers to celebrate with you. Some products are historically associated with a particular gender. Makeup, for example, is stereotypically aimed at cis and trans women. Being able to break down these stereotypes and market products to a more inclusive audience is a great way to show your support for the LBGTQIA+ community. Brands like Jecca Blac, a cruelty-free makeup brand, create gender-free cosmetics that aim to empower everybody to feel their best self. Jecca Blac breaks boundaries by showing that there’s really no reason for makeup to be marketed at a specific gender. Key takeaway: Consider removing gender bias in your marketing. If you sell beauty products, think about why your images and copy might be geared towards women. Consider the ways you could broaden it to include a more diverse audience. Now you’ve seen how other brands do it, it’s time to take action. Here are some things to bear in mind as you create your Pride campaigns. In aid of Pride, Dash are donating ÂŁ500 to Galop, who support LGBTQIA+ people who’ve experienced domestic abuse, sexual violence, hate crimes or conversion therapy. We’re also selling special edition Dash t-shirts on our merch store, designed by our UX Designer, Ben. All proceeds will go to Galop. 💕 Amy Burchill is the SEO and Content Manager for Dash. She works with ecommerce experts to create articles for DTC brands wanting to improve their campaigns. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/how-to-take-great-product-photos Title: Take great photos of your ecommerce productsTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: DTC brands need lots of product photography. In this article, photographer Toby Lamborn offers his top tips for shooting great imagery for your online channels. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/how-to-take-great-product-photos ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Take great photos of your ecommerce products H2: What’s the difference between product listings and campaign imagery? H2: How to take the best product images for your brand? H3: Set expectations for your customers H3: Prioritise consistency H3: Manipulate lighting to highlight functional elements of your product H3: Use a retoucher H2: How to shoot great campaign imagery? H3: Be more creative and less practical H3: Create a simple narrative H2: How to get the best product shots for your brand H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Take great photos of your ecommerce products H2: What’s the difference between product listings and campaign imagery? H2: How to take the best product images for your brand? H3: Set expectations for your customers H3: Prioritise consistency H3: Manipulate lighting to highlight functional elements of your product H3: Use a retoucher H2: How to shoot great campaign imagery? H3: Be more creative and less practical H3: Create a simple narrative H2: How to get the best product shots for your brand H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Ecommerce brands need lots of product photography. You know all this already. But the real challenge, whether you’re shooting for an online store or your next marketing campaign, is the balance between making it look nice and showing what it can do - in other words, looks vs features. Campaign imagery leans more into a sense of narrative; whilst product listings will likely be more consistent and highlight the product features. I’ve been working with DTC paint brand COAT for the last two years. In this time, I've experienced lots of different styles of shooting. So, in this article, I’ll dive into the differences between taking photos of products for your website, and photos of products for your marketing campaigns. By the end, you should have a good understanding of how you can go about taking your own images. (or what to ask for if you’re working as a photographer). The real challenge with ecommerce photography is finding a balance between aesthetic and functionality. Whether you’re shooting for a campaign or for your product listings, you need to show what the product does whilst making it look good. Before we get into the techniques each type of photography requires, let’s distinguish between campaign versus website imagery. Here are two things to consider: Product listing imagery are the photos showcased on your website. 75% of ecommerce shoppers say product photos influence their buying decisions, so it’s really important you’re snapping your images in the best light. In this section, I’ll walk you through some techniques I use when taking product photos for COAT. I’ll be using examples that I shot for their website—but you can easily apply these techniques for your brand. Firstly, when you’re planning a photoshoot for website photography, it's really important to set solid expectations for your customers. That means you need to understand the most important elements of your product. The most essential parts of COAT’s products are the paint tin and the colour. Whilst the tin is crucial for branding purposes, we also need to prioritise the paint colour as, ultimately, that’s what customers are buying. Being clear on what’s important to display to customers will help you make practical decisions that aid your photoshoot planning. Product imagery on your website can typically be found in two sections. Firstly, you have a central product page. This often has a scrollable screen where customers can view all your products in one go. Secondly, each product has its own dedicated page with refined imagery that’s tailored to that item. This means product images not only need to look good individually, but also when displayed alongside lots of other pictures. That’s why it’s crucial to prioritise consistency during the creative process. Of course, every brand is different: Some embrace a more relaxed and less-uniformed feel—and it works for them. In COAT’s case, however, it would be a sensory overload to have loads of different variations of photography when you’re scrolling through the website. Instead, each image has been taken in the same place, with the same shadow and line effect (which I’ll talk about later). Key takeaway: You don’t want to overwhelm your website visitors. Keep your product shots consistent so it’s easy for them to make a buying decision. Even with something as seemingly as simple as paint, you need to show the functional elements of the product. For COAT, that means showing a single paint colour in lots of different lights so customers can visualise the colour at different points around their house. Here’s how we created COAT’s website product shots (all of which you can find over on the product pages). The strong line of shadow adds depth to the branded elements (the tin) and gives the customer as much information about the paint colour as possible. The fluctuation of light helps them see what the colour would like in their home at different times of day. Key takeaway: Your product shots need to give your customers as much information as possible. So make sure to consider what it might look like in different situations and use camera equipment to help manipulate the lighting to achieve the results you need. To maintain a consistent visual product catalogue, shootwith retouching in mind. Retouching in photography is the process of enhancing or modifying images to improve visual appeal, correct imperfections, and achieve a desired aesthetic. This can involve adjusting colours, removing blemishes and smoothing skin tones. For COAT, we need our website photography to adapt to new colours. To maintain one look across the whole platform, we usually shoot the paint tins against a neutral base colour (like white) and then re-touch it afterwards. Sure, we could have painted loads of different walls but, trust me, that’s going to get very boring very quickly.  😅 Chat to a retoucher before shooting loads of product photography. They can advise you on what limitations your ideas might come against. For example, you might commit to a really elaborate photoshoot idea, not realising how much time and money it’s going to take to execute during the editing process. Key takeaway: To keep a cohesive visual product catalogue, approach your photoshoot with retouching in mind. For example, you could shoot your products against a neutral background to make it easier to edit later. Campaign product imagery is the visuals you use to make your product as exciting as possible. Its goal is to hook customers in with something unique and inspiring, which means the functional elements of your imagery can be a bit more relaxed. Here are my tips on creating campaign imagery for your products. Campaigns are your chance to get creative. You don’t need to pay so much attention to your product’s features. Instead, you can build a story. Perfume adverts are a great example of campaign narratives that don’t highlight any functional elements of the product. Take Pleasing. They’re an apparel and beauty brand, but recently released three fragrances each with their own campaign visuals. Whilst each perfume has its own narrative, they still stay consistent to the core brand. Here’s a promo video that went live after the perfume launch. OUR FRAGRANCE IS HEREEEEE!! ❀ Closeness, Rivulets, and Bright, Hot, are available now at Pleasing.com and in-store in New York City (61 Crosby Street) and Los Angeles (1108 Abbot Kinney Blvd) upon opening at 11am EST local time.   Pleasing Fragrance can also be found at @theofficialselfridges London, Birmingham, Manchester Trafford and Manchester Exchange Square stores. Arriving on the 20th of November at @doverstreetparfumsmarket. Find your Pleasing Fragrance. If you continue to Pleasing’s website, the product images are incredibly straightforward compared with the campaign visuals. Of course, not every brand’s product allows for the same level of subjectivity as a perfume campaign. But it shows how different your campaign and website product imagery can be. Audiences aren’t expecting a four-hour Scorsese epic from you. You can create a narrative for your products whilst still keeping it simple (and affordable). We did this for COAT’s summer edit campaign. Four limited edition colours were released all within the same colour palette, but each had different inspiration behind it. We needed to display their differences whilst making them work, not only with each other, but with the look of the brand. So we broke down the campaign narrative into two building blocks. First, we needed to frame the ‘summer’ narrative. Secondly, we wanted to go in-depth with each colour as they’re all inspired by a different part of the Mediterranean. Here’s an example that encapsulates the narrative we were aiming for. The technique I used for this shot is very similar to the product listing imagery that I mentioned earlier. Both use the harsh, straight line of light but they achieve different results for different reasons. Whilst the light in the product listing is very practical and helps customers see the paint in different lights; the lighting in the campaign image adds to the summer narrative. It’s like sunlight catching the edges of a window in a Mediterranean villa. Unfortunately it was grey in the UK at this point, so we couldn’t rely on the natural light. So instead of a natural Moroccan sunset (I wish!), we used a flash instead. Creating a compelling narrative doesn't always demand grandeur. Warm colours, location-inspired styling, and thoughtful lighting can provide an instant connection for your audience, tapping into their own imaginations. The tips in this article should give you a great starting point for shooting product images for your brand. Whether you’re after campaign imagery or product shots - it's easy to adapt your lighting and equipment to suit your needs. Alternatively, if you’re interested in hiring a freelance photographer, get in touch with Toby over on his LinkedIn page. ✹ Toby shoots a range of photography to fit lots of different briefs including ecommerce, interiors and lifestyle. Most brands have a story to tell and Toby enjoys the process of translating this into a narrative and aesthetic that sets them apart from others. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/how-we-organised-our-digital-assets Title: How we reorganised our images and videos in DashTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Learn how we tidied up our team's Dash account and find out how we can help you organise your digital assets. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/how-we-organised-our-digital-assets ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: How we reorganised our images and videos in Dash H3: What does Dash’s onboarding process look like? H3: How does the Dash team use Dash? H3: What was the problem with Dash’s organisation system? H3: How we reorganised our own Dash H3: How to organise your images and videos in Dash H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: How we reorganised our images and videos in Dash H3: What does Dash’s onboarding process look like? H3: How does the Dash team use Dash? H3: What was the problem with Dash’s organisation system? H4: They couldn’t find their assets quickly H4: It was unclear what assets were approved for use H4: The tags and fields made no sense H3: How we reorganised our own Dash H4: Adding fields and tags to assets H4: Creating a simple folder structure H4: Getting the Dash team up to speed H3: How to organise your images and videos in Dash H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content We’ve got a confession to make: sometimes our team doesn’t practise very good digital asset management. Don’t get me wrong—we’re really good at helping brands manage their visual content. As Sales and Onboarding managers, Al and I work with new customers to help organise their new Dash accountBut sometimes we let our own Dash organisation slip. We might forget to tag our images properly or someone will consistently save files in random folders (you know who you are 👀). So we decided it was time to clean up the Dash team’s Dash (yes, we’ll be saying ‘Dash’ a lot in this post). And we’d like to give you an insight into the process. We hope this article will give you tips on organising your own Dash and, if you’ve not got an account yet, it’ll show you what it’s like to work with us. ✹ Before we dive into the steps we took to clean up the Dash account, here’s a quick summary of what the process looked like: Overall, it was a really quick process. But let’s dig in deeper so you can see each step in detail. Like many of our customers, we use our Dash to find, share and deploy marketing and sales materials. We store visual content like branding assets, product graphics, G2 badges, client logos and much more. Here are some of the ways the team use Dash: In short: we use Dash a lot. But over time our folder structures and general file management got a bit unwieldy. This meant our team were struggling to find images. The best way to find out what’s wrong with your file organisation system is to chat with the people who use it every day. In our case—and like many of our customers—it's the marketing team, along with our UX designer, Ben, who uses Dash the most. We hopped on a video call and dug into the reasons why Dash wasn’t working well for them. Here’s a pic of us all because
 why not? 😉 Here are some of the issues the team were having with Dash. The biggest issue was that nobody could find what they needed quickly. Dash is designed to help you find your content fast, but the marketing and UX teams hadn’t been tagging images properly. A quick look at the Dash account showed the team were using a lot of folders. They had top-level folders, which were followed by loads of subfolders. Many of the folders had a similar purpose. For example, the folders titled ‘new site product screenshots’ and ‘product shots’ contained the same assets. Whilst folders are good to have, it’s important not to rely too heavily on them. When you’ve got people working in different functions, they may not know whether to save the latest brand graphics in the marketing or design folder—so they end up creating a new folder altogether. This just contributes to an already long list of folders. đŸ€“ Take a look at Charlie’s post to learn how to make better use of folders in Dash. We rebranded and launched a new website in 2022, so our Dash was filled with new and old brand assets. This is fine as long as you’ve got a good way to distinguish between the two. Our team didn’t. The confusing folder structure meant people had been saving new and old logos in different places. And sometimes both new and old logos were stored in the same folder. Anyone new to our team would be unsure what assets were okay to be used in the wild. Once we’d determined that disorganised folders were stopping the team from getting the most out of Dash, we had a look at one of the most useful file management features: tags and fields. Tags and fields are what separate Dash from general shared drives like Google Drive and Dropbox. They allow you to search in multiple ways and mean you don’t have to remember file names when you’re looking for assets. They also let you save assets across multiple folders without needing to create duplicate files. The only way the Dash team were using tags and fields was to organise their G2 badges. For context, G2 is a software review site where customers can rate SaaS products. Every season we’re rewarded new badges depending on how our customers have rated us. Badges play a huge part in our marketing, so it's important they’re easy to find. These badges had been organised using fields. The problem was the fields weren’t labelled properly and they were only beneficial to one specific folder. (It's much better to create fields that span across all folders). Now you can see some of the issues the Dash team was having, keep reading to find out how we fixed them. After chatting with the team, it was clear what needed to change. Firstly, they needed a standard process of how to manage their DAM. This included a folder structure that meets everyone’s needs and fields that everyone is aware of and can use effectively. Secondly, they needed a clear way of differentiating between old and new assets and knowing what was approved for external use. To identify what fields we needed to implement in Dash’s Dash, we asked the team how they’d like to search for their assets. Some of the ideas they gave us included being able to search by content ‘theme’. This would indicate whether an asset contained a customer testimonial or it was promoting a particular product benefit. So, we set up a ‘theme’ field and added tags for the team to filter through. When setting up your own fields, consider how you and your team want to search for content. The best part is you can make fields super-specific to your brand. For example, one of our customers, Emmy London, uses brand-specific fields like ‘season’, ‘heel type’ and ‘shot type’ to define their assets. They then use tags to drill down into each field. 💡 Make sure you and your team are filling out fields whenever they upload a new asset to Dash. This makes them easy to search for again in the future. To map out your folder structure, we recommend identifying your most important asset groups. These could belong to team functions like ‘branding’, ‘marketing’ or ‘design’. If you’re an ecommerce brand, you might want to split your folders into product assets, collections, marketing campaigns, etc. For the Dash team, the most important groups included branding, marketing and G2 badges. We also added an ‘archive’ folder to pop all those old brand assets into. Next, we sorted out the different sub-folders to sit within these top-level folders. Remember those chaotic G2 badge fields we mentioned earlier? Instead of listing every season and month, we split the sub-folders into different award categories. We then added a field that lets the team tag the year and season. So if we’re looking for customer support badges from 2022, we can find what we need in seconds. ✹ Dash is really easy to use. Its intuitive user interface means new customers don’t take long to get up to speed. However, to get the most out of your Dash, it’s important to make sure your team is aware of how your tags, fields and folder structures are set up. Encouraging them to tag assets and save new images into the relevant folders means your Dash will be super searchable and effective. So after we’d restructured the Dash account, we jumped on another call together and walked the team through the new system. They were super happy with the changes and we rolled the new system out the the rest of the company. 🙌 Now you can see how easy it is to manage your assets in Dash. Here’s a quick summary of the key points to remember: If you’re considering Dash, or you’d like a member of the team to review your account, feel free to book a call and we’ll be more than happy to get you up to speed. Alternatively, start a free 14-day trial below! 👇 Lea is Dash's Sales and Onboarding Manager. She is passionate about helping brands evolve and grow through understanding the value of Dash. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/image-relay-alternatives Title: Image Relay vs Dash: Which is better for your brand?Twitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Both Dash and Image Relay are good digital asset management options for your ecommerce brands. But which one has the edge? Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/image-relay-alternatives ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Image Relay vs Dash: Which is better for your brand? H2: What is digital asset management (DAM)? H2: DAM vs PIM: which best describes Image Relay? H3: What are the benefits of digital asset management? H3: Image Relay: Pros and cons H3: Image Relay alternatives: Choosing the right DAM platform H3: How Dash compares to Image Relay for ecommerce brands H3: Image Relay vs. Dash: Features H3: Image Relay vs. Dash: Pricing H3: Image Relay vs. Dash: Integrations H3: Image Relay vs. Dash: User interface and user experience H3: How to implement a digital asset management system H3: How to decide if Image Relay is the  right digital asset management for your brand H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Image Relay vs Dash: Which is better for your brand? H2: What is digital asset management (DAM)? H2: DAM vs PIM: which best describes Image Relay? H3: What are the benefits of digital asset management? H3: Image Relay: Pros and cons H4: Image Relay Pros H4: Image Relay Cons H3: Image Relay alternatives: Choosing the right DAM platform H4: Dash - for growing ecommerce brands H4: Brandfolder - for enterprise companies H4: Bynder - another option for large organisations H4: Akeneo – for managing product information at scale H3: How Dash compares to Image Relay for ecommerce brands H3: Image Relay vs. Dash: Features H3: Image Relay vs. Dash: Pricing H3: Image Relay vs. Dash: Integrations H3: Image Relay vs. Dash: User interface and user experience H4: Image Relay vs Dash: Customer support H3: How to implement a digital asset management system H3: How to decide if Image Relay is the  right digital asset management for your brand H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content If you work for a growing ecommerce brand, you know how important your visual content is. And choosing the right digital asset management (DAM) tool is key to making sure that content works hard across all your marketing channels. Image Relay has long positioned itself as a DAM solution for growing brands, with features that help you organise, manage and distribute your assets. But in 2024, Image Relay was acquired by enterprise DAM provider Canto—a move that could signal some big changes ahead. While the company says it’ll continue to operate separately for now, it’s worth keeping an eye on how this acquisition might shape the product in future. Meanwhile, Dash (that’s us!) remains independently owned and laser-focused on helping ecommerce brands grow. We’re built to help small and mid-sized teams get content live, fast—with features that make finding, sharing and deploying assets feel effortless. So which DAM is the better fit for your brand? 👀 In this comparison guide, we’ll explore Image Relay’s pros and cons, how it stacks up against Dash, and some other DAM alternatives worth considering. By the end, you’ll have a clearer idea of which tool will help your brand grow. Digital asset management (DAM) helps you keep all your visual content—like product images, videos, and marketing graphics—in one tidy, searchable place. Instead of digging through cluttered Google Drive folders or chasing files over Slack, a DAM gives your team a single source of truth. You can store, organise, find and share your assets easily—so your brand stays consistent and your workflows stay fast. In recent years, Image Relay has added product information management (PIM) functionality. That means you can manage key product details—like specs, descriptions, and SKUs—alongside your visual assets. It’s pitched as an “all-in-one” library for both creative and product content. Sounds good in theory, but it’s worth considering whether you really need both in one tool. If your main goal is to manage and deploy marketing assets efficiently, a focused DAM (like Dash) could be a better fit. Especially if you already have a separate system for product data or you’re not quite ready to invest in a full PIM setup. And let’s not forget: Image Relay was recently acquired by Canto, another enterprise DAM vendor. While that might signal a bigger product roadmap, it could also mean changes are on the way—particularly if your team’s looking for a more nimble, ecommerce-focused solution. If you're after a tool that helps your brand get content into campaigns fast—with AI tagging, search, built-in resizing, and portals for retailers—Dash has your back. If you’re searching for a DAM solution, we expect you’ll already have a good idea of how it can benefit your business. But here’s a list to help you know what to look for when comparing DAM vendors. In summary, a great DAM solution doesn’t just store your files—it helps your team work faster, stay organised, and make more of the content you’ve already invested in. First up, let’s take a look at some of Image Relay’s pros and cons for ecommerce marketers—ideal if you don’t have much time to read through the full comparison further down the article. As we mentioned, Image Relay is now owned by Canto. While it’s still early days, this acquisition could signal changes to how Image Relay’s tools evolve. The information in this section is based on what we know prior to the acquisition, with the assumption that not much has changed in the platform (yet). Connect product information with your assets One of Image Relay’s standout features is its built-in product information management (PIM) tool, available through its Marketing Delivery platform. This lets you manage product data—like SKUs, specs, and descriptions—alongside your visual content. It’s a handy combo for large ecommerce teams managing thousands of products. But it’s worth noting that PIM is sold separately from the DAM (or bundled at a higher cost), and it’s unclear how this setup might change now it’s part of the Canto product family. Create basic marketing templatesImage Relay includes a templating feature that lets teams build simple marketing materials like flyers, banners, and posters. It’s useful for sharing branded content with partners and retailers. That said, the templates are pretty limited in terms of layout and design control—so if you’re after more creative freedom, you’ll likely stick with tools like Canva or Adobe Creative Cloud. Supports a variety of industries While ecommerce is a clear focus for Image Relay, it also caters to sectors like manufacturing, tourism, and industrial supplies. That broad appeal may work if you're in a mixed-industry organisation. But if you're looking for a DAM laser-focused on ecommerce workflows, Dash is a better fit. We’ve built features, integrations, and workflows specifically for fast-moving marketing teams—not generic use cases across dozens of industries. Confusing, high-cost pricingNow that Image Relay belongs to Canto, you’ll have to deal with hidden pricing. However, according to our research, Canto’s DAM solution could set you back $600 per month. If you want to use Image Relay’s PIM solution as well, you’ll have to book a demo to find out how much it's going to cost you. With Dash, pricing starts at $139/month. You get all features, unlimited users, and only pay more if you need extra storage or downloads. Clunky user interface You won’t find Image Relay listed on G2 anymore—likely due to its recent acquisition by Canto. But before the platform disappeared, we got a glimpse of its interface through customer reviews and screenshots. And to be honest? It looked pretty clunky and uninspiring.It’s not going to do your brand visuals justice—especially if you’re a creative team working with high-quality content. Dash, on the other hand, has a beautiful user interface. 😍 Here’s a side-by-side comparison so you can see for yourself. If you’re here because you’d like to check out some of the different DAMs on the market, you’ve come to the right place. Here are some Image Relay alternatives for you to consider. If you're a growing ecommerce brand, Dash (that’s us) is a strong alternative. Our pricing is designed with smaller teams in mind—starting at just ÂŁ99/$139 per month. You’ll get access to all features from day one, including our Shopify and Canva integrations, and you can invite unlimited users at no extra cost. Dash is purpose-built for ecommerce workflows, helping you organise, share, and deploy your content fast. Brandfolder stands as one of the best DAMs for enterprise companies. It's got loads of features and integrations and serves some of the biggest companies in the world. It has a slick interface and offers lots of complex functionality— ideal if you're a massive brand with teams all over the world. Pricing however starts from around $1600 per month (yes, you read that right đŸ€Ż) so it’st not the best choice if you're a smaller company. Read our article about Brandfolder alternatives for a deeper dive. Possibly the most well-known DAM on our list is Bynder. It's been around since 2013 and has established itself as a market leader. With thousands of big names on its client list, it's clear Bynder is a popular choice amongst enterprise companies. But, as with most digital asset management software vendors, it comes with a hefty price tag. You'll be looking at around $450 for the most basic DAM package. And Bynder charges per user (as one of our customers who left Bynder for Dash, Fwip, discovered). So if you're a growing brand you'll quickly see the monthly costs rack up. Read more in our article that delves into Bynder's pros and cons. Since Image Relay is more PIM-weighted now it’s been acquired by Canto, we thought we’d throw a PIM solution into the mix. Akeneo offers a popular PIM system that helps ecommerce brands manage and enrich their product information across multiple channels. It’s especially useful for growing DTC brands with expanding product ranges or those selling across marketplaces like Amazon, Shopify, or retail partners. With Akeneo, you can centralise product descriptions, SKUs, technical specs, and translations in one place—making it easier to keep your product data accurate, consistent, and ready for launch. If you’re scaling fast and need a reliable PIM to support your content operations, Akeneo is a strong contender. Now let’s take a closer look at how Image Relay stacks up against Dash. Since both tools claim to support ecommerce workflows, we’ll focus on the features that matter most when you’re running an online store—like collecting content from creators, organising assets for easy retrieval, and getting product visuals out to market quickly. Both platforms offer useful tools like AI-powered tagging and metadata search, but there are some key differences in how they’re built—and who they’re really built for. Dash is designed specifically for DTC brands, so everything from the layout to the features are shaped around fast-moving marketing teams. If you want the full breakdown, take a look at our complete list of DAM features. Image Relay and Dash are pretty neck-and-neck when it comes to the features they offer. Both include features like AI tagging, bulk uploading and downloading and customisable user permissions. There are a few differences, however. Let’s break them down: The main feature that separates the two tools is Image Relay’s Marketing Delivery platform. This is geared towards ecommerce brands who want a PIM platform and is often used by companies with hundreds of thousands of products and SKU codes. As we’ve mentioned, it’s unclear how much extra you’ll need to pay on top of the standard digital asset management system now they’ve been acquired by Canto. But it’s certainly worth checking out if you’ve got the budget to spare. One of the standout features of Image Relay is its robust metadata search, which allows users to quickly locate specific files within large asset libraries. Additionally, Image Relay helps maintain brand consistency by ensuring that brand integrity is preserved across all channels and at scale. Dash features Dash, on the other hand, has a set of features that ecommerce brands will find super helpful—many of which Image Relay doesn’t support. Most notably, Portals and Guest Uploads. Dash also excels at search, using AI to tag your content and make it easier to find assets fast. Dash is built with growing ecommerce brands in mind—so everything is designed to help you get your content out into the world quickly, without fuss. When it comes to clear, affordable pricing, Dash is hard to beat. Plans start at just ÂŁ99 / $139 per month—and every plan includes all features and unlimited users. You’ll only pay more if you need extra storage or a higher download allowance, which means you can scale your usage without being forced into a pricey upgrade. It’s designed to deliver great ROI from the moment you get started. Take a look at our pricing page for the full breakdown. Image Relay, now owned by Canto, no longer offers public pricing. You’ll need to book a demo to get a quote—which makes budgeting and long-term planning trickier. Based on what we’ve found in our research, Canto’s pricing typically starts at around $600 per month, but this can climb significantly depending on your needs and the features you want access to. If you're a growing ecommerce brand, that’s a steep cost—especially when there are more flexible, transparent options on the table. We won’t lie—Image Relay previously offered more integrations than Dash, with over 40 tools you could connect to your account. However, since Image Relay was acquired by Canto in 2024, it’s unclear what integrations are still supported or how they’ll be managed moving forward. If integrations are key to your workflow, you may need to dig a little deeper or book a demo to find out what’s currently available. That said, from what we can see, Image Relay / Canto and Dash offer core integrations with tools like Shopify, WordPress, Hootsuite, Google Drive, Dropbox, Box and Slack. Dash also includes a few extras that are especially useful for ecommerce teams, such as Canva and our powerful Shopify integration. You can view our full list of integrations to see how Dash slots into your existing tech stack. We know growing your ecommerce brand takes time—which is why Dash is designed to be fast, intuitive, and simple to use. There’s no steep learning curve here. Your assets are front and centre, displayed in big, bold thumbnails that make browsing a breeze. You can quickly narrow down your search using tags, filters, and custom fields—all without clicking through endless menus. Even the admin area is clean and easy to navigate, so adjusting user permissions or updating fields can be done in just a few clicks. Before Image Relay was bought by Canto, it also got decent feedback when it came to usability. Customers said it was “visually simple” and generally easy to navigate. But with its recent acquisition, we’re not sure if or how the user experience might change down the line. Let’s take a look at how both platforms stack up in practice—especially when it comes to viewing and managing individual assets. After all, this is where you’ll spend a lot of your time. Here's a side-by-side comparison of how an asset looks in Dash vs Image Relay. [side by side comparison] We’ll let you decide which one feels more like home. Dash is often praised for our fast, friendly customer support—and we’re proud to deliver the kind of service that makes a real difference to busy teams. Just take it from Abi, Brand Manager at COAT Paints:‍ “The Dash team is incredibly responsive to any queries and always quick to find a solution. In my experience, no other platform has matched the level of customer service that Dash provides.” If you ever need help, you can simply message us through the in-app chat and one of our team will respond—usually within minutes. Got a feature request? Add it to our feedback portal. If enough people vote for it, we’ll add it to our product roadmap. Since Image Relay was acquired by Canto, it’s unclear how support is handled now, or whether users are expected to go through Canto’s broader enterprise support channels. If fast, personal support is important to you, Dash has you covered. Rolling out a DAM doesn’t need to be overwhelming. Here’s a straightforward process to help you get started—and make sure your team gets the most out of it: With the right support and setup, your DAM will quickly become your team’s go-to place for finding and sharing content. So, now you’ve had a proper look at Dash and Image Relay, how do you decide which DAM is right for your brand? Both tools are designed to help ecommerce businesses manage their content more efficiently. But with Image Relay now part of Canto, it's worth keeping an eye on how its product and pricing might change in the future. To help you weigh things up, here are a few things to keep in mind: Still deciding? Download our free comparison worksheet to help you map out the best choice for your business. 👇 Or, better yet, try Dash free for 14 days - no credit card required. Amy Burchill is the SEO and Content Manager for Dash. She works with ecommerce experts to create articles for DTC brands wanting to improve their campaigns. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/influencer-marketing-benefits Title: 15 benefits of influencer marketing to boost ecommerce salesTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Ready to work with influencers? These influencer markering benefits will help grow your brand. Plus, download a free influencer campaign brief. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/influencer-marketing-benefits ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: 15 benefits of influencer marketing to boost ecommerce sales H3: What is influencer marketing? H3: Why is influencer marketing important for ecommerce brands? H2: 15 benefits of influencer marketing H3: How to measure the success of influencer marketing campaigns H3: How to get started with influencer marketing? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: 15 benefits of influencer marketing to boost ecommerce sales H3: What is influencer marketing? H3: Why is influencer marketing important for ecommerce brands? H2: 15 benefits of influencer marketing H4: 1. Increase brand awareness H4: 2. Crack new markets H4: 3. Increase social media following H4: 4. Get feedback on your product H4: 5. Gain credibility and trust H4: 6. Increase sales and repeat orders H4: 7. Bring new content to your audience H4: 8. Use micro-influencers to keep costs down H4: 9. Educate buyers about your product H4: 10. Build a bank of content for repurposing H4: 11. Collect data to better understand your audience H4: 12. Work with experts to boost brand authority H4: 13. Turn influencers into brand ambassadors H4: 14. Strengthen your online community H4: 15. Get better quality leads H3: How to measure the success of influencer marketing campaigns H3: How to get started with influencer marketing? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Did you know businesses get an ROI of $4.87 for every $1 spent on influencer marketing? đŸ€Ż If you've been unsure about working with influencers, you’ll want to think again. Well-planned influencer marketing campaigns are not only cost-effective but help you grow your credibility, reach a niche audience and increase sales. We'll take you through the benefits of influencer marketing that make it worth your investment. We'll also look at how small ecommerce brands are driving awesome results to inspire you. ✹ {{influencer-campaign-template="/blog-components"}} Influencer marketing is a marketing strategy that works with people who have a big online following to promote products or services. These influencers have built trust and credibility in their niche and create content that speaks to their audience. By working with these influencers brands can tap into their existing relationships and reach their target market in a personal way. It’s not just about brand visibility but also deeper connection with the audience which drives sales and growth. Influencer marketing is a way for ecommerce brands to get on their target audience’s radar. It builds social proof and helps grow sales. When your audience sees your products being shared by people they know and trust, they’re more likely to buy. Just take a look at these influencer statistics that show just how important the influencer marketing industry is: Not convinced yet? Here’s the proven influencer marketing benefits that'll make it worth your time and help you grow your ecommerce brand: As influencers create content featuring your products, increased brand awareness will inevitably grow among their followers. This is especially helpful for new ecommerce businesses that don’t have an engaged audience. It’s also a fantastic way to create hype around a new product or collection launch. For instance, Athletic Greens used TikTok influencers to spread awareness of their nutritional supplements among health-conscious Gen Zers. These social media influencers created content that showed how the supplement can become a part of their audience’s daily routines. The campaign’s success speaks for itself. The hashtags #athleticgreens and #athleticgreenspartner have over 90.6 million views and 39.5 million views, respectively. The campaign’s success speaks for itself. The hashtags #athleticgreens and #athleticgreenspartner have over 90.6 million views and 39.5 million views, respectively. Influencer marketing can help you find untapped markets and reach wider audiences. Take the food brand, King's Hawaiian, who partnered with creators to create their own #foodtok. The worked with 16 creators who produced slider recipes for 'Slider Sunday' using the brand's delicious sweet bread. They used hashtags like #mealinspo to reach new viewers. 💡The key lesson here: identify and collaborate with relevant influencers who’s social following overlaps with the niche audiences you’re trying to reach. The first step to encouraging sales through your social media? Build an engaged social following with influence marketing As influencers talk about you and get their audience's interest in your brand, their followers are likely to follow you too. This will hugely benefit your social media marketing efforts. 💡Partner up on some giveaway campaigns with your social media influencers. The trick of asking people to follow your brand in return for a chance to win a free gift will work a charm. After all, everyone loves a freebie. You can also use influencer marketing to source feedback on a new product, collection, or specific product feature. Because many influencers engage with specific niche audiences, they’ll have valuable insights into what your ideal buyers are looking for in a product. Plus, by trying your products for themselves, they can share detailed feedback. Feminine hygiene company, Thinx, did just that. They invited 25 influencers for a slumber party event in Los Angeles with the aim of getting feedback on their new athleisure line. Thinx used the information they gathered to launch clothing that their consumers would be interested in, and grew their sales by giving influencers unique discount codes. This led to $810,000 in revenue with a per-customer acquisition cost of $35.20. Content that talks positively about your brand can help you build a good reputation and is essential for enhancing brand awareness. As influencers talk about you and endorse your products, you’ll slowly build trust with your target audience. Skin + Me uses influencers and user-generated content (UGC) in their Facebook ads. From people unboxing their products, to before and after videos to show how their skin has improved after using their products — this is sure to build trust and credibility with their target market. This tactic has worked so well that customers often post their own before and after pics in the comments section showing how the improvements they saw on using their products. This just adds to the positive perception of your brand when customers are making purchasing decisions. 💕 This just adds to the positive perception of your brand when customers are making purchasing decisions. 💕 Influencers can help increase sales — both directly as they share discount codes or recommend your product, and indirectly as your brand awareness grows. Intimates brand, KNIX, collaborates with influencers for this very reason — using custom discount codes to drive sales. For example, influencer Hilary Henderson promotes Knix's products via her Instagram page. You can grab her discount code, HILARYHCOMEDY_KNIXLOVE,  by checking out the post descriptions. Every influencer has a different code so when someone uses it on their online store, it's easy for the team at Knix to know which influencer has had the most impact. What's more, if your current customers see their favourite influencers share content about your products, they'll feel encouraged to place repeat orders. 🙌 A post shared by Hilary Henderson (@hilaryhendersonn) What's more, if your current customers see their favourite influencers share content about your products, they'll feel encouraged to place repeat orders. 🙌 As a marketer, coming up with new and creative ideas is part of the job. But it can get tiring having to continuously think of new ideas, especially if you're a small team. Experienced influencers can bring fresh, out-of-the-box marketing ideas to the table. They'll have a new perspective on your brand and can offer creative ways to promote your product - with little effort on your part. 💡If you're looking to find influencers or manage your campaigns, take a look at our list of influencer marketing tools ideal for small and growing brands. Another benefit of influencer marketing - and one your boss will love - is that it can be cost-effective. Running influencer campaigns is 30% cheaper than most forms of advertising and marketing strategies. It’s for this very reason that Doe Lashes‘ founder, Jason Wong, chose influencer marketing over other forms of paid ads for the first 4 months of his brand’s launch. Jason worked out that sending a shipment of lashes to micro-influencers would cost less than $10 per shipment. And if he made even one sale from an influencer, he’d break even. If he got 2-3 sales, he’d profit and slowly start gaining traction. This is exactly what happened. One month of influencer marketing led to $2.6K in sales per day by effectively reaching niche audiences! A non-salesy way to market to your potential customers is by educating them on how to use your product or how to style it — depending on what you sell. By thoroughly briefing influencers about your product, you can empower them to create content that educates their target market about your product in an engaging manner. Not only does this help grow your sales, but it encourages customers to create user-generated content featuring your product. This, in turn, gives you more exposure and grows brand awareness. Take a page from Supergoop's TikTok influencer marketing campaign. The sunscreen brand reached its ideal audience by pairing up with influencers in fashion, lifestyle, and beauty niches. Their influencers made creative content that highlighted Supergoop sunscreen's features in a light-hearted and entertaining way. This not only aligned with the brand's voice but also educated the influencers' followers on the importance of wearing sunscreen. They also showed how Supergoop's clear SPF50 differed from the traditional, white-cast sunscreen people are used to. Here's a peep: If you're a small or growing marketing team, it can be hard to find time to create high-quality content. You're already busy with product shots, banner ads, email campaigns, and so much more. Working with influencers means that content is created for you and you can repurpose it across your campaigns and channels. Brands like Starface, for example, use pieces of content created by their customers to enhance their checkout. Using real people will add a personal touch to your brand's online store, which helps reduce friction when they're getting ready to buy. However, you'll need to keep track of contracts and image usage rights. If you have content from last year's campaign, it is important to determine if you have permission to reuse it the next year. Using content without permission can lead to some serious brand damage. By using a tool like Dash, you have the ability to set expiry dates for assets. This enables you and your team to have full control over your content and helps you maintain your brand's reputation. Next on the list of influencer marketing benefits is the advantage of collecting data about your niche audiences. As gathering third-party audience data becomes harder, working with influencers can help you source audience data. The more data you have, the easier it is to create better and more audience-relevant marketing content. Your influencer will have data on audience demographics. That’s age, gender, and location — broken up into the different social platforms they work on. They’ll also be able to tell you the engagement, reach and impressions their posts get. This will be useful in understanding how well your campaigns are going, and whether it’s resonating with their audience. For direct sales attribution, it’s worth setting up tracking codes so you can see who’s clicked through to your website and into your checkouts. You’ll need to give this to your influencer before they start the campaign. Keep in mind though, not all influencers are open to sharing their audience analytics. Building long-term relationships with influencers can often lead to them giving you access to the demographic data they have from social media platforms and any other tools they use. This, in turn, helps you make better-informed, data-driven decisions. If you’ve got good brand authority, it means your customers view you as the subject-matter expert in your industry. Growing your brand authority will increase brand awareness and you’ll have a better chance at helping prospects overcome objections. To increase brand authority and focus on enhancing brand awareness, you could interview experts as part of your content strategy, create a podcast, run webinars and be a guest on other people’s platforms. You could also enlist the help of an expert influencer. 💡 This is something one of our customers, Forthglade, does really well. As a dog food brand, they know their customers only want the best products for their furry friends. So as well as providing lots of tips on their blog, they work with different types of influencers like Dr James Greenwood on their social media platforms to provide real, expert advice on how to look after and care for your best friend. đŸ¶ Another key benefit of influencer marketing is the opportunity to build long-term partnerships with your content creators, leading to increased brand awareness. If they try out your products and genuinely love them, they’re more likely to post about your products organically, as well as recommend them to friends and people outside of their following. Just take a look at this case study from Grin who helped online brand, Inkbox, create an influencer campaign designed to build a community of brand ambassadors. They got 70+ creators to post about their products across different marketing channels. This in turn created a 40% uptick in unprompted creator posts. If you can cultivate genuine connections with your influencers, you can turn them into loyal brand ambassadors. Online communities are fantastic places for like-minded people to connect, chat, swap tips and share advice on particular topics. Communities mostly flourish on social networks, which makes them a great place for brands to build connections with their customers. (Just take a look at big brands Gymshark and GoPro to see what we mean). But building an sense of community isn’t easy. You need to establish a loyal customer base, a good online following and an emotional connection with your audience. This is where influencers can help. ✹ Take Lick, a UK-based paint brand. They took a slightly different approach and encouraged their Director of Interior Design to be their ‘internal’ influencer. Having this regular face show up on socials is important in building a strong bond with their community. Here’s what Amie, Head of Social Media and Creators at Lick says: “It's really nice for our community to know that there are real people at Lick, like Tash, who’re there to give our decorators help and advice. This is important for our brand values as well. It's also given us a unique way to lean into video content across our key platforms like Instagram and TikTok. Plus, Tash creates the colours, so who better to tell our community about them than the person who actually creates them? A post shared by Lick (@lick) You can learn more about how Lick builds a strong community on social over on our podcast, Ecommerce Marketing 101. {{Lick-podcast="/blog-components"}} As we mentioned at the start, 82% of brands say they see better ‘quality’ leads from influencer marketing campaigns over any other campaign, especially when targeting niche audiences. That’s quite an impressive stat and, after learning about the influencer marketing benefits in this post, you can see why. By partnering with influencers who talk about your specific niche, you can reach a loyal audience that’ll be genuinely interested in your products. đŸ’« Measuring the success of your influencer marketing campaigns is key to understanding your influencer marketing strategy. Here are the key performance indicators (KPIs) to use: By measuring these KPIs you can make data-driven decisions to optimise your marketing strategy. Not only can you make sure you’re reaching your audience, but also engaging with them in a way that gets you results. Now you’ve explored the biggest benefits of influencer marketing, you might be ready to get started. So we’ve curated a selection of resources from our blog that’ll point you in the right direction. Finally, if you need a place to store all your influencer content then make sure to try out Dash! Dash could be just the single source of truth your marketing team is looking for. 😇 Our digital asset management solution means you can search, manage and share your brand's visual content with your influencers. And they can send you content ready for approval. Want to give it a go? Sign up for a 14-day free trial, no strings attached. 👇 Masooma Memon is a freelance content marketer for B2B SaaS companies. She's written for brands like Shopify, Vimeo, and Calendly. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/influencer-marketing-statistics Title: Influencer marketing statistics to know in 2025Twitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Wondering whether influencer marketing is the right strategy for you? Check out these stats that marketers need to know in 2023. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/influencer-marketing-statistics ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Influencer marketing statistics to know in 2025 H1: Influencer marketing statistics: key takeaways H3: The importance of influencer marketing for ecommerce brands H3: TikTok influencer marketing statistics H3: Instagram influencer marketing stats H3: Facebook influencer marketing stats H3: YouTube influencer marketing stats H3: The ROI of influencer marketing campaigns H3: Running your influencer marketing campaign H3: Advertising and affiliate marketing statistics H3: The use of AI in influencer marketing H3: Tips on working with influencers H2: How to be successful with influencer marketing in 2025 H2: Organising your influencer content H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Influencer marketing statistics to know in 2025 H1: Influencer marketing statistics: key takeaways H3: The importance of influencer marketing for ecommerce brands H3: TikTok influencer marketing statistics H3: Instagram influencer marketing stats H3: Facebook influencer marketing stats H3: YouTube influencer marketing stats H3: The ROI of influencer marketing campaigns H3: Running your influencer marketing campaign H3: Advertising and affiliate marketing statistics H3: The use of AI in influencer marketing H3: Tips on working with influencers H2: How to be successful with influencer marketing in 2025 H2: Organising your influencer content H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content The influencer marketing industry is set to be worth $48 billion by 2027. That’s big money. And is it any wonder? For ecommerce companies, working with influencers is a vital way to increase brand awareness and sell your productsThey’ll help promote your brand and sell your products. 🛒 But what type of influencer should you use? And what channel will work best? Check out this round-up of influencer marketing statistics to get started. {{influencer-marketing-pack="/blog-components"}} Here's why having influencer marketing in your digital marketing mix is still a great strategy for 2025. Here are some stats to make you think twice. 84% of brands say they believe influencer marketing to be effective Sentiment amongst brands suggested that influencer marketing efforts are something worth investing your money into. 84% of participants in Influencer Marketing Hub’s study say they believe this is an effective strategy - which means you could be falling behind the competition if you don’t consider it as part of your marketing campaigns. An effective influencer marketing strategy can significantly enhance your brand's visibility and engagement. Source: Influencer Marketing Hub, 2024 The influencer marketing industry is set to be worth $48 billion in 2027 Currently, the industry is worth around $24 billion, but in the next couple of years it's projected to increase significantly to $48 billion. That’s a huge number, reinforcing how valuable this type of marketing is to brands. Source: Dynamic Business, 2023 63% of consumers are likely to buy products from an influencer they trust This is a biggie: 63% of shoppers say they’re more likely to buy a product if it’s recommended to them by a social media influencer they trust. This means you don’t need to fork out for a mega influencer (that’s someone with over a million followers). It’s more important to find influencers with a smaller audience who’re closer to your industry. Source: Traackr, 2024 Buyers are more likely to get product inspiration from influencers You know what it’s like - you’ve got to buy gifts for a friend’s birthday or you need some new kitchenware but not sure where to start. According to The Morning Consult, Gen Zers and Millenials look to influencers to find product inspo. This is compared with other channels including TV and word-of-mouth. Older shoppers (baby boomers) still rely on TV to find new products. Source: The Morning Consult, 2025 63% of marketers say influencer-generated content performs better than other brand-directed content Consumers want to see authentic content from real people. And this is evident in the numbers. A majority of marketers say influencer-generated content performs better than other forms of brand content. Brands like Lick paints know this all too well. In fact, they hired their very own internal influencer to help them build their community on social media. Tash, who is the Director or Interior Design, frequently goes to Instagram or TikTok to give Lick's audience advice on what type of paints and colours they should be using in their home. Influencer content about food and beverage is the post popular According to Sprout Social’s data, content about food is the best at capturing the attention of your audience. This is followed by beauty content. This might help you generate new ideas for your influencer campaigns. 💡 Source: Sprout Social, 2024 62% of ‘frequent’ buyers go to influencers with their feedback This is an interesting stat: according to Sprout Social’s survey, 62% of people who frequently buy from influencers, are likely to go back to the creator to give them product feedback. This means you’ll need to work closely with your creators to ensure you’re getting fed this information, too. Source: Sprout Social, 2024 50% of marketers believe TikTok offers the best ROI The popularity of TikTok has creeped up over the last few years. Currently, it’s the number one channel where brands believe they’ll get the best ROI from short-form video content. This is important for brands who want to invest in influencer marketing: it can guide you on what type of content and which platform would best to spend money on. Source: Influencer Marketing Hub, 2024 78% of users purchased a product after seeing it featured in TikTok creator content A whopping 78% of TikTok users said they bought a product after seeing it featured in creator content. That’s a big number, and shows just how influential TikTok creators and influencers can be. TikTok is the best platform for social commerce Social commerce is a way for brands to sell products directly through social media. You can set up shops through channel features such as TikTok Shop and shoppable video ads. This is definitely worth investigating as 36% of UK consumers say TikTok is the best social media platform to buy products on. 💡 TikTok expert, Ashley Wright, says TikTok Shop is the channel you should be looking out for 2024. Source: Traackr, 2024 There's been a 26% increase in TikTok influencer campaigns In 2023, there was a 26% increase in the number of influencer campaigns on TikTok. And thanks to TikTok Shop and hashtags like #TikTokMadeMeBuyit, there’s also been an increase in the number of consumers buying products via the social platform. Want more tips on how to build your TikTok strategy? Check out our podcast with Piglet In Bed, who have built a huge community on the channel. Influencer costs per Instagram post Taking a look at your influencer marketing spend? Here’s a breakdown of the different types of influencers you can hire, along with their cost per Instagram post: Note: These are rough averages and the price of influencer content will vary from person-to-person. Instagram influencers, especially nano and micro-influencers, are becoming increasingly popular for their high engagement rates and affordability. Source: Influencer Marketing Hub, 2024 Instagram is the second-best channel for influencer marketing Unfortunately for Instagram, TikTok has become the leading channel for influencer marketing. This means Instagram has now moved down a spot to number 2. That being said, a large chunk of brands (47%) are still using it for influencer marketing—don’t wave goodbye to it just yet! Source: Influencer Marketing Hub, 2024 Facebook ads can reach 1.98 billion people Facebook is buzzing with ads. You don’t need a stat to see this, just head to your feed and you won’t be able to get away from them. Facebook ads have the potential to reach 2.11 billion of its active users. đŸ€Ż Combine that with some influencer marketing ads and you’re onto a winner. 🏆 Want some FB ad inspo? Check out our article all about creating Facebook Ads (and how to create some đŸ”„graphics for your campaigns). Source: Demand Sage, 2025 Facebook was voted second-best for influencer marketing ROI Facebook ties with YouTube when it comes to the best ROI for your influencer marketing campaigns. Marketers also voted Instagram as the best channel for influencer ROI, so a combination of these platforms could be a safe bet for 2025. Source: HubSpot, 2024 Millennials make up the majority of Facebook users If you’re targeting millennials - that’s people born between 1981 and 1995 (which makes them between the ages 27 and 42 in 2023) - it’s worth using Facebook to grab their attention because they make up the majority of users on Facebook. In contrast, Gen Z (people born after 1995) are the least likely to use Facebook - you’re better targeting them on TikTok. Source: Traackr, 2024 YouTube is the most used platform for consuming creator content Across Gen Z and Millennials, YouTube is the most popular platform for watching content by influencers and creators. This is followed by Instagram, and then Facebook. Here’s a breakdown of the different platforms according to Traackr’s research. Source: Traackr, 2025 YouTube has the highest engagement rate for influencer video content YouTube influencers receive the highest engagement rate (49%) - calculated by the number of likes, comments and shares of a video. YouTube has the highest cost-per-mile (CPM) The CPM measurement is the cost an advertiser pays per 1000 views on a video. Out of all social channels, YouTube has the highest CPM. So for every 1000 views on a YouTube video, advertisers pay $20. Next is Instagram Stories and TikTok at $15. And Instagram reels at $10. What can you take away from this? Advertisers think YouTube is a great option for getting in front of potential customers. So if you can work with an influencer on some content for YouTube, you’re in for some good results. 70% of viewers have made a purchase after seeing a brand on YouTube If people are watching your brand on YouTube - whether it’s product demos or tutorials - there’s a fairly high chance they’re going to make a purchase. It’s worth dipping your toes into this channel if you’ve not already. Influencer costs per YouTube post If you’re considering working with influencers on YouTube, here’s a rough breakdown of how much they’ll charge. Nano: $20 - $200 per video Micro: $200 - $1,000 per video Mid: $1,000 - $10,000 per video Macro: $10,000 - $20,000 per video Mega: $20,000 + per post Source: Influencer Marketing Hub, 2024 If you’re thinking of launching an influencer marketing campaign as part of your marketing strategies, you might have to convince your boss that it’s the right move. Here are some stats to give you an idea on the ROI you can expect. Brands get $4.12 for every $1 spent on influencer campaigns on IG That’s right! According to HypeAuditor’s report, you can get - on average - $4.21 for every $1 you spend with an influencer on Instagram. So for that $500 post with your micro-influencer, you could see a wallet-tingling $2,105 in return. Brands are increasingly allocating significant portions of their influencer marketing spend to leverage these high returns. Source: HypeAuditor, 2023 21% of marketers repurpose IGC on their website and product pages IGC stands for influencer-generated content. If you’ve got permission from your creators, you can repurpose this content across different channels and platforms. It seems the most popular way to repurpose IGC is by adding it to your product pages. Ecommerce brands like Starface actually use images by creators instead of product images on some of their pages. Nano-influencers on TikTok have the lowest cost-per-engagement Cost-per-engagement (CPE) is measured differently across different platforms. But in general, it indicates how much a like, share or comment is worth on an influencer’s post. When putting a budget together for your influencer campaigns, it’s worth noting that nano-influencers (people with less than 10k followers) have the lowest CPE on TikTok over any other influencer group and channel. And Facebook has the highest with a whopping $15.30 per click! Here’s a rough breakdown of CPE’s across Instagram, TikTok, YouTube and Facebook. Over 50% of influencer charge between $250 - $1000 per post Let’s talk about how much your influencer campaigns might cost - according to Sprout Social, 24% of influencers charge between $251-$500 per post, and %23 charge between $501-$1,000. Source: Sprout Social, 2024 So what about actually launching that influencer campaign you’ve been thinking about as part of your marketing strategy? Check out these stats to see what other brands are up to. Source: Aspire and Influencer Marketing Hub, 2024 We’ve got a list of influencer marketing tools that’ll help you plan, manage and report on your campaigns. Many brands use influencers to boost organic engagement and brand awareness on social media. But you can also use them to directly drive sales, too. Increase in affiliate sales when using influencers You can team up with influencers for your paid marketing through affiliate programs. They’ll promote your products on their channels. This could be on YouTube, Instagram, their podcast or blog—wherever their audience hangs out. They’ll also share special discount codes for their followers. For every sale made using the code, the influencer earns a commission. It's a great way for you to boost sales and get your brand out there while offering your influencers an incentive, too. And it’s a worthwhile tactic because, according to Aspire, you could see a staggering +2,200% increase in affiliate sales if you use influencers in your campaigns. đŸ€Ż 30% decrease in CPA when IGC is used instead of brand-produced content You could see up to a 30% decrease in cost per acquisition (CPA) when using influencer-generated content compared to standard brand-produced content. This underscores the effectiveness of influencer-driven campaigns in acquiring customers at a lower cost. Thanks to the rise of tools like ChatGPT, there seems to be no getting away from AI. But no matter your feelings about it, you can certainly use it to your advantage. Whether you’re using it to help automate your influencer campaigns, or working with AI influencers to help promote your products—here are some interesting statistics to get you thinking. đŸ€– Source : Traackr 2025 and Influencer Marketing Hub, 2024 If you’re wondering what an AI influencer might look like, take a look at Nobody Sausage. This AI character regularly works with big name brands on campaigns designed to stop the scroll on social media. The relationships between you and your social media influencers are super important. Particularly as both influencers and brands prefer long-term partnerships. Check out these stats to see how other brands work with influencers: Additionally, understanding the behavior and preferences of social media users is crucial for crafting effective marketing strategies, as this audience is increasingly resistant to traditional branded content. Source: Morning Consult, Aspire, Sprout Social, and Traackr, 2024 and 2025 Now you’re equipped with a bunch of influencer marketing statistics and strategies, what does this mean for your campaigns this year? Here are some key themes to consider: Pick the right tools for your campaigns: You can’t do everything in spreadsheets and shared drives, so make sure you pick tools that’ll help achieve your campaign goals. For instance, Dash (that’s us) is a really handy tool for ecommerce brands who need to manage and share their visual content. Influencers can upload their content to Dash using our guest upload feature. This cuts down on endless email chains and large file transfers. You can also set expiry dates and usage rights so your teams know what content they can repurpose for future campaigns. đŸ€“Take a read of our post to discover more influencer marketing tools. Spend time finding influencers that your audience trusts: Your audience is way more likely to engage with your campaigns if they already trust the influencers you work with. Plus, more and more people prefer to watch ‘regular’ people, rather than celebrities. Check out tools like Shopify Collabs and Klear to help you find niche influencer recommendations. If you’re on a tight budget, work with nano-influencers on TikTok: If they fit with your brand’s audience and goals, start by working with TikTok nano-influencers - they’ve got the lowest cost-per-engagement across all social channels. Once you can start proving the ROI of your campaigns, you could begin scaling on different platforms. Focus on video content: Whether you’re creating stories on Instagram or long-form videos on YouTube, most stats point to video content being the best type of content for engagement and conversions. 🎧 You can listen to our podcast with Toby from Nusa Films to learn how to create thumb-stopping videos for social. Repurpose your influencer content: If your influencers give you permission to, you can repurpose their content across different platforms. You could use them in ads, on your product pages - anywhere that feels appropriate. This is a great money-saver and will save you time planning new content in a hurry. If you want statistics on other marketing strategies, check out our other articles: Planning and collaborating on influencer campaigns is no quick task. You’ll need a place to store and manage your content, and keep track of how well your campaigns are doing. Well, you can do all that with Dash - that’s us! 😇 Our digital asset management tool (DAM) is the home for visual content. Influencers and creators can upload content to Dash, you can give them feedback and deploy images and videos to your social channels - particularly useful if you’re repurposing content in the future. You can also tag content by how well they’ve performed in your campaigns. You can try Dash for free for 14 days. ✹👇 Amy Burchill is the SEO and Content Manager for Dash. She works with ecommerce experts to create articles for DTC brands wanting to improve their campaigns. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/influencer-marketing-strategy Title: An ecommerce brand's guide to an influencer marketing strategyTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Influencer marketing campaigns work best when planned in advance and align with your goals. Here's an influencer marketing strategy guide to get started. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/influencer-marketing-strategy ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: An ecommerce brand's guide to an influencer marketing strategy H3: What is influencer marketing? H3: Why is influencer marketing important for selling products? H3: What are the different types of influencers? H3: How to find the right influencers for your target audience H3: How to create an influencer marketing strategy H3: 4 ecommerce influencer campaign examples H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: An ecommerce brand's guide to an influencer marketing strategy H3: What is influencer marketing? H3: Why is influencer marketing important for selling products? H3: What are the different types of influencers? H3: How to find the right influencers for your target audience H3: How to create an influencer marketing strategy H4: 1. Determine your goals H4: 2. Identify your influencer channels H4: 3. Get the right tools in place H4: 4. Create a shortlist of influencers and get in touch H4: 5. Decide how you’ll manage influencer relationships H4: 6. Track and measure results H3: 4 ecommerce influencer campaign examples H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Today’s shoppers trust their peers more than they trust brands. They turn to their friends for recommendations and seek out reviews before they even think about buying from a brand they’ve never heard of. Bringing influencers onboard replicates this traditional word-of-mouth marketing by tapping into a pre-built audience. Even better, influencers–however big or small–have already fostered trust with their followers so you don’t have to. If you want to tap into the power of influencer marketing (and, let’s be real here, why wouldn’t you?!), here’s a guide to doing it right. Influencer marketing is a strategy that sees brands team up with relevant, industry influencers or experts to promote their products. While a lot of influencer marketing takes place on social media (like Instagram, and TikTok), it’s not relegated to social feeds. It can also manifest in blog takeovers, real-life events, and even newsletter collabs. Many ecommerce brands are using micro-influencer partnerships to promote their products for extra exposure and revenue without the need to build trust from scratch. Consumers today crave genuine recommendations. It’s the reason 93% of shoppers read reviews before they purchase. Tapping into existing and established audiences can take your product marketing to the next level through increased visibility and brand awareness. Here are some of the benefits ecommerce brands can get from influencer marketing: When done right, this type of marketing can send more traffic to your store which can easily turn into more sales and revenue. It’s easy to become a broken record if it’s just you touting your business and products. Influencer marketing brings other, trusted individuals on board to help spread the word for extra trust and more sales. Gone are the days where influencer marketing = paying millions of pounds to have a top-name celebrity promote your product for all of three seconds. Influencers are anyone and everyone who has the ability to promote your products–it could even be your customers (who, for the record, can often be your most effective marketers). There are four main tiers of influencers: Nano-influencer: Nano-influencers have less than 10,000 social media followers and are often niche accounts. Take cutlercruising who’s a beauty therapist on a cruise liner. They recently partnered with luggage brand It. Nano-influencers often have smaller, more focused followings which will help you reach a targeted audience. Micro-influencer: Micro-influencers have between 10,000 and 100,000 followers, like Isa Welly, who partnered with OHMG Water to promote their latest drinks. Since micro-influencers have large followings in a focused niche, partnering with them will help you get lots of exposure in your chosen industry. Macro-influencer: Macro-influencers have between 100,000 and 1 million followers, like Dom Lever, who is an ambassador for the fashion brand Nova Men. Macro-influencers are well-known in their niche and often have a lot of clout. Collaborating with them can dramatically increase the visibility of your brand and products. Mega-influencer: Mega-influencers have over 1 million followers, like Kylie Jenner, who regularly works with huge brands such as Balenciaga. Partnering with mega-influencers will create a huge buzz around your brand (and maybe even sell your products out in the process), but it’ll set you back a pretty penny. The price of working with influencers will vary depending on their clout and follower count. As a general rule, marketers will pay around ÂŁ80 per 10,000 followers. Expect to pay considerably more if you partner with macro- and mega-influencers. Kylie Jenner reportedly charges ÂŁ1 million per Instagram post. đŸ˜± Now you know the power of the influencer âšĄïžlet’s take a look at where you can find them. Where do you even start when 80% of all Instagram accounts have over 1,000 followers and TikTok has more than 50,000 influencers?‍Here’s a guide to finding the right influencer. 1. Relevant hashtagsHashtags provide the perfect opportunity to see who’s posting on what topic. Run a quick search on hashtags that are relevant to your brand or products and keep an eye out for accounts that regularly pop up or that have a lot of followers or engagement on their posts. For example, a search for #beautypicks on Instagram revealed this top post by sincerely.betty that had a ton of likes and comments. 2. Influencer tools Influencer tools automate a lot of the search process. They bring together influencers and brands and match up collabs based on budget, niche, and metrics. It’s worth researching some tools to see which ones are a good fit for your needs (I ran a quick Google search for “influencer tools” that brought back over 63 million results, so there’s plenty to choose from). One of our faves is Mini Social, which focuses on connecting ecommerce brands with niche influencers. Brands like Native use Mini Social to get paired up with nano- and micro-influencers on the regular. 3. Lists of influencers There are loads of “best influencer lists”. Trawling through these lists can be a great start to your influencer research, but we recommend narrowing down your searches so you get focused results.It’s worth noting that these lists will often only tell you the top influencers in those niches, so you’ll have to some extra digging to find smaller accounts. 4. Your customer base You don’t have to look far to find your ideal influencers. In fact, they might already be on your radar. After all, who better to influence future customers than your current customers? Start by identifying who your best customers are. These could be people who have bought multiple products from your store, those who have left good reviews, or customers who regularly shout about how much they love you on social media. You can even set up a branded hashtag and encourage customers to share their pics so you have a library of user-generated content (UGC) to draw from. Why not turn it into a challenge or reward customers while you’re at it? 💡You can then use Dash to store all that UGC content to repurpose in the future. Papier encourages shoppers to share their brand-related content under the hashtag #lovepapier. 5. Recommendations and listening to your customersThe best influencers are the ones that resonate with your target audience–but this might not always be obvious. Really research the influencer you’re interested in partnering with. For example, a beauty influencer might look good on paper but if it turns out most of their looks are high-concept fantasy looks it might not be the best fit for your everyday foundation brand. Instead, listen to your customers and explore who they’re following. Who are their favourite influencers? What are their go-to accounts on social media? Try tools like Brandwatch and Agora Pulse to find out which influencers your target audience is following and who they’re listening to. You can also use these tools to figure out whether an influencer is a good fit. Agora Pulse shows you the latest content from an influencer and how engaged their audiednce is. Ask your customers for recommendations–then you’ll know that you’re choosing influencers who have a follower base that you want to reach. If you don’t have a strategy, influencer marketing can feel like throwing spaghetti at a wall. When you know what you want to achieve with your efforts it’s easier to identify the right influencers and measure your results. Here are the basics of a successful influencer strategy ✹ Think about the outcomes you want to get from your influencer campaigns. This will determine what metrics you should keep a beady eye on. If your objective is something relatively simple, like increasing your follower count, then you’re in luck. Lots of social management tools offer dashboards to properly monitor this. But if it’s about getting conversions and sales, you may need to put in some extra work before you start launching, like making sure you have the right data and tracking sources in place. The channels you use for influencer marketing will depend on your audience. Want to reach Gen Z? TikTok is the perfect place for that. But if you’re looking to reach 25-34 year-olds, Instagram might be a better bet. Consider the type of content you want your influencers to create, too. Both Instagram and TikTok have recently released a suite of creator tools. Instagram’s professional dashboard has extended Reels and made link stickers available to all accounts. TikTok’s just launched live streaming features, a creator portal, and a Q&A option to bolster engagement levels. And YouTube has partnered with Shopify so you can create live shopping experiences and have people buy your products within the app.Finally, identify your best-performing platforms. If you have a ton of followers on Instagram, it’d be a shame to write that off as a key channel. Instead of scrambling to get your tool arsenal in place after you’ve identified your influencers, get ahead of the game. Consider what tools you need to find the right influencers, connect with them, and manage your campaigns from start to finish.Here are some tools you’ll need: Use the avenues above to create a shortlist of relevant influencers you’d love to work with. During this stage, it’s important to: Not every influencer you reach out to will want to work with you or be a good fit (it’s the nature of the game), so it’s worth adding a few more names to your list to give you a better chance of finding the perfect fit. Start with a list of 10 or so names you really want to work with and go through those before compiling a secondary list if those names don’t work out. Next up is the nail-biting stage of getting in touch. Most influencers will be used to brands sliding into their DMs. They might have tons of brands in their inbox every day, so it’s crucial that you keep things short and to the point.When messaging them, make sure to mention: Here’s an example email for some inspo: “Hey [influencer name], we’re [your brand] and we sell [your product]. We’re looking to partner with [niche] influencers like yourself to [what you want to achieve] through [your expectations/content output]. You seem like a great fit because [why you’ve chosen them]. Is this something you’d be interested in?” Influencers are busy people, so if you don’t hear back after 3-5 days send a short follow-up. This could be something as simple as: “Hey [influencer name], just wanted to follow up on my last message and see if it’s something you’d be interested in. Would love to collab!” Securing a contract with an influencer is just the first hurdle. Now you’ll have to manage the relationship and make sure you get the outcomes you’re after. The more up-front you are about expectations, the better, just so everyone’s on the same page and there are no nasty surprises.Here are some ways you can manage your relationships with influencers the right way: {{influencer-brief="/blog-components"}} Most social media platforms have built-in insights or branded content tools that automatically track your efforts. Go back to your campaign goals to determine which metrics you should be tracking and stay on top of them. Weekly is ideal, but monthly is probably more realistic. If you want to track who’s bought what from which influencer, use tactics like coupon codes and unique links. These will track the results from each individual influencer, which is particularly useful if you’re working with a handful of influencers on the same campaign. 1. Athleta on TikTok Athleta partners with influencers to promote its clothing. In the video, fittybritty shares outfit inspiration using Athleta clothing with her 259,000 followers. It’s generated over 7,500 likes and started a convo about the clothing brand. @fittybritty #salutationstash Tights from @Athleta = my daily uniform these days! Perf for errands, walks w/Mango, & a sweat sesh! #powerofshe #athletapartner ♬ I Can Feel It v3 - Nick Sena and Danny Echevarria  ‍2. Lazy Oaf on InstagramClothing brand Lazy Oaf partnered with Marzia Kjellberg for a guide to Brighton. With 8.3 million followers, it’s clear that working with Marzia was going to get the brand some serious reach. The post received over 7,500 likes. 3. Barefoot Dreams and MeUndies on TwitterBarefoot Dreams and MeUndies paired up with the Merrell Twins for this influencer post on Twitter. The duo has over 230,000 followers on Twitter and this post about their cosy evening in generated over 1,000 likes and 50 retweets for the two brands. 4. Tower 28 and Foreo on YouTube Unboxing videos are huge on YouTube, with tons of influencers sharing their latest “hauls” wither their audiences. In this one, mega-influencer Laura Lee shows off products from brands like Tower 28 and Foreo. Create successful influencer marketing campaigns every single timeLike any marketing campaign, influencer campaigns work best when they’re planned in advance and align with your overall business goals.Remember: influencers don’t have to be big-name celebs. They can be small, niche accounts with followings that align with your brand, or even your very own customers. Explore different ways of working with influencers to determine what method works best for you, your brand, and your audience.While you’re at it, don’t forget to use Dash to approve influencer content and create a library of images and videos to use across channels and future marketing campaigns. Happy influencing! Lizzie Davey writes for ecommerce and marketing SaaS brands. She helps create B2B content strategies and is the Founder of Copy Revival and Freelance Magic. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/influencer-marketing-tools Title: 20 influencer marketing tools to level-up your campaignsTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: From finding UGC to building happy relationships with content creators, here are 20 influencer marketing tools to help you with your marketing campaigns. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/influencer-marketing-tools ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: 20 influencer marketing tools to level-up your campaigns H3: What to look for in an influencer marketing platform H3: All-in-one influencer tools for small brands H3: Tools for managing influencer marketing campaigns H3: Tools for finding influencers H3: Tools for influencer relationship management H3: Tools for user-generated content H3: Influencer marketing agencies H3: Managing your influencer assets with Dash H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: 20 influencer marketing tools to level-up your campaigns H3: What to look for in an influencer marketing platform H3: All-in-one influencer tools for small brands H3: Tools for managing influencer marketing campaigns H3: Tools for finding influencers H3: Tools for influencer relationship management H3: Tools for user-generated content H3: Influencer marketing agencies H3: Managing your influencer assets with Dash H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content 93% of marketers have used influencer marketing and for good reason: The average earned media value per ÂŁ1 spent on influencer marketing last year was a very cushty ÂŁ4.21. That’s a nice little return.If you’ve experimented with an influencer marketing strategy yourself, you know just how much work is involved. You have to find the right people, get them on board, and track and measure their activity across several channels. It’s a lot of work. đŸ˜«That’s why you should consider an influencer marketing tool. They’ve been designed to take the overwhelm out of influencer marketing and assist you at every step of the way, from finding relevant influencers to managing entire, cross-channel campaigns. Time to ease the pressure? Here are our top picks for influencer marketing tools. As you’ll see from our list below, there are a lot of influencer tools to choose from (this is nowhere near exhaustive!). There are complete solutions that tackle every part of the process, as well as individual tools that specialise in specific tasks like finding influencers, pitching them, and setting up campaigns to use alongside other marketing apps.There are plenty of benefits you can enjoy from influencer marketing. Choosing the right influencer tool can help you level-up your campaigns, build trust, and generate more sales. All-in-one influencer tools take care of the entire influencer marketing process, from finding the right influencers to managing campaigns and measuring results. 1. Upfluence - for finding and connect with influencers Upfluence's influencer marketing software helps you find and connect with influencers that have a strong social following. It can be time-consuming trying to find relevant accounts that also have a decent audience, so this is a great way to speed up that process. You can also manage your influencer promotions, automate campaigns, and carry out payments all from one place. Brands like Mapiful, Burrow, and Fuze Tea use Upfluence to run their influencer campaigns, so you’ll be in good company. Price: there are multiple pricing options offered, depending on your needs. You can get in touch with them to find out more. 2. Tribe - for sending product samples Tribe is a tool for discovering creators, running campaigns, and measuring the ROI of your influencers. They specalise in a handful of industries including retail and ecommerce - so you know you'll be in safe hands. You can also upload briefs and gather pitches from micro-influencers. This can help you discover talent you otherwise wouldn’t have found. Tribe also helps you run an influencer campaign, from sending out product samples to getting content approval and sharing legal docs with your influencers. Carex and Logitech use Tribe for their influencer marketing. Price: there’s the option to pay-per-use or you can get in touch for a quote. 3. Social Ladder - for measuring the ROI of your campaigns Social Ladder handles every part of your influencer program for you. You can find and manage influencers and affiliates, and build your ambassador marketing strategies. You can even get ideas for social media challenges. You can bulk assign tasks to your network, create interactive leaderboards to invoke a healthy dose of competition and generate highly-detailed and customisable reports. These are invaluable if you need to share your efforts with other team members or stakeholders. Brands including Tradlands and BeatBox Beverages use Social Ladder. Price: Get in touch and they’ll give you a price based on the size of your business. Once you’ve chosen your influencers, it’s time to get those campaigns running. These tools will help you manage the moving parts of each campaign, from briefing and setup to tracking affiliate links and metrics. 4. Dash - for managing your influencer’s visuals When you’re managing influencers, chances are you’ll be managing all of their visual content, too. Whether that’s curated user-generated content or product reviews from paid partnerships - you’ll need somewhere to store all that content. Dash is a home for all your visual assets. You can organise, find and share all of your brand's images with your agencies. You can get influencers to upload content for your approval. And you can rate images based on how well they’re doing in your marketing campaigns. Take a look at how pet food brand, Forthglade, uses Dash to get UGC from their customers and out onto their social channels. Price: starts at ÂŁ99/$139 per month. 5. Aspire - for campaign management You might have known Aspire in its past life as Revfluence. With half a million influencers on its books and a constantly-crawling algorithm, it can provide a constant source of good-fit influencers to get in touch with. But Aspire really comes into its own when you’ve found your influencers. Its suite of features includes campaign creation, campaign lifecycle management, product tracking, easy content collab tools, and detailed campaign analytics—everything you need to run a successful campaign. You can also encourage influencer whitelisting - which is where you'll get better control over what the influencer posts and the audience they're posting to. Both Ruggable and SKINN use Aspire to manage their influencer campaigns. Price: available on request. 6. Creator.co - for bespoke advice Want a helping hand? Creator.co gives every new user the option to work with a dedicated campaign specialist (you can also choose to go it alone if you’d prefer). The boutique-managed service makes it easy to run hands-off campaigns and manage paid ads with your influencers, while the Collaboration Hub is the perfect place to get inspo for campaigns and generate feedback on your ideas. Big brands like Walmart and Colgate use Creator.co for their campaigns. Price: start at ÂŁ375 per month for a DIY account. 7.  Lefty - for enterprise brands Lefty is so much more than a social media influencer marketplace. Sure, you can search through a real-time list of five million accounts with more than 3,500 followers, but it’s the campaign management feature that really makes it shine. You can seamlessly set up campaigns, add influencers to new or existing campaigns, and manage integrated payments. Beauty brand Guerlain uses Lefty to manage its influencer campaigns.  Price: starts at ÂŁ500 per month. Finding the right influencers can be a struggle if you don’t know where to look. These tools help you find and filter influencers by their chosen platforms, followings, and engagement levels. 8. HypeAuditor - for searching for mega influencers If you want instant access to a powerful influencer database (both big and small), HypeAuditor is a great addition to your arsenal. There are more than 50 million influencers signed up to the platform across Insta, YouTube, and TikTok, and you can narrow down your search with targeted audience demographics and filters. To speed things up, search for people that have already mentioned your brand, create an organised list of influencers, and share your findings with your team. You'll also get in-depth reports so you can measure things like your Instagram influencer analytics and flag fraud accounts. đŸš©Brands including Dior, L’Oreal, and H&M use HypeAuditor. Price: available on request. 9. BuzzSumo - to discover who is talking about your brand BuzzSumo’s Find Influencers feature lets you explore accounts based on your chosen filters. See who’s making the most noise in your industry, check out their stats on social and their blog, and see whose content gets shared the most. Easily save your search results so you can start contacting the best talent. The Tab regularly uses BuzzSumo to find relevant influencers. Price: free plan available. Prices start at ÂŁ99 a month for a Pro plan. 10. Julius - for hand-picked influencers Julius is a refined influencer discovery engine that doesn’t just take on any old account. The team behind the influencer management tool rigorously vets influencers and adds relevant information to the database by hand, so you know you’re getting a high-end service. There are 120,000 fully-vetted influencers to choose from, and the 50 different search filters make it easy to pick the best criteria for your brand. Makeup brand NARS uses Julius to discover fresh social media talent. Price: available on request. 11. Popular Pays - for collaborating with influencers at scale Popular Pays is all about connecting and collaborating with influencers at scale. The tool lets you find and vet relevant content creators, segment them by different tags (that you can organise and choose), and even automate the brief-building process so you’re not creating tons of different briefs for each individual influencer. This is also a great tool for helping with your community-building strategy. Create lists of preferred partners and cultivate brand ambassadors to help you grow. 🚀Brands including Kettle & Fire, Dyson, and Mother Raw use Popular Pays. Price: available on request.  12. Klear - for building trust with your audience Klear is a tool that helps you build trust between your target audience and your influencers. You can run searches for top talent and filter the results based on your ideal social networks, overall influence, and content creation skills. Brands like Coca-Cola and Unilever use Klear to help kickstart their influencer campaigns. Price: available on request. 13. Shopify Collabs - for finding niche influencers Shopify Collabs (formerly Dovetale) specialises in connecting Shopify stores with niche influencers and helping them develop long-lasting relationships. You can set up a landing page with all the relevant info for your campaigns so influencers can make a quick decision about whether they want to work with you. Plus, store all the details of your influencer marketing efforts in one place so you can access campaign info, conversations, and affiliate links in just a couple of clicks. Doe and Krave Beauty were both early adopters of Shopify Collabs. Price: free for stores using Shopify. Communicating with your influencers is critical to the success of your campaigns. Manage your relationships with these helpful tools. 14. Traackr - for communicating with lots of influencers Traackr has been around for a long time, which means it’s refined its processes. It comes equipped with a host of influencer relationship management tools. Once you’ve found your chosen influencers through the database of handpicked and algorithm-gathered accounts, you can sort them by relationship stage—a.k.a. how close you are. It also stores every single piece of communication you have with your influencers so you never have to scroll through an endless email thread again. It's also no surprise that this is ideal for tracking your influencer marketing efforts.Brands including Revlon and Amika use Traackr to manage their influencer relationships. Price: available on request. 15. Grin - for building happy relationships Grin's influencer marketing technology has a number of handy influencer marketing features—there’s the standard influencer search that lets you discover and connect with verified creators as well as the ability to track influencer KPIs and engagement. It’s also particularly good at handling the logistics of your influencer marketing to help you build healthy, happy relationships. Everlane use Grin as part of their influencer campaigns. Price: starts at ÂŁ2,000 a month. Sometimes your customers are your best influencers. Use these tools to discover content created by your customers and share it on your social media channels. 16. Mini Social - for building a library of UGC Mini Social is a unique influencer marketplace because it specialises in bringing on board micro-influencers (people with less than 100,000 followers). As well as finding the best small-time accounts, you can build a library of user-generated content. A big selling point of Mini Social is there are no long-term fees: you simply pay based on the number of creators you want to work with. Ecommerce brands like Olipop, Union Wine, and Native use Mini Social. Price: available on request. 17. Pixlee - for briefing your UGC campaigns Pixlee is a well-known platform for collecting and curating user-generated content. As well as discovering accounts that are already posting content about your brand, you can manage your campaigns and brief influencers on your UGC campaigns. Even better, Pixlee makes it easy to publish shoppable content from your social media influencers across multiple different marketing channels. Brands like Ooni and Wool and the Gang use Pixlee. Price: available on request. 18. Yotpo - for discovering best-fit customers for UGC campaigns Sometimes, your best influencers are your customers. These are people who love your brand and continue to buy from you—nothing like a good bit of word-of-mouth marketing! Yotpo helps you collect UGC about your brand from around the web and curate it in one central place. Brooklinen and Allbirds use Yotpo for UGC. Price: there’s a free version available. Prices start at ÂŁ19 for Pro plans. If you want a helping hand with your influencer marketing campaigns, these dedicated agencies are a good starting point. 19. HireInfluence - for small and growing brands If you want an expert pair of hands working on your influencer campaigns, an agency like HireInfluence is a good shout. Calling themselves an “elite influencer agency”, the team has refined their processes to ensure every influencer campaign is set up for tons of success, from handpicking the right influencers to developing brand-appropriate campaigns on multiple social channels. Big brands like Oreo and Adidas have worked with HireInfluence in the past. Price: varies depending on the scope of your campaign. 20. The Influencer Marketing Factory - for enterprise companies The clue is in the name. The Influencer Marketing Factory provides worldwide hands-on help with your influencer campaigns. It specialises in getting its clients in front of Gen Zers and Millennials on TikTok and Instagram. It also has big-name partners like Sony Music, Google, and Amazon in its portfolio. Price: varies depending on the scope of your campaigns. Working with influencers is an excellent way to increase engagement on your posts, but it’s important to collect and store your visual assets in an easy-to-access place. Failing to safely store your visuals in a central place can lead to lost assets, missing posts, and never-ending searches for “the picture that so-and-so made last week”.  Make it easy for everyone by managing your visual assets from the get-go with  Dash (that’s us 😇). Dash is a digital asset management (DAM) tool that helps you organise and curate your influencer-created content in a central hub. You can approve and reject images, set expiry dates on photos and share content with your agencies. Your team - and your influencers - can get their hands on content for quick and easy sharing. Lizzie Davey writes for ecommerce and marketing SaaS brands. She helps create B2B content strategies and is the Founder of Copy Revival and Freelance Magic. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/instagram-ecommerce-ads Title: An ecommerce brand's guide to Instagram AdsTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Follow our guide for Instagram ecommerce ads. We'll talk you through how to set up your first campaign - and give inspiration from other DTC brands. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/instagram-ecommerce-ads ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: An ecommerce brand's guide to Instagram Ads H3: Why advertise on Instagram? H3: Getting started with your Instagram Ad campaign H3: Tips for Instagram Ad creatives from other ecommerce brands H3: Get the right tools for your Instagram Ads campaigns H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: An ecommerce brand's guide to Instagram Ads H3: Why advertise on Instagram? H4: Instagram has an engaged audience H4: It integrates with the Facebook Ads platform H4: You can use it to boost your influencer marketing H3: Getting started with your Instagram Ad campaign H4: How to advertise on Instagram in 6 steps H4: The different types of Instagram Ads H4: Keeping your Instagram Ad creatives organised H3: Tips for Instagram Ad creatives from other ecommerce brands H4: Feature real customers (and use video) H4: Push your social proof H4: Promote flash sales H4: Make use of Instagram Ad carousels H4: Align your brand with causes your audience care about H4: Let your product speak for itself H3: Get the right tools for your Instagram Ads campaigns H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content A shirt, a pair of rainbow mugs, a marbled candle, a set of aftershave samples. These are just a handful of the things I bought after seeing them on Instagram Ads recently. Did I need them? Nope. Did I want them? Absolutely. Instagram provides a useful way for would-be customers to connect with your ecommerce brand. According to Instagram itself, about 70% of its users turn to the social media platform when considering their next purchase. Long story short - if you’re a brand looking to increase your ecommerce sales, you’ll want to get in on the action. This guide walks you through how to set up your Instagram Ad campaigns. Then we’ll end with a dash of Instagram Ad inspiration from other DTC businesses. There’s a reason most ambitious, growing ecommerce brands use Instagram ads to reach a wider audience. Let’s go through a handful: This is the part of the article where I hit you with some statistics. Buckle up. 63% of Instagram users are opening up the app at least once a day. Each time a user opens the app is an opportunity for you to get eyes on your products. And once potential customers see those promoted posts, they’re likely to engage with them. According to Instagram itself, three-quarters of Instagrammers take action after seeing a sponsored post. So it’s hardly surprising that Instagram Ads, on average, perform better than their Facebook counterparts. An ad on Instagram generates about 23% more engagement than the same ad on Facebook. It makes sense when you think of Instagram’s format. Unlike Facebook, promoted posts and Instagram Stories take up your entire phone screen. Less distraction means less temptation to scroll past. Btw - here's some tips for ecommerce brands on creating Facebook ads. Facebook (now Meta) acquired Instagram in 2012 and they’ve become pretty integrated over the past decade. You can now manage both Instagram and Facebook Ads campaigns through Facebook Business Manager. That means any ads you’re running on Facebook can be co-opted for Instagram with zero editing on your part. While you probably want to optimise your ad creatives for Instagram at some point, this could be a good way to get going and test the water. Facebook Business Manager can help you out when making ad creatives, too. For example, you can use pre-made templates to make video ads. Although TikTok is nipping at its heels, Instagram is still the dominant platform for influencers. Of all the social platforms, 79% of marketers consider Instagram an important part of their influencer campaigns. Regardless of whether you’re working with big-name celebrities or micro-influencers, it’s a good idea to have a presence on the platform. You can use Instagram advertising campaigns to boost the performance of your influencer posts and get them seen by more would-be customers. Okay, so you want to launch your ad campaign. Here's how to start. 1. Link your Instagram to your Facebook page - This one’s pretty easy. Head to your business’s Facebook page, then go to ‘Page settings’. This will give you a menu with loads of options. Select (you guessed it) ‘Instagram’ and click the big blue ‘connect account’ button. 2. Set up the Meta pixel - This is a piece of code you can add to your website which helps to track conversions. It requires a bit of technical know-how but it’s worth the pain. Here’s how to install it, courtesy of Meta. Without this magic pixel you won’t be able to create retargeting and a lookalike audience. These are audience sets who’ve done something of value on your site, like visited a product page or added something to their basket, but abandoned the process.3. Pick a goal for your campaign - Now that’s done, head to Ads Manager and start creating your campaign. First, you’ll need to pick what you want to achieve with your campaign. Here’s a few of the options that’ll be most relevant to DTC brands: 4. Define your target audience - Next you can start creating the audience for your ad. Dust off your buyer personas if you have them to hand as they’ll be handy here! You have a ton of different targeting options to pick from so try not to get overwhelmed. If it’s too many options to choose from, then keep it simple to start. You can always adjust and refine your audience set once you have some performance data to go on.5. Set your budget - If this is your first foray into Instagram advertising, I’d recommend starting low and increasing your budget when you start to see success. Instagram is slightly more expensive than Facebook, and has an average cost-per-click of ÂŁ0.35 - ÂŁ0.75 (that’s $0.41 - $0.88 if you’re state side). However, it can increase up to ÂŁ2.70 / $3.18 if you’re in a more competitive industry. If you’ve already added your target audience, Ads Manager will give you a recommended total budget and a rough guess at results. You can use the slider to see how adding or decreasing the budget might impact results. 6. Pick your placement - By default, Ads Manager will set your campaign to run on both Facebook and Instagram. If you’re just interested in Instagram, just click on ‘Placements’ and deselect Facebook. But wait, what about your ad creative? When getting your ad assets created, you’ve got 5 different options when deciding which Instagram ad format to use. Here’s what each means: We’ll go through inspiration for ad creatives from other brands in a second. But first, this is a good point to think about how you’ll want to store and manage all the ad content you’ll need to create. To really see what helps you sell your products on Instagram, you’re going to have to create different variations of your ad graphics. Stacks, an ad agency, recommend small businesses run 20-40 different ad variations per campaign. This will give you enough data to see what images, text and colours your audience respond best too. If you’re planning on running multiple campaigns and reaching different audiences, that’s going to be a lot of visual content to keep track of. Please, we beg of thee, don’t use Drive or Dropbox to store your Instagram ad creatives. Instead, opt for a digital asset management tool like Dash. You can neatly categorise your ad creatives and make it easy for your team to access them. You can also log the performance of your assets using Dash’s custom fields, like so: Take it from us - your future self will thank you. Now you’re ready to get started making your ad assets! Here’s a few examples we’ve picked from other growing ecommerce businesses. Scroll through these and see if inspiration strikes. People buy from people. If you’ve got loyal customers, feature them in your Instagram Ads (with their agreement of course). Why? Prospective customers need to have trust in your brand before they hand over their hard earned cash. A great way of doing that is showing your product being used by people just like them (also know as user-generated content). {% video_player "embed_player" overrideable=False, type='hsvideo2', hide_playlist=True, viral_sharing=False, embed_button=False, autoplay=False, hidden_controls=False, loop=False, muted=False, full_width=False, width='1000', height='750', player_id='82998563220', style='' %} Short video of  an ad run from Skin + Me's Instagram account Take this great example from personalised skincare brand Skin + Me. They open with a grid of different customers unboxing their product. Then they follow one customer’s glowing testimonial. It’s a great way to introduce customers to their brand and give them the confidence it’s being used (and loved!) by others. Like the point above, potential customers want to know your business is trusted by others. Unlike the tip above, this one requires a little less effort. You’re most likely already on review platforms like TrustPilot or Feefo. And that means you’re sitting on a bank of social proof you can use in your advertising campaigns, with relatively low effort. Still of ads from Misfits Health's Instagram account Misfits Health does this really well. Check out the variations of ads above which they’re currently experimenting with. These are especially clever as, not only are they featuring rave customer reviews, they’re also introducing audiences to their different flavours. Who doesn’t love a good bargain? Use time-limited Instagram Ad campaigns to promote site-wide sales you’re running. Make sure you feature the reductions and savings prominently in your ads - like this series from super sleek furniture brand noo.ma. Still of ads from Noo.ma's Instagram account They’ve overlaid their beautiful, styled product shots with punchy and simple text. As well as the “40% off” promotion, they’ve also included ‘free shipping’ as an added benefit. Tying this in with a seasonal promotion, like Black Friday, could make your ads go even further. Fun fact - carousel ads are the most engaged-with type of ad format on the platform. So it makes sense to make use of them, right? That’s exactly what UK-based men’s jewellery brand Frederick Grove have done with this in-feed carousel of clean, simple photo ads. Still of ads from Frederick Grove's Instagram account These impeccably-styled product shots show off both their rings and bracelets, too. That’s pretty clever in our book as they’re promoting multiple products in one ad and showing how they can be worn together. The bottom line = more ÂŁÂŁÂŁ. Customers are increasingly driven by their values. They expect your business to share their values, and will actively support those who do. A whopping 64% of consumers say that having the same values as a brand was the primary reason they had a relationship with the company. So if you’re an ethical business, leading with your values is a great way to connect with new audiences. Let’s take Wild as an example. They make deodorant free from cruelty and parabens. Sustainability is key to what they do. Their cans are made from aluminium and you can order non-plastic, compostable refills. {% video_player "embed_player" overrideable=False, type='hsvideo2', hide_playlist=True, viral_sharing=False, embed_button=False, autoplay=False, hidden_controls=False, loop=False, muted=False, full_width=False, width='1000', height='750', player_id='82994954277', style='' %} Short video of  an ad run from Wild's Instagram account In this ad, they’ve taken a wider cause their audience care about - ‘going green’ - and show how their product helps their customers achieve that. Don’t get us wrong - videos, pop-up banners, scrolling text, that’s all great. But it’s worth testing if ads which feature your product with zero distractions perform well. Still of ads from The Healing Pear's Instagram account That’s what ethical jewellery brand The Healing Pear have done here in a series of Instagram Story ads. These ads show off the jewellery in its best light and speak for themselves. 💡Here's a post on how to reinvigorate your organic Instagram content, too - with inspiration from 30 DTC brands. You’ve got a load of ideas and you’re ready to get started. Before you do, make sure you have all the tools you’ll need to succeed. Here’s a few marketing tools I’d recommend getting set up before you take the plunge. And that’s it! Now the rest is up to you. Happy selling! Barney is the Marketing Lead for Dash. He writes about small business marketing strategies and how DTC brands can boost sales. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/introducing-dash-dam Title: Introducing Dash - the new home for your brand’s contentTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Welcome to Dash, the new home for your brand's content. Read some words from our founder and find out what we're all about! Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/introducing-dash-dam ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Introducing Dash - the new home for your brand’s content H3: Where it all started H3: What is Dash? H3: Our company culture H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Introducing Dash - the new home for your brand’s content H3: Where it all started H3: What is Dash? H3: Our company culture H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Hi, I’m Martin, co-founder of Bright — a SaaS company based in Brighton, UK 👋 I’m also the founder of Dash, Bright’s latest digital asset management (DAM) solution for SMEs and growing teams. For us, building software solutions isn’t all about the tech. We are as much about the people. After all, what’s the point in software without people? This means we focus on creating the best experience for our customers and rely on their feedback to make the best decisions for our products. But, I’m jumping ahead of myself. Let me tell you a little bit about our history. Back in ancient times 2005, we launched our first digital asset management solution, Asset Bank. After years of listening to our customers, and learning from how they used our product, we saw an opportunity to launch a new DAM platform aimed at fast-moving marketing teams used to working with modern, ready-to-use SaaS solutions. We realised that small teams don’t need overpriced, complicated software (which describes many DAM products on the market). Instead, they need a tool that’s powerful yet simple to set up and use, which can grow effortlessly with their brand — and which has a reasonable price tag. So we set out to modernise the DAM experience and created Dash. Dash is an effortless DAM solution for small and medium-sized businesses (SMEs/SMBs) and growing brands. It’s for marketers fed up with spending hours hunting around for images and videos on network servers and shared cloud storage. It provides a beautiful, centralised home for all your digital assets — enabling you to organise and tag them, find what you need quickly and share and deploy it with the click of a button. Make your life easier It couldn’t be simpler. We want to save you as much time as possible in the management of your digital assets through the use of cutting-edge technologies, automation and world-class user experience design. Dash empowers you to organise, find and deploy everything you need, quickly. Remove barriers We don’t think it should be difficult to get started with DAM, nor should it only be accessible to big-budget enterprises. That’s why we are committed to making Dash as easy to use as possible at a very affordable price. There’s no lengthy onboarding, no annual lock-in and absolutely no paying for functionality you don’t need. You’ll also be using the same quality software as your enterprise competitors, at a fraction of the price. Help you feel inspired by your content We don’t just want you to find the perfect image for your campaigns - we want you to feel excited by them. With Dash’s beautiful and easy-to-use UX you can keep your focus on your visual content - the stuff that matters. Connect with people Most importantly, we are committed to staying connected with people — that includes our customers as well as the people who build our software. We have a lovely team at Dash, and every one of us wants to ensure you have the best possible experience with our product. We really do strive to provide the best customer service in the industry. We want to ensure the best possible working experience for our people. Working in a close-knit, cross-functional team ensures we stay motivated and continually learn from each other. Unlike some DAM vendors on the market, we’re bootstrapped and have every intention of remaining independent. Our focus will always be on providing the best DAM solution for our customers.Feel free to find out more about the team and to connect with me on LinkedIn 🙂 Martin Wilson is co-founder of Asset Bank and Dash. He leads digital asset management solutions by applying lean principles to software development. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/is-sharepoint-a-viable-dam-solution Title: Should I use SharePoint digital asset management for my brand's images and vidoes?Twitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: SharePoint doesn't have the digital asset management features you need to manage your images and videos. Learn why you should pick DAM instead. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/is-sharepoint-a-viable-dam-solution ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Should I use SharePoint digital asset management for my brand's images and vidoes? H3: What's SharePoint? H3: What’s digital asset management? H3: Does Microsoft have a DAM solution? H3: DAM vs SharePoint - weighing up your options H3: DAM vs SharePoint: Pros and cons H3: SharePoint vs DAM: Which is better for my digital assets? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Should I use SharePoint digital asset management for my brand's images and vidoes? H3: What's SharePoint? H3: What’s digital asset management? H3: Does Microsoft have a DAM solution? H3: DAM vs SharePoint - weighing up your options H3: DAM vs SharePoint: Pros and cons H4: DAM vs SharePoint: Features H4: DAM vs SharePoint: What type of companies use them? H4: DAM vs SharePoint: Which teams will benefit from them? H4: DAM vs SharePoint: Ease of use H4: DAM vs SharePoint: Pricing H3: SharePoint vs DAM: Which is better for my digital assets? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content If your brand has loads of images and videos, it’s easy to feel overwhelmed with content chaos. Perhaps you need a graphic for a campaign that only exists on an ex-colleagues desktop. Maybe you need an image for social media, but it’s buried in a labyrinth of folders on your company’s network drive. Awful right? If that rings true, it’s no wonder you want to make sure your content is managed properly—and are considering SharePoint to do just that. But hold on a second. Whilst SharePoint is fine for teams looking to manage documents, and especially handy if your business already has Microsoft systems, it’s not great for managing your visual content. That's what a digital asset management system (DAM) is for. And the better news? You don’t need to pick a DAM over SharePoint, or vice versa. You can use SharePoint to manage your documents, and a DAM to manage your visual content. Done right, they can work nicely in collaboration with each other. SharePoint is part of the Microsoft Office suite. It's a file management tool that allows you to create internal workspaces and websites for your team. You can upload news items, post updates and create individual department SharePoints, all linked by one main site. Think of it as your company intranet—a place for teams to share documents and look for the important information they need to do their jobs. One area SharePoint isn't so great at, however, is visual content management. That's where a digital asset management system comes into its own. Tools like SharePoint (and Drive and Dropbox, for that matter) excel at file management. Managing your visual content, however, is where DAM tools come into their own. Put simply, they let you organise, manage and share your brand's images, video files and marketing assets with ease. {{dam-comparison="/blog-components"}} Think about how you’re currently storing your visual content. Rather than wasting hours trawling through shared drives for campaign assets, wouldn’t you rather get on with your job? If yes, then a DAM could be just the solution you’re looking for. If no, then 
 are you alright? Because I’m worried about you. What makes DAM so useful is the ability to quickly search for the assets you need. You can search for the actual content of your content - like ‘chair’ or ‘beach’. And clever DAMs, like Dash, let you assign your own fields to assets. This is handy if you’ve got loads of product lines and you want to search for individual products. With Dash you can add relevant product tags to your assets and use the handy search functionalities to find them again. Read more in my introduction to digital asset management. As we’ve mentioned, SharePoint’s not ideal for managing visual content. If this is the case, surely Microsoft has built its own digital asset management system? Alas, no. Instead, many companies make do with SharePoint's limited features for their visual content or look elsewhere. But it's good to know that you can use SharePoint alongside a digital asset management solution, like Dash. Scoot down this article to learn how both tools can work together. Now you know a bit more about the two contenders, let’s dig into their similarities and differences in a bit more detail. We’ll start with their pros and cons. What are the benefits of SharePoint for file management? What are the cons of SharePoint digital asset management? What are the benefits of digital asset management solutions? {{free-trial="/blog-components"}} What are the cons of DAM for general file management? In summary, SharePoint is a good choice for document storage and if you need to sync up with your existing MS Office tools. But if you and your partners need access to files like images and videos, you’re better off using DAM software (like Dash) specifically designed for managing images and videos. Let’s start with what SharePoint and DAM tools let you do. You might be able to get away with using SharePoint as your DAM system. But remember it’s a file management system first and foremost. It’s not great with features or workflows specifically to do with visual content - unless you have a technical whizz on standby who can do lots of third-party integrations and automations for you. Put simply, if you’re creating and using hundreds of marketing assets, SharePoint is going to slow you down. 💡Read our article that goes into detail about all of Dash’s digital asset management features. Getting an idea of the types of companies using each tool might help you decide which one is suited to your brand's needs. Let's get into it. What types of companies use SharePoint? Companies of all sizes work with Microsoft products. From massive enterprises like AXA and Calsberg to growing ecommerce brands like Needle and Thread. They use it as their company intranet as well as their file management system. The problem is that SharePoint is just no good at digital asset management. And, because of this, many of these companies end up using a mixture of Google Drive and Dropbox on top of SharePoint to manage video and image files. Can you imagine how chaotic that can get? 😣 What types of companies use digital asset management? Any brand that uses images and videos for marketing will benefit from a DAM. But there are lots of different digital asset management vendors out there—each suited to different types of companies. Dash, for example, is a DAM designed for growing ecommerce brands. Our features and workflows have been built to suit the needs of ecommerce teams. Take a look at a few below: đŸȘŽHaws Watering Cans use Dash portals to let retailers access assets like product images and logosđŸčGoodrays use Dash to keep on top of their ecommerce marketplaces Many of these companies have outgrown tools like Dropbox, Google Drive and SharePoint. They need a DAM that will grow with their brand. If this rings true for you, why not sign up for a 14-day free trial? 👇 All your teams are going to benefit from one or the other. It all depends on what they’re using DAM or SharePoint for. Let’s take a look at some examples:Marketing teamsYour marketing team might be managing video assets and product shots to showcase on the website and social media. Or, they might need to store the audio files for your brand's podcast. DAM gives them the freedom to manage and share those assets with other teams as well as freelancers and agencies. Plus, it's a great collaboration platform. For example, your team can also use guest uploads to get content from influencers. And set up approval workflows to manage new content from graphic designers agencies. SharePoint, on the other hand, will be useful if they’re sharing written content in MS Office documents. 👉 Here's more on how to use Dash as your marketing asset management tool.Design teams Creative teams who work with creative files will love DAM. It’s been designed specifically for them to manage these types of assets. In Dash, designers can sort through their graphics and give everyone access to the latest designs. And, they search and filter through different file types like JPG, PNG, SVG. What's more, integrations with tools like Adobe CC make using assets a breeze. Read my post all about DAM for designers if you want to delve into more benefits. 🧑‍🎹 SharePoint, although great for document sharing, is not ideal for design teams. It’s good for document managing—not creative assets. đŸ€“ Read more on how your team can benefit from design digital asset management software. Sales teams SharePoint makes a great solution for sales teams who need to manage important documents. From reports to quotes, proposals and price lists — they can keep all their important docs in one location. SharePoint also has an integration with Dock, a CRM tool that will help sales teams keep track of their customers, contracts and more. However, for sales teams who need to access the latest product shots and branding to send to customers, DAM should be the asset library of choice. 🙌 đŸ€“ Read how the sales team at The History and Heraldry Group use Dash to show new product lines to their customers. For each of these functions, it's good to know that you can set up asset approval processes in Dash. So if you're a marketing manager and want to approve any graphics uploaded by your designer, it'll be super easy to do so using the approval workflow. Simply accept the designs you like or give feedback on those that need more work. No matter what tools you settle on, you’ll be spending a lot of time in them. It’s important to consider what the user experience feels like and how easy they are to use. SharePoint looks like most of the file management systems out there. Its interface is pretty standard and feels similar to Google Drive, so there shouldn’t be much of a learning curve. Digital asset management software, however, can really vary. You can get some that feel outdated and others that are pitched toward enterprises that feel ridiculously over-complicated. And then you digital asset managers get DAMs like our very own Dash. It’s clean, easy to understand and does your visual content justice. Your images are no longer tiny little generic thumbnail icons, like they would be on SharePoint. Here’s a look at ecommerce brand, Haws. They have a gorgeous Dash home page that reflects their brand and gives them quick access to assets. 😍 If you’re in a small business or a growing brand, every penny counts - especially if you need to convince senior management. Here’s how the two compare. Digital Asset Management pricing Some DAMs won’t get out of bed for ÂŁ10,000 a month - I kid you not. They’re often the DAMs that don’t advertise their pricing upfront on their website. If you’re looking for an affordable DAM solution which doesn’t sacrifice on quality, then Dash is the one for you. Take a look at our post all about enterprise digital asset management for more info. Our pricing starts at ÂŁ79 / $109 a month for unlimited users and all features. SharePoint has varying price options depending on what you need it to do. You can opt for a SharePoint-only plan, or bundle it in with access to Office360. No matter which you go for, each plan is based per user. This means you could be paying up to ÂŁ17.50 / $21 a month per team member. Now that we’ve compared digital asset management systems and SharePoint, where does this leave you? DAM tools and SharePoint serve different purposes, so it’s important to decide what you’re prepared to spend money on. Our recommendation - factor in budget for a DAM to manage your visual content, and a tool like SharePoint to collaborate and work on documents and presentations. Picking SharePoint, or a tool like it, to do everything is just going to cause you pain in the long run. 💡 If you want to find an alternative platform for sharing documents, check out our article that lists some great SharePoint alternatives. Whatever you choose for your documents, your visual content deserves better. Build a new home for it in Dash by taking out a 14-day, no-strings free trial and see what you think. Amy Burchill is the SEO and Content Manager for Dash. She works with ecommerce experts to create articles for DTC brands wanting to improve their campaigns. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/june-2022-update Title: Dash June updates - Canva integration + requesting new featuresTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: From our Canva integration to a new way to submit product feature requests, here's everything we've added to Dash in June 2022. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/june-2022-update ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Dash June updates - Canva integration + requesting new features H3: Dash now integrates with Canva H3: Integrations available to all customers H3: A new way to request product features H3: Attributes renamed to Fields H3: Share Dash with your friends and earn rewards H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Dash June updates - Canva integration + requesting new features H3: Dash now integrates with Canva H3: Integrations available to all customers H3: A new way to request product features H3: Attributes renamed to Fields H3: Share Dash with your friends and earn rewards H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content We've been busy and have lots of exciting updates for you! Here's a round-up. You can now access your Dash assets directly from within Canva! Just install the Dash app from the Canva store and drag and drop straight into your work. Find out more about the integration, then check out Amy's top tips for creating great Canva designs. We've opened up access to all our integrations - so no matter what Dash plan you're on, you'll be able to make use of them. That means all customers can access their assets from within other applications, and make their workflows even faster! 😇 Take a look at all the Dash integrations. We've got a brand new place for you to submit your Dash feedback! The Ideas Hub is your way to let us know how we can improve Dash - and to see the features we're currently hard at work on. Here you can: Start sharing your feedback with us! You'll just need to register for an account using your email address. To date, you've been able to store custom information about your assets by creating Attributes. This feature makes your assets much easier to organise and find, but we've had feedback that "attributes" is a confusing term. So we've switched to the hopefully easier to understand "Fields"! Don't worry - everything works exactly the same as before. Want to know more? Read my guide on how to use custom fields to make your visual content better organised and easier to find. We've refreshed our referral programme so you can earn even more rewards! Each time one of your friends signs up for Dash using your referral link, you'll earn: If you're a Dash customer, just get in touch to receive your referral link and start spreading the word! Charlie Pinker is the Customer Success Lead for Dash. He writes articles that help customers get the most out of their Dash. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/keywording-in-digital-asset-management Title: How keywords help you find images in a DAM systemTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Independent Keyword Consultant, Clemency Wright, explains how keywords can be used to make searching your DAM system a breeze. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/keywording-in-digital-asset-management ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: How keywords help you find images in a DAM system H3: What are metadata and keywords in DAM? H3: Why bother with keywords? H3: They save your business time (and money) H3: How to use keywords in your DAM system H3: How to get started with keywording? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: How keywords help you find images in a DAM system H3: What are metadata and keywords in DAM? H3: Why bother with keywords? H4: They make folders easier to navigate H3: They save your business time (and money) H4: They reduce brand risk H3: How to use keywords in your DAM system H4: Discover what your colleagues are already searching for H4: Find synonyms and alternative keywords H4: Set up usage rights and expiry dates H3: How to get started with keywording? H4: Get 20% off Clemency's keywording course H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Visual content plays a key role in the success of marketing and communications for small and medium businesses. They help attract new customers and play a huge part in influencing people’s buying decisions. So it’s no wonder more businesses are investing in digital asset management (DAM) to help manage and streamline content management. It’s a place to organise, search and deploy visuals to your marketing channels. Using a DAM will help you find images quickly, which helps you launch marketing campaigns fast and, ultimately, helps you make more money. But the key to a successful DAM is how your metadata and keywords are set up. What types of keywords should you be using and how can you make sure other people are able to find your images, fast?In this article, I’m going to delve into keywords and explain how you can use them to make finding your images in DAM a breeze. We navigate to physical destinations using maps, signs and GPS. Each case requires us to know where we’re going so that the tool can show us the way. In a digital asset management system we navigate using metadata. Metadata is image information that can be “read” by your digital asset management system. In many cases, metadata lives behind the scenes so people searching your DAM are not aware of its existence. But if you create digital files of any kind—including images, videos, PDFs and graphics—then the metadata you add to this content in your DAM tool tells the search engine what the content is and what it’s about. This is what powers search.Keywords are one form of metadata. They describe the attributes of an image such as the location the photo was taken, prominent colours, and the people depicted. Keywords are essential to image search because a search engine cannot “see” visual media, but it can “read” the metadata attached to it in your DAM.Searching for images in a digital asset management system requires applying metadata and keywords in a systematic way. The keywording process varies from business to business, but the end goal is to ensure relevant and accurate search results and a consistent user experience. So you know what keywords are—but how useful are they? Here are three key reasons you should spend time applying keywords to your images. In his book “Don’t make me Think” User Experience designer, Steve Krug, writes that “nothing important should ever be more than two clicks away”. What this means is that content should be quick and easy to find, and the search experience should be simple and intuitive. If you are currently storing your photos and other digital files in folders, then the chances are it’s taking more than two clicks to access them. Storing files in complex folder structures is like looking for a needle in a haystack. Search becomes frustrating, slow and ineffective and, as a result, businesses lose money. Let’s say you have a series of folders in your shared drive containing photos of your staff, offices, logos and products. The worst-case scenario (and this is not unusual) is to simply dump all of the logo files into the “Logo” folder and expect people to open it and visually scroll through it. You may have broken them down by year or brand, which helps, and you may have assigned meaningful file names (such as marketing_2023_ebook.jpg), but search is still clunky.Folder structures work if you know exactly what image you want and you know where it is. You can navigate your way through multiple levels to eventually locate your desired file.However, there are two problems with this. Firstly, this method will almost certainly require a lot of clicks. Secondly, it doesn’t cater to people using the system to discover new content, or who describe imagery in less formulaic terms.By adding descriptive keywords (to describe what is shown in the image), as well as administrative metadata (such as creation date, copyright, file size etc.) we open up search to a wider spectrum of people, creating a much more accessible experience. Perhaps you have a library of images already on your hard drives. Think about the times when people have asked you where a particular photograph is. Or, worse, the times when you’ve had to spend ages clicking through thumbnails before you find the image you need.  When we’re busy and need images fast, we just don’t have time to scroll through folders, trying to remember where things live. What’s more, as your image library grows you end up dropping more files into your sea of content and it takes longer and longer to find what you need. Thankfully, keywords facilitate self-service— that’s quick and easy access to all of your content without the need for frequent intervention from your team. This results in more engagement, higher usage rates, a reduced time to market, and overall reduction in time and money spent trying to locate images on a case-by-case basis. Imagine you’re uploading images from a shoot for one of your team events. You’ll certainly need to include key information about the event such as its title, where it took place, any key people depicted etc. Depending on the circumstances you might also want to specify if the images can be used for social media or press releases or whether they are for some reason “embargoed” for public domain use. This information can be written into the metadata for the files in your digital asset management system so that people searching for content will know how they can use the images. Every photo or video uploaded to a digital asset management system should be keyworded to help people find it. The keywords applied to the image should match those terms most likely to be used by people searching for your imagery.Without keywords, how else will people find the right imagery? Unless they can remember the specific file name or exact location of the folder it’s been filed in, they’ll waste a lot of time searching—and often won’t find it at all. Here are some tips on picking keywords for your DAM system. Often, when searching in a DAM, people know exactly what they want, or at least they have some idea of the type of result they’re looking for. However, sometimes people are unsure about what’s on offer, or what they want. They might want to be inspired to discover something new. This changes the way people search and the words they use, and so keywords should adapt to various user journeys. Some digital asset management systems are configured to help people browse using categories and galleries. Others implement filters and advanced search to help narrow down search results. In comparison, a simple search box allows for a greater sense of autonomy; search is not restricted to a list of options, but rather, it is a blank canvas. If you are able to generate keyword search logs, you will find these produce extremely valuable data for your business. Search logs and usage analytics provide insights into the way people navigate your digital content and the terminology they use to search for specific files. This can then be used to course-correct the terminology applied to images to make them even more accessible. Search is straightforward if everyone is looking for the same thing such as the name of a specific city. Or, when people use the exact same words such as “Coke” instead of “Coca Cola” or “Soda”. However, for smaller, and more specialist businesses, there are plenty of instances where people will be searching in less predictable and more varied ways. For instance, people may use different words to describe the same thing (such as “sofa” or “couch”), or conceptual terms like “success” or “celebration”. Concepts are a great way to allow people to search for content that conveys emotion and creates connections, however, they are more difficult to define and put into words. If you can include synonyms and alternative terms to your keywords, then this will make the search experience on the front end much more efficient.The first stage to making visual media more visible is to learn how people describe it and the terms they use. From there, you can create a strategy to help apply relevant keywords to images so they can be surfaced to the right people at the right time. You may need to decide who is allowed to see certain files in your DAM and set permissions accordingly. You might also need to define the way images are used, and create clear governance around this, to avoid any confusion or misuse.Without metadata and keywords, people might feel nervous about using content. This can put people off using your digital asset management system. When this happens, content becomes redundant, it loses its value, and money is wasted creating duplicate content.By making sure your digital asset management system indicates the status of content, you will reduce risk, help people make good choices and increase their confidence in the way they search for and use content. Keywording is something that takes a bit of time, thought and planning—but it’s never too late to start.Here’s a quick run-down of how you might get started: After this, think about how best to integrate keywording into your business workflow. What resources do you have? What resources do you need? If you want to help people find relevant images, then a simple, easy-to-use digital asset management system is the best place to start. One that can be easily configured to adapt to your growing and changing content collection. If you need guidance with developing a keyword and metadata strategy, you can join my 4-part course: Developing a tactical keyword framework. Make sure to use the code DASH20 to get 20% off! đŸ€© And if you don't have a DAM system yet, you can sign up for Dash free for 14 days. Just head to the form below. 👇 (You can also use our free digital asset migration spreadsheet to help get your content ready to move to your new system). Clemency Wright is a Keywording Consultant. She helps brands increase visibility to visual media through strategic search methods and Keywording training. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/klaviyo-integration Title: How to create Klaviyo campaigns with DashTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Learn how Dash can help you plan, create and launch visual campaigns in Klaviyo's email marketing software. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/klaviyo-integration ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: How to create Klaviyo campaigns with Dash H3: Using Dash to find inspiration for your Klaviyo campaigns H3: How to embed your images into a Klaviyo email campaign H3: How to manage your Dash images in Klaviyo H3: Plan and launch marketing campaigns with Dash H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: How to create Klaviyo campaigns with Dash H3: Using Dash to find inspiration for your Klaviyo campaigns H3: How to embed your images into a Klaviyo email campaign H3: How to manage your Dash images in Klaviyo H3: Plan and launch marketing campaigns with Dash H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Klaviyo is a leading email marketing and SMS tool for ecommerce brands. It’s a popular choice for marketing teams that need to get product and marketing information out to their customers and prospects. You can set up automated email and SMS flows to help win and retain customers and sell more products. You can also collect reviews to enrich your brand’s social proof. And, what you might not know, you can also use Dash to get visual content like product images and brand assets into your Klaviyo campaigns. In this article, we’ll show you how. ✹ Before you start creating your email campaigns in Klaviyo, you’ll need to plan your content. As an ecommerce brand, no doubt you have hundreds of product images, lifestyle pics and videos that’ll make fantastic content for your marketing campaigns. And when you’ve got all this visual content stored in Dash, it’s really easy to find inspiration and plan your campaigns. As an example, we’ll use Planto (a houseplant brand we created for demo purposes). We want to create a new campaign that promotes our best-selling product—the rubber plant. In Dash, we can search for the keyword, ‘rubber plant’ and browse through all images featuring our product. In this instance, we want to find images that have performed well in our previous campaigns. So we can filter by ‘image rating’ and find the top-rated assets. Not only can we grab images quickly, but everything is displayed in big, clear thumbnails—a bit like an inspirational Pinterest board. đŸ€“ You can read about how a real customer, Emmy London, plans marketing campaigns using Dash. Next, it’s time to get our image into Klaviyo. In your Dash account: 1. Click the image you want to use for your campaign and go to the ‘embed’ button. 2. When you click this button you’ll get the option to crop and resize your image. Select from a series of preset sizes, or create your own custom size. In this example, we’ll use the ‘newsletter’ crop. 3. Once you’ve selected the crop you want to use, Dash will automatically copy an embed link to your clipboard. 4. Next, head over to Klaviyo. Open a new or existing email campaign. Once you’re in the template editor, drag and drop an image block into your email. Select ‘browse image library’, then ‘import image URL.’ Copy and paste your embed link into the URL bar. 5. Hit ‘import image’ and—voila!—your image is now embedded into your email campaigns. Every time you add an embedded link from Dash into your Klaviyo image library, you’ll be able to access them from Klaviyo again later. In your Klaviyo dashboard, go to ‘content’ and select ‘image and brand.’ From here you can see everything you’ve imported from Dash. It’s really easy to find and import images from Dash into your Klaviyo campaigns. But it doesn’t end there. There are loads of ways Dash helps you plan and launch marketing campaigns. For ecommerce brands in particular, Dash is the perfect digital asset management tool for helping you get your products to market, fast. Just take a look at how some of our customers use Dash for their marketing: Want to give it a go yourself? Sign up to Dash for free for 14 days. Amy Burchill is the SEO and Content Manager for Dash. She works with ecommerce experts to create articles for DTC brands wanting to improve their campaigns. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/launching-a-shopify-store-in-18-weeks Title: Launching a Shopify store in 18 weeks | Insights from ForthgladeTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Forthgade natural dog food launched their new Shopify website in just 18 weeks. Rebecca Polding offers her tips for revamping your brand's online store. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/launching-a-shopify-store-in-18-weeks ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Launching a Shopify store in 18 weeks | Insights from Forthglade H2: 6 tips on launching a new Shopify website H2: How to increase website conversions H2: Rebecca’s takeaways for building and improving your Shopify store H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Launching a Shopify store in 18 weeks | Insights from Forthglade H2: 6 tips on launching a new Shopify website H4: 1. Find an agency that aligns with your brand ethos H4: 2. Have a discovery day H4: 3. Gather best practices from other industries H4: 4. Use tools (like Dash) to organise your product content H4: 5. Get people outside of your team to test your website H4: 6. Ask customers for feedback H2: How to increase website conversions H4: Nurture your marketplace customers H4: Create high-quality visual content for your site H4: Use surveys to find out how customers first heard about you H4: Improve your subscription offering H2: Rebecca’s takeaways for building and improving your Shopify store H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Forthglade produces natural, grain-free recipes for dogs. đŸ¶ They’ve been in the retail space for 50 years and, five years ago, they made the move to sell their products online. During that time Rebecca Polding, the brand’s Senior Digital Trading Manager, has worked on some transformative projects like revamping their ecommerce website and launching their subscription program. In this episode of Ecommerce Marketing 101, Rebecca explains how her team revamped Forthglade’s Shopify website in just 18 weeks. She walks us through the process, offering tips on working with an agency, testing your new website and increasing conversions. Forthglade have always run their online store on Shopify. When Shopify 2.0 launched, they took this as an opportunity to improve the site for mobile shoppers and update their technical infrastructure. This prompted them to do a full-blown website overhaul. From these learnings, Rebecca offered her top tips for brands who’re thinking about doing the same. Reworking your website is no small feat. That’s why Forthglade chose to work with a Shopify Plus agency. But they didn’t want just any old agency—they needed one that aligned with their needs and the way that they worked. After asking around their network for recommendations, Rebecca and her team picked Quickfire Digital. Quickfire is an agency that specialises in building Shopify stores that are optimised for conversions. Not only do Quickfire have a roster of clients that are at a similar size and scale to Forthglade, they also align with the brand’s ethos. “The ethos and the things that Quickfire cares about are the things that we care about. And they have such a strong track record with businesses of our size. We didn't want to be a big fish; we didn't want to be a small fish - we just wanted to be just right. And we wanted to find an agency that fits this project, as well as the ongoing needs of our development team.” Quickfire worked really closely with Forthglade as the website was being overhauled. Rebecca was in regular contact with Quickfire’s design and development team, which meant they could turn feedback around quickly. Plus, Rebecca and her team could learn how the website worked whilst it was being built, which saved them loads of time in the long run. 💡Quickfire Digital are a partner of Dash. If you’re a customer of ours, Quickfire will give your store a free conversion rate optimisation (CRO) audit. Contact our team to find out more. Key takeaway: When picking a Shopify agency, consider how they align with your brand. You can ask around your network and take a look at their previous clients to get a sense of the type and size of brands they work with. After Rebecca and her team picked Quickfire, they went into a ‘discovery day’. This was an intense session that helped Forthglade and their agency create a requirements document for the website project. “We spent an entire day with senior strategists, project managers and designers to formulate a plan for the project. We knew we wanted a certain volume of new customers every month, so this helped inform our design requirements.” Rebecca says they had easy communication with Quickfire’s design and development team. This meant they could sign off on designs really quickly. Key takeaway: An intensive discovery day is a great way to quickly build a list of requirements for your website project. If you can, try to do this with the key team members of your agency, including designers and developers, to help speed up the process. One of the best ways to get design ideas for your new website is to look at brands outside of your industry. Whilst competitor research is important, it’s equally crucial that you’re looking at ways to differentiate yourself. In Rebecca’s case, she specifically looked at brands that host on Shopify. “A brand that’s using the Shopify platform is Ritual Multivitamins. I really love what they've done because it feels like they have a lot of really complex information, but the website is still incredibly usable on mobile. They make everything look and feel like their brand, but super, super usable.” She also looked at bigger brands like Gymshark and Finisterre to see what design elements they were using, and how Forthgade could take inspiration for their own website. Here are some of the elements we love on Forthglade’s website. 😍 Key takeaway: When you’re looking for new ideas, don’t just stick with your competitors. You want to differentiate yourself, so make sure you’re drawing on inspo from brands outside of your industry. Visual content is hugely important to Forthglade. If you look at any of their channels, you’ll see they have a strong brand identity which is supported by high quality product and lifestyle images. To manage all of this, they use Dash’s (that’s us!👋). Our digital asset management (DAM) tool helps them to find, organise and share all their visual content. Here’s a sneak peak of their account (which you can read more about in Forthglade’s customer story). Dash integrates with Shopify so it’s really easy for Rebecca and her team to drag and drop images into their product pages. Dash also proved to be a crucial part of their website rebuild. “We used Dash to get images into Shopify. Shopify would then auto-compress and resize our images to meet the recommended sizes. It was just a really good way for us to take content straight from the source when rebuilding all of our product listings. It saved us loads of time.” Key takeaway: Your visual content is a vital part of your website. Make sure you’re doing it justice by using a DAM tool like Dash to help you get images and videos into your website. 💡 Learn more about the key features of digital asset management. When you’re working closely on a project, it can be hard to miss the small details. That’s why Rebecca recommends asking people from outside of your team to test your customer journeys. “Try and find as many “blind users” as you can. We use some people outside of our digital team to run through common customer journeys. Once that's all signed off and the initial bugs are sorted out, you can then push your website into a live state.” Key takeaway: Get as many people to test your website as possible. Use people from outside of your team to run through some common customer journeys and spot mistakes you might have missed. Once you’ve pushed your website live, you can continue asking for feedback from your customers. Here’s how Rebecca manages it: “We put signs up all over the website to tell customers we’d revamped the site. We asked them to fill out a form if they found any issues, and we were happy to give them a call to help fix them. But, mostly, we were just after feedback so we could make improvements and enhancements based on what was happening out in the real world. That enabled us to keep the website live and weed out issues quickly.” From this feedback, they found some issues around the website’ third-party widgets, as well as a few button responsiveness issues. However, they did see their tracking working really well, which gave them reassurance that they were making the right decisions. Here are some results from the move: “Since the website's gone live, our conversion rate's up by about 1.5% and our average order value has increased by ÂŁ2 due to additional functionality around cross-sells and upsells. We were a bit sceptical at first because that's quite significant and we hadn’t expected an uplift in those areas. But they've been really consistent since we've gone live.” Key takeaway: Don’t be afraid to ask customers for feedback on your new and improved website. Being able to test it in the real world can help you spot issues early on, and make enhancements that’ll improve your website’s performance. Once you’ve launched your new website, it’s time to encourage conversions. Here are some of Rebecca’s tips. Many consumers think it’s cheaper to shop from marketplaces like Amazon. But, as Rebecca told us, if they’re buying Forthglade products regularly, they’ll make bigger savings by bulk-buying or signing up to a subscription on Forthglade’s website. So if marketplace shoppers land on Forthglade’s website, it’s important they’re nurtured through email flows to encourage them to shop directly. People who aren’t ready to buy need to be educated about the product benefits. To do this, Forthglade leans heavily on their visual content to make the products speak for themselves. They use a mix of professionally shot, bespoke imagery and use user-generated content to make their landing pages pop. 💡 Forthglade uses Dash to manage all this visual content. Read about how they have created a gorgeous visual library, and help free up time for the design team. Forthglade surveys their customers to find out where they first heard about the brand. This information can help them focus on specific channels and make improvements to encourage conversions. Forthglade subscriptions are relatively new. But, as Rebecca told us in her ecommerce predictions for 2024, this has become a big part of their DTC offering. It helps build a loyal customer base and increases repeat revenue. Here are some of Rebecca’s tips to improve your subscription offering. Rebecca gave us loads of fantastic tips in our podcast. Here’s a round up of key takeaways: 8 ways to use UGC in your campaigns How to create Facebook ads that sell your products An ecommerce guide to Instagram content How to get started with TikTok marketing Tips for creating thumb-stopping video ads Listen to Rebecca’s episode on: Want a better way to manage your visual content like Forhglade and other DTC brands? Sign up to a 14-day free trial of Dash—no credit card required. Barney is the Marketing Lead for Dash. He writes about small business marketing strategies and how DTC brands can boost sales. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/marketing-asset-management Title: Why ecommerce brands need marketing asset management to growTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Tired of using Drive or Dropbox for your marketing creatives? Here's why a marketing asset management will save you and your team time and effort. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/marketing-asset-management ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Why ecommerce brands need marketing asset management to grow H3: What are marketing assets? H2: What is marketing asset management? H2: How can I manage my marketing assets more effectively? H2: What is marketing asset management software (and why is it essential for brand growth)? H2: 5 ways marketing asset management can help your brand grow H2: How to make the case for a marketing asset management tool H2: What’s the best marketing asset management tool for your brand? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Why ecommerce brands need marketing asset management to grow H3: What are marketing assets? H2: What is marketing asset management? H2: How can I manage my marketing assets more effectively? H4: [fs-toc-omit] 1. Take an inventory and categorise your assets H4: [fs-toc-omit] 2. Choose a single, central location H4: [fs-toc-omit] 3. Establish file naming conventions H4: [fs-toc-omit] 4. Train your team H4: [fs-toc-omit] 5. Keep improving your process H2: What is marketing asset management software (and why is it essential for brand growth)? H2: 5 ways marketing asset management can help your brand grow H4: 1. Find assets quickly and launch campaigns faster H4: 2. Keep your brand consistent across every channel H4: 3. Collaborate seamlessly with creators, agencies and partners H4: 4. Repurpose and deploy content across channels H4: 5. Learn what content drives results H2: How to make the case for a marketing asset management tool H4: [fs-toc-omit] Do your research H4: [fs-toc-omit] Try out the tools you like H4: [fs-toc-omit] Make sure you’re clear on pricing H4: [fs-toc-omit] Get your key decision makers involved H4: [fs-toc-omit] Plan your onboarding H2: What’s the best marketing asset management tool for your brand? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Marketers handle a huge volume of images and videos every year. From product shots and lifestyle photography to social content and ads. Trying to stay organised with tools like Google Drive, Dropbox or a shared network folder quickly becomes frustrating. They’re fine for storing documents, but they’re not designed for finding, sharing or reusing marketing content efficiently. And as your brand grows, you’ll find that those tools will start holding you back. That’s where marketing asset management comes in. It gives your team a central place to organise, access and deploy all your visuals. It helps you launch campaigns faster, stay consistent, and cut down on repetitive tasks so you can grow your brand. Marketing assets are essentially any type of digital assets you’re using to promote and market your brand. They come in a whole host of different file formats, but here are some of the most common types: A quick rule of thumb: if you’re using a digital file in your marketing campaigns to attract customers in some way, then it’s a marketing asset. Find out more in our guide to digital marketing assets. Marketing asset management (MAM) is how businesses organise, store, and share the digital assets they use for marketing. Right now, you might be storing files in tools like Google Drive or Dropbox — and that’s fine for basic documents. But chances are, your team is creating far more than that. Think product images, campaign videos, graphics, logos and other brand assets — all in different file types and used across multiple channels. Those kinds of marketing assets need more than simple file storage. That’s where dedicated marketing asset management software comes in. We’ll get into the benefits of a proper MAM system later in the article, but for now, here are some tips on getting on top of your assets if you’re still using shared drives. Managing all the content you need for different marketing channels can feel overwhelming without the right systems in place - especially when you've got a growing marketing department. But getting organised doesn’t have to be complicated. With a clear process, you can streamline the way you work and make sure your team can always find the assets they need. Start by pulling together everything your team uses regularly. That might include logos, product imagery, videos, campaign graphics and more. Then, group those assets by type, campaign, or any other categories that make sense for your business. 👉 We’ve got a handy worksheet to help you pull assets together ready to migrate to a MAM system. Next, decide where your assets will live. Many teams start with cloud-based tools like Google Drive, Dropbox or a shared network drive. These can work well initially, but they often become harder to manage as your content library grows. Consistent file naming makes assets easier to find, especially if you’re sticking with shared drives. MAM software tools offer more advanced ways to search — like tags and custom fields — so you’re not solely reliant on filenames, but good naming practices still help keep things organised. If you’re relying on folders and spreadsheets, training is essential. Make sure everyone understands how your system works, follows naming conventions, and plays their part in keeping things organised. Asset management isn’t something you set up once and forget about. Regularly review how things are working, gather feedback from your team, and make adjustments where needed. If the process is still slowing you down, that’s often a sign it’s time to consider a marketing asset management tool built to scale with your brand. Once you’ve got a handle on how you’re organising and storing your files, it’s worth stepping back to look at the bigger picture — because this isn’t just about tidiness. The way you manage your marketing assets can have a real impact on how efficiently your team works and how quickly your brand grows. In the early days, tools like Google Drive, Dropbox or shared network folders might do the job. But as your content library expands and more people get involved in creating and using assets, their limitations become clear. Folder structures get messy, file versions multiply, and tracking down the right image or video can take far longer than it should. All of this slows your team down and makes it harder to deliver campaigns at speed. [Learn more about Google Drive and Dropbox’s limitations for brands.] That’s where a proper marketing asset management system comes in. If you don’t know, marketing asset management is a type of digital asset management system. Think of it like this: DAM is a software category, and a MAM is a specific type of DAM. (You can also get brand asset management, video asset management and design asset management). It brings everything into one central hub where your visuals are easy to search, share and deploy. Tools like Dash are built specifically to handle the volume and complexity of visual content that growing ecommerce brands deal with every day — helping you stay organised without the chaos. Here’s why a marketing asset management tool is essential for your brand: With the right system in place, everyday challenges like messy folders, duplicated files and inconsistent branding become much easier to solve. Let’s find out why. 👇 If you’re running marketing for a growing ecommerce brand, the amount of visual content you’re dealing with will increase, fast. A marketing asset management tool helps you stay on top of it all, keep your campaigns moving, and turn that growing library of content into real growth for your brand. We’ll use our own tool, Dash, to demonstrate how: There’s nothing worse than wasting hours digging through folders for the right image. Traditional storage tools like Google Drive rely on rigid folder structures and exact file names, which only slow you down as your library grows. A marketing asset management tool like Dash is built for speed. Every time you upload an image, Dash scans the contents and automatically tags it with keywords. Infuse that with AI-powered smart search, and it means you can just type in a simple search like ‘man wearing jumper with yellow sleeves’ and find every relevant photo instantly. Consistency builds trust. And trust is crucial for building brand awareness. But when assets and marketing materials are scattered across shared drives and email threads, it’s easy for outdated logos, old campaign images or off-brand visuals to slip through the cracks. Dash solves that by giving you one source of truth for all your marketing assets. Everyone,  from designers and content creators to agencies and retail partners, works from the same up-to-date, approved files. Some other ways Dash ensures brand consistency include: You’re likely working with photographers, influencers, agencies and retail partners — and managing all that content flow through emails and file-sharing links can get messy. Dash simplifies collaboration with features built for marketing teams. Guest uploads let creators send digital content directly into your library without needing login access. You choose where it’s stored and whether you want to approve or reject new content. Portals make sharing content with partners like retailers or distributors a breeze. You can customise what they see, so they only access the content that’s relevant to them, which means there’s no need to hand over your entire library. You can add an optional password for added security, and add branding to your portals to make them feel like VIPs. Great content should work hard across multiple channels — but resizing, reformatting and re-uploading can eat up valuable time. Dash takes that pain away. You can resize and crop images directly inside the platform, so they’re ready for Instagram, website banners or email campaigns without needing a designer’s help. And with integrations for tools like Hootsuite, Shopify and WordPress, you can push assets straight from Dash into your social scheduler, storefront or CMS. It means you can streamline workflows and get campaigns live, faster. To make smarter marketing (and budget) decisions, you need to know what’s working. Dash gives you visibility into how your assets are being used, showing which images are downloaded most often and by who. This insight is especially valuable if you work with retail partners. You’ll know which campaign visuals and product shots they’re using (and which they’re ignoring), so you can focus on creating more of what they want. And with visually similar search, you can quickly find related assets to build on successful campaigns, while custom fields let you tag high-performing content so it’s easy to find and reuse in the future. Okay, you’re sold on a DAM for marketing. How do you convince the rest of your team? Here’s some steps you can follow to get yourself set up with a digital asset management platform. You don't have to do a deep investigation into each digital asset management tool. That’ll take you a while - there’s more than 250 DAMs listed on G2 the last time I checked! 😅 Instead, decide on a few vendors you like the look of and do some investigating. Download our free, editable DAM comparison spreadsheet and look out for the following when browsing vendor websites: Once you have that information, you’ll be able to start making a shortlist of the DAM tools you’re considering (the spreadsheet I linked to in the above section makes this a lot easier, by the way!). Now it’s time to test them. Some DAMs, like Dash, offer a free trial so you can dive in straight away. Or you can book a demo, too. If you go for this option, our team will have a branded Dash to suit your company ready to show you around during the demo. Other more complicated tools don’t give you an option. Instead, they’ll only let you book a demo first so they can explain how their system works. This can be a dealbreaker when taking a tool to your senior management. Make sure you're clear on pricing, so you can be prepped for all the questions your manager might ask. That's much easier to do if you’re considering a DAM which doesn't hide it's costs and has an actual pricing page - like us 😇. I'm not just saying that to be shady. Unless budget isn’t a concern, you should be wary of DAM systems focused on enterprise companies (like Bynder and Brandfolder) who don’t talk about their pricing on their website. That’s often a sign their costs will be eye-popping. Exactly when you do this is up to you. But having key decision makers involved in the process early on can help address concerns they might have before they snowball. If you’re trying out Dash, you could download our editable pitch deck to present to your stakeholders. Or if you’d rather we do the presenting to your team instead, we’d be happy to do so! How long this process takes is partly down to the tool you end up going with. If you pick us, we’ll move your assets into Dash from Drive, Dropbox or wherever they’re kept - for free. You’ll then have a call with someone from our onboarding team to set you up. According to the data from review site G2, it takes on average one month to onboard with Dash. That’s compared to enterprise-focused DAMs like Bynder which can take four months. That’s likely because Enterprise DAMs are much more complex, whereas Dash has been designed to be easy to use (so you won’t need loads of lengthy training sessions). The best marketing asset management solution is one that makes organising, finding, and using your digital assets a breeze, while scaling as your brand grows. That’s exactly what Dash does. With Dash you'll get: And unlike complex enterprise tools, Dash is quick to set up, simple to use, and transparent on pricing. You can check out how brands like Beavertown, Mountain Equipment and COAT use Dash to improve their marketing asset management. Or start a 14-day free trial (no credit card required). Barney is the Marketing Lead for Dash. He writes about small business marketing strategies and how DTC brands can boost sales. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/media-asset-management Title: What’s a media asset management system?Twitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: If you work with large media files, you may want to consider media asset management. Discover the features of MAM and whether a DAM is better for your needs. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/media-asset-management ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: What’s a media asset management system? H3: What type of files are media assets? H3: What’s media asset management? H3: DAM vs MAM: what’s the difference? H3: What industries use media asset management solutions? H3: Features of media asset management H3: How much does MAM cost? H3: 3 media asset management software tools to consider H3: DAM vs MAM: What solution should I pick for my brand? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: What’s a media asset management system? H3: What type of files are media assets? H3: What’s media asset management? H3: DAM vs MAM: what’s the difference? H3: What industries use media asset management solutions? H3: Features of media asset management H4: Store and search your video content H4: Edit and publish video content H4: Make money from your content H4: Manage licenses and rights H4: Collaborate with your team H3: How much does MAM cost? H3: 3 media asset management software tools to consider H4: VSN - for managing the entire media life cycle H4: Vidispine - for audience forecasts and analytics H4: Curator - for remote editing H3: DAM vs MAM: What solution should I pick for my brand? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Your content plays a huge part in your business. You might be a marketer creating product videos for a growing ecommerce brand. Or maybe you’re a videographer shooting stories for a news production company. Whatever content you’re creating, you’re best off storing it in an asset management system.But the type of system you pick will depend on your workflows and needs. You could either go for a general digital asset management (DAM) tool (like Dash) that lets you manage multiple types of content. Or, you could pick a media asset management (MAM) solution that’s better for managing media lifecycles and editing videos. In this article, we’ll go into detail about what a media asset management system is, so you can determine which tool is best for your brand. ✹ As you might have guessed, you’ll be storing media assets in a MAM. These are multimedia files often used by media and production companies. Here are some examples: If you work in a marketing team, you’ll likely be using media assets as well as content like images, GIFs, logos, graphics—the list goes on. These are collectively called digital assets. But, whatever type of assets you’re using you’ll want to keep them somewhere safe and accessible to your teams.  ✹ MAM is a specialised digital asset management system ideal for companies working with lots of large audio and video files. It provides a searchable location for you to find, manage and share content that would otherwise get lost in your shared drives. Say you’re a news production company that regularly films local stories. A MAM would be the place you’d go to upload footage, share it with your teams and distribute it to local broadcasters. Some MAMs even come with video editing tools, but we’ll get into the features in just a moment. Media asset management and digital asset management are often used synonymously. But they have some key differences. General digital asset management solutions, like Dash, are built for all types of creative assets. That’s things like photography, website banners, social videos, brand logos and much more. They are used by brands as a single source of truth for all their marketing assets. They can also store multiple file types like PNGs, JPGs and WEBP. Media asset management platforms, on the other hand, are tailored for the needs of media companies that need to manage the entire media lifecycle. MAMs are also not built for all types of content. Instead, they have specialist features that aid the video production process and can handle the complexities of rich media assets. Media asset management is used by businesses that produce and distribute multimedia content. That could be anyone working in film production, news, broadcasting and media agencies. Because of its editing capabilities, MAM is likely to be used by video editors and production staff. DAM, on the other hand, is used by brands that need to distribute content to their marketing channels. This could be an ecommerce brand that needs to share product images with its agencies and resellers. It's widely used by marketing folk, design managers, brand and creative teams and sales teams. Let’s dig into some of the key features of media asset management tools. ✹ Searching and storing assets is something both MAM and DAM tools are great at. Say you’re a media company that films sports events. These big, chunky files can’t just sit on your desktop or company server. They take up too much space. Instead, media asset management will give you (almost) unlimited room in the cloud. You’ll be able to use metadata to search and find files. And you’ll be able to share that content with the rest of your team. Where a DAM, like Dash, might come in handy instead is if you also have lots of images and graphics, as well as your video files. When searching for an image, you can simply type in the keyword and Dash will quickly bring up relevant search results. Let’s search for ‘palm tree’ in Planto’s Dash: You can also select different custom tags (on the left-hand side) to narrow down your search. This makes searching super-easy and means you won’t be trawling through your shared drives for the latest product images anymore. 🙌 Media asset management systems often come with built-in tools to help you edit and publish video content. For example, editing and preparing football match videos for broadcasting on websites and social media. If you already use editing software, a good MAM will allow you to integrate with tools like Adobe Premier Pro. By having everything in one central location, you’ll cut down on the back and forth between network drives, editing tools and publishing platforms. Another feature of media asset management is content monetisation. đŸ€‘ This is particularly important for media production companies that sell their footage to news broadcasters. Say you’ve got footage of a local football match and you need to send it to your local news broadcaster. Some MAMs give you the ability to set up credit packages that the broadcasting team can purchase—a similar format to many stock image sites. This is a big one for anyone working in the media industry—liscensing and copyright. If organisations are purchasing your video assets, you’ll need to make sure rights and licences are formalised and included in any packages that you sell. Media asset management solutions will let you manage and edit metadata to include information that’ll keep your files from being used without your permission. If you opt for a digital asset management system, like Dash, you’ll also be able to tag images and videos with usage rights and expiry dates. Once the expiry date is reached, users will be notified and this image will no longer show up in your browse folders. A good MAM should provide collaborative editing and approval workflows. If you’ve got multiple people working on a project, these features will make your video production process much smoother. You’ll be able to edit video, audio, graphics and EDLs (edit decision lists). Take a look at VSN, a media asset management vendor that goes into this in more detail, including how proxy files are used to make the editing process more efficient. If you don't need the editing functionality of a MAM, you can use a DAM tool like Dash to set up approval workflows and provide feedback on creative assets. For example, if a freelancer uploads a new video for you to approve, you can leave comments and time stamps to indicate what section of the video you’d like them to edit. The price of a MAM will, of course, vary from vendor to vendor. Because of the complicated functionality needed (like the post and pre-production tools), you’ll likely need to put aside a bigger budget than you would for a DAM like Dash, (which starts at just ÂŁ99/$139 a month). Take a look at G2 to compare different MAM tools. Although be warned that many vendors don’t advertise their pricing—especially if they're targeted at enterprise companies.We've listed some MAM solutions below to get you started. If you’ve decided that you need to introduce MAM to your MarTech stack, here are some vendors to consider. VSN is a MAM solution ideal for news production companies that need support through the entire media content lifecycle. From writing news stories, recording voiceovers and publishing rich media content—VSN is the whole package. Pricing is unclear, so you’ll need to get in contact with the team to find out more. Vidispine offers a MAM solution that helps broadcasters track viewer ratings and analyse content performance. And it uses algorithms to help you better distribute your commercial ads. It also has video editing software and an integration with Adobe Project Management. Vidispine bases its pricing on daily usage. For example, if you want their cloud-based video editor, it’ll cost you $19 per day. Curator for Adobe lets you search and edit RAW media files from anywhere. It’s particularly useful for ingesting metadata, so you can make sure you’ve got all your important video data to hand—super useful for pulling metadata searches. It also lets you edit and collaborate with your teammates remotely. And you can set up permissions to that only certain teams can view certain files. You can fill out a short form on the pricing page to see how much it’ll set you back. As we’ve covered, MAM is ideal if you’re dealing with lots of large video and rich multimedia files. This specialist digital asset management system will help you manage, edit and publish content. If you’re a media production company, MAM should be the way to go. However, if you’re creating a variety of assets including product shots, web banners and graphics, a MAM will be limiting. Instead, pick digital asset management software that will support all types of digital files that your marketing teams are creating. Our solution, Dash, is an ideal digital asset management solution for small and growing brands that’ve outgrown Google Drive and Dropbox. {{dam-comparison="/blog-components"}} Want to try Dash for yourself? Sign up for a 14-day free trial, no strings attached. Amy Burchill is the SEO and Content Manager for Dash. She works with ecommerce experts to create articles for DTC brands wanting to improve their campaigns. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/mediavalet-alternatives Title: MediaValet Alternatives: Which DAM is better for your brand?Twitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: MediaValet is a popular digital asset management tool for big companies, but is it right for your brand? Take a read to find some alternatives. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/mediavalet-alternatives ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: MediaValet Alternatives: Which DAM is better for your brand? H2: MediaValet pros H2: MediaValet cons H2: What to look for in a MediaValet alternative H2: 6 MediaValet alternatives for brands H3: Dash vs MediaValet: Which one should you choose for your business? H2: Choosing the right DAM for your business H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: MediaValet Alternatives: Which DAM is better for your brand? H2: MediaValet pros H2: MediaValet cons H2: What to look for in a MediaValet alternative H2: 6 MediaValet alternatives for brands H4: 1. Dash: For growing brands‍ H4: 2. Canto: For a wide range of industries H4: 3. Image Relay: For a market delivery platform H4: 4. Brandfolder - for enterprise companies H4: 5. Bynder - an alternative for enterprise businesses H4: 6. Air – for creative operations H3: Dash vs MediaValet: Which one should you choose for your business? H4: Dash vs MediaValet: Features H4: Dash vs MediaValet: Integrations H4: Dash vs MediaValet: User interface and experience H4: Dash vs MediaValet: Pricing H2: Choosing the right DAM for your business H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content We’ll get right into it: If you’re a growing ecommerce business considering MediaValet as your digital asset management (DAM) tool, you’ll want to think again. It’s just not built for growing brands. More than 500 enterprise businesses use MediaValet to manage and share their visual assets—making it one of the most popular DAMs around. It has many features that work great for massive businesses, but its pricing, user experience and complex user interface can quickly overwhelm smaller companies. But don’t worry. There are digital management software tools, like Dash,  built for a growing business's unique needs. We’ll discuss them in a moment. First, let’s look at some reasons enterprise businesses lean towards MediaValet as their DAM of choice. Here are some MediaValet features that really stand out for enterprise businesses: No tool is perfect. Despite having loads of features, MediaValet might not be ideal for growing brands because: If you're on the hunt for a MediaValet alternative, it's important to focus on the features that will genuinely support your business—especially if you're running a growing ecommerce brand. Here are a few things to prioritise: Learn more about the DAM return on investment and how beauty brand, RevAir, gets 10 x ROI with Dash. MediaValet might not be the best digital asset management solution for small businesses. But that doesn't mean you have to retrofit your cloud storage system to serve as your digital asset management tool. Download our free digital asset management comparison worksheet. Or check out these other DAMs you can use to organise and manage visual assets for a small brand. {{dam-comparison="/blog-components"}} Ecommerce brands like Beavertown, Passenger and COAT use Dash (that’s us 👋) to organise, manage and share their digital assets efficiently. It’s designed for growing businesses, so you get the essential features you need, without the complexity or high costs of enterprise tools. Dash is easy to use, even for busy teams juggling lots of content. Its advanced search and custom fields make it quick to find the right product images, campaign assets or videos when you need them. You can also connect Dash to the tools you already use—like Canva, Hootsuite and Shopify—so you can move assets straight into your workflows without extra steps. Unlike many DAMs, Dash keeps pricing simple and transparent. For ÂŁ99/$139 a month, you get access to all features and unlimited users. That includes branded portals for sharing with retail partners, guest uploads for contributors, and commenting tools to speed up approvals. We’ll show how Dash compares directly with MediaValet later in the article. Canto is built for mid-market businesses in a wide range of industries. It lets you search for images with keywords, deploy content to your website and other social platforms and control how people access and view your files. However, like MediaValet, Canto isn't clear about pricing—although some websites say it costs as much as $600 a month. Also, its interface is clunky and uninspiring, so navigating the platform might be challenging. You can read our comparison article to learn more about Canto’s features and alternatives. Like Canto, Image Relay serves mid-market businesses across multiple industries, including ecommerce, tourism and hospitality. One feature that stands out is its Market Delivery Platform. It lets you link product information with your digital assets. It also has basic DAM features like AI tagging, user access controls and collections. When it comes to pricing, Image Relay is better for teams with a larger budget. Its cheapest plan starts at $300 per month and only accommodates 50 users. Dash, on the other hand, starts at $109 per month for all features and unlimited users.We explore Image Relay’s features and limitations in our Image Relay alternatives article. Although not ideal for smaller companies, Brandfolder is one of the most well-known digital asset management solutions on the market. It has a huge range of features and in-depth analytics that might come in use if you’ve got hundreds of team members around the world. The biggest drawback to Brandfolder is that you will probably end up paying for features you don’t need. And at a minimum estimated cost of $1600 per feature, that’s a price many small brands are not willing to pay. Have a look at our full analysis of Brandfolder and its alternatives. Bynder is almost a direct competitor of Brandfolder and is equally as popular for enterprise companies. With loads of features and a host of templating options, this DAM tool is a good alternative if you’re working with a massive team. Again, pricing is expensive and starts at around ÂŁ450 per month for a basic DAM package. You can read more about this in our article that compares Bynder alternatives. Air is a sleek, visually-led tool that works well for creative teams and agencies. Its flexible board-based structure is great for managing campaign assets and collaborating on moodboards or design reviews—making it a solid pick for creative ops who want to boost productivity. But it’s not built with ecommerce in mind. You won’t get features like custom fields or AI tagging, and you’ll need to pay extra to add external users like freelancers or retail partners. That can get expensive fast if you’re juggling lots of collaborators. Read more in our article that looks at some Air digital asset management alternatives. Let’s delve into how MediaValet and Dash stack against each other for growing ecommerce businesses. Dash is built for growing brands, so we’ve created features that meet the needs of your business. It stacks up pretty well against MediaValet’s features. For example, both tools support AI tagging, meaning they automatically add relevant keywords to uploaded assets so you can find them faster. The key difference, however, is that Dash really digs into the needs of the ecommerce industry. Whilst MediaValet caters to a wide range of industries including government, higher education and manufacturing; Dash is designed for ecommerce brands with agile teams. For example, Dash has lots of ways to collaborate with external agencies and freelancers. You can ask content creators to upload assets using a guest upload link. And you can add feedback to assets and videos awaiting approval. For teams relying on external partners, this is a super important part of your workflows. Dash’s integrations are better tailored to the needs of ecommerce businesses. For example, you can deploy visual assets to your Shopify store with the click of a button or publish images from Dash to your social accounts via Hootsuite. MediaValet doesn’t integrate with any of these apps, meaning you’ll need to download and upload images manually. (Also, remember that these images revert to their original file names once downloaded, so things can easily get mixed up or deployed wrongly.) MediaValet has an open API you can use to build and connect your in-house apps with their DAM. While this is a great feature, it isn’t beneficial for brands with limited time and resources to take on in-house app development. In contrast, Dash integrates with Zapier—a workflow automation tool that lets you connect your Dash with over 4,000 apps. It’s a faster and more affordable way to build a robust workflow. MediaValet’s folder structure is quite similar to Google Drive’s. If you currently use Drive to manage digital assets then you’ll know how difficult it is to find anything (and it’s probably the reason you’re comparing DAM vendors). Pair that with MediaValet’s basic search function, and you get a clunky digital asset library that feels like a maze. Images can get buried under heaps of folders, and your team might end up spending hours reviewing thumbnails before they find what they need. Dash, on the other hand, is design-led—which means the interface is simple, easy to use and it does your visual content justice. You get bold, eye-catching image previews instead of small and boring thumbnails. Most of our clients’ Dashes can easily pass for Instagram and Pinterest feeds. For example, take a look at how beautiful COAT’s Dash is. 😍 But Dash doesn’t sacrifice functionality for beauty. Check out some of these G2 rewards we won for usability and easy set-up. As we mentioned earlier, MediaValet isn’t upfront about its pricing plans, meaning you’ll need to contact the team for a quote. This makes sense for its target audience (mid-market and enterprise businesses) because of their custom needs, but it’s a time-waster for small teams that need to make a DAM decision quickly. Things are much different with Dash. We know a DAM is an important part of running your marketing strategies and we want to help you set things up as quickly as possible. We have a transparent pricing page so that you can make better decisions for your budget and your digital asset manaement ROI. Of course, we’re open to chatting about your specific needs if you like (you can always book a demo). Or simply sign up to a free trial and play around with the system yourself. We don’t know exactly how much MediaValet’s plans cost. But being an enterprise DAM, you should expect to make quite the investment. For context, enterprise digital management software like Brandfolder costs around $1600/month 😳. On the other hand, Dash's plans start at ÂŁ79/month or $109/month. With this, everyone on your team gets access to all of our features, including auto-tagging, customisations, Portals for external collaborators, and so much more. It might not be feasible to splurge loads of money on a massive DAM like MediaValet. Every penny counts and you need to optimise for the highest ROI on every software investment.Our best advice? Don't get distracted by fancy features. Instead, prioritise choosing DAM software that provides the core visual asset management functionalities. The best DAMs for small and growing ecommerce brands: Obviously, Dash checks all of these boxes, and we think it is the right choice for your DTC brand. But there’s no rush; take Dash for a free spin, and let us know what you think. ✹ Faith Uzuegbu is a content marketer and freelance writer for B2B SaaS and tech companies like ClassPass, PlayPlay, and Thinkific. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/national-small-business-week-2024 Title: The Dash team's favourite small businessesTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: For National Small Business Week, the Dash team rounded up their favourite online brands. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/national-small-business-week-2024 ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: The Dash team's favourite small businesses H3: Noted Aromas H3: Two Thirds H3: LANX H3: Carrier Company H3: aussieBum H3: Cook H3: Gozney H3: Cutting Edge Knives H3: Papier H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: The Dash team's favourite small businesses H3: Noted Aromas H3: Two Thirds H3: LANX H3: Carrier Company H3: aussieBum H3: Cook H3: Gozney H3: Cutting Edge Knives H3: Papier H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content At Dash, we champion small and growing businesses. That’s why we wanted to shout out about some of our favourite brands this National Small Business Week. (Though this week is US-based, we still want to promote our favourites—whether based in the US or elsewhere in the world.) Here are 9 small businesses we love here at Dash. 💕 Picked by Barney, Marketing Lead "Noted Aromas means I can smell and feel fancy without the fancy price-tag. I’ve claimed ‘Singapore’ as my signature scent so everyone else back off xo." Picked by Al, Sales and Onboarding Manager "Two Thirds is a sustainable and eco friendly clothing ecommerce company. They’re a super cool brand with an environmental focus. They have a pre-order system which eliminates any overproduction of materials. Plus the clothing is lush!" Picked by Sara, Demand Generation Manager "These are my absolute fave. I own a pair. LANX Shoes are stunning and have such high quality. Their factory shop is amazing and pretty local to me." Picked by Angus, Head of Dash "Carrier Company produce clothes handmade in Norfolk. They’ve got immaculate vibes, and really are really good value for the quality." Picked by ZĂ©, JavaScript Developer "aussieBum is a cheerful and cheeky brand, good design and quality. And it has always made me feel good about myself." Picked by Charlie, Customer Success Lead "Cook is a really great local service - friendly delivery drivers and personal text messages, really high quality food. It is how I get 'home cooked' meals at home without doing any cooking!" Picked by Tom, Developer Picked by Tom, Developer "We recently got ourselves a Gozney Roccbox pizza oven and IT IS A MASTERPIECE. Yes, I've only had one night of sublime pizza so far. But yes, it might be the best pizza I've ever had. And yes, weekly pizza night is now a thing." (Btw, Gozney are a Dash customer. Check out their customer story for more pizza-oven goodness!) Picked by Ben, UX Lead "I’ve bought 2 really nice knives from Cutting Edge Knives in the past. They are a family run small business and they are obviously well into kitchen knives judging by the detail they go into with descriptions of their products. Plus it makes me smile that they always include a plaster in the box when they post you the knife." Picked by Amy, SEO and Content Manager "Everyone needs a good notebook in their life - whether you use it or not is a different matter. Papier should be a staple online shop for anyone who values their stationary." Amy Burchill is the SEO and Content Manager for Dash. She works with ecommerce experts to create articles for DTC brands wanting to improve their campaigns. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/new-dam-pricing Title: New pricing - Every Dash feature unlocked from day oneTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: We've switched things up! You can now start with Dash from ÂŁ62 / $83 with all features and unlimited users. DAM pricing, like you've never seen it before. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/new-dam-pricing ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: New pricing - Every Dash feature unlocked from day one H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: New pricing - Every Dash feature unlocked from day one H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content We’ve changed how we charge for Dash. We’re the digital asset management system for growing brands. We want our customers to get the most value out of their Dash as soon as possible. So now you can get started from ÂŁ79 or $109 a month. You’ll get access to every single feature and unlimited users. No more gated features or getting rid of extra users so you don’t end up paying more. Instead, we’ll charge you fairly depending on how many assets you’re keeping in Dash, and what your average monthly downloads are. If you plan on storing 1,000 assets, you’ll pay less than bigger businesses with 10,000 assets in Dash. This new plan gives you even more flexibility when setting up Dash. You can decide to pay for what you’re using right now - or set your subscription up for how you think your Dash usage will grow in the future. Try it out for yourself using the sliders on our new pricing page. If you ever go over your agreed asset number or monthly downloads, we won’t stop you. But we won’t charge you straight away either. If this happens, we'll be in touch to see if you want to change the allowances you agreed to. If your usage exceeds these allowances for another month, we'll then automatically increase them. You can get in touch with us at any time to reduce your allowances. Any feedback or questions, get in touch! Barney is the Marketing Lead for Dash. He writes about small business marketing strategies and how DTC brands can boost sales. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/online-brand-management Title: Online brand management for ecommerce businessesTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Consistent branding is vital in helping you grow your business. Learn why effective brand management is key. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/online-brand-management ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Online brand management for ecommerce businesses H3: What is online brand management? H3: Why is online brand management important? H3: Best practices for online brand management H3: How to keep on top of your online brand management H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Online brand management for ecommerce businesses H3: What is online brand management? H3: Why is online brand management important? H3: Best practices for online brand management H4: 1. Make sure you’ve got clear brand positioning H4: 2. Use a digital asset management system (DAM) H4: 3. Create brand guidelines H4: 4. Have consistent visuals across all your brand’s channels H4: 5. Keep your brand voice consistent H4: 6. Keep product information up to date H4: 7. Use social listening to track customer feedback H3: How to keep on top of your online brand management H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Your brand image is super important. In a crowded market, it’s one of the key things that helps you stand out to your audience. But when you're growing rapidly and struggling to keep up with customer demands, brand management might not be the first item on your to-do list. Most business owners will rather focus on activities that bring immediate ROI—like closing a new customer—over long-term branding efforts.But consistent and effective brand management is vital to the success of your business. That’s why we've compiled a simple guide to help you get started. We’ll also show you how Dash (that’s us) can help you manage and keep track of all your important brand assets. Online brand management, also called digital brand management or online reputation management, is everything you do to create and maintain a positive perception of your brand. It starts with your company’s consistent visual identity like brand colours, designs and logos. And it extends to direct customer interactions like how you communicate with your target audience and your response time to customer complaints. It's really important you don’t ignore your brand’s visual aspects. In fact, your visuals inform more than 50% of your audience's first impression about your brand. Imagine landing on a website, and the images are all pixelated, or the website uses images taken off Google without permission—it's not a good look.Great brand management is as much about presenting your visual assets consistently as it is about communicating with your target market professionally. But that’s not all brand management will help you with. Let’s get into some reasons why it should be at the top of your priority list. Investing in brand management will: In this context, think of brand management as spring cleaning. You can delete assets you no longer need to make room for the new ones. You’ll be able to use Dash—our digital asset management tool—to help you manage, clear out and send your brand assets out into the world. Scroll down this article to find out how. You can see how important brand management is to your business. Here are some steps you can take to help maintain a good online brand presence for years to come. Brand positioning is about creating a unique and relevant place for your brand in the market. It'll help you showcase your unique offering and help you stand out from competitors.To create strong brand positioning, you need to dig into how your brand is different from its competitors. What are your values and why should your audience buy from you? Here's how: 💡Read our full article for in-depth branding strategy tips for small businesses. A digital asset management solution (also known as DAM) is a tool that helps you find, organise and share all your visual content. That’s things like logos, product images, graphics, videos—the list goes on. This is the perfect place to store all the assets you need for effective brand management. In our DAM tool, Dash, you can: But that’s not all. Our brand asset management article explains how Dash helps you maintain a strong brand identity and supports your marketing strategies. Once you've figured out your brand position and you’ve collected all your brand assets, the next step is to create brand guidelines. Brand guidelines are what internal and external collaborators need to maintain consistent and cohesive branding across all channels. As a growing ecommerce business, you're working with multiple full-time employees, freelancers and agencies. You can’t manually review every piece of copy and creative they send out on behalf of your company—that will take up so much time 😬. Having clear brand guidelines is how you keep everyone on the same page. Standard brand guidelines provide instructions for logo usage and placement, typography, colour palette combinations, and other design elements. Your brand guidelines should also explain the reasoning behind every branding decision. Say you chose green and sky blue as your brand colours because of your commitment to climate protection; you should mention this in your branding documentation. After creating your brand guidelines, you'll need to keep the document somewhere handy—so anyone working with you can find the vital branding information quickly. If you already manage your visual assets in Dash, you can link it with CorebookÂș to digitally present your brand guidelines. Any updates made in Dash will automatically sync with your online brand book—so your team always has access to your latest branding information. Take one of our customers, the ecommerce beauty brand Kinetics, who use Dash and Corebook to build a one-stop shop for all their assets and brand identity. As we mentioned, 70% of brands in a Lucidpress survey said that brand consistency helped them grow their revenue. So making sure you’ve got consistent branding and visuals across your channels is really important. That’s everything from your different logo variations and colour schemes to your fonts and the type of images that you use. Take one of our customers, Forthglade, as an example. They’re an ecommerce business that sells grain-free dog food. In recent years they’ve experienced loads of growth and are now stocked in some major UK supermarkets. Aside from having a great product, this growth has been partly down to their ability to maintain strong brand visuals. From the quirky illustrations on their product packaging to their crisp, high-quality images—you’ll instantly recognise them no matter what channel you’re on. And the way they keep a consistent visual identity is with Dash. 💡 Keeping all this gorgeous imagery in one central location means the team always has access to the most up-to-date brand assets. And, as the brand’s graphic designer, David, told us, it helps the team create new content for their campaigns. “There’s a lot more collaboration between the departments with what each is creating. The ecommerce team, for instance, can see assets that have been uploaded by the sales team in case they want to use them in their campaigns. Seeing what others are creating sparks ideas.”Here’s what Forthglade's Dash looks like. Just like your visuals, you should ensure your brand’s voice is consistent across all your communication channels, too. If your brand archetype is the ‘feisty underdog’, for instance, make sure that’s reflected on your website, through to your emails and social copy.For inspiration, look at how Liquid Death’s disruptive brand personality consistently shines through on its social, product and email copy. Providing accurate and current product information helps manage customer expectations. When customers have the most up-to-date information, they can make informed decisions about whether the product meets their needs. It also prevents brand misrepresentation, as your team members have access to accurate, updated information at all times. For example, your marketing team won't create an ad for a feature or benefit your product no longer has. You can keep updated product information in your DAM software. For example, fwip uses Dash Portals to ensure all their retailers can access the marketing assets they need to sell ice cream machines. Here’s a peek at one of their portals. They also use Dash to keep product information (like allergen and ingredient information) up to date. This is really important for brand reputation and because customers need to be well aware of the ingredients in a product before purchasing it. Track what your customers say about your brand to know how satisfied they are with your brand presentation. Social listening tools like Mention and online review sites like Trustpilot help you monitor customer conversations about your brand. No brand is perfect, and receiving a few negative reviews is nothing to panic about.. When this happens, communicate with your customers respectfully. Don't ignore or gaslight them—acknowledge your mistake and commit to fixing it. Take food delivery brand, Eden Life, which offered customers compensatory meals plus full refunds for late deliveries. Brand management isn't something you do once and call it a day. Build brand management best practices into your routine business operations. Here are some tips on keeping on top of it all when things get busy: To try it for yourself, you can get started with Dash for free with a 14-day trial. Faith Uzuegbu is a content marketer and freelance writer for B2B SaaS and tech companies like ClassPass, PlayPlay, and Thinkific. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/out-of-home-marketing Title: Everything your DTC brand needs to know about OOH marketingTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Out-of-home marketing can have some serious ROI for your brand. But where do you begin to plan your OOH strategy? And is the right advertising campaign for your business? Here's a step-by-step guide to kick off your OOH advertising campaigns. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/out-of-home-marketing ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Everything your DTC brand needs to know about OOH marketing H2: What is out of home marketing? H2: What are the benefits of OOH? H2: Different types of OOH advertising H2: How much does OOH advertising cost? H2: How to plan an OOH strategy H2: How to measure your OOH campaigns H2: OOH inspiration from DTC brands H2: Improving your marketing strategy with OOH H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Everything your DTC brand needs to know about OOH marketing H2: What is out of home marketing? H2: What are the benefits of OOH? H2: Different types of OOH advertising H4: Traditional OOH H4: Digital OOH H4: Programmatic Digital OOH H2: How much does OOH advertising cost? H2: How to plan an OOH strategy H4: OOH campaign pre-launch planning H4: OOH campaign performance analysis H2: How to measure your OOH campaigns H2: OOH inspiration from DTC brands H4: Surreal Cereal đŸ„Ł H4: MOTH 🍾 H4: Crackd 🍳 H2: Improving your marketing strategy with OOH H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content For DTC brands, out of home (OOH) advertising can often seem like a daunting marketing channel. But as you’ll see in this article, this ecommerce advertising strategy can provide some serious ROI. In this guide we'll give you everything you need to know about OOH marketing. From campaign planning to measuring the success of your ads, you’ll be ready to make a decision on whether to go ahead. Out of home (OOH) advertising is an advertising channel that uses a broad range of media formats to reach consumers when they are out of their homes. It includes traditional methods like billboards, street furniture and transit ads, as well as new digital out of home (DOOH) formats like digital billboards and dynamic content displays. OOH is all about high visibility and creating connections with audiences by using precise geolocation data and audience demographics. In a survey of 1,200 marketing professionals, four clear benefits to using out of home advertising were highlighted: I also interviewed ecommerce marketing experts about their experiences with OOH marketing. Mark Agnew, CEO of the eyewear retail store, eyeglasses.com, sees multiple benefits of OOH: ”For us, the benefits of OOH advertising are multi-faceted—it's not just about boosting the brand image, but also revolutionizing the purchasing process. We've seen a significant uptick in our brand awareness and customer engagement, showing OOH can still make waves in a digital-centric world.” Mark isn't the only oner who notices increased brand awareness from OOH. Maris Laatre, CMO of specialised dog food brand Bully Max, said: “For us at Bully Max, OOH campaigns have been fantastic in increasing brand visibility. The real power of OOH is in reaching a wide audience in high-traffic areas where people don’t expect to be targeted, which makes our brand stick in their minds. We’ve seen a significant uptick in online searches and direct sales when we’ve run OOH campaigns, especially in cities where pet ownership is high.” Maris also highlighted positive results that can be directly attributed to the OOH campaign: “We recently ran an OOH campaign in a few key cities, using both digital billboards and transit ads. We saw a 15% increase in website visits from those areas, and our conversion rate jumped by 10% within a month. ROI was very positive—our sales increased by approximately 20% in the cities where we targeted the OOH ads, and the feedback we received showed that the campaign had made our brand top-of-mind for many pet owners.” It seems OOH advertising can be a fantastic way to increase sales and boost brand awareness. đŸ„ł But what type of OOH advertising is best for your brand? Let's take a look at some options. OOH advertising includes Digital, Programmatic Digital, and Traditional out of home campaigns— and they can be broken down even further. Traditional OOH advertising is most likely what you first think of when it comes to this type of marketing. Think big billboards on the side of buildings and posters stuck up on tube stations and train platforms. You can also use: This type of advertising has been around for a long time and it's getting increasingly popular. In fact, in 2029 these TOOH is expected to reach $38 billion. đŸ€Ż If you live in (or have ever visited) a city, chances are you’ve seen lots of digital OOH (DOOH) ad displays. You'll often find them in busy foot-traffic areas or near high-traffic roads. Essentially, they are digital screen versions of the traditional OOH ad methods. For instance, in the UK OOH industry, there are two major DOOH ad space providers—Clear Channel and JCDecaux. Both of which specialise in: The major difference between traditional and digital OOH displays is obvious—digital displays have moving images or video. They also offer more flexibility and it's easier for advertising companies to switch out ads quickly. Programmatic Digital OOH (prDOOH) is similar to DOOH, the difference being that programmatic uses an automated process of buying and selling outdoor ad space. The purpose of prDOOH is to use smart data to find specific audiences at specific times and at precise locations. You can then deliver personalised messages to your target audience in real-time. For example, the weather conditions, time of the day, and even the football scores could affect where and when you advertise. The options for prDOOH can be pretty advanced and, if it makes sense for your brand, it can offer excellent ROI. Speaking of which... The short answer: it depends. There are different factors that come into play when buying OOH ad space, including: The ecommerce experts I spoke to about OOH for this article were spending differing amounts on OOH:  from $2,800 per month all the way up to $50,000 for mid-sized campaigns. James Wilkinson, CEO of a family-owned supplement brand BalanceOne Supplements, said they ran a smaller campaign:‍“We placed a digital billboard at a transport hub where we knew our target audience frequented. For our digital billboard campaign, we paid approximately $2,800 a month. In just six months, we observed a 68% brand awareness increase – clearly, the OOH initiative put BalanceOne on the map.”Maris from Bully Max, on the other hand, invested more into their OOH campaign:“The cost of our OOH campaigns depends on the location and scale, but for a mid-size campaign, it typically ranges from $20K to $50K. This includes digital billboards, transit ads, and placements in high-traffic areas. We’ve learned that the investment is worth it when you see measurable results in customer acquisition and brand recognition.”‍With a specific time and location in mind, Josh Neuman, founder of the t-shirt brand, Chummy Tees, said his team spent $25,000. This included design, printing, and a month-long billboard rental during a music festival in Austin, Texas:‍“We strategically chose a high-traffic site where festival goers would pass by regularly, despite the exorbitant cost. Our website traffic increased 40% in the first week of the festival, and direct conversions from the campaign earned $18,000 in revenue, not including branding benefits."‍These ranges show there's most likely an OOH campaign opportunity suitable for your budget. You may just have to get extra creative and strategic about it. Ready to get planning? Here's some tips on how to plan your OOH marketing campaigns, from pre-launch through to measuring the success of your strategies. Most of the work will happen in the lead-up to launching your OOH campaign. Here's what it should include: Define the campaign goal 🏆 In most cases, the primary objective of an OOH campaign is to boost brand awareness. However, you can tailor your goals to be more specific based on your brand's needs. For instance, if you're planning to open a new physical store, an OOH campaign can generate buzz and awareness within the local community before the grand opening. This approach ensures that potential customers are already familiar with your brand by the time your doors open. Alternatively, if you've recently secured a partnership with a retailer and aim to drive sales through their outlets, strategically-placed OOH ads near the retailer's location can enhance visibility and attract foot traffic. This tactic can increase sales but and also help you build a good relationship with your new retailer. You can also use OOH advertising to introduce a new product or service. It can create excitement around a limited-time offer or promote a seasonal campaign. By understanding your specific objectives, you can craft an OOH campaign that matches your marketing goals for maximum impact and return on investment. Part of defining your goals also includes researching your target audience and the potential ad locations, as well as ad space providers. These can both have a big impact on the campaign budget. Define the scope of the campaign 🔭 Campaigns can be simple and run for a short amount of time. You might place an ad on  a static billboard in a high foot traffic area to increase brand awareness. Alternatively, they can be more complex and use targeting data across multiple sites for precise ad delivery. The scope depends on your budget and your goals. Decide if you want to work with an agency. đŸ€ Working with an agency has its ups and downs. On the plus side, working with an experienced agency like CNS Media and Evolve means you have a team of experts to manage the nitty gritty of your OOH campaign. They’ll handle everything from strategy and creative, to media buying and performance reporting. But agency fees can be costly. You’ll need to work out if your budget can cover the extra costs of working with an ad agency, as well as the ad spend. Figure out the tools you need. đŸ› ïž Whether you're working in-house on your campaign or collaborating with an agency, having the right tools is crucial for the management of your OOH campaign. Here’s a more detailed look at some tools you might consider: After the campaign launch, you'll want to plan how you'll measure the effectiveness of your campaign. Josh explained how their Chummy Tees OOH campaign had benefits long after launch: “It elevated brand awareness for months. Three months after the campaign, 22% of new buyers remembered seeing the billboard and visiting our website. Traffic and conversions were important, but OOH improved our brand's identity, which is tougher to assess in fashion ecommerce. People tagged our billboard in Instagram stories, which we didn't expect but eagerly profited from.” This proves how OOH marketing can have an impact long after your campaign has ended. The big piece of the puzzle is figuring out what and how to measure OOH campaigns. Rather than figure that out for yourself, borrow these methods that our ecommerce experts use: đŸ€“ Let's take a look at what some of them said in more detail. For example, Josh from Chummy Tees used a mix of the coupon tactic and tracking social media engagement: ‍“We needed metrics to measure success. Direct campaign URL visits and discount coupon usage were tracked. We made $24,000 from those alone, over a month-long ROI. However, the long-term data showed that repeat consumers who found us on the billboard added $35,000 in sales over six months.The campaign also increased our social media following by 15% due to organic billboard shares on Instagram and Twitter.” ‍Similarly, Maris from Bully Max measures social media engagement and location-specific sales data: ‍“For OOH success, we rely on a combination of online tracking (e.g., website traffic, social media mentions, and searches) and in-store promotions. We also track direct sales increases in the areas where the OOH ads were displayed.For example, if we target a specific city or region, we analyze sales data from that area to see if there's a spike after the campaign launches. Furthermore, we monitor engagement on our social media to see if the campaign creates a buzz or conversations around our products.” ‍Mark from eyeglasses.com focuses on brand recognition as well as sales data: ‍“As for metrics we use to measure OOH's success, we focus on brand recognition, customer inquiries, and an increase in both online and offline sales.” Now you’ve got the planning and processes in place, it’s time to think about the fun stuff - your ad creative. Let's take a look at a few examples of ecommerce brands seeing success with it. The breakfast cereal industry has been monopolised by the same key players for decades. Insert: Surreal. This challenger brand uses its unique, mischievous, tone of voice to get attention. Take this campaign for example: This billboard is one example of a series of fake ’celebrity’ endorsements for the product. At first glance, it looks like THE Dwayne Johnson (i.e. The Rock) has endorsed their surreal. Then you spot that asterisk and see it's actually endorsed by Dwayne Johnson, a bus driver from London. They brand used this format for other celebrities like Serena Williams and Michael Jordan. The campaign got a lot of attention on social media, and those users clearly took to Google to find out more about the brand: In the Google Trends data above, you can see that the brand name reached its highest-ever popularity until that point with this campaign. Next up we have MOTH, which offers pre-made cocktails in a can. MOTH launched an OOH campaign with Clear Channel, which provided the brand with DOOH ad space. The campaign was titled ‘Take me with you’ and highlighted MOTH’s cocktail-in-a-can with the idea that you can take it with you, anywhere you go. Source: Clear Channel While MOTH has a strong online presence, the goal of this campaign was to increase brand awareness and drive in-store retail sales. Samuel Hunt, MOTH's co-founder, said: “With a multi-channel campaign heavily supported by OOH with Clear Channel, we had our best month’s sales ever.” For MOTH, the increased sales proved OOH to be a great investment for them. Crackd make vegan egg replacements, and created an OOH campaign with the help of CNS Media. Given what the product is, Crackd's key trading periods include Christmas, ‘Veganuary’, and Pancake Day. To help them build brand awareness ahead of these periods, Crackd and CNS Media used prDOOH to find their target audience. From there, they used mobile phone targeting to get ads back in front of their audience after they had been close to the billboards. Through running the multichannel campaign, CNS Media was able to help them reach 5.5 million ad impressions—resulting in a significant uplift in brand awareness and consideration. Out-of-home marketing campaigns can be a great tool for  boosting brand awareness and sales. Maybe you're feeling so inspired you want to create and launch an OOH campaign for your brand right now (you’re welcome). But before you rush off, remember this: your OOH campaign strategy is only as good as how well you plan it. Planning your ecommerce marketing strategy requires tools for managing and sharing your creative content with the right people at the right time. If you’ve ever tried using a cloud storage solution like Google Drive or Dropbox, you’ll be familiar with how frustrating it can be when managing your brand assets. It's impossible to trawl through thousands of images and videos,or to work out where the latest versions of your assets are. That’s why you need Dash. Dash helps ecommerce brands organise, manage, and share visual content with the people that need it. When you have easy access to creative assets, you can save time launching new campaigns because you’ll be able to find and deploy them fast. If you decide to work with agencies, you can put your OOH creative in a Dash portals, where your agency can download them and launch your campaign. If you'd like to find out more about how Dash helps brands manage their creatives, take a look at some customer stories: If you want to try Dash for your brand, sign up for a 14-day free trial — no strings attached. Alexander Boswell is a freelance content writer for B2B martech and ecommerce software brands as well as a consumer behaviour academic. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/paid-acquisition-strategies-to-grow-your-brand Title: 8 paid acquisition strategies to grow your brand | Insights from ChompsTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Matt Holtwick, the Manager of Growth and Retention at Chomps offers top tips for creating acquistion strategies for your ecommerce brand. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/paid-acquisition-strategies-to-grow-your-brand ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: 8 paid acquisition strategies to grow your brand | Insights from Chomps H2: 8 paid acquisition strategies for ecommerce brands H3: 1. Work with your in-store presence, not against it H3: 2. Plan, test and iterate on your creative assets H3: 3. Use metrics to understand the full customer journey H3: 4. Analyse the performance of your creative assets H3: 5. Collect UGC from multiple sources H3: 6. Regularly communicate with your agency H3: 7. Experiment with different paid channels H3: 8. Set up post-purchase surveys H2: 3 DTC brands that nail their creative assets H2: Matts key takeaways for creating paid acquisition strategies H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: 8 paid acquisition strategies to grow your brand | Insights from Chomps H2: 8 paid acquisition strategies for ecommerce brands H3: 1. Work with your in-store presence, not against it H3: 2. Plan, test and iterate on your creative assets H3: 3. Use metrics to understand the full customer journey H3: 4. Analyse the performance of your creative assets H3: 5. Collect UGC from multiple sources H3: 6. Regularly communicate with your agency H3: 7. Experiment with different paid channels H3: 8. Set up post-purchase surveys H2: 3 DTC brands that nail their creative assets H2: Matts key takeaways for creating paid acquisition strategies H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Chomps create delicious, high-protein meat snacks. Their ingredients are cleaner than most of the other brands in their category - which makes them a popular choice for people wanting extra fuel in their day. đŸ’Ș Matt Holtwick is the Head of Growth and Retention at Chomps. He joined me on Ecommerce Marketing 101 to explain how he’s helped grow the brand. From making ecommerce and retail work together, to finding the best ad creative for conversions - Matt offers his top tips for those of you looking for new acquisition and retention strategies. Listen to the full episode: Here are Matt’s top tips for creating paid acquisition strategies for your brand. When Chomps first started out, they only sold products online. But, as they grew, they were able to expand into the retail space. Now you can order a subscription online, or pick up a stick of Chomps in US stores like Target and Trader Joes. It can be easy for retail and ecommerce teams to compete with each other.  Not so for Chomps. They’ve had success by working together and using both channels to support one another. As Matt says: “The growth in retail is wonderful from a brand awareness standpoint. It's possible that a lot of our awareness marketing campaigns lead to that first purchase in a retail store. Vice versa, our data tells us that a lot of people who’ve seen us in a retail store then go to purchase online.” Key takeaway: Retail and ecommerce don’t need to compete with each other. They both serve the purpose of helping your brand grow - so make sure you’re regularly communicating with your teams and collecting data from different revenue sources. Matt takes a ‘flywheel’ approach to Chomps’ creative ad strategy. Whether it’s static graphics, or user-generated content (UGC) video, he likes to test creative in smaller-scale campaigns, see what works and build on successes. Here are some of the steps he takes: Even when an ad is working really well, Matt says they’ll never stop trying to get better. “We'll always iterate on our creative, even when we think we’ve found the best ad. If we need to create new ads to compete against those winning ads, then so be it.” Key takeaway: Set up a proper process to plan your creative content. This way, it’ll be easier to test your ads, and iterate based on the performance of each piece of creative. And, most importantly, never settle for your ‘best ad’ - there’s always room to improve. Matt is responsible for acquiring new customers and maximising existing customer value. He can take data from different areas to create a clear picture of the entire customer acquisition journey through to repeat revenue. Let’s look at some metrics you could track for each: Customer acquisition metrics Some of the metrics that Matt looks at for customer acquisition include: He’ll also look at contribution margins to ensure they’re acquiring customers profitably and from the right channels. Customer retention metrics When it comes to repeat revenue channels, Matt says it's crucial they’re using strategies to encourage customers to make repeat purchases. The metrics they look at to analyse retention are open rates and click-through rates on email welcome flows. They also look at the first-to-second purchase percentage. If a customer hasn't made a repeat-purchase after 60-90 days, Chomps might offer them an incentive. For those who’ve purchased multiple times, they’ll be encouraged to subscribe to regular deliveries. “A lot of it is analysing email and SMS data. We want to see if people are signing up for the email program right after the first purchase. And we want to see how that data plays out over time.” Key takeaway: Whether you work in customer acquisition, retention, or both - make sure you’re getting as much data as you can from every angle. All these different data points will help you build a big picture. In Matt’s case, he says that retention data helps inform their acquisition strategies. Knowing what types of customers spend the most money with you, can help you acquire similar audiences. It’s so important to monitor the performance of your creative assets. You put time and money into producing them, so you need to know they’re paying off. Chomps look at lots of different metrics depending on the channel and the type of content. For example, if they’re testing user-generated content, they might look at engagement rates and the thumb-stop ratio of each creative. This can help them determine whether the hooks they’re using are resonating with their audience. Or they’ll look at what click-through rate (CTR) and conversions they’re getting via a particular piece of creative. If CTR is high but conversions are poor, it could indicate that their landing pages need to be tweaked. Or they need to create separate landing pages for their static UGC versus their video UGC. All these metrics can help paint a picture of what’s resonating with their audience at different points in their journey. Key takeaway: Keep checking in on the performance of your creative assets. Whether it's a UGC ad, or the final landing page, there’s sure to be elements you can tweak to help drive conversions. After testing lots of different ad formats, Matt says there’s a clear winner when it comes to content that converts. He says that static images perform well at the bottom of the funnel - in other words, they help Chomps close sales. 💾 “We've found that many of our offer-focused static images work well because they have clear callouts. For example they might say “20% off and free shipping. This makes a strong impact.” But that’s not to say you should ditch other types of content. Matt says that Chomps’ user-generated content performs better at the top of the funnel. They’ll often get lots of likes and comments, which indicates UGC does really well for brand awareness. Key takeaway: Use a mix of content to educate customers about your brand and pull them down the funnel. UGC can work really well for brand awareness, whilst static images with clear offers can help convert people on your website. 79% of people say user-generated content influences their buying decisions. So this form of content has become the norm for most ecommerce brands. This is all well and good, but how do you actually collect UGC? Matt says that, at Chomps, they use a variety of methods and tools to connect with content creators. Here are some to consider for your brand: 👉 You can find more UGC and influencer marketing tools to help grow your strategy. Chomps also works with an agency to help them run their paid media channels. Matt says it's really important that you keep open communication with your agency, and that you’re getting involved with all the top-level strategy conversations outside of regular check in calls. “We have strategy meetings for both Meta and Google. We’ll also look at what's working and any potential pivots we can make. Open communication has been key; always being available for each other and collaborating to grow has proven super successful.” Matt’s experience in paid acquisition also means he knows what to expect when it comes to providing their agency with creative content. “I always try to provide lots of creative for testing, especially with platforms like TikTok where ad fatigue is high. It’s about being in-tune with the agency and making sure they have lots of creative assets to quickly test what’s working.” Key takeaway: Make sure you and your agency are on the same page by keeping an open communication with them at all times. Get involved with top-level strategies and provide them with enough creative assets to test campaigns quickly. One of the fun parts about working in customer acquisition is experimenting with new channels. Matt says they recently started looking at podcasts as a brand awareness and acquisition channel. “There's a belief that podcasts can help brands acquire new customers. Of course, speaking about Chomps as a brand is great from an awareness standpoint: people will hear the name, they'll hear what the host is saying and, if something resonates with them, they might search for us on Google or look out for us in a nearby store.”What’s more, it can be relevantly easy to attribute podcast channels back to revenue. For example, when Chomps run audio ads they’ll offer unique discount codes on products. Whenever someone uses that code to purchase, there’s no doubt about where that sale came from. Matt says this has been a really great way to get in front of new audiences. “We've already seen some really good results when it comes to the core audiences that we're targeting. We're working with an agency that's helping with negotiating cost per miles (CPMs) and finding the right shows that work best for our ads. We've seen some really good success so far. But we’ve barely scratched the surface” Key takeaway: Experiment with new paid channels to help boost brand awareness and conversions. Podcasts and audio ads, for example, give you the opportunity to get in front of new audiences you might not have considered before. Matt is able to glean lots of information from various data points across a customer’s lifecycle. But he says some of the best information comes from post-purchase surveys. “This is where we’re able to slice and dice the data to find out where new and returning customers are coming from. We can ask them specific questions about what resonates with them and strengthen our audience demographic data.” These surveys aren’t just for finding out if customers enjoy Chomps’ products - they’re also used to find out whether people are connecting with the brand. “One of the questions we have in our new customer survey is how Chomps resonates with them. From this we’re able to validate what we already know about the brand. For example, our survey shows that people value our clean ingredients, high protein and low calorie count. A lot of that feedback is already used in our marketing, but it’s always great to see these responses - it shows we're hitting the nail on the head. We understand the core value propositions that our customers are really passionate about.” Key takeaway: Use post-purchase surveys to find out what value propositions are resonating with your customers. You could also ask them how they heard about your brand and what they like most about your product. This can help validate your existing marketing strategies and help you plan new ones. To close the episode, we asked Matt what his favourite brands are for finding inspiration. He told us that there are three consumer-packaged goods brands that he admires. Here’s why: “When you're advertising a CPG or snacking product like Chomps, people can't really tell how it tastes as a first-time customer. So how do you make a snacking product resonate with prospects if they’ve never tasted it? Oats Overnight does a really good job at this. I love their UGC content and their video type content. Their static images are also amazing.” Life is busy but you don't have to struggle with breakfast. “From a site experience standpoint, I love Olipop’s. They're very similar to Chomps in that they have a lot of SKUs. We’re often looking at ways to present different types of flavours on one website. Olipop does a great job of that.” “The other brand I love is Catalina Crunch. They’re another great CPG business that I've really enjoyed finding inspiration from in the Meta ad library. I can see what's working for them with their flavour launches. I'm always impressed by the creative that they're putting out.” Here’s a summary of Matt’s top tips that you can take with you today! Listen to Matt’s full episode on our podcast. You can find it on: Barney is the Marketing Lead for Dash. He writes about small business marketing strategies and how DTC brands can boost sales. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/photo-metadata Title: How to organise and protect images with photo metadataTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Discover what photo metadata is, why it’s important and how you can find, extract and edit it to protect your brand and find your images easily. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/photo-metadata ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: How to organise and protect images with photo metadata H3: What exactly is photo metadata? H3: Why care about photo metadata? H3: How do I find the metadata on a photo? H3: How do I edit photo metadata? H3: How can I manage, find and protect my images easily? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: How to organise and protect images with photo metadata H3: What exactly is photo metadata? H3: Why care about photo metadata? H4: Checking and protecting copyright H4: Organising and finding images more easily H4: Removing sensitive information from metadata H3: How do I find the metadata on a photo? H3: How do I edit photo metadata? H3: How can I manage, find and protect my images easily? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content If you’re a marketer, you know it can be difficult to determine whether an image or video can or cannot be used. Especially if your team keeps content filed away in shared drives with little-to-no information attached to them. How do you know whether that model shot from last year is still okay to use on the web? đŸ€”This is where photo metadata comes in handy. This is the data stored in an image file. And, conveniently, you can also create your own metadata in a digital asset management (DAM) tool like Dash. 🙌In this guide, we give you the lowdown on what photo metadata is, why it’s important and how you can find, extract and edit it to protect your brand and find your images easily. Photo metadata (also called image or picture metadata) is a set of text data about a digital photo or video’s origin. As well as the name of the file, it can include details of where and when it was taken, who it was taken by and which device it was taken on. You can also see what camera settings were used, what you can see on the image, and what rights you have to use it. Some of this information is generated by the device itself. You can see this data if you tap a photo taken on an iPhone and press the info button ‘i’. You’ll immediately see where and when the image was taken and what device it was taken on. This is often referred to as EXIF data, which stands for exchangeable image file format. More specific information, such as copyright and usage rights, needs to be added manually using a metadata editor. This information provides contextual information and will indicate when and where an image can be used. It can also help you better organise your images— but we say more about this further on. Here is a list of information that might be included in an image’s metadata: Embedded metadata (created by the device when the image is taken) Descriptive metadata (added later using a metadata editor or a DAM such as Dash) Having the right metadata on image and video files makes managing those files a whole lot easier – especially if you have a very large library of digital files or you’re using a digital asset management (DAM) system. There are three main uses for photo metadata: Let’s get into each of these below. 👇 With the ease by which we can download images online, it’s easy to accidentally use an image we don’t have the rights to use. As a result, you can find yourself hit by hefty fines if you use what you thought was a copyright-free image on a different platform or outside of a set time period. You’ll also risk damaging your brand’s reputation—the last thing you need if you’re trying to grow your business. By having the right copyright information in the photo metadata, you can see who owns the image and how it can be used by others. This works both ways. It ensures you’re not using images you shouldn’t be using—and it helps protect copyright on images you own. This is particularly important if you have digital assets that you don’t want other people using without permission. One way to ensure you’ve got all this information available is by using Dash—that’s us. 😇Dash is a digital asset management tool designed to help you search, organise and deploy your visual content. And it can help you protect your images. When you upload images to Dash, metadata will get pulled in by default (if it’s available). Dash will automatically populate fields such as caption, description, tags and date the original image was taken. You can then fill out preset fields like ‘expiry date’ and ‘usage rights.’ And if you want to take it one step further, you can even create custom fields for your descriptive metadata. For example, you might create a ‘text’ field and name it ‘copyright info’. You can then copy and paste any important information about usage rights and restrictions into that field. Take a look at what Planto (this is our demo Dash account) could do with their fields. This is particularly important if you work with photographers and you want to make sure you’re not using their images without permission or outside of your contract. Rather than having this image squirrelled away in a shared drive, Dash will let everyone see where and when it can be used before they download. ‍It is important to note, however, that the additional data you’ve added in Dash won’t transfer to the image EXIF data after you’ve downloaded it. Your fields and tags will all stay safe in Dash. đŸ€“ Take a look at our help article about using embedded metadata in Dash. Photo metadata gives you umpteen ways to search for an image – which is hugely useful if you’re looking for an image you vaguely remember but don’t know its filename. You could try searching for images containing “coffee tables” in a shared drive like Google Drive or Dropbox, but you might have to open every image that comes up until you find the right one. If, however, you have the right metadata attached to the image, you can search for it using different criteria. With Dash, you can organise your image metadata into custom fields and form what’s called a taxonomy. No, that’s nothing to do with stuffing animals or what you owe the government: DAM taxonomy is a way of organising and classifying your digital assets into categories or hierarchies. That way your team can search for an image by keywords, content description, the time of year the shot was taken, the name of the photographer or even where the image had been used previously. Here’s what a quick keyword search for ‘coffee table’ looks like in Dash. Digital cameras and mobile phones automatically add metadata (this is the EXIF data). Wonderful if you want the world to know it. Not so good if you want to keep some of it private. For example, you might not want to share the date the image was taken or the location. And you certainly don’t want to risk having sensitive metadata hacked in a security breach. (Some people don’t realise that when they share photos on social media, they’re also sharing a lot of personal data.) Fortunately, it’s not difficult to remove data from image files.Using a PC to remove metadata PCs make removing metadata from individual images easier than Macs and iPhones. Just follow the instructions in ‘How do I find the metadata on a photo?’ above, choose the properties you want to remove and click ‘remove properties and personal information’.Using a Mac to remove metadata With Macs, you need to download the ‘Photo & Video Metadata Remover’ from the App Store. Then, with the app open, click on the image, tap the settings button and choose ‘clear all metadata’. For guidance on how to remove metadata on other devices, read how to remove metadata from photos. Using Dash to store sensitive information If you’re using a tool like Dash, you can’t remove metadata from the file itself but you can capture any sensitive information and store it against the image within Dash. Say you’re using models to promote a new product line, you might want to keep information like names and usage rights alongside their image. Your team members will be able to view this information within Dash, but it won’t be attached to the image EXIF data once it’s downloaded. Ideal if you want to keep all that sensitive information hidden. You can find, inspect, edit and remove metadata on an image relatively easily. With most digital images, you don’t need any fancy software to simply see the metadata. How you see it depends on the device (PC, Mac, iPhone, Android, etc.) you’re viewing it on. Find metadata on an iPhone or Mac On an iPhone or Mac, for example, just open the image and press the ‘i’ button beneath it. Up pops the file name, date and time taken, image size and camera details. Find metadata on a PC Using a PC is almost as easy. Open the image and right-click it, then select ‘properties’ and ‘details’ to see similar information as above. If you’re viewing images on other devices, you’ll find this guide to finding metadata pretty helpful. Find metadata in Dash As we mentioned, Dash stores some of the EXIF metadata of an image by default. You can view the information on an image by clicking the three dots in the top right hand corner. If you want to edit the metadata, or add more details, there are a few different ways to do it. Simple stuff (like adding a title, description or keyword) can be done in much the same way as finding it. Editing metadata manually Open the image to inspect the data (see ‘How do I find the metadata on a photo?’ section above), locate the data you want to edit, type the new info and save the image. You can also use photo editing software such as Adobe Photoshop, InDesign and Photoscape.The manual approach is fine if you’re only editing a few images. But if you’re editing large amounts of files, you’ll probably want to use a metadata editor. Using a metadata editor Metadata editors not only let you edit thousands of images, they also let you edit data you can’t do manually, like changing camera details and time zones. Some of the best free and paid-for metadata editors include Photini and ExifTool. Using a digital asset management system to create new metadata This is where Dash comes into its own. Whilst you can’t edit the EXIF metadata in Dash, you can add your own metadata to help you organise, find and protect your images dead easily—as shown in the image below. Here, we’ve created metadata for ‘performance’, ‘usage rights’, ‘date created’, ‘expiry date’, ‘copyright information’ and the ‘photographer’ who took the photo. ✹ Note that if we were to download this image, we wouldn’t be able to see any of the additional metadata on the downloaded copy. We can only see this data within Dash. Making the most of photo metadata is a useful skill for anyone working with digital images. Knowing how to find, edit and remove it will help you make your assets more organised, more searchable and better protected. While you can manage metadata manually, it could be a long process if you have tons of images. Using a digital asset management system like Dash will make the process faster and easier. And you’ll benefit from loads of other good stuff such as sharing files, editing content and integrating design tools. If you're looking for a new DAM tool, download our free digital asset management comparison worksheet. {{dam-comparison="/blog-components"}} Or grab a Dash free trial by scooting down to the form below. 👇 Lorraine Forrest-Turner is a professional copywriter, published author, playwright and communication skills tutor. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/photo-organising-software Title: How to find the right photo organising software for your brandTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: We analyse 10 photo organising tools so you can make the best software decision for your business. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/photo-organising-software ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: How to find the right photo organising software for your brand H3: What is photo organising software? H3: What are the benefits of photo organising software? H3: What should I look for in my photo organising software? H3: How to organise your images H3: 10 popular photo organising tools H3: How do I choose the right photo organising tool for my brand? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: How to find the right photo organising software for your brand H3: What is photo organising software? H3: What are the benefits of photo organising software? H3: What should I look for in my photo organising software? H3: How to organise your images H3: 10 popular photo organising tools H4: 1. Dash – the DAM tool for ecommerce brands H4: 2. Adobe Bridge – creative asset manager H4: 3. FastStone image viewer – image browser and converter H4: 4. Google Photos – photos sharing and storing H4: 5. XNView MP – photo browser and organiser H4: 6. ACDSee Photo Studio Ultimate H4: 7. Adobe Lightroom – editor and workflow tool H4: 8. Corel PaintShop Pro – photo editor for Windows H4: 9. CyberLink PhotoDirector – photo editor and organiser H4: 10. Magix Photo Manager Deluxe – photo organiser and editor H3: How do I choose the right photo organising tool for my brand? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content If your ecommerce business is growing and you’re regularly adding new product lines, your image library is probably getting a tad unwieldy – and it's taking far too long to find the content you need for your marketing campaigns. This is the time to think about organising your assets more efficiently with a decent photo organising tool. But where do you start? There seem to be as many different systems as you have images. How do you know which is the right one for your business? The short answer is: that you should look to digital asset management (DAM). DAM tools are specifically designed to help you find, manage and share your images. They’re ideal for brands looking to make better use of their visual content. But if you’re keen to scope out your options, we’ll offer some photo organising software tools for you to compare for your business. As the name suggests, photo organising software helps you manage your collection of digital marketing assets, including images, videos, logos, icons and other graphics. Some tools let you edit and manipulate your images, whilst others specialise in helping manage and share content with your teams and external partners. The software you choose will depend on your needs. The biggest benefits of photo organising software are speed and ease of finding the right image out of a huge photo collection. Say you sell earrings and you want to display them in their best light on your online store or social channels. You might have around 500 images of gold hoop earrings alone. And each of those might be photographed at different angles or be featured on or off your models. You could end up with thousands of images all very similar with only the filename to differentiate them. With photo organising software, you can search for those images easily. If you use a DAM tool like Dash (that’s us) you can also use the software to resize, trim your images, optimise your file names and create image collages. These functions will enable you to upload your images to a range of marketing channels, including social media channels and your Shopify store. Your choice will depend on a number of things, including what functions you need, how simple you want the system to be and what you’re prepared to pay. For example, you might be looking for photo organising software that as well as categorising your albums for easy retrieval, also offers image editing and optimisation. Or you might be looking for a tool that lets you search, organise, edit and share your marketing images with other people in or outside of your organisation. In this case, Dash should be your go-to system. Before we dive into the list of photo organising tools, here are some tips on organising your files. Because no matter how simple or sophisticated your photo organising software is, a tool is only as good as its operator. There are three areas worth paying attention to: đŸ€“Read Emily’s article on DAM taxonomy for an in-depth guide to organising your images. Here are 10 photo organising software tools that will help you better manage your images. Let’s get into it. Dash is a digital asset management (DAM) tool for growing brands. A DAM is a software tool that provides one searchable location for all your brand’s images, video files and documents. Think of it as a library search engine for all your visual content. Dash also gives you a load of extra features that most photo organisation tools don’t, including keyword search, auto-tags, downloading images in different sizes (useful for social media) and integrating with ecommerce tools like Shopify. What are the key features of Dash? What are the drawbacks of Dash? Dash is the perfect tool for growing brands who need a way to quickly search, find and share their assets. But you can’t edit any of your images directly in Dash. You can, however, integrate with tools like Canva and Adobe Creative Suite for a full, content creation workflow. Read our article about the key digital asset management features to learn how Dash can benefit your business. How much does Dash cost? Dash pricing starts at ÂŁ99/$139 per month, which gives you access to all its features. Unlike some DAMs that lock certain features away on their lower rates, Dash pricing is based on what you use. That means you pay by storage and monthly downloads. You can try Dash for yourself with a free trial. What is Adobe Bridge? Adobe Bridge is a media browser and asset manager that lets you locate, preview, organise, edit and publish creative assets across various Adobe apps. What are the top features of Adobe Bridge? What are the drawbacks of Adobe Bridge? Where Adobe Bridge falls down (see what we did there) is its user interface. It’s really clunky and uninspiring to work with. If you’re managing a library of gorgeous product images; the last thing you want is a system that can’t do them justice. How much does Adobe Bridge cost? Adobe Bridge is free to download and use if you have a Creative Cloud subscription. What is FastStone image viewer? FastStone image viewer is a photo organiser and viewing program that also has basic editing features such as red-eye removal and cropping. It’s compatible with Windows XP and later, although it can be installed on Macs via Bootcamp. What are the top features of FastStone Image Viewer? What are the drawbacks of FastStone Image Viewer? This is another photo organising tool that looks super uninspiring to work with. It also seemed like it’s geared towards photographers—so not a great choice if you’re working in a marketing team and need a way to quickly find images. How much does FastStone Image Viewer cost? FastStone Image Viewer is free for home users. Download directly from FastStone. A paid-for licence is required for commercial use. Google Photos is a photo library that is part of the Google Workspace. It also comes preinstalled on most Android phones (and available on iOS, Windows and Mac). It lets you organises images by dates and albums and has multiple viewing options to help you quickly browse through files. What are the drawbacks of Google Photos? The main problem with using Google Photos for managing images is that it’s unable to scan the contents of your image. You and your team need to be thorough with how you name and label your photos—otherwise, your marketing assets risk getting lost in a Google Drive. XNView MP is a versatile photo viewer, manager and resizer. It supports all common picture and graphic formats and offers a wide range of image editing tools. What are the top features of XNView MP? What are the drawbacks of XNView According to some online reviews, XNView can be complicated to install and set up. And, like several of the other tools on this list, the interface is clunky and uninspiring. You’re better off picking a digital asset management tool like Dash if you need to organise your marketing assets. How much does XNView MP cost? XNView MP is free for private or educational use and for non-profit organisations. Small donations are encouraged. Businesses need to buy a reasonably priced licence. Comprising ACDSee Photo Studio Home, Professional and Ultimate, the Photo Studio suite all come with features to help you manage, view, edit, create and share photos and documents. All are suitable for professional photographers with growing collections. The Ultimate 2023 version also offers loads of features for graphic designers and creative artists. What are the top features of ACDSee Photo Studio Ultimate? What are the drawbacks of ACDSee? ACDSee is for Windows only—so skip past this one if you use a Mac. How much does ACDSee Photo Studio Ultimate cost? Subscription plans start at $8.90 USD per month. All ACDSee photo management packages are available on a free 30-day trial. Adobe Lightroom is an online photo editing tool that lets you quickly adjust images on the fly. It’s also part of the Adobe Creative Cloud which includes apps like Photoshop and Indesign. You can pick and choose which tools are best for you. What are the top features of Adobe Lightroom? What are the drawbacks of Adobe Lightroom? This tool is great for image editing, but it’s not set up to let you quickly find and share your images. You’ll want a different tool, like Dash, to manage your visual content. How much does Adobe Lightroom cost? Adobe Lightroom for desktop, mobile and web costs $9.99 USD per month and gives you 1TB of online storage. You can upgrade to the full Adobe Creative Cloud for $82 per month. Corel PaintShop Pro is often referred to as a budget-friendly alternative to Adobe Photoshop. Predominantly used as an advanced photo editor and graphic designer, it can also manage photos and search via the usual photo organising software criteria. It runs on PCs only. What are the top features of Corel PaintShop Pro? What are the drawbacks of Corel PaintShop pro? According to one review, the image organisation features of Corel PaintShop are ‘adequete’—and that’s it. This review also suggests that for serious photo editors, you’re better off looking elsewhere. How much does Corel PaintShop Pro cost? PaintShop Pro 2023 Ultimate has a one-time cost of ÂŁ89. They regularly offer discounts, so make sure to check back throughout the year. CyberLink PhotoDirector is a full workflow, photo organiser and editor for photo enthusiasts and beginner photographers. It combines many of the workflow features of Adobe Lightroom with Photoshop functions, and it’s compatible with Windows and Mac operating systems. What are the top features of CyberLink PhotoDirector? What are the drawbacks of CyberLink PhotoDirector? As photo editing tools go, CyberLink PhotoDirector looks like a great choice. It’s not the same as a fully functioning DAM system, however, so you won’t easily be able to share your final assets with your team and external partners in the same way you can with Dash. How much does CyberLink PhotoDirector cost? CyberLink PhotoDirector pricing is a little complicated with a range of subscription and non-subscription deals. PhotoDirector 365 is currently available from ÂŁ3.08 per month. A lifetime licence of PhotoDirector 14 Ultra for Windows costs ÂŁ79.99. Magix Photo Manager Deluxe is a photo managing system for browsing, sorting and editing images for Windows 10. It accepts image, video and audio files, including RAW camera formats. What are the top features of Magix Photo Manager Deluxe? What are the drawbacks of Magix Photo Manager? If you browse through Magix Photo Manager’s G2 profile (a website that lets customers review software products) you can instantly see two drawbacks of this tool. One: it has no customer support offering. And two: it lacks good organisation and sharing features. Without customer support and the ability to manage your images, you might have a tough time working with this tool. How much does Magix Photo Manager Deluxe cost? Magix Photo Manager Deluxe costs $49.99 USD and $29.99 for upgrades. Download for free for 30 days. As you’ve seen, there are umpteen photo organising tools on the market, as well as the ones already on your devices like Microsoft Photos, Google Photos and Apple Photos. While they all have their strengths, most are more of an editing tool rather than a photo organising software program. For proper visual content management, you need a digital asset management system like Dash. This is a tool that’ll help you organise all your brand’s product images, videos, logos, graphics, audio files—you name it. It’s the perfect tool for ecommerce brands that need to keep control of their creative assets and deploy them to their marketing channels. đŸ€“ Read the full rundown of how Dash can help ecommerce brands grow. If you like the sound of Dash, you can give it a go for free for 14 days. We won't ask for your credit card and you can cancel anytime (though we think you'll love it once you give it a go 😉) Lorraine Forrest-Turner is a professional copywriter, published author, playwright and communication skills tutor. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/pinterest-ecommerce Title: Your guide to Pinterest for ecommerceTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Create your strategy with our Pinterest guide for ecommerce. It's perfect for visual brands and helps shoppers discover your products. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/pinterest-ecommerce ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Your guide to Pinterest for ecommerce H3: Why Pinterest is ideal for ecommerce businesses H3: Getting started on your Pinterest marketing strategy H3: How to set up your Pinterest account H3: Best practices for your Pinterest Business profile page H3: What type of content works well on Pinterest? H3: 9 Pinterest tips for small businesses H3: 5 examples of small ecommerce brands rocking it on Pinterest H3: Get your assets ready for Pinterest H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Your guide to Pinterest for ecommerce H3: Why Pinterest is ideal for ecommerce businesses H3: Getting started on your Pinterest marketing strategy H3: How to set up your Pinterest account H3: Best practices for your Pinterest Business profile page H3: What type of content works well on Pinterest? H3: 9 Pinterest tips for small businesses H4: 1. Automatically resize and schedule your photos with Dash H4: 2. Carry out keyword research for Pinterest SEO H4: 3. Create Promoted Pins H4: 4. Use Product Pins and Rich Pins H4: 5. Create Pinterest product catalogues H4: 6. Organise your boards and optimise board titles H4: 7. Make your boards collaborative H4: 8. Use Pinterest Trends for content inspo H4: 9. Ensure Product Pins have a clear journey H3: 5 examples of small ecommerce brands rocking it on Pinterest H3: Get your assets ready for Pinterest H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Pinterest is so much more than a digital scrapbook of home decor inspo and recipe videos. It’s a product catalogue, search engine, marketplace, and online store all wrapped up into a beautifully presented library of images, videos, and illustrations. No wonder ecommerce brands are using it as a key marketing channel. Getting to grips with Pinterest’s extensive shopping features will help you get more eyeballs on your products and increase traffic to your website. Here’s how you can get started. Pinterest is pretty much the lovechild of Google and Instagram. It’s inherited the search engine capabilities of Google and the visual nature of Instagram—you’ll definitely recognise the Stories feature from our fave grid-inspired channel. Here’s why Pinterest is a must-have for ecommerce brands: Okay, you're convinced and want to get started. But before you dive into creating Pinterest content, it’s important to lay the foundations of your Pinterest marketing strategy. 1. Figure out your goalsWhat do you want to achieve with Pinterest? The first step in any strategy is identifying your goals so you don’t end up throwing spaghetti at the wall and seeing what sticks.Your goals should be both realistic and specific.“Increase traffic from Pinterest by 15% over the next three months” is better than “increase Pinterest traffic by thousands”.Here are some starting points: 2. Research your audience Who do you want to reach on Pinterest? Before planning your Pinterest strategy, consider the demographics, interests, location, and other key details about your ideal customer. You’ll still want to make sure that you’re attracting the audience set out in your overall ecommerce marketing strategy, so decide whether Pinterest is actually a channel they hang out on. If not, could you try reaching a new audience? It’s better to decide now whether Pinterest is a channel you want to put effort into. Top tip: Research your competitors with similar, relevant audiences to see what kind of content they’re posting (and, better yet, see which posts perform best). 3. Plan your content and images What content do you want to share on Pinterest? Ideally, this should be a mix of: (We’ll get into these in more detail further down the post). Once you’ve decided what type of content you’ll create, put together a calendar that maps out when you need to create each visual and when you’re going to post it. You can use Dash (our digital asset management tool) to create a Pinterest workflow where you and your team upload potential pins, approve new content, and schedule posts through the handy Hootsuite integration.4. Measure your results with Pinterest Analytics How well is your strategy performing? Pinterest Analytics provides detailed audience insights into who’s interacting with your content, which posts are performing best, and the overall ROI of your pins.Make sure you regularly check your analytics (especially if you're running Pinterest ecommerce advertising campaigns) and know what metrics are most important to you. This will depend on your goals—for example, if you want to drive referral traffic, you should look closely at the number of outbound clicks your pins are getting.Here are some key metrics you can track via Pinterest: Staying up-to-date on this info will help you make the best business decisions moving forward and ensure you’re constantly optimising your Pinterest strategy so it’s the best it can be.  💡You can use the ‘performance’ field in Dash to tag how well an image has performed on Pinterest. This will help you plan future content and reuse your best visuals on other social channels. You've set your strategy and now you're ready to start. Next, you need to set up your account.To unlock Pinterest’s shoppable features, analytics, and advertising tools, you need to have a business account—a personal account doesn’t cut the mustard here. However, if you’ve already got a well-populated personal account, you can convert it into a business one. Otherwise, you’ll need to create a linked business account or create a new business account from scratch. Here are some quick guides to help you out. How to create a new business account How to convert a personal Pinterest account to a business one NB: You can switch back to a personal account at any time. How to create a linked business account A linked business account is tied to your personal account—you use the same email and login and can switch between the two in just a click. Now you’ve got your business account set up, it’s time to optimise your profile page. You want shoppers to instantly recognise your brand or, if you’re new to the game, get an immediate idea of the kind of products you sell.Here’s what to consider while setting up your profile: To stand out in the sea of thumbnails, you need bold visuals that attract your target shopper and indicate what you’re selling. Your images should be clear, high-quality (no blurriness ❌), and not too busy so that people can see their content mid-scroll.Each pin is presented in the same way. The image takes the lion’s share of digital real estate, then there’s a title, the brand name, and a brief description that appears when someone clicks to expand a pin. Just like this example below. Here’s a rundown of content that performs well on Pinterest. Check out the marketing apps database for tools to help you manage your marketing campaigns.{{marketing-db="/blog-components"}} Want more traffic, eyeballs, and clicks on your pins? Here’s your handy guide to selling on Pinterest. Pinterest is a great place for visual brands to build awareness—but you’re going to need amazing images and a lot of them! Use Dash to collect, curate, and get your visuals ready to post on Pinterest. We’re a design-led DAM ideal for ecommerce brands. It was made for bringing together all your beautiful product photos, videos, and content both internally and from external sources like influencers and past customers. When you download an image you can automatically resize it to Pinterest’s dimensions through the preset crop sizes (no more awkward cropping or distorted pics) and schedule it to go live via the Hootsuite integration. Top tip: Take a leaf out of COAT’s book and turn your Dash account into a replica Pinterest home page. 😍 Pinterest is a visually-led search engine. It’s good practice to use the same keywords your audience is using to describe your products so your pins show up under relevant search terms.There are a few ways you can do this: Include the keyword in your product title and description to make sure Pinterest 100% understands what your product is. Promoted pins are Pinterest’s version of Instagram or Facebook ads. You choose your target audience, pick your image, and set a lifetime budget and a daily budget for your campaign. Pinterest will then serve your promoted pin to relevant people in the search results—they look like regular pins, but have a small “Promoted” tag at the bottom. This can be a great way to get your products in front of your target audience while increasing the visibility of your brand. Product pins make it easy for shoppers to click directly through to the relevant product page and, hopefully, buy straight away. If not, you can ask them to sign up for your newsletter or offer discount codes to encourage them to stick around). There’s actually a “shop” tab in the search results so that shoppers who have their wallets out ready to buy can jump straight into product research—this is where Product Pins show up, but they’re also mixed in with regular pins in other searches. The easiest way to turn your products into shoppable pins is to upload a catalogue to Pinterest. You can pull information from it to populate your shoppable pins, but you can also use it to create a browsable catalogue on your Pinterest profile—like Loaf does here: Pinterest found that brands that upload their product feed see 5x more impressions than those that don’t. Boards are a great way to segment your product offerings, reach niche audiences, and organise your catalogue—but they are also the key to increasing sales and followers. Here’s why: Start by creating separate Pinterest boards for different types of products or product categories, or group together products for a specific audience. You can also go one step further and create “sections” within boards to take your board organisation to another level. As well as having brand-specific boards where you share your Product pins and educational content, it’s also a good idea to create collaborative boards to foster a community and lean on user-generated content.Here are some ideas for shared boards: Working with your customers, industry leaders, and influencers builds trust and helps future shoppers discover your products through their favourite accounts. Pinterest has a fairly new—but really useful—feature called Pinterest Trends. This lets you see what kinds of pins people are searching for so you can make sure your content aligns with what's hot right now. đŸ”„ George the Senior Marketing Manager for COAT Paints (one of Dash's customers) says he regularly checks what's trending on Pinterest. So, if 'living room inspiration' is currently trending, he can search through COAT's content and quickly upload something that fits with the current trends. Here's how Dash helps him do that: "Because we've got everything stored in Dash, we can really quickly hop on the trends and fit into what's happening within the zeitgeist of the platform." ✹ Of course, not every trend will be relevant to your brand. But it's interesting to see how people's searches are changing over time. You can filter the trends by year, month and season. You can even type in a keyword to see how well it's performed over time. For example, the above snapshot shows how 'living room ideas' has been trending in the UK. All pins have to link to another site, which is good news for you. You want people to find their way to your store and stick around. However, it’s important to make sure your pins link to the most relevant page. The last thing a shopper wants is to click on an image of a cosy woolly jumper only to land on a page selling earrings or iPhone covers. If you’re still looking for inspo, here are 5 ecommerce brands making their mark on Pinterest. 1. Create a beautiful, shoppable library like COAT Paints COAT Paints has created a beautiful, shoppable library of all its colour variations. It’s easy for shoppers to find the colour they like, click through, and purchase. Its Pinterest page is laid out like a digital catalogue, complete with product titles and prices. Key takeaway: Use Pinterest as a product catalogue. Pair beautiful product pics with key information for shoppers. 2. Use stories to engage with shoppers like Dossier Perfume brand Dossier has created a library of stand-out graphics for its range of alternative perfumes. People can quickly see what each pin is about thanks to the clear product imagery and text. The brand also uses Pinterest to share engaging stories to build deeper relationships with its customers. Pinned questions invite shoppers to interact with the brand, while it uses text overlays to show its appreciation for its customers—what a way to make them feel valued! Key takeaway: Use Pinterest Stories to get to know your audience. Find out what products are their fave—and don’t forget to thank them for their loyalty! 3. Make use of the platform’s shopping features like Mustard Made Furniture brand Mustard Made has uploaded its product catalogue to Pinterest which essentially acts as another store for shoppers. People can browse the range and, when they click through onto a pin they like the look of, they can find out more about the product (including dimensions, price, and materials) before heading straight to the brand’s product page. Each product pin is packed full of beautiful photos, too, so that customers can get a real feel for what they’re buying. Key takeaway: Create product pins jam-packed full of info and multi-angle pics (leave no stone unturned!) so there’s nothing stopping shoppers from clicking through and buying. 4. Guide new shoppers to your best-loved products like YesColours YesColours is another paint brand rocking it on Pinterest. The brand uses bright visuals to showcase its product range, with a handy “most popular” section at the top for new customers. It can be overwhelming for shoppers to find what they’re looking for from a new brand, so YesColors cleverly tackles this by showing them products that other customers have loved.Key takeaway: Add a “most popular” section to the top of your business profile that helps new shoppers see what other customers loved. Add your bestsellers here or showcase your latest product line. 5. Create boards to showcase each product category like Flamingo Candles Flamingo Candles has curated a series of boards to help customers find the right products. It showcases its collabs and segments products by shape, smell, occasion, and seasonal events. This is a great way to break up an extensive product collection and help shoppers find products that best suit their needs and styles. Key takeaway: Make your Pinterest profile easy to navigate with boards dedicated to different product lines and past collaborations—or simply group together products of a similar style, colour, or aesthetic. Pinterest can increase visibility, traffic, and sales for ecommerce brands—if you use it the right way. But as this channel focuses heavily on visual content, you’ll want to make sure you're creating high-quality images and keeping them somewhere your team can access. Using Dash for your social media management gives a home to all your social images and videos. You can curate images in your Dash, search for them using AI and crop them to the correct dimensions for Pinterest. You can also use the Hootsuite integration to quickly post onto your channel. Interested? You can sign up for a free trial below. No credit card required. ✹👇 Lizzie Davey writes for ecommerce and marketing SaaS brands. She helps create B2B content strategies and is the Founder of Copy Revival and Freelance Magic. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/pinterest-optimisation Title: How to optimise your brand's Pinterest profileTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Stuggling to grow organically on Pinterest? These tips from Pinterest expert, Archana Haarnack will help you optimise your brand's Pinterest profile for better engagement. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/pinterest-optimisation ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: How to optimise your brand's Pinterest profile H2: 9 ways to optimise your brand’s Pinterest H2: Get expert help with your Pinterest profile H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: How to optimise your brand's Pinterest profile H2: 9 ways to optimise your brand’s Pinterest H4: 1. Set clear goals H4: 2. Claim your website H4: 3. Use inspiring visuals H4: 4. Incorporate relevant keywords for Pinterest SEO H4: 5. Post consistently H4: 6. Create branded pins H4: 7. Create pins for each section of your website H4: 8. Use both ads and organic pins H4: 9. Use Pinterest analytics H2: Get expert help with your Pinterest profile H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Pinterest is a fantastic visual discovery platform for brands that want to boost their online presence and drive website traffic. But despite its potential, many businesses struggle. Why? Because they treat Pinterest like Instagram. They focus solely on visuals and forget to optimise their content. While high-quality visuals are essential, Pinterest is more like a search engine and requires a different approach. But don’t worry, I’ve got your back. I’m Archana Haarnack, a Pinterest marketing expert from the Netherlands and I’ve been using the platform since 2010. In 2018, I quit my job to help interior design and furniture brands and ecommerce companies grow organically with Pinterest. I’ve worked with some fantastic companies including HOOG.design, de Bijenkorf and Thomas de Gier. So if you're struggling to gain traction, here are my tried and tested tips to help you optimise your profile and content. Struggling with engagement on Pinterest? Work through my 9 tips for optimising your profile and content. First, make sure you’re setting goals. Without a clear direction, it can be hard to maintain a consistent posting schedule and you can easily lose momentum. For example, do you want to increase brand awareness? Or increase sales to a specific product? These goals provide a good starting point and help you create relevant content. We cover this in more detail in our complete guide to Pinterest. Verifying your website on Pinterest will unlock valuable analytics. You can track pin performance, understand what drives traffic, and refine your strategy. Here are the steps to verify your website: You can read Pinterests article on how to claim your website for more detail. Pinterest is all about visual content, so make sure you’re creating high-quality images from the outset. As an ecommerce brand, you’re probably shooting product images for your website and social channels; see if there are any (preferably vertical) you can repurpose for Pinterest. If not, it’s worth taking your own DIY product images, or investing in thumb-stopping video content. The more eye-catching your content, the more you’ll boost interaction and visibility on your page. Here’s one of my favourite Pinterest pages, courtesy of Zara Home. Every pin has been carefully selected to create a beautiful board that draws you in. 😍 Just like a regular search engine, relevant keywords are essential for helping users find your pins and profile. Think of it like Pinterest search engine optimisation (SEO). By integrating relevant search terms into your pin titles, descriptions, and board names, you’ll improve your content's discoverability and reach. Here are some ways to analyse keywords for your target audience: Use Pinterest’s search bar: Start typing keywords in the search bar. Pinterest will suggest popular related keywords based on search volume. For example, here’s what comes up when I search ‘garden’ on Pinterest. You can see the description has been populated with keywords like ‘garden ideas’, ‘garden decoration’  and ‘garden wedding’ which can be found in lots of similar pins within this niche. Maintaining a consistent posting schedule on Pinterest is a great way to increase visibility and engage your audience. Regularly posting pins signals activity to Pinterest’s algorithm, which will boost your content's presence in feeds. It also keeps followers interested and helps build momentum. You can use scheduling tools like Tailwind, Buffer or Hootsuite to plan content in advance. Branded pins will usually have design elements like your logo, brand colours, and graphics which help users instantly identify your content. You can also add text overlays and a call to action. Branded pins are good for providing consistency which builds familiarity with your audience. vtwonen, for instance, adds a graphic at the footer of their pins to showcase their collections and their logo. To make the most of Pinterest, it’s worth creating pins that link back to different sections of your website. That includes your landing pages, blog posts, and product pages. Take the design studio, McGee and Co. They have a variety of pins all pointing to different types of content on their online store. To increase your reach on Pinterest, use a mix of ads and organic pins. The great thing about advertising on Pinterest is that this also boosts your organic pins. Plus, promoted pins allow you to target specific demographics, interests, and behaviours. Start by promoting your best-performing organic content to extend its reach. Monitor the performance of them and adjust your targeting and budget as needed. I also recommend that you post vertical pins of at least 1000 x 1500 px to ensure the best engagement from your organic pins and ads. Regularly review Pinterest statistics to understand your pins' performance. Key metrics include impressions, saves, and click-through rates. These metrics will help you understand which content resonates with your audience and spot trends to see which types of pins are most effective. Use this information to adjust your strategy and focus on creating more successful content. Are you ready to up your Pinterest game? Feel free to reach out to me via my website. I can offer advice, provide Pinterest training for your team and manage your entire account to help you grow your business.And if you need a place to store all your gorgeous Pinterest content, check our Dash— the digital asset management tool for DTC brands. You can take out a 14-day free trial, no credit card required. Archana is a Pinterest marketing expert from the Netherlands. She works with interior design and furniture brands and ecommerce companies to help them grow organically with Pinterest. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/png-vs-jpg Title: PNG vs JPG: Picking the best format for your channelsTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: JPGs contain less data than PNGs. But, which one should you be using in your marketing content? You'll need to consider quality over load speed. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/png-vs-jpg ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: PNG vs JPG: Picking the best format for your channels H2: TLDR: Different image types and what they’re best for H2: What’s a JPG? H2: What’s a PNG? H3: ‍ H3: ‍ H2: PNG vs JPG: Which provides better image quality and compression? H2: PNG vs JPG: which is better for website loading times and file size? H2: JPG vs PNG: Which file formats are better for social media? H2: What’s a GIF? H3: ‍ H2: What’s an SVG? H3: ‍ H2: What's WebP? H2: What’s a RAW file? H2: How your image format impacts SEO and website performance H2: How to measure the impact of your images on web performance H2: 5 tools to optimise your images H3: 1. Dash H3: ‍ H3: 2. TinyPNG H3: 3. ImageOptim H3: 4. Shopify’s Built-In Optimiser H3: 5. Squoosh.app H2: Where should I store all my image formats? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: PNG vs JPG: Picking the best format for your channels H2: TLDR: Different image types and what they’re best for H2: What’s a JPG? H2: What’s a PNG? H3: ‍ H3: ‍ H2: PNG vs JPG: Which provides better image quality and compression? H2: PNG vs JPG: which is better for website loading times and file size? H2: JPG vs PNG: Which file formats are better for social media? H2: What’s a GIF? H3: ‍ H2: What’s an SVG? H3: ‍ H2: What's WebP? H2: What’s a RAW file? H2: How your image format impacts SEO and website performance H2: How to measure the impact of your images on web performance H2: 5 tools to optimise your images H3: 1. Dash H3: ‍ H3: 2. TinyPNG H3: 3. ImageOptim H3: 4. Shopify’s Built-In Optimiser H3: 5. Squoosh.app H2: Where should I store all my image formats? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Picking the right image file format—like JPG, PNG, SVG, or GIF—can make a big difference to your website’s speed, SEO performance, and visual quality. But with so many options available, it’s easy to feel overwhelmed. What’s the best format for product photos? How does file type affect loading times or image sharpness on mobile? And which formats work best on social media? If you're managing visual assets for your brand or ecommerce store, understanding image formats is essential. The right choice helps you: In this guide, we’ll break down the most common image formats—JPG, PNG, SVG, GIF, and RAW. You’ll learn when to use each one, how they impact performance, and how to optimise them for best results. Note: You’ll see each image format has a compression type of lossy or lossless. Supports transparency Web photos, blog content, product pages Photographs, blog images, ecommerce galleries Logos, UI graphics, images needing sharpness or transparency Logos, icons, infographics, product cutouts Simple animations and short loops Memes, reactions, marketing emails, blog animations Scalable logos, icons, and line-based illustrations UI elements, logos, responsive graphics Web-ready images with balance of speed and quality Website visuals, banners, marketing images High-detail photography and post-production edits Source photography, editing workflows JPG (or JPEG) is a compressed image format using lossy compression. It's ideal for web photos when you need a balance between quality and fast load speed. The JPG (or JPEG) was first created by the Joint Photographic Experts Group back in 1992 (hence its name). They’re a committee of people who want a way to make high-quality and large image files smaller and easily shareable on the web. It means that marketers and content creators using complex images on the web can consistently meet image compression standards (and don’t end up with a horrible pixelated image that makes you wanna đŸ€ź). That being said, you can expect to lose a level of quality when compressing high-quality images into JPEGs. That’s because JPEG files use lossy compression, meaning some is removed data from the original image file. That results in the file being smaller and therefore quicker to load on the web. However, it's important to note that too much compression will hinder its quality. When should you use a JPG image? JPGs are recommended when you need a balance between quality and file size. For example, if you’re uploading a photograph into a blog post, a JPG will ensure you don’t slow down the loading time of said article. PNG stands for Portable Network Graphics and is a high-quality image format using lossless compression. That means it doesn’t lose any of its information on compression, so image quality is usually much higher (and the file size much larger) than its JPG cousin. When should you use PNG formats? Typically, people use PNG formats for graphics (such as logos), text objects, and line drawings. It also supports transparency, which is super handy if you need to place a cut-out logo against a different background. A PNG offers a lovely, crisp image, but it does slow down web pages. So make sure you’re weighing up speed vs quality when you’re updating your online store. When you’re choosing between image formats, it really comes down to two things: quality and compression. PNG files use lossless compression, which means they keep all the original image data. Great for crystal-clear visuals — but not so great for file size. They’re heavier, which can slow down your site if you’re not careful. JPEG files, on the other hand, use lossy compression. They ditch some of that image data to shrink the file size — which helps your pages load faster. You might lose a bit of sharpness, especially if you compress them too much, but for most ecommerce use cases, the quality still holds up. Our tip: PNG gives you the sharpest image, so it’s ideal when detail matters. JPG gives you speed, so it’s perfect when load time is the priority. Most of the time, a well-optimised JPG will strike the right balance. As an ecommerce brand, you already know that fast-loading pages = better conversions. But bulky image files can quietly drag your site down, especially if you’re using high-res PNGs across your homepage or product listings. Now, don’t get us wrong. PNGs are great when you need super-sharp visuals or transparent backgrounds (like for logos or UI elements). But they come with bigger file sizes, which means slower load times — not ideal when you're trying to impress a new customer or rank higher in Google. That’s why a JPG is often preferred. They use lossy compression to keep file sizes low, making them perfect for product photos, blog images, and lifestyle content where transparency isn’t needed. Yes, you’ll lose a tiny bit of quality — but for most use cases, it’s barely noticeable (especially if you compress images properly before upload). 💡 Our tip: We recommend using PNGs sparingly and and only when transparency or razor-sharp detail is a must. For everything else? Stick with optimised JPG photos or try WebP for even faster performance. Both JPG and PNG formats are supported across all major social platforms — so technically, either will work. But the problem is that platforms like Facebook will automatically compress your image to fit their specs. And if your file isn’t sized correctly, you might end up with a blurry or pixelated post. To keep things crisp, always upload images at the correct dimensions for the platform you’re targeting. That way, you stay in control of quality — not the algorithm. 💡Dash tip: When you store your content in Dash (our digital asset management solution), you can crop and resize to social media specs on download. It means you can prepare content for your channels quickly, without hassling your design team. GIF (sometimes pronounced as jiff) stands for Graphical Interchangeable Format. It was invented as a way to display moving images on the web with minimal file size. Rather than displaying a video, it’s more like a flipbook that moves between different images. Each image can only use a maximum of 256 colours, but it means the file’s small enough to show up on different channels across the web. When would you use a GIF? GIFs have gained in popularity over the years and you’ll most likely see them on social media. However, you could also use them in blog posts (like we do), embedded into emails or sent over instant messaging platforms like Whatsapp. They’re a great way of conveying an emotion or referencing something from your favourite TV show without needing to send over a YouTube link. SVG stands for ‘scalable vector graphic’. To understand how SVGs differ from other file types, we need to look at how they’re made up. A JPG or PNG are types of raster graphics. This means they're created using lots of little pixels in a square called a bitmap. Combined together, these squares form an image. This is great for displaying photographs and high-quality images because each square can match the colour of the RAW file. However, it does mean that the bigger the file, the lower the quality. SVGs, on the other hand, are coded. They’re written in XML format, and you can literally code up the colours and shapes that you want to appear. It also means that no matter the size of the graphic, you’re still going to get fantastic quality. When would you use an SVG? SVGs are typically used to create logos, illustrations and graphics. You can create your own SVG files by using tools such as Illustrator, Photoshop or Canva. Simply create a design using shapes and lines and export it as an SVG file. WebP was originally created by Google to replace PNG and JPG. It's a way of compressing a file without losing quality, and Google developers claim it's 26% smaller than PNGs. It also supports transparency and animation - making it a worthy competitor of the trusty GIF. WebP is supported on most browsers including Google, Mozilla Firefox and Microsoft Edge. When would you use a WebP file? Need a quality image but don't want to sacrifice load speed? WebP could be your ideal choice. You will see some loss in quality however, so bear that in mind if you're working with high-quality pics from your photographers. RAW file formats store absolutely tonnes of detail about an image. In fact, it has the most information about an image out of any other file format. It’s the data that’s captured in a camera before being compressed and sent off into different areas of the web. When would you use a RAW file? As a marketer, it’s unlikely you’d ever use a RAW file. They’re just too big to use on the web. That’s why many photographers use image software to edit and compress them into JPGs or PNGs before sending them over to their clients. If you’re taking your own photography, it's likely you won’t be shooting in RAW unless you’ve got specific settings turned on. Choosing the right image format isn’t just about how your visuals look. It plays a big role in how fast your website loads — and that can make or break your search rankings, bounce rates and your sales. Large PNG files, in particular, can slow down your site if they’re not properly optimised. And, because Google prioritises speed as a key factor in its ranking algorithms, a slow-loading page might push you down in search results. But it isn't just about SEO. Speed is especially crucial for ecommerce brands because when a customer lands on your product page, they expect it to load quickly and smoothly. If your page takes too long you risk losing that customer to a faster competitor. One study shows that increasing your load speed by just one second can increase conversion rates by 17%! But don’t worry, choosing the right image format is one of the easiest ways to improve load speed without sacrificing quality. Tools like Dash (that's us!) make it easy to manage, resize, and optimise your images, so you always have the right format ready to go — without needing to juggle extra software or worry about slowing down your storefront. Scoot down for more tools that will help you optimise your images. If you want to see how your images are affecting your website’s performance, Google's Core Web Vitals are a great place to start. You’ll find them on Page Speed Insights Core that measure real-world user experience, with a strong focus on load time and responsiveness. The key metric you’ll want to pay attention to is Largest Contentful Paint (LCP). This measures how long it takes for the largest piece of visible content — often a banner image or product photo — to load on a page. If your images are too large or poorly optimised, your LCP score will suffer, which can hurt both your SEO rankings and customer experience. You can check your Core Web Vitals easily using free tools like: These tools highlight whether images are slowing down your pages and often suggest specific improvements, like compressing files or switching to formats like WebP. To get the best performance from your images, you’ll want to optimise your images before adding them to your site, marketing emails or ad campaigns. Optimising means shrinking the file size without sacrificing how your images look. It helps your pages load faster, improves SEO, and creates a better experience for your customers. Here are some of the best tools to make it easy: If you’re looking for a simple way to create optimised, web-ready images for your ecommerce site, Dash makes it easy. You can quickly resize, crop, and compress your images so they're ready for your website, social media, email campaigns, and ads. This is what it looks like to resize and optimise an image in Dash. You can use preset sizes (for social media) or add your own. You can also pick whether you want the file to be downloaded as a JPG, PNG or WebP. But Dash is much more than just an image optimisation tool. It's a fully-fledged digital asset management (DAM) platform designed to help ecommerce brands stay organised and scale their content workflows. With Dash, you can store all your visual content safely and add custom metadata and tags to keep your assets searchable. You’ll also be able to search content based on the type of file, create different versions for different channels, and easily share visuals with your team or external partners — all from one simple, intuitive platform. Learn more about Dash’s digital asset management features. Best for: Ecommerce brands who want fast, optimised images for every channel — and a smarter way to manage their entire content library as they grow. TinyPNG is a free, browser-based tool that compresses PNG and JPG files quickly without noticeable quality loss. It’s great for quick uploads or when you need to batch-process a handful of assets. Best for: Fast compression when you’re prepping images manually. For Mac users, ImageOptim is a simple drag-and-drop app that automatically compresses images with minimal fuss. It’s ideal if you’re preparing lots of files at once and want to keep quality control in your own hands. Best for: Bulk compression with minimal setup. If your ecommerce store runs on Shopify, good news: Shopify automatically compresses your images when you upload them. It helps maintain fast load times without needing separate optimization steps. Best for: Ecommerce stores looking for a simple, hands-off solution. 💡It’s also good to note that Dash integrates with Shopify, so you can optimise and resize your images before  you drop it into your product pages. Built by Google, Squoosh is a free online tool that lets you compress images manually while comparing quality before and after. It gives you lots of control over file size, compression type, and format — ideal if you want to tweak your images just right. Best for: Fine-tuning compression settings for perfect balance between quality and speed. Need a JPG for a blog, a square crop for Instagram, or a WebP for your product pages? With Dash, you can resize, crop, and convert your images at the point of download — no extra tools needed and no bothering your designer. This is a game-changer for fast-moving ecommerce teams. Take Passenger Clothing, for example. Their team uses Dash’s built-in cropping tool to quickly reformat product shots for their online store. It speeds up their workflows and cuts out unnecessary design bottlenecks. But Dash does more than just reformatting. Whether you’re launching a new campaign or updating product listings, Dash helps you move faster and stay in control of your brand’s visual content. 🚀 Start your 14-day free trial today — no credit card needed. Amy Burchill is the SEO and Content Manager for Dash. She works with ecommerce experts to create articles for DTC brands wanting to improve their campaigns. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/point-of-purchase-displays Title: Get your point of purchase (POP) on point (with 10+ examples)Twitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Are you working with retailers? Are you planning some eye-catching point of purcase displays? This guide will give you best practice tips along with 10 examples of brands nailing their POP designs. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/point-of-purchase-displays ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Get your point of purchase (POP) on point (with 10+ examples) H2: What’s a POP display? H2: What's the difference between POP and POS? H2: Why should your brand use POP displays? H2: What are the disadvantages of POP displays? H2: Types of POP displays H2: What makes a good point of purchase display? H2: 10 examples of great POP displays H2: How to create POP displays with your retail partners in mind H2: Make sharing assets easier with Dash H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Get your point of purchase (POP) on point (with 10+ examples) H2: What’s a POP display? H2: What's the difference between POP and POS? H2: Why should your brand use POP displays? H2: What are the disadvantages of POP displays? H2: Types of POP displays H4: Freestanding displays H4: Aisle displays H4: Bin displays H4: Digital displays H4: Interactive displays H2: What makes a good point of purchase display? H4: Attention-grabbing design H4: Encourages quick purchase decisions H4: Strategic placement H4: An element of interactivity H2: 10 examples of great POP displays H4: ‍ H2: How to create POP displays with your retail partners in mind H2: Make sharing assets easier with Dash H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content You've managed to get your ecommerce products into stores. This is an amazing milestone. But how do you take your in-store promotion up a notch? That’s where point-of-purchase (POP) displays come in. POP displays can be a useful promotional tool to help build brand awareness and increase sales, but there are some practical factors you need to think about. We're going to cover them in this guide, including: By the end of this guide, you’ll know what makes an effective POP display and what your retailers need to help promote your products with them. A point of purchase (POP) display is a type of promotional display brands use in stores to grab the attention of customers and persuade them to buy the brand's product. You'll usually find POP displays at the aisle endcaps or in the center of aisles, basically anywhere that isn't next to the checkout counters. Because of this freedom of location within a store, point of purchase displays vary a lot in size, shape, and number of products on display. It’s also worth noting that retailers don’t usually provide POP displays. It’s up to you - the brand - to design and build the displays. In most cases, brands use third-party display manufacturers with experience building displays for retail partners. You’ve probably also heard of point of sale (POS) displays. The key difference between POP and POS displays is the location they sit within the retail or department store. A POP display can be almost anywhere around the store, though they're usually at the end of, or in the center, of shopping aisles. In comparison, a POS display is exclusive to the checkout area and counters. Since shoppers need room to check out their items, you'll also often find that POS displays are smaller. They also contain fewer, lightweight, products, and have a cheaper price tag (to encourage last-minute impulse purchases from potential customers). Here’s a quick comparison: Wondering whether it’s worth creating a POP display for your products? Here’s some of the benefits they’ll bring to your brand and your retail partner. Increased brand awareness When you have a dedicated product display within a sea of other products, naturally it's going to get extra attention and eye-ball traffic. As a result, your brand gains some extra awareness and customer engagement. Capture more impulse purchases With displays garnering extra attention, it's of no surprise to find that people who pass by are more likely to ’grab and go’ from a POP display. The Journal of Retailing in 2022 found that: "Displays closer to the focal category have a larger impact, with front endcap displays having the largest impact on category purchase and shelf displays having the largest impact on brand choice." POP displays come in a variety of shapes and sizes, allowing you to design something simple or elaborate based on the available space and the customer experience you want to create. As a result, you can spend more and get super creative, or you can go for a more minimal approach to meet lower budget requirements—there's a POP for everyone. Point of purchase displays can add a lot of positive impact to your brand, but they’re not perfect. Here are some factors to consider to help you weigh up your options: Let’s get into the different types of POP displays. You can get: We’ll go into each of these in detail. 👇 Freestanding POP displays (otherwise called standalone displays or pop-up displays) are one of the most common types. They stand as their own shelves, which means they can hold small to medium-sized products and are usually made of thick cardboard or hard plastic. Brands can be pretty experimental with the design and try different approaches based on the goals of the display thanks to its material. Aisle displays are similar to freestanding displays, except they form part of the product aisle in the shopping environment. These are known as "shelf talkers" or sit at the endcap or as a center divider. Of the two, endcap displays are more common as they don't take up as much room. On the other hand, if you have grand ideas, center aisles are prime, high-traffic areas. Depending on the size of the retail space itself, the center aisle display can also be large and hold more products. A bin or dump display can be effective for both display design and budgets. The display itself acts as a bin or basket to hold products, as opposed to a shelf, making it a frictionless choice for customers to "grab and go." Bin displays are also a better choice for smaller, durable products since there's a high chance the products will get thrown around a bit. Digital POP displays use a digital screen to market products around the store. These are less common due to the cost for the retailer to install multiple screens around the store. But they do save space compared to other types of displays, and brands can switch up their campaigns quickly. Even less common than a digital display is an interactive one. To make displays interactive, add QR codes to encourage customers to engage digitally. An example use-case for this type of display would be having a QR code link to a product quiz (e.g., a skincare quiz) that recommends products based on the customers' preferences. So, what makes for a good POP display? Let’s take a look at some design criteria to help you plan displays that help you reach your promotional goals. Even with the most minimal approach, you'll want to create a display that grabs attention—it's the purpose for creating the display. You can do this with attractive product photography assets along the top and sides of the display or even create large-scale models of your products. With a digital asset management tool (DAM), you can keep your brand assets and product photography neatly organized and accessible for your retail partners and display manufacturers. The best displays persuade customers that picking up the product is a no-brainer decision. It's frictionless and convenient, and the display typically promises a deal, some level of exclusivity, or both. Admittedly, placement may not always be within your power as the brand. However, if you can negotiate the placement of your display in the store, you'd have a huge advantage. Make sure your product is near other relevant products, and that it uses what space you have to the fullest. Okay, this one is more of a ’nice-to-have’. But even if you only have the budget for a standard-sized cardboard POP display, you can still integrate an element of interactivity. For example, you could add a QR code leading customers to online campaign material or encouraging them to find your brand on social media platforms. Let's get these examples of great POP displays—remember, the displays don't need to be overly flashy to be good. They just need to be effective.‍ 1. Floor POP: Marc Jacobs This POP display by fashion and fragrance brand Marc Jacobs takes up a large amount of floor space near the store entrance with an equally large promotional new product launch poster. This particular display is also interactive. On the right-hand side podium is "The Perfect Magic 8 Crystal Ball," which, when a customer picks it up and shakes it, reveals a positive affirmation for the day. This interaction creates a memorable shopping experience for the customers. 2. Freestanding display: Nyx This is an example of a standard freestanding display from the beauty brand Nyx. This display is also timely and ties in with a seasonal promotional campaign—at the time of this POP was up it was October, close to Halloween. The POP display serves as a limited-time offer and reminder for those who celebrate to get the makeup they want ready for the day. đŸ‘» 3. Centre aisle: Soap & Glory This is a fun example of a center aisle POP display by Soap & Glory, getting ready for the holiday season. While the display itself takes up a fair amount of space, the design isn't complicated, with just a campaign banner above the products. The effectiveness of this display is in the strategic location in the store (center aisle, gifting section). 4. Endcap display: Max Factor In this example, we have Max Factor using the ’large-scale model’ of products in its endcap product display. Compared to the Nyx example, this one is a little more elaborate in the design of the display—using a flowing curve of liquid as inspiration to shelve additional items. 5. Product highlight: Egmont Manuka Honey This display doesn't even feature the brand's name, just the product and some behind-the-scenes photography. However, the brand (Egmont) can get away with it in this instance because of the product type—Manuka honey. Anyone who knows even a little about the different types of honey knows that Manuka is high-quality stuff, and the people who buy it have a particular taste. 👌 As a result, Egmont is using a smart marketing strategy by highlighting the product type rather than the brand itself. 6. Shelf talker: Minor Figures Minor Figures gives us great examples of shelf-talker displays. In this case, we’ve got one promoting the brand’s oat milk carton and canned dairy-free coffee. Both use the brand’s minimalist but distinctive brand design. Beyond the simplicity of the design, these shelf-talkers are super functional. They have all the brand-side information of the products, e.g. “suitable for vegans”, in a small space. Not to mention the cost-saving of shelf-talkers compared to large displays. 7. Freestanding display: Vera King Taking inspiration from the shape of the product itself, OKF has a freestanding display design for its Aloe Vera drink products. As a bonus, even though the display holds a lot of products, it doesn’t look like it would take up much floor space. 8. Aisle fin: Glenfiddich Here’s an aisle fin POP display from Glenfiddich, which is smaller than most other types of displays (but larger than shelf-talkers). In this case, Glenfiddich is using an aisle fin display to promote a Christmas holiday campaign. Aisle fin displays like this give brands an opportunity to promote a temporary campaign without spending too much money on larger displays. 9. Endcap display: Grove Co Here’s an example of a large endcap display from Grove Co. This design helps maximize the amount of product the brand can display while using the display frame to get creative. The fruit and flower part of the display layered on the top helps give it three dimensional interest. 10. Freestanding display: Poppi For the final example, we have Poppi with another large freestanding display near the store aisles. The base of the display is based on a double-sided pallet with a ‘chimney’ display sign. They also use an oversized drinks model showing one flavor of the soda can with key information below it. What makes this display really pop (see what I did there?) is the use of brand colors. Retail stores also come in a variety of shapes and sizes. That means each retail store you partner with may have different requirements for POP display assets. A large retail chain like Walmart has a 250+ page guide on ‘Secondary Packaging RRP Standards’. But an independent retailer may be able to offer a custom size/area. If the store you’re thinking of partnering with has a POP/POS display requirements guide, that will be the best place to start. But if you don’t have access to a store-specific guide, here are some examples of assets you may need: Social media assets: It’ll be helpful to keep social media assets separate from your base brand assets. Especially since some retailers, like ASDA, have specific social media design requirements. The retailers can then use these assets to promote your brand on their social media. One factor that's common among all POP displays is the need to share brand content with retailers and display manufacturers. Organizing a POP display campaign involves a ton of back-and-forth communication about marketing materials. Your team has probably had to make do with cloud-based folder systems (like Dropbox or Google Drive) with varying degrees of permissions. However, with Dash, you can organize all your product assets and make them easily searchable by SKU, product type, campaign season, and more. Plus, with Dash Portals, you can create dedicated access to your assets for each retail partner you work with. Helping them to help themselves while streamlining your product launches. Interested? Start a free trial with Dash today, no credit card needed. Alexander Boswell is a freelance content writer for B2B martech and ecommerce software brands as well as a consumer behaviour academic. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/pride-month-2024 Title: How Dash is supporting Pride Month 2024Twitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Here's how the Dash team are celebrating Pride Month in 2024. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/pride-month-2024 ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: How Dash is supporting Pride Month 2024 H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: How Dash is supporting Pride Month 2024 H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content June 2024 is Pride Month! This month is both a celebration of queer joy and resilience, but also a reminder of the ongoing struggle for equity and a world free of prejudice. Our team is made up of LGBTQIA+ colleagues and allies alike, so it was important to us to mark it some way. Here's what we've done: First, we held a vote in the team to select a LGBTQIA+ charity to donate ÂŁ500 to. We picked Galop, an organisation supporting members of the community who have experienced any form of abuse. For the whole of June, you can switch to Pride mode in your Dash login. Here's what it looks like! And our UX Lead, Ben, designed Dash Pride t-shirts which you can get from our Shopify merch store. Looking for other ways your business can celebrate Pride this month? Check out Amy's article on how your brand can (meaningfully) support Pride. Barney is the Marketing Lead for Dash. He writes about small business marketing strategies and how DTC brands can boost sales. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/product-packaging-tips Title: Create show-stopping product packaging for your food and beverage brandTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Are you ready to launch a new product, but unsure how to package it? This article from food marketing expert, Jo Densley, delves into what makes great product packaging for food and beverage brands. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/product-packaging-tips ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Create show-stopping product packaging for your food and beverage brand H2: What are the key elements for effective product packaging design? H3: A solid brand identity H3: Eye-catching designs H3: Clarity on what your product is H3: Put health claims on the front H2: Designing product packaging online vs in-store H2: How should brands approach copy on their packaging design? H2: Picking materials for your product packaging H2: 3 examples of great product packaging H2: Sell more products with killer product packaging H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Create show-stopping product packaging for your food and beverage brand H2: What are the key elements for effective product packaging design? H3: A solid brand identity H3: Eye-catching designs H3: Clarity on what your product is H3: Put health claims on the front H2: Designing product packaging online vs in-store H2: How should brands approach copy on their packaging design? H2: Picking materials for your product packaging H2: 3 examples of great product packaging H2: Sell more products with killer product packaging H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Product packaging is a key factor that consumers consider (whether consciously or not) when they’re browsing the shelves. Good packaging design makes a huge difference to your brand perception and differentiates your products in a crowded market. Think of it as the silent salesperson on a shelf, grabbing the consumer’s attention and telling your brand’s story. As the director of Relish Food Marketing, I work with a wide variety of food and drink brands on their sales, marketing, branding and packaging. We help start-ups and challenger brands get ready for the retail environment, and support them in their next stage of growth and commercial success. 📈 In this article, I’ll be delving into the importance of good product packaging design, and what key packaging elements that food and beverage brands need to stand out on the shelves. First things first, what elements of product packaging is an absolute must for food and beverage brands? Here’s what makes a  great design: Brand identity is vital to the whole process of product packaging design. Your brand needs to be recognisable on your packaging and it needs to easily translate across outer boxes, promotional materials, shelf wobblers and other point of sales (POS) materials. 🎧 If you’re still building your brand identity, check out Dash’s podcast, Ecommerce Marketing 101, to learn how underwear brand, JustWears, created a unique challenger brand in a crowded industry. {{JustWears-podcast="/blog-components"}} The average consumer only spends a few seconds scanning the shelf in store. So you need your packaging to really stand out on the shelf. This doesn’t necessarily mean bright and garish—sometimes less is more and a really minimal design may cut through some of the busier packaging in the fixture. Consumers must understand straight away what your product is. They're not going to spend a lot of time trying to work out what your product is if it’s not obvious—so having a clear descriptor and flavour on the front of the pack is essential. Take Bobby’s as an example. Their packaging is super clear and the flavours are displayed in big, bold font. Consumers are becoming more health conscious. That means any health claims you're making need to be clear on the front of the packing. Of course, shoppers who are concerned about health, ingredients and where it's made will look at the back of the pack for more info. However, if the main claims aren’t on the front of the pack—e.g. vegan, low in calories, high in fibre—they might not bother. But you also don’t need to overmessage. Instead, think about the key hook for your target consumers. A great example is Pukpip, which sells frozen banana pieces. Their hooks clearly align with the health benefits that they’re promoting. For example, the packaging shows the product is vegan-friendly, low in calories and has no artificial flavours. 💡 My advice is to do your research by creating a full, visual gallery of all your competitors. Go into retail stores and browse the web; take pictures and get screengrabs of your competition. This way you can easily see what’s overused, what’s missing and where you can carve out something unique – be it through colour, type or style. If you’re selling products online and looking to expand into retail stores, you might be wondering if you need to adjust your packaging to different locations. Here’s my advice: In-store packaging design When designing packaging for in-store retailers, consider how and where your product will be merchandised. Many larger retailers use shelf-ready packaging, so it’s crucial that this packaging doesn’t obscure any key messages on your pack. Take time to understand your category—visit stores to see how similar products are displayed. This can help you decide where to place important information on your packaging. Keep in mind: retailers value easy merchandising. They want to avoid breakages, spillages, or anything that could look untidy on the shelf. Make it simple and seamless for them! Online packaging design You may choose to have a different front-of-pack visual for online, due to size restrictions.  Some of your key elements may need a slight redesign. For example, the flavour/type may need enlarging to ‘jump off’ the screen. Often, simpler is better online as it’s harder to read. And if you can’t enlarge the image you may not see any of the health claims and benefits I mentioned earlier. With all the messages that consumers get bombarded with nowadays—particularly around health—your messages on pack need to jump out and engage with them straight away. Here are some tips: 💡If you need tips on what should (and shouldn’t) be included on your packaging, you can get in touch with us to chat things through. When designing packaging, it’s not just about how it looks; you also need to consider what it’s made of. Beyond production costs, there are several key factors to keep in mind: The brand Bio & Me, for example, uses 100% recycled cardboard to package their cereal. ♻ Candy Kittens is a great example of a brand that offers a small transparent window on their packaging so you can see what the sweets look like inside. 👀 Finally, here are some product packaging designs that I love. Hopefully they’ll give you some inspiration for your own! ✹ First up is RXBar. This brand produces protein bars using clean ingredients and, as they say, contain ‘no B.S’. They’re packaging is bold and clever because they’ve put the ingredients very clearly on the front. Essentially, the ingredients are the packaging. In an era when consumers are wanting clean label ingredients, this really gets that message across! đŸ’Ș Little Moons are an example of a brand who use the product image as the hero of the packaging. You can instantly tell what it is, which is particularly important for this product as not everyone knows what mochi bites are. I love this newcomer —there’s no mistaking what this product is! This jollof rice by Obom’s Kitchen really stands out in the crowded pouch rice category. The design also conveys the party vibes of West Africa, and the culture of sharing a big bowl of jollof rice at parties, celebrations and family get-togethers. Are you looking for some advice or help in creating your product packaging? We can help you at Relish Marketing. ✹ As specialists in marketing for food and beverage brands, we can help you from initial product testing and production, all the way through to your marketing campaigns and pitching to retailers. Check us out on Instagram, or connect with me on LinkedIn. Plus, if you need a tool to help you manage, organise and share all the product visuals for your brand, make sure to check out Dash—the digital asset management tool for ecommerce brands. Start a 14-day free trial today. Jo is the Director of Relish Marketing - an agency that works with food and beverage brands to help them get ready for retail and beyond, and to support them in their next stage of growth and commercial success. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/rebranding-strategy Title: Your small business rebranding strategy for 2023Twitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: You guide to a small business rebrand. Re-evaluate your spot in the market, connect with customers and check your mission statement still stands. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/rebranding-strategy ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Your small business rebranding strategy for 2023 H3: How do you know it’s time for a change of identity? H3: When should you not rebrand? H3: Should you hire a branding agency? H3: A step-by-step guide to a successful rebrand H3: Do your research H3: Rework your brand elements H3: Implement your new branding H3: Real-life examples from small business rebrands H3: Make the most of your new brand assets H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Your small business rebranding strategy for 2023 H3: How do you know it’s time for a change of identity? H3: When should you not rebrand? H3: Should you hire a branding agency? H3: A step-by-step guide to a successful rebrand H3: Do your research H4: Do a brand health check H4: Revisit your brand mission H4: Re-evaluate your competitors H3: Rework your brand elements H4: Fine-tune your voice H4: Freshen up your visuals H4: Get feedback on your new brand concepts H3: Implement your new branding H4: Create a brand tool kit H4: Create a rebranding checklist H3: Real-life examples from small business rebrands H3: Make the most of your new brand assets H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Rebranding isn’t just about giving your small business a facelift. It’s about re-evaluating your spot in the market, connecting with customers and checking your mission statement still stands. If you’ve been thinking about launching a rebrand project, take a read of this guide to understand the reasons why companies rebrand. You’ll discover tips on how to approach your strategy and learn from some successful small business rebrands. Let’s get into it. It’s important not to rebrand just for the sake of it. Take a look at some of the most common reasons that companies rebrand and see if any of them resonate with you: Your brand values are no longer relevant: As a growing brand, it’s important to continuously assess your brand values. Maybe your goals have shifted or you have a new, bigger mission in mind. Either way, a change in values means you could consider a rebrand that matches your new focus. But don't think a rebrand is going to cure all your woes. Make sure you're not rebranding for the sake of it. If any of the below ring true, it's time to reconsider. It can really help to get a professional, outsider perspective when rebranding. Sometimes when you’re too close to something, it can be tricky to see what’s not working. An agency will assess your branding and identify what needs to change.That being said, your in-house team knows your brand (and your customers) best. It’s up to you to determine whether you want to keep it internal or partner with an external branding agency.  Either way, it’s important you have the input from different specialties including marketing folk, copywriters, designers and PR experts. Once you’ve agreed on the reason(s) your company needs to rebrand it’s time to get down to business. đŸ’ȘThis could be a big ol’ project but there’s no need to feel overwhelmed. With the right strategy in place, and a good brand asset management tool in your arsenal, a successful rebrand is totally achievable. Here are some steps to get you started: Before you start reworking your brand elements, do some research to figure out what direction you want to go in. Before changing anything about your brand, find out how your audience feels about you. Does the consumer perception of your brand match the vision you set out to achieve? For example, if your purpose was to disrupt the market and go toe-to-toe with your industry leaders, is this something that customers still recognise? Interview your customers and chat to your teams to get a handle on your current brand perception. Here are some questions to ask them: Once you understand how your brand is being perceived by your audience you can revisit your brand mission. Perhaps you’ve achieved what you originally set out to do. Maybe your brand has broken through into the wider industry and is disrupting the status quo. In this case, you might want to rework your vision to include a new goal. For example, there might be a new cause that you’d like your brand to take a stand on and make an impact.  Take a look at some challenger brand examples to give you inspiration on the direction you might want to take your strategy. ✹ It’s good practice to frequently check up on your competitors. It’s especially important if you’ve seen a drop in sales or there’s lots of new brands in your industry. Here are some places you can go to snoop on your competitorsđŸ•”ïž: Assess the market: Gather information on your competitors like their pricing, reviews, partnerships and their positioning. Getting a clear picture of them will help you spot any gaps in your own brand strategy and see where you fit in the market. Look to social media: See what people are saying about your competitors on social media. Are they getting lots of shares and mentions? Have they had a significant increase in followers recently? This will help you get an idea of the consumer perception. Determine your advantage: Is there anything that you offer that your competitors don’t? This could be an angle to lean on in your rebrand. 💡 Now it’s time to get creative. Here are some brand elements you should consider reworking based on your research. Your voice is how you speak to customers - usually through your communications. The tone of your voice can be worked around your new values. Think about how you want to talk to people: are you friendly, relatable and approachable? Or are you a little more serious, reserved and sincere? A copywriter or brand strategist can help you shape your voice so that it matches the other elements of your brand. Visuals will determine the customer perception of your brand. They’re the first thing people will notice when they land on your site or spot your ads on social media. Your visuals need to be powerful and clearly convey your brand message. They will help you stand out against your competition and, hopefully, increase your market share.Your visual elements will include things like: To organise these elements, we always recommend using a brand asset management tool like Dash (that’s us 😇). It’s a central location for all your important, brand-approved visuals and means your new assets will get all the attention and love they deserve. It also means that: And Dash isn’t just handy during your rebrand. It’s a home for your visuals that you can use to help your brand grow. Just take a look at how Planto (Dash's fake brand) organises its brand assets: Feedback is so important at every stage of your brand strategy. It's especially important you get feedback from your customers and teams before launching your rebrand. Here are some tips on gathering feedback: Time to get your new brand assets into action! ✹ Happy with your new identity? 🩾 It’s time to compile everything into a brand tool kit that’s accessible to your teams as well as external partners.Make sure you’ve got a digital asset management system, like Dash, to organise and share all of the new brand assets you’re going to need. Keeping them in one central place will mean you and your team can make the most of them. And you’ll know that your external teams - like your agencies and resellers - have access to all your new visuals. Dash also integrates with Corebook. This is an interactive brand book that’s easily shareable (and means you don’t have to create a new PDF everytime you update it).✹ Check out our marketing apps database to discover more tools to help you grow your brand. {{marketing-db="/blog-components"}} Finally, there’s a lot to remember in a rebrand. So, before you launch, make sure you’ve covered some key areas including: Brand assets: Check that you’ve created all the different variations of your assets. For example, different-sized logos to deploy to your various marketing channels. (You can also create preset download sizes in Dash - ideal for resizing images for your socials). Website: Depending on the level of rebrand you're going for (a new brand identity or a visual refresh), you’ll need to make sure that your site - from your home page to your product pages - reflects the new brand. You’ll also want to make sure any downloadable content has your new branding on. Paid ads: If you’re running any display ads, make sure you get new ones created to reflect your new visual identity. Emails: Templates and email signatures should be updated to reflect any new social links, job titles and logos. Documents and templates: Refresh any internal templates like Word docs, slideshows and contracts. Employer branding assets: Update the branding anywhere you advertise role opportunities in your company. That might include websites like Glassdoor, Indeed or LinkedIn. If you’re looking for rebrand inspiration, you’ve come to the right place. Here are some successful rebrands from small businesses. You’ll also find key takeaways to help you on your journey. Noom - needing to stand out in a big industry Noom is a health and wellbeing platform. đŸ’Ș They’re a small company that wants to make waves in a huge industry, so needed a brand refresh to differentiate them from their competition. Noom worked with branding agency, Gretel, to come up with new graphics and a logo. The logo symbolises a compass and the graphics convey the theme of ‘journeys’. Together, these anchor Noom’s brand mission: helping people ‘navigate’ healthier life choices. Key takeaway: Sometimes it’s hard to explain your mission with words and photos alone. Shapes and symbols can help bring your concepts to life. Van Leeuwen - creating scroll-stopping product packaging Ice cream brand, Van Leeuwen, had a unique approach to their rebrand strategy. They specifically wanted to design product packaging that would ‘look good on social media’.  With fresh colours, bold typography and a new distribution strategy, they boosted their sales by 50% and now get 80% of their customers via Instagram.đŸ€Ż Key takeaway: consider where the majority of your customers come from. You may be able to build your rebrand strategy based on where your customers hang out. Cream - pivoting to a new ecommerce model Cream is a family-run bakery based in New Jersey, USA. For five years they sold exclusively to the wholesale market. However, with the direct-to-consumer model becoming more popular, they realised it was the perfect opportunity to grow their business. But they needed a rebrand first. They worked with an agency to rework their entire brand identity. They explored different concepts and packaging designs and relaunched their website on Shopify. The result is a cohesive brand whose mission is to delight customers with delicious bakes all over the US. 😋 Takeaway: if you’re thinking of moving to a different ecommerce model, it’s important to consider whether your branding needs an overhaul first. Modern Mammals - challenging the established narrative Haircare brand, Modern Mammals, went for a rebrand after their first year of business. They’d reached 1000 customers, which meant they’d had the chance to test out the product and see what direction they wanted to take it. In that first year they could see their product was resonating with men. However, they didn’t want to jump on the super ‘masculine’ narrative that many men’s haircare products told. So they worked with an agency to create a brand that reflected the type of business they wanted to be. Takeaway: as a small business, you have the perfect opportunity to do something different with your brand. Instead of following the market leaders, you can challenge the status quo and create something that your target audience can really relate to. Getting a suite of new assets is exciting. But don’t let them go to waste. đŸ™…â€â™€ïžMake sure you’ve got a DAM tool like Dash to help you manage, organise and share all of your brand visuals. Your marketing team can go here when they need a variation of your logo. Your designers can upload new graphics for you to approve. And your agencies can use portals to search for content that you’ve given them access to. Want to see it for yourself? You can try Dash for free for 14 days. No need to add your credit card. Simply fill out the form below and you can get started! 🙌 Lizzie Davey writes for ecommerce and marketing SaaS brands. She helps create B2B content strategies and is the Founder of Copy Revival and Freelance Magic. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/sharepoint-alternatives Title: The best SharePoint alternatives in 2025Twitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: From HR tools to file management and digital asset management, discover our top SharePoint alternatives for growing DTC brands in 2025. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/sharepoint-alternatives ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: The best SharePoint alternatives in 2025 H3: Why SharePoint might not be a great fit for your brand? H3: What to look for in a SharePoint alternative? H3: Top 12 SharePoint alternatives H3: Moving away from SharePoint H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: The best SharePoint alternatives in 2025 H3: Why SharePoint might not be a great fit for your brand? H3: What to look for in a SharePoint alternative? H3: Top 12 SharePoint alternatives H4: 1. Dash - for managing your brand’s visual content H4: 2. Google Workspace- for document sharing H4: 3. Templafy - for creating business documents H4: 4. BigContacts - for customer and prospect management H4: 5. Basecamp - for collaborating on projects H4: 6. Milanote - for creative project management H4: 7. Jostle - for intranets H4: 8. Igloo - for connecting your remote teams H4: 9. Culture Amp - for measuring employee engagement H4: 10. Citrus HR - for HR teams H4: 11. Pingboard - for employee directories H4: 12. Notion - for project collaboration H3: Moving away from SharePoint H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Microsoft SharePoint has been around for a long ol’ time (since 2001, to be precise). It’s a collaboration tool that allows you to create workspaces and websites for your employees. You can announce company news, manage projects, store important files and sync up with Microsoft Office. This might seem like a great all-rounder, but it’s not always the best solution for growing DTC brands. Depending on what you need SharePoint for, there are far more intuitive (and affordable) options out there. For example, perhaps you use SharePoint to manage your visual content. That’s things like images, videos and graphics. You might not know it (yet), but you’re much better off with a (DAM) system for this sort of work. This is a tool that lets you easily organise and share your visual assets. It’s what we, at Dash, specialise in. Many of our customers move from SharePoint to Dash because it's missing some key features and they need a better way to manage their brand’s images and videos. So if you think you’re ready to look at some new cloud storage tools, we thought we’d share some alternatives! We’ll take a look at some reasons SharePoint might not be a great fit for your business and list some Sharepoint alternatives ideal for DTC brands. ✹ Wondering why SharePoint might not be the best fit for your brand? Here are a few reasons: SharePoint is too general Ever heard the phrase ‘Jack of all trades, master of none’? In other words, SharePoint can do lots of things. But, apart from document management, it doesn’t do those things particularly well. In general, you’re better off picking tools that have been built for one specific purpose, like digital asset management (DAM) for storing visual content. SharePoint Online costs up to ÂŁ20/$24 per user (per month). That can add up, especially if you’re a small brand (like us). You need to make sure every penny counts. We see loads of costly software solutions - especially in the digital asset management industry. There’s an abundance of enterprise DAM tools that’ve been built for massive companies. Many smaller businesses end up shouldering the costs and paying for additional features that they just don’t need. And the same rings true for SharePoint. But you should know there are cheaper and better alternatives out there which are suited to your brand. SharePoint is too complex One of the common frustrations we hear about SharePoint is that it requires a lot of configuration. This means you’ve got to rely on your IT team to set up your site the way you want it. For smaller brands who don’t have one of those, this means you might have to make do with an out-of-the-box version that doesn't meet your needs. Instead, you’re better opting for a tool with a user-friendly interface that your team can get started with quickly. SharePoint’s not so easy on the eye 👀 With many brands working online, it’s important you use tools that make you feel inspired. Sure you can change your SharePoint site's theme, colours and fonts, but it takes quite a bit of configuration and the end result isn’t particularly inspiring. A tool like Dash is designed to look great right out of the box and you can easily add your own branding. Here’s what a Dash homepage looks like. 😍 As SharePoint is an all-rounder tool, it could be difficult to know exactly what to look for in an alternative. Do you need something that helps with a specific job like project tracking or task management? Maybe you’re looking for something that lets your team work on projects together in real-time with robust collaboration features. Here are some things to consider before taking a look at our SharePoint alternatives below: We’ve broken up these SharePoint alternatives into different use cases. Whether you're after a content management system that aids team collaboration or HR a tool for document sharing — there should be something here to meet your needs. Dash is a digital asset management tool for small and growing brands. Marketers use our software to find, organise and share their images and videos. Whilst you could store visual content in SharePoint, you can’t search effectively or share images with your freelancers and agencies —you’d probably need Dropbox or WeTransfer as well. That’s why many of our customers seek alternatives to SharePoint for their visual content. Take Forthglade, as an example. They needed a tool with a search feature that allowed them to find and organise their content effectively. The SharePoint they were using became cluttered and people were using images that hadn’t been approved yet. Yikes! đŸ˜± They now find Dash a much better alternative to managing their visual content. As David, the brand’s Graphic Design Manager says: “There’s a lot more collaboration between the departments with what each is creating. The ecommerce team, for instance, can see assets that have been uploaded by the sales team in case they want to use them in their campaigns. Seeing what others are creating sparks ideas.” But that’s not all. Here are some more ways Dash can help you better manage your visual content: Find and search assets quickly - Say you’re in Planto’s Dash account and you’re looking for an image that contains a sofa. You can simply type the word in the search bar and Dash will use AI to scan the contents of your image. You can also use tags and fields to whittle down your search using the filters on the left-hand side. ✹ Share with agencies and freelancers - You can set up portals in Dash that means your agencies and freelancers can access specific assets without needing to log in. The portal will have your branding all over it too - so it looks super professional. Deploy content to your marketing channels - Dash has some preset crop sizes that allow you to resize your images for your different social channels. This is something that’s helped David in his day-to-day work: “We get fewer requests now for branded graphics and logos because they’re all on Dash. People in other teams can do basic editing in Dash, like resizing graphics, so they don’t have to come through us. I’ve also noticed the briefs we get through are more specific, as everyone can see what assets we’ve already got available.” What’s more, you can send your images directly to your Shopify product pages. Perfect for getting campaigns in front of your audience, faster. 🚀 Dash is easy-to-use (we won the DAM that was easiest to use in the Summer G2 awards) and our pricing tiers have been designed with your growing brand in mind. For example, you’ll never need to pay for extra users (like SharePoint) and you’ll get all features at the starting price of ÂŁ99/$139 per month. If you want to find out more about the differences between SharePoint and Dash, you can check out our article that digs into the reason why SharePoint isn’t a viable digital asset management solution. ÂŁ4/$5-ÂŁ14/$17 per month Google Workspace is a popular alternative to SharePoint for document sharing. It offers a range of tools, including Google Drive, Docs, and Sheets, that allow teams to collaborate on documents in real-time. You can comment on each other's work, edit alongside your colleagues and toggle permissions for easy knowledge sharing. Google Workspace is cloud-based, making it easy to access and share documents from anywhere. It also offers robust security features, including two-factor authentication and data encryption, to protect sensitive business data. At Dash, we use Google Workspace to collaborate on content, send emails and video chat with each other on Google Meets. We love it so much that we've even created a handy guide for organising your Google Drive better. ✹ Pricing is available on request Templafy uses intelligent information management to help businesses create legally compliant and on-band documents. It’s ideal if you regularly deal with sensitive information and need a specialist tool that offers secure file sharing. You can use the automated document assembly tool to generate confidential templates like staff contracts and proposals. You can even track how people are using your documents - ideal for measuring employee engagement and the effectiveness of your sales materials. ÂŁ4/$5 per user per month Big Contacts is a lead-generation tool for small businesses. It helps you manage (you guessed it) your contacts. It’s specifically for sales teams who need to keep track of prospects, customers and important business documents. It’s got an intuitive interface, meaning you don’t need to be tech-savvy to get started. You can keep track of emails, calendars and upcoming tasks easily. And you can download the mobile app - ideal for sales folk on the go. ÂŁ12/$15per user per month Basecamp gives you everything you need to work on a project with your team. That’s documents, message boards, group chats and schedules. No need to set up new SharePoint sites or deal with disorganised emails —hallelujah! We use Basecamp to collaborate with our website agency, Red-Fern. We’re able to view all upcoming tasks, make progress check-ins and have full transparency on what’s happening with our website projects. 🙌 ÂŁ40/$49 per month (for up to 10 users) Milanote is a virtual collaboration space that’ll help get creative and keep organised. The brand says it themselves: they’re one of the only project management tools that matches how creative projects actually evolve. You can create moodboards, build task lists and keep a birds-eye view of how your projects are progressing. The sharing features also allow you to show your project boards to outside teams - perfect for working with agencies and freelancers and simplifying the creative brief process. Only pay for your users + the features you need. Eg. ÂŁ3.66/$4.50-ÂŁ8.95/$11/ per user (for 50 users). Jostle claims that intranets are ‘websites in disguise’. And it’s true. A company intranet, if not properly maintained, can become stale and uninspiring. People from different departments set up their own intranet pages with little to no experience. Things can quickly become frustrating and nobody knows where any information is kept. This means employees stop using it altogether. Jostle’s intranet solution eliminates clutter and helps employees quickly get to the information they need. It’s all about unlocking employee success. So, this platform gives teams access to company news, and company-wide discussions and offers an easy way to celebrate your colleague’s success. 🎉 Their website also had great guides including how to give constructive feedback - a great resource for people at any management level. Pricing is available on request Igloo is an intranet tool that puts focus on employee culture and online workspaces. With more companies adapting to hybrid and remote working models, businesses need a way to keep their employees feeling like part of the team. Their wide range of features include: wiki pages, ‘spaces’ for organising clubs, customizable dashboards, and knowledge management that enhances collaboration and document management. ÂŁ4/$5 per person, per month Culture Amp is a great platform for businesses that want to check how their employees are feeling about work. It’s something we use at Dash and Bright. ✹ You can send anonymous surveys and ask your team members how they’re feeling about their line managers, employee benefits and whether they’re currently on the lookout for a new role. It generates ‘focus reports’ so you can see where you’re doing well and where there’s room for improvement. It'll also help you build employee wellness programes to help you retain and attract new team members. ÂŁ2.50/$3.07-ÂŁ7.50/$9.20 per employee Positioning themselves as the ‘Small business HR and payroll experts’, Citrus HR is ideal if you need a place to keep info on your people. Their interface is slick and easy to use and their experts can even help you design contracts and employee handbooks. Some of the key features include holiday management, payroll and health and safety reminders. As your brand grows, you’ll likely hire more people and - depending on your goals - you might end up with hundreds of employees. Pingboard is a tool that helps you keep an employee directory. It’s kind of like a phonebook - it holds all the important information about your teams like emergency contacts and address for payroll. It’s also a great way of finding out more about each other. You can create rich employee profiles that detail things like your team’s specialist subjects, favourite hobbies and what makes them feel motivated. It’s also a good place to keep 1:1 feedback with your line managers. Free for personal use; Team plans start at ÂŁ8/$10 per user per month Notion is a project collaboration tool that combines the features of a note-taking app, task management software and a collaboration platform. It's perfect for teams looking to streamline their project workflows and communication. With its simple interface you can create custom dashboards, manage documents and organize tasks in one place. We also use Notion in the Dash team. It’s a great place for all of our teams to come together and get the low down on what we’re all working on. You can also create automations and set up workflows to reduce manual work. Whether you’re managing projects, creating social media calendars or creating sales documents - it's an ideal tool for cross-team knowledge sharing. Are you currently using SharePoint and want to move to a new system? If you pick Dash as your Microsoft SharePoint alternative, it couldn’t be easier to move your files over. ✹ Our team will help you migrate your images and videos from SharePoint for free. If you're after more information about digital asset management, check out these articles: And if you're looking to compare DAM vendors: {{dam-comparison="/blog-components"}} Or, if you're ready to jump in, try Dash for free by signing up below. 👇 Amy Burchill is the SEO and Content Manager for Dash. She works with ecommerce experts to create articles for DTC brands wanting to improve their campaigns. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/shopify-alternatives Title: The best Shopify alternatives for DTC brandsTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Looking for a Shopify alternatives? This in-depth article explores some alterantives to help you grow your brand. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/shopify-alternatives ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: The best Shopify alternatives for DTC brands H2: What is Shopify? H2: Why do DTC stores look for a Shopify alternative? H2: What to consider in a Shopify alternative H2: The top 5 Shopify alternatives you should know H3: 1. WooCommerce: Shopify alternative for WordPress users H3: 2. Adobe Commerce (formerly Magento): For large businesses in the Adobe ecosystem H3: 3. BigCommerce: For large ecommerce stores H3: 4. OpenCart: For new ecommerce stores H3: 5. Squarespace Commerce: For small online stores H2: Which Shopify alternative should you choose? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: The best Shopify alternatives for DTC brands H2: What is Shopify? H2: Why do DTC stores look for a Shopify alternative? H2: What to consider in a Shopify alternative H2: The top 5 Shopify alternatives you should know H3: 1. WooCommerce: Shopify alternative for WordPress users H3: 2. Adobe Commerce (formerly Magento): For large businesses in the Adobe ecosystem H3: 3. BigCommerce: For large ecommerce stores H3: 4. OpenCart: For new ecommerce stores H3: 5. Squarespace Commerce: For small online stores H2: Which Shopify alternative should you choose? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content If you run an ecommerce business, you’ve likely heard about Shopify. It powers about 4.8 million online stores — providing features like checkout options and payment processors that help you sell anywhere. Little wonder many online stores flock toward it. But Shopify isn’t the only option for your business. There are alternative ecommerce platforms offering flexible pricing plans, a wide range of customisation options, and scalability support for growing online stores. I’ll share five Shopify alternatives in this article plus real-life examples for each one, so you have a better idea of what you might be getting. Shopify is an ecommerce platform that makes it easy to sell online and offline. It offers managed hosting, which means you don’t have to worry about technicalities like paying for a hosting service or handling technical website setups. Shopify also has a Shopify Plus plan for high-growth businesses. If you opt for this, you’ll be able to manage multiple stores from a single account, sell on different channels (like your website and social media), and enjoy dedicated support. If you’d like to learn more about how both products compare, check out my Shopify vs Shopify Plus article. There are many reasons ecommerce businesses opt for a Shopify alternative. For some, it's flexibility. And for others, it's factors like pricing or customisation features. Let's discuss these reasons in detail. 1. You want to pay for only the features you need Shopify plans come with a set of bundled features, which can be convenient for some businesses but might include tools you don’t necessarily need. If you’re looking for more flexibility — like only paying for the features you actually use — some alternatives can be a better fit and feel more cost-effective. Take WooCommerce, for example. It lets you add or remove features at will using plugins and extensions. If you want advanced analytics, subscription management, or payment gateways, you can choose specific plugins rather than paying for an entire plan with features you may not use. 2. You want more control over your store’s look and feel Shopify themes are great for getting started quickly — they’re pre-designed templates you can tweak to match your brand. You can change colours, fonts, and layouts without needing to code. For a lot of smaller stores, this is all they need. But here’s where it gets tricky: if you want a truly unique design or specific features that aren’t part of the theme, things can get limiting. Shopify uses its own coding language called Liquid. If you’re not familiar with it, you’ll probably need a developer to make more advanced changes. And even with a developer, some things — like customising the checkout — are off-limits unless you’re on Shopify Plus, which costs a lot more. 3. You’re working with a smaller budget Shopify plans can be more expensive for smaller ecommerce stores — especially if you’re paying for add-on features. For example, you might start with the $29/month Basic plan, but if you want features like professional reporting or lower transaction fees, you’ll upgrade to the $79/month Shopify plan. Then there are premium themes that cost $200–$350 upfront. Not to forget the transaction fees — Shopify takes 2.9% + $0.30 per transaction if you're not using Shopify Payments (which isn’t available in all locations). When shopping for a Shopify alternative, the most important thing is to find a platform that fits into your ecommerce workflow while delivering a great online experience for your customers. Here are a few questions to ask yourself. For example, if you already manage your visual assets with Dash, you could choose a platform like WooCommerce, so you’ll still be able to easily drag and drop your product images into your listings. Figure out if you have the experience or resources to manage hosting internally (on top of the day-to-day job of running your store). Or if you’d rather subscribe to a more expensive platform that takes this work off your plate. So, don’t get carried away by cheap pricing plans. Dig deep to know how much you’ll actually be paying in terms of transaction fees, additional subscriptions for integrations, and any other costs. With a large inventory, you’ll also need a platform with extensive catalogue management features, including a product tagging system, inventory data management, and SEO tools for optimising your product categories and descriptions. With these in mind, let’s look at some Shopify alternatives for growing ecommerce stores. Shopify is a decent ecommerce platform, but it’s not always the right tool for you. For example, you may want more flexible pricing or the freedom to switch up your store’s features and branding as you like. In any case, it’s a good idea to check out Shopify alternatives to see which one might be a better fit. We’ve whittled down your options to five ecommerce tools worth exploring. WooCommerce marketplace Multi-currency support Premium WordPress SEO features Adobe Commerce (formerly Magento) Large businesses in the Adobe ecosystem Multi-channel storefronts Real-time product recommendations Large ecommerce stores WordPress integration Theme and checkout customisation Multi-currency support Small ecommerce stores Email marketing and social integrations If you’re part of the 43.7% of businesses that already use WordPress, then WooCommerce might be the Shopify alternative for you. It’s a plugin you can install on your WordPress website to access ecommerce features quickly. As a WooCommerce user, you’ll get: WooCommerce gives you way more flexibility than Shopify. You’re not stuck with rigid pricing plans or fixed features. Instead, you can upgrade your store anytime just by adding plugins. For example, let’s say you want to automatically calculate shipping costs for customers at the checkout stage. All you need to do is install one of WooCommerce’s shipping calculator plugins — whereas with Shopify, you have to upgrade to a more expensive plan to access that feature. You can check out my WooCommerce vs Shopify article to see how both platforms compare. The downside is that WooCommerce doesn’t offer managed hosting. You’re in charge of maintaining your store, updating plugins, and resolving any technical issues that come up. For store owners with solid technical skills or the budget to outsource these tasks, this might not be a big deal. For others, this could mean spending more time managing WooCommerce than actually running your ecommerce business. When to choose WooCommerce for your ecommerce business Overall, WooCommerce is a decent Shopify alternative if: WooCommerce is free to use (sort of). It doesn’t charge any subscription fees — unlike Shopify. But you’ll still need to pay for a domain, hosting services, and themes and plugins (if you choose the premium options). Store example: Robert August Apparel Robert August Apparel is a retail and fashion store specialising in adult clothing. Its product catalogue includes men’s shoes and accessories like belts and bags. According to its founder, “The main attraction for using WordPress and WooCommerce for augustapparel.com was the ability to integrate other software into it and have more control over the layout of the page.” Their website is neatly categorised by product and easy to navigate. The design is also simple and intuitive. In addition, it has shopping personalisation features like the ability to customise items before checkout. If your business already uses apps like Adobe Creative Cloud and Experience Manager, you might as well round things up by running an Adobe Commerce store. That way, you can manage your entire workflow and processes within the same ecosystem. Instead of switching from one platform to another. For example, you can edit images in Adobe CC apps like PhotoShop, store them in Adobe DAM, then deploy to your Adobe Commerce store. Adobe Commerce also lets you: The biggest downsides of Adobe Commerce are cost and complexity. It’s about 24% more expensive to run your ecommerce store on Adobe Commerce versus Shopify. It also has higher platform and deployment fees (about 42% higher than Shopify). Perhaps, one wouldn’t mind much if they were getting a seamless experience in exchange for the high fees. But that’s not the case here: Adobe Commerce is also very complex and hard to use — even for technical teams. “The numerous options can be confusing, particularly towards people who are not very conversant with technology. The learning curve is steep, and you will find that a lot of time and effort go into getting to grips with all the tools available on the platform.” When to use Adobe Commerce for your ecommerce business Overall, I think Adobe Commerce might still be a good Shopify alternative if: Adobe Commerce offers two pricing tiers: Pro and Managed Services. The difference is that Managed Services includes implementation and ongoing support — making it ideal for enterprise stores. In typical Adobe fashion, both tiers use custom pricing, which means you’ll need to reach out to the team for a quote. However, my research suggests that the pricing starts from around $20,000 per year. Store example: SCHMIDT GROUP SCHMIDT GROUP started as a textile service provider but has grown into a conglomerate of retail businesses — plus a fashion supply chain. It chose Adobe Commerce to centralise its ecommerce setup and operations. Initially, each business used different platforms for their online shops, but this was increasingly difficult to manage. Switching to Adobe Commerce means the group can monitor product catalogues and technical requirements for all its online stores from one central platform. It’s also easier to onboard and ramp up their teams. BigCommerce is worth checking out if you’re a large ecommerce store selling on multiple channels — like a website, mobile app, and social platforms — at the same time. It’s a headless content management system — meaning it lets you control all your ecommerce channels from one place. Any changes made in BigCommerce automatically sync with everywhere you sell. For example, let’s say you update your product catalogue with new visual assets; the new images will reflect on your ecommerce marketplaces (like Amazon), website, Instagram and TikTok shops, etc. There’s no need to upload the product images to the different channels separately, and it also helps you deliver a consistent shopping experience to your customers. BigCommerce offers features like: Shopify also offers headless content management, but it’s exclusive to Shopify Plus, which costs around $2500 per month. BigCommerce, on the other hand, offers more affordable pricing — starting at $29 per month. Bear in mind that BigCommerce plans come with basic ecommerce features, so you’ll likely need to purchase add-ons to extend your store’s functionalities. In one customer’s words, “The whole business model is designed for you to download apps for basic functionality and therefore pay additional monthly fees.” This means the costs can quickly rack up for larger ecommerce businesses — which can be pretty frustrating. So make sure to calculate all the add-on costs to know if it makes sense for your business from a financial standpoint. When to use BigCommerce for your ecommerce business BigCommerce is a decent Shopify alternative if: BigCommerce offers four pricing plans — starting at $29 per month. The Pro plan is the most popular package for fast-growing businesses and costs $299 per month. It also has a custom plan for enterprise users. Store example: Grenson Grenson is an English men’s footwear. Originally, the online store was built in Magento (now Adobe Commerce). However, they found that the platform was inflexible and difficult to scale — hence the decision to migrate to BigCommerce. BigCommerce makes it super easy for Grenson’s marketing team to make page updates directly instead of waiting on technical support. In terms of the website’s styling, it uses interactive elements like dropdowns and transitions to engage shoppers. These can feel a bit overwhelming — especially if you’re shopping on your phone. OpenCart is perfect for new ecommerce businesses looking for a simple way to sell online. It’s super easy to use — all you need to do is upload your product catalogue and your store is ready for shoppers. It has two versions: Self-hosted and Cloud. The self-hosted option is free, but you'll have to source and pay for a hosting service yourself (just like with WooCommerce). The Cloud option has monthly plans and subscription fees but offers managed hosting. As a newly launched ecommerce store, you can start with self-hosting and then graduate to the Cloud once you have more traction and customers. OpenCart offers features like: Honestly, I think it’s a decent deal for solo business owners who are non-technical, have a small budget, and don’t want to spend time troubleshooting complex store setups. The challenge is that, as your store grows, you’ll likely need to upgrade to a more advanced ecommerce platform — like WooCommerce or Shopify — for more features. Otherwise, it is a great start. When to use OpenCart for your ecommerce business In summary, OpenCart is a good Shopify alternative for: OpenCart has a free, self-hosted platform. It also offers pricing tiers for OpenCart Cloud — the managed hosting package. Pricing starts at $99 per month. Store example: Smart Gift Solutions Smart Gift Solutions is a UK-based personalised gift delivery company. They specialise in creating themed hampers and offer a "make your own hamper" service, allowing customers to curate gifts with hand-picked treats. I really like how simple and colourful the website is. Shoppers can customise their orders at checkout or add complimentary products. It also supports multiple payment methods, including Apple Pay, Klarna, and credit cards. Squarespace is a simple tool that allows you to design and build websites without writing any code. However, it also offers features that help small ecommerce stores to sell (online or in-person) and receive payments directly. The entire feature set is called Squarespace Commerce. With Squarespace Commerce, you can: Squarespace Commerce is ideal for small stores, especially if you have less than 200 products in your inventory. However, when your business grows beyond that point, you’ll need to upgrade to a larger platform like WooCommerce to keep things running smoothly. When to use Squarespace for your ecommerce business In summary, Squarespace Commerce might be a good Shopify alternative if: Squarespace ecommerce features are available across all its plans. The cheapest plan costs $25 per month and only allows you to sell and receive payments. For more features (like shipping and taxes), you’ll need to upgrade to a higher tier. Maca is an organic beauty brand offering vegan and cruelty-free skincare products. While there’s nothing outstanding about the website styling and layout, its user experience is pretty sleek. It’s really easy to move from one product section to another and to shop for items. I also like that the product images are interactive — offering dynamic views to shoppers. In all, it’s a solid choice for boutique stores that want to deliver a simple yet memorable online shopping experience to their customers. Hopefully, all I’ve said so far gives you a clearer idea of which Shopify alternative might work best for your brand. To recap: Whichever platform you choose, you’ll need an easy way to upload new images and videos to your product catalogues, and potentially the other channels you sell — like your TikTok Shop or even marketplaces like Amazon. That’s where Dash (that’s us) comes in. Dash is a digital asset management system for DTC businesses. We make it super easy to receive visual assets, organise them, and deploy them to your different channels. If you’re a Shopify or WooCommerce store owner, you’ll be able to use Dash assets directly in your product listings— no need to download and upload visual assets. That’s one less thing to worry about for your business. Want to learn more about Dash? Check out our ecommerce features or better yet, try our tool for free for 14 days and see if you like the experience. Faith Uzuegbu is a content marketer and freelance writer for B2B SaaS and tech companies like ClassPass, PlayPlay, and Thinkific. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/shopify-image-optimisation Title: How to optimise your product images for ShopifyTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Your images can significantly impact website loading times. Explore 8 tips for optimising your images in Shopify. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/shopify-image-optimisation ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: How to optimise your product images for Shopify H2: Why do I need to optimise my images? H2: How to optimise your Shopify images H3: How to get your images and formats right H3: How to optimise images for faster loading time H3: How to optimise images for SEO H3: Continuously test the performance of your Shopify images H2: The best Shopify image optimisation tools H2: How to keep your brand’s images organised H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: How to optimise your product images for Shopify H2: Why do I need to optimise my images? H2: How to optimise your Shopify images H3: How to get your images and formats right H4: 1. Use the best images possible H4: 2. Choose the right type of image file for different Shopify pages H3: How to optimise images for faster loading time H4: 3. Compress your images H4: 4. Resize your images H4: 5. Make sure your images are responsive H3: How to optimise images for SEO H4: 6. Create an image sitemap for Google H4: 7. Give your images relevant names H4: 8. Add ALT text to improve readability and SEO H3: Continuously test the performance of your Shopify images H2: The best Shopify image optimisation tools H4: 1. Dash: For automatically resizing Shopify product images H4: 2. TinyPNG: For compressing images H4: 3. Ahrefs: For generating ALT text H4: 4. XML Sitemaps: For generating Google sitemaps H4: 5. Pingdom: For testing your website’s speed H2: How to keep your brand’s images organised H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content You’ve got some fantastic product images ready to post to your online store. If you use Shopify to host your shop, you’ll need to make sure your product images are optimised for search engines and user experience. This step-by-step guide will help you get the most out of your product images. Which, in turn, will help you increase your website conversions. 💾 Image optimisation means improving your images for optimal performance in websites and mobile applications. Compressing and resizing images are essential parts of this process, yes. But it also includes adding ALT texts, choosing the correct image format, and so much more (which we’ll get into in a bit). Covering these areas will make it easier for people to view and interact with your images on different devices. Optimisation makes images suitable for different needs, devices and platforms. A high-resolution image, for example, is perfect for a massive billboard. But it would take yonks to load on a website – and would flat-out crash your email inbox. Optimisation would make the image the size it needed to be for the channel it’s being delivered on. But there’s more. Let’s look at some other reasons why Shopify image optimisation is worth prioritising. 1. It helps your website load faster Large images take up a lot of your website’s bandwidth usage, slowing down page load time. If this happens, your visitors are less likely to hang around, which will negatively impact your store’s conversion rate. In fact, 50% of visitors will abandon your website if it takes more than three seconds to load. By compressing and resizing your Shopify product images, your website will load faster without sacrificing image quality. You'll provide your potential customers with a better user experience and have a higher chance of converting them. 2. It makes your Shopify store more accessible Accessibility means making your website available to people with disabilities. Adding ALT texts to images, for example, helps people with visual impairments to understand what the images are about. Screen readers scan and read ALT texts aloud to visually impaired website visitors. Great accessibility improves your website’s user experience for potential customers. This can lead to more traffic and longer time spent on your website, which can improve your site's SEO ranking. 3. It improves your performance in organic search results Images make up more than 20% of Google search results. Optimising your images makes it easier for search engine crawlers to scan these images, understand what they mean and index them in search results. In turn, this improves your Shopify site’s search engine ranking - when people search for relevant keywords, search engines can map them back to your images. Now you know why optimising images is important, let’s get into how you can improve them on Shopify. Before anything else, make sure you’re working with the best version of your images in the right format. Otherwise you’ll spend a lot of time optimising images and the final result won’t be compatible with Shopify or meet its high-quality standards. Great product photography increases conversion rate and reduces customer support headaches post-purchase. Hardly surprising when customers can’t see, hear, smell, touch or taste the actual product before they buy it. Not quite ready to hire a professional photographer? No problem. Check out our guide to DIY photography. Shopify supports loads of image types including JPG, progressive JPEG, PNG, GIF, HEIC, AVIF and WebP. Its upload images tool automatically ensures the best possible image format is used on your store. For example, it’ll serve JPG and PNG files as WebP files whenever browsers support the WebP image format.Our guide to PNG, JPG and other image formats tells you lots more about image files and how to use them on different online platforms.Here’s a quick overview of the different file types and best format for images on Shopify: Page load speed is one of Google’s ranking factors. In other words, the longer it takes for your Shopify page to load, the less likely that page will rank highly in search results. Since images make up a huge part of your Shopify website, you need to make sure they’re not too large to slow down your site’s loading speed. Image compression means reducing your original image size so it takes up less data. A resized image might look smaller (or bigger), but if you haven’t compressed the image, it might still take too long to load.These are the preferred Shopify image file sizes: You can compress larger file sizes manually using the tools already on your Mac or PC. Or you can compress them automatically using one of many tools and apps available, including Dash (that's us). 💡 We go into more detail on the best image sizes for Shopify, and look at some ecommerce brands with gorgeous Shopify websites. To compress an image and reduce file size in Dash: To compress an image and reduce the file size manually on a Mac: ‍To compress an image and reduce the file size manually on a PC: You can read more about apps that help make it easier to run your ecommerce store on Shopify in our post: Top 27 Shopify apps. Once you’ve compressed your image, you’ll need to resize it too. This means adjusting its dimensions to match Shopify’s image size requirements. If you’re using Dash, it couldn't be easier to resize your images for Shopify. 🙌In Dash, you can create crop areas that are specific to your Shopify product listings. To do this within the app, open an image > click the three dots on the top right-hand corner > and select ‘set crop areas’. Here you can see what crop areas you have set up, or you can manage your preferences and create your own custom crops. Next time you or someone in your team syncs up with Shopify, it’ll automatically use that crop. Responsive images are images that ‘respond’ to whatever device they’re being viewed on. They automatically work on different screen sizes and resolutions. If you’ve set up your Shopify page on a desktop, how you see your images might be very different to how someone sees them on their mobile. They could be too small, unclear or have the wrong orientation, which makes for a poor user experience. Shopify does automatically resize your images to fit mobiles, but if you want to be certain there are no hiccups, use a modern and responsive Shopify theme. These will automatically generate blocks of HTML that instruct browsers to load specific image sizes based on the device being used. Optimising Shopify images for search engines increases their chances of showing up in image search results, creating more organic visibility for your store. You might not rank high in web search results, but if you do ecommerce image optimisation right, you will rank high in image results. This can drive more direct traffic to your Shopify store. If you use a lot of carousels, image pop-ups or galleries on your site, you should create a separate sitemap for images. An image sitemap lists all your images and how they are connected to help search engines, and visitors find what they're looking for quickly.While moving graphics enhance customer experience, they can be missed by Google. A site map of your images will show Google exactly what’s on your site and ensure every part of it is crawled – helping your SEO efforts.But unless you’re particularly tech-savvy, you might want to ask a developer to do this for you. Check out Google’s image sitemaps guide for a full run down. This may sound obvious, but not naming your images properly can make file management super difficult. Just think: if you’re uploading images from your shared drives into Shopify, trawling through image names like IMG_1234567.JPG or BERGR8659JAN.JPG isn’t helpful. It turns into a guessing game - and one that takes up way too much time.Once they’re in your Shopify store, you won’t be helping search engines find your products and rank your page either.Make sure you’ve got proper naming conventions for your images. Use descriptive, keyword-rich file names that describe the picture clearly, using hyphens between each one. For example: 💡Remember, Dash lets you drag and drop images directly into Shopify so you won’t have to guess whether you’ve got the right image or click through loads of tiny thumbnail images. ALT text (often called ALT attributes, descriptions or tags) is an HTML code used to describe an image. It helps screen-reading tools for visually impaired people, and it allows search engines to crawl your site and (hopefully) rank it higher.When writing your ALT text, here are some guidelines to follow: Shopify recommends keeping ALT text brief and descriptive. The maximum length is 512 characters, but 125 or less is better. For example: You might also want to check out some SEO image optimiser apps, such as the free SEO Optimizer Image Pro. You’d think having done all this work you could just sit back and wait for your customers to roll into your Shopify store. If only. You’ll need to keep testing your images to make sure they keep looking good, loading quickly and helping your SEO efforts. We already hinted at image optimisation tools at different points in this article. Here, we’ll talk more about some of the tools we already mentioned and introduce you to some other online tools that can help you optimise your Shopify store. Dash is a digital asset management tool that helps you organise and deploy product images quickly. In Dash, you can automatically resize product photos to match Shopify’s correct dimensions (which we already covered extensively). You can also save these dimensions as image preset sizes and apply them to subsequent images automatically. That way, you won’t need to resize images from scratch anymore. Beyond image resizing, Dash integrates with Shopify. This allows you to upload new or updated product images from Dash to Shopify right in your Shopify store backend. TinyPNG is a free web application that you can use for compressing PNG, JPEG and WebP images. It uses the lossy compression technique which sacrifices some data to achieve higher compression ratios — unlike lossless compression that retains all of the original data. All you need to do is upload the images into the application, and it will compress the file size while maintaining the image quality. No need to worry about large and unoptimised images. You can upload up to 20 images with a file size of five megabytes each. You can also convert the images from one file format to the other. It also has an API you can use for connecting the app to your Shopify backend. Ahrefs is a popular SEO tool, but it also has a free AI ALT text generator. You upload your image to the web application, and the AI generates possible ALT texts you can use for it. You can add an image description to guide the AI’s output. You can also choose from multiple tone variants to match your brand voice. 💡Ahrefs is a SEO tool we use reguarly at Dash. Check out Barney's article that explores some of the top marketing apps for small businesses. If your Shopify store has only a handful of product pages, you might be able to create a sitemap for it manually. But if you have hundreds or thousands of pages, then it’s more efficient to use a sitemap generator like XML sitemaps. This tool lets you create Google sitemaps for free for up to 500 web pages. You can automatically add specific page attributes to your sitemap, like Page Priority Attribute and Page Last Modification. When it’s done, download the sitemap file and submit it via your website’s Google Search Console. Pingdom's Site Speed Test is like a speedometer for your website, showing you how fast it loads for visitors. It breaks down everything that goes into loading your webpage, like pictures, code, and styles, to see what's slowing it down. It even gives your site a grade, like a report card, to show how well-optimised it is. Using colourful charts and graphs, Pingdom helps you see exactly what's causing delays. It then gives you personalised tips, like ways to make your images smaller or use browser tricks to speed things up. Plus, it keeps track of your site's speed over time, so you can see if your improvements are working. Having created so many different image files for different purposes, it’s easy to get confused trying to differentiate one version of an image from another.That’s why you should use Dash to find, organise and upload your images. We’re a digital asset management tool that provides a home for all your product shots and brand assets. You can store and organise your visual content, as well as share product images with marketplaces, resellers and agencies. And, as we mentioned in this article, you can crop and resize your images to suit all the different requirements of your channels. Even better, you can connect your Dash to your Shopify account directly. No need to download images from Dash first and then upload them to Shopify. Just search for the shots you want in Dash then drop them straight into the Shopify page. Your product images are an important part of your Shopify store, so make sure you’re organising them properly in Dash. It’s the home for your visual content and the perfect ecommerce DAM. Try it for yourself. Sign up for Dash for free for 14 days. You don’t even need a credit card. ✹ Lorraine Forrest-Turner is a professional copywriter, published author, playwright and communication skills tutor. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/shopify-image-sizes Title: The best Shopify image sizes for your online storeTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: From product pages to background images, this is an in-depth guide to the best Shopify image sizes to use for your online store. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/shopify-image-sizes ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: The best Shopify image sizes for your online store H3: Image size terminologies H3: The best image file formats for Shopify H3: How to resize your images for Shopify with Dash H3: Tips for optimising your Shopify images H3: Manage your Shopify images with Dash H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: The best Shopify image sizes for your online store H3: Image size terminologies H4: A snapshot of the best sizes for Shopify images. H4: 1. Shopify product image size H4: 2. Shopify collection image size H4: 3. Shopify banner image size H4: 4. Shopify slideshow image size H4: 5. Shopify blog featured image size H4: 6. Shopify background image size H4: 7. Shopify logo image size H3: The best image file formats for Shopify H3: How to resize your images for Shopify with Dash H3: Tips for optimising your Shopify images H3: Manage your Shopify images with Dash H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content If you run a Shopify store, you know how difficult it can be to keep up with image size best practices. Shopify doesn't have detailed image size guidelines, so you're probably spending lots of time researching image best practices or making do with badly cropped or resized images— the latter being bad for your brand integrity.That's why we've put together a simple summary of the best image sizes for Shopify so you can have everything in one place. We'll also share how Dash can help you resize your images for Shopify quickly—so you can get back to growing your brand.  ✹ Heads up: We'’ll use many imaging terms in this article such as DPI and pixels. If you already know what these mean, you rock! If not, here'’s a quick glossary to bring you up to speed. As we mentioned earlier, Shopify doesn't have a comprehensive image size guide đŸ˜Ș. This is probably because there are so many different Shopify themes and customisable options for brands that it would be hard to pin down the best image recommendations. But Shopify does provide general image size recommendations that you can use as a reference point. These recommendations are broad, so we dug further to figure out the most typical sizes merchants use when uploading different types of images to their Shopify stores. Here's what we found đŸ‘‡đŸ». Here’s a quick look at some of Shopify’s most popular image sizes. And here’s a table where you’ll find additional image sizes. No larger than 2048 x 2048 Product collection image 200 x 200; up to 450 x 250 for larger logos Video placeholder image Password page background image Checkout page top banner Newsletter popup image Let's discuss the most common Shopify image types and recommendations in detail. Product images represent what you're selling, so they’re arguably the most important images on your Shopify site. These images should be clear and give online shoppers a well-rounded view of the product details and packaging. At the same time, they shouldn’t be larger than 300 MB or they will slow down your site’s loading time and affect the shopping experience. The maximum recommended dimensions for Shopify product images are 2048 x 2048 pixels—although images can also be as small as 800 x 800 pixels. The most important thing is that your images maintain a 1:1 aspect ratio. These dimensions are also compatible with Shopify’s zoom feature, which allows shoppers to zoom in and view hidden details—like watermarks and inscriptions on your images. The Honey Pot Company does this right. It uses square product photos in its Shopify store. Each image is 2000 x 2000 pixels, maintains a 1:1 aspect ratio, and is about 61 KB in size. 💡Read our guide on how to optimise your product images for Shopify. Collections are product categories on Shopify stores. The idea is to help shoppers find related products faster, increasing your chances of making additional sales. Collection images appear side by side, so they need to complement each other. Don't use a 1:1 aspect ratio for one image and 16:9 for another. Other visual properties like colour, shape, and font size must be consistent, too. The best size for Shopify collections images is 1024 x 1024 pixels. Images can also be up to 4472 x 4472 pixels. But they must not be larger than 20 MB in file size, or else they affect your site's loading speed.See how Verve Coffee pulls this off with its customisable coffee subscription collection. A banner is a large image displayed at the top of your Shopify web page—like your homepage or FAQs page. It's typically the first thing visitors see when they land on a page. Banner images are always in landscape orientation because their width exceeds their length. You cannot use square-shaped images as banners for your Shopify website. Generally, the best Shopify banner images are about 1200-2000 x 400-600 pixels with a 16:9 aspect ratio. But banner images on collection pages can be slightly shorter, having 4:1 or 3:1 aspect ratios. Check out this example from this plant-friendly laundry brand, Tallow Ash: Like banner images, slideshow images are set in landscape orientation. Ideally, this type of Shopify image should be 1600 x 500 pixels—although any dimensions between 1200-2000 x 400-600 pixels also work. The image can be shorter to allow other webpage elements—like menu dropdowns—to appear above the fold. For example, this one from Tentree’s homepage has a 5:2 aspect ratio. Note: Using a vector image format like SVG for slideshow images is ideal. This is due to its small file size and scalability without loss of quality, making it perfect for responsive web design. Your featured image should be prominent but not take up all the space meant for text. People are on the page to read your blog post, not to stare at a gigantic image. The ideal size for blog post images is 1800 x 1000 pixels or a 16:9 aspect ratio. But you might opt for smaller image dimensions if you want the featured image to occupy less space on your blog. For example, Terreblue uses a 1500 x 1005 pixels image for its blog post. The ideal dimensions for Shopify background images are 1920 x 1080 pixels or an aspect ratio of 16:9. Either of these allows the background images to load quickly on your web pages without sacrificing visual quality. These dimensions aren't set in stone. As long as the image’s file size is less than 1 MB and the dimensions are above 1024 x 768 pixels, you’re good to go. For example, Beefcake Swimwear has a beautiful background image measuring 2800 x 1298 pixels. You cannot skimp on your logo’s image quality because it's essential to your brand identity. Imagine someone visiting your Shopify store for the first time and seeing a blurry logo in the homepage’s header section; it's not a good look. As much as possible, your Shopify logo image should be 200 x 200 pixels (1:1 aspect ratio) or up to 450 x 250 pixels for larger images. Anything beyond that, and Shopify's auto settings might cut off or distort some parts of your logo. For example, Chocolate Alchemy uses a 319 × 114 pixels logo image for its Shopify store. It's equally important to upload images to Shopify in the supported formats—otherwise, it will affect your site's performance and overall user experience. The most common image formats for Shopify are: You can read our image format guide to learn more about these formats and how to use them. As an ecommerce business, you're working with different images— logos, product photos, background images, and the like—at the same time. And you have to optimise each image to match Shopify's best practices. Imagine you had to resize a mix of blog feature images, banners and slideshows; that's a lot of work.You need a more efficient way to resize these images. Shopify has an image optimisation tool, but the features are limited. For example, you can only resize visual assets down to three sizes: Large (4472 x 4472 pixels), Medium (2048 x 2048 pixels), or Compact (1024 x 1024 pixels). Any requirements beyond these, and you're stuck đŸ˜Ș.That's where Dash comes in đŸ€©.Dash is a digital asset management (DAM) tool that lets you search, organise and share all your visual assets. That’s everything from product images, brand guidelines, logos, videos, graphics and much more. It’s the perfect tool for ecommerce brands because it allows you to manage and deploy all the assets you need to market your online store. (You can read more about how Dash helps ecommerce brands grow.)When it comes to your Shopify images, Dash lets you create and save preset sizes for your images. You can: You can also preview what your crop or the resized image will look like. Once you've saved the preset sizes, you won't have to resize Shopify images manually anymore. Any authorised team member or freelancer can automatically download different Shopify assets in their correct dimensions too. You can also connect your Dash to your Shopify account to update visual assets in your Shopify app. No more wasting time downloading and re-uploading images from Dash to Shopify. Simply search for the preset digital assets in your integrated Dash and add them directly to your product pages, blog, or other Shopify pages. How cool is that? đŸ€Ż There's more to optimising Shopify ecommerce image optimisation than knowing the recommended file sizes and dimensions. You also have to: That's not all. For more tips, read our Shopify image optimisation article. Or download our free Shopify apps database to find the tools to help you brand grow. ‍ {{shopify-apps="/blog-components"}} More than letting you preset image sizes, Dash has many other features that will transform how you organise and share Shopify images for your ecommerce business. First, its advanced search function lets you find digital assets based on the actual image content—not only file names. It also syncs with most of the tools that power your ecommerce business, including Dropbox and Hootsuite—allowing you to transfer and update images quickly.Plus, you can create a public portal of your Dash to share updated visual assets with your external partners like freelancers and retailers. No more sending images in Slack or as email attachments. You can do so much more with Dash, but we'll let you see things for yourself. Give Dash a spin with our no-strings-attached 14-day free trial. Faith Uzuegbu is a content marketer and freelance writer for B2B SaaS and tech companies like ClassPass, PlayPlay, and Thinkific. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/shopify-integration Title: Drop product shots from Dash into your Shopify listingsTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Dash now integrates with Shopify! Drop your photos into your Shopify product listings all without ever leaving the app. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/shopify-integration ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Drop product shots from Dash into your Shopify listings H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Drop product shots from Dash into your Shopify listings H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content It’s all well and good having your product shots findable, categorised and usable in Dash. But it’s annoying downloading them, only to re-upload them into your Shopify product listings. Well, we’ve got good news for you. You can now connect your Dash to your Shopify account! đŸ„ł When you’re creating new product pages (or updating existing ones) in your Shopify, you can search for your product shots in Dash and drop them into your listings - all without ever having to leave Shopify itself. It’s easy to install, too. Here’s how: There’s more information about it on Dash’s Help Centre. This was one of the features Dash users have been requesting the most, so it’s great to get this out to our customers! Ready to get started? Give it a try and let us know what you think. đŸ›ïž Barney is the Marketing Lead for Dash. He writes about small business marketing strategies and how DTC brands can boost sales. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/shopify-vs-shopify-plus Title: Shopify vs Shopify Plus: When to move your DTC storeTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Wondering whether to make the move from Shopify to Shopify plus? This in-depth guide offers a complete breakdown of both platforms, so you can decide which is best for your brand. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/shopify-vs-shopify-plus ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Shopify vs Shopify Plus: When to move your DTC store H2: What is Shopify Plus? H2: How is Shopify Plus different from Shopify? H2: 9 top features and benefits of Shopify Plus H3: 1. Priority support H3: 2. Increased checkout capacity H3: 3. Reduced third-party transaction fees H3: 5. Sell in multiple locations H3: 4. Access to Shopify Plus academy and community H3: 5. Checkout extensibility H3: 6. Unlimited users and staff permissions H3: 7. Access to custom tools H3: 8. Advanced apps and API calls H3: 9. Create sandbox stores H2: What are the disadvantages of Shopify Plus? H2: When should you switch to Shopify Plus? H2: How Forthglade migrated to Shopify Plus H2: Key considerations when migrating to Shopify Plus H2: Is Shopify Plus worth the investment? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Shopify vs Shopify Plus: When to move your DTC store H2: What is Shopify Plus? H2: How is Shopify Plus different from Shopify? H2: 9 top features and benefits of Shopify Plus H3: 1. Priority support H3: 2. Increased checkout capacity H3: 3. Reduced third-party transaction fees H3: 5. Sell in multiple locations H3: 4. Access to Shopify Plus academy and community H3: 5. Checkout extensibility H3: 6. Unlimited users and staff permissions H3: 7. Access to custom tools H3: 8. Advanced apps and API calls H3: 9. Create sandbox stores H2: What are the disadvantages of Shopify Plus? H2: When should you switch to Shopify Plus? H2: How Forthglade migrated to Shopify Plus H2: Key considerations when migrating to Shopify Plus H2: Is Shopify Plus worth the investment? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content You've been using Shopify for a while, but your brand is growing fast. You’ve heard that Shopify Plus offers more features and flexibility than the plan you’re currently on, but you’re not sure if it’s worth the investment. đŸ€” Don't worry, I’ve got you. In this article, I’ll dig into the benefits and possible drawbacks of moving your ecommerce store to Shopify Plus. I’ll also highlight some signs that it's time to make the move, plus how one of our customers, Forthglade, migrated to Shopify Plus in only 18 weeks. Shopify Plus is the version of Shopify for high-growth ecommerce businesses. For those unfamiliar with Shopify, it is a popular ecommerce platform that lets businesses sell online to customers worldwide. It has standard plans for small and medium-sized online stores, but they aren't well-suited for the needs of larger businesses — hence the need for Shopify Plus. As a Shopify Plus user, you get features and capabilities like: These are some fantastic features and benefits, but they don’t come cheap. Shopify Plus offers custom pricing starting at around $2,500 per month, tailored to meet the specific needs of larger enterprises and high-volume businesses. Although you can get a discount if you opt for a three-year contract, it’s still a significant investment for smaller online stores. {{shopify-apps="/blog-components"}} Good question. The truth is that both platforms overlap to an extent. For example, you can sell as many products as you want, whether as a Shopify or Shopify Plus user. You also get a custom domain and Shopify point of sales (POS) to receive in-store payments. However, the main difference between Shopify and Shopify Plus is the pricing and features. Shopify Plus offers more advanced ecommerce capabilities and is more expensive than the standard Shopify plans. Here’s a table showing how both packages compare. Small and medium-sized ecommerce businesses Enterprise ecommerce stores Three (Basic, Shopify and Advanced) Long-term subscription Now you’ve seen an overview of how Shopify Plus differs from the regular Shopify plans, let’s dig further into its top features and benefits. Shopify’s regular plans offer self-service platforms. This means you set everything up yourself with minimal support from Shopify's implementation team. If you have any questions or concerns, you can reach out to the team via live chat, search the help centre for resources, or chat with other store owners in the Shopify community. However, things are different for Shopify Plus users. You are assigned a Merchant Success Manager who: You also get access to Shopify's vetted directory of experts to support different aspects of running a high-growth ecommerce business. This is a plus for growing ecommerce stores that want to scale their business without hiring too many full-time employees. It doesn’t end there. As a Plus user, you get priority live chat and telephone support, allowing you to get answers and resolve issues quickly. This way, you won't lose valuable time waiting for support when you could be making a sale. You get 40x the standard Shopify checkout capacity as a Shopify Plus user. This means your store can process up to 160,000 orders per minute without disrupting the shopping experience. “But why will I need to process that volume of orders, Faith?” Good question. Let’s be honest, 160,000 checkouts per minute is way too much for many online stores — chances are you won't deal with that amount of checkout requests per minute, let alone every day, especially as a growing ecommerce business. But let's say you're running a large sales event — like during Black Friday or a flash sales drive with a big-time influencer. Hundreds of thousands of people might be trying to shop for items from your store at the same time. That's where having a high checkout capacity comes in handy — you can make as many sales as possible instead of losing customers to a poor checkout experience or lengthy waiting lines. If you don’t anticipate a regular influx of online shoppers, you might be better off with a standard Shopify plan (4,000 checkouts per minute) or the Advanced plan with a 40,000 checkout capacity. Shopify doesn’t charge any transaction fees if you use its native payment solution: Shopify Payments. However, Shopify Payments isn’t always the ideal solution for receiving and processing customer transactions. Maybe you live in a country where it isn’t supported yet, or the system is down for some reason; you’ll need to rely on third-party payment providers. As a Shopify Plus user, you pay 0.2% fees on third-party transactions. On the other hand, standard subscribers can pay as much as 2% on every third-party transaction, depending on the plan. The difference might not seem much, but it adds up quickly as the number of transactions increases. Let's illustrate the difference in transaction fees for Shopify Plus users versus standard subscribers with an example. Assume your Shopify store processes $50,000 in monthly third-party payment transactions. Standard Shopify subscriber (on a plan where the fee is 2%): In this case, the Shopify Plus user would pay $900 less in transaction fees ($1,000 - $100). Over a year, with similar transaction volumes, a Shopify Plus user could save $10,800 in fees ($900 savings per month × 12 months), showing how quickly these costs add up. As a standard plan user, you can avoid these high fees if you only use Shopify Payments or limit the number of third-party transactions processed. However, you might lose some customers, so weigh the pros and cons to know which option works better for your business. Do you want to scale your ecommerce business to multiple countries? With Shopify Plus, you'll be able to localise your online store for up to 50 markets. A market is a geographical location and can be a single country or group of related countries — it's up to you. For example, you can add Spain as a market for your store. When anyone in Spain visits your store, they'll see product information in Spanish, get prices in Euros and be able to pay for items with their local Euro card. You can also set up a market for a group of countries like Spain, Portugal and France. Shopify lets you manage these markets in a single dashboard, so you don't have to worry about any extra admin work. Markets are also available on Shopify's standard plans but have certain limitations. For example, you cannot create more than three markets using the Basic and Shopify plans. The Advanced plan has some wiggle room, but you'll have to pay $59 per month for every extra market offered. This quickly racks up as you add more locations or markets. Overall, if you plan to internationalise your ecommerce store and sell in multiple locations with little or no disruptions, it might be worth migrating to Shopify Plus. However, if you want to keep things small and deliver the best value to a limited market, stick with any of the standard plans. Shopify Plus merchants gain access to exclusive educational content through the Shopify Plus Academy, which provides resources, tutorials, and courses for ecommerce businesses. The standard plans offer basic tutorials and access to Shopify’s general community forums, but lack the specialised, high-level insights found in Shopify Plus resources. Additionally, Plus merchants are part of an exclusive community of high-volume retailers, allowing you to network, share insights, and collaborate with business owners like you. While standard Shopify plans provide a secure and user-friendly checkout experience, they offer limited customisation options. Shopify Plus, on the other hand, allows for full control over your store’s checkout process. You can add custom fields, integrate third-party payment gateways, and create a highly branded checkout experience tailored to your customers. You can also offer personalised discounts at checkout or provide additional shipping options, which isn't possible with the standard plans. Managing an online store often requires a team effort, and Shopify Plus makes this easier with its unlimited staff accounts and advanced staff permissions. Unlike the standard Shopify plans, which limit the number of user accounts, Shopify Plus allows you to create as many as you need. This feature is particularly beneficial for larger teams or businesses with multiple departments. For example, you can grant your marketing team access to the blog and social media integrations while restricting access to financial data. Shopify Plus also offers advanced staff permissions, allowing you to customise the level of access for each team member. This ensures that everyone has the tools they need to do their job without compromising the security of your store. Whether you need to manage customer service, inventory, or sales, Shopify Plus provides the flexibility to tailor permissions to your specific needs. Shopify Plus offers a number of features not available on standard Shopify plans: Shopify Plus takes the capabilities of Shopify to the next level with a range of advanced apps and API calls. These features allow merchants to extend the functionality of their online stores in ways that are not possible with the standard Shopify plans. With Shopify Plus, you gain access to exclusive apps that offer advanced features such as fulfilment solutions and content management systems. Shopify also Plus offers advanced API calls that enable you to build custom integrations with other tools and services. This means you can automate tasks, synchronise data, and create custom workflows tailored to your business needs. For instance, you can integrate your online store with your CRM system to manage customer data more effectively or connect with your ERP system for better inventory management. The platform also provides a range of developer tools and resources, making it easier for you to build and deploy custom apps. As long as you’ve got a developer to help, Shopify Plus gives you the flexibility to create a customised ecommerce solution. Another standout feature of Shopify Plus is the ability to create sandbox stores. These are test environments that mirror your live store, allowing you to experiment with new features, apps, and integrations without affecting your actual sales. For example, if you’re planning a major redesign of your online store, you can use a sandbox store to test the new layout and functionality. You can identify and fix any issues before rolling out the changes to your live store. As I mentioned, migrating to Shopify Plus gives you access to advanced features for scaling your ecommerce business. But it isn’t without its drawbacks. Let’s look at why online store owners sometimes hesitate to switch. ‍You’re stuck with the ecosystem: This tracks closely with my earlier point on customisation. Since Shopify is a closed platform, you’re limited to its built-in features and functionalities, even when they don’t work well. Things are different with a platform like WooCommerce, which lets you add or remove plugins to change how your store works. The general belief is that Shopify Plus is THE ecommerce platform for enterprise-level businesses — a point I made earlier in the article. While there's some truth to this, we've found a few instances where it makes sense for a smaller ecommerce store to upgrade to Shopify Plus. For example, our customer, Forthglade, isn’t an enterprise ecommerce store but recently migrated to Shopify Plus. They made this move out of a need to revamp their store’s look and feel and improve the overall shopping experience. I’ll dig into Forthglade’s experience migrating to Shopify Plus in a bit. First, here’s what Quickfire Digital - a Shopify Plus agency - recommends is the best time to switch: “Brands usually know they’re ready for Shopify Plus when growth demands more than the basics. If you’re handling high order volumes, thinking internationally, or need better automation, Plus is the way forward. It lets you automate workflows, control your checkout, and integrate easily with other systems. Shopify Plus isn’t just bigger; it’s smarter, helping brands scale faster with built-in tools to streamline every step.” Let’s dig into these signs some more. 1. You want to internationalise your store It makes sense to choose Shopify Plus if you want to scale your business to multiple local markets. With Shopify Plus, you'll be able to set up “local stores” in up to fifty markets and receive payments in their local currencies. Shopify also lets you translate your store's content into different languages. For example, you can set up a store for the French market, translate product information into French and receive payments in Euros. 2. You're expanding to wholesale customers Let's say you want to directly supply your product to other ecommerce stores instead of selling in bits to customers. In that case, upgrading to Shopify Plus might be a good move. Shopify Plus has a built-in wholesale channel, making it easy to sell to other businesses alongside your direct-to-consumer sales. If you're growing the wholesale arm of your business, Shopify Plus will simplify complex processes like bulk pricing management, custom catalogues, and business accounts, making the transition easier. 3. You want to expand your freelance database Shopify Plus has a partner database of vetted experts that can support you with different aspects of scaling an ecommerce business — from marketing to accounting and web development. This is a huge help for solopreneurs or smaller ecommerce businesses that can't afford to hire experts full-time. You also skip the trial and error that typically comes with sourcing for and hiring an agency or freelancer yourself. 4. You need more flexibility and customisation While Shopify Plus is still a closed platform, it affords you more flexibility and customisation options than the standard Shopify plans. For example, standard Shopify plans only let you save up to 20 themes, whereas Shopify Plus lets you store up to 100 themes. Shopify Plus also offers premium customisation for your store's checkout. For example, you can add order summaries, banners, and product recommendations to your checkout page. Not a fan of Shopify's standard themes and templates? As a Plus user, you'll be able to create custom Shopify themes for your ecommerce store, which is a great way to stand out from the competition. You can also build custom applications to support specific processes for your ecommerce business. 5. You're tired of paying high transaction fees If you’re processing significant sales, the third-party transaction fees on Shopify’s lower plans can add up quickly. Specifically, you pay up to 2% on every transaction, which racks up to a significant amount of money as you sell more. Migrating to Shopify Plus can significantly reduce your third-party transaction fees. You’ll pay only 0.2% on every transaction — which is ten times lower than the standard plans. You also enjoy the most competitive rates for local and international card payments. Forthglade, a British pet food company known for its natural and healthy dog food, started with a basic Shopify store. However, they weren’t happy with how it worked, especially for customers shopping on their phones. To fix this and improve their store, they decided to switch to Shopify Plus for a better user experience. Here's a summary of how the ecommerce store successfully migrated to Shopify Plus in only 18 weeks. And the results?  They speak for themselves. 🙌 Here’s what the team at Quickfire told us: “For Forthglade, moving to Shopify Plus wasn’t just about an upgrade, it was about positioning them for growth. Working closely with us, Forthglade have been able to tap into Shopify’s advanced features to build a smarter, more responsive site, creating custom tools like a feeding guide and a seamless subscription model. The results speak volumes: a 75% jump in conversion rate, 24% higher average order value, and a 42% increase in total sales. With Shopify Plus, Forthglade’s now set for long-term growth and a top-notch customer experience.” You can listen to Barney’s interview with Rebecca, Forthglade’s Senior Digital Trading Manager, on our podcast: Ecommerce Marketing 101. Or read the write-up over on our blog. {{Forthglade-podcast="/blog-components"}} If you’re thinking about making the move, you’ll want to be as prepared as you can. The team at Quickfire told us that: “When making the leap to Plus, plan ahead. Ensure your apps are compatible, data is prepped, and goals are clear. Think about what you want out of the switch, whether it’s more personalisation, site speed, or integrations. Work with a team that knows Plus inside out (hello, Quickfire 👋) to avoid surprises and take full advantage of features like Launchpad, Scripts, and Flow for peak automation.” Like many things in business, it depends. Upgrading to Shopify Plus might be worth it if: However, if you have a small ecommerce business serving a limited area and are not planning to scale anytime soon, it might be better to stick with your regular Shopify plans. You'll still enjoy the core Shopify experience and access to features that overlap with Plus. Ultimately, don't make a hasty decision. Weigh the pros and cons against your business needs to see if it's worth the move. If you do decide to migrate to Shopify, Dash will support you every step of the way. Dash integrates directly with Shopify, allowing you to: Want to see Dash in action? Try our digital asset management software for free for 14 days. Faith Uzuegbu is a content marketer and freelance writer for B2B SaaS and tech companies like ClassPass, PlayPlay, and Thinkific. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/social-media-asset-management Title: Why small businesses need social media asset managementTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Learn whether media asset management (MAM) or digital asset management (DAM) is best for your team in this guide. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/social-media-asset-management ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Why small businesses need social media asset management H3: What’s social media asset management? H3: How do you organise social media assets? H3: Why it’s time to consider a social asset management tool H3: 9 ways DAM will help you better manage your social media campaigns H3: Growing brands using Dash to help manage social media🚀 H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Why small businesses need social media asset management H3: What’s social media asset management? H3: How do you organise social media assets? H3: Why it’s time to consider a social asset management tool H3: 9 ways DAM will help you better manage your social media campaigns H4: 1. Find campaign assets, fast H4: 2. Crop and resize your images to the right dimensions H4: 3. Approve social graphics from your designers H4: 4. Work with social influencers and content creators H4: 5. Make the most of your user-generated content H4: 6. Get notified when a new version of an asset is ready H4: 7. Share product shots with your agencies H4: 8. Create more social media content H4: 9. Track the performance of your social media assets H3: Growing brands using Dash to help manage social media🚀 H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content 30% of ecommerce businesses sell directly on social media. Considering the ecommerce industry's worth $5.5 trillion globally, that’s a lot of competition. Your visual content has to stand out. But creating social content that stops the scroll is a helluva job. And searching for your social assets becomes a chore. It takes away the time you could be spending connecting with potential customers, planning new marketing campaigns and launching new product ads. If this sounds like you then we think it’s time to bring social media asset management into the fold. Social media asset management is the practice of using digital asset management (or DAM for short) to manage your social visuals. A DAM is a tool for you to manage, find, share and deploy digital assets to your marketing channels. If you work in social media, you’ll be working with specific asset types. Here’s some social media asset examples that you’ll probably be familiar with: If you’re a social media manager, you’ll need a DAM to help you source all this visual content for your social posts. A DAM will let you search for that content, resize it for your channels and share it with your team. ✹ You've probably got loads of digital content floating around your shared drives. Keeping it organised is really important. After all, if you can't find your latest product shots, how are you doing to promote them on your socials? Here are some tips for organising your social media assets: 1. Name your files properly: This may seem like an obvious tip, but it's really easy to miss when you're in the midst of content creation. Most shared drives can't search for the contents of your creative files, so you need to rely on clear, suitable file names if you want to find them again. (Of course, you won't have to worry about confusing file names if you use DAM software, but more on that later 😉.) 2. Build appropriate folder structures: Whilst we don't recommend focusing too heavily on your folders when you're using a DAM like Dash—you'll need to if you're still using network or shared drives. You could use top-level folders for your different channels. Or you could split folders out into video files, image files and audio files. If you use a digital asset management solution, you can tag your images so they can sit across multiple folders. (Read more about this method in Emily's article about DAM taxonomy). 3. Use digital asset management software: Yep, in case it's not obvious already, we really do recommend using a DAM tool to manage your social media assets. It's not just for organising assets, either. You can crop images, approve content from your creative teams and deploy marketing collateral to your channels. If you’re still not sure whether your social team needs a DAM, have a look at some common reasons people choose to manage their social assets in a tool like Dash (that’s us): You can’t find what you need - Imagine you’ve got a new summer clothing line coming out and need to find the perfect image for an Instagram campaign. Searching for that image can be time-consuming. Your marketing team could have popped it in a Dropbox folder labelled ‘summer’. Or, worse, it’s buried as an attachment in their email inbox. By the time you hunt down the product shot, the summer will be over and you’ll be heading back into winter again. Cropping and resizing takes too much time - If you do find that image before it’s too late, are you optimising them for each of your social platforms? Each channel requires different image dimensions and sizing. But the repetitive downloading and uploading to and from image conversion tools is painful. Not to mention the space they take up in your ‘downloads’ folder. You’ve got too much content - Sure, it’s not the worst headache to have, but too much visual content can get overwhelming. Whether you’re creating your own graphics, you’ve got freelance photographers or you’re managing user-generated content (or all three), you just can’t keep a handle on it all from your desktop. Plus, there’s a chance you’ll end up duplicating content because you simply can’t find the originals. This is what Elli was experiencing before moving to Dash: “We had a huge amount of company-owned and stock assets that were stored across multiple locations and folders . This was not only an issue when trying to find an asset, but we found we were wasting budget recommissioning some images that we already had.” Does this ring true for your brand? If yes, it sounds like you’re in the market for a DAM. ✹ As a social media marketer, you want to get your campaign assets out to your socials as quickly as possible. For example, the quicker you can get a new product campaign launched, the sooner you’ll see that ROI rolling in. đŸ€‘ The time it takes to launch campaigns can be massively reduced when you use a digital asset management platform. Here’s how. 👇 ✹ We’ve already mentioned the pain of shared drives and hunting down image and video content. A key feature of DAM is the ability to search with ease. Using AI and auto-tagging, many DAM tools tag up your images to make searching super simple. If you use Dash, your images will automatically be tagged on upload and you can add your own tags. So if you’re looking for a particular asset for an upcoming campaign, you can simply type a keyword into the search bar and you’ll get all relevant search results in seconds. Let’s have a look at how Planto (a houseplant brand we made up) searches for social assets in Dash. Say the social team wants to look for marketing assets for an upcoming Black Friday campaign. All they’ll need to do is type the keyword into the search bar. Dash scans the image so it can quickly pick out what you need. You can then use the filters on the left-hand side to whittle down your search. In this instance, you might want to find a particular plant to use in your campaign. Under the custom field ‘plant category’ you can select a specific product that would have been tagged on upload. Let’s look for a Black Friday campaign image containing a Calathea and Syngonium. Social media has a tonne of different image requirements. Whether it’s an image for a Facebook Shopping ad or a product shot on Instagram, you (or your overworked graphic designer) needs to resize it every
single
time. đŸ„± Well, not with Dash! Before you download an image, you’ll have the option to resize it or even change the file type. There are preset download sizes for Instagram, TikTok, Facebook, Pinterest, LinkedIn and Twitter. If you want to resize a graphic for social media posts, you can do it quickly in Dash. Pet food brand, Forthglade, say this is one of their most loved features. Here’s what David, the brand’s Graphic Design Manager has to say about it: “We get fewer requests now for branded graphics and logos because they’re all on Dash. People in other teams can do basic editing in Dash, like resizing graphics, so they don’t have to come through us.” If you regularly commission graphics for your social media channels, you’re probably used to receiving large ZIP folders via WeTransfer or another file sharing site. Sending content backwards and forwards can get confusing, especially when you end up with different versions of the same graphic sitting in your downloads folder (scroll down for more information on version control). A digital asset management system like Dash will cut out the chaos so you can focus on getting new content out in front of your audience. One way Dash helps is through the approval workflow. You can give your freelance designers contributor access levels to your Dash. This means they'll need to upload their digital files to approve before they go live. This means that only final versions of your content are stored in your asset library. And your marketing team knows that the creative is approved and good to go out on social. Influencer marketing can bring in some big bucks for your brand. 32% of brands are already using influencers to help sell products directly through social platforms. Whether you’re chasing celebs for their endorsement, or using a smaller influencer in your niche, you’ll need a way to manage their content. Dash will help you keep track of content sent to you by your content creators. You can set up approval workflows, as we’ve mentioned, to make sure you’re only curating the best content for your brand. You can also add expiry dates so your team knows which influencer content they can or cannot use - and for how long. And, use the performance tag to track how well your content is performing on social media. See it for yourself in this screenshot taken from Planto’s Dash. ✹ Aside from influencers, user-generated content (UGC) is a fantastic way to connect with potential customers. In fact, 79% of consumers say UGC highly impacts their purchasing decisions. But if you’re gathering lots of images from your customers, how can you best organise them and deploy them out into your feeds? You guessed it - with your DAM tool. Take Forthglade. They connect Dash with their website, where customers can send in images of their dogs for their ‘Dog of the Month’ competition. Once the images have been sent in, the team can then scroll through and use a star rating to determine the reigning pooch! (I know, it sounds like an awful job, doesn’t it? đŸ¶ ) What’s a social media manager’s worst nightmare? Posting an out-of-date campaign image to your social media channels. Or worse, an image that’s got last year’s branding all over it. 😭 But this is easily done if you’ve got hundreds of files scattered across your shared drives. Dash’s version control will notify you when a new version of an asset has been uploaded. So if your design team uploads a refreshed version of last year’s campaign graphics, you’ll get notified via email. You’ll also be able to view the version history against each asset, which keeps things tidy (rather than clogging up your Dash with duplicate assets). Sharing is the name of the game when it comes to social media. And we’re not just talking about retweets and IG stories. Perhaps you’ve got an external PR agency or paid social media team who needs the latest product shots ASAP. You won’t need to worry about email chains and expired WeTransfer links with DAM. Simply click on the image you want to share and generate a link to share with anyone who needs it. What’s more, you can create public portals in Dash that give anybody access to a series of assets you’d like to share. They don’t need a login, but you can add a passcode if you like. Barney, our Product Marketing Lead, uses our Dash to share graphics with our paid ad agency. It’s on-brand, professional and even has a little welcome message. ✹ It’s a no-brainer that if you’re spending less time looking for assets, you’ll have more time to spend on the fun stuff - creating content. 🙌 You could use that time to create briefs for your designers, brainstorm new campaign ideas or repurpose existing content for social media. And for those of you who use Canva, you’ll be pleased to know that Dash integrates with this tool, too! You can seamlessly drop product shots and brand assets from Dash into your Canva projects. 💡Take a look at our blog post for some tips on creating better designs with Canva. When you’re creating lots of social media content, you’ll want to track how well it’s performing. This is useful if you’re planning to use them again in the future or if you want to make a case for commissioning similar assets. If there’s an image or video that’s got loads of engagement or click-throughs on social media, you can record it using the ‘performance’ tag in Dash. Then, when you’re next browsing your library, you can filter images by how well they’ve performed. Here are some images that have been doing particularly well for Planto. đŸ€© Asset management platforms are used by social teams in growing brands around the world. Here’s a handful of Dash customers using the platform to deploy branded content to their audience. Are you ready to give Dash a go yourself? Simply sign up below and you’ll get a free trial of Dash for 14 days (no credit required). ✹ Check out free marketing apps database to find tools to help you manage your social and marketing campaigns. {{marketing-db="/blog-components"}} Amy Burchill is the SEO and Content Manager for Dash. She works with ecommerce experts to create articles for DTC brands wanting to improve their campaigns. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/social-media-for-ecommerce-ad538 Title: How ecommerce brands can sell on social mediaTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Social media and shopping go hand-in-hand these days. Discover some top tips for selling your products across different social channels. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/social-media-for-ecommerce-ad538 ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: How ecommerce brands can sell on social media H3: What exactly is social selling? H3: 4 reasons why ecommerce brands use social channels to sell H3: How to plan a killer social media strategy H3: How to sell products on social H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: How ecommerce brands can sell on social media H3: What exactly is social selling? H3: 4 reasons why ecommerce brands use social channels to sell H3: How to plan a killer social media strategy H3: How to sell products on social H4: Instagram H4: Facebook H4: TikTok H4: Pinterest H4: YouTube H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content It’s starting to feel like social media and shopping go hand in hand.Especially when a lot of us spent a little more time staring at screens over the past couple of years. đŸ˜”â€But this combination was clicking together long before the pandemic pushed us online. In 2018, as much as 87% of online shoppers use social to help them make shopping decisions. Since then a ton of savvy DTC brands have jumped on TikTok - the first non-Facebook app to reach three million global downloads - to sell their products online. So you can imagine the sheer scale of social selling today.But social can feel pretty intimidating, can't it? Particularly when the trends and tools seem to come and go so fast.Don't worry, we’ve got you covered. From plotting your strategy to selling on the platforms your customers use most, we’ll get into the ins and outs of why social media’s so great for eCommerce brands. More importantly, we’ll show you the social strategies real eCommerce brands are using to make more sales. 💳But first, let's take it from the top. Hootsuite defines social selling as “...the practice of using a brand’s social media channels to connect with prospects, develop a connection with them and engage with potential leads. The tactic can help businesses reach their sales targets.”Sounds simple enough.But how does it differ from standard social media marketing?Essentially, social media marketing’s about sharing content to help meet marketing objectives - that’s it. But social selling’s about using social media platforms to engage with potential customers directly.Just think of it as a much less intrusive form of cold calling - *shudders* 😰But unlike cold calling, social commerce can go much further than just trying to persuade someone to buy. According to Sprout Social, social commerce is more about “...the buying and selling of goods or services directly within a social media platform.”So beyond the traditional “discovery process”, social commerce actually encourages users to complete the entire purchase process - all without leaving the app. Handy. But that’s just one reason why it’s such a powerful tool for your brand to have up its sleeve. 1. It’s where the majority of customers are browsing There’s a common misconception that social media users - especially those buying online - are generally Gen Zers or Generation Alpha; younger adults aged between 16 - 38.But if that was ever true, it's certainly not the case anymore.Although the highest proportion of e-shoppers is the youngest age group 16-24 (80 %), it’s closely followed by those aged 25-54 (79 %). So overlooking social media users is a surefire way to lose sales. 💾The good thing is that, unlike traditional sales techniques, social media selling isn’t a one-way street. 2. Social media allows you to listen and learn From Twitter to TikTok, all the major social networks offer some form of analytics. Here you’ll find demographic information about who’s visiting and, in some instances, how they actually feel about your brand.Tools like Buffer and BuzzSumo have social listening functionality which goes beyond the quantitative data of standard analytics. Instead, it gives you a clearer picture of the customer sentiment towards your brand, products and customer service. This allows you to listen, learn and, if needs be, adjust your offering accordingly. Because when it comes to understanding how customers really feel about you, social media’s your secret weapon. So use it to gauge the đŸŒĄïž online and you’ll stay one step ahead of any issues - long before they get a chance to escalate. 3. Manage online communities and nail customer service The smartest ecommerce brands get that you can sell yourself on social without even pushing products. How? Just by letting your customers know there’s a real person behind the brand. Using your social media channels to talk to customers is a great way to build your online communities. And if they’ve got an issue, jump into the feed and show them you care. A survey of U.S. consumers found that 52% of respondents expect a response to their query within an hour of contacting the brand. This covered social platforms like Instagram and apps such as Messenger. The thing is, 39% reported typical wait times of over two hours. With that in mind, there’s a great opportunity to stand out from the competition if you invest your time in getting this right.But even if you can’t solve the query right away, letting them know you’re working on it is so much better than radio silence. Along with being the right thing, being approachable and friendly opens up a 🌍 of conversations and engagement. And it can create that invaluable ‘social proof’ that other customers look for when comparing products. ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐That’s the beauty of social media, it never has to be a hard sell. 4. Build brand awareness and subtlety sell yourself Ok, this one’s not 🚀 science - but hear us out. Posting regularly is the only way to build brand awareness. And, unfortunately, it won’t happen overnight. Staying on top of your customers’ minds and feeds is a long game - but one that’s well worth being patient with. So how regularly should you post? Well according to Hootsuite, this varies per channel: And this doesn’t take into account the other major platforms ecommerce brands are using either. đŸ˜ČFor TikTok, Shopify suggests posting one to two times each day and going live a couple of times a week. But for Pinterest, things can get blurry. “There's no hard rule for how many pins you should post per day. Some sources say one to five, while others claim between 15 and 25 is ideal,” says Shopify.And as for YouTube, it really does vary. But whatever you do, just make sure you’re consistent with it. Uploading quality content on the reg really is the only way to grow your channel - and your audience. Hmm, sound like a lot of work? It can be. Especially when each post needs to talk the language of your audience and be consistent in your brand visuals and tone. But even if those figures look a bit unfeasible, don’t worry. Quality means so much more than quantity when it comes to social. Even if you’re only posting once a week on Instagram, just make sure it counts. Look at the stunning photography from reusable bottle brand Chilly’s or the engaging stories WellEasy are creating around healthy living for ideas. Of course, scheduling tools like Buffer can help ensure you’re posts are timely. And paid advertising is there to give you a leg up if you need a boost. But, at the end of the day, these are just tactics. To really stand out, all your posts will need to be supported by a smart and creative social media strategy. Everything’s less stressful with a plan, right? Well, social media’s no different. Because managing multiple channels might feel like spinning plates but, with a solid strategy, it's a breeze. Here’s our four-step plan to smashing it. đŸ„ł 1. Outline your goals and objectives First things first, you’ve got to define the goals of your social media strategy. The good thing is that you shouldn’t have to reinvent the wheel here; instead, these objectives should support and complement your wider ecommerce marketing plan. Not sure where to start? đŸ€ŻRelax. Here are a few ideas to get things rolling: Alternatively, you might be laser-focused on creating a “buzz” around your brand and want to focus a lot of your efforts on getting user-generated content. Although it’s important later, focus less on what channels you’ll use here. It’s more important to figure out what it is that’s going to cause a stir online. We talked more about this in our ecommerce guide to user-generated content. Once these goals are established, you’ll have a reference point to measure your actions against. So, if that Instagram story’s not serving a greater purpose, it’s not worth your time.But this isn’t the only insight you’ll need. You’ve got to figure out who it is you’re trying to reach as well. 2. Identify your target audience Ok, this one’s a biggie. Because posting on social media without knowing who you're talking to is like screaming “PERSON!!!” in a stadium full of people. If you’re lucky, it might turn a few heads. But won’t resonate with anyone in particular. đŸ€”đŸ€·The good news is you shouldn’t have to start from scratch. If you’ve put together a solid eCommerce marketing plan, it’ll include content or buyer personas that break down your ideal customer. But if you haven’t, no problem. Key attributes to consider are things like: You get the gist. But depending on your goals and objectives, you can take things even further by creating target segments. So beyond the customers themselves, this could cover people who already purchase from competitors, gift buyers shopping for your audience or influencers you’d like to connect with. Essentially, you can never have too much data. But data only becomes insight if it can be measured, right? 3. Lock in those all-important metrics and KPIs The comprehensive reporting functionality that comes with today’s social platforms can feel a bit like a blessing and a curse. Sure, there’s tons of intel at your disposal but what matters most when it comes to measurement? đŸ“đŸ€”Focus on these fundamentals and you can’t go wrong: Now it’s time for the fun part. 4. Find your perfect social media content and channel blend OK, let’s get one thing clear: you don’t need to be active on every platform. In fact, it's much better to use one or two channels well, e.g. Instagram and Facebook, than to have four or five networks that you post on infrequently. Because when it comes it social, it's so important not to spread yourself too thinly. Instead, focus on the accounts that your audience spends their time on. Then create and serve them the content that’ll interest them most. Depending on your product offering and the channels you use, this could a variety of different things: But these are just a handful of things you can do to inspire your audience, build trust and nurture your audience towards that all-important sale. Take a look at your competitors to see what they’re posting - but only to avoid doing the same thing. Remember, there’s no safety in numbers for brands. So don’t follow the pack. The key to standing out and selling through social is to be creative. One thing is for sure, though. The more campaigns you plan and create, the more visual content you’ll have lying around. So think about where you're going to store it all before you get going. That way you'll avoid any content chaos down the road. Our digital asset management system Dash not only stores everything for you but organises it all too. That way you can find what you’re looking for lightning fast ⚡ - and before the moment’s passed. Whether you’re getting creative on TikTok or taking a more traditional approach with Facebook, there are infinite ways to delight, inspire and persuade your audience to purchase on social. Here are just a few examples and ideas to get those creative juices flowing. 💡 There are loads of upsides to advertising your products on Instagram. It’s user-friendly, allows creators to easily engage with their audience and can be visually alluring. If you don’t skimp on the visuals.Check out plant-based confectionary brand Gigantic for inspo. The team used its brand colour palette to perfection so that, however chaotic and creative the content gets, nothing on the page feels out of place. The channel also includes eye-catching stories with product links that point straight to the store.We’re helping lots of ecommerce brands manage their visual content more easily. With Dash, you can quickly crop, resize and send files straight to social (and your online store).Top takeaway 📝 Whether it’s product imagery or inspirational quotes, make sure every image is carefully curated and ties together nicely. You’ve got limited time to make an impact so your feed’s got to pop off the page and keep 'em scrolling. Despite all the new kids on the block, Facebook is still a valuable tool for ecommerce brands. Particularly Facebook Ads which allow you to serve highly targeted campaigns to a variety of audiences. Just install the pixel and start experimenting with tailored messaging and visuals. Speaking of which, we’ve got some tips on how to create Facebook Ad graphics that sell products here. But that’s not the only way creative ecommerce brands are using the platform. Mindful Chef is whetting the appetites of its followers with snapshots of tasty dishes. If you click through to the website, you’re greeted with a full recipe and an easy way to order the box of ingredients. On the other hand, you could take the same approach as Oddbox. The team strike up a convo with their followers by first telling them what they’ve “saved” and then asking them what they’re going to cook with their ingredients.Top takeaway 📝 Facebook Ads are still great for targeting audiences with personalised messaging. But this platform’s also perfect for striking up real conversations and building a community of followers. And you can’t put a price tag on that. TikTok is on the rise and is fast becoming a go-to for ecommerce brands. That’s because along with features like mini storefronts and integrated product catalogues, it seamlessly combines creativity with commerce. For example, cosmetics brand Frankbody are playfully turning the traditional body scrub into a dance routine (and one that pushes a time-limited product offer). Top takeaway 📝 Like Frankbody, use trending audio clips to increase the chances of your video going viral. And don’t be afraid of selling a little harder, either. The Creative nature of TikTok can really feature your products in their best light. Not sure where to start? Don’t worry, we’ve got everything you need to create a killer TikTok ecommerce marking strategy. Last year, organic reach was down to about 2.2.% on Facebook and 9.4% on Instagram. That’s definitely on the decline. 📉But it’s not the same story for Pinterest. In fact, Similarweb revealed that Pinterest actually receives 68.1% of direct desktop traffic and 28.5% from organic searches. That means with the right strategy and content you can get in front of a vast number of potential customers - even without the advertising budget. And when they find you - which they more than likely will - funnel them straight to your products to purchase. Check out how responsibly sourced clothing brand Desmond & Dempsey is doing it. Crisp, clean and super-simple. Or how about sustainable furniture brand noo.ma? At the time of writing, its Pinterest page gets a whopping 3.3. million views a month - and that’s with only a thousand followers. Just think what you could do organically. 👀Top takeaway 📝 According to SproutSocial, 85% of women use Pinterest for gift ideas, recipes and renovation tips. If your target audience and products fit into these categories, Pinterest could be a no-brainer. But even if they don’t, hundreds of thousands of people are hanging out on the platform every day - just waiting to find you organically. Last but not least, it’s worth thinking about using a YouTube channel. Especially, if you’re creating content that demonstrates your expertise and goes beyond pushing products. Pure Electric is smashing with its YouTube. It includes everything from tips on extending the battery life and puncture prevention to community conversations around scooter safety and sustainable transport. It doesn’t hurt that they’ve got a pretty slick product video on the homepage either. 😉Top takeaway 📝 If you’ve got an enticing reason for viewers to tune in, YouTube is a great option for eCommerce brands. Whether that’s setting challenges for influencers or inviting people behind the scenes, deliver regular content that your audience can rely on. Oh and don’t forget to promote your videos elsewhere. Because who knows where they might be picked up? But whatever channel you use, Dash makes it dead-easy to store your visual content and get it looking striking for socials. Want to try it for yourself? Sign up for a free trial below! 👇 Andy is a creative copywriter and content strategist. He also works with brands to channel their tone of voices. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/the-traitors-workplace-game Title: How to create your own The Traitors game at workTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Want to recreate the hit game The Traitors in the workplace? We did it - here's how you can to. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/the-traitors-workplace-game ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: How to create your own The Traitors game at work H2: What is The Traitors (and why does it make a great workplace game?) H2: How to plan The Traitors in the workplace H2: 5 The Traitors challenges that work virtually H2: Managing engagement and fairness H2: Some final surprises H2: The Traitors is the perfect remote-hybrid team building activity H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: How to create your own The Traitors game at work H2: What is The Traitors (and why does it make a great workplace game?) H2: How to plan The Traitors in the workplace H4: [fs-toc-omit] 1. A host to run the game H4: [fs-toc-omit] 2. Communication channels H4: [fs-toc-omit] 3. Pick a schedule H4: [fs-toc-omit] 4. A prize fund H4: [fs-toc-omit] 5. Visuals and communication templates H2: 5 The Traitors challenges that work virtually H4: 1. The devious ranking scale H4: 2. Tangram challenge H4: 3. Famous people word clue game H4: 4. Social perception challenge H4: 5. The Traitors quiz H2: Managing engagement and fairness H2: Some final surprises H4: [fs-toc-omit] Messages from friends and family H4: [fs-toc-omit] A Cameo from Diane H2: The Traitors is the perfect remote-hybrid team building activity H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Team building is essential, especially when you’re working in a hybrid setup (like us at Dash 👋). But traditional team-building activities can often feel a bit
 forced. Few things inspire more dread than a round of “let’s all share something interesting about ourselves.” (I’m in a cold sweat just thinking about it.) So, instead of an awkward teambuilding activity (and because our team is obsessed with the show) we created our own version of The Traitors. We played it over five weeks, built challenges that worked remotely, and even hired one of the real-life players to record a cameo 👀. Here’s how we pulled it off, and how you can run your own. The Traitors is a social deduction game that first aired on the BBC in 2023. A group of players spend four weeks in a Scottish castle, competing challenges to build up a prize pot, all while trying to figure out who among them is trying to sabotage the game. Most players are faithful, but a handful (usually three people) are chosen to be traitors. Their mission is to quietly work against the group, committing ‘murders’ every night. Each week ends with a banishment vote where all players will debate who should be eliminated from the game. The goal is simple: if the faithful eliminate all traitors, they share the prize. But if even one traitor survives to the end, the traitor(s) will take the entire pot. 😈 It’s ideal for the workplace because it’s genuinely fun. And although it does take time to prepare (and you’ll need to get your boss on board) we guarantee it’ll be worth it. Let’s dig into the steps you need to create your own game. 👇 You don’t need a film crew or a Scottish castle to run The Traitors at work. A few apps, a bit of prep, and a willing host are all it takes to get started. Here’s what worked for us: In the TV show, Claudia Winkelman (UK) and Alan Cumming (US) are the linchpins that carry the game forward. In your workplace-based game, your host will need to assign roles, design challenges, send announcements, and keep the game moving. Plus a good host keeps things fair but isn’t afraid to stir the pot with a few twists. Chances are things will get a little complicated, so we recommend you have two hosts because there’s a lot of work to do. They’ll need to run the round tables, communicate with players and keep track of the scores. They’ll also need to create challenges, hide shields and drop twists throughout the game.  ‍ We used Slack to run most of the game. Here are some key channels we recommend: A Traitors Uncloaked channel where eliminated players can spectate and gossip without influencing the game. We spread our game over 5 weeks. People are busy, so it was important we didn’t encroach on their schedules too often. However, we also needed to balance out the timing so people didn’t lose interest. Here’s what worked for us: Note: Eliminated players could also join as long as they had cameras and microphones off 🔇. Everyone loves a good incentive, and it means people will stay engaged. Luckily, our bosses agreed to contribute towards a prize fund. But other options could be to reward an extra day off to winning player (s) or gifts like a hamper or voucher. One thing that made it easier for our hosts to manage the game was to pre-prepare visuals and templates. For example, you could have: Want some inspiration for challenges? Here’s what we did: We framed this as a lighthearted icebreaker, but it secretly kicked the game off. Each player had to place their own name on a shared scale based on how devious they thought they were. Once everyone had chosen their spot, the two players who ended up in the middle were immediately eliminated from the game (sorry Barney and Lea😇) . Of course, they weren’t gone forever — the host later revealed they could be brought back in a future round. Tools used: Miro - but any virtual whiteboard would work for this. Using Miro boards, we split into breakout rooms with two senders and two receivers. Senders could see the finished tangram picture, receivers only had the shapes. The senders described how to arrange the shapes without saying what the final image was. The receivers then had to message the host and tell them what they thought the images were. Here’s what a receiver saw, for example: Tools used: Miro (again) - but any virtual whiteboard would work for this. Players split into small teams and opened a shared document filled with names of famous people. Their job was to come up with short, one-word clues to help another team guess each name. The fewer clues they used, the more money they could earn for the prize pot: Once everyone had written their clues, teams swapped sheets and tried to guess the names based on what they’d been given. (Here’s a peek at one of the sheets). Tools used: Google Docs to write down answers đŸ›ĄïžShield opportunity: if someone spotted the hidden link between all the names, they won a shield. For this round, the traitors had to secretly answer a set of personal questions in advance. During the game, everyone else had to work out the answers. The faithful debated and compared notes, while the traitors used their insider knowledge to quietly steer the group off course. đŸ›ĄïžShield opportunity: before the game started, players had to vote on a leader to provide the final answers to the host. Secretly, this person was then given the power to award another player with a shield. We ran a short general knowledge quiz, with each correct answer adding money to the prize pot. Some questions included: It felt more relaxed, but still gave the traitors a chance to interfere. They were able to slip in wrong answers or nudge the team off track. 👀 Part of the fun of The Traitors is the scheming that happens outside the main events. We encouraged players to form alliances and send private messages. (This meant people were able to concoct some wild theories đŸ˜”â€đŸ’«). Plus once players were murdered or banished, we didn’t want them to feel left out. Instead, they were added to a separate Traitors Uncloaked channel where they could watch the game unfold and share theories without influencing the outcome. And while the game brought plenty of drama, it never felt like a burden. Challenges and round tables were capped at 30 minutes each, so the whole thing slotted neatly around people’s work schedules. It didn’t end at the challenges. Our hosts wanted to add a couple of extra twists that none of the players suspected. These are totally optional of course: Once we were down to just a handful of players, the hosts reached out to their family and friends and persuaded them to record a video message. The videos were then shared during a morning meeting. Some videos were really heartwarming đŸ„° others were pretty hilarious. A big shout out to all those who got involved with that! 👏 Finally, our hosts hired Diane Carson- one of the players from season 2 - to send us a message on Cameo. Nobody was expecting this, but it really felt it took the game to the next level. 🙌 Running our own version of The Traitors started as an experiment, but it quickly became one of the most fun and memorable socials we’ve done as a team. It got people talking, working together and seeing new sides of each other you just don’t get in day-to-day work. And because we ran everything through Slack, Miro and Google Meet, it slotted neatly into our existing workflows without disrupting the week. If you’re looking for a fresh way to bring your team closer (and spark a bit of friendly chaos while you’re at it), give The Traitors a try. All you need is a host, a plan and a Slack workspace ready for plotting and paranoia. And who knows — you might just uncover the most devious side of your colleagues yet. 👀 Amy Burchill is the SEO and Content Manager for Dash. She works with ecommerce experts to create articles for DTC brands wanting to improve their campaigns. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/tiktok-ecommerce-strategy Title: How to get started with your TikTok ecommerce strategyTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Want to create a TikTok ecommerce strategy to sell your products? This guide takes you through how to do it - including best practices from cool brands. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/tiktok-ecommerce-strategy ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: How to get started with your TikTok ecommerce strategy H3: 4 reasons TikTok is good for ecommerce H3: Setting up your brand’s TikTok account H3: Creating a TikTok Shop for your business H3: 6 TikTok content ideas from other DTC businesses H3: Get your TikTok content in order H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: How to get started with your TikTok ecommerce strategy H3: 4 reasons TikTok is good for ecommerce H4: 1. TikTok gets high engagement rates H4: 2. Users love TikTok Shopping H4: 3. TikTok has a thriving influencer community H4: 4. You can reach TikTok's diverse user base H3: Setting up your brand’s TikTok account H3: Creating a TikTok Shop for your business H3: 6 TikTok content ideas from other DTC businesses H4: 1. Be authentic H4: 2. Feature real, relatable people H4: 3. Don't be afraid to show off your product H4: 4. Use viral audio clips and hashtags H4: 5. Mix up your content H4: 6. Be aspirational H4: 7. Turn customers into micro-influencers H4: Roundup - best practices for brands on TikTok H3: Get your TikTok content in order H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content $130,000 in sales. A 270% increase in revenue. All for a customer acquisition cost of $0. That’s the results underwear brand Huha had when one of their videos went viral on TikTok last year. Here’s what their founder had to say about it: (Shout-out to the fantastic DTC Newsletter who originally featured this!) The bottom line: if you’re not already, it’s time to take TikTok for ecommerce seriously. This guide will walk you through how to create a TikTok ecommerce strategy. We’ll cover why you should use the platform, setting yourself up with a business account and how to create your brand’s TikTok Shop. To wrap things up, we’ll leave with content ideas from other DTC businesses. Then the rest is up to you! You never know, it could be the next channel you add to your ecommerce marketing strategy. Social commerce is booming and TikTok will become an increasingly important part of it. In 2023 a staggering 1.7 billion monthly users are on the platform, making it one of the most popular social media apps around. And it’s an influential purchase driver, with 49% of users saying the social platform helped them decide whether to buy a product. Still not convinced? Here’s 4 reasons why the social media platform is important for ecommerce: TikTok's algorithm prioritises content that captures users' attention quickly. This means that small ecommerce businesses can have the chance of creating viral content and reaching a wider audience. TikTok has shopping features that let brands establish virtual storefronts within the app. Shoppers can explore, browse, and purchase products without leaving TikTok. Nifty, huh? We’ll cover how to set up your own TikTok Shop further down the article. TikTok is one of the best social media channels for working with influencers. If you partner with TikTok influencers, your ecommerce brand could engage with a highly-engaged audience. Influencers can genuinely promote products, get your brand in front of your target audience, offer valuable reviews, and drive both traffic and sales. TikTok boasts over a billion active users worldwide. While it's known for its popularity among Gen Z, the platform's user base is increasingly diverse, including millennials and older demographics. To create a TikTok for Business account, you’ll need a smart phone and access to the internet. If your company provides you with a business phone, download the app on that. If you have to use your personal one, I’d suggest turning off TikTok notifications so you’re able to switch off from work in your downtime. Here’s the steps to follow: 1. Download the app: Just head to whatever app store your phone’s operating system uses and download TikTok. 2. Create a personal profile: You’ll have to create a ‘personal’ profile first - either by popping in your email or signing up with your work Windows or Google account.3. Switch to a TikTok business account: Go to your profile and select the menu from the top-right, then ‘setting and privacy’. That’ll take you to a full menu of options. Under ‘Account’ heading, select ‘Manage account’ and then pick ‘switch to Business Account’. It’ll ask you to select which industry your business is in. 4. Fill in your profile: Almost there! Now all you have to do is brand your profile, include a link to your site and write a short description of what your company is all about.5. Log in on your work computer: This one’s optional. But if you want to dip in and see how your posts are doing and reply to comments, it might be easier to do that from your work computer. TikTok lets you do this - you just won’t be able to create content through your desktop browser. 6. Now start posting your TikToks!: If you’re not sure where to start, TikTok’s Creative Suite is great for content ideas. It collects videos from businesses which are doing particularly well, and you can sort by most views, comments or shares. Once you’re done, you’ll have access to the ‘Business Suite’ where you can view your post analytics and manage any TikTok advertising campaigns you end up running. TikTok Shop is a social commerce platform that allows your brand to create a virtual storefront directly on their TikTok profile. This storefront lets users browse and purchase products without leaving the app. Why’s that helpful? Because you’re letting TikTok users buy where they are already, rather than forcing them to leave TikTok. (If anyone who uses TikTok is reading this, you know how hard it is to stop scrolling. 😅) Maintaining one could be a key part of your TikTok ecommerce strategy. Here’s what Cult Beauty’s TikTok Shop looks like. It highlights their products, lets you browse different lines, and read reviews of recent purchases. Setting up a shop also means your products will be seen when people are browsing the Shopping Tab when using TikTok search. Want to take advantage of social shopping on the platform? Here's a step-by-step guide on how to set up your TikTok Shop: You’ve set up your business profile and your TikTok Shop. Now you need to create organic content to drive engagement and visits to your account. This is going to be a key part in whether TikTok becomes a sales driver for your ecommerce business. So where do you begin? Here’s inspiration taken from scaling DTC brands using TikTok as a key part of their content strategy. ‍Note: No big name brands with huge marketing departments here! These examples are from ambitious, growing ecommerce brands with small marketing teams. Just like you! You can also learn how DTC brand Piglet in Bed built an impressive following of 100K on TikTok over on our podcast. 🎧 {{Piglet-in-bed-podcast="/blog-components"}} First stop on our magical TikTok inspiration tour, let’s go back to where this article started and look at underwear brand Huha. In the viral video founder Alexa Suter was talking about, she tells the story of why she founded her brand. It’s not hard to see why it took off. It’s educational, speaks to a common problem women often suffer with (UTI infections), and offers hope with a solution that worked for Alexa - her own products. Their TikTok is well worth a scroll through. Combining body positivity, humour and authenticity, their videos regularly clock up to 30,000 views. UK skincare company Madeby is a great example of how to run an account perfectly pitched to your target audience. They mix educational product content with memes, so watching a post like this is actually entertaining. And they’ve coupled it with relatable, funny vox pops from street interviews. Like this one, where this poor person struggles to pronounce La Roche-Posay (honestly, same). It all feels fresh and perfectly on-brand. Still from Madeby's TikTok account Takeaway 💡 - Being authentic is so hard for brands to get right - and it’s properly cringe when they get it wrong. Take a leaf from Madeby, instead. Try featuring relatable voxpops from your customers. Postal cookie company Love Clever Cookie’s TikTok is good enough to eat. Their products look fantastic (I WILL be ordering a box) so it’s a smart decision to feature them pride and place throughout their feed. They use satisfying ASMR-like clips of cutting cookies and voice-over videos of their founder going through the latest flavours. With almost 250,000 followers, it’s a strategy that’s clearly working well for them. Delicious! Oprah-approved Clevr Blends make oat milk SuperLattes from mushrooms, antigens and probiotics. They’re pretty cool in our book - and that’s not just because they’re a Dash customer! 😇 Clevr Blend’s TikTok account makes great use of trending audio clips and viral hashtags to showcase their products in a relatable way - like this one. Their most popular video, with 11,000 likes to date, is a short and satisfying clip of their Golden SuperLatte being poured into a glass, lit by gorgeous (and appropriate) golden hour sunlight. It includes the hashtag #morningroutine. Not only is it super relevant to their product, the hashtag has also clocked up 9.2 billion views. Takeaway 💡 - Using trending audio clips, hashtags and hashtag challenges are a great way to promote your products. If you can make it relevant to your brand, you’re onto a winner! Creators of the iconic Low Top sneaker, Filling Pieces fuse streetwear and high fashion for an affordable price tag. They’re also another Dash customer - represent! ✌ With a young, fashionable customer base, the platform is a perfect outlet for the brand. So it’s no surprise their content is killing it on the platform, regularly racking up video views climbing toward the million mark. One of the keys to their success is a varied feed full of funny memes, product unboxing, sale hypes and giveaways. Still from Filling Piece's TikTok account Linen bedding brand Piglet in Bed offers a masterclass in how to create aspirational content perfectly-attuned to their audiences. Their posts match the cottage core fantasy their audience yearn for - and boy, do they make the most of it. Scrolling through their TikTok, with dreamy videos of cosily-made beds in the countryside dressed in their beautiful linens, it’s hard to not want a linen set of your own! Takeaway 💡 - Know thy customer. You’re not just selling a product, you’re selling a lifestyle. Capture this in your content and you’ll be on to a winner. Olipop run a refreshing (they’re a drinks brand, okay, give me a break) TikTok account with a follower count of almost 40k. It’s stock full of content you could use to inspire your own. But the ‘super cool’ part? They automate creating TikTok user-generated content, making it part of the checkout process on the website. Turning happy customers into micro-influencers is a genius influencer marketing idea, in our books. Here’s them explaining how it works: They’re using a service called Bounty to help run it. And it’s pretty simple - for every 100 views, you get a $1. A quick search for the brand on TikTok turns up loads of UGC of people enjoying their drinks, so it must be doing pretty well for them! Takeaway 💡- Social is social, first and foremost. User-generated content is a fantastic way to have micro-influencers promote your brand for you. It allows your ecommerce business to reach a niche audience and creates a buzz around your products. Here’s what we learnt from looking at the brands above: You’re ready to take advantage of social commerce and want to create original content for your TikTok. Before you dive in, take a minute to think about how you want to store, organise and use the videos you’re about to create. Why? Because if you’re an ecommerce marketer, you’ll already be dealing with loads of assets every day - like product shots, email graphics, video ads and Shopify banners. How do you want to store it all and make it accessible to the rest of your team? Google Drive, you say? There’s a better way. Using a flexible, affordable digital asset management (DAM) tool like Dash is the way to go. You can tag your video content by how well it performed, share easily with your team - and move all your other visual contents into Dash while you’re at it. Try it yourself for free and see what you think. For extra reading, check out how DAMs can level-up your social media marketing and how to use Dash as your marketing asset management tool. Plus, download our free marketing apps database to help grow your brand. 🚀‍{{marketing-db="/blog-components"}} Barney is the Marketing Lead for Dash. He writes about small business marketing strategies and how DTC brands can boost sales. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/tiktok-shop-best-practices Title: TikTok Shop: How to get started + best practicesTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Are you looking to expand your DTC store into TikTok Shop? Expert, Ashley Wright, walks through the steps to get started and offers his best practice tips. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/tiktok-shop-best-practices ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: TikTok Shop: How to get started + best practices H2: What is TikTok Shop? H2: Why should brands consider TikTok Shop? H2: What are the downsides of TikTok Shop? H2: What do you need to get started with TikTok Shop? H2: How to get started on TikTok Shop H2: The no. 1 key to succeeding on TikTok Shop H2: 3 examples of brands with excellent TikTok Shop strategies H3: 1. Goli H3: 2. Made by Mitchell H3: 3. Willow Boutique H2: How to sell more products on TikTok Shop H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: TikTok Shop: How to get started + best practices H2: What is TikTok Shop? H2: Why should brands consider TikTok Shop? H2: What are the downsides of TikTok Shop? H2: What do you need to get started with TikTok Shop? H2: How to get started on TikTok Shop H2: The no. 1 key to succeeding on TikTok Shop H2: 3 examples of brands with excellent TikTok Shop strategies H3: 1. Goli H3: 2. Made by Mitchell H3: 3. Willow Boutique H2: How to sell more products on TikTok Shop H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Edited by Ashley R Cummings. Have you been thinking about expanding your social commerce strategy? If so, TikTok Shop is a great place to start. It brings product discovery, entertainment, and shopping together, giving DTC brands a unique way to connect with customers and drive sales. I’m Ashley Wright, founder of Social Tale. I help DTC brands grow on TikTok Shop. From building affiliate partnerships to creating LIVE shopping strategies, our aim is to boost revenue, increase brand visibility, and build sustainable growth for our clients. In this article, I’ll break down what TikTok Shop is and how to decide if it’s the right fit for your brand. I’ll also share examples of other successful brands. When TikTok launched in the UK in 2018, it was a hub for creator-led content. Think dancing trends, challenges, and viral lip-sync videos. Some DTC brands were already promoting products through unboxing videos, how-tos, and fun reviews—but you couldn’t purchase products directly within the app. That changed in 2021 with the quiet launch of TikTok Shop in the UK, which expanded to the US in 2023. This new feature allowed brands to sell products directly in the app. It transformed TikTok from a purely entertainment platform into a full-fledged shopping destination. If you’re considering social selling, you may wonder if TikTok is the best place to start. A 2024 study found TikTok Shop dominated social shopping, capturing 68.1% of total gross merchandise value (GMV). To put that in perspective, Whatnot got 31%—and Instagram Checkout, Facebook Shop, and Flip App barely hit 0.9% combined. Besides TikTok Shop outperforming other social selling platforms in terms of GMV, here are some other reasons to consider starting on TikTok Shop: 1. Simplify the path to purchasing for your customers Today, consumers visit TikTok to find new products, get inspiration from influencers, and watch authentic reviews before purchasing. TikTok Shop makes it easier for your customers to go from discovering your products to buying them. By combining your short-form video content and shopping on one platform, you provide a shorter purchasing journey. This lets you offer an effortless experience for your customers and helps you turn their interest into sales faster. 2. Improve brand awareness with viral content One of the best things about TikTok is how quickly content can go viral. A single video can put your product in front of thousands, even millions, of potential customers in no time. And with TikTok Shop, that momentum doesn’t stop at discovery. Here’s what makes it so powerful: customers can see your brand (maybe even for the first time), check out the products mentioned in the viral video, and buy them right then and there. This combination of viral reach and easy purchasing means you can turn that TikTok buzz into sales. Check out Dash’s article on building a full brand awareness strategy. 3. Build organic relationships with popular or niche creators in your industry Part of TikTok’s brilliance is that it’s built around creators—which is great news for DTC brands. Partnering with TikTok creators lets you tap into affiliate and influencer marketing in a natural and relatable way. With organic partnerships, you experience the benefit of real people sharing authentic product recommendations with an audience that already trusts the creators you’re partnering with. Plus, TikTok Shop’s affiliate tools make it easy to connect with these creators and scale your outreach without much extra effort. You can reach new audiences, drive sales, and let creators do what they do best—tell engaging stories that get people clicking ‘add to cart’. 4. Get data-driven insights to optimise and improve your campaigns TikTok Shop doesn’t just help you sell—it also gives you tools to sell smarter. With valuable insights into audience engagement, product performance, and sales trends, you can see exactly what’s working and what isn’t. Think of it like having a behind-the-scenes look at your audience’s behaviour. You see which products get the most clicks, what kind of content drives purchases, and when your audience is most active. This real-time feedback makes it easy to tweak your strategies, test new ideas, and double down on what resonates most. 5. Connect with customers through LIVE Shopping experiences and real-time engagement TikTok Shop’s LIVE shopping feature helps you turn product browsing into an interactive experience. Think of it as kind of like a social version of QVC: you can showcase your products in action, answer questions in real time, and offer flash deals or limited-time discounts that keep viewers hooked. The energy of a live event feels more personal, making it easier for people to engage, ask questions, and make confident buying decisions. For brands, it’s a unique way to drive sales while keeping your audience involved. Like any platform, there are challenges. It’s tempting to chase quick results, but TikTok Shop works best when you strike a balance between driving sales and building your brand. If you focus solely on short-term ROI, you risk missing out on the bigger picture: creating a loyal customer base and building long-term trust with your audience. Viral videos and flash deals can bring in sales, but consistent brand storytelling and community-building keep customers coming back. Brands that invest in both quick wins and the long game will see the best results, using immediate sales as a springboard to foster deeper connections and sustainable growth. I’ve covered the benefits and a challenge of TikTok, now let’s look at what you need to get started. Whether you’re an established or new brand looking to expand into social commerce, how do you know when it’s time to take the leap?Here are some pointers on when and how to get started: An existing revenue stream and a solid customer base While TikTok Shop can work for early-stage brands, it’s most effective when you already have an established revenue stream—ideally generating at least ÂŁ20,000 monthly from other channels like your ecommerce site, Amazon, or retail. This shows real demand for your products and that you understand your customer profile, which is essential for optimising your TikTok Shop strategies. Plus, having revenue momentum gives you the breathing room to invest in quality content and marketing to help you stand out on the platform. TikTok rewards brands that show up consistently, so having a foundation to build on can make all the difference in driving success. A dedicated team member to TikTok Shop If you’re a smaller brand, you don’t need a full team to get started, but having one dedicated person—whether it’s a team member or a contractor—can make a big impact. TikTok Shop isn’t a ‘set it and forget it’ platform. It needs daily attention. From managing product listings and creator partnerships to tracking sales, running promotions, and handling customer questions, there’s a lot to stay on top of. Having someone focused on these tasks means you can optimise every area, stay flexible with trends, and quickly adapt to new opportunities. A content plan and ad budget Success on TikTok Shop starts with great content. To stand out, you’ll need a budget for creating high-quality, TikTok-style videos—both organic and paid. This isn’t the place for overly polished ads. Content that feels fun, authentic, and engaging works best. Investing in ecommerce ads, flash sales, and creator partnerships is key to boosting visibility and driving engagement. To really see traction, I recommend setting aside at least ÂŁ5,000 to ÂŁ10,000 per month, particularly for ads and collaborations. It might sound like a lot, but this investment helps you build momentum, reach new audiences, and turn views into sales. TikTok moves fast, and TikTok Shop is no exception. To win, you’ve got to be open to trying new things—whether it’s LIVE sessions, creator partnerships, or video ads—and see what sticks. The brands that succeed on TikTok Shop stay flexible. So, pay attention to what’s working, identify and learn from what’s not, and be ready to pivot quickly. If you’re ready to get started on TikTok Shop, here are the steps you’ll need to follow: Once you’re set up, stay consistent and watch your audience grow. There are many different strategies you can implement to succeed on TikTok Shop, but I think the most important is to prioritise short, snappy content. Attention spans aren’t long these days, and you have to cater to that. So, keep your videos concise and action-packed. Aim for 15–30 seconds with a good hook (a quick and engaging intro). If your product benefits require a longer explanation, that’s okay. Just make sure to break it into parts or start with the most visually appealing aspect—then lead into details. Toby from Nusa Studios gave his tips on how to create scroll-stopping video content. There’s an advantage to just venturing  onto TikTok Shop: you can look to other successful brands and see what strategies are working for them. Then you can try them yourself. Here are 3 brands that are doing a great job with their TikTok Shop strategy: Goli has set the bar high in the US since launching on TikTok Shop in August. Their bold approach to affiliate incentivisation (offering eye-catching rewards like cars and vacations) has created a highly motivated network of sellers eager to promote the brand. This strategy has paid off, propelling Goli to the top spot on TikTok Shop in the US. Combining irresistible incentives with a well-built affiliate network, Goli has become the gold standard for brands looking to drive success on TikTok Shop. Made by Mitchell has claimed the top spot on TikTok Shop in the UK, generating an impressive monthly revenue of nearly ÂŁ2 million. What makes the brand stand out is its complete embrace of TikTok’s ecosystem. From tapping into organic reach to hosting frequent, engaging live shopping events, Made by Mitchell uses every tool TikTok Shop has to offer. Their bold, innovative strategies have driven remarkable sales and cemented the brand’s position as a leader on the platform. Another standout example is Willow Boutique, which has seen incredible results by committing to a consistent live selling strategy and boosting visibility with live shopping ads. The brand gained over 100,000 new followers in just 60 days and generated over $250,000 in gross merchandise value during that time. Willow Boutique’s success highlights the power of combining live engagement with strategic promotions to drive growth on TikTok Shop. If you’re ready to start selling your products on TikTok Shop, the team at Social Tale is here for you. We will optimise your TikTok Shop presence to help you capture more sales.I also invite you to join our free community, where our team and other DTC brand owners interact, collaborate, and share insights.If you need a tool to help you manage all your TikTok visual content, check out Dash. This digital asset management tool for DTC brands helps you store your product images and videos in one convenient location. You can also use Dash to track how well assets are performing by using a ‘ratings’ field, and you can quickly resize your content to suit TikTok’s requirements (no more constant upload and downloading). Ashley Wright is the Founder of the TikTok growth agency, Social Tale. He works with DTC brands to master the TikTok algorithm, create engaging and authentic content and to build a loyal community. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/top-marketing-apps-small-business Title: 12 best marketing apps for small businesses in 2025Twitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: The 12 essential small business marketing apps to use when advertising your brand in 2025. Level-up your campaigns in no time! Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/top-marketing-apps-small-business ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: 12 best marketing apps for small businesses in 2025 H3: How to build a martech stack for your small business H2: Top 12 digital marketing apps to advertise your small business H3: How much will all these marketing tools cost in total? H3: The marketing app your small business needs right now H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: 12 best marketing apps for small businesses in 2025 H3: How to build a martech stack for your small business H2: Top 12 digital marketing apps to advertise your small business H4: 1. Dash - search and share your marketing assets H4: 2. Canva - create marketing graphics H4: 3. Webflow - run your marketing website H4: 4. Google Analytics - analyse website performance H4: 5. Hotjar - optimise your website landing pages H4: 6. VWO - run website tests to boost conversion rates H4: 7. Buffer - manage your social media marketing H4: 8. SparkToro - Discover where your audience hangs out online H4: 9. Google Ads - advertise your small business H4: 10. Ahrefs - set your SEO and content strategy H4: 11. Surfer - optimise your blog articles for target keywords H4: 12. Mailchimp - level-up your email marketing campaigns H3: How much will all these marketing tools cost in total? H3: The marketing app your small business needs right now H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content If you’re marketing a small business or a growing brand (like myself), you’re in for a challenge. How do you cut through the noise? How do you compete against competitors with deeper pockets than you? The good news, there's plenty of useful tools to help with your small business marketing plan. These can support all aspects of your strategy, from apps for advertising your business, to acing your social media and unearthing insight into potential customers. Whether you're a marketer or a small business owner, you can smash your marketing strategy with the right digital marketing apps. We’ll cover how to build your martech stack first - but for those who can’t wait, here's my list of 12 essential, affordable digital marketing apps for small businesses in 2025: 1. Dash - organise and use your brand's marketing content 2. Canva - create marketing assets on the fly without a designer 3. Webflow - simple, stylish templates for building your website 4. Google Analytics - get data on your website's performance 5. Hotjar - make sure your website is converting users 6. VWO - measure your conversion rate optimisation (CRO) website strategy 7. Buffer - manage and schedule your social media ahead of time 8. SparkToro - get to know your target audience better 9. Google Ads - target your customers through paid advertising 10. Ahrefs - identify SEO content opportunities 11. Surfer - optimise your blog articles for target keywords 12. Mailchimp - send marketing email campaigns {{marketing-db="/blog-components"}} Before you jump into buying loads of digital marketing apps, consider your channels first. Pick apps which best match your overall strategy. These are the four broad categories of business marketing apps: Here’s how my recommended apps fit into these four key digital marketing categories. I’d recommend making sure you’ve got at least one app covering each of these sections. Use our digital marketing apps database to start whittling down your favourite applications. Ready to boost your small business marketing efforts and crush your strategy? Here's a rundown of the marketing tools I'd recommend. We use most of these in our small (but mighty) marketing team, so I can vouch for them! 😇 We’ll start here because visuals are the lifeblood of any online marketing tactic. Being able to create visuals easily, then organise and share them efficiently will make or break the success of your small business marketing strategy. Most marketing requires visuals, and lots of it. Marketers need to manage an online brand, several social channels, a website, email campaigns and more. And it’s often marketing’s job to share content with the rest of the business or external partners like resellers or ad agencies. It's a challenge keeping on top of all those images, graphics, product shots and videos without feeling overwhelmed. And that’s only going to get more painful if you’re planning on increasing your marketing output. Here’s one thing you can do right now: be like our customers and stop using Google Drive or Dropbox to manage your visuals. These are document and file collaboration tools which aren’t designed for finding, sharing or organising your images and videos. That’s why you should use Dash, instead. It’s the best digital asset management (DAM) for small businesses. Think of it like a home for your creative assets, where you can: Take it from Nathan at furniture brand RJ Living. They made the switch from Google Drive to Dash: ‍“We realised our Google Drive wasn’t sustainable any more, it wasn’t letting us grow 
 Dash has saved us countless hours. We can grow with Dash and I can’t see us outgrowing it for a long time, if ever.” ‍They now have all their product photography and marketing assets in one place where they’re easy to find. Here's what RJ Living's Dash looks like. 👇 Google Drive could never. Pricing: Dash is one of the most affordable DAM tools out there. Plans start at ÂŁ99 / $139 a month which gets you access to every feature and unlimited users. {{free-trial="/blog-components"}} There’s times you’ll definitely want to use a talented graphic designer, like if you’re considering a rebrand or you’re working on a bigger project (such as a catalogue launch). But for standard content marketing like social media graphics and website banners, it’s not the best use of your graphic designer’s time. As marketers, being able to create these ourselves saves time so we can launch campaigns quicker. Canva is great for that. With an extensive library of stock elements and templates, it lets you easily create and collaborate on graphics. If you're not a designer, and struggle finding your way around Photoshop layers (just me?), this is the tool for you. And now that Dash integrates with Canva, you can drop assets from Dash straight into your designs. We use Canva in the Dash marketing team when creating content. If you’re feeling inspired, here’s tips on how to improve your Canva designs. Pricing: Canva offers a pretty good free version to get up and going with, although you'll find most design elements locked away. The paid version we have in the team is ÂŁ100 a year per user seats. A content management system (CMS) is an essential digital marketing tool. It's a way for you to build a website, edit pages, and run your blog through a single platform. We were using HubSpot’s CMS for the Dash marketing website. But the more the site grew, the harder it became to update quickly and the more we felt we were compromising on the quality of our brand identity. So last year we moved to a new CMS provider - Webflow. Webflow lets us reflect the Dash brand properly on the website. It works out as more affordable for small businesses too (although I’d suggest using a Webflow agency or freelancer for your initial build). Like HubSpot, Webflow also has its own form builders for capturing those valuable leads. Pricing: Webflow lets you get started for free, but you'll most likely want their CMS plan starting at ÂŁ12 / $14 a month. This will come as no surprise - but Google Analytics is an essential tool for any digital marketer. It should be one of the first places you go to when your boss messages you with the dreaded “what did that campaign actually result in?” question. But it’s a double-edged sword. The amount of information it contains can be overwhelming. It's got data on website sessions, audience demographics, content performance and page engagement data. And that's just scratching the surface. It's easy to fall down the data rabbit hole, and I've done just that in the past. But you can't report on everything - and not everything will be useful. Here's a tip if you're finding yourself overwhelmed. Take a step back and plan what would be the most useful to find out. Tackling Google Analytics 4 (GA4) should be a top priority, and it certainly is for our own marketing team. Whilst it’s proving a stepper learning curve than the older Universal Analytics, once fully implemented we should be able to have proper attribution and revenue reporting by channel. You can also install tracking pixels from Facebook, Pinterest and other platforms for better data quality. Pricing: The standard version that most growing brands use (including ourselves) is free. They offer a more advanced version, called Google Analytics 360, but it's decidedly not free - it'll set you back about ÂŁ110k/$150k a year! If people are landing on your website but not doing anything, like purchasing a product or requesting a demo, conversion rate optimisation (CRO) should be a priority. So once you’ve set up your website on a CMS, use Hotjar to understand exactly how your visitors are interacting with your site. Hotjar’s heatmaps plot how visitors pilot their cursor around your page and it can show some really interesting behaviours. It can highlight some quick-win areas you can use to improve your campaign landing page conversion rates. Here’s a heatmap of what our Dash free trial page used to look like, highlighting key engagement areas. You can see most of the clicks aren’t on our main ‘get started’ call-to-action (CTA) button, but on our Dash logo instead which takes visitors back to the homepage. This could suggest visitors haven’t found the information they need on the page, or that our main CTA isn’t appealing enough. Pricing: They've got a free version for when you're just getting started. Paid plans start at ÂŁ26 / $32 a month. The Hotjar subscription we have costs us ÂŁ970 a year for 3 user seats with data captured on 500 sessions. We're considering upgrading this soon as we revamp our CRO strategy. Nothing stays the same. And that certainly should be the case for your marketing site: there’s always improvements you can make when driving conversions on your site. Hotjar is great for first giving you a picture of what parts of your site might be blocking conversions. Then you can put your hypothesis into action with a tool like VWO. Whether you’re going for the traditional A/B testing model, or want to try multivariate testing, this app lets you create website experiments so you can see what performs the best. We're investing in CRO in our own marketing team, and have opted for VWO. We'll let you know how we get on with it! Pricing: They have a free plan, but their best features start at ÂŁ340 / $430 a month. If you want to sell your products and build your brand, social media is essential. But managing your brand's social media accounts takes time, effort and creativity. That's why many marketers use social network management apps, like Buffer. Buffer allows you to schedule social updates for platforms like Facebook, Instagram, and LinkedIn. Using Buffer, you can manage your social media presence and run all your social media platforms through a single application. You're able to collaborate on social media posts with your team and then analyse their effectiveness once they've been sent. One of their most useful features helps you schedule posts for your social platforms ahead of time. It's what Amy on our team uses to schedule Dash's LinkedIn social media posts in advance. This means you can set up months of social posts ready to go out on your brand's channels - rather than realising you haven't posted in a while and doing a mad scramble for content (trust us, we've been there). Pricing: They've got a free version, but the functionality is a bit more limited. Paid plans start at ÂŁ4 / $5 a month for each social media network you sync up. P.S. If you're a social media manager, a scheduling app shouldn't be the only essential tool on your wishlist. Check out why you need a social media asset management system, too. Good audience research is the foundation of any successful marketing campaign. And part of that is understanding where your target audience spend their time on the web and who they’re influenced by. You could use a tool like SparkToro to build out the picture for you. Type in what your audience frequently talks about, and it’ll pull a load of demographic and website behaviour information. Here’s an example. We’re working for a small houseplant brand and we know our customers frequently talk about ‘houseplants’ online. Plugging that into SparkToro tells us a load of interesting information, like: (Apparently people who talk about houseplants also talk about Bill Nye and the Jonas Brothers? Who knew! 😅) You can use this information to tailor your advertising segmentation, create content marketing that speaks to your target audience's interests, and draw up a list of influencers or media outlets to partner with. Pricing: They have a free plan which nets you 50 searches monthly. Their paid plans start at $38 / ÂŁ31 a month. From Facebook to TikTok to Pinterest, there’s no shortage of advertising platforms begging for your dollar. Each could provide an important part of your small business paid media campaign strategy, depending on where your audience hangs out. But a great place to start is Google Ads. Setting up an account gives you access to the Google Search Network, as well as opportunities on YouTube and Google Shopping, and the chance to show ad graphics on third-party websites through Google’s Display Network. For Dash, Google Ads are one of our main demand generation channels. We use Google Search ads to knock down competitors bidding on our brand name and create audiences based on ad engagement. We also run YouTube ads for product awareness, and make use of Google Display in our remarketing campaigns so we can target previous visitors to our site. Pricing: Google Ads is an advertising platform, so you decide how much you want to spend. Content is king but SEO is
 important? I tried. SEO (or rather ‘search engine optimisation') can be a bit of a dark art, but it's basically to do with how far up your web pages rank in search engine results. Using a variety of different factors, search engines try to match content they think best serves a user's search. On average the first result in a search hoovers up about a third of all clicks for that search phrase. So the further you are up the rankings, the better you'll perform. Creating an SEO content strategy can help boost you up the search results for terms relevant to your brand. We created one for Dash ourselves since launching on a new website a few years. To help us out with it, we've been using Ahrefs. It's super useful for unearthing opportunities to rank for relevant search terms which are less competitive and easier to appear for. How does it work? Let’s use the same houseplant brand example. Ranking for obviously relevant keywords like ‘houseplants' will be difficult right out of the gate as you'll be facing stiff competition from established brands. According to Ahrefs' keywords explorer, the term has a keyword difficulty of 62 (1 being the easiest, 100 being the most difficult). It estimates you'll need backlinks from 141 referring other sites to stand a chance of ranking in the top 10 results. Don’t despair. Delving further into Keywords Explorer can unearth less-competitive terms to target your content to instead - like ‘houseplants for beginners', which has an average monthly search volume of 350 and a keyword difficulty of 22! Score. This approach can work for almost any industry or company you're in. There's a tonne of other things Ahrefs can help you with (I'm a fan, okay?) but you get the gist. ‍Pricing: Starts at ÂŁ99 / $123 a month. Once you've used Ahrefs to get your content strategy going, you'll need to make sure you maintain it. As articles age and become outdated, they'll start to drop down the search engine results page (SERP), and that's going to result in less site visitors for you. In short: it's essential that your content marketing strategy includes optimisation. That’s where Surfer comes in. It’s an AI-powered tool that helps you optimise content based on real-time data from top-ranking pages. It analyses keywords, structure, and readability, then provides clear recommendations. No more second-guessing if your blog has the right keyword density or if your headings are working hard enough—SurferSEO breaks it all down for you. Amy, our very own content guru, uses SurferSEO to fine-tune our content strategy, so it has our stamp of approval. Pricing: Starts from $79 / ÂŁ64 a month. Email marketing is one of the older and more established forms of digital marketing, and it's not going away any time soon. Email campaigns are still one of the most effective ways of interacting with your customers. 72% of people say email is their preferred way of brands communicating with them! If you want to focus in on your email marketing campaigns, take a look at Mailchimp by Intuit. Not only does it have the cutest logo in this list (sorry but a monkey in a hat? I'm sold), it also makes it easy to send stylish and effective email campaigns. Got your email content ready to go? Use Mailchimp's Content Optimizer to whip it into shape. It'll suggest improvements to your copy and imagery based on what it knows about email best practices. Email automations are another way to improve your email game and you can do those through Mailchimp. Rather than email campaigns, which usually go out to everyone in a defined audience in one go, automations are ‘always-on' emails which send based on individual behaviour. There's a tonne of clever ways to set these up, but ‘abandoned shopping cart' emails are a pretty common and effective one. P.S. While we're talking about emails - as an extra bonus (you're welcome), I'd recommend Really Good Emails. It's a free library of cool email examples you can take inspiration from. Pricing: Mailchimp has a free tier to get you started. Its paid plans with more advanced features start at ÂŁ16 / $20 a month. Budgets are tight for small businesses and every penny spent should count. But by picking tools specifically priced for growing brands, you’re not going to spend a fortune. If you decide to go with the tools I’ve recommended above, you can bag them all for around ÂŁ680 or $850 a month. You’ll be able to get that price down if you opt for free versions where available, too. If you’re interested in Dash but want to get it past your manager, check out our article on justifying the return on investment (ROI) of your DAM. So now you've read through my recommendations, consider the marketing you’re doing right now. Almost all of your marketing projects will involve visual creatives - and lots of them. So let me close this article with a rallying call: you don’t need to put up with the likes of Google Drive, Dropbox or SharePoint to keep all those assets in. There’s a better way and that’s Dash. Join the growing businesses crushing their goals and setting themselves up for success - like Passenger Clothing and Beavertown Brewery - and take a 14-day Dash free trial. You deserve it! 😇 Barney is the Marketing Lead for Dash. He writes about small business marketing strategies and how DTC brands can boost sales. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/trade-marketing-strategy Title: Trade marketing strategy 101 for ecommerce marketersTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Are you ready to sell your products with retail partners? Check out these trade marketing strategies to help you make the most of your new partnerships. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/trade-marketing-strategy ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Trade marketing strategy 101 for ecommerce marketers H2: What is trade marketing? H2: Trade marketing vs DTC marketing: what’s the difference? H2: When should you start building a trade marketing strategy? H2: Why market research matters for trade marketing H2: 7 trade marketing strategies to help you boost sales H3: 1. Attending trade shows H3: 2. Creating samples for retailers H3: 3. Creating POP or POS assets for your retailers H3: 4. Use cross-promotional campaigns H3: 5. Offer store-exclusive SKUs H3: 6. Invest in your relationships with retail partners H3: 7. Offer a product training workshop for retail staff H2: How to maintain  strong retail partnerships H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Trade marketing strategy 101 for ecommerce marketers H2: What is trade marketing? H2: Trade marketing vs DTC marketing: what’s the difference? H2: When should you start building a trade marketing strategy? H2: Why market research matters for trade marketing H2: 7 trade marketing strategies to help you boost sales H3: 1. Attending trade shows H3: 2. Creating samples for retailers H3: 3. Creating POP or POS assets for your retailers H3: 4. Use cross-promotional campaigns H3: 5. Offer store-exclusive SKUs H3: 6. Invest in your relationships with retail partners H3: 7. Offer a product training workshop for retail staff H2: How to maintain  strong retail partnerships H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Your ecommerce brand is growing steadily. Sales are ticking up, your audience is expanding, and you're building strong brand recognition. At some point, a new challenge starts to crop up: figuring out how to scale beyond your online store. Maybe you're considering wholesaling, or perhaps you’ve already landed a few retail accounts and want to expand. Either way, it’s a big step—and not always a straightforward one. You don’t just need to get your products on shelves; you need to show retailers why your brand is worth backing, and then work to keep those partnerships thriving. That’s where trade marketing comes in. Trade marketing is all about building relationships with retailers, wholesalers, and distributors to help grow your market share beyond your own online store. It’s a crucial part of scaling your ecommerce brand from direct-to-consumer success to omnichannel visibility. In this guide, you’ll learn: By the end, you’ll have a clear roadmap for attracting retail partners, boosting product visibility, and building lasting relationships that help you grow beyond your ecommerce storefront. Trade marketing is a type of B2B marketing strategy focused on increasing demand among wholesalers, distributors, and retailers. Unlike consumer marketing—which targets the end shopper—trade marketing is all about convincing businesses to stock, promote, and sell your products in-store or online. The goal of trade marketing efforts is to increase market share by: The major difference between trade marketing activities and DTC marketing is the audience. Trade marketing targets B2B audiences, like retail trade managers and store owners. DTC ecommerce marketing targets your end-consumer directly. As a result, the approaches to both types of marketing are very different. DTC customers want to know if your products help them get their jobs done (like decorate their home, hydrate them, keep kids occupied, etc.) Your trade marketing audience will want to know they can market your products to their own audiences and make a healthy profit from them. For some store owners we spoke to, their brand has to meet the following criteria to start investing in trade marketing: For example, Tiago Pita, Brand and Ecommerce Director at Whole Food Earth, underlines the importance of  demand consistency and the need for a strong brand identity: "For us, we started to think about trade marketing strategies once we saw consistent demand for our products online and knew we could replicate that success in retail. It’s important to have a solid base and brand identity first, retailers want to know that your product will sell." While Sam Speller, CEO and Founder of Kenko Tea, realized they were hitting a growth ceiling in their online matcha niche: "The moment we started thinking about trading marketing was when we hit a plateau in our online expansion. We had a good reputation on the online matcha scene, but we also felt like there was a whole new audience we could potentially tap into with stores. Trade marketing allowed us to present Kenko Tea to stores as a good product on their shelves while promoting the quality and growing consumer demand for our matcha products." If you’ve built a steady flow of sales and have a clear understanding of your bestsellers, it might be time to explore trade marketing. That doesn’t mean you need massive volume—but having reliable demand and signs of product-market fit can make a strong case to retailers. {{retailer-pack="/blog-components"}} Before you start pitching your products to retailers, it’s essential to conduct market research to get a solid understanding of the market you’re stepping into. It’s not just about knowing your product sells well online. Trade marketing success depends on knowing which retail partners to target, where customer demand exists, and how your competitors are positioning themselves in-store. Skip this step, and you could end up spending time and energy chasing retailer partnerships that just aren’t the right fit for your brand. Here are 3 areas to focus your trade marketing research on: Not every store is the right store for your products. Start by creating a target list of retailers that: We cover this in more detail in our article that guides you on how to get your products into stores. Consumer demand and location Where are people looking for your product category right now? Analyse the competition It’s always smart to see what other brands in your space are doing: By combining all this research, you’ll know exactly where and how to focus your trade marketing efforts. This gives you a better shot at landing high-quality retail partnerships that really move the needle for your brand. Now let's get into detail with some successful trade marketing strategies to help you sell more products to retailers. These tips come straight from people working inside successful DTC brands. We spoke directly to marketers and founders who’ve navigated the move into retail—and they shared what’s actually worked for them when it comes to trade marketing. Making personal connections can help retailer store owners and managers learn more about you, your brand, and your products. A great way to do that is through attending relevant trade shows to network. For example, Gaynor Humphrey, Director of Best Years (a children's toy brand), found a ton of value in networking: “Attending trade shows helped me better understand the retail market in the US, especially since our brand originates in the UK. It wasn’t just about meeting retailers — I also built new relationships with customers and even competitors in the industry.” But don’t just turn up to any event. Make sure you pick trade shows that specialise in your product niche or focus on your target market. That way, you’ll have a better chance of building relationships with the right potential trade partners and key partners. Where to find the right trade shows: Attending the right events helps you not only meet potential trade partners but also get valuable insights into market trends and consumer preferences. Offering potential retail partners product samples helps them better understand your product by being able to touch or taste them in real life. This is also an essential approach if your product is in the food and beverage category. You can try finding a direct contact for the people dealing with merchandise (buying managers or trade managers, for example) and send them product samples directly. Bonus: you can tick off two checkboxes if you have product samples to take to a trade show booth, just like Tyler Watson of Dan-O's Seasoning did at Expo West in California: Both you and your retail partners want to increase sales and make sure your products stand out in-store. One way to support them is by providing high-quality point of purchase (POP) and point of sale (POS) display assets. What’s the difference? POP and POS materials refer to branded displays or signage placed in-store to catch a shopper’s attention. For example, a drinks brand might have a branded fridge (POP) as well as small counter display cards (POS). Both help improve product visibility and boost sales. To create these assets, pull together a folder (or use a digital asset management tool like Dash) with essentials such as: With these materials ready, you can easily share them with retailers and display manufacturers. Take this example from Yerbae: Their POS display rendering shows exactly how their products would look on a shelf, complete with branded visuals and product photography. Giving retailers access to ready-to-go marketing materials makes it far more likely they’ll feature and actively promote your products in-store. If you're trying to improve your existing retail partnerships with better trade marketing, you can try collaborating on campaigns  with trade partners. Cross-promotion is a strategy that all the brands we spoke to recommended, for good reason. It’s a popular trade promotions strategy to help both your brand and retail outlets. Try getting creative with your retail partners to build engaging collabs. For example, Kunal Madan, Founder of Amarra (a fashion brand specialising in event wear), uses special promotions to increase sales volumes across a number of his brands: "I have often collaborated with retail partners to bundle products or offer an in-store exclusive product—this helps incentivize customers to visit the physical retail stores." Here are a few more cross-promotion ideas to inspire your next successful trade marketing strategy: Cross-promotion helps boost both product visibility and brand equity. Get creative with your marketing strategies and collaborate with your channel partners to design promotions that serve your shared broader business goals. Taking collaboration a step further, Adam Tishman, Co-Founder of Helix Sleep, offers their retailers exclusive SKUs: "Offering retail-exclusive SKUs has really helped us build strong relationships with retailers. We created unique product variations and limited editions available only at certain physical stores. This strategy encourages retailers to promote our products more and gets customers excited about visiting those stores. It's been a great way to create buzz and foster collaboration with our retail partners." This approach works even better when you’ve nailed your customer segments. For example, you could launch a limited-edition product aimed at customers in a specific area—like city-specific drops for local fans. For brands like Mountain Equipment, retail partnerships aren’t just a side project — they’re the heart of the business. The majority of Mountain Equipment’s revenue comes from its global network of over 900 retail partners. That’s why maintaining strong, efficient relationships with those partners isn’t optional, it’s essential. To stay ahead of the competition, Mountain Equipment uses Dash portals to give each retailer easy, self-serve access to up-to-date marketing assets, point of sale materials, and product photography. Rather than relying on endless email threads or outdated shared folders, retailers can log into their personalised portal and grab exactly what they need — no waiting, no chasing. This smooth, organised approach not only saves time but helps Mountain Equipment’s partners sell more products, faster, while ensuring the brand always looks consistent in-store. When retailers make up such a large part of your business, tools like Dash don’t just make things easier, they give you a real competitive advantage by helping your brand stand out as reliable, organised and ready to support your partners at scale. The better the retail staff know your products, the more they can talk about them with customers. That’s what Tiago from Whole Food Earth, recommends. He said: "We offer training for store staff so they understand the unique benefits of our products, which helps them sell better in-store. The key is building a partnership that benefits both your brand and the retailer’s goals." Product training workshops can involve educating staff about how your products function or taste. But to take this strategy a step further, you can also train them on your brand story, and help them better explain the ’why’ behind your product. Strong trade marketing efforts aren’t just about landing new retail deals — they’re about keeping those relationships healthy and profitable over the long term. If stock runs low, supply chain issues pop up, or products don’t sell as expected, your retail partners will look to you for solutions. Adam from Helix highlights how proactive problem-solving helps build trust: “Building strong relationships really depends on how we handle issues proactively. When we quickly address product defects, delivery delays, or supply chain disruptions, it helps build trust. By being responsive, we can create lasting strategic partnerships that benefit everyone involved.” Kunal from Amarra adds that clear, regular communication is just as important: “Transparency and regular communication are key. Providing our retail partners with clear product information, marketing materials, and honouring agreements ensures a solid and profitable business-to-business relationship.” 5 ways to strengthen retailer relationships With Dash portals, brands like Haws, Mountain Equipment, and BrewDog share everything from point of sale materials to region-specific compliance details, all in one place: Instead of endless email requests or messy shared folders, Dash helps keep your trade marketing activities smooth, consistent, and stress-free for both you and your partners. If you’d like to see how Dash can help your brand manage retail partnerships, sign up for a 14-day free trial, no strings attached. Alexander Boswell is a freelance content writer for B2B martech and ecommerce software brands as well as a consumer behaviour academic. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/trim-videos Title: New feature: Trim and resize videos in DashTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Use Dash's video editing tool to trim video content up for social media. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/trim-videos ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: New feature: Trim and resize videos in Dash H3: How to trim and resize your videos in Dash H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: New feature: Trim and resize videos in Dash H3: How to trim and resize your videos in Dash H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content You’ve got lots of great video content. Whether its killer product demos or user-generated content from your customers - it all makes great fodder for your brand’s marketing channels. But what if some of your videos are just a bit too long? Or what if you want to make the most of your videos by taking out short snippets and creating lots of different reels? Well, you can do all this in Dash. ✹ Here’s a look at Dash’s video editing functionality to help you make the most of your content. (Hop past this video for a written guide.) To trim a video in Dash, find the content you want to edit and head to the ‘download’ button. From here, select ‘trim/resize’. Your video will pop as a preview. You can adjust the start and end time of your video by using the slider or typing in the exact times you need. You’ll get to preview your new video segment before you download, so you can get the exact video length you want. What’s more, you can adjust the size and quality of your video using the dropdowns in your preview window. Select from Dash’s preset sizes or add your own custom sizes — ideal if you use a CMS or email template that has specific video size requirements. Dash doesn’t just help you manage your video content. You’ll be able to search, find, share and deploy all of your brand’s visual marketing content. If you’d like to give Dash a spin, you can take out a 14-day free trial, no strings attached. Amy Burchill is the SEO and Content Manager for Dash. She works with ecommerce experts to create articles for DTC brands wanting to improve their campaigns. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/ugc-ads Title: How to nail UGC ads for your DTC campaignsTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Learn how to make your ads stand out with user-generated content (ugc). discover the benefits of ugc ads, how to incorporate them into your marketing strategy, and boost trust, credibility, and sales. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/ugc-ads ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: How to nail UGC ads for your DTC campaigns H2: What is UGC? H2: Why use UGC in your ads? H2: What’s the difference between influencer ads and UGC ads? H2: What ROI can you expect from UGC? H2: 5 best practices for using UGC ads in your advertising campaigns H3: 1. Use Spark Ads on TikTok to create authentic creator-led ads H3: 2. Feature popular creators in your Instagram Reels H3: 3. Post user video testimonials on YouTube H3: 4. How to use UGC on Pinterest to boost reach H3: 5. Use customer content on your advertising landing pages H2: How to use Dash to manage your UGC H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: How to nail UGC ads for your DTC campaigns H2: What is UGC? H2: Why use UGC in your ads? H2: What’s the difference between influencer ads and UGC ads? H2: What ROI can you expect from UGC? H2: 5 best practices for using UGC ads in your advertising campaigns H3: 1. Use Spark Ads on TikTok to create authentic creator-led ads H3: 2. Feature popular creators in your Instagram Reels H3: 3. Post user video testimonials on YouTube H3: 4. How to use UGC on Pinterest to boost reach H3: 5. Use customer content on your advertising landing pages H2: How to use Dash to manage your UGC H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content As a consumer, you’re likely to see  50 to 400 ads a day. So many in fact, that you may not consciously notice them.So—in an ad-saturated world, how do you get consumers to pay attention to your paid content and buy your products? Research shows that consumers gravitate to authentic user-generated content (UGC). They trust other customers’ opinions and experiences over brands. And what everyday people have to say about products influences their purchasing decisions. This article will cover how to make your ads stand out by incorporating more UGC. UGC stands for user-generated content. It’s the content your customers create about your brand. UGC honestly depicts how your customers view your products or services. If you’ve seen any unboxing videos on TikTok, read a Google review, or checked out a product haul on YouTube—that’s all user-generated content. 60% of consumers report UGC is the most genuine form of advertising. And 92% of people believe UGC ads over traditional advertising. What’s more, consumers don’t always trust brand messaging—but they’re overwhelmingly more likely to trust what friends, family, other buyers, influencers, and even strangers have to say. While there’s absolutely a time and place for polished brand marketing materials, UGC can help you build trust, increase your credibility, and boost your product sales. You'll no doubt be able to name a few famous influencers off the top of your head. They'll most likely have millions of followers who look to them for entertainment, advice and inspiration. An influencer ad is when a brand partners with one of these individuals and pays them to appear in an ad promoting its products. But you don’t necessarily need to partner with a mega-influencer  to create an outstanding influencer ad. There are also niche influencers with smaller—yet dedicated followers. For example, the men’s face care brand, Shakeup Cosmetics, partnered with a micro-influencer, Peter Caulfield, to create a fun influencer ad. A post shared by Pete Caulfield (@petercaulfield) This influencer ad is valuable because Peter’s audience is already paying attention, and they match Shakeup Cosmetic’s target customers. A UGC ad, on the other hand, is when brands find a person’s organic content and ask the creator for permission to turn it into an ad. For example, you might follow
Sarah, the Beauty Enthusiast. Mike, the Tech Aficionado. And Laura, the Fashionista. These are everyday people who try different products and then create authentic content (e.g., product reviews, unboxing videos, testimonials, etc.) around their favourite picks. Here’s an example of user-generated content for the non-alcoholic beverage brand Drink Parch. A post shared by Ocean Beach Cafe (@ocean.beach.cafe) The content is raw and real and features an everyday bartender, which helps everyday people connect with the content. There are two ways to quantify your return on investment (ROI) from user-generated content. The first is what you gain in terms of customer trust and loyalty when you use UGC. Stats show customers overwhelmingly trust other customers over branded ads, and this leads to loyalty. The second way to quantify the ROI of UGC is in more traditional terms—how much better UGC campaigns perform over traditional campaigns. Successful campaigns that use UGC are often more successful than those that don’t. Consider the following: Not only does UGC perform well, but it’s also 50% more cost-effective than traditional campaigns. I asked Joshua Stofferahn from the boutique video advertising agency Group Project for his  perspective on the ROI of UGC. He explained that they always include UGC (namely, real customer reviews) in every ad they create for their clients. Here’s an example from Group Project’s Vitruvian Man ad for Mando: “Real customer reviews add trust and legitimacy to the brand voice. They show that real people see excellent results from the products we’re promoting. Adding UGC to our ads is non-negotiable because of how much higher they perform.” Now you know using UGC in ads is “non-negotiable,” how can you use UGC in ads to meet your marketing goals?” Here are 5 ways to incorporate UGC into your marketing strategy across different channels. You may not recognise them at first glance, but TikTok is loaded with UGC ads. And with 55% of TikTokers saying they are more likely to trust brands when they hear about them from creators than from other ads, it makes sense why.One way to give TikTokers more of the high-quality creator-led content they trust and crave is with Spark Ads. A TikTok Spark Ad is a native ad format, which means its design matches TikTok's look, feel, and function. With a Spark Ad, brands can find organic posts that creators have already made and then promote that UGC as an ad. When brands promote these kinds of ads, it also keeps all the post’s original engagement (e.g., likes, views, comments) intact, adding additional social proof. How Isle of Paradise uses Spark Ads to boost visibility Isle of Paradise is a vegan beauty brand that used Spark Ads to successfully amplify its Glow Drops product. They collaborated with top creators and real users to develop genuine content using the custom hashtag #WakeUpandGlow. They also repurposed organic testimonials from existing TikTokers as Spark Ads. By using Spark Ads, Isle of Paradise achieved a 500% ROI, 45 million video views, a 1.1% click-through rate, and a 68% increase in weekly revenue. How to create a Spark Ad? If Spark Ads sound ideal for your brand, here’s how you can create one: You can do it in 6 easy steps: That's it—your Spark Ad is live! Learn more about how to create a TikTok marketing strategy. Instagram has over 2 billion active users, making it another great platform for promoting creator content. While there are several ways to promote UGC on Instagram, including Instagram Stories, Instagram Shopping, and Carousel posts, Reels may be the best place to start.Why? Reels have an average video view rate of 2.54%, which is higher than any other video format on Instagram. What are Instagram Reels? Instagram Reels are short, engaging video clips that allow brands to showcase user-generated content (UGC) in a creative and dynamic way. Reels can be up to 60 seconds long and are perfect for highlighting product demonstrations, customer testimonials, or trending challenges. How Glossier uses UCG to boost social proof Glossier famously uses UGC on its account, including in its Instagram profile, Stories, and Reels ads. The beauty brand often partners with creators and encourages them to create videos using their products.  Here’s an example of a UGC video from Cecilia Gorgon showing how she uses Futuredew 3: A post shared by Cecilia Gorgon (@ceciliagorgon) This particular ad lives on Gorgon’s profile. Glossier also takes it a step further and promotes other UGC Reels from Gorgon (and other creators) directly on the Glossier Instagram account: It’s a double-win. Gorgon’s followers learn about Glossier when they visit her profile. And Glossier earns social proof by promoting Gorgon’s Reels on their account. How to create a UGC Reels ad on Instagram Glossier has won customer’s hearts with UGC on Reels—and now it’s your turn. Here’s how: YouTube has over 2 billion monthly users. Want to earn the trust of these YouTube viewers? Start by sharing a  popular type of content—unboxing videos. What are unboxing videos on YouTube? Unboxing videos have been around for almost as long as YouTube has. These popular videos feature a creator opening a package from a brand that reveals new products.The creator showcases the packaging, contents, and first impressions of the products they’ve received. If you have children, you may remember the early days of YouTube when people would open eggs with surprises in them. To give you anecdotal evidence of the power of unboxing videos, my children thought YouTube was called “Surprise Eggs” for four straight years. How Stampin’ Up grows its reach with unboxing videos Paper crafting company Stampin’ Up! often partners with scrapbooking creators to show off upcoming bundles. Here’s an unboxing video by Stamp With Amy K featuring an upcoming collection. It’s a great way for Stampin Up! to reach its intended audience, showcase its products, and increase sales. How to launch a YouTube unboxing video ad Now, it’s your turn to make your very own version of a “Surprise Egg” unboxing video. Follow these steps to get started: Pinterest is the place to share ideas and get inspiration from others with similar interests, making it the perfect place for brands to aggregate user-generated content. Brands can capture UGC through shared boards and then promote UGC with Pinterest Ads. What are Pinterest Ads? Pinterest Ads are paid promotions allowing brands to showcase their products or content, including user-generated content (UGC), to Pinterest users. These ads appear as promoted Pins in users' feeds, search results, and related Pins but they also blend in naturally with organic pins. How Mejuri works with content creators on Pinterest The jewellery brand Mejuri works with content creators on Pinterest all the time. The brand has created the #finecrew community and use UGC across several social channels—including Pinterest. Visit the Mejuri page, and you’ll see well-organised creator and brand content that’s easy to share. How to turn your UGC into a Pinterest ad If your brand, like Mejuri, captures UGC from Pinterest, here’s how you can turn it into an ad on the platform: 💡 Discover tips on optimising your Pinterest profile with expert, Archana Haarnack. The ecommerce market is worth $6.9 trillion globally.This year, global ecommerce sales are projected to hit $6.3 trillion dollars, according to Shopify. Since ecommerce sales are up and user-generated content influences purchases, brands would also be wise to include UGC on their landing pages. Why? Landing pages are often the first encounter consumers have with your brand. And, in a saturated market, your ads need to stand out with social proof. What constitutes UGC on ad landing pages? UGC on ad landing pages includes content that customers or users create, such as reviews, testimonials, photos, videos, or social media posts. Brands often integrate this content into the landing page to build trust, add authenticity, and lead customers to a purchasing decision faster. See how Lolavie uses UGC on its landing pages to gain trust Jennifer Aniston’s brand, Lolavie, could probably get by with Aniston’s endorsement alone. But, the brand understands it's not all about Jennifer.That’s why the company also pulls in testimonials from everyday customers and social media creators and displays them on its landing pages. Lolavie is crushing ecommerce marketing by taking advantage of celebrity influencers and user-generated content. Double win! And, you can too, by making one simple change: switch out some of your branded content to UGC. There are loads of ways to incorporate user-generated content into your advertising and marketing campaigns. The real challenge lies in finding, organising, and editing all the available UGC. Dash is the digital asset management solution that helps you manage all your creative assets. With Dash, you can: And the best part is you can try Dash for yourself! Sign up to a 14-day free trial and get all features and unlimited users. After your trial, pricing starts at ÂŁ70/$109 per month. Ashley R. Cummings is a SaaS writer and the founder of the B2B content marketing agency, Searchlight Content. She also writes Content Connect, the newsletter that helps you grow your content marketing and writing muscles. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/upload-approvals Title: How to manage your content creation workflowsTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Banish the creative workflow blues. Use Dash to manage, feedback and approve files you recieve from creators like photographers and influencers. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/upload-approvals ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: How to manage your content creation workflows H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: How to manage your content creation workflows H4: 1. Invite your content creators to Dash H4: 2. Leave feedback on creatives pending approval H4: 3. Your content creator will be sent an email summary H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Upload approvals in Dash are a great way to manage your content creation headaches. Let's say you're launching a new product. You've asked your photographer to take a load of new snaps ahead of launch. Don't settle for them sending you a zip file of 100s of images to go through on your desktop. Instead give them access to your Dash, then set their uploads to require approval. This means you're able to go through each image, reject the ones you don't like, and assign tags and folders to the ones you do - all within Dash. You can use upload approvals for all types of content creators, like: With Dash's new feature update, upload approvals just got even better. You're now able to leave comments for your content creator which they can reply to. If you decide you need an image retouching or cropped before it can be approved, let your photographer know all within Dash. Here's what the process looks like: First, set up your photographers, designers and influencers with access to you Dash. As you're doing this, check the box that says 'uploads must be approved'. Here's more information on how to set that up. Once you've done that, here's what your creator will see when they upload new content. They can check the status of their content from your Dash homepage. As you can see here, this creator has 4 of their assets waiting for approval. When your content creators uploads new files, account admins will be sent an email that they've got new assets to approve. From there, you're able to go through each file and decide what makes the cut. A benefits of doing this in Dash, rather than on your desktop, is tagging and organising your newly-approved assets as you're going through them. It'll stop repetitive tasks and save you time. If you want the creator to rework one of the assets they've submitted, just leave a comment. They can reply, too! Once you've finished, your creator will be sent an email summary of your feedback. It'll look like this: Pretty nifty, huh? It's just one of the ways Dash can help you manage your content creation workflow. Take upload approvals for a spin in Dash and let us know what you think. đŸ’« Barney is the Marketing Lead for Dash. He writes about small business marketing strategies and how DTC brands can boost sales. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/user-generated-content-in-ecommerce Title: 8 ways to use user-generated content in your campaignsTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Here's why user generated content, (UGC) is so important for brands and some tips on how to get started. Harness the power of your customer advocates! Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/user-generated-content-in-ecommerce ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: 8 ways to use user-generated content in your campaigns H2: What is user-generated content? H2: How can UGC boost product sales? H2: UGC and influencer marketing: what’s the difference? H2: How much does UGC cost? H2: 8 ways to use UGC in your campaigns (with real examples) H3: 1. Promote UGC in your ad campaigns H3: 2. Add UGC to your product pages H3: 3. Dedicate a UGC page on your website H3: 4. Create shoppable UGC galleries on Pinterest H3: 5. Add customer reviews to your email campaigns H3: 6. Tell customer stories on your blog H3: 7. Build a creator playlist on YouTube H3: 8. Get a good balance of UGC and brand-generated content H2: How to gather user-generated content? H3: Find your brand advocates on social media H3: Set-up and monitor your review platforms H3: Ask for feedback after each purchase H3: Run a competition H3: Use tools to incentivise customers at checkout H3: Use Dash to help gather visual content H2: Get your brand ready for UGC H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: 8 ways to use user-generated content in your campaigns H2: What is user-generated content? H2: How can UGC boost product sales? H2: UGC and influencer marketing: what’s the difference? H2: How much does UGC cost? H2: 8 ways to use UGC in your campaigns (with real examples) H3: 1. Promote UGC in your ad campaigns H3: 2. Add UGC to your product pages H3: 3. Dedicate a UGC page on your website H3: 4. Create shoppable UGC galleries on Pinterest H3: 5. Add customer reviews to your email campaigns H3: 6. Tell customer stories on your blog H3: 7. Build a creator playlist on YouTube H3: 8. Get a good balance of UGC and brand-generated content H2: How to gather user-generated content? H3: Find your brand advocates on social media H3: Set-up and monitor your review platforms H3: Ask for feedback after each purchase H3: Run a competition H3: Use tools to incentivise customers at checkout H3: Use Dash to help gather visual content H2: Get your brand ready for UGC H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content People care about the brands they buy from. In fact, 40% of shoppers will buy from a brand they trust. So securing trust and promoting products customers are proud to be associated with is crucial for ecommerce brands. Instead of solely pumping out polished, branded content, many brands are making use of real-life, user-generated content (UGC)that consumers can relate to. In this article, we’ll explore how you can implement user-generated content into your ecommerce marketing strategy. We’ll cover how much UGC costs, how you can gather content (for free), and how ecommerce brands are successfully using UGC in their campaigns. By the end, we hope you’ll have a solid blueprint for creating your own UGC strategy. ✹ User-generated content, often abbreviated as UGC, is content your customers create to share their experience with your products. It could be organic or incentivised by you—but the main thing is that your customers are posting about you because they genuinely love your product. This could be a customer review, a social media post recommending your products to friends and family, a how-to demonstration on YouTube,—basically, if it was made by your customers, it’s UGC. What makes UGC so special is the impact it can have on your brand metrics. For brands experiencing lots of market competition and a decrease in marketing budget, it’s good to know consumers actually want to see UGC (more on that later). Authentic content will only improve your brand awareness metrics which, in turn, boost your conversions rates. 📈 This is why you’re really here, right? 😏 User-generated content can genuinely help you sell more products. In fact, you could be missing out on sales if you don’t implement it into your strategy. Let’s break down some of the ways UGC helps you sell more products: Before we delve into the nitty-gritty of UGC, let’s look at the differences between user-generated content and influencer generated content (IGC). As we’ve mentioned, it is possible to pay for UGC - so how does that differ from influencer marketing? Let’s take a look. In a nutshell, UGC is about unscripted moments from loyal customers who adore your products. On the flip side, influencer marketing relies on professionals creating curated content as part of a paid partnership. Both have strengths; your choice depends on your marketing goals and budget. Speaking of
 👀👇 Generally speaking, UGC is unique, authentic content produced by your customers. And often you can get that for free. However, brands have seen such great success with UGC campaigns that, understandably, many creators want a piece of the pie. Tools like Yotpo and Mini Social provide a platform for creators and brands to collaborate on paid-for projects. In terms of actual costs: The UGC Club ran a survey to find out how much creators typically charge per piece of content. The results came in at around $150 a piece. Whilst this is way cheaper than hiring influencers, you can still gather UGC for free and ethically. Ready to start working with user-generated content? It’s time to consider where you’ll be implementing it because you don’t just have to stick to social media. Lots of ecommerce brands inject user-generated content into their product pages, email campaigns and more. If you’ve got a piece of user-generated content that’s been doing well organically, why not promote it in your ads? This is something that PPC expert, Simon Freeman has seen work really well with his clients. In his article about creating killer ads that convert, he highlights a campaign he worked on with Thread the Word. In this particular image, it's easy for new parents to see how Thread the Word’s baby blankets can be customised. It also showcases how other customers put their trust in the brand’s products. 💡 Combining well-performing organic UGC with your ad campaigns is a good way to push social proof to wider audience. Social proof is a massive purchase driver. TINT found that a whopping 76% of consumers have bought something after seeing someone else’s recommendation. So adding it into your product pages will give them another reason to buy. Skincare brand, Starface, include social proof on their product pages from creators on Instagram and TikTok. It’s really easy for potential buyers to find the original post and view the full review—which builds transparency and brand trust. 💡 Once you’ve built up a good library of UGC across your product library, start including it in your relevant product pages. Fomo lets you showcase your latest reviews on your website. Provide a space for your best UGC on your website. Being as open and transparent as possible is important for brand trust. And if you can signpost people to reviews and testimonials, it’s clear you’re not hiding anything. One of our customers is a health brand, Ka’Chava. They have a page on their website dedicated to user-generated content and video reviews. You can filter UGC by different use cases. For example, you can find customers talking about how Ka’Chava assists with weight management. 💡 Collect all your UGC together and give them a place on your website. Once you’ve built up a solid library of content, you can filter them into different categories and use cases. When your customers create product-specific content, you can incorporate them into image galleries that link to your product pages. And the first platform that springs to mind for this is Pinterest. One of our customers, COAT, makes use of Pinterest for this exact reason. They’re a visually-led brand, so lend themselves easily to Pinterest’s image-first search engine. Plus, they rely heavily on UGC which makes the perfect recipe for shoppable UGC. 💡 Use Pinterest to create eye-catching galleries of your products. You can link them directly to your product pages so it's easy for potential buyers to add their favourite pins to their basket. Most ecommerce brands have some kind of email strategy. Whether you’ve got a newsletter for existing customers, or a prospect email flow that gets sent to sales leads—it’s worth adding reviews and customer quotes into your email content. Take Surreal, for example. To promote their new cereal flavour, they’ve sent out an email that contains reviews solely about that particular product. It’s one of the closest ways you can get to world-of-mouth marketing. And, if people are truly raving about your products, you might as well make the most of it. 💡 Include reviews in your emails. You could add some customer testimonials to the end of a promotional email to provide that added social proof your audience needs to push them over the line. Your blog is a massive opportunity to build authority for your brand and forms the foundation of your content strategy. And what better way to build authority by telling real customer stories? This approach may lend itself differently depending on what sector your brand’s in—but you can guarantee you’ll always find customers who have a good story to tell with your product. One of our favourite examples is from Needle and Thread. They design and sell custom wedding dresses and accessories. Their blog posts are dedicated to the brides who wear their products. 💡 Pick happy customers who’ve given you positive reviews, and ask if they’ll do a full customer interview with you. This is also an opportunity to get to know them a little better, and might go some way to improving your customer retention rates (i.e. they'll buy from you again). What's more, you can repurpose blog posts to create new social media content. Whether you’re working with creators directly, or they’re organically talking about you in their videos—make sure you showcase these on your social profile. We particularly love how Kosas does this on their YouTube channel. 💡 With permission from you creators, make sure you keep all your UGC in one place. This acts like your own pool of social proof that potential buyers can dip in and out of when they’re researching your product. Of course, you don’t want to fill your channels with only UGC. You’ll want to make sure you’ve got a good mix of brand-generated content (BGC) too. Take a look at Yield. They have a good mix of UGC and BGC on their Instagram page. 💡 Plus, on your product pages, you should have clear, high-quality images that show your product off in the best light. Here's some food photography tips from photographer Emma Dunham. Even if you don’t have the budget for a professional photographer, you can easily create your own DIY photography. {{influencer-brief="/blog-components"}} Now you’re ready to implement UGC in your marketing strategy, how do you find the perfect content? Luckily there are loads of ways to gather UGC from your consumers - and most of them are free. 😍 The first port of call is to find out who’s already posting about you. You could use tools like Mention for social listening. Or keep an eye out for people commenting on your brand’s social posts. This is something DR.VEGAN did when they kicked off their UGC strategy. Whenever they see someone posting a positive comment on one of their posts, they’ll actually DM the person and ask them if they’d be up for sharing their review to a wider audience. That’s because they only want people who are fans of their product to be posting about them. This adds to their authenticity. đŸŽ™ïž Btw, you can listen to our podcast with Dr.VEGAN over on our podcast. Sophie Watson, Head of Growth, explains how they encouraged authentic UGC and weaved it into their marketing campaigns. Give your satisfied customers a platform to submit their reviews. Yotpo and FOMO integrate with Shopify so you can easily capture and share social proof with your audience. You could use these reviews in your paid ads, or get in touch with customers and ask them to share a video review to their social following. For most brands, it’s standard practice to ask customers to leave a review after they purchase something from you. You can set up an automated email that goes out to your customers after they buy your product. Email marketing tools like Klaviyo even have features that let you bake review requests into your SMS and email campaigns. If you’ve built up a good following on social or in your email lists, it might be worth running a competition to encourage authentic UGC. One of our customers, Forthglade, does this on a monthly basis. As a dog food brand, they’ve got a big customer base with people who’re happy to share pics of their canine friends. Forthglade runs a Dog of the Month competition that encourages customers to submit images of their dogs for a chance to win ÂŁ100 worth of goodies and a spot on the ‘Hall of Fame.’ When customers send in their pics, they automatically get added to Dash (that’s our visual content management software) where the Forthgade team can sort through and pick their favourite photos. If you’re confident in your product offering and you’re getting good feedback from your customers, you could try incentivising content creators at checkout. For this, take a leaf out of DTC snack-brand Chomps' book. They use the UGC app, Bounty, which asks people to post about their new purchase or Instagram on TikTok. Once the content has been posted, they’ll earn a cash reward. Note that the more views your creator gets, the more you’ll have to pay them—so make sure you’ve set aside a good budget if you go down this route. Finally, if you need a way to store and manage this content—use Dash (that’s us). Dash is a visual content management tool that helps you better manage your product and marketing assets. As well as organising and sharing content, you can use it to get UGC from your customers. You can create a guest upload link and ask customers to send in their images without the need for a login. Anything they send in can be approved by you before it goes live in your Dash. Once it’s all in Dash, it’s easy for other teams to grab approved UGC for their campaigns.✹ Once you’ve gathered your content and you’re ready to hit publish on your repurposed UGC—make sure you consider the following things. Want to try it for yourself? You can try Dash free for 14 days.  ✹ Amy Burchill is the SEO and Content Manager for Dash. She works with ecommerce experts to create articles for DTC brands wanting to improve their campaigns. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/using-data-to-drive-growth-for-your-brand Title: 7 ways data can drive growth for your brand with CoterieTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Growth marketing tips from Coterie's VP of Growth. Learn how he finds data, tests ideas, and uses creative messaging to boost conversions. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/using-data-to-drive-growth-for-your-brand ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: 7 ways data can drive growth for your brand with Coterie H2: Ankur’s key takeaways from the podcast H2: 7 ways to drive growth through data and creative H3: Use customer data to create a hypothesis for new messaging H3: Create a customer-centric digital experience H3: Take an agile approach to your creative operations H3: Build on strategies that are already working H3: Don't let growth marketing live in isolation H3: Consider hiring a growth designer H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: 7 ways data can drive growth for your brand with Coterie H2: Ankur’s key takeaways from the podcast H2: 7 ways to drive growth through data and creative H3: Use customer data to create a hypothesis for new messaging H3: Create a customer-centric digital experience H3: Take an agile approach to your creative operations H3: Build on strategies that are already working H3: Don't let growth marketing live in isolation H3: Consider hiring a growth designer H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Coterie has been shaking up the baby care industry. Everything from their brand positioning, aesthetic and digital experience is unique and helps them stand out against competitors. This is partly thanks to Ankur Goyal, Coterie’s VP of Growth. As well as being highly analytical and data-driven, he’s also a huge advocate for design and creativity. In this article, discover Ankur’s tips for finding data, testing hypotheses and creating messaging that helps drive conversions. We’ll cover how he’s scaled his growth team and why, in his words, “creative is the lifeblood of any acquisition operation”. 🎧 Listen to Ankur’s episode on Ecommerce Marketing 101: How to Grow Your DTC Brand 🎬 Watch the full episode on YouTube Here are some key takeaways from Ankur’s work at Coterie you can use in your strategies. Looking for tips on how to build up your growth channels? Here are some of the tactics that have been working for Ankur and his team at Coterie. Ankur joined Coterie two years ago when it already had a small but rapidly growing customer base. His job is to drive conversions, but before he could dive into new campaigns, he had to figure out what to prioritise in Coterie’s messaging. He decided to use available data to form a hypothesis that could be tested at low cost. For this, he looked at previous campaigns, spoke with in-house product engineers and analysed Coterie’s customer reviews. “The “aha!” moment for me was in our reviews. We had lots of parents saying, ‘...these diapers are so much more absorbent’ and ‘...I was able to sleep because I didn't have to do a night time diaper change
’” This customer feedback chimed with what their in-house product engineers had mentioned. “Our engineers and designers mentioned that absorbency was a good benefit. So their designs took this benefit into consideration. But when I saw this strongly emphasised in the reviews, I knew we had to test this in our messaging.” While some hypotheses didn’t yield great results, others were compelling enough to implement fully into their brand messaging. Here’s some copy from Coterie’s website and Facebook ads. You can see how the team has focused on the feedback customers were giving them in their reviews. 💡Key takeaways: Analyse customer reviews and find out what really matters to your them. You can use your results to test different messaging across your channels. Coterie focuses on parents. If you go on their website, you’ll see branding that is sleek, modern and aimed at parents—not babies. “Coterie is a parent-centric brand and the product underpins that. You have value propositions that benefit your baby and you have the digital experience that prioritises the parents. You need to make sure your brand positioning and brand aesthetic are consistent with that. We're not just doing it for elevation sake. We're doing it because we are insisting on talking to the parents. Just check out some of the big-name diaper brands out there. You’ll find messaging and imagery that's playful and generally prioritises benefits to the children, not their parents. 💡 Key takeaway: To drive growth, it’s important that your messaging speaks to your target target audience. In the case of products for children, consider who is actually buying the product. Your positioning should reflect that. Ankur and his team work in sprints. These are weekly or bi-weekly projects which can develop as you gather customer feedback. For example, if customers are talking about how much they love Coterie’s ‘clean materials’, Ankur can include this messaging in their roadmapping. During brainstorming sessions, the team can share ideas on how other brands are talking about clean materials with their audience. One or two of those ideas can then be prioritised and implemented into the next sprint. “It is important to note that the team should continue improving on existing messaging and creative that’s already working. This helps balance the trade-off between achieving a new clean materials go-to-market strategy and maintaining the effectiveness of the current messaging.” 💡 Key takeaway: Consider working in one or two-week sprints. At the end of each sprint, you can gather feedback and tweak your creative accordingly. As well as testing new creative, it’s important to build on what’s already working for you - not just what the algorithm is telling you. In Coterie’s case, Ankur can see that static image ads started performing well, which he believes is down to a redesign of their product packaging. “Static imagery does more for us than it used to. And I have a suspicion it's because our packaging has become more explanatory. This might be a Coterie specific thing versus an algorithm specific thing. But it shows that if your packaging says something about the product, sometimes that's enough to be a value prop in itself.” He also mentions that explainer video ads with a clear hook perform well - especially if they feature a creator, too. 💡 Key takeaway: Double down on what’s already working for your brand. Just because a certain ad format is working well for someone else, it doesn’t necessarily mean it’ll work for you. Your content should never live in isolation. Whether you’re in growth, social or sales - you can find ways to benefit from each other’s work. Let’s take Coterie’s ambassador program as an example. As a growth marketer, influencer marketing and user-generated content (UGC) isn’t typically in Ankur’s remit. But that doesn’t mean he can’t use its success in his own tactics. For example, when Coterie partnered with supermodels, Karlie Kloss and Ashley Graham, Ankur saw an opportunity. “We had this amazing resource, and I could see how I could use it to advance my growth goals. For example, it turns out having a celebrity endorsement has a really strong impact on your website, especially when you put it near the Add to Cart button.” Plus, working closely with other marketing functions means Ankur can offer his input into upcoming campaigns. “I knew we had good data for a particular type of ad format and so we asked if Ashley could record a quick video for us in that format to help boost conversions. It's important to take advantage of what you have and play to each team's strengths.” 💡 Key takeaway: Your marketing functions shouldn’t live in isolation - and neither should your content. If you’re working with creators and influencers, ask them to create content that’ll suit the channels and formats that perform the best for you. Ankur strongly believes that “creative is the lifeblood of any acquisition operation”. That’s why he hired a growth designer to join his team. “Having a growth designer within the growth team is vital because the approach to design and the ability to analyse data are different from the requirements of a brand designer. It extends beyond merely designing for the channel; it involves a distinct skill set.” Ankur describes a growth designer as someone who is constantly improving on delivered projects. It's not a one-and-done piece of work; they’re analysing the performance of their creatives and looking for ways to improve. Ankur also says it's important for growth designers to adapt to constraints and foster an iterative mentality. “In scenarios like the celebrity example, where a brand team plans meticulously for a one-day photoshoot, the focus is on a one-time campaign. Thinking too much upfront might hinder progress; instead, you need to work with a few pieces of content, identify what works, and adjust accordingly. It's about adapting to different constraints that foster an evergreen and iterative mentality, especially in the realm of growth design.” 💡 Key takeaway: Consider getting a growth designer to help with your growth strategies. They’ll have a particular skill set suited to the evolving needs of your online channels. If you’d like to listen to Ankur’s full episode, make sure to subscribe to our podcast: Ecommerce Marketing 101: How to Grow Your DTC Brand. 👉 Listen on Apple Podcasts Barney is the Marketing Lead for Dash. He writes about small business marketing strategies and how DTC brands can boost sales. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/video-digital-asset-management Title: Your guide to video digital asset managementTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Looking to get a video digital asset management tool? Here's the difference between VAMs and DAMs - and how both level-up your video content creation. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/video-digital-asset-management ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Your guide to video digital asset management H2: What’s a video digital asset management solution? H2: DAM vs VAM - which should I pick? H2: What are the benefits of video digital asset management software? H2: What other types of DAMs are there? H2: How to pick the best video asset management software H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Your guide to video digital asset management H2: What’s a video digital asset management solution? H2: DAM vs VAM - which should I pick? H2: What are the benefits of video digital asset management software? H4: ‍ H4: ‍ H2: What other types of DAMs are there? H2: How to pick the best video asset management software H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content 93% of marketers say video delivers a solid ROI. In other words, it directly impacts the bottom line. 💾 But to see those results, you need to create a lot of content and juggle multiple video platforms (think TikTok, Instagram Stories, YouTube, and more). That’s why managing your video content efficiently is a must. And the best way to do that? A digital asset management (DAM) system. It keeps all your videos in one place, making it easier to organise, repurpose, and maximize the impact of your video campaigns. 🚀 Video asset management (also known as VAM) is a specific type of DAM. And DAM, short for digital asset management software, is the family of tools that VAM is a part of. A digital asset management system lets brands create a single source of truth for their digital marketing assets. That includes images, videos, audio files, graphics, and brand guidelines. When everything’s in one place, it’s much easier to give different teams access to assets they need. You can upload your digital assets and tag them so they’re easy to find. Then you can share these with your team or external partners, or resize and download them to use in your campaigns. Video asset management systems are a type of DAM which focuses specifically on (you guessed it) video content. A VAM will have features specific to video creation and distribution workflows, like built-in video editing and modification tools. So now you’re wondering: do you need a DAM or a VAM? That depends on the visual content your business is creating and the type of work you want to support. If you’re a media company and mostly create video files, then you should look for video asset management software. Similarly, if you’d like to support specific workflows which most DAMs don’t offer (like automatically archiving live streams) you’ll need a more specialised video asset management system. However, most marketing and creative teams don’t just produce videos. If that’s the case for your company too, steer clear of a specific video asset management solution and pick a more general digital asset management tool. This lets you keep different video formats (like MOV or AVI files), alongside other file types like photographs, design graphics and audio assets. Storing all your creative files together in a single system makes it easier for teams across the business to find the content they need. {{dam-comparison="/blog-components"}} Using a video content management system can save you and your team a lot of time. Many of the marketers, creatives and video producers signing up to Dash (our own VAM) want to make their work more efficient. Their Google Drive or Dropbox is creaking at the hinges and nobody can find the videos or images they need. Here's some of the reasons they turn to Dash. A single source of truth for video content Almost all Dash customers come from Google Drive or Dropbox. They're fed up with creating video content which nobody in the company can find or use. They spend hours hunting for video or image files for colleagues instead of doing important work—like growing their brand. Dash is one of the best ways to build a central location for all your digital files. Use Dash's custom fields to make your videos easy to find and search for. Then hover over the video with your cursor and it'll play a preview clip so you can make sure it's the file you want before downloading. With everything kept in an online video library, your marketing team can grab videos they need for social media platforms and your sales team can download files on-the-road. All without having to pester you. You can also store a wide range of types of assets in Dash - not just videos. Simple, fast uploading and downloading Uploading videos into Dash is simple and straightforward. Click ‘upload' or drag it from your desktop onto your Dash. It won't take long to complete. Once done, add a description, place it in as many of your Dash folders as you like (without duplicating it) and tag with relevant custom fields. Downloading a video file from Dash is easy, too. Select the video you want, pick the file format, then hit ‘download'. This works for single video assets or groups of them. If you pick a group, Dash downloads them as a handy zip file for you. It's 2025 but here we are, still trying to email a video attachment only to face the dreaded “Your file is larger than 25 MB. It will be sent as a Google Drive link.” Or maybe you're using a free version of WeTransfer instead. You send your teammate a file sharing URL - only for the link to expire before they download it. And what happens when you're sending more than one video file? Or if the videos you've sent need updating? Don't even. Good digital asset management software, like Dash, makes sharing large video files quick and simple. Here's some of the options you have: And what's more, if you ever need to upload an updated version of a video, Dash sends a notification to anyone who downloaded that file. Manage video content approvals Working with video creators, like videographers or influencers, can take time and patience. Without digital asset management software that can mean lots of expired email links or chunky zip files clogging up your desktop. Instead, use Dash to streamline the content creation and approval process. Ask video content creators to upload files straight to your Dash, then approve or reject them. During the approval process in Dash, you can add comments (including a time-stamp link) for the video creator to work through. They'll be sent an email with your feedback and you'll be notified when there's a new version to approve. Search for video files by transcripts Dash's custom fields make your content easy to find. To get the best use out of them, it's helpful to think how your colleagues might want to search for content. One clever way we've seen custom fields used is pasting video scripts or transcripts into a ‘text area' field. That means if someone searches for a word mentioned in a video file, the asset will pop up in Dash's search results. Collect video content from your creators For many DTC brands, they rely on creators to help them produce video content. That includes customers who film product reviews and testimonials - also known as user-generated content. A video digital asset management tool like Dash has a guest upload feature, making it easy for influencers and creators to send in content without needing a Dash login. All you need to do is create a unique guest link, pick what folders the final assets will live in, and send it over to your creators. You’ll then be able to reject and approve content that gets sent in. Integrate DAM with your video creation software This is one for all your video producers out there. Using Dash's CI HUB connector, you can sync your Dash up with Adobe Creative Cloud. That means when you're working on projects in Premiere Pro, you can drop video clips stored in Dash directly into the project you're working on without ever leaving the application. Digital asset management (DAM) systems are not just for video. Here are other types of DAMs that can help your business (spoiler—Dash can help you in all these areas ✹): Social media asset management Social media DAM is about organising and distributing content for social media. It helps you push posts and campaigns out faster. If you use Dash, you can resize content from preset social media crops so your content is always the correct requirements for the channel you’re using. You can then integrate with social media tools like Hootsuite and drop images and videos into your posts. Emmy London uses Dash’s DAM to get inspiration for the next marketing and social media campaigns. 👉 Learn more about social media asset management Brand asset management Brand asset management systems are for maintaining and strengthening brand consistency across all your marketing materials. This type of DAM helps you store and organise brand assets like logos, color palettes, typography and brand guidelines. When all employees and external stakeholders have access to the latest brand assets, it reduces the risk of outdated or inconsistent branding. This is something that’s vital for the nail brand, Kinetics. They use Dash and Corebook to keep their brand guidelines up to date and ensure their partners are using the correct branding. 👉 Learn more about brand asset management. Design asset management Design asset management helps creative teams work on their graphic design projects and collaborate with the marketing team. Not only will it give your teams access to the most up-to-date creative files, but you can use it to give feedback on new graphics and streamline your approval workflows. If you use Dash, your designers can integrate with Adobe Creative Suite to easily update design files without endless back and forth between hard drives. The Graphic Designer Manager for dog food brand, Forthgade, says it’s saved the design team loads of time because colleagues aren’t constantly hassling them for the latest files. 👉 Learn more about design asset management. So you’re ready to say goodbye to video content chaos, right? Now it’s time to look at the different VAM options. Here are some tips for choosing the right tool for your brand: Price and budget: One of the first things to consider is your budget. Video asset management systems come in all shapes and sizes, so you need to know how much your company is willing to spend. Look for a solution that has the features you need at a price that fits your budget. You don’t necessarily need to go for the most expensive option - affordable solutions like Dash offer all the DAM features like search, sharing and organising video content from just ÂŁ99/$139 per month. Use case and features: Dig into why you need a video digital asset management solution? Are you looking to manage your company’s entire video library or do you need advanced features like professional grade playback tools or integration with existing tools like Adobe Creative Cloud? Make sure the system you choose is designed for your specific needs and has the right tools for your team. Company type and size: What type and size of company are you? A smaller business might need a simpler, more affordable solution that can grow with the brand. An established company might need complex and bespoke features to manage multiple workflows across different countries. Dash, for example, is built for ecommerce brands. That means it’s designed to help DTC businesses organise and share product images, videos and brand assets to agencies and retail partners. Ease of use: Your VAM system should be easy to use and intuitive so that everyone in your team is able to use it. Bear in mind, however, if you choose a more expensive and complex system there will be a bigger learning curve. Dash has been consistently voted as the easiest to use digital asset management system on G2 (a software comparison site). And, many customers say how easy it is to get started and to onboard their team members. Just check out how easy it was for COAT paints to get started with Dash. If you want to try Dash for your video asset management needs, you can start a 14-day trial, no credit card required. Barney is the Marketing Lead for Dash. He writes about small business marketing strategies and how DTC brands can boost sales. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/video-marketing-statistics Title: Video marketing statistics for your 2025 campaignsTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: 93% of marketers say video has given them good ROI. Check out more video marketing statistics to help you create the best video campaigns in 2025. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/video-marketing-statistics ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Video marketing statistics for your 2025 campaigns H2: General video marketing stats H2: Video viewer statistics H2: Statistics on types of video content H3: Short-form vs long-form video H3: Explainer videos H3: Product demos H3: Live video H3: User-generated content H3: Shoppable video ads H2: Social media and video statistics H3: YouTube video statistics H3: Instagram video statistics H3: TikTok video statistics H3: Facebook video statistics H2: The best time to post videos on each social media platform H2: The ROI of video marketing H2: Using AI for video creation H2: How to be successful with your video strategy this year H2: Organising your video content H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Video marketing statistics for your 2025 campaigns H2: General video marketing stats H2: Video viewer statistics H2: Statistics on types of video content H3: Short-form vs long-form video H3: Explainer videos H3: Product demos H3: Live video H3: User-generated content H3: Shoppable video ads H2: Social media and video statistics H3: YouTube video statistics H3: Instagram video statistics H3: TikTok video statistics H3: Facebook video statistics H2: The best time to post videos on each social media platform H2: The ROI of video marketing H2: Using AI for video creation H2: How to be successful with your video strategy this year H2: Organising your video content H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Video marketing has become the norm for most brands. With so many tools at your fingertips, it’s easier than ever for marketers to create content for all their different channels. But that doesn’t mean video marketing is a walk in the park. Just because you can shoot a quick video on your phone, doesn’t necessarily mean that’s the right strategy for your brand. Perhaps it’s best to hire an agency or lean on user-generated content from your customers. To help you plan your video marketing strategy for 2025, we’ve rounded up key video marketing statistics from the last two years. By the end, you should have a good idea of where to start, what ROI you can expect and how to plan for the future. Let’s kick things off with some general statistics relevant to both B2C and B2B marketers. These should help you build a case for your brand’s online video marketing strategies (if you don’t already have one) or give you some direction on what to do next. 💡 95% of marketers say video is an important part of their marketing strategy Video is leading the way when it comes to marketing priorities. 95% of marketers believe it’s important to their strategy—that’s up from 88% in 2024. The types of video you create will depend on where you’re posting it. Do you want to create short, snappy video ads for social? Or longer product demos to sit on your landing pages? Marketing videos, whether for social media or your website, play a crucial role in engaging potential customers. ✹ 78% of brands want to increase their video output Marketers from 2,000 businesses were surveyed. and the  majority of them said they’d be making more videos in 2024. Make sure you’re not one of the marketers left behind: if you’re not already, seriously consider investing more into your video resources. Looking for ways to create better videos? Take a listen to our podcast episode with Toby Hart, Co-Founder of Nusa Films. He offers his tips on creating social-first thumb-stopping video ads. Wondering what your audience’s video-viewing habits are? Here are some viewer stats to give you insight. 🔍 Brands get the most video views in Q1 and Q4 Brands get the most views on their videos during Q1 and Q4. This makes sense if you think about when people are most likely to be buying products: New Year’s sales and Valentine’s (Q1), Black Friday and Christmas (Q4). Brands get the lowest views in the middle of the year (most-likely when people are taking their summer holidays ☀). Online videos have an audience reach of 92% across the globe The majority of people across the world are able to access videos online. That gives you an idea of the scope of audiences that your brand has the potential to reach. đŸ€Ż Source: Statistica, 2024 Many brands don’t feel they are using video to its potential Many marketers feel they could be doing more with video marketing and that they’re not using it to its full potential. This could be your chance to get ahead of your competition. Source: The Social Shepherd, 2024 More people are watching videos with closed captions Many Instagram and TikTok videos now have captions over the top of them as standard. This makes videos more accessible to people who have difficulty with their hearing. There are loads of different ways you could approach online video content. You can display videos on landing pages, embed them into blog posts, or use them solely for your social media platforms. Take a look at these stats to help you decide where to start. You’ve probably heard that short-form videos (those which last for less than 60 seconds) are better for engagement. Whilst it’s true in a lot of cases, it often depends on the channel and the topic. Videos under 1 minute have the highest engagement rate Short-form videos appear to have the best engagement rate, with people watching at least 16 seconds of a video under 1 minute (that’s 27% of the overall video). That’s compared to a 60-minute video that gets an average watch time of 16 minutes. It all depends on the content of your video, so bear that in mind when you’re planning your strategies. Brands prefer short-form video over other content types It seems short-form content is still going strong in 2025, with 30% of brands using short-form video in their marketing strategies. This is followed closely by image content. Just think of all the product videos and images your DTC brand needs—it’s no wonder visuals are important to marketers. That’s why digital asset management tools like Dash (that's us 👋) are vital in helping you manage and share that content to your campaigns. Learn more about how DAM can help your ecommerce brand grow. Source: HubSpot, 2025 44% say they’d prefer to watch a short product or explainer video When it comes to product education, 44% of people said they’d prefer watching a short product or explainer video, rather than a long one. As the name suggests, explainer videos explain what your product or service is. Let’s take a look at some stats. Explainer videos are the most popular type of videos to create 73% of video marketers say explainer videos are the type of content they create the most. As the name suggests, these types of videos help you explain a product or service. Take a video from one of our customers, RevAir. Because their product is unique to the market (it was the first ever ‘reverse hairdryer’) an explainer video is important in helping their audience understand exactly what it does and how to use it. 91% of people have watched an explainer video to learn more about a product It seems obvious, right? A video that clearly explains what your product does is going to help push buyers over the line. And the data backs this up—91% of people watch explainer videos before purchasing a product online. On average, it costs around $5,400 to create an explainer video A couple of years ago, Wyzowl asked 122 companies to send them quotes for an explainer video. The lowest quote was $600; the highest was $250,000. And the middle value of all these prices was $5,400. Whilst costs can differ wildly, there will always be options for your brand if you want to hire a professional. Having said that, it’s getting easier and easier for brands to create their own videos. Just check out these expert insights on creating scroll-stopping video ads over on our podcast. 👀 48% of video marketers create product demos Just under half of video marketers said they create product demos. These differ from explainer videos, but only slightly. Instead of explaining what the product does, you’re actually showing how it works. The key takeaway here is that it’s best to create both types of videos to give your audience a clear picture of what your product does. 99% of marketers say videos have helped increase their customer‘s understanding of their product This should come as no surprise - your product videos will help your audience understand what your product does. Whether you sell skincare products, electronics or watering cans, this type of content also helps customers see themselves using your product. Just take a look at this simple product demo from Loop earplugs for inspiration. 87% of people have bought a product after watching a product demo This is the stat we want to hear. 🙌 If done well, all that work you’re doing to create product demos will pay off, because it’s very likely to help convince potential shoppers to go ahead. Live video, or live streaming, has grown in popularity over the past few years. We’re talking live streams, live webinars and event streaming. Here are some more stats on live video: Source: Wistia, 2024,  Analyzify, 2025 User-generated content (UGC) is the type of online video content created by your customers. It could be someone unboxing your product for the first time, a product haul on YouTube or testimonial videos on social media. You won't always know when a customer has posted a video of your product, so make sure you keep your ears to the ground.👂Here are some statistics about UGC: Need a better way to collect UGC from your creators? Dash’s guest upload feature means customers and influencers can send over their content at a click of a button. Source: Linearity, Market Splash, Join Brands, 2024 Check out our guide to user-generated content if you’d like tips on how to encourage and collect content from your customers. đŸ€ł You’ve probably seen lots of shoppable video ads. They appear on Instagram, Pinterest, TikTok, YouTube and more. These are ads that have clear, clickable buttons that take you directly to the product page being advertised. They can be brand-produced or take the form of UGC. Here are some statistics about shoppable ads: Source: TikTok, Click2Buy, You can learn how to get started with TikTok Shop from TikTok expert Ashley Wright. Almost every social platform has the option to upload video content. But what channel should you focus on? Here are some social media video statistics to get you started. YouTube is the OG of video content. It helps brands harness the power of video and is the world’s second-largest search engine, so there’s loads of potential to optimise your video for the best search visibility. For brands, this is the ideal video channel to get started on. Here are some key stats: Sources: HubSpot, Statistica, Sprout Social, 2024 Instagram is great for promoting your products and increasing brand awareness. When you look at this data, you'll see why: 👇 Sources: Hootsuite, Demand Sage and Wyzowl, 2025 Looking to do more on IG? Check out Barney’s article that delves into best practices for creating content on Instagram. TikTok is all about video. For ecommerce brands, this is a fantastic opportunity to reach a new audience, especially Gen Z (18-24 year olds). And with the rise of TikTok Shop, it’s now easier than ever to encourage conversions from the platform. Sources: The Social Shepard, TikTok, Statistica, 2025 Wondering where to start with TikTok? We’ve got an ecommerce guide to creating a TikTok marketing strategy. Facebook has become an old friend by this point (or nemesis, depending on how you feel about it). But one thing’s for sure, millions of people still use it every day and Facebook Ads have the potential to reach 2.08 billion people. But should you be using it for video marketing? Take a look at these statistics: Sources: Hootsuite, Wordstream 2024 Thinking of investing in Facebook advertising? Take a look at our article that’ll guide you on how to create Facebook ad graphics. 😍 No matter what platform you use to share video content, it’s good to know when the most effective times to post are. If you post when people are more likely to see it, you’ll get a better engagement rate. Remember to bear in mind your target audience’s time zones when considering these timings. If you want to know the true power of video as a marketing tool, you only have to look at the stats around return on investment. Make sure to pull these out if you ever need to make a case for a video marketing budget with your boss. đŸ€‘ 93% of marketers say video has given them good ROI The majority of marketers say video gives them back their investment. That’s a high percentage, and is a good statistic to us if you’re trying to make a case for more video content. 84% of video marketers say video has helped increase sales The majority of marketers also say that video has directly helped them increase sales. This is great news for anyone implementing video into the ecommerce marketing strategies. 🙌 Short-form videos offer the highest ROI for marketers With a big helping hand from social channels like TikTok, it’s clear that short-form videos can provide your brand with the biggest ROI. That’s most likely why it's popular with marketers, with 44% producing them on a regular basis. The likely reason for this? Short-form is easy to produce and platforms like TikTok makes it easier for brands to post authentic, less-polished content that gets lots of engagement. In turn, this builds brand awareness and helps bring in more sales opportunities. This is something we explore over on our podcast ‘Ecommerce Marketing 101’. Aimee, Head of Social and Creators at DTC paint brand Lick, explains how TikTok has become a game-changer for building a loyal following through easy-to-produce video content. {{Lick-podcast="/blog-components"}} Source: HubSpot, 2024 96% of brands say video has helped increase brand awareness It’s not all about making instant sales—video is great for your brand awareness strategy, too. Ensuring your brand is recognised and trusted by your target audience and is important in encouraging long-term loyalty. With 96% of brands saying video has helped increase brand awareness, this is a great way to cement your brand voice and values in an easily-digestible format. Ecommerce ads on Facebook do better with Partnership Ads According to Facebook’s research, vertical ecommerce videos that include a paid partnership have 20% more conversions per dollar than other types of vertical videos. If you don’t know what these are, Partnership Ads allow brands to collaborate with creators on paid videos. You can spot them by looking for the little ‘paid partnership’ tag at the bottom of the video. This is a good reason to work closer with your creators. Whether you’re creating UGC or working with influencers, it seems this is a great way to increase your conversions. 👉 Check out how Dr.VEGAN encourages user-generated content from their audience 👉 Download our free influencer marketing pack to start building your creator campaigns Source: Facebook, 2025 Whether you like it or not, AI is here to stay. 18% of brands are using AI tools in their video marketing, and it’s pretty certain this percentage will increase over the next few years. Here’s how brands are using AI in their video creation: We’ve given you a lot of stats, but what does this really mean for your video strategy in 2025? Here’s a summary of some key themes to look out for as you plan your content: Start with product videos: If you’ve not yet dipped your toe into the world of video marketing, start by creating videos that demonstrate how your product can help your target audience. Educating them about your product or service does a good job on helping shoppers make purchase decisions. And will help drive up your ROI. Use a balance of short and long-form videos: Short-form videos are hugely popular, but don’t ignore the potential of long-form content. Tailor your approach based on the platform and audience. For instance, use short-form videos for high engagement on social media and consider long-form content like webinars for in-depth product exploration on your website. Use AI to speed up processes: Using AI in your video marketing can speed up your video marketing workflows. You can use tools to generate captions, draft scripts and even kick-off ideas. Advanced tools can also help you edit videos and generate visuals. 18% of brands are already using AI in their video marketing, so it’s worth exploring different options to keep you ahead of the trend. Experiment with shoppable videos: Jump on the trend of shoppable videos by incorporating clear, clickable buttons into your video ads that lead directly to product pages. Adding UGC will also help build credibility with your audience. Create more UGC: Authentic user-generated content is a fantastic way to highlight real people using your products. Consider implementing it into your video marketing strategy. Strategic use of live video: Explore live video such as webinars and event streaming. Consumers say these types of events help them make better purchase decisions and they give you the opportunity to interact with your audience. Take a look at the live features on social channels like Facebook and Instagram as a starting point. You can see why video marketing is such a popular strategy for marketers. Whether you’ve already created some YouTube videos or you’re planning to launch a TikTok account, you’ll need somewhere to store all those videos. Yes, we’re talking about Dash. 😇 Our digital asset management platform is the home for visual content. That includes video, images, brand documents, logos - the list is endless. It’s a place you and your team can go to search for the latest ad, send clips to resellers and deploy content to your marketing channels. 🚀 Check out Barney’s blog guide to video digital asset management. Or jump straight in with a free trial. 👇 Amy Burchill is the SEO and Content Manager for Dash. She works with ecommerce experts to create articles for DTC brands wanting to improve their campaigns. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/visual-marketing-for-ecommerce Title: The importance of visual marketing for ecommerceTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Visual marketing is an essential part of any strategy. Discover how e-commerce brands level up their visuals for better results. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/visual-marketing-for-ecommerce ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: The importance of visual marketing for ecommerce H3: What is visual marketing? H3: The types of visuals in ecommerce H3: What visuals do you need for which platform? H3: Tips for DIY product photography H3: Keep your visual marketing content organised H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: The importance of visual marketing for ecommerce H3: What is visual marketing? H3: The types of visuals in ecommerce H4: User-generated content H4: Product videos H4: Static shots H4: 360-degree photos H4: Social media stories H3: What visuals do you need for which platform? H3: Tips for DIY product photography H3: Keep your visual marketing content organised H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Window shopping today is less about trawling around the local shopping centre and more about opening 1,129,102 tabs on your web browser. But as the popularity of ecommerce continues to climb, it’s becoming harder for stores to stand out. It’s not enough to have a well-stocked shop of interesting items — you have to show them off with eye-catching visuals that make shoppers feel like they can reach out and touch them. Customers can’t touch ✋ or see 👁 a product IRL when shopping online, so they rely heavily on product descriptions and high-quality visuals. Visual marketing is not only important for your conversions, but it contributes towards your brand’s values and how this conveys to your audience. What’s more, visuals can: To cut a long story short, visuals drive sales, increase engagement, reduce returns, and help shoppers choose your products over a competitor. While visuals are pretty important all over the web (we’re visual creatures after all), they’re particularly crucial for e-commerce. You wouldn’t buy a new bag based on a chunk of text and no image, right? But where do you even start? What types of visuals do you need and how best to deploy them to your marketing channels? We’ve got you covered. ✹ Here are some key visual marketing channels, along with the types of content you’ll need to make the most of them. Here's some inspiration from other brands doing a great job of using UGC. Forthglade Natural Pet Food Forthglade run a ‘Dog of the Month’ competition which encourages customers to post pics of their furry friends. The winner gets a goody bag along with a spot of Forthglade’s wall of fame. They then use these fabulous snaps to fill their Instagram highlights and stories with lots ‘pawfect’ content. đŸ¶ Discover how Forthglade use Dash (that’s us) to manage their UGC. ✹ Love Corn: an entire Instagram Highlight dedicated to customer-generated content. Tarte Cosmetics: featured customer TikTok videos that help shoppers discover new products. Take a look at the brands below for inspiration on how to showcase your products in video. And consider - should you use a video asset management tool to keep all these files organised? Embracing the power of YouTube, wetsuit brand, Orca don't just showcase their products — they impart expert tips and advice about swimming through their videos. A fantastic way of building authority in their industry whilst subtly placing their products throughout. MyVegan: short, snappy videos on their Instagram page that show customers how to use the product. Far & Away: TikTok videos on each product page showing the products in situ. You can opt to take your own product shots or work with a professional photograher, instead. Here's a few ecommerce brands who take great product shots, if you're after inspiration. Kelly Wynne, uses use-case static shots in their visual marketing .This highlights their brand message and provides a digital experience for their online-only handbag and accessory store. As Kaitlyn, the brand's VP of Brand, Demand and Community puts it: “The biggest thing for us is not just photography, but use-case photography. We can make it look like a really pretty bag, but if it's two-dimensional, and you can't see it in life, it's hard to picture.” Juspy: arty static shots of its colourful products against a plain background to create a branded Instagram feed. Grain: static shots of products in situ on product pages for customer inspiration. Want the low-down on brands who do 360-degree photos well? Here you go: Heal’s: shoppers can click and drag the image to see the product from all angles — no surprises from the back! Fitbit: shoppers can view the product from every which way with a simple drag and drop feature on the Fitbit product pages. Brands bossing it with social media stories: Home pizza oven brand, Gozney, use Instagram stories to highlight competitions, repost from customers and show different recipes that you can create using their products. It's hard to go wrong when you're posting about pizza. 😋 They're also a Dash customer! Go-To Skincare: educational videos and images that are deliciously on-brand.Ian Snow: behind-the-scenes snapshots of daily life with a dose of engagement in the form of a viewer poll. Visuals come in all shapes and sizes and there’s no one-size-fits-all solution for every brand. For best results, mix and match your image library with a range of UGC, videos, static shots, and Stories that you can pick and choose to use when you need them. Your marketing strategy will rely heavily on the images you have available, so make sure you have a selection of the following: Social media visuals Whilst there can be times when it's appropriate to put some extra budget towards professional photography, it doesn't always have to be the case. Especially if you're shooting quick product demos or want some snaps for social. In fact, you probably have everything you need to create amazing visuals right at your fingertips. đŸ€·â€â™€ïž Equipment you'll need: Tools and apps to consider: Looking for more tips? Check out our post all about DIY photography for ecommerce on our blog. Or, if you're ready to get a professional photographer on board, check out our photography brief template. âŹ‡ïž {{photography-brief="/blog-components"}} Now you’ve got plenty of image ideas, how do you keep it all organised? It’s really important to have all your visuals in one handy place so that your whole team can access them as and when they need them —no one wants to spend hours scrolling through a never-ending email thread to find the image they need. If you haven’t tried Dash yet, give it a go for free. It can help you: ‍Digital asset management for ecommerce is the MVP of visual content marketing. It saves you endless hours and keeps all your pics organised in one place. Even better, no more searching for “IMG_2173_31” or creating duplicate images on multiple different computers. You can thank us later. 😉 Lizzie Davey writes for ecommerce and marketing SaaS brands. She helps create B2B content strategies and is the Founder of Copy Revival and Freelance Magic. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/wetransfer-alternatives Title: The best WeTransfer alternatives for your ecommerce brand [free and paid]Twitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Discover the best WeTransfer alternatives for your ecommerce brand. Explore free and paid file-sharing tools, including options for managing visual assets with features beyond simple file transfer. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/wetransfer-alternatives ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: The best WeTransfer alternatives for your ecommerce brand [free and paid] H2: What is WeTransfer? H2: Who is WeTransfer designed for? H2: How much does WeTransfer cost? H2: Why you should consider a WeTransfer alternative H2: The top 10 WeTransfer alternatives H3: 1. Dash: best WeTransfer alternative for ecommerce brands H3: 2. Google Drive: a WeTransfer alternative for document sharing H3: 3. Dropbox: another WeTransfer alternative also for document sharing H3: 4. OneDrive: a WeTransfer alternative for cloud storage H3: 5. Jumpshare:  a WeTransfer alternative for simple file sharing H3: 6. ShareDrop: a WeTransfer alternative open-source file-sharing application H3: 7. JotForm: a WeTransfer alternative for online forms and large file sharing H3: 8. Smash: a WeTransfer alternatives for sending large files fast H3: 9. Filemail: a WeTransfer alternatives for delivery tracking and high-volume transfers H3: 10. Wormhole: a WeTransfer alternative for quick, secure file sharing H2: Which WeTransfer alternative should you choose? H2: WeTransfer alternatives FAQs H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: The best WeTransfer alternatives for your ecommerce brand [free and paid] H2: What is WeTransfer? H2: Who is WeTransfer designed for? H2: How much does WeTransfer cost? H2: Why you should consider a WeTransfer alternative H2: The top 10 WeTransfer alternatives H3: 1. Dash: best WeTransfer alternative for ecommerce brands H3: 2. Google Drive: a WeTransfer alternative for document sharing H3: 3. Dropbox: another WeTransfer alternative also for document sharing H3: 4. OneDrive: a WeTransfer alternative for cloud storage H3: 5. Jumpshare:  a WeTransfer alternative for simple file sharing H3: 6. ShareDrop: a WeTransfer alternative open-source file-sharing application H3: 7. JotForm: a WeTransfer alternative for online forms and large file sharing H3: 8. Smash: a WeTransfer alternatives for sending large files fast H3: 9. Filemail: a WeTransfer alternatives for delivery tracking and high-volume transfers H3: 10. Wormhole: a WeTransfer alternative for quick, secure file sharing H2: Which WeTransfer alternative should you choose? H2: WeTransfer alternatives FAQs H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content When you're running an ecommerce brand, sharing product images, videos, and marketing materials with external partners is a constant part of your workflow. You’ve got retail partners, ads agencies, PR teams - you name it. But if you've been relying on WeTransfer for large file sharing, you might have started noticing a few common issues. Maybe you've been losing track of what files you've sent or you're having to resend assets because links have expired and partners have missed the download window. And now there’s another reason to look elsewhere: WeTransfer is shutting down its Portals & Reviews feature by December 22, 2025. From October 2025, you won’t even be able to create new portals, and by December, all existing portals, comments, and shared content will be permanently removed. If your workflow relies on those tools to share collections of assets or gather feedback, you’ll need to find an alternative — and fast. The good news? There are plenty of platforms built specifically for brands like yours that make sharing, organising, and collaborating on visual content way easier. In this guide, we’ll look at the best WeTransfer alternatives for ecommerce businesses — and help you choose the one that’ll actually scale with you. In this guide, we’ll walk you through seven of the best file-sharing tools you can use instead of WeTransfer — including Dash, our creative management platform built for growing ecommerce brands. We’ll also highlight key factors to consider when choosing a file transfer solution, so you can pick the best option for your needs. Let’s start with a quick look at how WeTransfer works and why you might want to switch. WeTransfer is a popular free file-sharing service that lets people send large files quickly and easily. It’s often used when files are too big to attach to an email — like high-res product images, videos, or large design files. With WeTransfer, you upload your files to their cloud-based servers and generate a download link. You then send a link to your recipient and they’ll be able to download the files directly from that link. For free users, those files are available to download for up to 7 days before the link expires. WeTransfer doesn't just offer basic file sharing, though. It also offers Pro and Premium plans with additional advanced features, including: WeTransfer also offers a creative tool called Paper, a digital sketching app designed for notes, illustrations, and quick ideas. Although Paper is separate from the file-sharing service, it’s part of the broader WeTransfer ecosystem aimed at helping creatives stay productive. WeTransfer is designed to be super simple to use. It’s also only really designed for one-off file sharing. Its core audience includes freelancers, creatives, and small teams who need to send large files occasionally — like a photographer delivering final shots to a client, or a designer sending a PDF presentation. It's for ad hoc transfers that don’t require long-term storage, asset versioning or team-wide access. ‍WeTransfer has four pricing tiers: With Dash, on the other hand, it costs just ÂŁ99 per month — with unlimited users and access to all features. That’s equivalent to just three users on WeTransfer Team WeTransfer isn’t built for brands or businesses that are constantly managing and distributing content — especially fast-paced ecommerce and DTC brands that have a regular flow of creative assets to juggle. WeTransfer won’t work for you if you’re: And if you’ve been relying on WeTransfer’s Portals & Reviews feature to share collections of assets or gather feedback, there’s another big reason to rethink your setup: WeTransfer is shutting those features down by December 22, 2025. From October 2025, you won’t be able to create new portals, and by December, all existing portals, comments, and content will be permanently removed. That means any collaborative workflows you’ve built around them will stop working altogether. In short, while WeTransfer works fine as a quick fix for one-off file sharing, it’s not designed to support ongoing asset workflows. If you’re growing a brand and need a more structured way to manage, share, and collaborate on content — without worrying about disappearing features — you’ll want to look at tools purpose-built for that. With this in mind, let’s get into some of the best WeTransfer alternatives for busy DTC brands. Is WeTransfer not working for your DTC business? Here are ten alternatives to WeTransfer that offer a range of additional features. Or, skip the list and download out free worksheet to find an alternative, fast. 👇 {{wetransfer-comparison="/blog-components"}} Your complete creative management solution. Search, find, share and manage all your visual content Simple, cloud-based file sharing Receiving files via form uploads Sending large files with no size limits Delivery tracking and high-volume sharing Quick, secure file transfers First on our list is Dash (that's us đŸ‘‹đŸŒ). It's an ecommerce digital asset management tool that lets you easily share and receive product images and videos from freelancers, resellers and PR teams. To share media files in Dash, you can: Send creative assets via quick share links In Dash, you can generate share links to send to your recipient. They’ll be able to view and download the images and videos even if they don't use Dash. This is ideal when you're sending a handful of visual assets to a person or team you don't collaborate with often — for example, sending PR images for a one-time article feature. You’ll be able to set custom expiry dates, or remove expiry dates altogether. Something you’ll struggle to do with WeTransfer. 😇 Set up a public portal for your Dash account Dash serves as a visual library for your brand, and a portal offers a publicly-accessible version of that library. You can pick what assets live in the portal, set up a password and add a welcome message to your visitors. The great thing about having a portal is that you can forget share links altogether. Instead, partners can self-serve their own assets without needing to hassle you. So if you’re working with a retailer, you can give them access to relevant product assets which will update automatically when you update your primary Dash. You can also add a password for extra protection, and leave a welcome message to make your partners feel like VIPs. 💡 Learn more about portals in our case study with the watering can brand, Haws. They use portals to share content with over 100 retail partners. 🙌 Send a guest upload link to partners If your customers and content creators are using WeTransfer to send in UGC and reviews, no doubt your inbox is swamped with links. Luckily, Dash has an answer for this too.In Dash, you can create unique guest upload links where your creators can upload content straight into your image library. You’ll be able to accept or reject assets as they come, and pick which folder they’ll go to once live. It makes it super easy for the rest of your team to make the most of your UGC. Create and share asset collections The final way to share in Dash is by using collections. You can group all the images and videos for a specific campaign and share them as a Dash collection. This is ideal when you're working with different teams and external collaborators on a project (like a PR campaign) and don't want to keep sending them assets separately. Plus, you can collaborate with your team mates by inviting them to your collecting where they’ll be able to add additional assets. Pricing For ÂŁ99/$139 per month, you can access all of Dash's features for unlimited users, including: cropping and resizing visual assets for your marketing channels; reusing images and videos in Canva and quickly dropping content into Shopify and WooCommerce. Take a look at our full list of digital asset management features. Yes, Dash is a secure way to send and receive images and videos from collaborators. First, when your data is being sent from one place to another, we use encryption to make it unreadable to anyone who might try to access or steal it. Secondly, once your data reaches our cloud storage, it stays safe because we encrypt it there, too. Not to forget Dash's account security features that let you control who accesses your creative assets, for how long, and what they can do with it. For example, you can set up link expiration dates to automatically revoke asset access after a specific period. Finally, we're ISO/IEC 27001 accredited, which is the world's best-known standard for information security management systems. Google Drive is billed as an all-in-one file-sharing and management tool. But the reality is quite different. While Drive works well for sharing documents of all sizes, it falls short when it comes to visual asset management. Sure, you can upload large images and video files to your drive and share the link with others. However, you'll quickly discover that it's hard to organise visual content in Google Drive for several reasons: 1. Its storage system is very confusing. Important images or videos can easily get mixed up in the wrong folder or buried under heaps of sub-folders. Dash, on the other hand, uses an intuitive folder structure that makes it easy to find saved images and videos. 2. You need to manually rename all assets uploaded to your Drive. Otherwise, you'll end up with file names like IMG_1235645_34.PNG, making it harder to find and share the right assets. Dash, on the other hand, scans and auto-tags uploaded content with relevant keywords. For example, an image containing a chair will be tagged as ‘chair’, among other product-related keywords. When you search for ‘chair’, all assets with that tag will appear, meaning you can find images without bothering with their file names. In summary, if you're looking for a way to share documents like case studies, sales documents, and pitch decks, Google Drive is a good choice. But if you want to send or receive images and other types of creative assets, you're better off with a tool actually built for that, like Dash. Google Drive is free for all Google Workspace users. However, you can upgrade to a paid subscription plan for more storage, from $6 per user/month. Is Google Drive secure? Google Drive is generally considered secure. It encrypts your files and uses advanced security features, such as two-step verification and secure file-sharing options, to help protect your files and documents. Dropbox is good for the same thing as Google Drive: general file sharing and storage. The main difference is that Dropbox isn't part of a suite of business tools, unlike Drive, which comes with Google Workspace. Most of Google Drive's limitations apply to Dropbox. It has outdated file naming conventions, a non-intuitive interface, and little or no features for visual asset management. That's why Brook Taverner, a top clothing store in the U.K., ditched Dropbox for Dash to manage its creative assets. ‍“We needed a way to mix and match different items of clothing on screen. So we might have a pair of chinos from one collection and a jacket from another, which our distributors could then use to create an outfit. Dropbox just didn't do the job. We basically needed an online photo gallery that was searchable and filterable.” Dash helped them achieve this with an aesthetically pleasing content library 👇 This doesn't mean Dropbox has no place in your DTC business. You can use it to send and receive pitch decks, signed contracts, and other documents. Dropbox offers a free plan that lets you store and share up to 2GB of files. If you require more storage, you can upgrade to a paid plan, starting at $9.99 per month. Dropbox is a secure file-sharing tool. It uses multiple encryption layers to protect your data when it's transmitted and stored. It also provides advanced key management, two-factor verification, and end-to-end encryption OneDrive is a cloud storage system for Microsoft Office users. It lets you send and receive files, organise them, and collaborate with your team in real-time. You can share links to your files and set permissions to control whether recipients can view or edit the file. You can also share files and folders with specific people by entering their email addresses or creating public share links. This allows you to collaborate with people who don't have a OneDrive account. However, some people have reported file syncing and sharing issues. For example, this user struggled with sharing folders, and this one said that documents didn't sync in real time, making it harder for multiple people to work on the same file. OneDrive also lacks a user-friendly interface, using boring thumbnails instead of beautiful image previews. OneDrive comes with Microsoft 365. You can get started with a free plan and upgrade for more storage for $19.99 per year. It also offers a free trial across all paid plans. OneDrive offers solid and reliable data security. It has popular security features, such as two-factor authentication, mobile encryption, and end-to-end encryption for backups, uploads, and downloads. Jumpshare is a cloud-based file sharing and collaboration platform that allows users to share files quickly through links. It also offers features such as screen capture, recording, and video editing, making it a versatile platform for creative teams. However, some users say that Jumpshare’s layout can be confusing due to its numerous features. Also, its sharing speed can be inconsistent, especially for larger files. Jumpshare offers a free plan with 2GB of total storage. You can upgrade to a paid plan for higher storage limits, starting at $8.25 per user/month. Yes, Jumpshare offers secure file transfer. You can add passwords to shared files for extra protection or send them as private media. ShareDrop is a web-based application that lets you send files directly to devices without uploading them to any servers first. ShareDrop is pretty straightforward. You visit the website, wait for the other device to appear on your screen, and click to share. The file transfer starts as soon as the recipient accepts your sharing request. While there’s no file size limit (meaning you can send massive files with no extra cost) ShareDrop can be pretty slow when sending larger files (like 8GB of data at once). Also, you can only send and receive files to devices connected to the same local network or public IP address, limiting your reach. ShareDrop is free to use. Anyone can visit the website and share files without paying subscription fees. Yes, ShareDrop is secure. It uses a secure peer-to-peer connection to directly send details about the file (like its name and size) and the actual file data. JotForm is primarily an online form builder, but you can also use it to send or receive files from your retail partners and collaborators. Its file upload feature lets you collect individual files (up to 1GB) directly through forms and save them in your preferred cloud storage system, including Google Drive and Dropbox. We’ve already discussed the limitations of these cloud storage systems, so I won’t go into more detail. What you need to remember is that systems like Dropbox and Drive only work for general document sharing and management. They can’t handle your visual assets well. JotForm offers a free plan that lets you receive and store up to 100MB of data. If you need more storage, you’ll have to upgrade to a paid plan, starting at $34 per month. JotForm is a secure platform for creating online forms and collecting data. It takes security seriously, offering features like SSL encryption, compliance with general data protection regulations (GDPR), and secure data storage. Smash is a file transfer service that lets you send huge files with no size limits — even on the free plan. While it’s pitched as a creative-friendly alternative to WeTransfer, it’s still a fairly barebones tool when it comes to ongoing asset management. You upload your file, get a download link, and send it to your recipient. But when you’re working with lots of product images, videos, or branded campaign content, Smash’s simplicity starts to feel like a limitation. That’s because you’ll need to re-upload files every time you want to share them. Dash, by comparison, gives you a visual library with folders, filters, and search tools — so your team can grab the content they need without chasing you. So while Smash is a great option for quick one-off transfers, it’s not designed for brands who want to store, manage, and share content long-term. PricingSmash is free to use with no file size limit. Paid plans start from €5/month and include custom branding, longer file availability, and transfer tracking. Is Smash secure?Smash uses SSL/TLS encryption for transfers and gives you the option to add password protection to files. However, it doesn’t offer end-to-end encryption. Filemail is a WeTransfer alternative designed to handle big file transfers — up to 5TB on paid plans. It includes delivery tracking, which makes it ideal if you’re regularly sending files to retail partners or agencies and need to know they’ve received them. That said, Filemail is still a transfer-only tool, not a content management platform. Once the files are sent and downloaded, they’re gone — there’s no central content library, version control, or collaborative access for your wider team. So while Filemail is ideal for occasional high-volume transfers, it’s not a replacement for tools that support ongoing content workflows. Pricing Filemail has a free tier for sending up to 5GB. Paid plans start at $10/month with delivery tracking, larger transfer sizes, and storage options. Is Filemail secure?Yes. Filemail uses encrypted transfers and offers password protection. Paid plans include virus scanning and download restrictions for added control. Wormhole is a lightweight file transfer tool designed for speed and privacy. It lets you send files up to 10GB instantly via a shareable link — with end-to-end encryption and a self-destruct feature that deletes files after they’re downloaded or after 24 hours. Plus, once your file link expires, it’s gone. And there’s no way to personalise the experience or make your content feel like part of your brand. Wormhole is great when you need to send something quickly and securely, but it’s not a content management tool. PricingWormhole is completely free. Yes — Wormhole uses end-to-end encryption, which means your files are encrypted before they leave your device and can only be decrypted by the recipient. This means any sensitive data is protected during transfer. So what’s the best WeTransfer alternative for your business? That depends on your needs. Want a tool to simply send over PDFs to your sales team? Opt for Google Drive. Only need to get content from your photographers? Follow the herd and go with Dropbox. But having lots of different tools doing lots of different jobs will leave you in content chaos. And that's a trap that DTC brands can't afford to fall into. Most ecommerce companies need to create content, get those assets ready for their marketing campaigns, and share them with their retail partners and ad agencies. So why not pick a tool that can do everything, all in one place? With Dash you get: Our pricing plans are affordable, too. You can get all of Dash’s digital asset management features for unlimited users for $109 per month. Want to take Dash for a spin? Try it for free for 14 days. Find answers to frequently asked questions about choosing a WeTransfer alternative for your ecommerce store. 1. Is there a free alternative to WeTransfer? There are plenty of alternatives to WeTransfer that offer free file transfer services. Popular options include cloud storage solutions like Zoho WorkDrive and open-source sharing software like ShareDrop. If you're looking for an all-in-one file transfer tool for sharing and organising your visual content, you should use Dash. 2. Is Dropbox more secure than WeTransfer? WeTransfer and Dropbox have comparable security features. They both offer password protection, encryption and link expiration for shared content. 3. Does Google Drive work like WeTransfer for file sharing? Google has a file-sharing service called Google Drive, which allows you to easily send and receive files with others. It's a decent alternative to WeTransfer for document sharing. However, it doesn't do well with sharing and organising visual content like images and videos. 4.  Is WeTransfer better than Google Drive? It depends on what you're trying to do. WeTransfer is a quick and easy way to send large files — especially when you don’t need to store them long-term. It’s handy for one-off transfers, like sending a campaign video or some product shots to a retail partner. Google Drive, on the other hand, is better suited for collaborating on documents or storing and accessing files over time. You can organise your content in folders, leave comments, and work on docs and sheets in real time with your team. But when it comes to sharing visual content, especially at scale, Google Drive can get messy. Think: chaotic folders, inconsistent naming, and no real visual search. So which one’s better? But if you’re an ecommerce or DTC brand that’s regularly managing and sharing creative assets — with retail partners, agencies, or influencers — then neither tool is really built for that. You’ll likely need a more purpose-built content management platform like Dash that helps you organise, tag, share, and collect assets all in one place. 5. What are the main downsides of using WeTransfer for ecommerce brands? Potential disadvantages of using WeTransfer include file size limits for free accounts, limited storage duration for files, and a lack of advanced digital asset management features, like auto-tagging and the ability to crop and resize images. Faith Uzuegbu is a content marketer and freelance writer for B2B SaaS and tech companies like ClassPass, PlayPlay, and Thinkific. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/what-is-digital-asset-management Title: What is digital asset management (DAM)?Twitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Digital asset management (DAM) is the home for your brand's visual content. Here's what you need to know. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/what-is-digital-asset-management ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: What is digital asset management (DAM)? H3: TLDR: What is DAM and why it matters for your brand? H3: What does DAM stand for? H3: Why use a digital asset management system? H3: Which teams will use your DAM system? H3: How much does a digital asset management system cost? H3: Is there a free DAM option? H3: 4 brands using Dash as their DAM tool H2: 6 digital asset management solutions for your brand H3: 1. Dash: for growing ecommerce brands H3: 2. Air: for creative operations H3: 3. Brandfolder: for large enterprise teams H3: 4. Bynder: for global organisations H3: 5. Canto: for mid-sized businesses H3: 6. Frontify: for brand management H3: How to pick a DAM that’s right for you H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: What is digital asset management (DAM)? H3: TLDR: What is DAM and why it matters for your brand? H3: What does DAM stand for? H3: Why use a digital asset management system? H3: Which teams will use your DAM system? H3: How much does a digital asset management system cost? H3: Is there a free DAM option? H3: 4 brands using Dash as their DAM tool H2: 6 digital asset management solutions for your brand H3: 1. Dash: for growing ecommerce brands H3: 2. Air: for creative operations H3: 3. Brandfolder: for large enterprise teams H3: 4. Bynder: for global organisations H3: 5. Canto: for mid-sized businesses H3: 6. Frontify: for brand management H3: How to pick a DAM that’s right for you H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Digital asset management (DAM) is software that helps you store, organise, find and share digital content all in one place. We’re talking creative like product photos, marketing graphics, brand videos, packaging files, and more. It gives your team a central, searchable library so they’re not hunting through messy shared drive folders or digging through email threads. In this guide, we’ll explain exactly what a DAM system does, how it works, and whether your ecommerce brand actually needs one. Here’s a summary of why your brand needs a digital asset management tool. In marketing, DAM stands for digital asset management. A digital asset is the content your team uses to promote your products — think product photos, lifestyle images, logos, videos, packaging files, social media content, and more. Basically we’re talking about any file that lives digitally and has value to your brand — especially when it comes to marketing and sales. For ecommerce and DTC brands, this typically includes: As your brand grows, keeping those assets organised becomes tricky, especially if you're working with freelancers, agencies, or remote teammates. That's where digital asset management comes in. There are several variations of DAM software like brand asset management and video asset management. But no matter the type of digital asset management system you use, it’ll help you manage, share and deploy your digital files from one central source. You don’t want your team to use every digital asset your brand creates. Draft variants of ad videos or raw photography files, for instance, can stay on Dropbox. Think of your DAM as the single place that everyone in your business can go to for brand-approved, up-to-date, and ready to use creative. A great digital asset management tool should be built with your needs in mind. Every feature, function and integration should be designed to make your life easier. It’s as simple as that. Here’s an overview of digital asset management benefits. A digital asset management system is basically a search engine for your visual content. Think of it like a digital asset library that you can search in seconds. The less time you spend looking for assets, the more time you can spend on content creation, planning campaigns and all the things you’ve actually been hired to do. A good digital asset management platform, like Dash, has features that are specifically designed to save you time. For instance, AI can identify objects within your images so you can type in a keyword and get relevant search results in seconds. You can also use custom tags and fields to help filter your search. As Kim from RevAir told us: “ [Dash] made perfect sense, and I was ready to show our finance team how much productivity and time we would save, which would translate into cost savings
I truly believe Dash has saved us at least ten times its cost.” If you need to show your boss how much money Dash could save you, take a look at our article that helps you calculate the ROI of your DAM. đŸ€‘ Get your visual content in front of customers, faster If you’re a growing business - which many of our customers are - digital asset management software will give you that extra speed when pushing out digital content to your channels. For example, if you’re an ecommerce brand, you’ll want to get your new content for product launches ready ASAP. The quicker you can get your products listed, the faster you’ll see those conversions coming in, right? 😉 Here just a handful of ways you can visual content out quickly with Dash: Many DAM providers talk about ‘brand integrity’ which is part of your brand management. It’s about keeping better tabs on your content going out into the world (so you can stop any mistakes before it’s too late). Features such as permissions will ensure that only certain people can access digital assets. Expiry dates will notify your team when something is no longer available to use on the web. And version control will ensure your teams only have access to the most up-to-date digital marketing assets. What’s more, making sure you have the right, high-quality visuals will mean a better experience for your customers. Just think about the times you’ve landed on a website that has pixelated images on its homepage. Or a brand’s social account filled with confusing off-brand content. This is not a good customer experience. With DAM software, you’ll ensure that you and your team always have access to quality, on-brand visuals whenever they need them. Collaborate with agencies, freelancers and creators Many growing brands partner up with external teams to help design creative assets, run campaigns and create content. Getting outside expertise can do wonders to the growth of your business. But if you’re relying on Dropbox and WeTransfer to send assets back and forth, you’ll get slowed down. Trawling through multiple design iterations and trying to gather feedback is no easy job. Dash will speed up your approval workflows because you can do it all within the app. For example, you can ask your freelance designer to upload their creatives into Dash for approval. If they’re not quite hitting the mark, you can add comments to their designs and ask them to upload a new version. If you’re working on videos, you can also use time stamps to specify which point in the video you’d like changed. This approval process is also ideal if you’re working with influencers or curating user-generated content. ✹ Check out our article all about the benefits of a digital asset management platform for a more detailed look at DAM and the features that will help your brand grow. If you purchase a DAM, you’ll want to make sure everyone in your company is making the most of it. Generally, marketing and design teams will be the ones using your digital asset management software the most. From our experience, these are the folk that usually introduce the tool to the rest of the business.  But that doesn’t mean it’s wasted on everybody else. In fact, a DAM that’s accessible will be welcomed by people from across your business. Let’s take a look at some examples: As we’ve mentioned, the marketing team will be using your DAM software day-to-day. You can keep your marketing materials here including campaign graphics, product pics, content guidelines (oh yes, Dash lets you store documents, too), and any creative files you need to market your products. đŸ€“ Read about the specific DAM use case for marketers. Your sales team are the ones talking to customers every day. Whether they’re talking to resellers or consumers, they’ll need to see what your upcoming product lines look like. Sending customers the latest product catalogue is much easier when your sales team can do it from your DAM. They can simply send them a link via URL or email, or set up a portal and let resellers browse products themselves. đŸ€“ The H&H Group use Dash to send product brochures to customers around the world. Brand managers know it's essential to maintain brand consistency. It’s what impacts the integrity of your business and will, ultimately, affect the bottom line. So when an outdated asset goes out on your social media platforms or a fuzzy graphic is slapped up on your website, you risk confusing your audience and losing trust. A DAM will ensure approved brand assets are available to your teams. You can also keep your brand guidelines here too, so new hires can quickly get up to speed. đŸ€“ Learn about brand asset management and why it’s important for your business. Your designers are the ones producing creative for your marketing and brand teams. By keeping approved and ready-to-go designs in your DAM, creative teams no longer get hassled for the latest ad graphics or transparent brand logo for the 15th time. 😅 Plus, Dash integrates Adobe Creative Cloud so they won’t need to go back and forth between different tools to access their design files. This’ll be a huge improvement for their creative workflows. đŸ€“ Discover why DAM for designers can be so beneficial. PR and communication teams Even if you don’t have an internal PR and comms team, a DAM will help you get your product and brand visuals over to the press. The media industry is fast-moving, so you need to get content to your press enquiries quickly if you want to get featured in news stories. Digital asset management software offers loads of features and benefits, so it's understandable to think it’ll set your business back a lot of money. And you wouldn’t be wrong: historically, DAMs have been built for enterprise companies and priced accordingly. Although many vendors don’t show their pricing, you'll be looking at a minimum of $450 per month for some of the most well-known enterprise DAM solutions like Bynder. But if you want a DAM for your growing business, you don’t have to settle for these expensive solutions. They’re aimed at enterprise brands for a reason. Instead, consider Dash. 😇 Dash has been built for small brands in mind, so our features are focused on your needs - not those of massive corporations who have complex requirements. Dash costs just ÂŁ99/$139 per month and you get all features along with unlimited users. You’ll only pay extra if you increase your download limit or the number of assets you keep in your Dash. Some DAM tools offer free trials or freemium plans, but lock useful features behind a paywall. If you’re serious about staying organised and scaling your marketing, it’s worth investing in a paid plan that fits your workflow. You can try Dash for free, then pick a plan that matches the needs of your team (starting from ÂŁ99/$139 per month). Wondering how other companies are using DAM? What better way to show you than with our very own clients! Here’s a look at some Dash customers. ✹ COAT uses Dash to generate marketing ideas quickly Luxury paint brand, COAT, uses Dash to plan their marketing campaigns. With Dash’s search feature, Abi, COAT’s Brand Manager, is able to spark new ideas in a few clicks. “The searchability in Dash has been a game changer for us. It’s my favourite feature. It helps spark new ideas—especially since we have so much content, it’s easy to forget what’s available. Being able to dive into these little rabbit holes and discover things we didn’t even know we had is incredibly useful.” Haws use Dash to sell to their 100 + retailers Haws is one of the oldest watering can brands in the world. They have relationships with 100+ brick and mortar retailers globally. Each stockist has access to a Haw’s Dash portal where they can find and download a mix of product images, lifestyle photos and marketing content which are updated in real-time. Here’s what a reseller sees when they open up a Haws portal. Josh, the Purchasing Manager says this is the best way to set their partners up for success: “Some of our partners don’t have the budget to spend on beautiful lifestyle images or product photography. By providing that for them, we help them on their journey to sell more Haws. And it’s a win for us, because the more of our products they sell, the more they’ll buy from us.” Beavertown use Dash to improve their creative workflows Beavertown is one of the UK’s leading independent breweries. Before Dash, they relied on Dropbox to manage and deploy their unique illustration and design assets. There was no approval process, so it meant people were able to grab any asset (whether it has been approved or not 😬). Now, with Dash, Lily - the brand’s Senior Digital Creative - is able to use approval workflows to gatekeep their extensive asset library. She particularly loves the approval feature which means anything that’s uploaded needs to be given the go ahead by her first. “I really like this feature because it gives me visibility on what people are doing. If people want to upload stuff, it only takes me a few seconds to approve things. That also means that if one of the teams signs with an agency, they’re able to send them a link to a folder and everyone will know that all the assets in that folder have been approved first.” Gozney use Dash to shorten their content pipeline Gozney makes it easy to craft top-quality pizza in the comfort of your own home. Not only are their pizza ovens used in the world’s leading kitchens, they’re also found in gardens and patios across the globe. The team has a solid content and social media strategy. They want customers to make the most of their products so they create cooking tutorials, how-tos and recipe videos. They use Dash to shorten the time it takes to get this content to the teams that need it. The faster they can do this, the quicker they can get content in front of customers. Here’s a look at how they organise their Dash homepage: Gozney’s Senior Content Creator,Przemyslaw, says: “It’s just a matter of creating the content, uploading it to Dash, and either distributing it internally (and most of our teams have their own Dash accounts so they’d have access to it instantly) or adding it to the portals for our external partners. We've significantly shortened the time we spend uploading and preparing the content for use.” Absolutely! Here's a new section for your "What is DAM?" article that fits your tone and highlights six digital asset management solutions, including Dash, Air, Brandfolder, Bynder, Canto, and Frontify: If you’ve decided that a digital asset management (DAM) system is the way to go, the next step is choosing the right platform. There are plenty of options out there, but they’re not all built the same—and some are better suited to certain businesses than others. Here’s a quick rundown of six DAM solutions to consider, from enterprise tools to platforms designed for fast-moving ecommerce teams. Dash (that’s us!) is built for small and mid-sized ecommerce businesses that want an affordable, intuitive DAM without the enterprise bloat. It’s super simple to use, with features designed to help you launch campaigns quickly and keep your store and marketing channels up to date. You can search using AI-powered tags, crop images for social, and share content with retailers using Portals. Plus, we integrate with Shopify, Canva, Klaviyo and more. Pricing starts at just ÂŁ99/$139 per month, and you’ll get unlimited users on every plan. {{free-trial="/blog-components"}} Air likes to position itself as a creative operations tool that blurs the line between DAM and project management. It offers visual workspaces, Kanban boards, and the ability to comment on assets with time-stamped feedback. However, it’s light on deployment features—so you may find yourself downloading and re-uploading content to your ecommerce or marketing platforms. And its pricing can quickly ramp up and become expensive. Learn more about Air digital asset management. Brandfolder is an enterprise-grade DAM used by big names like Mastercard and Zoom. It offers robust features like detailed asset analytics, templating, web-to-print, and an extensive integration list. It’s built for large teams that need to control complex asset workflows, but all those features come at a price—Brandfolder typically costs upwards of $1,600 per month, which are usually overkill for growing, more agile brands. Learn more about Brandfolder and its alternatives. Bynder is another long-established DAM solution aimed at enterprise-level businesses. It offers brand portals, creative workflows, and global distribution tools for managing digital content across multiple teams and regions. It’s good for big companies with complex approval processes, but the interface can be overwhelming if you’re a smaller team just looking to organise and share assets quickly. Read up on Bynder pricing and digital asset management alternatives. Canto is a popular DAM for mid-market brands, offering a mix of features including AI tagging, branding tools, and collaboration options. Some users report finding the interface clunky, but it’s a solid middle-ground solution if you need more functionality than a basic tool but don’t want to go full-enterprise. Pricing starts at around $600 per month, which can be a stretch for smaller teams. Discover more about Canto for digital asset management. Frontify is more of a brand management platform than a traditional DAM. It’s ideal for brand managers looking to build interactive guidelines and manage templates in one place. It does offer some DAM functionality, but the asset management tools can feel secondary to its core focus. If your main priority is deploying content to ecommerce channels, and you want your whole business to find value in your DAM, you’ll most likely be limited by Frontify. Find some great Frontify alternatives for your brand. If you feel it’s time to purchase a DAM, you might want a little guidance around the types of solutions out there. Take a look at G2 and Capterra to get an idea of the types of features to expect, along with the various pricing models available. There’s loads of DAMs out there and it can get overwhelming, which is why we’ve compared some well-known DAMs for you. Take a look at our articles that explore the pros and cons of Bynder and Canto. Alternatively, take a look at our DAM comparison worksheet to help you compare features, pricing and onboarding processes. {{dam-comparison="/blog-components"}} We recommend filling out this worksheet as you do your research. Here are some things to consider: How big (or small) is your budget? Digital asset managers have a reputation for being expensive. Totally fine if you’re in a huge enterprise, but not so great if you’re in a bootstrapped growing DTC brand. If you’re worried about cost, be wary of DAMs who don’t have a transparent pricing page on their site and make you book a call with them to get information on costs. That’s often a red flag. Consider DAMs who make their pricing upfront and clear (like, ahem, us). How easy is it to get started? If you’re picking a DAM to save you time, you don’t want to be drawn into a lengthy and exhausting set-up process. Instead, look for DAMs that offer help moving your assets over from their old location. Check out Lea’s post on the four steps to migrating your assets to Dash which includes a free worksheet. What features are essential? Sit down with your team and make a list of what features you’d consider essential, and what features are just ‘nice to have’. If you need to get buy-in from your senior manager, you don’t want to end up justifying the cost of an expensive DAM full of features you don’t need. Sitting down with your team also helps you get aligned and makes sure you’re finding a DAM that’s right for everybody. How easy is it to cancel? Who knows where you’ll be in a year or two? If you need some flexibility, be wary of digital asset managers who lock you into lengthy contracts. With Dash, we’ll only need a month’s notice if you ever want to bid farewell. If you’re looking for digital asset management software that’s affordable and designed to suit the needs for your growing brand, you can’t go wrong with Dash. Pricing starts at ÂŁ99/$139 a month. You’ll get all features as well as unlimited users right away. You’ll only pay more if you upload more assets or want to increase your download limit. Want to give it a try? Sign up for a free, 14-day trial below. We won’t ask you for credit card information yet and you can cancel at any time. ✹ Amy Burchill is the SEO and Content Manager for Dash. She works with ecommerce experts to create articles for DTC brands wanting to improve their campaigns. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/what-is-ecommerce-marketing Title: 18 proven ecommerce marketing strategies to grow your brandTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Want to grow your DTC brand but don't know where to start? Follow these 18 proven ecommerce marketing strategies to boost your online sales. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/ecommerce-marketing-strategies ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: 18 proven ecommerce marketing strategies to grow your brand H3: The key ecommerce buyer stages (and why they matter) H3: 17 real-life ecommerce marketing strategies you can try right now H3: Setting up your ecommerce marketing strategy for success H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: 18 proven ecommerce marketing strategies to grow your brand H3: The key ecommerce buyer stages (and why they matter) H3: 17 real-life ecommerce marketing strategies you can try right now H4: 1. Target new audiences with ecommerce advertising H4: 2. Improve your product photography and videos H4: 3. Work on your influencer marketing H4: 4. Launch Google Shopping campaigns H4: 5. Run remarketing advertising H4: 6. Build a product recommendation quiz H4: 7. Capture emails with pop-up banners H4: 8. Optimise your product pages H4: 9. Improve how you work with resellers, distributors and stockists H4: 10. Capture UGC and reviews from happy customers H4: 11. Level-up your Amazon Store profile H4: 12. Feature real-life stories from your customers H4: 13. Optimise your checkout process for extra revenue H4: 14. Send abandoned cart emails H4: 15. Offer product subscriptions for recurring revenue H4: 16. Create after-care campaigns for customers H4: 17. Launch a customer loyalty marketing program H4: 18. Create an SEO strategy H3: Setting up your ecommerce marketing strategy for success H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Make it and they will come. Right? If only it were that easy. In a crowded marketplace, it’s not enough to be making great products. You also need a killer ecommerce marketing strategy to build awareness of your brand, turn site visitors into loyal customers, and keep them coming back for more. In this article, we’ll cover 18 proven tactics any ecommerce marketer can use right now to grow their business. But first 
 It’s rare that someone will stumble across your website for the first time and buy your products straight away. Most shoppers don’t work like that. They need to take time to trust your brand and do their own research before parting with their hard-earned cash. A great ecommerce marketing strategy should be designed to reflect how people actually shop online. Here’s the 4 key ecommerce buyer and consideration stages a potential shopper goes through: This is where you’ll see some blogs talk about the ‘ecommerce funnel’. But a funnel implies buyers move through the funnel only to drop out the other end once they’ve bought an item. It’s inevitable that’ll be the case for the majority of your shoppers: they’ll order something never to be seen again. But you should devote a portion of your marketing effort into boosting customer retention and repeat purchases. So instead, think of an online shopper’s journey as a forever-repeating cycle. Here’s how the 4 key ecommerce stages work together: Now we’ve got the customer lifecycle covered, let’s get to the ecommerce marketing tactics you can use to boost your online sales. Each of these have been taken from real-life DTC brands just like yours. Running cold ecommerce advertising campaigns can be an effective way for your DTC brand to get in front of your target market and generate ecommerce sales quickly. As long as you’re clear on who your ideal customer is, you can use advertising platforms like TikTok, Facebook and Instagram to build new audiences. Just make sure you’ve set up the relevant tracking pixels on your site so you’re able to measure success. Once you’ve created your audience and tracking, you’ll next want to make your ad assets. As this will most likely be the first time a potential shopper has ever heard of you, be sure to include something attention-grabbing to stop them mid-scroll. Good news - you don’t need to spend all your marketing budget creating slick and polished ad graphics. Take this example from DTC brand Billie, who sell women’s razors. The ad graphic would have cost them very little to produce, but gets across their key selling-points at a glance. 💡 Want more where that came from? Check out our essential ecommerce advertisting strategies. The importance of your product visuals cannot be understated. They’re the foundation on which you can build the rest of your visual marketing strategy. Your product photography and videos should be clear, well-lit and visually communicate the distinct attributes and benefits of your product. If you want to level-up your product photos, you can either take them yourself (check out our DIY product photography guide) or brief a photographer. For some inspiration, here’s a great collection of product assets that non-alcoholic spirit brand Caleño use for their dark and spicy non-alcoholic tropical rum. They’ve created a variety of creatives, all of which serve a slightly different purpose like: Although these are different assets, the brand has made sure they all look good together by using a cohesive colour palette, props and lighting. Now imagine all those product assets were easy to search for across the business. It’d mean their teams (like social, sales or ecommerce) could find and use assets quickly, as well as share with their stockists. Sound good? Well, that’s basically what Dash does - try it out yourself! Influencer marketing can be a great way for ecommerce brands to successfully engage with new audiences. After all, 71% of shoppers are likely to buy products after a social media influencer they trust recommends them. That's why you'll often find influencers are a key part of a DTC brand's social media marketing. There’s many ways to create an influencer marketing strategy. You might decide to sign-up big-budget influencers with huge audiences for a set amount of social media posts, or work with micro-influencers instead. Or you could keep an eye on posts from influencers in your niche and engage with them if they ever post about using your products. Take a peek at this Instagram comment from YesColours. They saw that interior design influencer Maitri Mody picked their paints for a project. They then commented on her post with the specific name of their colours. So now if Maitri’s followers (most of whom are also YesColour's target audience) feel inspired to recreate her look, they know exactly the paint they need to buy. Clever! Don’t overlook Google Shopping ads - there’s a reason they account for 76% of all search advertising spend in the ecommerce sector. Running Google Shopping campaigns for your brand is an effective way of making sure your items are being considered when prospective customers are deciding what to buy. Setting them up is relatively easy. All you need is to link your Google Ads account with your Merchant Center. As long as your product information is set up correctly in your Merchant Center, Google Ads can automatically pull information like reviews, product name and images through to your shopping ad. Here’s an example of several brands bidding against the term ‘citrus candle’. You’ll see all brands are using clean, clear product imagery and most opt to highlight their reviews. Remarketing campaigns can significantly improve conversion rates by targeting a warm audience that is more receptive to your messaging. By engaging with potential customers who have already shown an interest in you, remarketing advertising keeps you top of mind and increases the likelihood of the person buying from you. Most advertising platforms - like Facebook, Instagram and Google - all offer remarketing options. All you need to do is install the platform’s tracking pixel on your marketing site. The ad graphics you use for remarketing campaigns will differ slightly from cold prospecting. For remarketing, focus on social proof (more on that later), messages which build trust in your brand, and sales incentives which nudge people on-the-fence to finally take the plunge. Here’s an example of the latter from drinks brand Served, offering 50% off your first order. We cover remarketing in detail in our guide to ecommerce advertising strategies - check it out! Most brands need to educate potential customers on their different products and guide them toward the best-fit item for them. If you expect a site visitor to do all that work alone, sifting through your different product pages to whittle down their favourites, then
 think again. Take a page from the book of fragrance brand DS & Durga. Rather than making site visitors read descriptions of each scent, their website offers a short quiz so it can recommend your perfect scent. They then make it easy to add recommended samples to baskets with a click of a button. And for those wondering, I’m a spicy night owl. Who knew? đŸŒœđŸŠ‰đŸ”„ Not all visitors to your site want to buy straight away. So why not offer them something in exchange for their email address so you can tempt them to buy something later? Designing pop-up banners (like the one below from beauty brand 4.5.6 Skin) is a great way to do this. Here 4.2.6 offer a discount code for first orders, but you could also try time-limited sales or special offers like no shipping fees or a free gift. Test a few and see what gets the best results! An ecommerce site is only as good as its product pages: these are arguably the most vital content on your entire website. They need to articulate why your product is worth buying, remove blockers a potential shopper might have which prevents them from purchasing (like shipping costs) and prompt a shopper to checkout. These also need to provide a good customer experience (otherwise people will up and leave). If you’re looking for how to improve your own product pages, take inspiration from Made In Cookware. Their pages are a great example for a few different reasons. They: 💡 Looking for a way to speed up adding images to your Shopify product listings? Just use Dash's Shopify integration. It's perfect for ecommerce teams - just drop assets from Dash straight into your product listing and the integration takes care of the rest (including Shopify image optimisation). It’s rare for an ecommerce business to solely rely on selling products through their own online store. You’ll also most likely be working with a range of wholesalers, resellers, brick-and-mortar retailers and online marketplaces to sell your products. Those partnerships are valuable. But the relationships can be time-consuming and tricky to manage. You want to make sure every partner has all of the product assets they need to sell your products without having to hassle you, right? Haws, who make best-in-class watering cans, found the perfect solution for managing their 100+ resellers. For each, they set up a Dash portal, created a unique welcome message, and selected the folders of product assets every individual reseller would need. Here’s what a Haws reseller portal looks like in Dash: Using a Dash portal, a reseller can log in, search for the specific type of product image they need, download the spec they want, and off they go. And that’s all without having to email Haws and wait for a response. The bottom line? The easier you make it for your resellers to work with you, the more likely it is they’ll sell your products. Customer reviews and user-generated content (UGC) should be an essential part of your digital marketing strategies. Think of social proof like MSG - it makes your marketing taste just that little better. Featuring social proof is a clear indicator that your company has happy customers full stop, and can therefore be trusted with would-be shoppers’ hard-earned cash. But not only that, it’s a chance to show your prospective customers that people just like them have similar motivations and are using your products for similar reasons that they might. Reviews and UGC can be a rich mine of content marketing. Take inspiration from men's make-up brand War Paint. They’ve used a mix of reviews and video UGC of their Daily Essentials Kit on their product page, posted them on social media platforms like Instagram and featured them in their promotional email campaigns. There are some great tools out there for capturing reviews, like Yotpo, which you can integrate with your website. And it’s easy to set up a guest upload link in Dash to get UGC from customers, then neatly organise it ready for you to use on your channels and social media campaigns. As our experts predicted in their post about ecommerce trends for 2023, marketplaces (like Amazon) have never been more important. With advertising costs spiralling, wiley DTC brands are going where their shoppers already are - and for most, that’s Amazon. Take this as your cue to properly optimise your brand’s Amazon Store vendor profile. Amazon now gives you a tonne of customisation features to brand your Store and highlight your VIP products. Check out this real-life chef’s kiss Amazon Store from health brand Mischief. It’s well-branded and gives store visitors clear sign-posts of where to go in order to shop the different types of products they make. And, to top it all off, they end the store with compelling social proof. People like to see and hear from others they can relate to. It helps to emphasise that your brand is for people just like them. We’re social creatures, after all! Interview customers who are actually buying from you and use it for content marketing, just like clothing brand Needle & Thread do. They sit down with brides who've worn their wedding dresses to talk about their big day and how they picked their dress. You can use content like this in your blog posts, in email newsletters, on socials and paid advertising. So what’re you waiting for? Are you leaving money on the table? Just because you’ve got a visitor about to purchase an item, doesn’t mean your job is done. Instead, optimise your checkout process to help increase your average order value (AOV). Just take a look at this ✹ masterclass ✹ in checkout optimisation courtesy of Huron, a hair and body care brand for men. There’s a tonne of tips and tricks you could take away from this. Let’s break it down: And they've managed to pack all of that into the checkout process without sacrificing the user experience. Genius! Here’s a statistic that’ll bring any ecommerce brand out in a sweat - almost 70% of shopping carts are abandoned. Ooft, that hurts. Luckily there’s a whole network of tools out there, like Klaviyo, which make it easy to set-up personalised abandoned cart email workflows. These email nurture journeys are designed to prompt a would-be customer to pick up where they left off and complete their purchase. Check out this abandoned cart email from consumer goods brand Nomad. There’s a lot of tricks you could try here, from the subject line which introduces an element of time pressure to the final section of the email which tries to deal with some potential purchase blockers a would-be customer might have. Prompting customers to opt for a repeat subscription to a product (rather than a one-off purchase) is a trend that’s become increasingly prominent in the past few years. Having a good chunk of your customers paying via monthly subscription can smooth over unpredictable peaks and troughs in your revenue that can come from one-time purchases. It can also help an ecommerce business better predict what inventory they’ll need in order to fulfil orders. So it’s no wonder it’s become popular and, thanks to tools like Relo's subscripton converter, it’s easy for DTC businesses to get started with it. Let’s stick with Relo and see how they managed to help cereal brand Surreal grow their subscribers. First off, they plugged Relo into their Shopify to create a list of target customers who it predicted were likely to make the switch to monthly subscriptions. Next, it ported that list over to the brand’s Klaviyo account so it could send personalised SMS and email marketing to those customers. Surreal also do a great job of promoting the benefits of subscribing on their product pages. Inspired? Find out more in Relo’s Surreal case study. Making sure a current customer is getting value from the product they’ve bought can help turn them into a loyal advocate for your brand. Spend some time thinking about how you could show them just that. If you’re a beauty brand, for example, you could send an email after someone buys your eyeliner showing them how to perfect their winged eye flicks. Or, like houseplant brand Patch, you could take it a step further. They know that customers becoming confident in their plant parenting skills is key to repeat purchases. So they offer a free plant care video course you can take with an expert. Inspired! Working on loyalty marketing should be an important part of your overall ecommerce marketing strategy. After all, it’s in your interest for current customers to recommend your product to their friends. So why not incentivise them to do just that and build a loyal customer base? Here’s a great example of a customer loyalty program, courtesy of noodle company Omson. Their loyalty scheme works through acquiring points. Not only do you earn these through buying noodles, you also get extra points for following them on social media channels. Once you’ve saved up enough, you can get money off your next order! Building a bank of educational content that’s optimised for search engines helps people find your brand organically. Say you sell natural deodorant: you could write content that targets search terms like 'plastic free deodorant' and 'vegan deodorant'. This not only helps you move up the search rankings, but it cements your brand as an authority in your particular niche which can help inform your prospective customer's purchase decisions. So how do you launch a blog? A good place to start is to use search engine optimisation (SEO) tools like Ahrefs. Use the keywords explorer to find search terms within your niche. For example, when we search 'natural deodorant' we get lots of related keywords and an indication on the amount of organic traffic it could generate. We could then collect all these keywords together to start building a content marketing strategy. Over time, we'd hope to increase traffic to our site. 📈 A good example is AKT London who use their blog to create educational articles that are tailored for SEO. They have different types of content that cover topics like 'sodium bicarbonate in deodorant' and the 'disadvantages of roll-on deodorant'. This content can then be used across social channels, newsletters and repurposed for video marketing. We’ve shown you ecommerce marketing tactics to use across your marketing channels which you can use to grow your business. But these strategies are going to quickly come unstuck if you don’t have the right tools in place. Let’s face it: you’re going to need a lot of assets to run all your marketing channels and grow your ecommerce brand. So to have any success with the below strategies, you first need to collect your visuals together. Sure, you can store all of that on Google Drive or Dropbox. But when multiple teams and external partners need access to your images and videos, that’ll get messy fast. The smartest DTC brands, like Passenger Clothing and COAT Paints, use Dash instead. Dash is a digital asset management tool designed specifically for ecommerce brands. With it, you can: Here’s a sneak peek of what COAT Paint’s Dash looks like. To quickly get on top of your visual content and product photography right now, try Dash, our ecommerce DAM. Take it for a spin with a no-strings free trial. Barney is the Marketing Lead for Dash. He writes about small business marketing strategies and how DTC brands can boost sales. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/why-personalisation-will-win-bfcm Title: Segment or lose: Why personalisation will win BFCM 2025Twitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Getting ready for Black Friday Cymber Monday? Shopify shares their tips for getting your store prepared. They also give tips on using segmentation and personalisation to win during the biggest shopping holiday of the year. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/why-personalisation-will-win-bfcm ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Segment or lose: Why personalisation will win BFCM 2025 H2: 5 best practices to win at BFCM H1: How brands can stay ahead during BFCM H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Segment or lose: Why personalisation will win BFCM 2025 H2: 5 best practices to win at BFCM H4: 1. Use your customer data H4: 2. Use advanced discounting tools H4: 3. Personalise creatives by segment H4: 4. Don’t overcomplicate early access campaigns H4: 5. Prioritise efficiency H1: How brands can stay ahead during BFCM H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Last year, Shopify merchants hit a record of $11.5 billion in sales over the Black Friday Cyber Monday weekend, up 24% from previous year. I’m Martin Harper, Co-Founder of Quickfire Digital, and I’ve seen firsthand that the brands that win aren’t the ones with the biggest discounts. They’re the ones who know exactly who they’re talking to and execute with precision. In this article, I’ll give you some quick tips for getting the most out of Black Friday on your Shopify store. And remember: if you’re working with an external agency, it’s important to brief them early. This will give them ample time for testing, implementation and adjustments. If you’re not using customer data this Black Friday Cyber Monday (BFCM), then you’re not just missing out now, but for every campaign that follows. So we recommend you start with the data you already have. Before you plan a single promotion or schedule that first teaser email, dig into last year’s BFCM data. Ask yourself: Shopify analytics, Klaviyo, or other third-party tools can help you analyse performance. What’s more, BFCM is not just a sales opportunity, it’s a chance to learn more about your customers. Every person who visits your site, signs up to your mailing list, or makes a purchase is giving valuable insight. You should be: This data is critical for post-sale nurturing and future campaigns by building highly targeted flows post BFCM. Segmentation is critical for winning BFCM. The good news? Shopify has the tools to help you make it happen. Start with Shopify’s customer tagging and the new Customer Eligibility for Automatic Discounts feature to build actionable segments like: This new update gives you more control and precision over receiving promotional pricing. During BFCM, you need to protect your margins while driving volume, segment-specific automatic discounts allows you to strike that balance. If you need more advanced functionality, you can explore third-party apps like Supereasy, Discount Kit, and Discount Ninja. And if you’re on Shopify Plus, a partner such as Quickfire can configure these rules to run flawlessly under high traffic, preventing issues like discount stacking or customer eligibility glitches. Generic visuals and vague copy won’t cut it during this competitive period. Plus 71% of consumers now expect companies to deliver personalised communications and products. If you’re segmenting your audience (which you should be), then your creative and messaging should follow suit. Here are some tips on the type of content you should be creating for each: Bonus tip: Use a visual content management tool like Dash to tag and organise assets by segment, region, or channel. This way, you can quickly match the right creative to the right audience across email, SMS, ads, and PDPs. And when it’s time to download, you can crop and resize your visuals for each channel in just a few clicks. Be cautious with overly complex early-access strategies. “Exclusive access” sounds exciting, but in practice? Setups like personalised URLs, staggered pricing, or time-based access tiers often slow you down, break under pressure, and rarely deliver better results. And what if someone forwards their ‘exclusive’ link to a friend? That’s not a problem—it’s a win. The whole point of early access is to generate sales and excitement. If more people are buying sooner, the strategy is working. During BFCM you’re already competing in a high-stakes, fast-paced sales window. Don’t overengineer exclusivity—keep the focus on driving sales. Here’s a smarter move: BFCM tests your operational efficiency. The brands that thrive aren’t always the loudest, they’re the ones who can react fast and execute under pressure. The reality? Every extra click, every “where’s that file” moment, every duplicated effort costs you sales during the most competitive shopping window of the year. With Dash, searching and organising your content is fast. Forget spending ages trawling through Google Drive and email threads. Instead, use Dash to organise, tag and search your content using quick keyword searches. You can: Black Friday Cyber Monday is going to be loud and competitive. But with the right data, smart segmentation, personalisation, and smooth operations, you can stand out without getting lost in the noise. The brands that come out on top aren’t the ones throwing out the deepest discounts at the last minute. They’re the ones who planned ahead, know their audience, and keep things running smoothly. Think of it this way: use last year’s insights, tap into Shopify’s new segmentation tools, keep early access simple, and let Dash take the stress out of managing all your creative. That’s how you keep momentum—and keep sales rolling in. Don’t just get through BFCM. Own it. 👉 Chat to Quickfire today to get your Shopify Plus store ready for the big weekend. And make sure to give Dash a go. You can sign up for a 14-day free trial (no credit card required) and start managing your Black Friday creative with ease. Martin Harper is Co-Founder of Quickfire Digital, and heads up the technical, financial and operational side of the business. Quickfire works with retailers of all shapes and sizes to improve efficiency, profitability and scalability through the use of the leading ecommerce technology. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/woocommerce-integration Title: Use Dash images in your WooCommerce product listingsTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Use shots stored in Dash in your WooCommerce product listings with our new integration! Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/woocommerce-integration ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Use Dash images in your WooCommerce product listings H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Use Dash images in your WooCommerce product listings H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content If you're using Dash, you'll no doubt have your ecommerce product shots neatly organised, ready for your team to find. Now you can benefit from this when updating your WooCommerce product listings. Dash now integrates with WooCommerce, meaning you're able to drop product shots from Dash straight into your product pages without ever leaving WooCommerce. This is what it looks like: And here's how you can use it: There’s more information on our WooCommerce integration on Dash's help centre. This is the second ecommerce platform we now integrate (with Shopify being the first). Give it a try and let us know what you think. đŸ›ïž Barney is the Marketing Lead for Dash. He writes about small business marketing strategies and how DTC brands can boost sales. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/woocommerce-vs-shopify Title: WooCommerce vs Shopify: which one is best for your online store?Twitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: WooCommerce vs Shopify: Discover the key differences between these popular ecommerce platforms. Learn about pricing, ease of use, customisation, integrations, and more to find the perfect fit for your online store. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/woocommerce-vs-shopify ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: WooCommerce vs Shopify: which one is best for your online store? H2: TLDR: WooCommerce vs Shopify H2: Key factors to consider when choosing an ecommerce platform H2: What is WooCommerce? H2: What is Shopify? H2: WooCommerce vs Shopify: comparisons H3: Features H3: Pricing plans H3: Ease of implementation and use H3: SEO performance H3: Shipping methods H3: Payment gateways H3: Offline payment methods H3: Themes and customisation H3: Integrations H2: WooCommerce and Shopify online store examples H2: Which ecommerce platform should you choose? H2: FAQs: Choosing Between WooCommerce and Shopify H3: [fs-toc-omit] Is WooCommerce better than Shopify for beginners? H3: [fs-toc-omit] Do I need to know how to code to use WooCommerce? H3: [fs-toc-omit] Can I migrate from WooCommerce to Shopify later on? H3: [fs-toc-omit] Does WooCommerce really work out cheaper? H3: [fs-toc-omit] Which platform is better for SEO? H3: [fs-toc-omit] Can I use Shopify or WooCommerce if I already sell on Instagram or Amazon? H3: [fs-toc-omit] Can I use Dash with both Shopify and WooCommerce? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: WooCommerce vs Shopify: which one is best for your online store? H2: TLDR: WooCommerce vs Shopify H2: Key factors to consider when choosing an ecommerce platform H2: What is WooCommerce? H2: What is Shopify? H2: WooCommerce vs Shopify: comparisons H3: Features H3: Pricing plans H3: Ease of implementation and use H3: SEO performance H3: Shipping methods H3: Payment gateways H3: Offline payment methods H3: Themes and customisation H3: Integrations H2: WooCommerce and Shopify online store examples H2: Which ecommerce platform should you choose? H2: FAQs: Choosing Between WooCommerce and Shopify H3: [fs-toc-omit] Is WooCommerce better than Shopify for beginners? H3: [fs-toc-omit] Do I need to know how to code to use WooCommerce? H3: [fs-toc-omit] Can I migrate from WooCommerce to Shopify later on? H3: [fs-toc-omit] Does WooCommerce really work out cheaper? H3: [fs-toc-omit] Which platform is better for SEO? H3: [fs-toc-omit] Can I use Shopify or WooCommerce if I already sell on Instagram or Amazon? H3: [fs-toc-omit] Can I use Dash with both Shopify and WooCommerce? H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Nine million ecommerce brands use WooCommerce or Shopify to run their online business. That’s 4.8 million Shopify stores and 6.2 million WooCommerce stores. Both platforms are considerably different. For one, Shopify is a fully managed ecommerce platform, while WooCommerce is a WordPress plugin. But don’t worry, you’re in the right place. This article will help you weigh up your needs against both platforms to see which is the better home for your ecommerce store. ‍By the end, you should have a clearer idea of which one you should pick. ✹ First, here’s a TLDR comparison of both tools. Brands that want full control over their store and don’t mind handling setup and maintenance Free to install but requires separate hosting, domain, themes, and plugins (costs add up) Starts at $5/month for a Starter plan. Paid tiers unlock advanced features and themes Requires technical know-how for setup and plugin management Beginner-friendly, fully hosted platform with minimal setup Highly flexible — build your store with any combination of plugins More limited unless you upgrade to Shopify Plus Not included — you’ll need to purchase separately Included with all plans Fewer native themes, but you can buy more from third-party marketplaces Larger built-in theme library, easy to customise via drag-and-drop Uses WordPress plugins and WooCommerce extensions Access to 8,000+ apps via Shopify App Store Developers, marketers, or businesses that want full control and flexibility Startups, solo founders, and scaling ecommerce brands that want ease and speed Ecommerce website platforms vary a lot, but there are some basic boxes each one should tick to guarantee a great experience for your business and customers. Now, let’s get into the details of WooCommerce and Shopify. WooCommerce is a free ecommerce plugin that lets you convert your regular WordPress site into an online store. There are a ton of them on the WordPress store — free and paid. Once you download and install the WooCommerce plugin on your website, you'll be able to add product images, checkout options, customer reviews, and more, to your new storefront. Here are a few WooCommerce features that stand out for ecommerce store owners: Unlike the WooCommerce plugin for WordPress, the Shopify ecommerce platform is already built and hosted for you. You don’t need to install plugins or set up your storefront from scratch. Once you sign up for Shopify, you can browse some templates and set up a ready-made online store. Then, you can add product images to your Shopify storefront. If you use a digital asset management system like Dash, you can access your image library right in Shopify instead of manually downloading and uploading visual assets. You can also connect Shopify to the other platforms where you sell. For example, if you have an Instagram shop or sell on Amazon, you can manage these channels in your Shopify account. Larger online stores can subscribe to Shopify Plus which is the enterprise version of Shopify. With this, you can process more orders, access advanced ecommerce features and enjoy dedicated support. Here’s what ecommerce merchants love the most about Shopify: Now that you have an overview of both platforms, let’s see how their key features compare. Email file size limits Monthly subscription fees Store hosting and domain fees Shopify has different pricing tiers and packages for its ecommerce platform. Its cheapest plan (Starter) costs $5 per month and lets you create a simple online store that supports social selling. But you won't have access to Shopify's full themes and customisations or be able to create product collections. WooCommerce, on the other hand, is free to use. However, you'll need to pay for several things to ensure your store runs smoothly, and these costs quickly add up in the long term. For example, before installing the Woo plugin, you must buy a domain and pay a hosting provider. On average, hosting services typically charge $120 per year, while a domain can be purchased for as low as $15 per year. Then comes the cost of themes and plugins for building your WooCommerce store from scratch. While there are free themes and plugins, the paid ones offer better customisation and security. Paid WordPress and WooCommerce themes cost anywhere from $20 to $100 annually. Plugin costs vary per provider. For example, if you wanted to install the JetPack security plugin, it would cost around $20 per month. The good thing about WooCommerce is you only pay for what you need. You can run a minimalist ecommerce store with free plugins (you'll still need to pay for domain and hosting, though) and gradually upgrade to paid ones as your store scales. The Shopify ecommerce platform uses fixed pricing plans, but it’s a good option if you want a ready-to-launch ecommerce store from day one. Setting up a new Shopify storefront is 41% faster than setting up a WooCommerce store. That’s because Shopify is a fully-hosted solution, meaning everything is set up for you. It's different with WooCommerce. First of all, you need to set up WordPress hosting and install the WooCommerce plugin — which can be confusing and time-consuming for newbies without technical knowledge. Then, build things up brick-by-brick by installing and configuring the plugins you need. You're also in charge of maintaining your store setup, ensuring that your data is secure and backups are well-managed. This is a lot of work on top of the regular commitment of running your ecommerce business. SEO stands for search engine optimisation. It’s how your store gets seen online. The better your store’s SEO performance, the easier it is for potential buyers to find and shop from you. Let's look at how WooCommerce and Shopify compare in two key areas. The speed and efficiency at which your customers receive their orders is really important for the overall customer experience. So shipping options are an essential feature for any ecommerce platform. Here's how they both stack up. WooCommerce shipping: WooCommerce gives you lots of flexibility, but you’ll need to use extra plugins to add features. Here’s what you can do with WooCommerce: WooCommerce’s shipping options are very flexible, but they can be tricky to set up if you’re not familiar with adding and managing plugins. Shopify comes with built-in shipping features, making it much easier to set up. Here’s what Shopify offers: The main advantage of Shopify’s shipping is that it’s easy to use, especially if you don’t want to spend time setting up extra tools. Third-party payment gateways allow you to accept and process payments from customers in different locations around the world. They’re super important when choosing an ecommerce platform. WooCommerce and Shopify have native payment gateways: Woo Payments and Shopify Payments. They work pretty much the same way. The main difference is that you need to set up a Stripe account to use Woo Payments, whereas Shopify Payments works with any credit card payment provider. They also support third-party payment processors like PayPal, Amazon Pay and Payoneer Checkout. However, both platforms have transaction fees for external payment gateways: Offline payment methods are useful if you receive cheques or cash via post, or you have a brick-and-mortar store and you want to make sure all payments (both online and offline) go to one single place. The good news is that Shopify and WooCommerce don’t charge any transaction fees for offline transactions. Shopify also has point-of-pale software that lets you receive payments physically. Shopify POS comes with all plans except the Starter plan. WooCommerce doesn’t have a native POS application, but there are several free and paid options available as extensions or plugins. For example, the POS app by Actuality Extensions costs $249 per year. In short: Shopify might be the better option if you run a brick-and-mortar store  too want to receive all your payments in one place. WooCommerce offers better customisation than Shopify (unless you go with Shopify Plus). Unlike Shopify that comes with fixed features per plan, WooCommerce lets you build your store as you like. You can add or remove plugins at any point to modify how people shop on your website. With Shopify, you’re stuck with the built-in tools on your plan even if you don’t use them. You might end up paying for features and tools you don't need. WooCommerce and Shopify have themes and templates for customising your store’s visual appearance. Shopify's native theme library is larger than WooCommerce native theme library because it includes designs from other Shopify store owners. However, as a WooCommerce store owner, you can purchase additional ecommerce design templates from third-party WordPress theme libraries, such as ThemeForest and Envato. WooCommerce and Shopify both offer integrations to boost your online store’s performance. Shopify has an app store with over 8,000 apps that allow you to customise your website. Some applications are built by the Shopify team, while others are third-party integrations, such as social media platforms and printing software. You can check out our free Shopify apps database to find the best integrations for your store. WooCommerce has an extensions marketplace with free and paid theme plugins, similar to Shopify's app store. You can also buy and install WordPress plugins that are not listed on the marketplace. While both tools have basic image management features, they also integrate with Dash — our digital asset management tool for organising and sharing visual assets. This is helpful because you can’t ask designers or photographers to upload images directly into your Shopify or WooCommerce backend. That would be chaos, and things could go wrong quickly. Instead, use Dash to receive, approve, and prep images for your online store before using them in Shopify or WooCommerce. With Dash, you don’t need to upload these assets to your store’s backend manually. You’ll be able to browse your entire Dash within Shopify and WooCommerce and drop content directly into your product listings. To help you decide, let's look at some ecommerce stores powered by Shopify and WooCommerce. 1. Forthglade - Shopify Forthglade has been producing high-quality, natural dog food for over 50 years. They’re also one of Dash’s customers. ✹ They primarily sell in brick-and-mortar stores, but five years ago they made the move to sell online. They picked Shopify as their ecommerce platform and soon decided to upgrade from the basic plan to Shopify Plus. Upgrading meant they could improve the site for mobile shoppers and update their technical infrastructure. As a Dash customer, they were able to connect their Shopify store to their digital asset library. This meant they could quickly drag and drop images from Dash into their Shopify product listings without continuously downloading and uploading their assets. It saved them loads of time and meant the website migration could move along faster. Here’s how the store turned out. Check out Forthglade’s experience building a Shopify store in 16 weeks with Shopify agency (and Dash partners) Quickfire. 2. RJ Living- Shopify RJ Living  is a modern furniture store powered by Shopify (and they’re also a Dash customer!). RJ Living specialises in modern, high-end home furnishings for the Australian  lifestyle. Here’s what the Shopify store looks like. 😍 Learn how RJ Living use Dash to organise their visual content ready for their marketing campaigns. 3. Style Girlfriend - WooCommerce Style Girlfriend provides personalised clothing recommendations for men who want to feel and appear more confident. Megan Collins, founder of Style Girlfriend, said she chose WooCommerce because it’s easy to extend the website’s functionalities. All she has to do is add a plugin to bring a new feature to the website — unlike Shopify, where she would likely need to upgrade to a more expensive plan. Here's what Style Girlfriend’s WooCommerce store looks like. 4. DVO Suspension - WooCommerce DVO Suspension is another ecommerce business that uses WooCommerce for its online store. Based in Canada, DVO Suspension sells high-performance suspension components for mountain bikes, including forks and rear shocks. Bryson Martin, founder of DVO Suspension, said he chose WooCommerce because it's easy to use. While he had some assistance from a developer, he built the WooCommerce store mostly by himself, and it was a seamless process. Here's how the store turned out. Now you should have a clear idea of WooCommerce and Shopify’s strengths and weaknesses. Here’s a short summary: Ultimately, no ecommerce platform is perfect, and there are trade-offs between each one. The good thing is whether you choose Shopify or WooCommerce, you can enjoy A+ digital asset management courtesy of Dash! With Dash, you can find, share and deploy your brand’s visual content to all your marketing channels. It’s a way for you to search and find your product images, share content with retail partners and approve UGC from your customers. You can learn more about why you need an ecommerce DAM like Dash. Or, take out a 14-day free trial and give it a spin. Not usually. The Shopify ecommerce platform is easier for beginners because it’s fully hosted and doesn’t require technical setup. WooCommerce is more flexible but better suited to users with some WordPress and plugin experience. Not necessarily — but it helps. The WooCommerce plugin for WordPress gives you full control over your store, which means you’ll often need to manage plugins, themes, and customisations yourself. If you want a no-code experience, Shopify might be the better choice. Yes, you can migrate your store from WooCommerce to Shopify (and vice versa). Shopify offers migration tools and apps that help you transfer your product catalogue, customer data, and orders. It can, but not always. WooCommerce is free to install on WordPress, but you’ll need to pay separately for hosting, your domain, security plugins, and premium themes. The costs can add up. Shopify bundles most of these into a single subscription, so pricing is more predictable. Both WooCommerce and Shopify support SEO best practices. WooCommerce has an edge because it’s built on WordPress — a content-first platform ideal for blogging and keyword optimisation. But Shopify’s built-in SEO features and fast-loading pages also make it a strong choice. Yes! Both ecommerce platforms integrate with social selling channels and marketplaces. For example, the Shopify ecommerce platform lets you manage sales from Amazon, Instagram, and other platforms in one place. Absolutely. Dash integrates seamlessly with both platforms, so you can manage your product images and visual content without uploading them manually. Just connect Dash to your store and drop content straight into your product listings. Easy peasy. Faith Uzuegbu is a content marketer and freelance writer for B2B SaaS and tech companies like ClassPass, PlayPlay, and Thinkific. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/word-of-mouth-marketing Title: How can brands increase word of mouth marketing in 2025?Twitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Discover 7 strategies to boost word-of-mouth marketing in 2025. Learn how to turn customers into advocates, leverage UGC, and build brand trust for your ecommerce business. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/word-of-mouth-marketing ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: How can brands increase word of mouth marketing in 2025? H2: What is WoM marketing? H2: Word of mouth vs influencer marketing H2: How can brands benefit from WoM marketing? H2: 7 ways to increase word of mouth marketing for your brand H3: 1. Incentivise customers who share your products with rewards H3: 2. Encourage reviews H3: 3. Invest in your brand marketing H3: 4. Work with influencers H3: 5. Host and/or attend events H3: 6. Turn heads with real-world brand moments H3: 7. Build customer loytalty H2: Measuring WoM marketing strategies H2: Make the most of your WoM content H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: How can brands increase word of mouth marketing in 2025? H2: What is WoM marketing? H2: Word of mouth vs influencer marketing H2: How can brands benefit from WoM marketing? H2: 7 ways to increase word of mouth marketing for your brand H3: 1. Incentivise customers who share your products with rewards H3: 2. Encourage reviews H3: 3. Invest in your brand marketing H3: 4. Work with influencers H3: 5. Host and/or attend events H3: 6. Turn heads with real-world brand moments H3: 7. Build customer loytalty H2: Measuring WoM marketing strategies H2: Make the most of your WoM content H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Here’s a stat to stop you in your tracks: word-of-mouth (WoM) marketing drives 5X more sales than paid ads. For ecommerce marketers wanting to balance out their paid and organic spend, WoM could be an effective way to go about it. But whilst word-of-mouth marketing is one of the most impactful marketing channels, it’s still underused by ecommerce brands. That’s because it’s challenging to get people talking about your products organically, and it tough to measure WoM marketing. But for brands willing to take on the challenge, the payoff is worth it. In this article, we’ll discuss how to amplify word-of-mouth marketing, showcase brands doing it well, and share practical strategies for integrating it into your overall marketing strategy. We’ll also offer some tips on how to measure the impact. Word-of-mouth marketing (WoM) happens when customers share their experiences with a brand or product—either offline or online. In today’s ecommerce and DTC landscape, this can include everything from social media mentions and influencer shout-outs to customer reviews, unboxing videos, and referral programmes. There are two key types of WoM marketing that brands should understand and leverage: Organic word-of-mouth Organic WoM occurs naturally when customers talk about your brand simply because they love it. It’s unprompted and authentic—think someone raving about your product in a group chat, tagging you in their Instagram Story, or leaving a glowing review without being asked. This type of word-of-mouth is incredibly powerful because it feels genuine and trustworthy. People tend to value recommendations from peers more than any form of traditional advertising, and organic WoM taps directly into that trust. For ecommerce brands, delivering great products, an exceptional unboxing experience, and stellar customer service is what fuels this kind of advocacy. Amplified word-of-mouth Amplified WoM, on the other hand, happens when brands take active steps to encourage and scale that sharing. This could be in the form of referral incentives (“Get ÂŁ10 off when your friend places their first order”), loyalty programmes, or partnerships with influencers and brand ambassadors. It also includes tactics like encouraging customers to post about their purchase with branded hashtags or entering UGC competitions. While it’s still driven by real people and real experiences, amplified WoM adds structure and strategy to help it reach a wider audience—without losing that all-important sense of authenticity. You might be wondering what the difference is between amplified word-of-mouth marketing and influencer marketing. Good question—as the two can appear incredibly similar at first glance. The key difference lies in intent and structure. Amplified word-of-mouth marketing is broader. As we mentioned in the section above, it includes any effort by a brand to encourage customers to share their experiences—whether that's through referral programmes, loyalty schemes or user-generated content campaigns. While it may involve some level of incentive, the content is typically created by everyday customers who are sharing their honest opinions. Influencer marketing, on the other hand, is more strategic and transactional. It involves working with individuals who have a dedicated following on social media (big or small) to promote your brand or product—often in exchange for payment, free products or exclusive perks. These partnerships are usually part of a planned campaign, with specific messaging, goals and deliverables in mind. We have loads more resources on influencer marketing: {{influencer-marketing-pack="/blog-components"}} Arguably, the most significant benefit of word-of-mouth (WoM) marketing is trust. Unlike brand-led advertising, which 75% of consumers find misleading, WoM relies on personal recommendations that feel genuine and credible. When people hear about a product from someone they trust, they’re far more likely to take action. That’s what gives WoM such an edge in driving real purchasing decisions. WoM marketing is also beneficial because it taps into the psychology of social proof—the idea that people look to others when making choices. Seeing someone else buy, love, or talk about a product helps validate that decision. This effect is powerful in ecommerce, where consumers can’t touch or test products before buying. Take the brand Glossier, for example. The company built its business on social proof by encouraging everyday customers to share their skincare routines and product reviews online. A post shared by Apolline Thibault (@apollinethibault) By featuring user-generated content (UGC) and reviews directly on product pages, Glossier turned casual customers into trusted voices. The result? A community-led brand with one of the most loyal customer bases in beauty. Here are some other benefits ecommerce brands experience when they invest in WoM marketing: Here are seven ideas to help you get more bang for your WoM marketing buck: Want people talking about your brand? Give them a reason to. You can offer rewards or benefits when they share your brand with others, leave reviews, or spread positive word-of-mouth recommendations. These rewards could be discounts, free products, loyalty points or special perks. How to implement a rewards programmeStart by setting up an automated referral or loyalty programme using marketing automation software like ReferralCandy, Yotpo, or Smile.io, which integrate into ecommerce platforms. You can offer rewards such as discount vouchers, exclusive products, loyalty points, or cashback for successful referrals. When a customer refers someone new, both parties will receive a discount on their next order. Example of a DTC brand with a great rewards programme Dr. Squatch has successfully used this strategy with their loyalty programme, ‘Squatch Rewards.’ Customers can earn points for their purchases and activities like referring friends, following social media accounts, reading content or leaving product reviews. Participants can then redeem these points for discounts or exclusive items. Reviews play a huge role in incentivising purchases. Social Pilot reports 85% of consumers trust online reviews as much as personal recommendations, and 3 out of 4 consumers trust a business more if it has positive customer reviews. So if you want customers to buy from your brand, a great strategy is to encourage them to review your company online. This can be in the form of a reviews on Google, social media, TrustPilot, or your own website. How to capture more reviews Building a review strategy doesn’t have to be complicated. Using a dedicated review platform like Yotpo makes it easy. Once integrated with your ecommerce site, Yotpo automatically sends review requests to customers after they've made a purchase. You can customise these emails to reflect your brand voice, include incentives like discounts or loyalty points for leaving reviews, and even showcase the best feedback directly on your product pages. 💡 You can also make use of Yotpo’s AI features which we’ve mentioned in our article covering AI marketing tools for ecommerce brands. Example of a DTC brand that captures reviews well Parch Spirits encourages customers to leave written testimonials, which they then add to their product pages. These ratings and testimonials are often the extra push a customer needs to complete a purchase—especially in a competitive category where many products appear similar at first glance. But it's not just the presence of reviews that matters—it's how people use them. Shoppers today are savvy. They don’t just glance at the star rating; they dig deeper. On platforms like Google Shopping or Amazon, users can filter and sort reviews by most recent, highest or lowest rated, or even by product variant (like colour or size). Many will specifically look for reviews that include photos or videos to get a more accurate sense of what the product looks like in real life. In fact, media-rich reviews often carry more weight than written ones alone. Seeing how a product looks in someone else’s home, how it fits, or how it arrived helps set expectations and builds trust—especially for first-time buyers who might be hesitant to convert. So while strong reviews build credibility, it’s the detailed, visual, and relatable ones that truly drive conversions. Brands that encourage customers to leave honest, media-supported reviews are giving future buyers exactly what they need to feel confident clicking “add to cart.” People don’t talk about a brand just because it has a logo and a colour palette—they talk because something about it catches their attention. Whether it’s the witty, irreverent tone of Surreal, the playful activism behind Tony’s Chocolonely, or the adventurous, editorial aesthetic of Passenger, what these brands have in common isn’t just a strong identity—it’s intentional storytelling and creative that connects. Great brand marketing works because it creates a reason to remember you and to share you. It might be a tongue-in-cheek out-of-home campaign, a short-form video that nails your audience’s humour, or a beautifully crafted piece of lifestyle content that speaks to their values. Whatever form it takes, the goal is the same: get people talking, feeling, and sharing. When customers connect with your brand emotionally, socially, or culturally, they’re far more likely to mention it in conversation or post about it online. That’s where real word-of-mouth momentum starts. A distinctive brand also makes all your other marketing more effective. As covered in our [brand awareness strategy guide], when people already recognise and trust you, your paid ads work harder, your emails get more opens, and your customers become advocates, not just buyers. How to invest in your brand marketing Here are some ways to invest in your brand marketing to create a lasting impression over time: DTC brand example with outstanding brand marketing There’s sparkling water, and then there is Liquid Death—the rebellious alternative to boring bottled water. This challenger brand got the world talking about it with its bold packaging, edgy humour and unique storytelling. Their investment in strong, personality-driven branding and viral campaigns led customers to enthusiastically share their purchases on social media. This generated organic buzz and significantly boosted word-of-mouth awareness—helping increase brand awareness from 26% to 34% in just one year. Working with influencers is a proven strategy for boosting word-of-mouth marketing, especially since 63% of consumers are more likely to buy products recommended by influencers they trust. Statistics show 84% of brands agree that influencer marketing is effective, and for every ÂŁ1 spent on influencer campaigns, brands can expect around ÂŁ4.12 back. Even better, influencer-driven leads tend to be high-quality, with 82% of brands reporting influencer marketing delivers better quality leads than other marketing methods. Beyond immediate sales, there are several other influencer marketing benefits. It grows your brand credibility and trust, boosts brand awareness, and helps you reach new niche markets on social media sites. Influencers can also provide valuable feedback on products, so that brands better understand customer preferences. If you’re looking to generate buzz around your products, now is the perfect time to identify influencers your audience loves, and partner with them. How to work with influencers Launching an effective influencer marketing campaign involves several steps, from finding the right partners to managing and tracking their impact. Here’s how to get started and some influencer marketing tools you can use as you start your journey: 💡 We cover all these tools and more in our influencer marketing tools article. Plus you can download our influencer marketing pack to help you get started. [Amy to add CTA] Example of a cool influencer marketing campaign ​Huha Undies, a brand specialising in mineral-infused underwear designed for better hygiene and comfort, launched an innovative influencer marketing campaign to promote their products. They collaborated with micro-influencers in the health, wellness, and sustainable living niches, encouraging them to share authentic experiences and reviews of Huha's products on platforms like Instagram and YouTube. This helped increase brand awareness and build trust among potential customers. What’s a better way to get people talking about your brand than to invite them to an event sponsored by your brand? Hosting and attending events can boost customer acquisition because it provides opportunities to engage directly with potential customers, showcase your products and build brand loyalty. Ideas for hosting a branded event Here are some fun ways to turn your event into a word-of-mouth machine: Example of a successful DTC event Take Ancient + Brave, for example. They show up at wellness festivals, offering samples of their collagen and MCT blends to curious passersby. They also recently hosted a chic event with celebs like Fearne Cotton in attendance. Fearne has a huge following on her Happy Place podcast, so Ancient and Brave were able to get in front of a whole new, health-conscious crowd which generated plenty of buzz online and off. You’ve probably seen it—someone in a giant costume, handing out samples and chatting to people on the street. This kind of on-the-ground marketing might seem old-school, but it works. It gets people interacting with your brand in real life, sparks conversations and creates social-worthy moments. It works its fun, memorable, and gives potential customers a no-pressure way to try your product. Plus, if you capture it on camera, it doubles as great social content. How to get out there in the world Here are some ideas for getting out there and sharing your product IRL: Example:MOJU Drinks, who we chatted with on our podcast, is brilliant at this. They regularly hit the streets in the UK dressed in full juice bottle costumes, giving out shots, and interviewing people for their socials. It’s bold, it’s entertaining, and it gets people talking. It doesn't need to be said that satisfied customers play a crucial role in word-of-mouth marketing. At the very least, brands should be responding quickly to enquiries and doing their best to solve any issues that customers face before, during and after the buying process. But if you really want to build loyalty, go one step further and exceed customer expectations. Surprise them with something thoughtful—like a discount on their birthday or a free sample tucked into their order. These little moments show customers you value them, and they’ll be more likely to come back again and again. Hairstory is a great example of this. They often send surprise gifts or exclusive discounts to their subscribers to keep them engaged and loyal to the brand. Want to hear more? We chatted with the team at Hairstory about how they encourage repeat purchases on our podcast. 🎧 Word-of-mouth can be tricky to quantify, but that doesn’t mean it’s impossible. With the right tools and methods, brands can track how conversations convert into awareness, traffic, and sales. Here are some ideas to help you measure your success: You’ve got people talking—now it’s time to make the most of it. One of the biggest benefits of word-of-mouth marketing is all the visual content it naturally generates. From rave reviews and unboxing videos to influencer shout-outs and street-style snaps, this is the kind of content that builds trust and converts. The best brands don’t let this content disappear into the feed. They embed it into their marketing strategy, and use it across their website, emails, social channels and ads to keep the momentum going. Here’s your next move: capture mentions, visuals, and glowing reviews. Then store, sort, and share it with Dash. Keeping all your content in an easily accessible location means the rest of your team is able to make the most of it in brand campaigns. For example, ecommerce managers can update product listings using Dash’s Shopify integration and CRM managers can drop content into Klaviyo email campaigns. It’s the easiest way to keep your word-of-mouth machine running and make sure your best content works harder (and smarter) for your brand. 👉 Try Dash free for 14 days and turn WoM buzz into marketing gold. Ashley R. Cummings is a SaaS writer and the founder of the B2B content marketing agency, Searchlight Content. She also writes Content Connect, the newsletter that helps you grow your content marketing and writing muscles. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/working-with-graphic-designers Title: The ultimate guide to finding and working with graphic designersTwitter iconFacebook iconLinkedIn icon Meta Description: Is your brand growing and you feel it's time to bring in some professional design expertise? Check out our guide to working with graphic designers and find the ideal freelancer to grow your business. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/working-with-graphic-designers ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: The ultimate guide to finding and working with graphic designers H2: Why hire a graphic designer? H2: Where to find a graphic designer for your brand H2: Should you pick an agency or a freelancer? H3: When to hire a freelance graphic designer H3: When to hire a graphic design agency H2: How much does a graphic designer cost? H3: Factors that affect graphic design pricing H3: Graphic design services pricing structure H2: How to brief your graphic designer H2: Tips for managing the relationship with your graphic designer H2: When to hire a full-time designer for your brand H2: Manage your graphic design projects with Dash H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: The ultimate guide to finding and working with graphic designers H2: Why hire a graphic designer? H2: Where to find a graphic designer for your brand H2: Should you pick an agency or a freelancer? H3: When to hire a freelance graphic designer H3: When to hire a graphic design agency H2: How much does a graphic designer cost? H3: Factors that affect graphic design pricing H3: Graphic design services pricing structure H2: How to brief your graphic designer H2: Tips for managing the relationship with your graphic designer H2: When to hire a full-time designer for your brand H2: Manage your graphic design projects with Dash H3: Share H3: Table of contents H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Hiring a graphic designer for your business is a big step for your brand. The images, graphics, fonts and colours you use all contribute to your wider brand message. If your freelance graphic designer can get it right, you’re sure to reap the rewards. đŸ€‘ But good graphic design costs money and investment. In this article, we’ll cover everything you need to hire a graphic designer. We’ll look at where to find them, what their graphic design rates are and how to manage the relationship efficiently. If you’re a marketer for a small brand, you may not have the resources to hire a full-time graphic designer. It likely falls to you to create content in tools such as Canva. This is a great option if you need to whip up some graphics for social. But hiring a dedicated freelancer means you can take advantage of their knowledge. They can help you refine your brand, create attractive messaging and—what we all want to hear—make you more money. Here are some signs it's time to hire a freelancer: If you’re after tips on improving your own design skills, check out Amy’s article on creating better designs in Canva. Ready to hire a graphic designer, but not sure where to find one? Here are some places to look first. Ask your teammates and past colleagues to recommend a graphic designer they’ve worked with. People generally recommend talent they know and trust, so you're sure to get connected with A+ graphic designers quickly. Here's a short email you could send to some of your old colleagues to help with your search: I hope you're doing great! I've been loving [brand name]’s creative and wanted to ask if you know any great graphic designers who can deliver a similar quality of work. Do drop me a line if any names come to mind. Thanks! 2. Social media platforms Social media isn’t just for selling products or watching funny cat videos. Your next freelance graphic designer is sure to hang out here. Here are some social channels to check out: Note: Of course many freelancers can adapt their styles to meet your brand. So it’s always worth having a peek at their website too. Facebook groups are not dead! Honestly, there are so many FB communities buzzing with talented graphic designers. For example, you could join a group dedicated to small businesses. As well as being a great source for advice and recommendations, there’s also a high chance you’ll find graphic design freelancers who’re happy to connect with you. 3. Freelancer marketplace Connect with freelance graphic designers on dedicated listing sites. Check out some here. 👇 Note: For both UpWork and Fiverr, don’t just go for the cheapest option. Not because the work will not be up to standard, but because this just reinforces the idea that it’s okay for freelancers to work for very little money. Pay your graphic designer what they’re worth. 🙏 An agency listing is a directory of graphic design service providers in a particular city or country. Here, you'll find their contact information, website, and client reviews. A good example is the Toronto Design Directory. The agencies are typically pre-vetted before they get listed in the directory, adding some degree of credibility to the recommendations. But it's up to you to research their pricing, services, and work structure. When deciding between hiring an agency or a freelancer for your graphic design needs, it’s important to consider the trade-offs between team expertise and cost efficiency. Agencies typically bring a collaborative team approach, while freelancers offer affordability without the burden of high overhead expenses. Let’s get into some of the reasons you might consider a freelancer over an agency, and vice versa. Here are some instances where hiring a freelancer makes sense. This isn't an excuse to micromanage your freelancers. Treat them as respected consultants providing expert skills to grow your brand. Here are some of the scenarios where hiring an agency makes sense. Now you’ve got an idea of the type of freelancers and agencies you can hire, let’s get into the numbers. There isn’t a one-size-fits-all approach to how much graphic designers charge for their services. It all depends on: 1. Their experience level Newbie designers are likely to charge less for projects because they’re still building up their portfolios. They’ll increase their rates over time as they complete more projects, improve their skills, and earn positive reviews from happy clients. 2. The type of project The more complex a project is, the more money it will cost. Here’s a rough guide to different graphic design projects. Brand visual identity 3. Project scope and duration Designers and agencies are more likely to offer discounts for retainers than for one-off projects. For example, you might pay up to $3000 for a single landing page. But if you subscribe to a design service you’ll save money in the long run. For example, the design service, Penji, offers a retainer for $995/month and you get 100+ design services, including landing pages, presentation designs, and branding. 4. Specialised experience You’ve probably heard that the riches are in the niches. Niche ecommerce designers command higher rates because they have specialised knowledge about the industry. They understand industry terms, market preferences, and common design themes. This allows them to deliver a higher quality of work requiring little or no revisions. For example, an ecommerce designer specialising in landing pages or banner ads for childcare brands will charge more than a generalist type of designer. When you receive a quote from a graphic designer (agency or freelancer), the pricing will likely be based on: Most freelancers, especially on marketplaces, charge by the hour. You can hire them for specific hours per week and pay them biweekly or monthly. The average hourly rate for freelance graphic designers is $25 per Upwork’s data. Agencies and freelancers who aren’t on marketplaces are likely to charge per project. The exact rate depends on the project's complexity, level of expertise, and deadline. Most freelancers and agencies also charge a 25–50% rush fee for projects with quick turnaround times, usually 24 hours or less. Graphic designers who offer related services might sell them as bundles or packages. For example, they might combine website design with web development. Or they might offer brand guidelines creation with social media templates. ‍Fathi Said Design Studio is a great example here. It offers two packages: Express and Business Accelerator, which cost 60,000 (approximately 453 USD) and 120,000 (approximately 906 USD) Kenyan Shillings, respectively. If you opt for a graphic design agency rather than a freelancer, you might find they have a productised services structure where they offer design services for a fixed monthly fee. This means that you pay a set price for a specific set of deliverables each month. Take Design Pickle, for example. It offers Essential, Premium, and Power packages. The Essential Plan, for example, costs $1214/month (billed annually) and includes custom illustrations and presentation design services. You'll also get 24-hour customer support on weekdays, unlimited revisions, and 24-hour project turnaround. Your freelance graphic designer or agency don’t know the ins-and-outs of your company. It’s down to you to provide them with all the information, like your style guide, and be clear on your expectations. That's what a good design brief is for. It should include the project description, objectives and timelines, brand guidelines, and visual references. This is where Dash (that’s us 👋) can lend a hand. As a digital asset management tool, Dash can help you manage and organise your design projects. For example, you can integrate Dash with Corebook to create up-to-date interactive brand guidelines. This way your design team always has access to the latest branding information. You can also create a public portal of your Dash to share visual references and product images for design projects. When the designs are all set, your graphic designer can upload them directly to your Dash for approval. You can review each image, reject the ones you don't like, and assign tags and folders to the ones you do. You can also add comments for revisions. Check out some other ways DTC design teams use Dash. Once you’ve hired a designer or agency, you’ll want to build and manage a good relationship so they can continuously deliver great work. Here are a few ways to manage the relationship with your designer. 1. Set up good workflows Set up standard processes for sharing information between your team and your designer to eliminate back-and-forth. For example, you can add all the brand guidelines and images required for a project to a public portal in your Dash. Your designer can access it (with or without a password) and search for everything they need, without needing to hassle you each time. Take a look at one of the portals we set up for sharing brand assets with our freelancers. As well as sharing content, you can also ask your designers to upload complete projects to your Dash for review. You can add comments, request revisions, or approve designs that can be accessed by the rest of your team. 2. Clearly define your project scope Be clear about the scope of your project from the beginning. This will help your graphic designer understand what you need and deliver accordingly. Outline your design needs and objectives in detail to avoid confusion later. 3. Set realistic expectations Set realistic expectations for your graphic designer. Understand that design work takes time and effort, and delivering projects in a day or two may not always be possible. Give your graphic designer enough time to produce quality work. 4. Avoid micromanagement Micromanagement makes collaboration stressful. Constant oversight will overwhelm and frustrate your designer, and you’ll get stressed out by the added workload. You hired a professional. Give them the right tools and information, then trust them to do their job. When you’re consistently assigning tasks and projects to your freelance graphic designer, to the point where they're almost always occupied, it might be a sign you need to hire someone full time. Here are some other signals that it's time to take graphic design in-house: That’s it from us! We hope these tips help you hire the best graphic designer and nurture a successful working relationship with them. If you’re looking for a better way to manage your graphic design projects, learn how ecommerce brands like Forthgalde’s use Dash to streamline their creative work. You can also read a detailed breakdown on how Dash can improve your design asset management. And if you’re bored of reading, why not sign up for a free, 14-day trial—no credit card required? 😉🙌 Faith Uzuegbu is a content marketer and freelance writer for B2B SaaS and tech companies like ClassPass, PlayPlay, and Thinkific. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/author/alexander-boswell Title: Alexander Boswell Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/author/alexander-boswell ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Alexander Boswell H2: Everything your DTC brand needs to know about OOH marketing H2: Email marketing statistics DTC brands should know in 2025 H2: Get your point of purchase (POP) on point (with 10+ examples) H2: Trade marketing strategy 101 for ecommerce marketers H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Alexander Boswell H2: Everything your DTC brand needs to know about OOH marketing H2: Email marketing statistics DTC brands should know in 2025 H2: Get your point of purchase (POP) on point (with 10+ examples) H2: Trade marketing strategy 101 for ecommerce marketers H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Alexander Boswell is a freelance content writer for B2B martech and ecommerce software brands as well as a consumer behaviour academic. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/author/amir-shahzeidi Title: Amir Shahzeidi Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/author/amir-shahzeidi ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Amir Shahzeidi H2: 7 practical tactics for building a community around your fashion brand H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Amir Shahzeidi H2: 7 practical tactics for building a community around your fashion brand H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Amir is the Head of Demand Gen at Uscreen, an all-in-one membership platform built for video creators. With Uscreen, creators can easily create paid memberships that include an on-demand video library, live streaming capabilities, and their own community space, all in their own branded site and apps. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/author/amy-burchill Title: Amy Burchill Meta Description: Amy Burchill is the SEO and Content Manager for Dash. She works with ecommerce experts to create articles for DTC brands wanting to improve their campaigns. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/author/amy-burchill ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Amy Burchill H2: How to create your own The Traitors game at work H2: Why your homeware brand needs DAM H2: Why fashion and apparel brands shouldn’t sleep on DAM H2: Build a brand portal for your retail partners that grows your revenue H2: How homeware brands can increase their TikTok following H2: The best media library software for DTC brands H2: How your brand can support the LGBTQIA+ community H2: Your ultimate DTC brand awareness strategy guide H2: The Dash team's favourite small businesses H2: Ecommerce trends and predictions for 2024 H2: How to organise Google Drive: A guide for growing brands H2: 8 ways to use user-generated content in your campaigns H2: 12 challenger brand examples from small businesses H2: Image Relay vs Dash: Which is better for your brand? H2: The glossary of digital asset management terms H2: How to get started with your DAM? H2: How to create better designs in Canva? H2: PNG vs JPG: Picking the best format for your channels H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Amy Burchill H2: How to create your own The Traitors game at work H2: Why your homeware brand needs DAM H2: Why fashion and apparel brands shouldn’t sleep on DAM H2: Build a brand portal for your retail partners that grows your revenue H2: How homeware brands can increase their TikTok following H2: The best media library software for DTC brands H2: How your brand can support the LGBTQIA+ community H2: Your ultimate DTC brand awareness strategy guide H2: The Dash team's favourite small businesses H2: Ecommerce trends and predictions for 2024 H2: How to organise Google Drive: A guide for growing brands H2: 8 ways to use user-generated content in your campaigns H2: 12 challenger brand examples from small businesses H2: Image Relay vs Dash: Which is better for your brand? H2: The glossary of digital asset management terms H2: How to get started with your DAM? H2: How to create better designs in Canva? H2: PNG vs JPG: Picking the best format for your channels H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Amy Burchill is the SEO and Content Manager for Dash. She works with ecommerce experts to create articles for DTC brands wanting to improve their campaigns. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/author/andy-baker Title: Andy Baker Meta Description: Andy is a creative copywriter and content strategist. He also works with brands to channel their tone of voices. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/author/andy-baker ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Andy Baker H2: How ecommerce brands can sell on social media H2: 8 branding tips for small businesses H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Andy Baker H2: How ecommerce brands can sell on social media H2: 8 branding tips for small businesses H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Andy is a creative copywriter and content strategist. He also works with brands to channel their tone of voices. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/author/anete-lusina Title: Anete Lusina Meta Description: Anete Lusina is a freelance B2B writer and a creative at heart. You'll find her either at the desk writing, traveling for a street photography trip, or playing video games. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/author/anete-lusina ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Anete Lusina H2: An ecommerce brand’s guide to using stock photography H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Anete Lusina H2: An ecommerce brand’s guide to using stock photography H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Anete Lusina is a freelance B2B writer and a creative at heart. You'll find her either at the desk writing, traveling for a street photography trip, or playing video games. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/author/archana-haarnack Title: Archana Haarnack Meta Description: Archana is a Pinterest marketing expert from the Netherlands. She works with interior design and furniture brands and ecommerce companies to help them grow organically with Pinterest. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/author/archana-haarnack ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Archana Haarnack H2: How to optimise your brand's Pinterest profile H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Archana Haarnack H2: How to optimise your brand's Pinterest profile H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Archana is a Pinterest marketing expert from the Netherlands. She works with interior design and furniture brands and ecommerce companies to help them grow organically with Pinterest. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/author/ashley-r-cummings Title: Ashley R. Cummings Meta Description: Ashley R. Cummings is a SaaS writer and the founder of the B2B content marketing agency, Searchlight Content. She also writes Content Connect, the newsletter that helps you grow your content marketing and writing muscles. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/author/ashley-r-cummings ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Ashley R. Cummings H2: Create a digital lookbook for your DTC fashion brand (with inspo to steal from) H2: Create stunning homeware shots (without a styled set) H2: How can brands increase word of mouth marketing in 2025? H2: 11 examples of creative product photography for DTC brands H2: The 8 best social media management tools for DTC brands H2: How to nail UGC ads for your DTC campaigns H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Ashley R. Cummings H2: Create a digital lookbook for your DTC fashion brand (with inspo to steal from) H2: Create stunning homeware shots (without a styled set) H2: How can brands increase word of mouth marketing in 2025? H2: 11 examples of creative product photography for DTC brands H2: The 8 best social media management tools for DTC brands H2: How to nail UGC ads for your DTC campaigns H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Ashley R. Cummings is a SaaS writer and the founder of the B2B content marketing agency, Searchlight Content. She also writes Content Connect, the newsletter that helps you grow your content marketing and writing muscles. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/author/ashley-wright Title: Ashley Wright Meta Description: Ashley Wright is the Founder of the TikTok growth agency, Social Tale. He works with DTC brands to master the TikTok algorithm and build community. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/author/ashley-wright ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Ashley Wright H2: TikTok Shop: How to get started + best practices H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Ashley Wright H2: TikTok Shop: How to get started + best practices H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Ashley Wright is the Founder of the TikTok growth agency, Social Tale. He works with DTC brands to master the TikTok algorithm, create engaging and authentic content and to build a loyal community. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/author/barney-cox Title: Barney Cox Meta Description: Barney is the Marketing Lead for Dash. He writes about small business marketing strategies and how DTC brands can boost sales. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/author/barney-cox ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Barney Cox H2: The Dash team's top songs from Spotify Wrapped 2024 H2: Use Dash images in your WooCommerce product listings H2: Dash wins Best Results and Customer Service awards H2: How Dash is supporting Pride Month 2024 H2: How to get 100K TikTok followers | insights from Piglet in Bed H2: Launching a Shopify store in 18 weeks | Insights from Forthglade H2: 8 paid acquisition strategies to grow your brand | Insights from Chomps H2: How to build a challenger brand | insights from JustWears H2: How to boost your website conversions | insights from MOJU drinks H2: How to boost repeat purchases | insights from Hairstory H2: 7 ways data can drive growth for your brand with Coterie H2: Dash wins Easiest Setup and Best Relationship awards H2: How to create social-first ecommerce video ads | insights from Nusa Studios H2: The Dash team's top songs from Spotify Wrapped 2023 H2: How to build a community on social media | insights from Lick paints H2: Tips on using paid media to scale your brand | insights from DR.VEGAN H2: Essential ecommerce statistics to get you ahead in 2025 H2: Dash wins Best Relationship and Most Usable DAM awards H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Barney Cox H2: The Dash team's top songs from Spotify Wrapped 2024 H2: Use Dash images in your WooCommerce product listings H2: Dash wins Best Results and Customer Service awards H2: How Dash is supporting Pride Month 2024 H2: How to get 100K TikTok followers | insights from Piglet in Bed H2: Launching a Shopify store in 18 weeks | Insights from Forthglade H2: 8 paid acquisition strategies to grow your brand | Insights from Chomps H2: How to build a challenger brand | insights from JustWears H2: How to boost your website conversions | insights from MOJU drinks H2: How to boost repeat purchases | insights from Hairstory H2: 7 ways data can drive growth for your brand with Coterie H2: Dash wins Easiest Setup and Best Relationship awards H2: How to create social-first ecommerce video ads | insights from Nusa Studios H2: The Dash team's top songs from Spotify Wrapped 2023 H2: How to build a community on social media | insights from Lick paints H2: Tips on using paid media to scale your brand | insights from DR.VEGAN H2: Essential ecommerce statistics to get you ahead in 2025 H2: Dash wins Best Relationship and Most Usable DAM awards H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Barney is the Marketing Lead for Dash. He writes about small business marketing strategies and how DTC brands can boost sales. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/author/barrett-ahern Title: Barrett Ahern Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/author/barrett-ahern ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Barrett Ahern H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Barrett Ahern H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Barrett is the Technical Ecommerce Consultant for Vervaunt, a London-based Ecommerce consultancy & paid media agency. They focus on supporting and driving growth for brands and retailers. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/author/ben-browning Title: Ben Browning Meta Description: Ben Browning is the UX designer for Dash. His articles feature design tips for marketers who want to level up their skills. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/author/ben-browning ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Ben Browning H2: Figma vs Sketch: which one should you pick? H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Ben Browning H2: Figma vs Sketch: which one should you pick? H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Ben Browning is the UX designer for Dash. His articles feature design tips for marketers who want to level up their skills. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/author/charlie-pinker Title: Charlie Pinker Meta Description: Charlie Pinker is the Customer Success Lead for Dash. He writes articles that help customers get the most out of their Dash. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/author/charlie-pinker ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Charlie Pinker H2: Dash April updates ✹ - Bin, WordPress and more H2: Dash June updates - Canva integration + requesting new features H2: How Dash is shaking up traditional file organisation H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Charlie Pinker H2: Dash April updates ✹ - Bin, WordPress and more H2: Dash June updates - Canva integration + requesting new features H2: How Dash is shaking up traditional file organisation H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Charlie Pinker is the Customer Success Lead for Dash. He writes articles that help customers get the most out of their Dash. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/author/christian-cabaluna Title: Christian Cabaluna Meta Description: Christian Cabaluna is an SEO content writer with 5+ years of first-hand experience. When he isn't writing in his favorite coffee shop, Christian enjoys reading, cooking, watching documentaries, camping in the mountains, and catching beautiful sunsets. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/author/christian-cabaluna ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Christian Cabaluna H2: 10 strategies to increase customer retention for ecommerce brands H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Christian Cabaluna H2: 10 strategies to increase customer retention for ecommerce brands H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Christian Cabaluna is an SEO content writer with 5+ years of first-hand experience. When he isn't writing in his favorite coffee shop, Christian enjoys reading, cooking, watching documentaries, camping in the mountains, and catching beautiful sunsets. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/author/clemency-wright Title: Clemency Wright Meta Description: Clemency Wright is a Keywording Consultant. She helps brands increase visibility to visual media through strategic search methods and Keywording training. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/author/clemency-wright ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Clemency Wright H2: How keywords help you find images in a DAM system H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Clemency Wright H2: How keywords help you find images in a DAM system H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Clemency Wright is a Keywording Consultant. She helps brands increase visibility to visual media through strategic search methods and Keywording training. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/author/edie-mullen Title: Edie Mullen Meta Description: Edie Mullen is a content management and DAM consultant. She's worked with clients like Men's Health, Net-a-Porter and GQ. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/author/edie-mullen ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Edie Mullen H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Edie Mullen H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Edie Mullen is a content management and DAM consultant. She's worked with clients like Men's Health, Net-a-Porter and GQ. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/author/emily-lamb Title: Emily Lamb Meta Description: Emily Lamb is Dash's Product Manager. She's writes articles on how brands can save time and money with digital asset management tools like Dash. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/author/emily-lamb ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Emily Lamb H2: Build a folder structure for your brand’s DAM system H2: A simple guide to building your taxonomy in Dash H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Emily Lamb H2: Build a folder structure for your brand’s DAM system H2: A simple guide to building your taxonomy in Dash H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Emily Lamb is Dash's Product Manager. She's writes articles on how brands can save time and money with digital asset management tools like Dash. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/author/emma-dunham Title: Emma Dunham Meta Description: Emma Dunham is a multi-award-winning food photographer. She helps business owners and entrepreneurs increase visibility through beautiful images. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/author/emma-dunham ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Emma Dunham H2: Food photography tips that’ll actually help you sell more H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Emma Dunham H2: Food photography tips that’ll actually help you sell more H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Emma Dunham is a multi-award-winning food photographer. She helps business owners and entrepreneurs increase visibility through beautiful images. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/author/faith-uzuegbu Title: Faith Uzuegbu Meta Description: Faith Uzuegbu is a content marketer and freelance writer for B2B SaaS and tech companies like ClassPass, PlayPlay, and Thinkific. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/author/faith-uzuegbu ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Faith Uzuegbu H2: The best Photoshelter DAM alternatives for ecommerce H2: How to organise ecommerce photography for faster launches H2: The best DAM software for ecommerce brands H2: The best ecommerce platforms for your DTC brand H2: WeTransfer vs Dropbox: Which one is better for one-time file sharing? H2: Acquia DAM (Widen) vs Brandfolder: Which is better for your DTC brand? H2: Brandfolder vs Air: Which DAM should you choose for your ecommerce store? H2: The top 7 AI marketing tools for growing ecommerce businesses H2: The best Shopify alternatives for DTC brands H2: Is Adobe’s DAM solution a good pick for your brand? H2: Shopify vs Shopify Plus: When to move your DTC store H2: WooCommerce vs Shopify: which one is best for your online store? H2: How to send large files for your ecommerce business (when email isn’t working) H2: The best WeTransfer alternatives for your ecommerce brand [free and paid] H2: Digital asset management pricing: how much does DAM cost? H2: Brandfolder vs Canto: Which should you choose? H2: The ultimate guide to finding and working with graphic designers H2: The best Frontify alternatives for your growing business H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Faith Uzuegbu H2: The best Photoshelter DAM alternatives for ecommerce H2: How to organise ecommerce photography for faster launches H2: The best DAM software for ecommerce brands H2: The best ecommerce platforms for your DTC brand H2: WeTransfer vs Dropbox: Which one is better for one-time file sharing? H2: Acquia DAM (Widen) vs Brandfolder: Which is better for your DTC brand? H2: Brandfolder vs Air: Which DAM should you choose for your ecommerce store? H2: The top 7 AI marketing tools for growing ecommerce businesses H2: The best Shopify alternatives for DTC brands H2: Is Adobe’s DAM solution a good pick for your brand? H2: Shopify vs Shopify Plus: When to move your DTC store H2: WooCommerce vs Shopify: which one is best for your online store? H2: How to send large files for your ecommerce business (when email isn’t working) H2: The best WeTransfer alternatives for your ecommerce brand [free and paid] H2: Digital asset management pricing: how much does DAM cost? H2: Brandfolder vs Canto: Which should you choose? H2: The ultimate guide to finding and working with graphic designers H2: The best Frontify alternatives for your growing business H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Faith Uzuegbu is a content marketer and freelance writer for B2B SaaS and tech companies like ClassPass, PlayPlay, and Thinkific. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/author/holly-kelly Title: Holly Kelly Meta Description: Holly has over 10 years of experience building paid media strategies for clients in both eCommerce and lead generation. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/author/holly-kelly ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Holly Kelly H2: How to optimise your Google Shopping feed like a pro H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Holly Kelly H2: How to optimise your Google Shopping feed like a pro H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Holly is a Paid Media Specialist who currently heads the Paid Media team at Anicca Digital. With over 10 years of experience she builds and executes Google Ads and wider paid media strategies for clients in both eCommerce and lead generation. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/author/jo-densley Title: Jo Densley Meta Description: Jo is the Director of Relish Marketing - an agency that works with food and beverage brands to help them get ready for retail and beyond, and to support them in their next stage of growth and commercial success. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/author/jo-densley ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Jo Densley H2: Create show-stopping product packaging for your food and beverage brand H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Jo Densley H2: Create show-stopping product packaging for your food and beverage brand H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Jo is the Director of Relish Marketing - an agency that works with food and beverage brands to help them get ready for retail and beyond, and to support them in their next stage of growth and commercial success. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/author/lea-perrino Title: Lea Perrino Meta Description: Lea is Dash's Sales and Onboarding Manager. She is passionate about helping brands evolve and grow through understanding the value of Dash. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/author/lea-perrino ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Lea Perrino H2: 4 steps to migrating your assets to a new DAM H2: How we reorganised our images and videos in Dash H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Lea Perrino H2: 4 steps to migrating your assets to a new DAM H2: How we reorganised our images and videos in Dash H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Lea is Dash's Sales and Onboarding Manager. She is passionate about helping brands evolve and grow through understanding the value of Dash. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/author/lizzie-davey Title: Lizzie Davey Meta Description: Lizzie Davey writes for ecommerce and marketing SaaS brands. She helps create B2B content strategies and is the Founder of Copy Revival and Freelance Magic. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/author/lizzie-davey ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Lizzie Davey H2: Your small business rebranding strategy for 2023 H2: 14 ecommerce marketing strategies H2: The importance of visual marketing for ecommerce H2: DIY product photography for ecommerce H2: How to work with micro-influencers H2: How to get more sales on Shopify H2: An ecommerce brand's guide to an influencer marketing strategy H2: A guide to Facebook ads for ecommerce H2: How to create Facebook Ad graphics that sell your products H2: 20 influencer marketing tools to level-up your campaigns H2: Your guide to Pinterest for ecommerce H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Lizzie Davey H2: Your small business rebranding strategy for 2023 H2: 14 ecommerce marketing strategies H2: The importance of visual marketing for ecommerce H2: DIY product photography for ecommerce H2: How to work with micro-influencers H2: How to get more sales on Shopify H2: An ecommerce brand's guide to an influencer marketing strategy H2: A guide to Facebook ads for ecommerce H2: How to create Facebook Ad graphics that sell your products H2: 20 influencer marketing tools to level-up your campaigns H2: Your guide to Pinterest for ecommerce H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Lizzie Davey writes for ecommerce and marketing SaaS brands. She helps create B2B content strategies and is the Founder of Copy Revival and Freelance Magic. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/author/lorraine-forrest-turner Title: Lorraine Forrest-Turner Meta Description: Lorraine Forrest-Turner is a professional copywriter, published author, playwright and communication skills tutor. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/author/lorraine-forrest-turner ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Lorraine Forrest-Turner H2: How to optimise your product images for Shopify H2: Brandfolder alternatives: which DAM is best for your business? H2: How to organise and protect images with photo metadata H2: How to resize images for social media H2: How to find the right photo organising software for your brand H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Lorraine Forrest-Turner H2: How to optimise your product images for Shopify H2: Brandfolder alternatives: which DAM is best for your business? H2: How to organise and protect images with photo metadata H2: How to resize images for social media H2: How to find the right photo organising software for your brand H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Lorraine Forrest-Turner is a professional copywriter, published author, playwright and communication skills tutor. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/author/martin-harper Title: Martin Harper Meta Description: Martin Harper is Co-Founder of Quickfire Digital, and heads up the technical, financial and operational side of the business. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/author/martin-harper ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Martin Harper H2: Segment or lose: Why personalisation will win BFCM 2025 H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Martin Harper H2: Segment or lose: Why personalisation will win BFCM 2025 H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Martin Harper is Co-Founder of Quickfire Digital, and heads up the technical, financial and operational side of the business. Quickfire works with retailers of all shapes and sizes to improve efficiency, profitability and scalability through the use of the leading ecommerce technology. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/author/martin-wilson Title: Martin Wilson Meta Description: Martin Wilson is co-founder of Asset Bank and Dash. He leads digital asset management solutions by applying lean principles to software development. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/author/martin-wilson ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Martin Wilson H2: Introducing Dash - the new home for your brand’s content H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Martin Wilson H2: Introducing Dash - the new home for your brand’s content H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Martin Wilson is co-founder of Asset Bank and Dash. He leads digital asset management solutions by applying lean principles to software development. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/author/masooma-memon Title: Masooma Memon Meta Description: Masooma Memon is a freelance content marketer for B2B SaaS companies. She's written for brands like Shopify, Vimeo, and Calendly. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/author/masooma-memon ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Masooma Memon H2: 15 benefits of influencer marketing to boost ecommerce sales H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Masooma Memon H2: 15 benefits of influencer marketing to boost ecommerce sales H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Masooma Memon is a freelance content marketer for B2B SaaS companies. She's written for brands like Shopify, Vimeo, and Calendly. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/author/nathan-lomax Title: Nathan Lomax Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/author/nathan-lomax ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Nathan Lomax H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Nathan Lomax H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Nathan is the Director and Co-founder of Quickfire Digital - a Shopify Plus agency dedicated to helping ecommerce brands grow. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/author/sara-radford Title: Sara Radford Meta Description: Sara is Dash's Demand Generation Manager. She manages our paid marketing campaigns and is our go-to on all things digital ads. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/author/sara-radford ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Sara Radford H2: Google Shopping 2024 updates: What DTC brands should know H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Sara Radford H2: Google Shopping 2024 updates: What DTC brands should know H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Sara is Dash's Demand Generation Manager. She manages our paid marketing campaigns and is our go-to on all things digital ads. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/author/simon-freeman Title: Simon Freeman Meta Description: Simon Freeman is a freelance PPC expert with over 15 years of experience helping brands scale sustainably through campaigns that have an impact and deliver results. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/author/simon-freeman ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Simon Freeman H2: 7 tips from a PPC expert on creating killer ecommerce ads H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Simon Freeman H2: 7 tips from a PPC expert on creating killer ecommerce ads H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Simon Freeman is a freelance PPC expert with over 15 years of experience helping brands scale sustainably through campaigns that have an impact and deliver results. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/blog/author/toby-lamborn Title: Toby Lamborn Meta Description: Toby shoots a range of photography to fit lots of different briefs including ecommerce, interiors and lifestyle. Most brands have a story to tell and Toby enjoys the process of translating this into a narrative and aesthetic that sets them apart from others. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/blog/author/toby-lamborn ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Toby Lamborn H2: Take great photos of your ecommerce products H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content ## Main Content: H1: Toby Lamborn H2: Take great photos of your ecommerce products H2: Create the home for your brand's visual content Toby shoots a range of photography to fit lots of different briefs including ecommerce, interiors and lifestyle. Most brands have a story to tell and Toby enjoys the process of translating this into a narrative and aesthetic that sets them apart from others. Speed up the time it takes to get content in front of customers. Upload images and video to Dash. Then send them out to your channels in a few clicks. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/customers/beavertown Title: Beavertown's design team manage their creative workflows with Dash Meta Description: The UK brand, Beavertown, use Dash's digital asset management tool to help approval workflows. They're also able to share creative assets with retail partners and agencies. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/customers/beavertown ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H2: Beavertown's design team manage their creative workflows with Dash H2: About Beavertown H2: The challenge H3: [fs-toc-omit] They couldn’t search for their images H3: [fs-toc-omit] Dropbox got overwhelming H3: [fs-toc-omit] There was no approval process H2: The solution H3: [fs-toc-omit] Tags help the team find assets fast H3: [fs-toc-omit] Approvals and permissions ensure consistency H3: [fs-toc-omit] Version control offers a paper trail of design updates H3: [fs-toc-omit] The Adobe Creative Cloud integration saves time H3: [fs-toc-omit] Personalised onboarding for a seamless set-up H3: [fs-toc-omit] Giving agencies the assets they need H2: Lily’s recommendation to other beverage brands H3: Table of contents H2: If you have a lot of assets and you’re feeling overwhelmed about where to start organising them, then Dash is for you! H2: Read more Dash customer stories H3: Scaling Ethnotek’s retail partnerships and DTC growth with self-serve content portals H3: Mountain Equipment ditched Dropbox to manage 900+ retailers ## Main Content: H2: Beavertown's design team manage their creative workflows with Dash H2: About Beavertown H2: The challenge H3: [fs-toc-omit] They couldn’t search for their images H3: [fs-toc-omit] Dropbox got overwhelming H3: [fs-toc-omit] There was no approval process H2: The solution H3: [fs-toc-omit] Tags help the team find assets fast H3: [fs-toc-omit] Approvals and permissions ensure consistency H3: [fs-toc-omit] Version control offers a paper trail of design updates H3: [fs-toc-omit] The Adobe Creative Cloud integration saves time H3: [fs-toc-omit] Personalised onboarding for a seamless set-up H3: [fs-toc-omit] Giving agencies the assets they need H2: Lily’s recommendation to other beverage brands H3: Table of contents H2: If you have a lot of assets and you’re feeling overwhelmed about where to start organising them, then Dash is for you! H2: Read more Dash customer stories H3: Scaling Ethnotek’s retail partnerships and DTC growth with self-serve content portals H3: Mountain Equipment ditched Dropbox to manage 900+ retailers "If you have a lot of assets and you’re feeling overwhelmed about where to start organising them, then Dash is for you!" Challenges: The creative design team at Beavertown were struggling to keep track of their assets and were spending too much time hunting around in Dropbox. Solution: Dash has offered them a secure DAM solution. It allows them to protect Beavertown’s brand identity and ensure that only approved content is being deployed to their channels. This, in turn, has saved them time and allowed them to get back to their creative roles. If you have a lot of assets and you’re feeling overwhelmed about where to start organising them, then Dash is for you! When Beavertown first launched over 10 years ago, they wanted to create a craft beer brand that was built on creativity. Their characterful designs and illustrations are what set them apart in the craft beer industry. The business has expanded significantly since then - but the vision has remained the same. And as more people join the company, it's really important for them to maintain the design-led approach that makes Beavertown so recognisable. That’s why Lily - Beavertown’s Senior Digital Creative - says it's vital they have a way to organise, share and use their ever-evolving library of illustrations across the brand’s channels. When Lily first joined Beavertown in 2021, the design team was pretty new. Despite the brand being driven by illustrations, they didn’t yet have an established team to help expand and properly utilise the designs. It also meant they didn’t have an established asset library. Instead they were making do with a file organisation system that’s not set up for team collaboration. That tool was Dropbox. Whilst Dropbox is fine for document management, it’s nearly impossible to properly search and find your visual content. Here are the challenges Lily and her team were facing. Dropbox was built for general file management, but Beavertown was using it to store and manage illustration and graphic design assets. Unlike digital asset management tools (like Dash 😇), Dropbox makes it really hard to search for visual assets because it can’t identify the contents of a picture. For example, if Lily wanted to find a product in their merch collection, she had to remember the exact file name. The problem with solely using file names to search for creative is that everyone in the team has different ways of naming content. Things can get very chaotic, very fast. “The file management was just chaos. There were so many folders in there just called ‘untitled’. It’s also wild how we’ve become so advanced in AI but when you type in the search bar in Dropbox, it comes up with irrelevant results that I didn’t search for. I could never in a million years type “oversized cream t-shirt” into Dropbox and get what I was looking for. I hated it.” When the team was small, it was easier to manage content in Dropbox. But as Lily pointed out, Dropbox is best for individual projects - it can’t handle bigger teams working on multiple campaigns. So as people across design, marketing, CRM (and more) joined the company, lots more content was being uploaded and it quickly became overwhelming. What’s more, everyone was using the same login details because they had limited accounts. People weren’t sure what they could and couldn't use - which meant a large part of Lily’s day was spent finding assets for her colleagues. “That took a lot of time away from me and the design team because someone would send us a request for example: “I'm looking for that blue skull. Can you send it to me?” We were doing that multiple times a day.” Before the design team was properly established, people across the marketing team were creating content for Beavertown’s marketing channels. There were no set access permissions so anyone could download anything from Dropbox and push it out to their channels. “A lot of people were doing the design work themselves or working with agencies. They’d send Dropbox links that weren't necessarily signed off by someone. We needed a proper sign-off process to stop people picking random stuff in Dropbox and sending it off to our partners.” This is particularly important to Beavertown because their designs are integral to who they are. It was vital they found a tool that could help streamline this approval process. Beavertown needed a way to set up solid approval processes and ensure they’re maintaining their visually-led brand identity in a competitive market. That’s why Dash is the digital asset management (DAM) solution for them. đŸ€© When you upload an asset into Dash, it automatically scans your image and adds tags. You can also add your own custom tags and fields to distinguish between different campaigns, product types and more. In this case, Lily has added custom data including campaign name, product type, and usage rights. The great thing about using tags and fields, is that it doesn’t require your assets to sit within a specific folder. This image sits in the ‘beer’ folder, but you can also assign tags and fields without the need for duplication. This means it’s easier for Lily and her team to find assets quickly. And Lily no longer has to field requests from colleagues when they can’t find what they’re looking for. “The searchability in Dash is really great. For example, if I'm looking for something from a couple of years ago, I can actually find it because I can type in a keyword. I can also filter it by the year and I can choose the product. It’s really good because people were struggling to look for things before, but now they can look for themselves.” In Dash, you can give your users different levels of permissions. This is essential for Beavertown in ensuring different teams can only access the things they need. As Lily told us, the design team are the only ones with full permissions. The rest of the teams including marketing, sales and HR can only view specific folders. “Being able to give our teams access to certain things is really important. For example, we don't want the HR team looking at our design working files because they just don't need to.” Instead of being overwhelmed with loads of files and folders, each team can go directly to the folder that’s relevant to them. Plus, when these teams upload anything to Dash, Lily has set permissions so that it first goes to an approval dashboard. She can then edit tags, decide what folders the image will sit in and, if needed, reject anything that doesn't meet Beavertown’s brand guidelines. “I really like this feature because it gives me visibility on what people are doing. If people want to upload stuff, it only takes me a few seconds to approve things. That also means that if one of the teams signs with an agency, they’re able to send them a link to a folder and everyone will know that all the assets in that folder have been approved first.” Picture this: you have multiple versions of the same graphic and, in Dropbox, they’re all labelered things like: How is anybody supposed to know which is the approved version? In Dash, version control lets you update existing assets in a single entry. So if Lily uploads a new version of Beavertown’s logo, it’ll overwrite the older version and send a notification to anybody that’s previously downloaded it. But don’t worry - that older version doesn’t go anywhere. You’re able to view previous versions so you can see what changes have been made. This is useful when the design team needs to revert to a previous draft. ‍“The thing I love about Dash is when I upload a new version of one of the assets, and then get feedback about something we need to change, I can just upload the new version and it won’t create a duplicate. You can also see what it was before because, a lot of the time, we might decide to go back to a previous version.” Dash connects with lots of different tools to make your workflows easier. One of those is the Adobe CC integration. It works by connecting your Dash library to Adobe, so that you can search for images within Photoshop or InDesign. Plus, when you update an asset in the Adobe suite, that change will also be reflected back in Dash. It saves a lot of space on your desktop. It was also one of the biggest reasons Lily wanted to pick Dash as their DAM system. “The integration to Adobe was really important for me. I am really into organisation, so not having to download and upload things to and from my desktop is a huge benefit. I can just go into the Dash search bar in Adobe and type in a keyword and it will appear from Dash. Any updates I make will automatically save and I just love that. It's so easy for me.” Moving from a cloud storage provider like Dropbox can feel overwhelming. When you’ve got thousands of assets scattered across different folders with confusing titles,  it can be hard to know how to start migrating to a new system. 😅 With Dash, you get free onboarding support no matter what plan you choose. This was really helpful for Lily and her team who were learning the best way to tag and organise their assets in Dash. “It was nice to have someone to talk to from Dash who was professional and experienced with the system. We worked with Emily who recommended we create a flow chart to see how everything links together. You can see where your trade assets will live, how your merchandise assets should be tagged. It's just good to have an overview of what different assets you have. It’s a really good way to start categorising everything.” Beavertown often partners with agencies to help them promote their latest campaigns. Lily told us that Summer and Halloween are the busiest time for them. You can see from Beavertown’s illustrations that they’d lend themselves really well to the spooky season. These campaign seasons are also the time they’re using Dash the most. They’re uploading new designs and sharing content with external collaborators. There’s a lot going on, so it’s important Dash is able to make the process as smooth as possible. One way they do this is using portals. Portals are like a publicly accessible version of your Dash. You can pick which folders are visible and agencies can search, browse and download content without needing to ask you for them. This is particularly useful when Beavertown signs up a new agency. They have a brand portal which contains logos, iconography and brand fonts. “We use portals for our brand bible. It's got assets that we're happy for  people to use anywhere. This is really useful because when we had Dropbox, sometimes agencies would send us pitches and they’d be using low-res versions of our logo or old content that they  found on the web.” Ensuring agencies have access to your latest and more up-to-date brand assets means they can effectively promote your product - regardless of what channel they’re working with. 🙌 Finally, we asked Lily if she’d recommended Dash to other drinks brands. It was a resounding yes! đŸ„° “If you have a lot of assets and you’re feeling overwhelmed about where to start organising them then Dash is for you! The beginning set up might take you a little time to get sorted, but it’s well worth it in the end. You’ll save so much time on all of your other work. ” Want to try Dash for yourself? You can sign up to Dash for free for 14 days or book a demo with our team. Senior Digital Creative at Beavertown Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/customers/brewdog Title: BrewDog helps their global partners sell more using Dash Meta Description: Learn how one of the UK's leading breweries manages their creative assets across bars and partners around the world. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/customers/brewdog ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H2: BrewDog helps their global partners sell more using Dash H2: About BrewDog H2: The challenge H3: [fs-toc-omit] Brandfolder became cluttered and confusing H3: [fs-toc-omit] It was challenging to separate assets between countries and regions H3: [fs-toc-omit] Brandfolder’s contract was too expensive H2: The solution H3: [fs-toc-omit] Finding an intuitive and affordable solution H3: [fs-toc-omit] A better way to search for assets H3: [fs-toc-omit] Using portals so partners can self-serve H3: [fs-toc-omit] Smooth and quick onboarding support H2: BrewDog’s plans for Dash in the future H2: Jack’s recommendation to other beverage brands H3: Table of contents H2: "I would absolutely recommend Dash. It’s so intuitive and ... you can utilise it in a way that works for the quirks of your business." H2: Read more Dash customer stories H3: Scaling Ethnotek’s retail partnerships and DTC growth with self-serve content portals H3: Mountain Equipment ditched Dropbox to manage 900+ retailers ## Main Content: H2: BrewDog helps their global partners sell more using Dash H2: About BrewDog H2: The challenge H3: [fs-toc-omit] Brandfolder became cluttered and confusing H3: [fs-toc-omit] It was challenging to separate assets between countries and regions H3: [fs-toc-omit] Brandfolder’s contract was too expensive H2: The solution H3: [fs-toc-omit] Finding an intuitive and affordable solution H3: [fs-toc-omit] A better way to search for assets H3: [fs-toc-omit] Using portals so partners can self-serve H3: [fs-toc-omit] Smooth and quick onboarding support H2: BrewDog’s plans for Dash in the future H2: Jack’s recommendation to other beverage brands H3: Table of contents H2: "I would absolutely recommend Dash. It’s so intuitive and ... you can utilise it in a way that works for the quirks of your business." H2: Read more Dash customer stories H3: Scaling Ethnotek’s retail partnerships and DTC growth with self-serve content portals H3: Mountain Equipment ditched Dropbox to manage 900+ retailers "I would absolutely recommend Dash. It’s so intuitive and ... you can utilise it in a way that works for the quirks of your business." Challenge: BrewDog works with bars, retailers and partners all over the world. Their previous digital asset management (DAM), Brandfolder, made it difficult to separate the relevant assets they needed to promote and sell BrewDog products. Solution: Dash has changed the game and allows BrewDog to split assets up across different countries and regions. They’re also paying less compared to their previous system, and they don’t have to pay extra for key DAM features. ✹ "I would absolutely recommend Dash. It’s so intuitive and ... you can utilise it in a way that works for the quirks of your business." When BrewDog first started out in 2007, they were on a mission to shake up the beer and ale industry. Tired of the same old companies dominating the UK market, they wanted to make people feel passionate about beer again. Now, they have 102 bars around the world, 2000 crew members and have become one of the most well-known brewers in the UK. To support the brand’s growth, bars, retailers, designers, agencies and partners all need access to the latest product images from BrewDog’s line of drinks. A tool for managing their images is vital for them to ensure everyone has what they need to promote and sell BrewDog’s products. In this case study, Jack, the brand’s Campaign Activator, tells us how Dash has been a game changer for their teams. ✹ First, let's look at some of the challenges BrewDog was facing before Dash. Before finding Dash, the team at BrewDog were using Brandfolder to store and manage their visual content. For those who don’t know, Brandfolder is a big name in the DAM software industry. They primarily serve enterprise customers and have an extensive range of features. The biggest downside is they’re super expensive, and you often end up paying top dollar for features you don’t need. 👀 (Just check out our Brandfolder alternatives article to learn more about their pricing.) But whilst Brandfolder can be a good solution for many large businesses, BrewDog’s unique needs meant that their DAM was becoming unmanageable. Here’s why: Brandfolder is built for big businesses with complex needs. Despite their hefty price tag, they still weren’t serving BrewDog’s needs. It was vital Jack had a way to make sure all their bars, partners and internal collaborators could access the assets they needed. With so many people trying to access the Brandfolder system, it quickly became unmanageable. Jack and his team didn’t have time to delete and archive outdated content and people were struggling to find what they needed. BrewDog owns bars across the globe. They also work with retail partners who sell their drinks. Every country they operate in needs different information printed on their beers and in their marketing campaigns. When they were using Brandfolder, Jack and his team didn’t have a way to split up these different assets and share with the various different regions. This meant they ran the risk of their partners using the wrong assets. As we mentioned, Brandfolder is built for enterprise companies. That means they have enterprise-level pricing which could cost you thousands of pounds a year. Let’s be honest, no matter how big your business is, do you really want to spend thousands on a digital asset management system? Plus, there were lots of features that BrewDog needed that weren't included in this contract price. They would have had to pay more for simple DAM features like resizing images and they couldn’t offer the level of granularity that BrewDog needed. Luckily, Dash costs a fraction of the price and includes ALL features. 😇 BrewDog’s old digital asset management system wasn’t serving their needs. It was time to find a new tool that was easy to use and reasonably priced. ✹ BrewDog’s DAM is the single source of truth for all of their assets. That’s everything from product images to logos, tasting notes to campaign shots. Whether they have a bar in Germany or an agency in the US—everyone needs access to marketing assets in order to promote and sell BrewDog’s products. Jack told us: “We just needed our DAM to be really intuitive. A person who's never worked at BrewDog or been on our DAM site before just needs to be able to go in and find what they're looking for. We don't have the capacity to constantly teach people how to use the system.” They found Dash as the perfect new solution. ✹ Dash is designed to be easy-to-use and visually appealing. It means that anyone who logs in can instantly find what they need without much (or any) training. Image thumbnails and visual tags help you quickly find what assets you’re looking for. You can use the search bar to type a keyword of an image, and use tags and filters to search across multiple folders. Here’s a peek at BrewDog’s Dash home page. 😍 Plus, Dash’s highest plan starts from just ÂŁ449 per month (or ÂŁ4,850 per year) and we don’t lock away any features behind extra paywalls. Instead, pricing is based on how much storage you require. Jack told us that Dash’s search feature has been the biggest game-changer for their team. By assigning tags to their images, people can easily jump into the system, search for a specific product like ‘Punk IPA’ and they’ll get all associated assets of that beer. This means that even if you don’t know what type of marketing asset you’re after, you can use keywords and filters to quickly narrow down your search. For example, say you’re looking for some Punk IPA merchandise. Firstly, you can type in the keyword: Next, use the filters on the left-hand side to quickly narrow down the search. Then when you find the asset you need, you can download it in different sizes depending on what channel you’re distributing to. You can pick from preset social sizes, or add your own custom dimensions. The best part? This feature comes with every Dash plan—no need to pay extra. As we mentioned, Brewdog works with bars and partners all over the world. Each country and region sells different beers and needs different marketing assets. They’ll also have different information that needs to be printed on the beers. The people in these countries need a way to access the right assets for their region. That’s where portals come in. ✹ “We need to split regions up because the information that needs to be on a beer can in the states is totally different from Australia, for example. What we really wanted to have was some degree of separation between them so that when partners search for an asset, they don't get four different cans and someone potentially prints the Australia version when they're in the UK. So that's why we use the portals.” Portals is essentially a copy of your Dash that’s accessible to non-users. You can create as many portals as you need, and you can choose what folders are visible from your main Dash admin. For their German portal, for example, BrewDog allows access to the German, UK and Master Brand Assets folder. Partners will get a link to the portal, allowing them to grab assets themselves without needing to get in touch with a member of the team. “Portals has been one of the big game changers. One of my biggest concerns before we moved to Dash was ensuring we didn’t have all countries in one folder. As soon as we worked out we could split it via portals, everything else flowed nice and easily off the back of that.” This level of granular access wasn’t available in Brandfolder, so having Dash portals means the team can now stop worrying that the wrong assets were being downloaded by their partners. 🙌 Every brand that joins Dash has one common goal: to easily manage their digital assets. On top of that, BrewDog also needed to set up portals and specific folders for all their different partner countries. When Jack first got in touch for a demo of Dash, he met Al, our Sales Lead. Because Jack had so many assets to move from Brandfolder, he needed help migrating and organising them in the new system. The good news is that, at Dash, we offer free migration and onboarding support. Whether you’ve got 100 or 10,000 assets, we help make sure they're clearly organised in a way that works for your brand. In Jack’s case, sometimes he wanted a longer call to walk through the system, or he was after a quick helping hand to get him past a specific problem. “Alex and I had a number of longer calls where we had a more defined meeting agenda. But quite often I would send her a quick email and ask if she had 10 minutes to hop on a call. She was so responsive and always so helpful about negotiating those little bumps in the road which for me, as a new user, would have held me up.” On the flip side, Jack also said that because of Dash’s intuitive system, he could often solve the problem himself. ✹ The team has big plans for the future. 🚀 And Dash is a key part of how they plan on achieving their ambitions. They want their teams to work closer together so they launch campaigns faster and sell more products. “I can see us using Dash much more readily to get information out to our retail team and to our bar estate. We’ll also use it as a way of getting campaigns, seasonal offers and news out to dozens of different bar teams in the UK, I can see it being a really useful platform. We can just upload something and it will be immediately available to so many different people.” Wondering whether to use Dash for your business? Here’s Jack’s recommendation to you: “I would absolutely recommend Dash. Firstly, it’s just so intuitive. Secondly, it’s super malleable so you can utilise it in a way that works for the quirks of your business. Both of those things have been really important to us.” Campaign Activator at BrewDog Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/customers/brook-taverner Title: Why Brook Taverner ditched Dropbox for Dash Meta Description: Brook Taverner ditched Dropbox for Dash to manage their visual content. Learn how the switch helps them share assets with their distributors. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/customers/brook-taverner ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H2: Why Brook Taverner ditched Dropbox for Dash H3: Table of contents H2: “Our team and our customers love Dash. It’s just so easy to use and we no longer have to rely on Dropbox to share our content.” H2: Read more Dash customer stories H3: Scaling Ethnotek’s retail partnerships and DTC growth with self-serve content portals H3: Mountain Equipment ditched Dropbox to manage 900+ retailers ## Main Content: H2: Why Brook Taverner ditched Dropbox for Dash H4: Who are Brook Taverner? H4: Turning 10M worth of stock into profit H4: The problem: Nobody can find anything in Dropbox H4: The solution: Distribution made easy H3: Table of contents H2: “Our team and our customers love Dash. It’s just so easy to use and we no longer have to rely on Dropbox to share our content.” H2: Read more Dash customer stories H3: Scaling Ethnotek’s retail partnerships and DTC growth with self-serve content portals H3: Mountain Equipment ditched Dropbox to manage 900+ retailers “Our team and our customers absolutely love Dash. We’ve had nothing but positive feedback. It’s just so easy to use and we no longer have to rely on Dropbox to share our content.” “Our team and our customers love Dash. It’s just so easy to use and we no longer have to rely on Dropbox to share our content.” If you’re partial to a blazer or a pair of shiny chrome cufflinks, you may have come across a Brook Taverner shop in various locations around the UK. Their tailors have been providing style, comfort and craftsmanship to shoppers for over a century. But it doesn’t end with the public. Brook Taverner supplies uniforms to some of the biggest hotels, airlines and banks in the world. They do this by connecting up with corporate clothing specialists around the globe. These distributors then sell to their customers in the professional industries. For businesses, one of Brook Taverner’s key selling points is the amount of stock they have at one time. Matt Fletcher, their Marketing Manager, says: Sometimes, they can have up to ÂŁ10M worth of product waiting and ready to go! It’s Matt’s job to help market and sell these products. He works with a team of designers and account managers to get the latest clothing lines to their customers. As well as promoting via online channels, Brook Taverner sends account managers out to meet clients and sell them the latest product lines. With all this going on, you can imagine there’s a lot of visual content that needs to go around. Before Dash, the team was using Dropbox to manage all of their visual content. Their distributors need access to the latest product shots too. And having disjointed thumbnails of different products does nothing to highlight the collections of suits and uniforms on offer. Dash differs from Dropbox because it’s been built to search and find visual content. (Dropbox, on the other hand, is better for general file storage). Instead of scrolling through tiny thumbnails, account managers and distributors can use Matt’s custom tags and filters to get to the images they need. This was something Charlie, Dash’s Customer Success Lead, helped him with when Matt first started. He also showed me how to set up controlled tags so that nobody misspells any of our products. And, he even showed me how to start our first Collection.” A Collection is a selection of images and videos from across your Dash that you can group and send off to freelancers, agencies and external teams. Matt and the team of account managers use Collections to create different looks (like a lookbook) which they can then fire off to clients and distributors. This is perfect for quickly showcasing a new selection of clothes, without needing to browse through the entire Dash account. 💡 For Brook Taverner, using Dash to manage and share visual content is just the start. Matt plans to turn their account into a full marketing hub where people can go to access PDFs and other files they need to sell their products. To wrap up, Matt says: Marketing Manager at Brook Taverner Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/customers/coat Title: COAT Paints launches products faster with Dash Meta Description: Learn how COAT Paints use Dash to launch product faster. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/customers/coat ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H2: COAT Paints launches products faster with Dash H2: About COAT Paints H2: The challenges H3: [fs-toc-omit] It was impossible to find anything in Google Drive H3: [fs-toc-omit] It became difficult to manage external creator content H3: [fs-toc-omit] A full upheaval seemed daunting H2: The solution H3: [fs-toc-omit] Ensuring only the best content is shared to the world H3: [fs-toc-omit] Launching new products faster H3: [fs-toc-omit] Speeding up content creation H3: [fs-toc-omit] Giving their freelance photographer creative freedom H3: [fs-toc-omit] Making it easier to serve customers H3: [fs-toc-omit] Generating ideas and planning content fast H3: [fs-toc-omit] Easy onboarding with an A+ customer service team H2: Abi’s recommendation to other DTC brands H3: Table of contents H2: "The searchability in Dash has been a game changer for us." H2: Read more Dash customer stories H3: Scaling Ethnotek’s retail partnerships and DTC growth with self-serve content portals H3: Mountain Equipment ditched Dropbox to manage 900+ retailers ## Main Content: H2: COAT Paints launches products faster with Dash H2: About COAT Paints H2: The challenges H3: [fs-toc-omit] It was impossible to find anything in Google Drive H3: [fs-toc-omit] It became difficult to manage external creator content H3: [fs-toc-omit] A full upheaval seemed daunting H2: The solution H3: [fs-toc-omit] Ensuring only the best content is shared to the world H3: [fs-toc-omit] Launching new products faster H3: [fs-toc-omit] Speeding up content creation H3: [fs-toc-omit] Giving their freelance photographer creative freedom H3: [fs-toc-omit] Making it easier to serve customers H3: [fs-toc-omit] Generating ideas and planning content fast H3: [fs-toc-omit] Easy onboarding with an A+ customer service team H2: Abi’s recommendation to other DTC brands H3: Table of contents H2: "The searchability in Dash has been a game changer for us." H2: Read more Dash customer stories H3: Scaling Ethnotek’s retail partnerships and DTC growth with self-serve content portals H3: Mountain Equipment ditched Dropbox to manage 900+ retailers "Dash has completely transformed the way we organise and structure our imagery, making everything else so much more efficient." Challenge: COAT Paints were using a mixture of Google Drive, Dropbox and desktops to store their visual content. For Abi, COAT’s Brand Manager, it was a nightmare to get hold of the assets she needed to do her job. Solution: Dash’s intuitive search features have allowed the COAT team to launch products faster and ensure everything that goes out into the world is on perfectly on-brand. "The searchability in Dash has been a game changer for us." Challenge: COAT Paints were using a mixture of Google Drive, Dropbox and desktops to store their visual content. For Abi, COAT’s Brand Manager, it was a nightmare to get hold of the assets she needed to do her job. Solution: Dash’s intuitive search features have allowed the COAT team to launch products faster and ensure everything that goes out into the world is on perfectly on-brand. Ecommerce brand, COAT, sells luxury (but affordable), planet-friendly paint. In fact, they were the first Climate Positive Certified paint company in the world. Since launching in 2020, sustainability has been at the core of their brand identity. Their paint is made to order so nothing goes out of date and thrown to landfill. They have ambitious plans to grow, and their marketing team needs the right tools to help them reach new audiences and launch new products. For Abi, COAT’s Brand Manager, their ethos must run through everything they do. From the paint they produce, to the emails they send and the posts they put out on social media—Abi’s responsible for ensuring everything aligns with their identity. And that includes their assets. You only have to look at COAT’s website, Instagram or Pinterest channel to see that visual content is vital to everything they do. 😍 The problem is that paint is such a saturated market. COAT needs a way to cut through the noise and launch products quickly. As Abi, the brand’s manager told us, “Marketing is crucial for us as an online-only business. It's essential to get the messaging spot-on and connect with the right audience. COAT was born to disrupt the industry and cut out the middlemen. We're doing things our way, and making our mark.” Before finding Dash, Abi and her team were using a mixture of Google Drive, Dropbox and local hard drives to manage their visual content - making it really hard to find on-brand assets and launch products fast. Let’s look at some of the other challenges Drive causes: Like many brands who move to Dash, COAT previously used Google Drive to manage their assets. The problem is that Drive is not built for helping you manage your images and videos. That’s because Drive has no way of identifying the contents of your images, so when you upload file names like ‘JPG_877234_project_10’, you have to remember what you called it (or have a guess at what your colleagues called it!) On top of that, some colleagues were using Dropbox and their own hard drives to save images. As Abi told us: “It was incredibly challenging. We were using Google Drive and Dropbox simultaneously, neither of which are easy to navigate. We needed something that suited the whole team, was efficient and a hub for all things COAT.” As a small team, COAT relies on freelancers and content creators to help them produce assets for their campaigns. They work with Toby, a freelance photographer, as well as influencers and user-generated content (UGC). Drive made it really hard to stay on top of all that new content. Abi said: “Before Dash, we had a lot of great content coming in but lacked an effective system for storing and organising it. With Google Drive, finding files was difficult because it required remembering exactly where each item was saved, and what you'd called it!” (Btw, Toby wrote a post for Dash on how to take great photos of your products. Check it out!) One of the biggest concerns that new customers have when they move to Dash, is the sheer number of assets they’ll have to migrate to the new system. When you’re used to working in a disorganised system like Google Drive or Dropbox, it’s understandable it might seem daunting. Abi said: “We were definitely concerned, given how disorganised Google Drive and Dropbox had become. We anticipated a significant upheaval, thinking we’d need to rename countless files to make the transition work.” They didn’t need to worry about any of this with Dash. Let’s look at how our digital asset management (DAM) solution solved their problems. ✹ As the brand’s gatekeeper, Abi needs to make sure her team only has access to the best, brand-approved content. Dash has become the final port-of-call for all assets. In other words, if it’s in Dash, it’s good to go out into the world. As a small team, everyone has access to Dash so this process makes it easy for people to get what they need, fast. “I only upload the best content to Dash since it’s accessible to the entire team. For instance, a team member who handles paid ads needs to ensure that everything they publish aligns perfectly with our brand.” Every time COAT launches a new product colour, the team needs a whole bunch of product imagery. This includes retouched images in different styles, paint finishes and multiple tin sizes. They also collect UGC from customers. As you can imagine, using Google Drive to manage these assets used to be a chore, but Dash has made it all so much easier. By centralising all product imagery and setting up filters to allow search by colour name, the team can find every image related to that colour in seconds. For example, this product ‘Darlington’ has been grouped into room type and brand (website imagery). Dash’s Shopify integration also means they don’t have to resize content and upload it manually to the website. Dash allows them to set up custom product sizes which they can drag and drop into their Shopify product pages. A big selling point for COAT was Dash’s integration with Canva. For those of you not in the know, Canva is the design tool for non-designers. It makes it really easy for marketers to whip up designs without any knowledge. “Canva is widely loved by the team. Whether it's creating moodboards, board decks, social content or a place to brainstorm, having access to all your imagery at a click of a button is a game changer.” The integration with Dash means you don’t have to leave Canva in order to download images and videos to use in your designs. Simply connect to Dash and browse through your assets. There’s also a search bar in the Canva integration which means you can type in a keyword and find specific assets quickly. Abi says: “I use Canva all the time, it's incredibly convenient—especially when it comes to keeping my downloads folder on my laptop organised!” The COAT team works with a freelance photographer, Toby Lamborn. Dash makes it super easy for him to upload content. This is how the process works: This cuts down on a lot of back and forth over email and means they can get those new product images out to their website faster. ⚡ 💡If you work with freelancer photographers, but don’t want them to have full access to your Dash, you can assign different levels of permissions. For example, a contributor can upload content to an approval area where you’ll be able to accept or reject new assets before it goes live in your Dash. Alternatively, you can provide a guest upload link for external contributors who don’t need access to your Dash. COAT sells loads of different paint colours, but not all of them can be showcased on the website due to limited space. So people often reach out to the customer service team asking to see specific colours in different spaces like a living room or bathroom. By using Dash, the customer service team can quickly search for a colour and location. For example, someone wants an image of a kitchen painted in ‘Ghosted’. They can simply type these keywords into the search bar and they can find relevant assets in seconds. From here, they can create a collection and share this unique link with the customer.  They can set the collection to expire or leave it open forever. It means COAT's customer service team can focus on what matters most: helping customers find the perfect paint for their space. đŸ–Œïž COAT also uses this feature when working with the press. Say they’re working on a new collaboration (like their recent campaign with Stacey Dooley đŸ€©), they can quickly collect all relevant images into a collection ready to share with publishers. As you know, the work of a marketer is never over. You’re constantly needing to think of new creative ideas to promote products and drive brand awareness. With Dash’s search feature, Abi is able to spark new ideas in a few clicks. “The searchability in Dash has been a game changer for us. It’s my favourite feature. It helps spark new ideas—especially since we have so much content, it’s easy to forget what’s available. Being able to dive into these little rabbit holes and discover things we didn’t even know we had is incredibly useful.” But how does this search function work? Whenever you upload a new image, Dash scans the content and adds relevant tags using AI. Take this image as an example. You can see the tags on the right-hand side match all the objects in the image. Dash will do this automatically, but you can also manually add tags and adjust the sensitivity of the AI. This means that whenever you search a keyword related to these tags, it will pull up the relevant results. As many brands know, your library of assets stacks up fast. Just think about all the images and videos you need for just one product campaign. Luckily moving all of COAT’s content from Google Drive and Dropbox over to Dash was really simple. First off, you can integrate with Google Drive or Dropbox directly, which means you can drag and drop all of your content into Dash fast. We also offer free onboarding and migration support - so if you’re struggling to organise your images ready for the big move, we can do it for you. You can also contact the team any time via our in-app support. This has been a huge help for Abi and her team. “The Dash team is incredibly responsive to any queries and always quick to find a solution. In my experience, no other platform has matched the level of customer service that Dash provides.” Abi has one message for other DTC brands: switch to Dash! As she told us, the tool has transformed how COAT Paints organises and uses their visual content, simplifying everything. “Dash has completely transformed the way we organise and structure our imagery, making everything else so much more efficient. That’s why I’ve recommended it to so many people. I’ve worked with colleagues and friends in the same industry who constantly complain about their image libraries, and I know Dash would solve all those issues for them.” Abi’s story shows just how Dash can help brands launch products faster, ensure all content is on brand and make it easier to serve your customers. If you want to transform how your brand works for the better, you can take out a 14-day free trial and try it for yourself. Brand Manager at COAT Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/customers/cookson-adventures Title: Cookson Adventures keep experiences secure in Dash Meta Description: Travel company Cookson Adventures deliver world-first travel experiences. Here's how they use Dash to keep assets safe, secure and searchable. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/customers/cookson-adventures ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H2: Cookson Adventures keep experiences secure in Dash H3: Table of contents H2: "The best customer service in tech." H2: Read more Dash customer stories H3: Scaling Ethnotek’s retail partnerships and DTC growth with self-serve content portals H3: Mountain Equipment ditched Dropbox to manage 900+ retailers ## Main Content: H2: Cookson Adventures keep experiences secure in Dash H4: An experience of a lifetime H4: Standing out from the crowd H4: Making photos and videos easy to find H4: Sharing content with the press H4: Keeping everything safe and secure 🔒 H3: Table of contents H2: "The best customer service in tech." H2: Read more Dash customer stories H3: Scaling Ethnotek’s retail partnerships and DTC growth with self-serve content portals H3: Mountain Equipment ditched Dropbox to manage 900+ retailers "Dash is a slick product, backed by some of the best customer service in tech." "The best customer service in tech." Time to pack your bags and grab your passports - you’re about to embark on the adventure of a lifetime. ✹ No, really. Since founding Cookson Adventures back in 2009, Henry Cookson has brought together a team of specialists dedicated to building the best possible experience for their clients. At Cookson, trips are all about ‘world firsts.’ Whether you want to explore Roman shipwrecks in the Mediterranean or travel around Antarctica by superyacht, you’re pretty much guaranteed to go somewhere and do things that nobody has done before. Cookson Adventures isn’t your typical travel agency and visual content is essential in showcasing their experiences to the world. In a competitive market, Cookson’s marketing team uses breath-taking visual content to stand apart from the competition. As Simon Langley, Cookson’s Head of Marketing, told us: And that means telling a story. One photographer isn’t enough to capture a large-scale adventure, so they’ll often send off a whole team of freelancers and in-house professionals to document one of these world-first experiences. Sounds amazing, right? But once everyone is back in the office, organising the hundreds of videos and photos is challenging - to say the least. When it came to telling that authentic story that we mentioned, things got complicated. It was time to move to Dash. The main reason Simon bought Dash was to help the marketing team search Cookson Adventures’ content for their campaigns. Having easy access was important - it meant they could get to the visuals they needed faster. The team uses attributes and tags to make it even easier to find their content. In Dash, there are several ways to use custom fields. Whether you set up your own custom ones, or use auto-tagging, the end goal is the same; to make searching as fast and as easy as possible. Simon worked with everybody who’d be using Dash to figure out the best way to set their custom fields up. So if the team is doing a campaign promoting a particular continent, they can filter by photos or videos of countries in that particular region. Cookson Adventures have teams of people working around the globe - as you’d expect from a travel company. Having remote accessibility means everyone can access the content they need, whenever they need it. Cookson Adventures also uses Dash to share images and videos externally with their network of journalists. In Dash, you can create collections to share with external partners, agencies (and in Cookson Adventures’ case) journalists. All you need to do is select some images and videos, add them to a collection and create a unique URL that can be shared with your recipient. Now, Cookson Adventures use Dash's collections to share all-important imagery for stories in the world’s leading publications, like Financial Times and BOAT International. Having their content kept safe in Dash is important to Cookson Adventures. This means storing them securely but in a way that only they or their clients can access. After all, discretion is one of Cookson’s key selling points. Our security helped Simon feel comfortable when picking Dash. Here’s just a few of the security measures we have in place to keep your content safe: Read our help article on security measures if you want to find out more. For Cookson Adventures, they found that one of the great benefits of Dash is the ability to manage usage rights and set permissions. That means that only people with certain permissions can access certain assets. To wrap this up, we'll pass the mic back to Simon. "Dash is a slick product, backed by some of the best customer service in tech", he says. Aww shucks! Header photo credit: Cookson Adventures in Malta Head of Marketing at Cookson Adventures Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/customers/emmy-london Title: How Emmy London plan marketing campaigns with Dash Meta Description: Discover how luxury fashion brand, Emmy London, uses Dash to find inspiration for new campaigns and plan their marketing strategies. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/customers/emmy-london ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H2: How Emmy London plan marketing campaigns with Dash H3: Table of contents H2: “Dash has been a lifesaver. It's made everything so much quicker and it’s changed the game for me.” H2: Read more Dash customer stories H3: Scaling Ethnotek’s retail partnerships and DTC growth with self-serve content portals H3: Mountain Equipment ditched Dropbox to manage 900+ retailers ## Main Content: H2: How Emmy London plan marketing campaigns with Dash H4: It’s impossible to find images in Dropbox H4: Creating top-tier image organisation H4: Using Dash to spark creative marketing ideas H4: Getting the best content to affiliates and online publishers H3: Table of contents H2: “Dash has been a lifesaver. It's made everything so much quicker and it’s changed the game for me.” H2: Read more Dash customer stories H3: Scaling Ethnotek’s retail partnerships and DTC growth with self-serve content portals H3: Mountain Equipment ditched Dropbox to manage 900+ retailers “I can plan a whole month's worth of content so quickly with Dash because I have so much inspiration right in front of me.” “Dash has been a lifesaver. It's made everything so much quicker and it’s changed the game for me.” Emmy London has been designing beautiful, timeless shoes for nearly 20 years. In that time, they’ve built up a stunning portfolio of high-quality products that feature in their ready-to-wear collection and special occasion wear. Their brand ethos is underpinned by the importance of making women feel comfortable, not only on their wedding day but in every aspect of their life. They don’t sacrifice beauty when it comes to designing comfortable heels and they favour quality over quantity. They’ve also maintained a delicate, feminine aesthetic which helps set them apart from competitors. These values are what Lucy, the brand’s Social Media Manager, needs to reinforce across all their marketing activity. And guess what—their visual content plays a vital role in this. ✹ Watch Lucy's video review on G2, or continue reading to learn more about how Emmy London uses Dash. Lucy doesn’t just manage the brand’s social media channels. She also directs photoshoots and manages agencies and freelancers who help with their advertising and affiliate marketing. For every channel, Lucy needs to select the best photos from her shoots and send them over to the brand’s Founder and Creative Director, Emmy Scarterfield, for approval. Once approved, she can send them out to the right channels. When Lucy first joined Emmy London, the team were using Dropbox to organise and share images. Anybody using Dropbox knows that it’s nearly impossible to use it for good image management. It makes your job 10 times harder than it needs to be. The things Dropbox lacks are fields and tags and the ability to create good folder structures that make sense to your team. With Dropbox, this level of organisation is just not possible. Here’s what Lucy says about it: And what a difference it has made! Read on to learn how Emmy London organises their Dash. As a fashion brand, Emmy London has specific terminology to describe product types, product lines and seasons. Using Dash, they’re able to incorporate this terminology into their taxonomy (this describes your DAM structure, by the way). In Dash, Lucy has set up a number of fields that help describe their assets. They need to be filled out whenever someone uploads a new image or video. These include: There’s also an ‘approval’ field which indicates whether an image has been approved by Emmy and is ready to go out into the wild. The more detailed the tags and fields are, the easier it’ll be to search for these images again in the future. Lucy says: Dash assigns auto-tags to every image, so even if someone forgets to add a specific detail in the fields, it should be easy to find again using a keyword search. But having a well-organised image library isn’t just good practice, it can actually help you come up with new marketing ideas, too. 💡 Every few weeks Lucy and the brand’s co-founders, Emmy and Dickie, sit down and decide what products they’d like to promote for the next marketing cycle—which usually lasts around 6-8 weeks. They’ll usually pick a theme like “workwear” or “mother of the bride.” It’s really easy for Lucy to take these themes and find inspiration in Dash. That’s because Dash is super visual. Whilst Dropbox presents your images in small, clunky thumbnails; Dash does your visuals justice by presenting them as clear, bold thumbnails—a bit like a Pinterest board. Lucy can either flick through folders and explore different tags. Or she can type in a specific keyword like ‘tennis shoot’ to find assets to match the theme. Planning content couldn’t be easier! What’s more, you can personalise your Dash to match your brand aesthetic—which is one of Lucy’s favourite things about the system. When you’ve got a nearly organised image library, it makes sharing content with partners a breeze. Over the years, Emmy has partnered with some of the biggest bridal brands in the UK, including Sassi Holford, Phillipa Lepley, and Andrea Hawkes. They also feature in some of the most popular fashion publications like Vogue, Harper's Bazaar and Who What Wear. (Just check out this article by Vogue that features Kate Middleton wearing one of Emmy London’s heels. 👠) They also work with freelancers who help them secure spots on affiliate sites. To be considered for publication, the team needs to get the best images of a particular product over to the publisher. For this, Lucy uses collections. This feature allows Lucy to pick a selection of assets and add them to a private collection. She can then invite team members to the collection, or share it externally via email or a URL link. The collection link will then send the affiliate partner to a page that reflects Emmy London’s brand. It’ll contain all the images in that collection, and the partner can download the images they think will work best on their website. This process is super helpful for everyone involved. But don’t take our word for it. When we asked Lucy whether she‘d recommend it to other brands—she said yes! đŸ€— If your brand is ready to ditch Dropbox and start speeding up your marketing game, you can grab a 14-day free trial below. We won’t even ask you for your credit card. Social Media Manager at Emmy London Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/customers/fashion-retail-academy Title: How Fashion Retail Academy use Dash to improve their workday Meta Description: Learn how Fashion Retail Academy uses Dash to improve their workday and make sure team members will always find the assets they need to succeed. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/customers/fashion-retail-academy ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H2: How Fashion Retail Academy use Dash to improve their workday H3: Table of contents H2: "When someone new (joins), I feel confident that they know where things are. It gives me peace of mind.” H2: Read more Dash customer stories H3: Scaling Ethnotek’s retail partnerships and DTC growth with self-serve content portals H3: Mountain Equipment ditched Dropbox to manage 900+ retailers ## Main Content: H2: How Fashion Retail Academy use Dash to improve their workday H4: Empowering the next generation of fashion professionals✹ H4: Nobody wants to do the job twice H4: Improving search, saving time H4: Pitching Dash to senior management H5: Create a folder structure everyone is happy with H5: Weigh up the price H5: Get to know the people you’re considering buying from H4: Giving FRA peace of mind 🧘 H3: Table of contents H2: "When someone new (joins), I feel confident that they know where things are. It gives me peace of mind.” H2: Read more Dash customer stories H3: Scaling Ethnotek’s retail partnerships and DTC growth with self-serve content portals H3: Mountain Equipment ditched Dropbox to manage 900+ retailers “I feel comfortable that everything we do is getting uploaded. This also makes me feel happy that anyone joining the team gets up and running quickly.” "When someone new (joins), I feel confident that they know where things are. It gives me peace of mind.” Fashion Retail Academy (FRA) in London, UK is the place to go for budding fashionistas. With 13 bespoke courses and a team of highly-experienced tutors, this academy is a must for anyone wanting to break into the fashion industry. If there’s one way to attract creatives, it’s with creatives - or rather, visual assets. FRA showcases student work on social media, building photoshoot portfolios and updating course images on their website. With all of that going on, they need a home for their visual content which they can use internally to keep them organised. And, most importantly, they need a marketing team that can push this content out to the world. Getting new team members up to speed People are what make the fashion industry go round. FRA has a marketing and content team dedicated to attracting the next best designers, merchandisers and fashion executives into the school. With 16 years of experience under their belt, the team at Fashion Retail Academy are no strangers to welcoming new colleagues and saying goodbye to the old. So having an organised Digital Asset Management (DAM) solution is incredibly useful when it comes to seamless handovers. Nobody wants to join a company whose assets are scattered across shared drives or buried in an ex-team member’s inbox. Amber is the social media and content manager for FRA. She works closely with her editor and graphic designer to promote the academy and attract new students via social media. As ex-team members came and went throughout the years, and new people joined, it became apparent that the current system of storing assets just wasn’t working. Visual content is key, and when Amber started working with welcomed a new digital content editor, she realised that none of FRA’s images or videos had been saved properly. The current team only had access to final versions and not the working files that previous colleagues had saved on their own desktops. This meant the new digital content editor was having to create brand new assets from scratch.The issue was clear from the offset. As Amber puts it: A disorganised server or desktop is enough to make any team feel frustrated. How can you get on with your job if you’re dealing with a bunch of file names like ‘V9.9_25.11.2020_header_5’? No thanks! For Amber, she’d often get requests from senior management to send over particular files. Digging around the server and deciphering awkward file names just wasted time that she could have spent on pushing their social strategy or creating content. So, when searching for a DAM solution, it was important she had something that made searching and sharing a breeze. Amber needed a solution that enabled people to search for file names and tags quickly. The speedier the search function, the less time hunting around for assets. When Amber and her team were looking at solutions to the bottlenecks that were clearly affecting their work, there were several things they took into consideration. At the very least, they needed something that would help them manage their use of images and videos. They also needed lots of storage as well as an easy upload process. Amber spent some time looking around at other solutions. She found Dash by a simple Google search and immediately loved the look and feel of the platform. But, it’s never that straightforward, right? She first had to take it to senior management to sign off. Here are some tips if you find yourself in the same boat: The folder structure in the DAM was an important factor for Amber and her team. “This was tricky because everyone had different ideas. What worked for one person, didn’t make sense to someone else. Everyone has different ways of working, after all.” The best way to come to a solution is to get together with the key people who will be using your DAM. Find out how they currently structure their folders and plot out the most important, top-level folders. If you’re ever in doubt, our team at Dash are always happy to offer advice. Helping visualise the folder structure is a great way for senior management to understand how the system will work. Senior management will always ask about the cost of a DAM system. Dash has several tiers that you can choose from and, unlike most other DAMs, we’re upfront with our pricing - you can see it for yourself on our pricing page. Each tier is determined by price, size, features and much more. Balancing storage needs along with budget was something Amber and her team needed to get right if they were to win over their director. So, the best thing they could do was jump on a call with Dash’s product manager, Martin. After discussing the needs of the team, along with the budget, they were able to come up with a solid case they could take to management. When picking a DAM, you’ll want to know the quality of support that’ll be available to you once you sign up. Your senior management will want to know you won’t be abandoned after sign up if you need help. We asked Amber what the final turning point was when it came to purchasing Dash. She said: “The decision about the product was really left in our hands. 80% of the decision came down to the way it was proposed to us. We said to our manager: "we want to go with Dash because the product is great and they’re just really nice people." You may be searching around for a DAM solution, but actually sitting down with a member of the team is a great way to get a feel for the product and the support you’ll get once you’re a customer. After the final decision was made, our product manager Martin and customer success manager Charlie worked with Amber to transfer everything over from your current system into Dash. We’re all about saving customers time - so if we can do the leg-work, we will! Now, Amber uses Dash to carefully organise her files so the right people can see the right assets. She made a point of separating internal and external assets - for example ‘social media’ - making the whole process easier for everybody. She’s also created a folder structure based on file type and course level. The outcome? Now that FRA have a one-stop shop for all their visual content, Amber’s feeling much more positive about welcoming any future hires. FRA now has a secure DAM system in place and their brand content has a place to thrive. No more scrambling around for images and losing those all-important working files. They can now get on with the jobs they were hired to do - attracting the next best fashion talent into the academy. Content and Social Media Executive for FRA Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/customers/filling-pieces Title: Why Filling Pieces moved their visual content from Google Drive to Dash Meta Description: High-end streetwear brand, Filling Pieces was getting frustrated with Google Drive. Discover how Dash now makes managing visual content a breeze. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/customers/filling-pieces ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H2: Why Filling Pieces moved their visual content from Google Drive to Dash H3: Table of contents H2: "There’s three things that I instantly liked about Dash. Price, support and scalability." H2: Read more Dash customer stories H3: Scaling Ethnotek’s retail partnerships and DTC growth with self-serve content portals H3: Mountain Equipment ditched Dropbox to manage 900+ retailers ## Main Content: H2: Why Filling Pieces moved their visual content from Google Drive to Dash H4: Who are Filling Pieces? H4: The problem: Filling Pieces couldn’t grow with Google Drive H4: The solution: Finding a digital asset management system that could grow with the brand H4: 1. Using folders to organise product images H4: 2. Giving partners a premium experience H3: Table of contents H2: "There’s three things that I instantly liked about Dash. Price, support and scalability." H2: Read more Dash customer stories H3: Scaling Ethnotek’s retail partnerships and DTC growth with self-serve content portals H3: Mountain Equipment ditched Dropbox to manage 900+ retailers “Everyone is so ‘wowed’ by Dash. After coming from Google Drive, everything about it is a big improvement. We’re so happy with it!” "There’s three things that I instantly liked about Dash. Price, support and scalability." Filling Pieces are pioneers of luxury streetwear. For over 10 years they’ve been bridging the gap between streetwear and high fashion. Streetwear has never felt so luxurious!However, as Alberto Lopez, the brand’s Marketing Manager says: And what else helps Filling Pieces stand out against the competition? You guessed it. Their visual content. ✹ Filling Pieces have big plans. They already own a store in Amsterdam (their hometown) and they work with selected wholesalers around the globe. However, when Alberto joined in 2021, there was something holding them back. The team had done exceptionally well to get the brand to where it is. But it was clear that the systems in place weren’t sustainable for the future. Because, guess what? They were using Google Drive to store and manage their visual content. ❌ For anyone who uses Google Drive, you know it's great for sharing and collaborating on documents. But what’s it not great for is searching, finding and sharing images. It’s just not what it’s been designed for. And it makes working with resellers more difficult than it should be. That’s where Dash comes in! 🙌 (Btw, if you're currently using Drive to store your visual content, take a read of our article that examines Google Drive as a digital asset management tool.) Alberto had worked with a digital asset management system in his previous company, so he already knew the benefits of digital asset management. But his previous solution was expensive and aimed at big companies needing an enterprise DAM solution. Not ideal for Filling Pieces. He wanted something that was suitable for smaller businesses. But Alberto isn’t planning to cancel any time soon. 😇 Here are some of the ways Dash helps FIlling pieces grow: Both the marketing and sales team use Dash to manage and share product and promotional images. And both teams have different ways of searching for those images. So when a team member types in the name of the product, they see that product image organised by folder and category. What’s more, when someone goes to download an image they can crop it depending on the social media channel it’s getting deployed to. Aside from marketing and sales, we’ve already mentioned that Filling Pieces work with selected wholesalers to sell their products around the world. 🌍 As Alberto says: Alberto uses Portals to help do just that. It’s like the Filling Piece’s Dash account, but with extra permissions and with no need for a log in. Partners can simply head to the portal, search for different products, scroll through folders and download the images they need. Easy! What’s more, Portals can be customised to look and feel like your brand (just like a full Dash account). To wrap things up, Alberto says Dash has had nothing but positive feedback from the rest of the team. Marketing Manager at Filling Pieces Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/customers/food-huggers Title: How Food Huggers get visuals to their partners with Dash Meta Description: Sustainable DTC brand Food Huggers use Dash to share visuals with partners. It's helped them land features in publications like Glamour Magazine. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/customers/food-huggers ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H2: How Food Huggers get visuals to their partners with Dash H3: Table of contents H2: "Dash is saving me a lot of time." H2: Read more Dash customer stories H3: Scaling Ethnotek’s retail partnerships and DTC growth with self-serve content portals H3: Mountain Equipment ditched Dropbox to manage 900+ retailers ## Main Content: H2: How Food Huggers get visuals to their partners with Dash H4: Visual content is vital to Food Huggers H4: SmugMug and Drive weren’t up to scratch H4: Building a new home for Food Hugger’s brand-approved content H4: Getting visuals to journalists H4: Dash helps Food Huggers save time H3: Table of contents H2: "Dash is saving me a lot of time." H2: Read more Dash customer stories H3: Scaling Ethnotek’s retail partnerships and DTC growth with self-serve content portals H3: Mountain Equipment ditched Dropbox to manage 900+ retailers "Dash makes life simpler and my work day easier ... It takes so much work off our plates." "Dash is saving me a lot of time." No-one enjoys the pang of guilt you feel when discovering half a lemon mouldering in the back of the fridge. Especially in the midst of a climate crisis, looking for ways to limit your impact on the planet is important. Thankfully, Food Huggers are making it a little easier for you to do just that with their reusable food savers, helping you reduce food waste and usage of disposable plastics. Loni Slatkin, their Communications Manager, says: Their products are made from the highest quality food-grade silicone which fits your leftovers like a glove. Not only does it keep your food nice and fresh, helping you reduce food waste in the process, it stops you needing single-use plastic like clingfilm. In Loni’s words - “we’re small but mighty!” Since having a successful launch on Kickstarter in 2013, Food Huggers have grown to 15+ employees around the globe. They’re now stocked by big-name retailers and have been featured by some of the world’s leading media outlets. The creatives Loni and her team create continue to play an important role in growing the business. They’re key in educating on what a Food Huggers product can be used for. Loni explains: Visuals support their marketing campaigns to prospective customers, and also help their network of global retailers and distributors sell their products. Before Dash came along, Loni and her team were using a combination of Google Drive and SmugMug. SmugMug is where their photographers go to upload new images from their product photoshoots. Their partners and media contacts used to have access to their SmugMug and could go in and grab the product pictures they wanted. But there were two problems with that. Firstly, it was hard for their partners to sift through the thousands of product photos in SmugMug to find what they needed. And secondly, the images they ended up using weren’t always the best-possible representation of the brand. That’s when they found Dash. Improving the experience for partners, team members and media contacts when they were searching for Food Huggers’ content was really important to the company. They needed a digital asset management system which made it as easy as possible for partners to find the specific pictures they need. The company first heard of Dash from one of their trusted partners, Eco warehouse, and it turned out to be just what they were after: To keep all their assets organised in Dash, they’ve kept their folder structure simple and intuitive. Each Food Huggers product - like Hugger Bags and Reusable Bowl Lids - has its own folder. Nested underneath each product-level folder are subfolders for lifestyle shots or ‘on white’ product images. Every quarter, Loni and her team meet to decide which of the thousands of assets they’ve had from photographers, influencers and designers get uploaded to Dash. Their partners, internal team members  and press contacts are then able to go in and use them. That’s not to say they ditched Drive or SmugMug completely. They just realised Dash gives their partners a better experience when they need brand-approved visuals from Food Huggers. Food Huggers have been picked up by an impressive roster of online media outlets since they launched back in 2013. In fact, Loni credits it as one of the key ways the business achieved its growth. And having top-quality visuals a journalist can use quickly in their articles plays an important role in whether you’ll get featured or not. So to speed things up, and make it simpler for journalists, Food Huggers use Dash. Their media contacts can pick the format they’d like a Food Huggers image in, crop it so it meets the requirements of their publication, and download it - all from Dash. And it’s working! In 2022 alone, they’ve been featured in The Kitchn, Glamour Magazine, Mashable, Epicurious - to name just a few. Loni is using Dash to cut out a lot of the repetitive tasks she used to do. Food Huggers’ partners need content, and by having everything in one place they don’t have to come through her. It’s faster and a better experience for both sides. Would she recommend Dash to other growing ecommerce brands? 😇 Communications Manager at Food Huggers. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/customers/forthglade Title: Why Forthglade moved from SharePoint to Dash Meta Description: Natural dog food company Forthglade moved their visual content from Sharepoint to Dash. Now their images and video are organised, findable and easy to use. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/customers/forthglade ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H2: Why Forthglade moved from SharePoint to Dash H3: Table of contents H2: "We get fewer requests now for branded graphics and logos because they’re all on Dash." H2: Read more Dash customer stories H3: Scaling Ethnotek’s retail partnerships and DTC growth with self-serve content portals H3: Mountain Equipment ditched Dropbox to manage 900+ retailers ## Main Content: H2: Why Forthglade moved from SharePoint to Dash H4: Natural, nutritious meals and treats for dogs H4: When SharePoint becomes a dog’s dinner for imagery H4: New Dash, new tricks H4: Using Dash for user-generated content H3: Table of contents H2: "We get fewer requests now for branded graphics and logos because they’re all on Dash." H2: Read more Dash customer stories H3: Scaling Ethnotek’s retail partnerships and DTC growth with self-serve content portals H3: Mountain Equipment ditched Dropbox to manage 900+ retailers "Being able to filter content effectively is my favourite thing ... It makes it so much easier to find everything.” "We get fewer requests now for branded graphics and logos because they’re all on Dash." As far as pictures go, images of dogs and puppies are guaranteed to gain that ‘aww factor’. So when Forthglade, Devon based makers of natural dog food, needed a sophisticated system to manage their vast visual content library (because they have a lot of cute pet pics), they soon ‘sniffed out’ Dash. Forthglade recently celebrated their 50th birthday and are arguably one of the leading brands in natural dog food. As David Keefe, Graphic Design Manager at Forthglade, says: Dash customers come from a variety of different industries - but the thing they all have in common is how much they value the brands they create and the strength of their visual content. Forthglade is no exception. Creating and using high-quality images and video are integral to what they’re trying to achieve. Forthglade have grown rapidly in recent years. They’re stocked in big-name supermarkets across the UK and run their own ecommerce channel through their website. With that growth, it’s become more important than ever for them to maintain brand consistency. So whether you’re picking up a pack in your local, or ordering online, you’ll always be greeted by Forthglade’s consistent, unique branding. That’s one of the reasons David was tasked with bringing the design function back in house. To do that, he needed to overhaul the tools they were using to store, share and deploy their visual assets. Having used digital asset management (DAM) tools in previous companies, David knew the benefits they can bring. He and his team set out on a quest to find the best DAM for Forthglade and, after comparing different platforms, they settled on Dash. (💡 If you're comparing different DAM platforms right now, our comparison worksheet can help you out. It's a ready-made template to work through - just clone it to your Google Sheets and get going.) Once signed up, David wanted to set up their Dash in a way that made the most sense to the business - so colleagues would be able to find the assets they needed, quickly. One of the ways he did that was using custom fields. Essentially, fields are tags you can add to images which help a user find the asset they’re looking for. Forthglade have made good use of them, building a system of organisation which works well for their business. This is one of David’s favourite features about Dash: Now that all parts of the business have access to Dash, it’s helped bring different teams together: And that’s helped David and his graphic design team, too. Forthglade runs a successful user-generated content campaign called ‘Dog of the Month’ where they ask customers to submit pictures of their dogs. The winner gets a substantial ‘doggy bag’ (ahem đŸ€“) full of goodies and a coveted spot in Forthglade’s Winner’s Hall of Fame shared on digital platforms. So now they’re using Dash to simplify that. Forthglade's Graphic Design Manager Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/customers/fwip Title: How fwip use Dash portals to sell more products Meta Description: fwip is “The World’s Smallest Gelateria”. Learn how Dash helps fwip's stockists sell delicious desserts to consumers all over Europe. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/customers/fwip ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H2: How fwip use Dash portals to sell more products H3: Table of contents H2: "I love Dash. We literally use it every day, all the time. It’s just become part of our workflow now.” H2: Read more Dash customer stories H3: Scaling Ethnotek’s retail partnerships and DTC growth with self-serve content portals H3: Mountain Equipment ditched Dropbox to manage 900+ retailers ## Main Content: H2: How fwip use Dash portals to sell more products H4: Finding an affordable DAM to help fwip grow H4: Portals help fwip stockists sell more products H4: Organising assets ready for print H4: Getting product information to those who need it H4: Growing into new markets with Dash H3: Table of contents H2: "I love Dash. We literally use it every day, all the time. It’s just become part of our workflow now.” H2: Read more Dash customer stories H3: Scaling Ethnotek’s retail partnerships and DTC growth with self-serve content portals H3: Mountain Equipment ditched Dropbox to manage 900+ retailers “Implementing Dash was probably the best thing I could have done. After we did that, everything just ramped up.” "I love Dash. We literally use it every day, all the time. It’s just become part of our workflow now.” fwip is proud to call themselves “The World’s Smallest Gelateria”. They’re the brand behind the iconic Portobello—an innovative, plug-and-play ice cream machine that lets retail, hospitality and leisure venues sell delicious desserts without the hassle. fwip launched in the UK over 10 years ago and have now expanded into markets across Europe. But as any growing brand knows, expansion doesn’t come without lots of work. For fwip, these new territories meant that Matt, the Head of Creative, needed to create marketing materials in multiple languages to share assets with global stockists—as well as their printing partners in Poland. The best way to do this was by using our digital asset management tool (DAM), Dash. 🙌 Before Matt joined fwip, the team were using Google Drive to manage and share assets. Whilst Drive is good for general file management, it doesn’t let you organise and share visual content easily. Luckily Matt had worked with a digital asset management tool in his previous company, so he knew this was the next step for the design and marketing team. However, this previous tool was Bynder—an expensive DAM system built for enterprise companies. As Matt said: Bynder costs a minimum of $450 a month for its basic package. That’s okay if you’re a massive company with loads of budget, but it’s not feasible for growing teams who need to keep a close eye on their outgoings. Dash, on the other hand, starts at just ÂŁ79/$109 per month. You get unlimited users and all our features at no extra cost. It’s perfect for brands who need a tool that they can scale with, like fwip. Matt says: “I love Dash. We literally use it every day, all the time. It’s just become part of our workflow now.” fwip sells Portobello machines to stockists all over Europe. From climbing centres and adventure parks in Germany to cafes and restaurants in Spain, you’re never too far from a fwip  Italian Gelato, Frozen Yoghurt or Vegan Sorbet. Each stockist sells fwip’s delicious desserts to their local consumers. To succeed in these locations, fwip stockists need printed and digital assets in different languages. These include social media visuals and point-of-sale materials that let consumers know fwip products are available in each location. Matt can share everything their stockists need via Dash’s public portals. This sharing feature allows him to select assets and folders and make them publicly available without setting up new users. He can also add a welcome message for stockists who need to get in contact. Instead of sharing individual assets with lots of different teams around the world, he can simply set up a portal, share a link and update it whenever new assets are ready. Stockists get the same search experience as a full Dash account, and they can download assets in preset sizes (ideal for social media). What they can’t do is edit or delete assets. And they can’t share the portal with anybody else. As well as sharing content with stockists, Matt also needs to get point-of-sale materials and marketing assets over to their printing partners in Poland. That’s things like brochures, flyers, stickers, assembly guides, ice cream packaging and A-boards. Matt is able to tag whether an asset is for digital or print-only. He can also add print specifications for each item so their partners can see what material, finish and size it needs to be printed on. All of this information can be seen in the printer’s public portal too. As Matt says: Another way fwip shares assets from Dash is by using embeddable links. These links are handy for adding images to your website or signatures to your emails. They’ll automatically update whenever a new version of the asset is uploaded into Dash. For fwip, these links have become an essential part in getting product information to stockists and consumers. Every Portobello machine comes with a QR code. Say there’s a consumer in Germany who wants to know the ingredients in a dessert—they can simply scan the QR code on their phone and go through to a unique, German-language landing page. Dash will pull the relevant assets from the Germany portal via the embeddable link. This makes it super easy for Matt and his team to send translated assets to individual pages. Plus, if the ingredient or allergen information changes, Matt can upload it in Dash and it’ll automatically update across the relevant landing pages. Keeping all this information up to date isn’t just great for the consumer, but it makes it easier for fwip stockists to sell ice cream. Everybody wins! With this new way to share assets, Matt can see how much easier it will be to expand into new territories. ‍Finally, when we asked Matt to summarise how Dash has helped his team, he said: Head of Creative at fwip. Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/customers/go-travel Title: Go Travel empowers global retailers with Dash Meta Description: Learn how the original travel accesory brand, Go Travel, use Dash to help their retailers sell more products. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/customers/go-travel ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H2: Go Travel empowers global retailers with Dash H2: Who is Go Travel? H2: The challenge H3: [fs-toc-omit] Internal servers were holding them back H3: [fs-toc-omit] A new brand direction H3: [fs-toc-omit] A fresh look for a growing market H2: The solution H3: [fs-toc-omit] A single source of truth for every asset type H3: [fs-toc-omit] Find anything fast with auto-tagging H3: [fs-toc-omit] Tailored access for every partner H3: [fs-toc-omit] Streamlined workflows, from photoshoot to launch H2: Ben’s recommendation to other brands H3: Table of contents H2: “Dash is quick to upload, easy to manage, and anyone technical or not can find what they need and download assets in the format they want.” H2: Read more Dash customer stories H3: Scaling Ethnotek’s retail partnerships and DTC growth with self-serve content portals H3: Mountain Equipment ditched Dropbox to manage 900+ retailers ## Main Content: H2: Go Travel empowers global retailers with Dash H2: Who is Go Travel? H2: The challenge H3: [fs-toc-omit] Internal servers were holding them back H3: [fs-toc-omit] A new brand direction H3: [fs-toc-omit] A fresh look for a growing market H2: The solution H3: [fs-toc-omit] A single source of truth for every asset type H3: [fs-toc-omit] Find anything fast with auto-tagging H3: [fs-toc-omit] Tailored access for every partner H3: [fs-toc-omit] Streamlined workflows, from photoshoot to launch H2: Ben’s recommendation to other brands H3: Table of contents H2: “Dash is quick to upload, easy to manage, and anyone technical or not can find what they need and download assets in the format they want.” H2: Read more Dash customer stories H3: Scaling Ethnotek’s retail partnerships and DTC growth with self-serve content portals H3: Mountain Equipment ditched Dropbox to manage 900+ retailers “Dash is quick to upload, easy to manage, and anyone technical or not can find what they need and download assets in the format they want.” Challenge: With over 40 years of experience, Go Travel is a trusted name in travel accessories—think luggage locks, travel pillows, and adaptors seen in airports and department stores around the globe. But when it came to managing creative content for a fast-paced, global retail network, their legacy DAM just wasn’t cutting it. Solution: Enter Dash: a modern, cloud-based digital asset management (DAM) platform that’s transformed Go Travel’s small (but mighty!) design team collaborates, creates, and supports retail partners worldwide. “Dash is quick to upload, easy to manage, and anyone technical or not can find what they need and download assets in the format they want.” As the original travel accessory brand, Go Travel is synonymous with quality and innovation. Based in the UK and operating globally, they create smart, stylish products designed to make every journey smoother. Ben, Go Travel’s Artwork Manager, wears many hats—from designing packaging to capturing product photography and producing marketing content. With team members and partners spread across the UK, USA, and Asia, Ben needed a simple way to manage assets across time zones. First, let’s look at some of the challenges Go Travel were facing before they found Dash - and what sparked the need to move digital asset management systems. Before Dash, Go Travel used Asset Bank to manage their content. The problem was that Asset Bank was hosted on Go Travel’s own servers, which made updates tricky and limited the team’s ability to scale. As the team transitioned to remote work during the pandemic, it became even harder to access files and keep things moving. Ben says: “Our server-based system made it difficult to work remotely. Moving to Dash gave us one central place in the cloud,it just made sense.” The shift to remote work wasn’t the only pressure. The pandemic reshaped the travel industry. As teams became leaner and budgets tighter, Go Travel needed a cost-effective solution that could flex with their changing needs. That’s where Dash came in. ✹ Note: Asset Bank has now retired its self-hosted platform and is now fully cloud-based. It’s still a great option if you’re a large organisation with more complex needs. As consumer expectations evolved, so did Go Travel. With rising demand for sustainable products, especially from eco-conscious retailers, Go Travel completely overhauled their packaging. “We moved away from plastic blister packs to mostly cardboard. Some categories are now 100% plastic-free, which cut our plastic use by 80–90%.” Of course, new packaging meant a wave of new assets—designs, product photos, and marketing materials that needed to be reviewed, approved, and distributed quickly. Dash gave Go Travel the perfect platform to manage this transformation with confidence. Go Travel also refreshed its branding to better connect with today’s consumers. They kept their iconic brand mark but introduced a brighter colour palette and updated logo for more impact across all channels. “Our new branding helps us stand out more with consumers, it’s a real step forward.” With Dash, Ben had the perfect chance to start fresh. Rather than migrating everything from their old DAM, he built a clean, curated library of up-to-date, on-brand assets. “I reviewed every asset and only uploaded what we needed. Dash makes it so easy to keep everything clean and consistent.” Luckily, Asset Bank and Dash are both owned by Bright - an independent software provider dedicated to helping brands and businesses make the most of their visual assets. Asset Bank is ideal for mid-market businesses in the travel, education and non-profit sectors. Dash, on the other hand, is perfect for growing ecommerce and retail brands like Go Travel. So Ben didn’t have to look far to find a better-fit DAM for his team. Plus, the Asset Bank and Dash team are easily able to work together to migrate assets between systems. Today, Dash is Go Travel’s go-to hub for all creative content. From high-res product photos to spec sheets and videos, everything is organised, easy to search, and ready to share. Even better, the intuitive interface has encouraged the team to store a wider variety of content—and every asset is previewable, from videos to PDFs. No more digging around or downloading files just to see what’s inside. “It looks cleaner, it’s easier to use, and people aren’t emailing around for files anymore.” One of the key features of Dash is the auto-tagging feature.It detects objects and colours in your images, so you can find content without knowing the exact filename. Search for “blue pillow” or “travel adaptor”? Dash will do the rest. It means, when users  go to search for that image later down the line, they don’t need to know exact filenames to find what they’re after. They can simply type something like “blue pillow” or “travel adapter,” and Dash will do the rest. ✹ Dash is about to release a suite of new AI features that includes smart tagging. With this enabled, Dash will be able to detect your specific product names and product lines, making it even easier to organise your content. Go Travel works with a diverse network of agents, distributors and retailers. Each one sells different products depending on the region. Dash allows Ben to control exactly who sees what. “Retailers only see what’s relevant to them. They’re not overwhelmed and we save time.” Plus, when a retailer downloads a product, they’re able to resize it in Dash according to their image requirements. This means external teams can self-serve assets in the formats they need, without having to ask Ben and his team. It’s a huge time saver—and a much smoother experience for everyone involved. Launching new products is a global effort. Dash helps Ben manage every step, from photoshoots to distribution. “I name the files, upload them to Dash, then delete the local copies. There’s one master version and it’s always up to date.” Because Dash is cloud-based, the team can upload and access large files like instruction manuals and video content from anywhere. That means fewer duplicates, cleaner collaboration and quicker launches. When we asked whether Ben would recommend Dash to other brands, he didn’t hesitate: “If they’re not using something like Dash, it’s a no-brainer. It’s quick to upload, easy to manage, and anyone technical or not can find what they need and download assets in the format they want.” Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/customers/goodrays Title: How Goodrays keep on top of their marketplaces with Dash Meta Description: Growing CBD brand, Goodrays, use Dash to keep tabs on their top-quality visuals and get assets ready for ecommerce marketplaces. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/customers/goodrays ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H2: How Goodrays keep on top of their marketplaces with Dash H3: Table of contents H2: "Dash makes everyone’s life easier." H2: Read more Dash customer stories H3: Scaling Ethnotek’s retail partnerships and DTC growth with self-serve content portals H3: Mountain Equipment ditched Dropbox to manage 900+ retailers ## Main Content: H2: How Goodrays keep on top of their marketplaces with Dash H4: Standing out in a competitive market H4: Building a home for their brand assets on Dash H4: Using Dash to find brand content, quickly H4: Keeping on top of their ecommerce marketplace assets H4: Dash helps Goodrays grow H3: Table of contents H2: "Dash makes everyone’s life easier." H2: Read more Dash customer stories H3: Scaling Ethnotek’s retail partnerships and DTC growth with self-serve content portals H3: Mountain Equipment ditched Dropbox to manage 900+ retailers "Dash is so much more functional than any shared drive for image assets I’ve experienced in the past." "Dash makes everyone’s life easier." CBD (which stands for cannabidiol) is found in cannabis and hemp plants. It’s used increasingly by brands in their products to promote relaxation and stress relief. Although a recent newcomer to the DTC scene, its growth has been rapid. The total world-wide revenue for the CBD sector in 2021 is around $550 million! The UK makes up a large chunk of that and it’s now the world’s second-biggest CBD market. That’s in large part due to leading brands like Goodrays. Goodrays make CBD-infused products for the UK market. They launched during the UK’s first lockdown in 2020 and have grown rapidly, now employing 12 members of staff. They’ve launched new flavours of their canned drinks (blood orange and grapefruit anyone? 😍🍊) and added new product lines - like gummies and oils - to their range. How’ve they done it? As well as creating delicious products (their drinks won Evening Standard’s Best CBD-infused Drink of 2021), a key part of their success has been their distinct, stylish branding. It’s allowed them to set themselves apart from the competition and attract shoppers in stores and online. Theo, graphic designer for Goodrays, explains: With soothing gradients and a colour palette of sun and skies at golden hour, they’ve captured the essence of ‘chill’. Goodrays have a sales team on the road, and they’ve been investing more in marketing - which means more people than ever need access to their content. That increases the potential of employees using unapproved assets they found on their Google Drive, which could harm the company’s high-quality branding. Theo and the rest of the creative team needed to be able to provide an approved, ready-to-use home for all their brand assets. And for that, they turned to Dash. Having a searchable and easy-to-use library of brand assets isn’t just good for brand integrity. It’s also saved Theo time and cut out repetitive requests. You can use a mix of folders and custom fields in Dash to find your assets, fast. Goodrays do this well, with a solid folder structure to keep things organised based on what the asset is intended for. For instance: Using custom fields can tie sets of images together, regardless of what folder they’re in. They make images and videos ten-times more findable. We’ll let Theo explain: You can find Goodrays products on different ecommerce marketplaces - like Amazon, eBay and Deliveroo. As any DTC brand will know, each marketplace has specific listing requirements, from product attributes to differing product image ratios. Theo works on getting their product images and assets ready for each of these online marketplaces. Goodrays have grown quickly in the past years. And they’re not slowing down, with new (currently top secret) products in the works ready to hit the shelves soon. Those all require assets, from new pack shots to marketing launch graphics, to make them a success. Dash helps Theo and the team simplify all of that. Graphic Designer at Goodrays Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/customers/gozney Title: How Gozney use Dash to shorten their content pipeline Meta Description: Visual content is super important for pioneering pizza oven company Gozney. Here's how they use Dash to get their content in front of customers, fast. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/customers/gozney ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H2: How Gozney use Dash to shorten their content pipeline H3: Table of contents H2: "The best customer service in tech." H2: Read more Dash customer stories H3: Scaling Ethnotek’s retail partnerships and DTC growth with self-serve content portals H3: Mountain Equipment ditched Dropbox to manage 900+ retailers ## Main Content: H2: How Gozney use Dash to shorten their content pipeline H4: Restaurant-quality pizza, made at home H4: Connecting with customers through content H4: Shortening the content pipeline with Dash H3: Table of contents H2: "The best customer service in tech." H2: Read more Dash customer stories H3: Scaling Ethnotek’s retail partnerships and DTC growth with self-serve content portals H3: Mountain Equipment ditched Dropbox to manage 900+ retailers "We've significantly shortened the time we spend uploading and preparing content for use." "The best customer service in tech." Who doesn’t love pizza? The melting cheese, the tangy tomato sauce, the beautifully crisp and chewy dough. Of the many things Italians have gifted to the world, surely pizza is up there as one of the best and most universal. Gozney makes it easy to craft top-quality pizza in the comfort of your own home. Not only are their pioneering pizza ovens used in the world’s leading kitchens, they’re also found in gardens, backyards and patios across the globe. Visual content is so important to what Gozney does. Przemyslaw Marek Przystup (Przemek for short) is Gozney’s Senior Content Creator. He explains: But Gozney’s relationship with their customers doesn’t end once they’ve bought an oven. They want to help customers make the most of their products, and the content Przemek and his team are creating (all in-house, by the way) is a key part of that: And boy, do they nail that brief. Just check out Gozney’s YouTube channel. It’s full of recipe inspiration like their playlist on Pizza for Beginners and non-pizza-based fare you can use their ovens for - like mouthwatering roasted eggplant with tahini. Gozney have grown lots in the past few years. That means more teams needing access to the visual content Przemek and other creators and designers are making. They found their previous DAM system was harder to manage. It was too complex for what Gozney needed - and that complexity slowed them down. That’s why they switched to Dash. In Przemek’s words: The time it takes to get Przemek’s content in the hands of people who need it - like their marketing and ecommerce team - has shortened since using Dash. Having everything easy to find on Dash also means Gozney staff don’t have to spend lots of time hunting around for their assets. Gozney use a mix of Dash folders, custom fields and tags to achieve this. Would Przemek recommend Dash to other companies? Przemyslaw Marek Przystup Senior Content Creator at Gozney Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/customers/haws Title: How Haws help 100+ retailers sell their products with Dash Meta Description: DTC watering can brand Haws work with 100s of resellers. They use Dash's portals to make it easy for their partners to access their product images. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/customers/haws ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H2: How Haws help 100+ retailers sell their products with Dash H3: Table of contents H2: "Dash has sped up our workflows and it's made access to all of our assets much easier." H2: Read more Dash customer stories H3: Scaling Ethnotek’s retail partnerships and DTC growth with self-serve content portals H3: Mountain Equipment ditched Dropbox to manage 900+ retailers ## Main Content: H2: How Haws help 100+ retailers sell their products with Dash H4: A single place for brand creatives H4: Finding content in no time H4: Helping 100+ retailers sell Haws with Dash H4: Saving time and effort H3: Table of contents H2: "Dash has sped up our workflows and it's made access to all of our assets much easier." H2: Read more Dash customer stories H3: Scaling Ethnotek’s retail partnerships and DTC growth with self-serve content portals H3: Mountain Equipment ditched Dropbox to manage 900+ retailers "Dash is brilliant and it’s changed how I do a lot of my job ... I can spend time doing work that needs doing, less time finding things." "Dash has sped up our workflows and it's made access to all of our assets much easier." Founded in 1883, UK brand Haws is the world’s oldest watering can brand. Their unique, patented watering cans are a favourite of both serious horticulturists and hobbyist houseplant parents alike. đŸŒ± A few years ago, they rebranded to support their pivot toward ecommerce, whilst still doing justice to the 130 years of heritage the company is rightly so proud of. With serious investment in brand visuals, combined with ambitious growth plans, Haws started searching  for a content organisation system to set them up for further success. It’s frustrating when you’re trying to find  an image and you’re not even sure where to begin your search.That’s the position Haws were in before Dash. They were keeping assets in Microsoft Teams and their personal shared drives. As Josh Papworth, Haws’ Purchasing Manager, says: “Before Dash our digital assets were a nightmare. There were files everywhere and nothing was organised. Some of them were in personal folders, which was the worst place for them when we work on a lot of projects together as a team. Honestly, it was a mess!” After investing in a rebrand, Haws wanted a single source of truth for all their assets and decided it was time to start looking for a DAM. Keeping everything together in one place would help maintain design standards and make it easier for everyone to find the new brand assets. But what made them go with Dash? “We had calls with a couple of DAM vendors. But honestly, what swung it for us was Emily [she’s Dash’s onboarding team lead, you’ll probably chat to her if you book a demo!] She was absolutely brilliant. She put in a lot of work behind the scenes on setting us up, making our space feel like Haws already.” Sold on the features and the customer support Dash offered (thanks to Emily đŸ„°), Haws were ready to get started. Here's how what their Dash homepage looks like now. Beautiful. đŸȘŽđŸšż Haws wanted to use Dash to search through their thousands of creatives and find the assets they need, quickly. To do this, Josh and his team make clever use of three key features: folders, custom fields and AI tags. “A lot of our assets fit nicely into folders. For example, we do a lot of lifestyle photography shoots, and all the photos from that are organised into their own folders.” Josh and his team then add tags relevant to their brand to each asset. “The assets are tagged by colour, model, product name - to name a few. I’ve gotten as many tags in there as possible so our team and our resellers can search anything within an image and get results.” Take a look at the below screenshot for an example of how they've done this. Users of Haws's Dash can find this product shot through SKU, product material, product type, and more. On top of that, Dash scans the images you upload and adds related tags based on what the image contains. Combining both these AI-generated tags with your own, like Haws, drastically cuts down the time it takes to find an image. Josh explains: “We needed to include a contextual shot of one of our watering cans for our product pages, so people can understand the size of the product they were looking at. To find this, we used the auto tags, along with our own product tags, to search for pictures of the specific can with hands, or boots, to give a sense of scale.” Haws has relationships with over 100 online and bricks-and-mortar resellers who stock their products around the world. Making it as easy as possible for retailers to sell Haws cans is important to the business, and it’s been a key part of how they've grown. “We want to make it as easy and fulfilling to sell Haws products as possible. Dash is a way for us to share all our assets with our customers and optimise their sales performance.” To do that, Josh set up a Dash portal for each of their resellers. For the uninitiated, a portal is a way of creating a sharable view of certain Dash folders. A portal visitor can search the folders you’ve given them access to and download the files they need, all without having to login to your actual Dash account. It’s great for working with partners who need constant access to your assets, just like Haws’ resellers. “Each retailer can access various levels of photography. For our big customers, we set their permissions so they can access everything. For smaller customers, we might hold back some of the newer stuff to make it simpler for them. Some can also access videos and logos, depending on what they need.” Here's what one of Haws's portals looks like. This stockist has been given access to a series of folders, like lifestyle and product photography, and Josh has personalised their welcome message. This partner can search across the folders they've been given access to. And it's all updated in real-time, too - so if Josh were to add more images to these folders, it'd instantly be available to their resellers. Using portals also means resellers can make use of the high-quality, brand-approved photography Haws has taken, without needing to commission their own. “Some of our partners don’t have the budget to spend on beautiful lifestyle images or product photography. By providing that for them, we help them on their journey to sell more Haws. And it’s a win for us, because the more of our products they sell, the more they’ll buy from us.” So what results have Josh and his team seen since using Dash? “Dash has made a huge difference in so many of the things I do. It definitely saves me time. And it’s also motivating. Now I know I’ll have all the assets to hand, and accessible, when I start a project and I don’t have to spend half my time sifting through folders to accomplish a task. Basically it’s means more time doing the work that needs doing, less time finding things.” That’s credit to the work Haws has put into organising their assets, too. If you’re dealing with thousands of creatives, it’s worth taking the time laying the groundwork like Haws has done. Don’t worry if that sounds daunting - Dash makes it easy to do this and our onboarding team is always on hand to help. And now the killer question - would Josh recommend Dash to other businesses like Haws? “I’d definitely recommend Dash for brands who have a lot of digital assets and need an easy way to share them. It’s sped up our workflows and it’s made access to all of our assets much much easier. It’s just brilliant and it’s changed how I do a lot of my job. Dash is a really, really good product.” Now, with even bigger plans for the future (including an imminent launch in America), they’re poised to grow further. Watch this space! ✹ Purchasing Manager at Haws Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/customers/history-and-heraldry Title: How History and Heraldry set their international teams up for success Meta Description: H&H sells impulse gifts around the world.They need Dash to help get product images out to all their different teams around the world. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/customers/history-and-heraldry ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H2: How History and Heraldry set their international teams up for success H3: Table of contents H2: "The automatic tagging (in Dash) works really well. I’ve not had anybody tell me that they can’t find what they’re looking for.” H2: Read more Dash customer stories H3: Scaling Ethnotek’s retail partnerships and DTC growth with self-serve content portals H3: Mountain Equipment ditched Dropbox to manage 900+ retailers ## Main Content: H2: How History and Heraldry set their international teams up for success H4: Nobody knew what images they were sending H4: Automatic tagging helps everyone find what they need H4: Making sure people only have access to the assets they need H4: Using Dash to grow the brand H3: Table of contents H2: "The automatic tagging (in Dash) works really well. I’ve not had anybody tell me that they can’t find what they’re looking for.” H2: Read more Dash customer stories H3: Scaling Ethnotek’s retail partnerships and DTC growth with self-serve content portals H3: Mountain Equipment ditched Dropbox to manage 900+ retailers "I can’t tell you what a blessing Dash has been. Everyone is loving it, so we’ll be continuing to use it as our brand grows." "The automatic tagging (in Dash) works really well. I’ve not had anybody tell me that they can’t find what they’re looking for.” The History & Heraldry (H&H) Group is an impulse gifting supplier in the UK. They own multiple brands and sell to 40+ countries around the world. They design impulse gifts - that’s products like mugs, pens, keyrings and Christmas decorations - and they’ve got a growing home fragrance business called Heart and Home. With so many areas of the business to manage it’s no wonder that Griselle, the company’s Export Marketing and Photography Executive, needs a digital asset management (DAM) tool. Let’s dig into some of the reasons why. ✹ H&H sells to retailers around the globe. They’ve got teams in key locations including the UK, USA, China, Spain, Germany, Italy and France. Each country has its own marketing and customer service team who sell products to the service and tourism industry. And to do that, they all need product photography. 📾 When Griselle moved into her role as the brand’s photographer, it was clear that their file management system wasn’t up to scratch. Her predecessors had been using an internal system built by the IT team to share product images. Griselle decided it was time to invest in a digital asset management tool. She was looking for something that would allow her to do two specific things: find and view product shots easily and share them with the international teams. Let’s see how Dash does just that. 👇 Automatic tagging makes it easy to search for an image in Dash. On upload, Dash uses AI to identify the objects within your images and assigns them tags you can search by.  To show you what we mean, here’s a search for ‘soap dish’ in H&H’s account: Griselle thinks so. ✹ You can combine that by adding  your own custom tags and fields. This is useful if you want to search by keywords specific to your brand, like a unique product colour that you want to filter your images by. Tags and fields also mean that you can store the same image in multiple folders - bye bye duplicate files. 👋 What’s more, you can see that Dash puts your visual assets first. There’s no clicking on tiny thumbnails or extracting images from ZIP folders. This is useful for H&H’s sales team who want to show new product lines to their customers. Teams all around the world are selling different product lines to different retailers. That means H&H have to be careful who they’re showing their product images to. Imagine how confusing it would get if the sales team in Italy tried to sell a UK-exclusive product. To avoid this, Griselle uses Dash’s access permissions. She’s set up 13 groups and each one has a specific permission attached to it. The different labels - UK, Italy, Export - all relate to folders within H&H’s Dash account. So if you’re in H&H’s UK sales team, you’ll only have access to the UK folder. You’ll be able to search for images and filter through content using tags and fields. And you’ll be able to download images in different formats and crop sizes. You won’t, however, be able to upload your own content or make any admin changes. 💡 If you’ve got lots of different teams who need to access your Dash, you can set up public portals. These areas are accessible to anyone who has a link but they don’t need a login. H&H do two massive product launches every year. You can imagine the amount of work that goes into getting new product images and brochures out to the wider teams. Griselle uses Dash to make sharing the new brochures easier. (Oh yes, you can store PDFs in Dash too. 🙌) The best part is, if she ever needs to add an updated version of a brochure to Dash, anyone who has previously downloaded it will get notified that a new one is available. ✹ So what does the future look like for H&H? Griselle told us that the company is growing and they’re constantly adding new products to their website. And Dash will play a vital role in ensuring they showcase their product images and catalogues to people around the world. Export Marketing and Photography Executive at H&H Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/customers/idrf Title: How IDRF level-up their content creation with Dash Meta Description: Charity IDRF set out to improve the visual content they were using for campaigns. They used Dash to keep all their assets organised. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/customers/idrf ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H2: How IDRF level-up their content creation with Dash H3: Table of contents H2: "It’s saved me a lot of time. I don’t have to be the bottleneck anymore!" H2: Read more Dash customer stories H3: Scaling Ethnotek’s retail partnerships and DTC growth with self-serve content portals H3: Mountain Equipment ditched Dropbox to manage 900+ retailers ## Main Content: H2: How IDRF level-up their content creation with Dash H4: Saving lives, rebuilding communities H4: On a mission to create outstanding visual content H4: OneDrive was holding IDRF back H4: A new home for IDRF’s visual content H4: Organising assets so they’re easy to find H4: Dash gives the team their time back H3: Table of contents H2: "It’s saved me a lot of time. I don’t have to be the bottleneck anymore!" H2: Read more Dash customer stories H3: Scaling Ethnotek’s retail partnerships and DTC growth with self-serve content portals H3: Mountain Equipment ditched Dropbox to manage 900+ retailers "It’s saved me a lot of time. I don’t have to be the bottleneck anymore!" "It’s saved me a lot of time. I don’t have to be the bottleneck anymore!" Human dignity, self-reliance and social justice: these are the foundational pillars of charity International Development and Relief Foundation (IDRF). From their main office in Toronto, Canada, they work with partners in countries across the world and have supported over 840,000 people this year alone. From organising food relief in Yemen to arranging long-term educational support for children with disabilities living in rural Pakistan, their campaigns provide humanitarian aid to those who need it most. For non-profits, having scroll-stopping imagery is key to a successful donation campaign. Without top-quality images and video, people are less likely to donate, meaning less money for those in need. That’s something Sannah Khan, IDRF’s Marketing Manager, was only too aware of when she joined the organisation. The IDRF team set out to change that. They wanted to inspire their network of partners across the world to level-up their visual content game. Sannah hosted branding sessions with IDRF’s partners: As any marketer or content person will tell you, creating top-quality visual content is just half the battle. For your assets to be used effectively by your organisation, they need to be easily findable. When Sannah came in, she gave everyone access to her personal OneDrive account. But she quickly became swamped with WeTransfer links and email attachments from photographers she needed to upload to OneDrive, and requests for specific assets from colleagues and partners unable to find content themselves. The experience of using OneDrive slowed down the process, too. OneDrive wasn’t suited for IDRF’s new emphasis on creating high-quality visual content - and lots of it. Sannah set out to find a system that did justice to the charity’s new vision. In her words: Being able to find creative assets without necessarily knowing what their exact file name might be, or which folder they might have been put in, was also a big draw. As Sannah explains, “in the marketing team, sometimes we just need a photo of a smiling girl for example, but don’t know the specific file name.” That’s why Sannah settled on Dash. After Martin, Dash’s product lead, transferred IDRF’s files over, they were ready to get started. Most of IDRF has a Dash account now and their teams use the product in different ways. Project managers, for instance, look after various projects across IDRF’s regions. They’ll receive photos and videos from their partners on the ground which they’ll go through and upload to their Dash, ready for the rest of the company to use. That means the marketing team can search across their entire bank of files to find the best content for their campaigns. Sannah described how that worked for a recent campaign they ran on building wells to give communities access to clean, safe drinking water. She asked their designer to search their Dash and find the best images to accompany their marketing. Sannah also gets notified when new images are uploaded and often forwards a few to IDRF’s social team for posting. In their Dash, IDRF use a mix of folders with custom and auto-generated attributes to make it as intuitive as possible for their staff members to find their visual content. For example, their ‘Pakistan’ folder is full of photos and videos of their projects on the ground within that country. Within folders, individual assets might be tagged with custom attributes created by the marketing team – if it’s related to IDRF’s food security projects, for instance. On top of that, they use Dash’s AI-generated attributes to tag the actual content of their images like ‘festival’, ‘crowd’ or ‘countryside’. Overall, IDRF have used Dash’s organising features to cover the many ways their staff or partners might want to search for (and find) their content. So how has Dash helped Sannah’s working day? We couldn’t have put it better ourselves! IDRF's Marketing Manager Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/customers/kinetics Title: Kinetics maintain their brand integrity with Corebook° and Dash Meta Description: Learn how Kinetics use Dash and Corebook to keep control of their brand integrity when working with distributors all over the globe. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/customers/kinetics ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H2: Kinetics maintain their brand integrity with Corebook° and Dash H3: Table of contents H2: "We have 500 polishes or so. With Dash, we can keep all of our product assets in one place." H2: Read more Dash customer stories H3: Scaling Ethnotek’s retail partnerships and DTC growth with self-serve content portals H3: Mountain Equipment ditched Dropbox to manage 900+ retailers ## Main Content: H2: Kinetics maintain their brand integrity with Corebook° and Dash H4: Google Drive wasn’t working for the brand's distributors H4: Ditching the old PDF style guide for Corebook° H4: Creating a searchable library of product images with Dash H4: Building an online brand hub with Corebook° and Dash H3: Table of contents H2: "We have 500 polishes or so. With Dash, we can keep all of our product assets in one place." H2: Read more Dash customer stories H3: Scaling Ethnotek’s retail partnerships and DTC growth with self-serve content portals H3: Mountain Equipment ditched Dropbox to manage 900+ retailers "Having Dash and Corebook° means we’re putting an emphasis on our visual identity. They both add to our brand image." "We have 500 polishes or so. With Dash, we can keep all of our product assets in one place." Kinetics make high-quality, colourful nail polishes for the retail, professional and salon markets. Unlike their competitors, they’re not afraid to do things a little differently. Gusts, their Chief Brand Officer, describes it as: This willingness to blaze their own trail in the industry can be seen in their branding, too. With elegant lines and a refined aesthetic, Kinetics set themselves apart from the competition and highlight the quality of their products. With their distinctive branding, it’s important Kinetics maintain their brand integrity across every customer touchpoint. But when working with distributors across 40 countries who create their own materials on-the-fly, staying on brand can be a challenge. Before using Dash and Corebook°, Kinetics kept all their assets and PDF style guides on Google Drive. The company's distributors had access to the drive, but often had trouble finding the right files. As Julija, who works as the brand’s Project Management System Analyst, explains: So Kinetics set out to find a solution to maintain their brand identity while giving distributors access to the assets they need. They found what they were looking for with Corebook° and Dash. Corebook° is a platform that allows brands to create online brand guidelines that can be easily updated in real time and shared with whomever you like, while at the same time retaining granular access control and privacy options. It’s exactly the thing Kinetics were looking for. From Corebook°, distributors can easily access latest brand assets that are inline with relevant information without losing context. . Here’s what it looks like: But often their distributors aren’t just after brand assets like fonts and logos. They also need photography like product images to put together the materials they need. And for that, they looked for a digital asset management (DAM) system. Gusts and Julija shortlisted DAMs, including Dash. But to first get pricing information from Dash’s competitors they had to book a call, only to find out the costs were too expensive. Not so with Dash. As Julija says: And when Kinetics found both systems could work together, they were sold. Gusts explains: They’re now using Dash to organise, find and use product photography and brand assets. Kinetics have created custom fields in Dash to sort assets by campaign and product type. It lets distributors find what they need quickly. Would they recommend Dash? Gusts says: Kinetics have used the Corebook° and Dash integration to build a one-stop shop for all their brand assets. Here’s how it works. First, distributors visit their brand hub hosted on Corebook°. From logo specifications to tone of voice, this contains everything you’d expect a style guide to include. Now, say they want to download a logo in a specific format. This is where the integration comes in. When you’re building your Corebook°, you can link an asset on your Dash to its equivalent on Corebook°. When you hover over the logo, for instance, you can see you’re able to download it in different formats. For access to product assets, Kinetics created a custom page on Corebook° prompting distributors to log in to Dash. Combining Dash and Corebook° like this is an effective way to ensure Kinetics’ partners have everything they need. And in so doing, Gusts and his team are able to maintain the integrity of their brand - even as distributors from around the world are creating their own materials on the fly. Kinetics achieved what they set out to do with Dash and Corebook°. In Gusts’s words: So, are you ready to ditch your Drive and old PDF style guide? You can take out a free trial for both Corebook° and Dash to see what you think. If you'd like to set up the integration to see how our two products work together, just let us know! Project Management System at Kinetics Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/customers/mountain-equipment Title: Mountain Equipment ditched Dropbox to manage 900+ retailers Meta Description: Mountain Equipment struggled to manage their product images in Dropbox. Learn how Dash helps them serve over 900 retailers. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/customers/mountain-equipment ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H2: Mountain Equipment ditched Dropbox to manage 900+ retailers H2: About Mountain Equipment H2: The challenge H3: [fs-toc-omit] It was impossible to manage their 1200+ product library H3: [fs-toc-omit] Quality content wasn’t being used H3: [fs-toc-omit] Keeping retail relationships strong (and revenue flowing) H3: [fs-toc-omit] Bottlenecks were slowing down campaign launches H2: The solution H3: [fs-toc-omit] Finding a DAM that gets the job done H3: [fs-toc-omit] Treating retail partners like VIPs H3: [fs-toc-omit] A live asset library that powers product launches H3: [fs-toc-omit] Saving money on content creations H3: [fs-toc-omit] Keeping shoots organised, on-brand and compliant H3: [fs-toc-omit] Keeping track of multiple versions H3: [fs-toc-omit] Better day-to-day efficiency H2: Terry’s recommendation to other brands H3: Table of contents H2: “My headaches are much less than they were before, let’s put it that way. Whenever I need something, I know I can go to Dash.” H2: Read more Dash customer stories H3: Scaling Ethnotek’s retail partnerships and DTC growth with self-serve content portals H3: Go Travel empowers global retailers with Dash ## Main Content: H2: Mountain Equipment ditched Dropbox to manage 900+ retailers H2: About Mountain Equipment H2: The challenge H3: [fs-toc-omit] It was impossible to manage their 1200+ product library H3: [fs-toc-omit] Quality content wasn’t being used H3: [fs-toc-omit] Keeping retail relationships strong (and revenue flowing) H3: [fs-toc-omit] Bottlenecks were slowing down campaign launches H2: The solution H3: [fs-toc-omit] Finding a DAM that gets the job done H3: [fs-toc-omit] Treating retail partners like VIPs H3: [fs-toc-omit] A live asset library that powers product launches H3: [fs-toc-omit] Saving money on content creations H3: [fs-toc-omit] Keeping shoots organised, on-brand and compliant H3: [fs-toc-omit] Keeping track of multiple versions H3: [fs-toc-omit] Better day-to-day efficiency H2: Terry’s recommendation to other brands H3: Table of contents H2: “My headaches are much less than they were before, let’s put it that way. Whenever I need something, I know I can go to Dash.” H2: Read more Dash customer stories H3: Scaling Ethnotek’s retail partnerships and DTC growth with self-serve content portals H3: Go Travel empowers global retailers with Dash "Dash finally gave us a way to move beyond the chaos of folders on Dropbox and WeTransfer." Challenge: 95% of Mountain Equipment’s revenue comes from retail partners. But without a proper system to manage and share assets, supporting them was becoming increasingly difficult. Retailers often didn’t get the content they needed on time, and valuable assets were going unused. The team risked delivering a poor experience—which, in a competitive industry, could have meant losing out to the competition. Solution: Dash gave Mountain Equipment a central, easy-to-use platform to organise and share content. The team now creates curated collections and custom retailer portals, ensuring partners always have the latest assets. As Terry, the brand’s Head of Marketing told us: “Dash is a hill I’d be willing to die on.” Keep reading to find out why. “My headaches are much less than they were before, let’s put it that way. Whenever I need something, I know I can go to Dash.” Mountain Equipment was founded in 1961 and is one of the longest-running outdoor brands in the world. They make some of the finest mountaineering gear, all with one goal in mind: to protect people and keep them comfortable in the mountains. đŸ”ïž With all their years in the industry, it’s no surprise Mountain Equipment has built up a huge library of visual assets. From an archive of photography featuring iconic climbs, to the 1,200 products on their website at any one time—there’s a lot to juggle. That’s why they needed Dash. đŸ„° Mountain Equipment’s marketing team deals with an enormous volume of product content. As Terry, their Head of Marketing told us: “We have around 900 to 1,200 products available on our website at any one time. Every product has more than one image attached to it, and each one has multiple colourways. That means we’ve got around 2,000 to 3,000 images coming through from photoshoots that we have to sort through, consolidate, and decide which ones we actually want to use.” Before Dash, they were using a combination of Dropbox and internal servers to manage everything. But as the library kept growing, so did the chaos. It became harder to find images, and harder to ensure everyone—internal teams and external partners—had access to the right content when they needed it. Mountain Equipment has never been short on brilliant content. Their team regularly creates videos, ads, and product photography to showcase their gear. But there was a big problem: that content wasn’t always getting used. “We have all this amazing content. But the barrier has always been that those assets would sit on someone’s computer for weeks or even months—and never see the light of day.” Despite the time, budget, and creative energy poured into production, distribution was falling short. Without a reliable way to organise and share content, even the best material risked going unseen and unused. “You can put all the money in the world into the best shoots, but if you don’t share the content, it’s pointless.” Although Mountain Equipment has built up an impressive direct-to-consumer catalogue, their primary source of revenue still comes from retail partners. A quick look at their store locator shows just how extensive that network is, with 973 retailers stocking their gear around the world. That’s a lot of partners to support—and each one needs easy access to product imagery, campaign assets, logos and brand guidelines. Without a proper system in place, managing those requests was becoming overwhelming. “We were sending out WeTransfer links with assets to really important key customers—and they just weren’t getting there,” says Terry. “Or, once they were finally let through a filter by that company to the right member of staff, the links had expired. Then you had to go back and do it all again.” And in a competitive market, that kind of service matters. Mountain Equipment has built a reputation as a trusted, reliable brand. But today, staying ahead isn’t just about making great products—it’s also about delivering an exceptional experience to retailers. “If we do a terrible job, our competitors will do it better. And that’s where the trouble starts. We’re seen as one of the better brands in the market—but that reputation has to go beyond the product. It has to extend to the service level that comes afterwards as well.” They needed a tool that was fast, reliable, and built to support their most important relationships. If that wasn’t enough, it was becoming increasingly difficult to keep up with the day-to-day running of campaigns—especially when the one team member who knew where all the assets were happened to be away. Terry says he remembers one particular campaign when his colleague was on holiday. “A couple of months after I joined, a colleague who normally looked after all the assets went on holiday for two weeks. During that time, I desperately needed a couple of important images for an ad campaign—and I just couldn’t find them. I ended up spending the best part of three days trawling through hundreds of files trying to find one image.” Does this pain sound familiar? 😅 Well, luckily Terry found Dash that provided the solution to all his problems. ✹ After 20 years in the industry, Terry had spent plenty of time looking at DAM solutions—but nothing ever stuck. Most digital asset management solutions were built for enterprise use, packed with unnecessary features and hefty price tags. “They always came with more bells and whistles than we’d ever use. All these things sound great on paper, but when it gets down to the reality of working as a marketing team, we just needed something that was intuitive and effective.” That’s when he found Dash. “I couldn’t believe it. It felt like all my dreams had come true. After 20 years of searching, Dash finally gave us a way to move beyond the chaos of folders on Dropbox and WeTransfer. It’s become an essential tool for our marketing team.” 95% of Mountain Equipment’s revenue comes from selling stock to distributors, retail shops, and wholesalers across the globe. So it’s absolutely essential that the team provides those partners with the right assets to help them sell Mountain Equipment products. With Dash, they can easily gather all that content and get it to the right retailers—fast. Here’s how they do it: “Sharing campaign assets with our retail partners has never been easier. We can cherry-pick the right images and products for them, ensuring they have access to everything they need in their own custom portal. It’s just brilliant. It shows them we care about more than just selling jackets—it shows we care about the level of service that comes afterwards.” Mountain Equipment runs two major seasonal drops each year: Spring/Summer in February and Autumn/Winter in August. As new products arrive in the warehouse, the marketing team needs to move fast. They’ve got to update campaign assets, refresh their website, and make sure retailers have everything they need to promote the new collections. It’s also made a big difference to how quickly products go live on their website. Thanks to Dash’s Shopify integration, the ecommerce team can link assets directly from Dash—no downloading, re-uploading, or version mix-ups. “Shopify has literally improved our speed of getting products live on the website no end—because we’re not having to re-upload anything. It’s a direct, peer-to-peer setup, and it’s been great.” When you’ve been in business for over 60 years, it’s easy to fall into the rhythm of “we’ve always done it this way.” For Mountain Equipment, one of those long-standing habits was filming their seasonal sales launches. This included a full camera setup, editing, packaging the content, and making it available to internal teams and wholesale partners across the world. Everyone said they needed it. So the team kept producing it every six months. But once they started sharing the content via Dash, they had access to something they’d never had before: data. In Dash, the team is able to view the usage data of each asset. After two consecutive seasons with zero downloads, it became clear that nobody was actually using the video content. Having that insight gave the team the confidence to stop producing it altogether. “It was so vindicating. We always had a feeling it wasn’t being watched, but Dash gave us the data to prove it. We took that to senior management and said: here’s the evidence, and they agreed—we didn’t need to carry on. That was the end of it.” This means they’ve been able to save time, energy and budget on something that nobody was watching. Terry said: “Ballpark, let’s say we saved about 25%-30% on production and editing costs.” ‍‍ Mountain Equipment creates a huge amount of content each season. With 900–1,200 products live at any time—and multiple expeditions happening throughout the year—they regularly send models, team members, and photographers into the wild to capture products in action. That means staying on top of image usage rights and keeping everything organised is essential. With Dash, they can do exactly that. “We usually come back from trips with around 4,000 images and cherry-pick the best 50. We upload them to Dash and tag everything—what expedition it’s from, who shot it, any usage rights, and even visible products. And we can apply those tags across all assets in one go. It saves us hours and hours.” This workflow not only makes it easier to manage content, it ensures the team can: It’s a simple, efficient system that keeps their asset library compliant and ready to use. With each new season, Mountain Equipment sees around 30–40% of their product range updated. That could mean new items, discontinued lines or subtle design tweaks. And with so many updates happening so often, they need a way to keep track of every version of every image. That’s where Dash’s versioning feature comes in. Instead of manually replacing images across multiple folders and collections, the team can simply upload the new version of an asset into the same spot in Dash. It’s then automatically updated everywhere it appears. “Say we’ve got a shot of a red jacket, but in the following season the panel gets changed to black—nothing else changes. We just upload the new variant into the same position. Wherever that product appears, it’s instantly updated.” This saves hours of time and ensures total consistency across campaigns, retail partner content and internal teams. With Dash, the team can finally make the most of the content they work so hard to create. That’s because they’re able to tag assets in a way that makes it really easy for the marketing team to find and get on with their job. “That’s been the biggest change—we’re sharing things quicker than we’ve ever done before. We know the assets are getting where they need to be, and that’s improving our marketing activity and awareness.” It also means they’re able to deliver an experience to both internal and external teams that reflects who they are as a brand. “Finally, it feels like this part of what we do is aligned with the quality of the product that we make. We’re adding a level of value we’ve never been able to deliver before—and Dash has been the enabler that’s made that possible.” Plus, it’s allowed Terry to step back and take a breath. 🧘 “My headaches are much less than they were before, let’s put it that way. Whenever I need something, I know I can go to Dash.” Finally, we asked for Terry’s final thoughts on Dash (and whether he would recommend it to other brands). đŸ„° “Dash is a hill I’d be willing to die on. If someone told me we had to give it up, there’d probably be a few eruptions—I just don’t see how we could ever go back to anything else. I’m doing my best to push it into some of the other companies in our group. We’re always showing them how it works, making them jealous—and they are jealous, because most of them are still stuck using Dropbox. But we’re getting there. I think we’ll win them over eventually.” 🙌 If you’re like Terry and have been searching for the ideal creative content management solution, you don’t need to look any further. Stop putting up with Dropbox and try Dash free for 14-days to start making better use of your content. Head of Marketing at Mountain Equipment Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/customers/orca Title: How Orca improve their marketing efforts with Dash Meta Description: Find out how sportswear ecommerce brand, Orca, are using Dash's digital asset management tools to level-up their marketing game. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/customers/orca ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H2: How Orca improve their marketing efforts with Dash H3: Table of contents H2: "The time it takes to search for photos has decreased dramatically!" H2: Read more Dash customer stories H3: Scaling Ethnotek’s retail partnerships and DTC growth with self-serve content portals H3: Mountain Equipment ditched Dropbox to manage 900+ retailers ## Main Content: H2: How Orca improve their marketing efforts with Dash H4: Rolling waves, swells breaking against the shore, athletes swimming through blue ocean waters ... H4: Google Drive was holding Orca back H4: Settling on Dash H3: Table of contents H2: "The time it takes to search for photos has decreased dramatically!" H2: Read more Dash customer stories H3: Scaling Ethnotek’s retail partnerships and DTC growth with self-serve content portals H3: Mountain Equipment ditched Dropbox to manage 900+ retailers "I'd recommend Dash to other brands because they'd improve the way they're working for sure." "The time it takes to search for photos has decreased dramatically!" There’s no denying it, the assets wetsuit brand Orca create are powerful, evocative and inspiring. They speak to the company’s deep connection to the ocean, which is at the heart of its values. Orca is a wetsuit brand, used by athletes and divers around the globe. Their main office is in Spain, just outside of Bilbao. They employ over 50 staff worldwide and manage a network of content producers and third-party retailers. Like many value-driven brands, Orca’s images and videos have to work twice as hard. Not only should they showcase their products in the best light, they need to speak to what the company stands for. In short, the assets Orca create are far too beautiful to languish semi-submerged in a shared drive. Orca were using Google Drive to organise and share their creative assets. Even though they’d put a considered folder structure in place, they were finding it hard to quickly locate the images and videos they needed. That's something Itziar Castro, who works in marketing and ecommerce at Orca, was determined to change. She wanted a way to save time and allow their many retail partners to find the assets they need, rather than request files from her team. Less time tracking down images for others means more time focusing on what really matters – selling their high-quality wetsuits. Moving Orca’s creative assets from their old Google Drive onto their new home went smoothly: the Dash team helped get them set up and import the image tags from their shared drive which they wanted to use in Dash. Sometimes getting used to a new product can make you feel like a fish out of water, so we asked Itziar Castro (Marketing at Orca) how the onboarding process went: Itziar said she live-chatted the Customer Success team to sort out an issue she had when uploading some items and, in her words, “they were nice and responsive, and it was a great customer experience.” As you can see from Orca's Dash above, their visual content is all in one place - with searchable tags which make it easier to find. Three months down the line and with over a hundred active users now logging into their account, Orca have taken to Dash like a duck to water (editor’s note: please excuse the continued H20 puns). We asked Itziar whether she feels Orca have achieved what they set out to do when picking Dash. Ecommerce Marketer at Orca Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/customers/passenger Title: How Passenger manages thousands of creative assets across multiple online platforms Meta Description: Discover how a popular outdoor clothing brand uses Dash to manage thousands of assets for their different online platforms. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/customers/passenger ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H2: How Passenger manages thousands of creative assets across multiple online platforms H2: About Passenger H2: The challenge H3: [fs-toc-omit] The importance of creative assets H3: [fs-toc-omit] Managing thousands of assets across teams H3: [fs-toc-omit] A mix of Google Drive, WeTransfer and hard drives made life difficult H3: [fs-toc-omit] It was difficult to collaborate with remote teams H2: The solution H3: [fs-toc-omit] Organising content that makes sense for their team H3: [fs-toc-omit] Making sure product pages have the best, optimised images H3: [fs-toc-omit] Getting products to market faster H3: [fs-toc-omit] A single source of truth for the company H3: [fs-toc-omit] Using Dash and Airtable for better product management H3: [fs-toc-omit] Testing Dash’s AI features H2: Kat’s recommendation to other ecommerce brands H3: Table of contents H2: "What I love about Dash is that I can crop and download everything in one place... it's a huge time-saver." H2: Read more Dash customer stories H3: Scaling Ethnotek’s retail partnerships and DTC growth with self-serve content portals H3: Mountain Equipment ditched Dropbox to manage 900+ retailers ## Main Content: H2: How Passenger manages thousands of creative assets across multiple online platforms H2: About Passenger H2: The challenge H3: [fs-toc-omit] The importance of creative assets H3: [fs-toc-omit] Managing thousands of assets across teams H3: [fs-toc-omit] A mix of Google Drive, WeTransfer and hard drives made life difficult H3: [fs-toc-omit] It was difficult to collaborate with remote teams H2: The solution H3: [fs-toc-omit] Organising content that makes sense for their team H3: [fs-toc-omit] Making sure product pages have the best, optimised images H3: [fs-toc-omit] Getting products to market faster H3: [fs-toc-omit] A single source of truth for the company H3: [fs-toc-omit] Using Dash and Airtable for better product management H3: [fs-toc-omit] Testing Dash’s AI features H2: Kat’s recommendation to other ecommerce brands H3: Table of contents H2: "What I love about Dash is that I can crop and download everything in one place... it's a huge time-saver." H2: Read more Dash customer stories H3: Scaling Ethnotek’s retail partnerships and DTC growth with self-serve content portals H3: Mountain Equipment ditched Dropbox to manage 900+ retailers "I’d recommend [Dash] to all ecommerce brands, especially those with remote teams." Challenge: Passenger has a huge range of visual assets spanning from photography to video and graphics, all of which it relies on to launch new products. Before Dash, approving and managing new product shots was messy and time-consuming. Plus, with a remote team, there was no single source of truth for the brand’s visual content. Solution: Dash gives Passenger a central, searchable hub for all their product, lifestyle, and community visual assets. It’s made it easier to collaborate, launch products faster, and grow the business. "What I love about Dash is that I can crop and download everything in one place... it's a huge time-saver." Passenger is a responsible outdoor clothing brand that inspires meaningful escapism. Encouraging people to disconnect and recharge in nature, the brand believes time outdoors fosters balance, wellbeing, and adventure. Their team is mostly remote, with staff based across the UK and Europe. And as the business continues to scale, they need a reliable way to manage and share content across teams. We’re also big fans of Passenger in the Dash team, so we were excited when they decided to join Dash as their DAM of choice! đŸ„° Let’s get into some challenges before they found Dash. Like many ecommerce brands, creative assets are vital to Passenger in helping them market their wide stock range and product variants. They also use their creative to bring that meaningful escapism ethos to life. A lot of their photography features inspiring outdoor settings to reflect this and help connect with their audience on a deeper level. Plus, these assets are the key to helping the brand grow. Kat, the brand’s Product Marketing Coordinator, says: “Having inspiring, high-quality imagery is key to helping us appeal to and engage with our target customer, who we call the ‘Roamer’. Content plays a huge role in getting our brand out there and driving growth.” Kat has to make sure every channel is optimised to meet dimension requirements. It’s also her job to keep product descriptions up to date. She also manages a wide range of photography assets - studio and lifestyle - alongside community content from brand ambassadors and influencers. It’s a big job, and with so much content coming in at once, Kat needs a process that helps her stay in control of it all—from approvals to cropping, tagging and publishing. Kat joined the company when Dash was already in full swing, but from what she’s heard from her teammates, things used to be much harder to manage. It made it really difficult for anyone to find what they needed, especially when different people were saving assets in different places, with no consistent naming or folder structure. Plus, from Kat’s previous experience, switching between multiple tools is fiddly and inefficient. This means work is slowed down and it takes longer to get new product content out into the wild. 💡 Learn more about why Google Drive and WeTransfer are no replacement for a proper digital asset management tool. While working remotely opens up new opportunities for Passenger, it also creates new challenges, especially when it comes to sharing content. That’s because each team has different asset requirements. Trying to manage all of that using Google Drive links and hard drives just wasn’t scalable. So, Passenger needed a way to make content easier to manage, find, and share, no matter where the team was working from. Passenger keeps thousands of creative assets in Dash. We’re talking product shots, lifestyle photography, flat lays, and creative coming in from influencers around the world. The great thing about Dash is that even if you have this many assets, it doesn’t need to be overwhelming. You can tag your images based on product, SKU, colour, season and more. Plus, custom fields make it easier to categorise content without the need for duplication. Take this example. It has tags that indicate the type of shirt, SKU code and campaign season. It means there are multiple ways to search for this asset without the need to duplicate it in multiple folders. Ultimately, this ensures that anyone across every team can find what they need quickly. Kat needs to make sure every product on the Passenger website is shown in the best possible light. That means carefully selecting a mix of studio flatlays, lifestyle photography, and sometimes community content to help bring each product to life. Having everything in one place makes that process so much easier. “For me, the biggest thing is having all the content in one place. I need to make sure that each product detail page has the best possible images, so being able to type in a product title or SKU and instantly see all the flatlays, lifestyle shots, and any community content is super helpful.” Dash’s built-in cropping tool also helps Kat prep images for the website without needing to open up separate design software. “What I love about Dash is that I can crop and download everything in one place. I don’t have to grab files from somewhere else and then open Photoshop to make adjustments—it’s all done in Dash, which is a huge time-saver.” Bringing a new product to market involves a lot of moving parts. You’ve got studio shots and lifestyle photography, community content and campaign assets. Kat needs to make sure all of that content comes together and is ready to go live when the product does. Take Passenger’s recent launch of their Snowscape Collection. “One of our most exciting launches at the start of this year was our snow gear, and Dash made a big difference. Kat was able to quickly surface content across multiple types of assets. “It’s great being able to search for a term like ‘snow’ and instantly find all the relevant content. We’ve had loads of people trying out the gear and sending us their content, so being able to easily access and organise that has been really helpful.” Here’s what it looks like to search for a keyword in Passenger’s Dash. Thanks to the team’s organised folder structure and smart filtering, every department can find what they need in seconds. “It makes everything much more efficient. Passenger was already using Dash when I joined, but based on my experience at previous companies, I can confidently say Dash is way more efficient and time-saving when it comes to getting campaigns launched.” Having Dash means there’s one single source of truth for all their creative content. Kat said it’s made a big difference to how everyone is working. 💕 “It’s been a massive improvement. Especially with so many of us working remotely now, it’s really important to have a shared online space where everything lives. We’re quite a creative business, and different teams need access to different types of content. Having everything in one central place is crucial—it makes sure everyone’s using the right assets, whether it’s product images or something like the correct logo. It’s basically our source of truth.” Passenger uses Dash alongside Airtable to manage product imagery and get everything prepped for their Shopify store. It’s a workflow that makes sure every product goes live with the right visuals in place. If you haven’t come across it before, it's a no-code database that combines the flexibility of a spreadsheet with the structure of a project management tool. At Passenger, it’s become the central hub for managing product listings before they hit their Shopify site. “The flow is basically: get the assets from Dash into Airtable, and then from there update Shopify. We can also make edits directly in Airtable.” Even though Kat wasn’t part of the team before Airtable was introduced, she’s seen how well it works today and using Dash and Airtable together makes the whole process so much easier. With thousands of assets, any time-saving tool is a win for the Passenger team. That’s why they’re excited about some of the new AI features we’re working on. That includes smart tagging, similar image suggestions and natural language search. Katherine told us the team has been finding the natural language search really useful: “A lot of the marketing team has been using it to search for social content. You can search for something like snow and it’ll bring up all the relevant images—which is really cool. It’s also great for finding content based on activities. For example, if we’re launching a new range, we can easily find inspiring images that fit the theme, without having to manually tag everything beforehand. Manual tagging can be tricky, and it’s so easy to miss things, so this has been a really helpful feature.” If you’re excited by the idea of AI in DAM (we know we are đŸ€©) you can sign up for a 14-day free trial and be one of the first to access these new features. ✹ Finally, we asked Kat if she’d recommend Dash to other brands. She said yes! đŸ„° “Yes, 100%. I’d recommend it to all ecommerce brands, especially those with remote teams. It’s so useful when everyone’s spread across the country—or even internationally. Having one central place where all content lives makes it easy for everyone to access what they need for their role.” Product Marketing Coordinator Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/customers/reebok Title: Selling Reebok products across South America with Dash Meta Description: Read how FashionFitness manage their network of retailers across South America to sell Reebok products Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/customers/reebok ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H2: Selling Reebok products across South America with Dash H2: About FashionFitness H2: The challenge H2: The solution H3: [fs-toc-omit] Visual content can be found easily H3: [fs-toc-omit] Reducing repetitive tasks by 80% H3: [fs-toc-omit] Keeping control of what partners can access H2: How Dash helps FashionFitness achieve their goals H3: Table of contents H2: "I don't see a future where we won’t be without Dash. It solves all of the problems I had with creative asset management." H2: Read more Dash customer stories H3: Scaling Ethnotek’s retail partnerships and DTC growth with self-serve content portals H3: Mountain Equipment ditched Dropbox to manage 900+ retailers ## Main Content: H2: Selling Reebok products across South America with Dash H2: About FashionFitness H2: The challenge H4: Choosing between Bynder or Dash H2: The solution H3: [fs-toc-omit] Visual content can be found easily H3: [fs-toc-omit] Reducing repetitive tasks by 80% H3: [fs-toc-omit] Keeping control of what partners can access H2: How Dash helps FashionFitness achieve their goals H3: Table of contents H2: "I don't see a future where we won’t be without Dash. It solves all of the problems I had with creative asset management." H2: Read more Dash customer stories H3: Scaling Ethnotek’s retail partnerships and DTC growth with self-serve content portals H3: Mountain Equipment ditched Dropbox to manage 900+ retailers "We’ve had an 80% reduction in design requests that were previously coming to me and my team." Challenge: FashionFitness are the official distributor of Reebok in Latin America. Their previous file sharing system made it difficult to work with retail partners when promoting Reebok’s iconic sportswear across the continent. Solution: Dash means the FashionFitness team cut creative requests from partners by 80% each month. Now, partners can find the visuals they need themselves to launch Reebok campaigns across the continent. đŸ’« "I don't see a future where we won’t be without Dash. It solves all of the problems I had with creative asset management." FashionFitness are the distributor of iconic sportswear brand Reebok in Latin America. From their HQ in Panama City, they market, distribute and sell Reebok products across almost all of the continent. To do this, they work with a network of retail partners, wholesalers and distributors. As Miguel LeĂłn Vigo, Regional Marketing Manager for Reebok, explains: “We have direct operations in all the countries in Latin America, except Mexico, Brazil and Argentina. It’s my job to make sure our wholesalers have access to the content they need. I’ll get Rebook visuals from our agency, adapt these for our markets, and then share with our wholesalers.” Managing these relationships across the continent is a key part in FashionFitness's success. Their retail partners need product shots and campaign graphics in order to sell Reebok products. Therefore, the systems they use to share visuals with their resellers is a critical part of that. But the previous set-up they had was proving cumbersome and time-consuming. Before opting for Dash, FashionFitness had to navigate different shared drives to collect content, and then share it with their partners. They’d first be sent creative from an agency via Aprimo, an enterprise digital asset management (DAM) system. Miguel would download the content, adapt it, then duplicate the same content across OneDrive and Google Drive (depending on what their resellers preferred) where it could then be downloaded for use. It meant that creative was scattered across three different systems, content was getting replicated, and it was difficult to find anything. “Our previous system was not easy to use or search. We used to have folders named by season, and then within each folder would be more subfolders according to product SKUs. And then in each of those folders, we’d have 10 different pictures. It was very hard to search for content there.” This set-up made it difficult for retail partners to find the creative they needed. This in turn meant Miguel’s team had to trawl through three different systems to find the specific file that their partner needed. In short, it wasn’t working the way the company wanted it to. It was time for a change. When FashionFitness stopped working with their old agency, Miguel thought it was the perfect time to overhaul their visual content management system. During his research he came across Bynder, a digital asset management (DAM) system geared towards enterprises. And as Miguel discovered, enterprise DAMs come with enterprise price tags: “Bynder isn’t bad - it's a platform that has good features we’d find helpful. But it was very expensive! We needed to store less than one terabyte and the cost that came back was around $20,000 per year.” The Bynder team were also slow in getting back to him, which can be frustrating when you want to get going with a new system. “They didn't respond quickly. I think their response to our questions came two weeks later.” So what made Miguel settle on Dash? “I was searching for the best digital asset management tools and came across Dash. I saw the other customers using Dash globally. Honestly it was cool to have that confidence to use a platform that already other similar brands were using.” When Miguel started a free trial, he found the system simple to use and easy to get going with: “I tested the free trial, and liked using it. We uploaded a lot of content and found it to be very easy to use and find assets. Plus, it’s affordable!” And with that, Miguel made the decision to go with Dash! So what's been the impact since Miguel picked Dash over the competition? From campaign photography to product shots, FashionFitness keep all of the content their partners need in Dash. “Where we used to keep everything in Aprimo, we now have all the detailed imagery that we need in Dash instead. It's like using Instagram for digital managers, it's very easy to use!” Miguel uses a mix of folders and custom fields to organise visuals in a way that’s easy for everyone else to find. Folders are used to separate the types of visual assets into their three broad categories - ‘product images’ for ecommerce stores, ‘campaign’ for seasonal campaigns, and then ‘brand’ for Reebok’s guidelines. Then they use custom fields to filter by product type, model gender, season, sport category and more. In Miguel’s woods: “For product imagery, we use tags in, for example, a specific silhouette of shoe or sneaker. That means when you search for the shoe name, you can find it easily.” This makes it easy for retail partners across Latin America to log in, search for the visual they need, and download it themselves. Talking of which: remember when we said Miguel’s team used to have to spend time finding content for their partners? Since they moved to Dash, that’s no longer a thing. When creative was kept across different systems, it was hard for their partners to find anything. Miguel estimates his team used to get about 60 requests a month from different retail partners asking for content they couldn’t find. “Now the content is in Dash, our partners don’t need to contact us much. It means we’ve had an 80% reduction in requests that were previously coming to me and my team. We used to get 1 or 2 a day, whereas now we’ll get 1 or 2 in a whole month!” It’s meant the team at FashionFitness have managed to spend that time doing other useful tasks, rather than hunting for files. FashionFitness works on a large scale. For starters, the retail network they manage spans almost the entirety of South and Central America. Within their network, they have distinct categories of partners all needing different types of creative. We’re talking: It’s important for Miguel and his team to control what each can access. This means they don’t swamp their partner with content they don’t need, and they can also keep tabs on who can download what. Trying to do that using Google Drive and Dropbox is tricky, to say the least. It’s one of the key reasons FashionFitness went with Dash. Now, Miguel’s using a mix of portals and collections to make sure everyone has the appropriate access rights. “Dash gives us a lot of efficiency in time, but also a lot more control over what we’re sharing. Dash has given me a level of control that Google Drive never did, and I’m also able to see metrics on how content is being used.” With satisfied retail partners and repetitive requests reduced by 80%, Miguel’s happy he made the decision to pick Dash. The company is growing, and they’re about to start exclusive distribution rights for another major sportswear brand. Dash will be key in helping them continue with their success. “Dash is a key platform for us. I don't see a future where we won’t be without Dash. It solves all of the problems I had with creative asset management. Regional Marketing Manager for Reebok Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/customers/revair Title: How RevAir saved 20 hours a month with Dash Meta Description: Discover how DTC brand, RevAir, save 20 hours per month when they use Dash to manage their brand assets Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/customers/revair ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H2: How RevAir saved 20 hours a month with Dash H2: The challenges H3: [fs-toc-omit] Expensive photo shoots were underutilised H3: [fs-toc-omit] Google Drive was stopping the brand from growing H3: [fs-toc-omit] Projects were being put on the back burner H2: The solution H3: [fs-toc-omit] Finding a DAM that matched their budget H3: [fs-toc-omit] Earning back return on investment H3: [fs-toc-omit] Sharing content with agencies and partners H3: [fs-toc-omit] Collecting user-generated content from customers H3: [fs-toc-omit] Managing influencer relationships H3: [fs-toc-omit] Finding inspiration for marketing campaigns H2: How RevAir structures their Dash H3: RevAir’s recommendations for other DTC brands H3: Table of contents H2: It’s so lovely to go ‘shopping in Dash’ because I can type in different search terms and tags and sort by file type. Dash just makes us work better. H2: Read more Dash customer stories H3: Scaling Ethnotek’s retail partnerships and DTC growth with self-serve content portals H3: Mountain Equipment ditched Dropbox to manage 900+ retailers ## Main Content: H2: How RevAir saved 20 hours a month with Dash H2: The challenges H3: [fs-toc-omit] Expensive photo shoots were underutilised H3: [fs-toc-omit] Google Drive was stopping the brand from growing H3: [fs-toc-omit] Projects were being put on the back burner H2: The solution H3: [fs-toc-omit] Finding a DAM that matched their budget H3: [fs-toc-omit] Earning back return on investment H3: [fs-toc-omit] Sharing content with agencies and partners H3: [fs-toc-omit] Collecting user-generated content from customers H3: [fs-toc-omit] Managing influencer relationships H3: [fs-toc-omit] Finding inspiration for marketing campaigns H2: How RevAir structures their Dash H3: RevAir’s recommendations for other DTC brands H3: Table of contents H2: It’s so lovely to go ‘shopping in Dash’ because I can type in different search terms and tags and sort by file type. Dash just makes us work better. H2: Read more Dash customer stories H3: Scaling Ethnotek’s retail partnerships and DTC growth with self-serve content portals H3: Mountain Equipment ditched Dropbox to manage 900+ retailers "I would absolutely recommend Dash. I easily get ten times the return in productivity from my team members." The challenge: RevAir struggled to organise their growing library of visual content in Google Drive. It was super disorganised which made it difficult to find anything. They couldn’t make the most of photoshoot assets and often projects were pushed to the side because nobody could find what they needed. The solution: RevAir got Dash, our affordable digital asset management (DAM) solution, which transformed their content organisation. Dash saved the team 20 hours each month, streamlined the asset approval process with content creators and freed up time so they could get back to being creative. It’s so lovely to go ‘shopping in Dash’ because I can type in different search terms and tags and sort by file type. Dash just makes us work better. RevAir, short for 'reverse air', is not just any hair dryer—it's the world's first and only reverse air dryer. Launched in 2018, this innovative device gently dries and smooths hair by closing the cuticle, working in a third of the time a traditional blow dryer takes. Kim is RevAir’s Corporate Cheerleading Officer (COO). She was one of the first employees of RevAir and has seen the company quickly grow. She was the driving force behind the implementation of Dash - a tool that the team can’t live without. 🙌 First, let’s look at some of the challenges Kim and the team experienced with their previous cloud solution, Google Drive. Visual content is crucial for RevAir. With a price point of around $400, it’s vital for customers to see the product in action on various hair types to fully understand the benefits. Being primarily an ecommerce brand, they heavily rely on their images and video content to demonstrate those benefits. "$400 is a big consideration for folks to make," Kim explains. "Having a good understanding is very important and that comes down to content." By late 2022, RevAir’s growing visual content became overwhelming to manage in Google Drive. The team invested a lot in photoshoots, but Kim worried that the content was getting lost or underutilised. “I felt anxious knowing how much money had been spent on the photoshoot, only to struggle to find the images in Google Drive. I couldn’t show them to team members who weren’t at the photoshoot. I wanted to create wonderful things from the content, but it was impossible with Google Drive.” Google Drive is very limiting for managing visual content. As Kim found, team members were creating multiple folders for different purposes, and then saving different versions of their assets across various folders. If that sounds confusing, that’s because it is! 😭 “You start with one folder structure, but as you grow and create more folders, the structure becomes outdated. Only two or three people know where anything is. Co-workers ask you to find images for them, and you waste a lot of time searching through folders.” This is a common problem that many marketing teams have with shared drives. You can read more about how DAM stacks up against Google Drive and Dropbox. RevAir is a remote company. They need to have systems in place that allow them to work effectively from anywhere in the world. Kim says they had some great platforms in place, but the one area letting them down was the management of their visual content. “We had some of the best platforms, including our CRM or our ecommerce site. They all did a great job bringing us together, but we always had issues with visual content because Google Drive just didn’t work like we needed it to.” This halted the progress of projects. When colleagues couldn’t find or access the content they needed from Google Drive, some projects inevitably fell to the bottom of the to-do list. “It can be debilitating. It becomes a project you put off until you have more time to dive into your folders.” Kim decided it was time to find a solution. And that’s where Dash comes in. 👋 Here are some of the ways Dash is helping RevAir improve their marketing operations and grow as a brand. 🚀 Kim researched several digital asset management (DAM) solutions, finding many to be very expensive—a common issue for smaller DTC brands looking for new software. (Brandfolder, for example, can cost around $1600 per month. đŸ€Ż) “I looked at the price points for some other DAMs and knew there was no way I could get my finance team to include it in our 2023 budget.” Determined to find a better solution for her team, Kim looked to Dash. Starting at ÂŁ99/$139 per month, Dash had a price the team could afford. “It made perfect sense, and I was ready to show our finance team how much productivity and time we would save, which would translate into cost savings.” As Kim predicted, the return on investment from Dash has been fantastic for RevAir. She says: “I truly believe Dash has saved us at least ten times its cost.” Across the team, Kim says they’re saving about 20 hours per month because they’re not trawling through Google Drive. This means they have more time for creative and strategic work. These hours add up to significant savings over the year. 🙌 You can work out how much time you could save with Dash using the calculations in our article about DAM return on investment. Many DTC brands work with agencies and external partners. They’re like an extension of your team so it’s important they have access to all the content they need. This is where Dash portals come in. 🌌 Portals allow you to create a separate, publicly accessible version of your Dash. Agencies can use this portal to search, browse, and download the assets they need without having to hassle you directly. You can choose which folders they can see and even add a welcome message to their home page. “We’ve set up multiple Portals for our different agencies. What’s really great is that we can choose exactly what to give them access to, whether that’s an entire folder structure or just specific sub-folders.” Portals are also ideal if you work with retailers. You can set up a Portal with the product images they need to sell your items. Learn more about how Portals help your retailers sell more products. RevAir works with various content creators, including customers who send in user-generated content. Dash’s guest upload feature plays a vital role in getting that content approved and posted on RevAir’s social channels. Guest upload in Dash is a unique link you can generate and send to external content creators. They can upload content to the link without needing a login. Dash admins can view the uploaded content in a holding area to approve or reject it. You can also select the folder where the content will go once approved. Here’s what Kim says about it: “Some of our customers generate outstanding videos and reviews for us. Before Dash, one person might send it via Dropbox, another via Google, and another in a text. Having one link that notifies us when content is sent feels more professional, and I feel like we don’t lose anything.” In addition to collecting UGC, RevAir works with influencers on a retainer basis. These creators produce image and video content for the brand to share on their socials. It’s crucial for the team to monitor usage rights to maintain a good relationship. In Dash, it’s easy to add expiry dates to assets. When an asset reaches its expiry date, anyone who has downloaded it will get a notification that it’s no longer available. You can also add notes on assets to inform users of specific licensing agreements. Kim says: “We always want to honour our influencers and affiliates. Without a tool like Dash, it’s difficult to monitor that one piece of content is licensed for six months while another is licensed indefinitely. We can also ensure it’s no longer available for download in any of our portals, so we don’t have to worry.” In Kim’s words, she and her team like to go  “shopping in Dash”. This is like browsing through products in an online store but instead scrolling through their visual content. With all their product images and videos displayed in a clickable, easy-to-use interface, they can focus on finding the best content for their campaigns. “It’s so lovely to go ‘shopping in Dash’ because I can type in different search terms and tags and sort by file type. It not only returns the things I’m thinking of but also shows me other options that might be even better. Sometimes there are assets I didn’t even remember! Dash just makes us work better.” 💕 If you’re thinking of getting a Dash for your brand, you may want some inspiration on how to structure your folders. Here’s a sneak peak of how RevAir has set up theirs. Folders are organised by RevAir’s different product types. They also have folders for branded model shoots which often contain raw footage. This is ideal for when the team is looking for inspiration. For example, after a large photoshoot, they might have images where the model's eyes are closed. Later, when creating an email campaign with a theme like 'hush' or ‘sleep’, they might go back to the raw image and find an image they didn’t expect to use. 💡 Here’s Kim showing us around her folders in Dash. Finally, we asked Kim if she would recommend Dash to other brands. “I would absolutely recommend Dash. For what it costs per month, I easily get ten times the return in productivity from my team members, in addition to happier team members and better quality work. I encourage anyone, especially anyone working with agencies, to look at Dash and think about how they could do things differently. We spend so much money on visual content. It shouldn’t be in folders. It should be easily accessible and displayed like a beautiful photo album.” Want a Dash of your own? You can take out a 14-day free trial, no strings attached. Kim Carrasco, RevAir's COO Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/customers/rj-living Title: How RJ Living use Dash to organise their visual content Meta Description: Melbourne-based furniture company, RJ Living, use Dash to organise their visual contents so they can focus on growing their business. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/customers/rj-living ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H2: How RJ Living use Dash to organise their visual content H2: Who are RJ Living? H2: The challenges H2: The solution H3: [fs-toc-omit] Using tags and fields to make assets easy to find H2: Nathan’s recommendation to other furniture brands ✹ H3: Table of contents H2: "It’s saved us countless hours. We can grow with Dash." H2: Read more Dash customer stories H3: Scaling Ethnotek’s retail partnerships and DTC growth with self-serve content portals H3: Mountain Equipment ditched Dropbox to manage 900+ retailers ## Main Content: H2: How RJ Living use Dash to organise their visual content H2: Who are RJ Living? H2: The challenges H4: [fs-toc-omit] Google Drive was uninspiring H4: [fs-toc-omit] It was hard to scale with Google Drive H4: [fs-toc-omit] They lost time hunting for images H2: The solution H4: [fs-toc-omit] Discovering alternatives to Google Drive H4: [fs-toc-omit] An affordable DAM solution H4: [fs-toc-omit] A single source of truth for product and brand assets H3: [fs-toc-omit] Using tags and fields to make assets easy to find H4: ‍ H2: Nathan’s recommendation to other furniture brands ✹ H3: Table of contents H2: "It’s saved us countless hours. We can grow with Dash." H2: Read more Dash customer stories H3: Scaling Ethnotek’s retail partnerships and DTC growth with self-serve content portals H3: Mountain Equipment ditched Dropbox to manage 900+ retailers "Honestly I can’t see us outgrowing Dash for a long time, if ever." The challenge : RJ Living were relying on Google Drive and Google Photos to manage their brand’s images and videos. These tools were holding them back from growth because nobody could find the content they needed. The solution :Dash is the single source of truth for RJ Living’s library of visual content. They can now easily search and share content with their team and external agencies to help sell more products. "It’s saved us countless hours. We can grow with Dash." The challenge : RJ Living were relying on Google Drive and Google Photos to manage their brand’s images and videos. These tools were holding them back from growth because nobody could find the content they needed. The solution :Dash is the single source of truth for RJ Living’s library of visual content. They can now easily search and share content with their team and external agencies to help sell more products. Melbourne-based furniture company RJ Living pride themselves on designing for the Australian lifestyle. They build softly sculpted chairs with woven seats, dining tables fashioned to highlight the grain of the wood they’re made from and side tables created from natural stone. As Nathan Oakley, RJ Living’s COO, explains: “The Australian lifestyle is laidback, relaxed, and our designs reflect that. They’ve got a unique touch you won’t find with our competitors.” Their contemporary designs, dreamt up by their talented in-house team, are crafted from organic materials and light timbers, bringing a touch of everyday luxury to homes across Australia. Before Dash, RJ Living were using Google Drive and Google Photos to manage and share their brand’s images and videos. Here are some of the challenges they faced: Although RJ Living have a physical showroom in Melbourne, they’re primarily an ecommerce brand. Eye-catching product and lifestyle imagery is important for any company selling their wares online, and that’s particularly true for a furniture company. “When buying furniture online it’s really hard to understand how it looks in your space. It’s not enough to just have a product image against a white backdrop - that won’t do much for a lot of people. So for us it’s about inspiring people with the spaces and allowing them to really understand what the product is about and how it’ll look in real life.” As the brand grows, the need for this type of imagery increases. Plus, it’s a real source of pride for the team. “A lot of the content, pretty much everything you see across our site, and across our channels, is imagery and video we’ve taken ourselves. That’s a big pride point for our team.” Keeping all of this content in Google Drive was uninspiring and wasn’t doing their visuals any justice. When you’ve got thousands of photos of your products - both archive and current - and you’re running a website, an Instagram account and social ads, you need a place to store your visual content which works for your business. Keeping all of that content in Google Drive and Google Photos was becoming unmanageable and the system was starting to creak at the hinges. “It was fragmented and became limiting pretty quickly. To keep a mental note of exactly where each image of a product isn’t very scalable, especially as more people have their hands in the system. It became something people were getting lost in.” That only got worse as RJ Living took on a digital marketing agency to manage their paid advertising across search and social. “If the agency wanted to do a campaign around dining tables, we’d have to find and cherry-pick the content to give them, rather than them being able to go and search for ‘dining tables’ and find a wide range of great images to use.” This ultimately caused the team to waste time hunting for images, when they could have been working on new campaigns with their agencies. The team knew that Google Drive wasn’t working, but it’s tricky making the leap of faith. Many brands feel reluctant to make that jump, especially when their current system is embedded in chaos. The thought of sorting out and upheaving thousands of assets can feel overwhelming. But it was clear that the benefits of moving outweighed the risks of staying with Drive. “The point we decided to switch was seeing Dash. We realised our current system wasn’t sustainable any more. It wasn’t letting us grow.” Plus, Dash makes it really easy to switch from Google Drive. You can simply connect your Drive to your new Dash account and move over your folder and files. 🙌 Dash’s balance between time-saving functionality and affordable pricing helped get the rest of the business onboard. “There are some really, really expensive options out there. We’re a growing business but we’re small, too. If we went with one of your competitors, it would be a case of us paying an astronomical price for functionality that wasn’t relevant to our needs. There was no way I could have built a case for that which would have been financially viable to us.” In short: “Dash’s functionality was perfect and the price was great.” Having signed RJ Living up for Dash, Nathan started moving over their existing content from Google Drive and Google Photos. He wanted to create a single source of truth for RJ Living’s visual content, where everyone could find what they want quickly.. “We wanted to centralise our content for the whole team to use. Dash makes it easy for anyone to jump in and find what they want, and get back to what they were doing. It saves downloading a 40MB TIF file from Google Drive too which staff members, especially those working from home with slower internet, really appreciate. It’s become a hub for all our images.” One of the key benefits of Dash is the ability to organise your content in a way that works best for your brand. The best way to do that is think of how you’d typically want to search for your videos and images and create your searchable attributes around that. That’s just what RJ Living have done, and they’re a great example of how to make Dash work best for your brand. “The lifecycle of our products is around 2-3 years so any product that goes into Dash will be tagged with the product name so we can search for it. That’s the crucial thing, not having to trawl through all the images. I don’t want to have to go through 500 images to find the 10 relevant ones!” “We tag by product type, distinguish between styled images and pack shots, and usage rights. That last one is especially important for images that come from a photographer or an influencer. We also use things like setting a deadline on Christmas-themed logos for example - nobody wants to see those in January!” Dash has meant RJ Living now has a system which gives room to breathe. When everyone has access to everything they need, and don’t have to waste hours finding content, it means they’re able to focus on growing the business. “It’s saved us countless hours. We can grow with Dash, honestly I can’t see us outgrowing this for a long time, if ever. It provides us all the functionality we need it to, and it’s saved us countless hours through various members of the team being able to access it. We found it, we love it, and I can’t see any reason why we won’t keep building on it.” Would Nathan recommend Dash to other ambitious DTC brands like RJ Living? “I would, definitely. If you’re a business creating a lot of content it’s the perfect place to centralise everything. Plus it’s really adaptable to different ways businesses might want to use it. It’s not a one-size fits all.” Start your free trial - no credit card needed --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/ecommerce-terms-glossary/3d-models Title: 3D models | Dash Glossary Blog Meta Description: A 3D model is a 360Âș product image that allows you to view a product online from every angle. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/ecommerce-terms-glossary/3d-models ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: 3D models H3: How to create a 3D model for your ecommerce store? H3: Examples of brands using 3D models ## Main Content: H1: 3D models H3: How to create a 3D model for your ecommerce store? H3: Examples of brands using 3D models A 3D model is a 360Âș product image that allows you to view a product online from every angle. They’re digital representations of physical objects that allow you to interact with them on your computer or mobile. You can view the product from different angles, zoom in to see details, and even adjust the lighting to get a better sense of what the product looks like. As an ecommerce store owner, offering 3D models can not only improve the shopping experience for your customers, but also help increase sales and customer satisfaction. There are several ways to create 3D models of your products. Let’s take a look some: No matter which method you choose, it's important to make sure that your 3D models are accurate and visually appealing. This will help give customers a better sense of what your products look like and increase the likelihood of a sale. Here are two ecommerce brands using 3D models to help sell their products. Beanbag company, Fatboy, use 3D modelling and VR to help you see what their products will look like in your home. Simply scan the QR code and you’ll be able to place a bean bag in your room. If you're thinking of creating something similar on your website, you can use a QR code generator to quickly create codes for your product pages. ImmagineClothing brand, Immagine, uses 3D modelling to help customers design their own clothes.  When you select an item of clothing - let’s say, a dress - you’ll get taken to their virtual studio. You’ll get a 3D image of the dress that you can drag around the screen. Select the size, print and neckline and, voila, you’re now a fashion designer! --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/ecommerce-terms-glossary/abandoned-cart-emails Title: Abandoned cart emails | Dash Glossary Blog Meta Description: Discover why people abandoned their online shopping carts, and learn how to build abandoned cart emails to reel them back in. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/ecommerce-terms-glossary/abandoned-cart-emails ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Abandoned cart emails H3: Why do people abandon their carts? H3: Best practices for sending abandoned cart emails H3: Abandoned cart email examples ## Main Content: H1: Abandoned cart emails H3: Why do people abandon their carts? H3: Best practices for sending abandoned cart emails H3: Abandoned cart email examples An abandoned cart email is sent to prospective customers after they fail to purchase items at your online checkout. They’ve added items to their basket but decided not to purchase at the last minute. Abandon cart emails are a good way to give them a nudge and remind them to make a purchase. In fact, abandoned cart emails have (on average) an open rate of 41% - so you have a good chance of reeling those shoppers back in. 🎣 Getting customers to your checkout can feel like an uphill battle. You’ve won them over on social media, hooked them in with your newsletters, and wowed them with your product images. But that doesn’t mean you’ve won — not yet. People still fall down at the final hurdle. Here are some reasons they might be failing to make a purchase after adding items to their cart: Ready to pull shoppers back to the checkout? Here are some abandoned cart best practices to get you started: 1. Choose an email provider To get going with your abandoned cart emails, you’ll first need to pick an email provider. Take a look at tools that offer automation and sequences. Some popular choices include Mailchimp, Klaviyo and Drip. There are also loads of Shopify abandoned cart email apps that will automatically send a message to your shoppers whenever they leave your checkout. đŸƒâ€â™€ïžđŸ’šđŸ›’ 2. Create a series of emails You could stick with sending one email whenever someone abandons their cart, but you’d be missing out on some serious $$$ potential. Ecommerce brands who send 2-3 emails in an abandoned cart sequence actually make the most revenue from them. This should give you a good starting point. Here are some content ideas for each email in the series: Email 1 - You need to give shoppers a reason to return. A phrase like “Have you forgotten something?” followed by an image of their forgotten item(s) will remind them why they put it in the basket in the first place. You could also show them pictures of other items that they might want to browse - a good reason to come back to your shop! Email 2 - encourage them to finish their purchase. You could press them with a time-limited offer or you could let them know that lots of other shoppers are purchasing the product, so they better get in there quickly. Email 3 - this might be your last chance to reel them in, so make it urgent. Perhaps the product is about to go out of stock, or you’re offering free delivery for a limited time only. You could also offer them a discount, say 10% off if they finish their purchase within a time limit. Each email should include a snappy headline, an eye-catching product image and a clear CTA to lead your prospects back to their cart. 3. Get your timings right Timing is everything when it comes to email marketing. Abandoned cart emails are no different. To get the best chance of conversion, make sure to send your first email one hour after your potential customer’s last interaction with your site. Send your second email one day later, and your third three days later. Looking for some inspo? Take a look at these abandoned cart emails from ecommerce brands: Away Travel - Subject line: Did you forget something? This simple, yet effective email reminds shoppers that they’ve left their items ‘unattended’. This is a nice pun that reflects their position in the travel industry and reminds you that you better get shopping now if you want your bag before you go away! Le Puzz - Subject line: Missing a puzzle? Another cute email that’s simple yet feels personal. The clear call to action ‘Shop Puzzles’ leaves no doubt in your mind about where Le Puzz wants you to go. Better get solving! Home Alive Pets - Subject line: Hey - your name - did you forget something? This abandoned cart email example presses the reader to carry on shopping by instilling a (slight) sense of urgency. The line ‘go on, complete your order before your cart expires’ is a great way of encouraging shoppers to finish what they started - especially when there are several items in their basket. Who wants to go through the hassle of starting from scratch? --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/ecommerce-terms-glossary/above-the-fold Title: Above the fold | Dash Glossary Blog Meta Description: Above the fold is content in the first section of a web page that’s visible without scrolling. Discover best practices to keep your audience scrolling. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/ecommerce-terms-glossary/above-the-fold ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Above the fold H3: Where does above the fold come from? H3: Why above the fold is important for ecommerce? H3: Best practices for content above the fold H3: Above the fold website examples from ecommerce brands ## Main Content: H1: Above the fold H3: Where does above the fold come from? H3: Why above the fold is important for ecommerce? H3: Best practices for content above the fold H4: Use a strong headline and image H4: Include a clear CTA H4: Use responsive web designs for mobile devices H4: Optimise for search engines H4: Test different variations of your content above the fold H4: Monitor website activity H4: Make sure you stay consistent below the fold H3: Above the fold website examples from ecommerce brands Above the fold refers to the content that sits in the first section of a web page that’s visible without the need to scroll. Anything lower is considered ‘below the fold’. The term ‘above the fold’ dates back to pre-internet times in the early days of publishing. Newspaper vendors would typically fold their newspapers in half so they’d sit comfortably on the stand. That meant publishers had to make their headlines enticing enough for readers to pick up and buy. The same principle applies to websites.✹ You’ve got about 7 seconds to make a good first impression with your website. People who’re shopping around are unlikely to scroll and click through to the rest of your website if they’re not enticed by content that sits above the fold. If they don’t like what they see, they’ll likely bounce and go to one of your competitors. Sounds obvious, but you should clearly state who you are and what you sell. An ambiguous tagline or off-message imagery is not going to cut the mustard for people who’ve never heard of your brand before. They need to know you’re going to solve their problems right away, or they’ll likely go somewhere else. Try using a punchy headline that summarises what problem you solve for your customers. And a good product or lifestyle image will help your audience understand what product they’re getting. (Make sure to use Dash to deploy these images to your website in just a few clicks 😇). Whether it’s your homepage or landing pages, website visitors need to know what to do next. A clear CTA above the fold can encourage them to head to a product page, read a customer story or simply keep on scrolling. âŹ‡ïž You’ll want to make sure your website content and elements work on all devices. You might have the best above the fold content on a desktop computer, but if it doesn’t work on a mobile or tablet, you’re going to lose people. Especially as 25% of internet users make a purchase on their mobile at least once a month - you want to make the most of that opportunity! Most websites will offer responsive pages, which means your images, graphics and text will adjust to the screen size. However, it’s good practice to continuously monitor how your website is performing on various devices in case something’s not working. You need your content to be accessible to users and reduce bounce rates if you want search engines to recognise you as a trusted website. That’s why it’s important to consider your above the fold SEO. Here are some tips to follow: It’s good practice to be testing the copy and images on your website - particularly anything that sits above the fold. You can run A/B tests to see how your audience is responding to different variants. Do people tend to click on a CTA that sends them to your product pages? Or do they prefer a button that sends them to educational content about your product? The data you gather here will help inform future website decisions. There’ll be a reason people are bouncing from your website. Use a tool like HotJar to monitor user behaviour. Are they scrolling down below the fold? Or are they immediately clicking back out of your website? Once you can see where people are clicking you can learn where the faults are and how you can fix them. You might dazzle your audience with your content above the fold, but if the rest of your website doesn’t live up to expectations, they’ll be sorely disappointed. 👎 Think about how your customer scrolls down your homepage. You need to make sure you keep them hooked throughout. To do this, make sure you follow up any claims you make above the fold with social proof, product benefits and tips on how to use your product. You could include customer reviews, star ratings and user-generated product photos just below the fold. Or a step-by-step guide on how to use your product and a list of benefits. (We particularly like this example from Touchland). If you’re looking for some inspiration to help you with your own above the fold content, have a look at some of these website examples from ecommerce brands. ✹ You don’t need to do much digging to work out that Geez Louise sells canned drinks that are good for your gut. This is clear by their messaging, product shots and fruit-filled header image above the fold. A centered CTA ‘shop now’ also leaves you in no doubt about where to go next. Sportswear brand, Hylo Athletics, uses lifestyle imagery above the fold to instantly connect with its target audience. Instead of a close-up product image of their trainers, they use this running shot to excite the aspirations of their customers. Any city-dweller looking for a good running shoe to take on the hard, tarmacked pavement is going to want a pair of these! đŸƒâ€â™€ïž Loop Ears uses the space above the fold content on their homepage to explain what they do in two, short and concise sentences. You can choose to browse the shop or get help deciding what type of earplug to buy. By encouraging your audience to learn more about your product you’re inviting them in and reducing the risk of bouncing. --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/ecommerce-terms-glossary/average-order-value-aov Title: Average order value (AOV) | Dash Glossary Blog Meta Description: Average order value (AOV) is a key ecommerce metric. It represents the average monetary value of each transaction or order made on your website within a specific period. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/ecommerce-terms-glossary/average-order-value-aov ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Average order value (AOV) H3: How do you calculate AOV? H3: Why AOV is an important ecommerce metric ## Main Content: H1: Average order value (AOV) H3: How do you calculate AOV? H3: Why AOV is an important ecommerce metric Average order value (AOV) is a key ecommerce metric. It represents the average monetary value of each transaction or order made on your website within a specific period. Let's say an online houseplant brand, Planto, is generating $7million worth of sales each year from 35,435 orders. The formula for this is online sales revenue Ă· by number of orders. So in Planto's case that's 7,0000 Ă· 35,435. That means the brand's AOV is $198.09. Knowing your AOV unlocks a load of useful data for your brand, and can give you pointers on where to best focus your energies. Here's the 7 key benefits of calculating your AOV. There you have it. AOV not only reflects the financial health of your DTC business but it can guide your marketing efforts and customer retention. --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/ecommerce-terms-glossary/black-friday Title: Black Friday | Dash Glossary Blog Meta Description: Black Friday is when stores offer deals and discounts on their products. Find out how ecommerce brands can make the most of it. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/ecommerce-terms-glossary/black-friday ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Black Friday H3: The history of Black Friday H3: Cyber Monday vs Black Friday H3: What does Black Friday mean for ecommerce brands? ## Main Content: H1: Black Friday H3: The history of Black Friday H3: Cyber Monday vs Black Friday H3: What does Black Friday mean for ecommerce brands? Black Friday is a huge shopping event that was traditionally held the day after Thanksgiving in the US. It’s now celebrated worldwide and is a fantastic opportunity for ecommerce brands to reel in new customers with irresistible offers and discounts. But why is it called ‘Black Friday’? And, do ecommerce brands really need to care? Let’s dive in to some Black Friday history. 👇 There are several stories about the origins of Black Friday. The most well-known one is about the link between Thanksgiving and retailers in the USA. Supposedly, shops would spend all year not making any money - they'd be sitting in the ‘red’. On the day after Thanksgiving they’d drop their prices, customers would go bananas, and it would push retailers back into the ‘black’. In other words, they’d finally make some profit. However, whilst this is technically true, the History Channel says this is not the real origin story. Supposedly, Black Friday started in the 1950s in Philadelphia. Every year on the day after Thanksgiving, there would be a football game between the Navy and the Army. Hundreds of shoppers and tourists would flock to Philadelphia to stock up on goodies. The foot traffic meant that police had to be on their guard in case things got out of hand, not to mention this was a prime opportunity for shoplifters. Thus, the police coined it: ‘Black Friday’ due to the choas and extra-long shifts they were required to work. Skip forward to now, and Black Friday has become an international shopping holiday where shops - both online and in-store - slash their prices in a bid to make some extra profit. Cyber Monday is often synonymous with Black Friday. The difference is that Cyber Monday is exclusively online. It takes place the Monday after Black Friday and many brands will extend their deals to give online shoppers the chance to grab a bargain. The internet is wild, and customers are always on the lookout for special offers. Black Friday just ramps up the number of bargain-hunters looking for the next deal. And that means there will be more eyeballs on your store. 👀 But, you’ve got to be ready. Take a look at our article that gives you step-by-step tips on how to prepare your ecommerce store for Black Friday. We cover when you should start getting ready, what types of discounts to offer and eight Black Friday strategies to get you started. And if you want to see what other ecommerce brands are up to, take a look at these 15 creative Black Friday campaigns for inspo. ✹ --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/ecommerce-terms-glossary/challenger-brands Title: Challenger brands | Dash Glossary Blog Meta Description: A challenger brand disrupts the status quo and offers an alternative to established markets Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/ecommerce-terms-glossary/challenger-brands ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Challenger brands H3: Why do small businesses become challenger brands? H3: Challenger brand examples from ecommerce brands ## Main Content: H1: Challenger brands H3: Why do small businesses become challenger brands? H3: Challenger brand examples from ecommerce brands A challenger brand aims to disrupt and shake up its industry. They’re often small businesses that go toe-to-toe with industry leaders by providing alternative solutions, backed by ethical mission statements. It’s very difficult to compete with the dominant industry leaders. Just think of Colgate, Heinz, Apple and Cadburys - a new brand starting out in one of these industries is going to find it near-impossible to get noticed. After all, these corporations have been around for years, they’re loved by consumers, and have huge investor-backed budgets Being a challenger brand, however, gives you the opportunity to stand out because your core mission is to disrupt the market leaders. Take Tony’s Chocolonely, as an example. This brand has positioned itself against the likes of Cadbury’s by highlighting slavery within the chocolate industry. By educating consumers (and producing delicious, ethically-sourced chocolate), they’ve become a go-to choice for many chocolate-lovers. If you’re interested to find out about challenger brands, we recommend taking a look at our article that delves into the different types of challenger brands and how you can build your own challenger brand strategy. 🙌 --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/ecommerce-terms-glossary/consignment Title: Consignment | Dash Glossary Blog Meta Description: Consignment is a popular trading method, particularly in the retail industry. Learn why this could be a business method for your brand. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/ecommerce-terms-glossary/consignment ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Consignment H3: What is consignment? H3: How do consignment sales work? H3: What are the pros and cons of consignment deals? H3: How to set up a consignment deal? ## Main Content: H1: Consignment H3: What is consignment? H3: How do consignment sales work? H3: What are the pros and cons of consignment deals? H3: How to set up a consignment deal? Consignment is a popular trading method, particularly in the retail industry. Instead of buying loads of stock upfront, you could get your goods on consignment, meaning you only pay for what you sell. A consignment store usually specialises in one type of consumer goods such as clothes, beauty products or second-hand furniture. Say you’re a retailer selling beauty products. You may source those products from another business, like a wholesaler. If you set up a consignment deal with another business, you’ll need to agree on two things: revenue split and a time frame for selling the products. Let’s say you (the consignor) expect to sell 100 bottles of foundation in one month and agree to do a 50/50 revenue split. For every ÂŁ10 you make on a bottle, you’ll give your wholesaler (the consignee) ÂŁ5 in return. That’s ÂŁ500 back to your wholesaler if you sell all your stock. However, if you don’t sell everything within that month, you can return it free of charge. That’s provided you get the goods back to the wholesaler before the agreed deadline. The biggest benefit of a consignment deal is that you, the consignor, won’t need to pay anything upfront. Setting yourself up as a consignment shop is ideal if you don’t have lots of budget behind you yet. However, it does mean you need to rely on your consignee to provide you with a steady supply of products. And, if you have lots of products left over that you can’t shift, you might end up paying some hefty fees if you don’t return them on time. But that’s something you can bear in mind when you’re making your orders. If you’re ready to buy goods on consignment, here are some tips to setting up a good deal: First things first, you’ll need a wholesale vendor who offers goods on consignment. Luckily, there are loads of wholesalers who use this model. For anyone using Shopify to host their online store, there are a number of Shopify apps you can use to find the best wholesale products. For example, Wholesale Genius lets you find vendors, products and assign competitive prices. 2. Draw up your consignment deal Once you’ve formed a relationship with your vendor, it’s time to draw up a mutually beneficial agreement. This is when you’ll agree on pricing and the consignment fee which sets out how much profit you’ll send back to the vendor. You’ll also discuss where the goods will be stored and the time frame in which they should be sold. Many wholesalers will require you to make a minimum order - for e.g. 500 bottles of foundation, which you’ll need to sell within X amount of days. Getting this all written up and signed on paper will ensure you’re both on the same page. 3. Market your products Finally, if you want sales, you’ll need to do some marketing! This is when you’ll set up a website, create your social channels and start spreading the word about your products. Take a look at our guide to ecommerce marketing to get started. ✹ --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/ecommerce-terms-glossary/dropshipping Title: Dropshipping | Dash Glossary Blog Meta Description: Dropshipping is a business model often used by ecommerce brands. Discover how you can set-up your own dropshipping business with these simple steps. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/ecommerce-terms-glossary/dropshipping ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Dropshipping H3: What is dropshipping and how does it work? H3: What are the benefits of dropshipping? H3: What are the cons of dropshipping? H3: How do I set up a dropshipping business? ## Main Content: H1: Dropshipping H3: What is dropshipping and how does it work? H3: What are the benefits of dropshipping? H3: What are the cons of dropshipping? H3: How do I set up a dropshipping business? Dropshipping is a business model often used by ecommerce brands. When a customer orders a product from an online store, the retailer then orders from a third-party supplier who’ll ship the product directly to the customer. Dropshipping is an order-fullfilment method that means you - as an ecommerce store owner - don’t need to hold any inventory. When a customer orders from your store, you’ll send that order over to your third-party supplier (the dropshipper). You could do this manually, or use an app that does it automatically. Once the dropshipper has received your order, they’ll pack it up and ship it directly to your customer. It's important to note that products ordered through a dropshipper often won’t have your branding on - nor will you get the opportunity to customise it. Instead, they’ll usually be branded and packaged by the supplier. For ecommerce, there are loads of benefits to starting a dropshipping business. You can get up and running quickly, test out the market and let somebody else handle the logistics. Let’s take a look in more detail: You’re setting up an online gift store, but you’re not sure what products your customers will actually buy. No problem! You can list as many products as you like with absolutely no cost to you. If it turns out that your customers hate socks, you don’t have to list them on your site. You can experiment with new products instead. It’s entirely up to you. Get up and running quickly All you really need to set up a dropshipping store is a website, some knowledge of marketing and good dropshipping services with quality products. Of course, you’ll need to make sure you’re GDPR compliant and you’re using secure payment methods. But you won’t need to order loads of products or do market research before going live. Your dropshipper will take care of packaging and delivery. This will considerably reduce your staffing and shipping costs. You won’t be paying for a warehouse, warehouse staff or delivery vehicles. This gives you more room to focus on brand awareness and product marketing. Sell products internationally The great thing about dropshipping is that you can send products pretty much anywhere in the world. Maybe you’ve got a customer base in America, but you’re based in the UK. If you pick a US dropshipper, there’ll likely be fewer shipping restrictions. Like any business model, there are downsides to dropshipping too. It’s harder to quality-check products and there’s a lot of competition. This doesn’t mean you should rule it out, these are just some things to bear in mind. You can’t customise your products As we’ve mentioned, dropshipped products usually won’t have your branding on. But this isn’t always a bad thing. Just take a look at Notebook Therapy and Mooshe Socks. You probably wouldn’t even realise that these are dropship ecommerce stores. Their branding and product positioning is what gets them their customers. If you do want to add your own branding to your products, consider using white label goods. You can’t quality-check your products When goods are sent by a dropshipper directly to your customer, you won’t be able to check the quality of the products. The only way you’ll know there’s something wrong is if your customers complain or leave negative reviews. The good news is that there are loads of great, top-quality suppliers out there. But if you pick a bad egg by accident, it could damage your brand’s reputation well. 😖 If you pick a reputable dropshipper, chances are your competitor retailers are using them too. This can make it hard to set yourself apart from the competition. That’s why your marketing and branding needs to be on point. You may be selling socks from the same dropshipper as your competitors, but if your website, customer service and messaging are all unique, your audience is likely to remember you in the future. Let’s say you want to set up an online business that sells gifts. You don’t have much budget, and you don’t have a warehouse to fill with loads of products. Dropshipping could be your best option, especially if you’re not guaranteed loads of sales (yet). Instead of ordering loads of stock from a wholesaler, you can wait for the customers to order first. Here’s how it works: Set up your online store Setting up an online store should be relatively easy. Platforms like Shopify and Big Commerce will host the entire customer journey for you. These systems are easy to use and designed for non-web developers to get started quickly. Find dropshipping suppliers If you use Shopify, there are loads of dropshipping apps that you can integrate with. For example, Oberlo and Spocket help you choose the right products for your customers, as well as the dropshipping suppliers who can deliver for you. This is handy if you’re not sure what you want to sell. And Eprolo helps you manage supply chains and create custom packages for your consumers. If you’re thinking about manufacturing your own products, but don’t have the warehouse space, you can opt for Amazon’s Fulfillment by Amazon (FBA). They’ll store, pack and deliver your customer orders for you. ⚠ Be warned: there are some fake dropshippers out there. The easiest way to check if a dropshipper is legit is to call up the manufacturer of your product and ask for recommendations. Choose the dropshipping products you want to sell Once you’ve set up a website and found your dropshippers, it’ll be time to list some products. If you’re just starting out, we recommend you start with a limited range of products. For example, you might want to just sell socks and mugs in your gift store. This gives you a chance to test the market and see what products resonate with your audience. Determine your pricing and profit margins The beauty of dropshipping is that you can usually set your own prices. You’ll of course want to make a profit, but you won’t want to price yourself out of the competition. As a starting point, most ecommerce businesses make, on average, 15%-20% profit on dropshipped products. Launch your marketing channels Now you’ve got everything set up, it’s time to attract some customers! That means creating a marketing strategy. It doesn’t have to be anything too complicated. After all, dropshipping allows you to test the market and adjust accordingly. Just take a look at our guide to selling products on Shopify to get started. --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/ecommerce-terms-glossary/ean Title: EAN (European Article Number) | Dash Glossary Blog Meta Description: A European Article Number (EAN), also known as International Article Number, is a type of barcode unique to your products. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/ecommerce-terms-glossary/ean ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: EAN (European Article Number) ## Main Content: H1: EAN (European Article Number) A European Article Number (EAN), also known as International Article Number, is a type of barcode unique to your products. You’ll need one when selling physical products into most countries outside of North America. It consists of 13 digits. The first three digits represent the country code, the next four digits signify the manufacturer of the product, and the final six digits represent the product code. EAN is a type of global trade item number (GTIN). If you’re interested in the benefits EANs bring to your ecommerce brand, check out the section in our GTIN definition. --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/ecommerce-terms-glossary/ecommerce Title: Ecommerce | Dash Glossary Blog Meta Description: Ecommerce - also spelled e-commerce or eCommerce - is short for 'electronic commerce' and is the process of selling products online. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/ecommerce-terms-glossary/ecommerce ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Ecommerce H3: What is an ecommerce business? H3: What are the benefits of an ecommerce store? H3: What are the disadvantages of ecommerce? H3: Different types of ecommerce business models H3: Top platforms for your ecommerce website H3: Different ecommerce marketplaces H3: Starting your ecommerce business ## Main Content: H1: Ecommerce H3: What is an ecommerce business? H3: What are the benefits of an ecommerce store? H3: What are the disadvantages of ecommerce? H3: Different types of ecommerce business models H3: Top platforms for your ecommerce website H3: Different ecommerce marketplaces H3: Starting your ecommerce business Ecommerce - also spelled e-commerce or eCommerce - is short for 'electronic commerce' and is the process of selling products online. It gives internet users the freedom to buy whatever they want from anywhere in the world. From clothes to furniture, pet food to houseplants, there’s nothing you can’t get on the web. Let’s unpack everything about ecommerce and how you can get started with your own online business. 👇 First off, ecommerce stores are different from ‘traditional’ retailers. There’s no brick-and-mortar store, meaning customers can’t pick up and touch products before they buy. Instead, they have to rely on your website’s product images, videos and descriptions to understand what your product or service is. But, this does mean you can sell to pretty much anyone, anywhere in the world. Even if you do own a physical shop, having an online store opens up so many more opportunities. Thanks to the internet, ecommerce has exploded over the last decade. In fact, it’s rare for a retailer not to have an online presence. Here are some benefits of running an ecommerce business: Sell products internationally - as we’ve mentioned, ecommerce lets you sell internationally. After a customer purchases one of your products online, you’ll either send it from your warehouse via courier or dropship directly to their front door. If you sell exclusively online, you won’t be paying for staff to work in your stores, meaning you can focus that spend on your marketing and brand building. Work from anywhere - you can sell from anywhere in the world. From a very basic point of view, all you need is a laptop, a good website, and a marketing plan and away you go. 🚀 Lots of tech at your fingertips - from ecommerce marketing apps to inventory management, there are loads of software products that’ll make running your ecommerce store easier. In fact, our own digital asset management tool, Dash, has been built for this very reason. 😇 Keep all your product images and brand graphics in one central location, ready to deploy to your marketing channels. Take advantage of mobile shopping - 25% of internet users do online shopping from their mobile. That’s a lot of people. If you have an ecommerce website, you’ll easily be able to optimise it for mobile. Gather data on your customers - the beauty of the internet means there are lots of ways you can understand your customers better. You can see what products they like best, and why they might be abandoning their shopping carts. You’ll also be able to target them with newsletters, promotions and SMS to encourage them to come back. There aren’t many disadvantages to ecommerce, but it’s good to understand some of the challenges you might face: Lots of competition - ecommerce is fairly easy to get started with, which means the competition is fierce. That’s why it’s recommended you choose a niche market and target your audience accordingly. Takes longer for your audience to trust you - if you sell exclusively online, your audience can’t test out your products in-store. So you’ve got to work harder to win them over. Building trust and loyalty will come into your marketing strategy, but some things to consider are: There are six major ecommerce business models. Each one specifies how you trade with your end buyer. Let’s take a look at each: Business-to-business (B2B) Business-to-business is where you sell goods to other businesses. For example, if you sell office supplies, your core customer base will be businesses that need stationary. You’ll also get paid via the company’s finance team, rather than an individual. Business-to-consumer (B2C) Business-to-consumer is where you sell to individuals, rather than a business. In ecommerce, this is often referred to as direct-to-consumer (D2C). Payment will come from personal bank accounts, rather than a finance team. Consumer-to-consumer (C2C) Consumer-to-consumer is where individuals sell to other individuals, but they aren’t registered as a business. Sites that offer C2C are usually second-hand marketplaces like eBay, Gumtree and Facebook marketplace. Consumer-to-business (C2B) Consumer-to-business isn’t a typical business model - but it’s still valuable nonetheless. An example of C2C is when a customer writes a review or participates in customer research in return for an incentive. Business-to-government (B2G) Like it says on the tin, B2G is where private businesses sell products and services to the government. This could be a software company creating new tech systems for the public health sector. Typically, private companies land government projects by bidding on requests for proposals (RPFs). Business-to-business-to-consumer (B2B2C) This one is a bit of a mouthful, but B2B2C is when a business sells to another business whose intention is to sell directly to the consumer. Examples of B2B2C partnerships include wholesalers who sell to retailers. The retailer will then sell directly to the consumer. B2B2C is a collaborative partnership that benefits everyone involved. If you’re thinking of launching an ecommerce store, you’ll need a website. Luckily, there are lots of ecommerce platforms designed for non-web developers that’ll get you up and running in no time. Here are some of the most popular: Shopify is one of the most popular ecommerce platforms in the world. It’s an all-in-one ecommerce hosting service, that supports you throughout your customer's entire lifecycle. From web templates to payment options, on-page SEO and product distribution, you can run your business solely through Shopify if you wanted to. There’s also an extensive app store that lets you plug into tools to help you market and sell your product. You can check out our list of Shopify apps to discover more. ✹ BigCommerce is also hugely popular amongst ecommerce brands. Like Shopify, you can set up and run your store directly through the app. BigCommerce also has lots of built-in sales features including coupon setup, digital wallets and merchandising. For anyone using a WordPress website, you can’t go too wrong with WooCommerce. This is a plug-in that’ll transform your site into a fully functioning ecommerce store. Features include inventory management, shipping updates and secure payments. It doesn't end with your ecommerce website. There are loads of ecommerce marketplaces where you can buy new products for your store, or sell products to expand your audience reach. Here are some common ecommerce marketplaces for you to get started with: If you’re ready to launch your ecommerce business then you’ll be happy to know there are tonnes of resources on the web to help you out. You can check out some of ours below: Your guide to ecommerce marketing strategies - marketing is key to helping people find your brand and products. In this guide, you’ll find some advice on getting started, along with examples of strategies from some of our favourite DTC / ecommerce businesses. How to get more sales on Shopify - tips on why you might not be getting as many Shopify sales as you like and how you can improve your store. An ecommerce guide to an influencer marketing strategy - influencers are a fantastic way to get more eyeballs on your brand, and more buyers for your products. This guide will teach you everything you need to get started. Social media guides: How to create a TikTok marketing strategyAn ecommerce brand’s guide to Instagram ads How to create Facebook ads --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/ecommerce-terms-glossary/gtin Title: GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) | Dash Glossary Blog Meta Description: GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) is a unique code used to identify a specific product or product variant in the supply chain. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/ecommerce-terms-glossary/gtin ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) H3: What are the different types of GTINs? H3: What are the benefits of GTIN for ecommerce brands? ## Main Content: H1: GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) H3: What are the different types of GTINs? H3: What are the benefits of GTIN for ecommerce brands? GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) is a unique code used to identify a specific product or product variant in the supply chain. This is a standardized system that lets ecommerce brands accurately track their products as they move through the supply chain, from the manufacturer to the retailer and eventually to the consumer. The GTIN is usually encoded as a barcode. This means it can be scanned by a barcode reader to accurately identify the product. There are several different variations of GTINs. These are: UPC (Universal Product Code) for products sold in the United States and CanadaEAN (International Article Number) for products sold in Europe and other parts of the world.ISBN (International Standard Book Number) for books. There are a few key benefits using GTINs can bring to ecommerce brands. Let’s get into it: Better supply chain efficiency: GTINs help streamline the supply chain with a standard way to identify and track products. This helps reduce human error, ultimately leading to cost savings for ecommerce brands. Better product discoverability: As GTIN is a standard system, search engines use it categorise and classify products. So if you’re a brand, using GTINs will increase the discoverability of your products online. Better security: GTINs can also be used to prevent counterfeiting and fraud by providing a unique identifier for each product. --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/ecommerce-terms-glossary/headless-commerce Title: Headless commerce | Dash Glossary Blog Meta Description: Headless commerce lets ecommerce brands split out their front-end (like their online store) from their back-end systems (like inventory and order processing). Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/ecommerce-terms-glossary/headless-commerce ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Headless commerce H3: What’s headless commerce? H3: What types of ecommerce businesses would benefit from headless commerce? H3: Does Shopify support headless commerce? ## Main Content: H1: Headless commerce H3: What’s headless commerce? H3: What types of ecommerce businesses would benefit from headless commerce? H3: Does Shopify support headless commerce? Headless commerce lets ecommerce brands split out their front-end (like their online store) from their back-end systems (like inventory and order processing). This makes it easier to quickly make changes to their front-end. For an ecommerce business, being able to experiment and make changes to their online store should be an important part of their growth strategy. To explain headless commerce, you’ll first need to know what we mean by front-end and back-end systems. Front-end means the part of your ecommerce tech stack that a customer interacts with directly - like the user interface (UI) of your online store. Back-end systems are the processes and tools that a customer never sees or interacts with directly, like your order fulfilment tools. In a traditional ecommerce setup, these two systems are closely integrated, making it difficult to make changes or updates to the front-end without affecting the back-end. Headless commerce splits out front-end and back-end systems. This makes it possible for businesses to make changes to their UI without having to worry about it affecting anything else. What are the advantages and drawbacks of headless commerce? These are some of the benefits of adopting headless commerce: But, as with anything, there are drawbacks to headless commerce: More complexity: By breaking apart your front and back ends, you’ll have to deal with a complex setup. This can be challenging for businesses that aren’t familiar with this type of setup, and you might need in-house developer support. Headless commerce can be a good fit for a variety of ecommerce businesses, including those in these categories: Shopify supports headless commerce. It has a feature called ‘Storefront API’ that allows developers to build custom storefronts using any technology stack while still using Shopify as the back-end system. However, Shopify isn’t a fully headless ecommerce platform. This means that brands using Shopify are still going to be limited to the features and functionality provided by the platform. To fully take advantage of the benefits of headless commerce, businesses might want to use a more specialised platform or build their own back-end system. --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/ecommerce-terms-glossary/lifestyle-photography Title: Lifestyle shots | Dash Glossary Blog Meta Description: Lifestyle photography aims to tell a story about your brand and capture the emotions of your target audience. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/ecommerce-terms-glossary/lifestyle-photography ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Lifestyle shots H3: Why is lifestyle photography important for ecommerce brands? H3: Where to use lifestyle shots? H3: Tips for creating lifestyle photography H3: Examples of lifestyle photography H3: Get started with lifestyle photography ## Main Content: H1: Lifestyle shots H3: Why is lifestyle photography important for ecommerce brands? H3: Where to use lifestyle shots? H3: Tips for creating lifestyle photography H4: Understand your audience H4: Pick a location H4: Try out different activities H4: Test out different camera settings H4: Make use of user-generated content H3: Examples of lifestyle photography H3: Get started with lifestyle photography Lifestyle photography aims to tell a story about your brand and capture the emotions of your target audience. Think of it as a glimpse into someone’s life or a particular scenario. It shows customers how your products can fit into their lifestyle, or how your products help buyers meet a goal or aspiration. Lifestyle photography should be a key aspect of your visual marketing strategy. In fact, 75% of ecommerce shoppers say product photos influence their buying decisions. If you showcase your products in a relatable, real-life setting, it’s easier to create an emotional connection with your customers. This will increase the chance of a conversion. đŸ€‘ Take home pizza oven brand, Gozney. They use lifestyle images to capture a particular emotion: the feeling of eating homemade with friends in the great outdoors. đŸ•ïž This lifestyle photo on their homepage doesn’t feature one of their products. But it does make you want to eat a slice of delicious pizza (which you can do with one of their ovens 😉). You could use lifestyle photography on your homepage, ads, social feeds - really anywhere you can think of. You could even use them on your product pages. But make sure they’re not too abstract - customers want a detailed look at your products. Take a look at Finisterre to see how they get a balance between product and lifestyle photography on their product pages. If you want to create your own lifestyle images, you’ll want to decide whether you’re going to do it yourself or hire and brief a professional lifestyle photographer. Either way, here are some tips to help you with your shoot: Chances are you’ll already know what kind of customer you’re trying to attract. For example, you might be an activewear brand targeting people living in the city. In this case, your lifestyle photography will need to reflect your customers’ goals and/or lifestyle. Do they take early morning jogs through the streets? Or would they rather go on a countryside hike at the weekends? Based on your target audience, you’ll need to pick a location. You might have different locations for different scenarios; an urban location for the runners and a beautiful forest for the hikers. You’ll also need to consider what kind of weather you’ll be happy with and if your shot will work in a crowded or more secluded location. Make sure you’ve got a back-up plan if the weather turns bad (unless, of course, you want some moody shots in the rain. ⛈). This isn’t a studio shoot. Your lifestyle photos need to feel authentic and relatable to your audience. One way to do this is to ask your models to try out different activities. If you’re shooting a family setting for your sofa brand, you could ask your models to play games, read a book to the kids or build a pillow fort (why not!). This’ll make the scene feel more natural - as though you (the photographer) aren’t even there. Whether you’ve got a pro camera or you’re shooting from your phone, there’s loads of different camera settings that might help you capture different moods and angles. For example, you could set your camera to ‘burst’ to take a series of photos super quickly. Or, adjust the shutter speed on your camera for capturing movement. Who better to show your products in action than your customers? Rather than go on extensive photoshoots, you could use user-generated content to help potential buyers understand how real customers are using your product. Sustainable baby homeware brand, Lalo, use loads of adorable lifestyle photos on their website. These images promote a lifestyle that many parents aspire to - raising happy kids in a clutter-free, modern environment. Even if the reality is far from perfect, Lalo are promoting sustainable living that can slot into a young family’s day-to-day life. Plant brand, Patch, post UGC lifestyle photography on their Instagram page to show how good their products look in their customers’ homes. Scrolling through their feed is like looking through an interior design magazine. It helps that they feature pets, too. đŸ¶ Handbag and accessory brand, Kelly Wynne (one of our customers), rely heavily on lifestyle photography to promote their brand vision. Their goal is to give women confidence through accessories. This is clear as soon as you click on their homepage. Kaitlyn, the brand’s VP of Brand, Demand and Community, told us how important this type of photography is for Kelly Wynne: “The biggest thing for us is not just photography, but use-case photography. We can make it look like a really pretty bag, but if it's two-dimensional, and you can't see it in life, it's hard to picture.” Ready to build a catalogue of lifestyle shots for your brand? Check out some resources to help you get started: --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/ecommerce-terms-glossary/logistics Title: Logistics | Dash Glossary Blog Meta Description: Logistics describe the process of how a company manages, stores and delivers their goods. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/ecommerce-terms-glossary/logistics ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Logistics H3: What is logistics management? H3: What is supply chain management? H3: How to manage logistics for my ecommerce business? ## Main Content: H1: Logistics H3: What is logistics management? H3: What is supply chain management? H3: How to manage logistics for my ecommerce business? Logistics describe the process of how a company manages, stores and delivers their goods. It's an umbrella term that refers to how a company stores, manages and delivers goods. Basically, it’s a way of ensuring products get from A âžĄïž B. There are several moving parts that make up the logistics process. From inventory management and warehousing to customer service and returns, each part ensures products get from the warehouse to the end consumer. Let’s get into more detail. ✹ Say you’re an online company selling beauty products. Ecommerce logistics management is the process of getting those products made, delivered to your warehouse and shipped to your customers. The bigger your organisation, the more complicated your logistics. In this case, you may need a team dedicated to managing it. This team will organise the delivery of products from the factory to the warehouse. They’ll ensure orders from your customer service team are packaged by the warehouse. And they’ll organise vehicles to deliver products to your customers. 🚚 When looking at logistics for ecommerce, it’s important to understand how it fits within your overall supply chain management. This is the overarching process of sourcing raw materials, getting them turned into products and delivering them to your consumer. Here are the key stages of supply chain management: 1. Plan what raw materials are needed to meet consumer demand This is often done by looking at previous years’ trends and understanding what’s going on with consumers. For example, a supermarket might increase its stock of BBQs during the summer months because they know they’re most popular when the longer, warmer evenings draw in. 2. Sourcing the raw materials Supply chain management will ensure there are enough raw materials available to produce the BBQs. They’ll source them from suppliers and get them delivered to the factory. 3. Creating the products Next up is getting the BBQ manufactured. This will probably be done in a factory using assembly lines and machinery. Effective supply chain management will make sure there’s little waste of raw materials and there are enough employees to create the products. 4. Delivering the products The next step is getting the finished BBQs to the consumers. They will involve delivering to the supermarket and fulfilling the customers' orders. Additionally, companies will need to set up return processes in case their products don’t meet customer expectations. This will all form part of a feedback loop, which will, in turn, improve supply chain management and your ecommerce logistics. Logistics management can seem daunting - especially if you’re a small team managing a huge product catalogue. Luckily, there are some handy apps that’ll do the job for you. 🙌 Here are some to get you started: --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/ecommerce-terms-glossary/niche Title: Niche markets | Dash Glossary Blog Meta Description: A niche is a specific segment of the consumer market. Defining your niche can help you stand out against competitors. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/ecommerce-terms-glossary/niche ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Niche markets H3: What are some examples of niche markets? H3: What are the benefits and challenges of niche markets? H3: How to pick a niche? H3: Create a niche marketing strategy ## Main Content: H1: Niche markets H3: What are some examples of niche markets? H3: What are the benefits and challenges of niche markets? H3: How to pick a niche? H3: Create a niche marketing strategy A niche is a specific segment of the consumer market. Think ‘vegan pet toys’ or ‘eco-friendly watering cans’. It caters to a very specific set of customers and, when done right, can be incredibly lucrative for your business. Say you sell pet products. Without any specialisation, you’ll be targeted ‘pet owners’ - that’s a big potential customer base with lots of competition. Now imagine you sell vegan-friendly pet products. Your customer base will be smaller, but there won’t be as many brands selling the same products. It also means you can be targeted with your messaging and campaigns. With the right positioning and marketing, you could become the go-to brand for vegan-friendly pet products. There are some broad markets that encompass a number of different niches. For example: Within each of these categories there are customers who have specific needs, and brands who cater to them. For example, accessory and handbag brand Kelly Wynne, (one of our customers) doesn’t just sell handbags. They’ve identified a niche market of people who need transparent, fashionable handbags to help them get through airport security. Likewise, DTC brand, Goodrays, sell CBD-infused drinks to promote relaxation and stress relief. Although the CBD market is growing - meaning more competition - Goodrays have built up a loyal customer base within their niche, making them a popular choice for anyone looking for CBD products. Picking a niche market has loads of benefits, but it’s important to know the challenges too. Let’s have a look at both: Firstly, having a niche market means you can be way more targeted with your marketing. You can use targeted keywords in your paid ads, and you can be more specific in your content marketing. You’ll can also launch Facebook and Instagram ads aimed at a smaller, niche audience, rather than spending lots of money going after a large segment of people. There’ll also be less competition, which means you can quickly build brand awareness and become the go-to brand in your niche. There may be less competition, but having a niche market means you risk being over-shadowed if a huge, well-known brand decides to swoop in on your market. That’s why your brand awareness is so important. Another drawback is if your niche is suddnely just not that popular anymore. Do you remember when kids used to walk around in light-up trainers? What about fidget spinners that had a resurgence a couple of years ago? Some niche products go in and out of popularity and sometimes, there’s not a lot you can do about it. đŸ€·â€â™€ïž Pretty much any market will have a niche that you can focus on. If you’re an established ecommerce brand, chances are there are lots of unique problems you can solve for your audience. This, in turn, will help you discover your niche. Here are some tips to get you started: It’s hard to discover your niche before you’ve built an audience. Likewise, it’s hard to build an audience before you’ve settled on a niche. It’s a bit of a Catch-22. But, there are some small things you can do to build an audience: If you’re picking a niche based on trending products, you’ll need to be conscious that trends do fluctuate. Shampoo bars probably weren’t as popular five years ago because there wasn’t such an awareness of the environmental impact of plastic waste. However, if you build up a loyal customer base, you’re less likely to lose sales when trends dip. These customers will always have your back. đŸ’Ș Once you’ve found your niche, it’ll be time to market it. The great thing about niche marketing is you’ll be able to be super-targeted because you’ll know exactly what your audience wants. Take a look at our ecommerce marketing strategy guide to get started. ✹ --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/ecommerce-terms-glossary/private-label Title: Private label products | Dash Glossary Blog Meta Description: A private label is a product manufactured by a third-party supplier and sold exclusively under a retailer’s brand. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/ecommerce-terms-glossary/private-label ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Private label products H3: Private label vs. white label - what’s the difference? H3: What are the advantages of private labelling? H3: What are the disadvantages of private labelling? H3: How do I get started with private label manufacturers? ## Main Content: H1: Private label products H3: Private label vs. white label - what’s the difference? H3: What are the advantages of private labelling? H3: What are the disadvantages of private labelling? H3: How do I get started with private label manufacturers? A private label is a product manufactured by a third-party supplier and sold exclusively under a retailer’s brand. Not every business is able to produce the products they sell on their own. Think of a growing fashion brand. They might design their garments and specify what materials they should be made from, but they’re unlikely to own a factory or employ staff to make their clothes. Instead, they turn to third-party manufacturers. These manufacturers have the necessary equipment and workforce to produce garments and sell their services to retailers. The fashion brand can then sell the products they’ve designed exclusively - without having to invest setting up their own manufacturing operation. From small, growing companies to giants like Amazon, you’ll find private label brands across almost all sectors of the ecommerce industry. The two terms are easily confused as they both involve brands selling products which they haven’t produced themselves. But there’s a key difference. With private labelling, the product is designed specifically for the company who will sell the product. The retailer will often be heavily involved in the manufacturing process, deciding on the materials, colours and quality of the product with the manufacturer. And it’s also exclusive to that brand - you won’t be able to buy the product from any other company. A white label product isn’t exclusive to any one retailer like a private label product is. For white label products, the packaging and brand name might be different across the retailers selling it, but the product remains the same. A good example of this happening is in the supermarket industry, where supermarkets work with white label manufacturers on their ‘own brand’ range. As you’d expect for a practice that’s prevalent across the ecommerce industry, there can be major benefits of private labelling to your business. Here’s a few: Profit margins - The profit margins for private label products are usually higher than if you were to produce the product yourself. That’s because a lot of the cost for creating a product, from sourcing materials to actually making it, is absorbed by your contracted manufacturer. Less investment needed - The above point leads us nicely to this advantage, too. Because you don’t need to rent a factory, build a supply chain from scratch or hire a manufacturing workforce, you can reduce the costs involved in creating your product. This makes it cheaper to get going - and also frees up more budget for your marketing spend. Quicker to get going - Using a third-party manufacturer means you’re able to make use of their expertise, established supply chain and existing set-up. This means it’s faster to get your product into production than if you were to build out all of that yourself. More control than white label products - As the product will be created exclusively for your brand, most private-labelling manufacturers will work collaboratively with you on the materials, product quality and design features. This is a big draw over white labelling, where the only customisation options available happen in post-production when you repackage and brand your product. There’s also drawbacks to private labelling which are worth noting before you get going. Slower than white label products - If speed is critical, you might want to consider your options. While private label products are quicker to produce than products you’d create yourself, they’re slower to create than white label goods. After all, white label products are pre-made and ready for you to sell. Dependency on manufacturer - This can be a drawback to outsourcing any aspect of your business. By using a third-party manufacturer, you’re reliant on them for the production of your goods. That means if they were to suffer logistical issues or (in the worst case) go into administration, the supply of your product could be severely affected. You might want to counteract this by using a few different manufacturers for various products to lessen your risk. Ethical considerations - You’re placing a good deal of trust in your manufacturer that their business practices are above-board and aligned with your brand’s ethics. This could be an important part of your consideration process as you decide which supplier to go with. Less control than self-made products - Private labelling won’t ever give you as much control over production as creating your own product will. That might not be important to your brand right now, but as you grow you might want to take some manufacturing processes in-house. If you’re interested in setting up an agreement with a private label business, here’s some steps you could follow: --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/ecommerce-terms-glossary/product-bundling Title: Product bundling | Dash Glossary Blog Meta Description: Product bundling is when you collect together a selection of related products and sell them at a discounted price. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/ecommerce-terms-glossary/product-bundling ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Product bundling H3: Why bundle products? H3: Different types of bundling H3: The benefits and drawbacks of product bundling H3: Examples of bundling in marketing ## Main Content: H1: Product bundling H3: Why bundle products? H3: Different types of bundling H3: The benefits and drawbacks of product bundling H4: Benefits of product bundling H4: Drawbacks of product bundling H3: Examples of bundling in marketing Product bundling is when you collect together a selection of related products and sell them at a discounted price. It’s a great tactic for ecommerce brands who want to encourage new sales or get rid of slow-moving stock. Offering bundles (also referred to as ‘packages’) can also help with upselling or cross-selling new products and reduce cart abandonment. You may be wondering what you’ll gain by bundling your products. After all, it’ll involve offering a discount in order to incentivize your customers to purchase multiple products. But think about it. If a customer is adding items to their cart, but they’re not feeling fully committed to purchasing yet, a product bundle might be just what they need to get through the checkout. You probably come across bundled products all the time - you might not even realise it. Here are some examples of product bundling in marketing: If you’re considering a product bundling strategy, take a look at some of these benefits and drawbacks before you get started: As with anything, there are some drawbacks that you might want to consider before creating bundles: If you think product bundling will work for your brand, here are some tips to get started, along with examples from ecommerce brands: Find your most popular products What are your best-selling products? You can use these to build a leader product bundle. Make sure the complementary products you’re adding to your bundle are relevant and make sense when bought together. Here’s an example from Remarkable, who combine their high-ticket tablet with some must-have accessories. Group similar products together This is ideal if you sell one type of product. For example, Vacay offers multi-packs which are cheaper per can than if you bought them individually. Create seasonal product bundles You don’t need to worry about bundles all year round. But you can make the most of seasonal shopping holidays. Take Kosas Cosmetics. You can make a collection of different make up items to create a gift set - it makes the perfect Christmas gift.✹ Offer extras at the checkout Customers might not know what they want until they see it. 👀 Offer them the bundles of products related to the item they’re buying, which they can create at the checkout. Take this example from Scuf Gaming. --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/ecommerce-terms-glossary/product-positioning Title: Product positioning | Dash Glossary Blog Meta Description: Product positioning gives clarity on how a product matches your target audience’s needs and what sets it apart from the competition. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/ecommerce-terms-glossary/product-positioning ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Product positioning H3: What should a product positioning statement contain? H3: What are the benefits of product positioning? H3: How can a product position be used? H3: How to create your product position ## Main Content: H1: Product positioning H3: What should a product positioning statement contain? H3: What are the benefits of product positioning? H3: How can a product position be used? H3: How to create your product position Product positioning is a strategic exercise. It gives clarity on how a product matches your target audience’s needs and what sets it apart from the competition. You can do it in-house or get the help of an external agency. It examines how your product matches an audience's needs and stands apart from the competition. Having a positioning strategy is an important part of bringing a new product to market (or reinvigorating an existing one) and can form the foundation of your marketing and sales strategy. There’s no set formula for what product positioning should include, but here’s a few elements that are most common: Your brand mission statement - You might have already written this. But if you haven’t, now’s a good time to do so! Explaining why your brand exists and your attitude to social and environmental responsibility can set a clear framework for how you can position your product. Take zero-waste make-up brand Axiology. They recognise that the beauty industry “creates 120 billion units of packaging waste every year” and have made “ending plastic waste in the ocean” a key part of their brand mission. Their plastic-free, zero-waste and refillable beauty products are a core part of how they’re achieving this. Target market - This is where you state the audience you think is the best match for your product. When deciding this, think of the opportunities a specific target audience might represent and whether you feel like you could realistically reach them. For instance, maybe you’ve identified a specific subset of people who could form a niche market [link when live] for your product. Let’s go back to Axiology - they’ve clearly identified a niche target market of eco-conscious lipstick wearers who care about their impact on the planet, and who weren’t being served properly by bigger beauty brands. Customer persona - A customer persona is more detailed and specific than a target market. While a target market identifies a wide group of people your product suits, a customer persona zeroes in on the different types of people within that group - and what makes them tick. That means you can have several customer personas sitting under a single target market. Knowing more about your customer is going to help you properly position your product. Think about the channels that influence them, what their biggest pain points are, and the specific features about your product that appeal to them. Competitor analysis - What sets your product apart from your competitors? And how will you articulate this to your potential customers? In ecommerce especially, competition is fierce and you’re often going toe-to-toe with other brands in a crowded marketplace. Properly surveying your competitors and being realistic about their strengths (and weaknesses) should be an important part in your product differentiation and will help you form your go-to-market strategy. Go through a competitor’s website, social channels and reviews. What information and ideas can you pull from them? For this, use a tried-and-tested framework like SWOT (which stands for strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, and threats). Messaging - Once you’ve set your brand mission, customer personas and competitive analysis, you can start to pull it all together into messaging ideas. Go back through interviews with customers, look at your reviews - and check out the reviews of your competitor’s, too. From these, put together messaging examples your marketing team can test, validate and build upon. A good product positioning statement can bring clarity and focus to everything product-related your brand tries to do. The benefits include: Internal consensus - This is often an overlooked part of doing exercises like this, but it’s important. Going through product positioning should get everyone on the same page and ensure the work your company’s doing is aligned. Getting closer to your customer - Writing a product positioning statement is a great excuse to actually talk to your customers. They’ll explain their pain points and what they like about your product - and they might say something which triggers a lightbulb moment for you. Gives focus to your marketing - Agreeing a product position will make any marketing you do later down the line much more focused. Let’s go back to Axiology. With a clear product position and understanding of their audience, they’re able to look for targeted marketing opportunities - like working with environmentally-conscious beauty influencers. A clear product position that everyone agrees on can be used across different teams. Product - Your product team can use your positioning for future development. For instance, maybe they could enhance a certain feature your customer personas find really appealing.Sales - A succinct positioning statement can help your sales team on the road when they’re pitching to retailers or wholesalers. Marketing - it’ll give marketing a clear direction on how your product fits in the market, and what type of audiences they need to attract. It helps cut down on wasted spend and ensures the activity they’re doing is targeted and relevant. Design and creative - Knowing how your product stands out from the competition will give your design team direction when creating assets. Maybe you’re a waterproof jacket company and you know your customers much prefer the material your garments are made out of over your competitors. If your photographer knows that, they can make sure to take detailed shots of the fabric to show it off. First, decide whether you want to create this yourself or employ an external agency to do it for you. For smaller and growing brands in particular, hiring a positioning agency could be too expensive. Don’t worry if that’s the case, you can create one yourself! Here’s some ideas for how you could get started: Talk to your team - This is a good place to start. Your employees are most likely sitting on their own ideas about your product, market and audience. Run an idea-generation session which captures all of that and unearths some hidden gems. Interview your customers - This is going to be super useful in bringing your personas to life. See if you can offer an incentive in exchange for your customers’ time, like a free product or a gift voucher. Ask what they like (and dislike) about your product. Listen to how they talk about their pain points - you might even be able to lift a few phrases to test in your marketing. Investigate trends and statistics - This is pretty easy to do yourself. You could start with interrogating the data you already have available to you - like demographic information from recent orders for your product. Then you could look at sites like Google Trends or up-to-date industry reports to get a sense of what’s happening within your sector (and how you can best capitalise on it). --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/ecommerce-terms-glossary/returning-customer-rate Title: Returning customer rate | Dash Glossary Blog Meta Description: A returning customer rate is measured by how many times a customer purchases something from your ecommerce store. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/ecommerce-terms-glossary/returning-customer-rate ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Returning customer rate H3: Why is it important to measure your returning customer rate? H3: How to measure your customer return rate? H3: What is a good returning customer rate? H3: What’s a bad returning customer rate? H3: What’s the difference between returning customer rate and customer retention rate? ## Main Content: H1: Returning customer rate H3: Why is it important to measure your returning customer rate? H3: How to measure your customer return rate? H3: What is a good returning customer rate? H3: What’s a bad returning customer rate? H3: What’s the difference between returning customer rate and customer retention rate? A returning customer rate is measured by how many times a customer purchases something from your ecommerce store. Generally, a customer who purchases multiple items during separate website sessions is considered a returning (or repeating) customer. Even if someone buys a product, and then doesn’t purchase again until the following year, they’re still considered a returning customer. Measuring returning customer rates can provide insight into how satisfied customers are with your products. It also indicates a degree of loyalty to your brand, which can help you understand how well your marketing campaigns are going. Returning customer rates can be measured using the following formula: (Number of returning customers / Total number of customers) x 100% This will give you the percentage of customers who have made multiple purchases from your business. For example, if you have 100 total customers and 50 of them have made at least one additional purchase, your returning customer rate would be 50%. To calculate this, you’ll need to track the number of unique customers who’ve made purchases from your business. You can use customer data from your sales records, customer database, or ecommerce platform. Every industry has different standards for returning customer rates, but the average is around 28%. Here’s a breakdown of some returning customer rates: Cosmetics - 2.9%Apparel - 26%Pet products  - 23.5% Coffee - 29.6%CBD - 36.2% Keep in mind that the returning customer rate can be a useful metric for understanding the loyalty of your customer base and the effectiveness of your retention efforts, but it’s only one aspect of customer behaviour. It’s important to track other metrics such as customer lifetime value and customer acquisition cost, too. If your returning customer rate is too high - generally over 50% - it might indicate you’re not doing enough to drive customer acquisition. Or, on a positive note, perhaps you’ve got a cohort of loyal customers who make up the majority of sales. If your returning customer rate is too low, it could indicate that you aren’t meeting your customer’s needs or there’s nothing compelling enough to make them want to buy from you again. Here are a couple of guides if you’re struggling to drum up new sales: You may have heard the term ‘customer retention rate’. It’s basically the same as a returning customer rate. However, ‘returning customers’ are often used for brands that sell physical products online. In other words, customers can make one-off purchases from your store. ‘Retention’ is often used in software or brands that sell subscription-based products. These companies have customers who sign up on a monthly or annual basis. Their goal is to retain them over longer periods of time. --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/ecommerce-terms-glossary/shopping-cart-abandonment-rate Title: Shopping cart abandonment rate | Dash Glossary Blog Meta Description: Shopping cart abandonment rate is important for any ecommerce and DTC company. Here's how to calculate and improve it, so you can sell more products. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/ecommerce-terms-glossary/shopping-cart-abandonment-rate ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Shopping cart abandonment rate H3: How to calculate your shopping cart abandonment rate H3: 4 tips to recover abandoned carts H3: The best cart abandonment solutions ## Main Content: H1: Shopping cart abandonment rate H3: How to calculate your shopping cart abandonment rate H3: 4 tips to recover abandoned carts H3: The best cart abandonment solutions Shopping cart abandonment rate is the percentage of online shoppers who add items to their cart but leave your website without completing their purchase. It's an important metric for ecommerce brands because it shows how many potential customers are leaving without buying anything. By monitoring and analysing the abandonment rate, ecommerce brands can identify issues and make improvements to increase conversion rates and revenue. Here's how to calculate your cart abandonment rate: For example, if you had 500 abandoned carts and 1,500 completed purchases in a month, your calculation would look like this: (500 / (500 + 1,500)) * 100 = 25%. Once you have the abandonment rate, it’s time to figure out why customers are leaving and take steps to reduce it. Common reasons for abandonment include unexpected costs, complicated checkout processes, and lack of trust. To reduce cart abandonment, you could try: Here are some platforms you could use to understand your shopping cart abandonment rate and automate abandoned cart email workflows: --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/ecommerce-terms-glossary/third-party-logistics-3pl Title: Third-party logistics (3PL) | Dash Glossary Blog Meta Description: Find out what third-party logistics (3PL) means and why ecommerce and DTC brands use it. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/ecommerce-terms-glossary/third-party-logistics-3pl ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Third-party logistics (3PL) H3: What is third-party logistics (3PL)? H3: What are the benefits of 3PL? ## Main Content: H1: Third-party logistics (3PL) H3: What is third-party logistics (3PL)? H3: What are the benefits of 3PL? Third-party logistics (or 3PL), is when an ecommerce business hires an outside company to handle their logistics and supply chain activities. Instead of managing logistics themselves, ecommerce businesses can partner with a specialised provider to take care of tasks like storing, transporting, and delivering their products. It's like having a logistics expert on your team, so you can focus on your core business and let the third-party logistics (3PL) provider handle the logistics side of things. Amazon is a well-known example of a business using 3PL providers. When you order a product from Amazon, it doesn’t always ship directly from Amazon's own warehouses. Instead, they work with a network of various other providers who handle the storage and delivery of products from different sellers. By partnering with a 3PL, businesses can benefit from their expertise, infrastructure, and networks. They can save time and money by not having to build and manage their own warehouses or hire a fleet of delivery trucks. Imagine you have a small online business selling handmade jewellery. As your business grows, it becomes challenging to handle all the shipping and inventory management on your own. This is where a 3PL comes in. You can team up with a logistics company that has the expertise and resources to handle these tasks for you. The 3PL provider will store your jewellery in their warehouse, manage your inventory, and ship the products to your customers when orders come in. They'll also take care of any returns or exchanges. This way, you can focus on designing beautiful jewellery and growing your business, while the 3PL takes care of the nitty-gritty logistics details. --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/ecommerce-terms-glossary/universal-product-code Title: Universal product code (UPC) | Dash Glossary Blog Meta Description: Universal product codes (UPCs) are unique 12-digital barcodes that are required for product identification. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/ecommerce-terms-glossary/universal-product-code ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Universal product code (UPC) H3: Why do you need a UPC? H3: What’s the difference between GTIN and EAN? H3: What makes up a UPC barcode? H3: How to get a GTIN or EAN13 code? H3: Do I need a UPC code if I sell online? ## Main Content: H1: Universal product code (UPC) H3: Why do you need a UPC? H3: What’s the difference between GTIN and EAN? H3: What makes up a UPC barcode? H3: How to get a GTIN or EAN13 code? H3: Do I need a UPC code if I sell online? Universal product codes (UPCs) are unique 12-digital barcodes that are required for product identification. They’re usually found on products from North America and Canada. Products from the rest of the world usually have an EAN13 code -but we’ll get into that in just a moment. Let’s say you have an online beauty business and sell shampoo products. You ship hundreds of thousands of shampoo bottles every month to customers around the world. Your UPC number will make each bottle easy to identify. Without a number - nobody will be able to tell one from the other. đŸ€· What’s more, if you’re selling to retailers, they’ll need a way to identify your products for inventory management purposes. Depending on where you manufacture your products will depend on the number of digitals in your UPC. Both GTINs and EANs are recognised by the Global Standards (GS1) - the organisation responsible for international business standards. A UPC barcode will have either an EAN13 or GTIN code that sits underneath a machine-readable barcode. That’s the black and white strip you see on product packaging. Take a look at this diagram which shows the identifiers for each part of the barcode: When you start selling products, you’ll need to assign unique product codes to every single one. To do this, you’ll need to apply to GS1 for a company prefix. You’ll then need to assign product numbers. Once you’ve got this bit sorted, you can start printing your own barcodes, or GS1 will send them to you via email or in the post. The short answer is - yes. If you’re selling on marketplaces like Amazon, you’ll be required to add your product number to each of your listings. This is so they can keep track of what’s listed in their catalogues. Having a registered UPC will also show consumers that you’re a legitimate brand, selling legitimate products. 🙌 --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/ecommerce-terms-glossary/white-label-products Title: White label products | Dash Glossary Blog Meta Description: White label products are ready-made by third-party manufacturers, which you can brand and sell yourself. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/ecommerce-terms-glossary/white-label-products ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: White label products H3: Pros and cons of white labelling H3: What’s the difference between white labelling and private labelling? ## Main Content: H1: White label products H3: Pros and cons of white labelling H3: What’s the difference between white labelling and private labelling? White label products are ready-made by third-party manufacturers, which you can brand and sell yourself. White labelling can be useful if you’re just starting your ecommerce business. It’ll reduce your overheads considerably, let you test the waters and see if it’s worth developing a similar product on your own. Let’s start with the positives. And now for the negatives. With both private and white labelling, your product is made by a third-party manufacturer. Unlike private labelling, however, white label products are pre-made and you have no say over what goes into making the product. They’re also not exclusive to any one company, meaning your competitors could buy the same product, repackage it and sell it as theirs. Instead, the value you add to the products are through your own branding and customer experience. --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/resources/black-friday-planning-pack Title: Black Friday planning pack Meta Description: Black Friday prep just got easier with our BFCM planning pack for brands. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/resources/black-friday-planning-pack ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Black Friday planning pack H3: Table of contents H2: More resources H2: Black Friday planning pack H2: WeTransfer alternatives comparison worksheet H2: Influencer marketing pack ## Main Content: H1: Black Friday planning pack H3: Table of contents H2: More resources H2: Black Friday planning pack H2: WeTransfer alternatives comparison worksheet H2: Influencer marketing pack Black Friday doesn’t need to be a last minute scramble. This planning pack will help you find inspiration for your campaigns and ensure all your channel content is ready for the big weekend. Preparing for Black Friday Cyber Monday? ‍ In this Notion pack you’ll find: Plus, grab a 15% discount code for Dash, and make sure your visuals are all organised and ready to deploy to your channels. Black Friday doesn’t need to be a last minute scramble. This planning pack will help you find inspiration for your campaigns and ensure all your channel content is ready for the big weekend. Tired of expired links and lost files? It's time to look for a WeTransfer alternative that will help your brand grow. Are you thinking about bringing influencers into your marketing strategy? This pack offers helpful resources to help you find, brief and work with content creators. --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/resources/dam-migration-worksheet Title: Asset migration spreadsheet Meta Description: Getting your assets ready to move to a new digital asset management tool shouldn't be hard. Here are four steps to get up and running quickly. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/resources/dam-migration-worksheet ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Asset migration spreadsheet H2: Get your assets ready to move to your DAM H3: Table of contents H2: More resources H2: Black Friday planning pack H2: WeTransfer alternatives comparison worksheet H2: Influencer marketing pack ## Main Content: H1: Asset migration spreadsheet H2: Get your assets ready to move to your DAM H3: Table of contents H2: More resources H2: Black Friday planning pack H2: WeTransfer alternatives comparison worksheet H2: Influencer marketing pack If your assets are scattered across your shared drives and network servers, you can use this spreadsheet to help organise your content—ready for your move to Dash. So you’re ready to set up home with a new digital asset management tool. Congrats! đŸ„ł Your assets, however, might not be ready just yet. They could be scattered across your team’s shared drives, tucked away in Google Drive, or sitting hostage in a Dropbox folder. But fear not! Whilst you’ll need to spend time collecting assets from your teams, it doesn’t have to be a difficult process. This data migration worksheet will help you organise your images and videos ready to move to your DAM. ✹ Here’s a quick guide on how to use the worksheet: If you choose Dash, we’ll migrate all your assets for free. We can also work with you to create the best folder structure and taxonomy for your system. If you need a hand, feel free to email us at: help@dash.app Black Friday doesn’t need to be a last minute scramble. This planning pack will help you find inspiration for your campaigns and ensure all your channel content is ready for the big weekend. Tired of expired links and lost files? It's time to look for a WeTransfer alternative that will help your brand grow. Are you thinking about bringing influencers into your marketing strategy? This pack offers helpful resources to help you find, brief and work with content creators. --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/resources/ecommerce-ad-templates Title: Ecommerce ad templates Meta Description: Ecommerce ads are a must for brands wanting to stand out and sell more products. Grab these Canva ad templates to create thumb-stopping ads for social. 😍 Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/resources/ecommerce-ad-templates ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Ecommerce ad templates H2: Sell more products with effective ecommerce ads 🙌 H3: Table of contents H2: More resources H2: Black Friday planning pack H2: WeTransfer alternatives comparison worksheet H2: Influencer marketing pack ## Main Content: H1: Ecommerce ad templates H2: Sell more products with effective ecommerce ads 🙌 H3: Table of contents H2: More resources H2: Black Friday planning pack H2: WeTransfer alternatives comparison worksheet H2: Influencer marketing pack Ads are a must for any ecommerce brand wanting to stand out and sell more products. But if you're not a designer, it can be tricky to know where to start. Grab these Canva templates, get inspired and design ads that sell. Ready to launch some new ad campaigns but stuck on your creative? Use our free Canva templates to get inspired and start creating ads for your ecommerce campaigns. You can use our templates to: To get the templates, simply pop in your email so we can send you a link to Canva. You can then open a copy of our templates and get creative ✹ If you’re new to Canva, you can also set up an account for free. However, bear in mind you won't get access to all features.Make sure to check our post which offers tips and tricks on creating better Canva designs. 🧑🎹 Black Friday doesn’t need to be a last minute scramble. This planning pack will help you find inspiration for your campaigns and ensure all your channel content is ready for the big weekend. Tired of expired links and lost files? It's time to look for a WeTransfer alternative that will help your brand grow. Are you thinking about bringing influencers into your marketing strategy? This pack offers helpful resources to help you find, brief and work with content creators. --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/resources/influencer-brief Title: Influencer brief template Meta Description: Working with influencers is a great way to get your products in front of new audiences. Download our free influencer brief template for your campaigns. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/resources/influencer-brief ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Your influencer brief template H2: Kick-start your influencer campaign with a fantastic brief H3: Table of contents H2: More resources H2: Black Friday planning pack H2: WeTransfer alternatives comparison worksheet H2: Influencer marketing pack ## Main Content: H1: Your influencer brief template H2: Kick-start your influencer campaign with a fantastic brief H3: Table of contents H2: More resources H2: Black Friday planning pack H2: WeTransfer alternatives comparison worksheet H2: Influencer marketing pack Working with influencers is a great way to get your products in front of new audiences. But the key to a good partnership is a good brief. Download our free template and start planning killer influencer campaigns. You’ve got awesome products and you’re ready to promote them. Choosing a micro-influencer to help spread the word about your products is a smart move, but expectations are so important. You want to make sure they’re creating the right content for your brand so you can meet your campaign goals. This free, customisable micro-influencer brief template will help: Black Friday doesn’t need to be a last minute scramble. This planning pack will help you find inspiration for your campaigns and ensure all your channel content is ready for the big weekend. Tired of expired links and lost files? It's time to look for a WeTransfer alternative that will help your brand grow. Are you thinking about bringing influencers into your marketing strategy? This pack offers helpful resources to help you find, brief and work with content creators. --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/resources/influencer-database Title: Influencer database Meta Description: Find the best content creators for your brand with this free influencer database. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/resources/influencer-database ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: The influencer database H3: Table of contents H2: More resources H2: Black Friday planning pack H2: WeTransfer alternatives comparison worksheet H2: Influencer marketing pack ## Main Content: H1: The influencer database H3: Table of contents H2: More resources H2: Black Friday planning pack H2: WeTransfer alternatives comparison worksheet H2: Influencer marketing pack In this database, you’ll find 50 UK content creators across a range of different niches. From skin care to LGBTQIA+ issues, plus-size fashion to technology, we’ve compiled a range of creators who can help you grow your business. Influencer marketing is essential for many ecommerce brands, but selecting the right creator from the huge pool available online can be challenging. That’s why we’ve done the research for you. In this database, you’ll find 50 UK content creators across a range of different niches. From skin care to LGBTQIA+ issues, plus-size fashion to technology, we’ve compiled a range of creators who can help you grow your business. This database will help you: Black Friday doesn’t need to be a last minute scramble. This planning pack will help you find inspiration for your campaigns and ensure all your channel content is ready for the big weekend. Tired of expired links and lost files? It's time to look for a WeTransfer alternative that will help your brand grow. Are you thinking about bringing influencers into your marketing strategy? This pack offers helpful resources to help you find, brief and work with content creators. --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/resources/influencer-marketing-campaign-plan Title: Influencer marketing campaign plan Meta Description: Plan and find inspiration for your influencer marketing campaigns with this free slide deck. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/resources/influencer-marketing-campaign-plan ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Influencer marketing campaign plan H1: Plan and launch your influencer marketing campaigns. H3: Table of contents H2: More resources H2: Black Friday planning pack H2: WeTransfer alternatives comparison worksheet H2: Influencer marketing pack ## Main Content: H1: Influencer marketing campaign plan H1: Plan and launch your influencer marketing campaigns. H3: Table of contents H2: More resources H2: Black Friday planning pack H2: WeTransfer alternatives comparison worksheet H2: Influencer marketing pack Plan and find inspiration for your influencer marketing campaigns with this free slide deck. Set up your goals, find the perfect influencers and create a mood board of your campaign. If you run an ecommerce business, no doubt you're using influencers and content creators to help sell your products. đŸ€‘ In fact, 82% of brand’s say they get better quality leads from influencer marketing campaigns. So you want to make sure your campaign plan is set up and ready to go. To help you out, here's a free influencer campaign plan slide deck which will help you: You can download it as a Canva project or a PowerPoint presentation. Black Friday doesn’t need to be a last minute scramble. This planning pack will help you find inspiration for your campaigns and ensure all your channel content is ready for the big weekend. Tired of expired links and lost files? It's time to look for a WeTransfer alternative that will help your brand grow. Are you thinking about bringing influencers into your marketing strategy? This pack offers helpful resources to help you find, brief and work with content creators. --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/resources/influencer-marketing-pack Title: Influencer marketing pack Meta Description: The Influencer marketing pack offers helpful resources to help you find, brief and work with content creators. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/resources/influencer-marketing-pack ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Influencer marketing pack H3: Table of contents H2: More resources H2: Black Friday planning pack H2: WeTransfer alternatives comparison worksheet H2: Influencer marketing pack ## Main Content: H1: Influencer marketing pack H3: Table of contents H2: More resources H2: Black Friday planning pack H2: WeTransfer alternatives comparison worksheet H2: Influencer marketing pack Are you thinking about bringing influencers into your marketing strategy? This pack offers helpful resources to help you find, brief and work with content creators. Are you thinking about bringing influencers into your marketing strategy? It’s a good move— 82% of brands say they get better quality leads from influencer marketing campaigns. This pack offers helpful resources to help you find, brief and work with content creators. Simply pop in your email address and access: Black Friday doesn’t need to be a last minute scramble. This planning pack will help you find inspiration for your campaigns and ensure all your channel content is ready for the big weekend. Tired of expired links and lost files? It's time to look for a WeTransfer alternative that will help your brand grow. Are you thinking about bringing influencers into your marketing strategy? This pack offers helpful resources to help you find, brief and work with content creators. --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/resources/marketing-apps-database Title: The marketing apps database Meta Description: If you’re a marketer for a small brand, you need the tools to help you get in front of the right audience. We've collated marketing tools to help your brand thrive. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/resources/marketing-apps-database ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Your free marketing apps database H2: Discover the best marketing apps for your business 🚀 H3: Table of contents H2: More resources H2: Black Friday planning pack H2: WeTransfer alternatives comparison worksheet H2: Influencer marketing pack ## Main Content: H1: Your free marketing apps database H2: Discover the best marketing apps for your business 🚀 H3: Table of contents H2: More resources H2: Black Friday planning pack H2: WeTransfer alternatives comparison worksheet H2: Influencer marketing pack If you’re a marketer for a small brand, or it’s literally just you running your business, you need the tools to help you get in front of the right audience. We've collated a selection of (budget-friendly) marketing tools to help your business thrive. 🚀 Whether you’re a marketer for a small brand, or it’s literally just you running your business, you need the tools to help you get in front of the right audience. But spending hours searching for the best marketing tools is not the one. With hundreds of solutions out there competing for your attention, it's easy to get lost in a sea of tabs and software reviews. Our marketing apps database is a carefully-curated collection of tools specifically built for small brands like yours. Forget extortionate software solutions — these budget-friendly apps will help your business get off the ground without breaking the bank.  In this database, you’ll find apps to help you with: You’ll also find three features from each app that we think will help you and your small business. Plus there’s a checklist to help you build your shortlist. ✅ Black Friday doesn’t need to be a last minute scramble. This planning pack will help you find inspiration for your campaigns and ensure all your channel content is ready for the big weekend. Tired of expired links and lost files? It's time to look for a WeTransfer alternative that will help your brand grow. Are you thinking about bringing influencers into your marketing strategy? This pack offers helpful resources to help you find, brief and work with content creators. --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/resources/photography-brief Title: Photographer brief template Meta Description: Brief some new product shots for your brand with this free photography brief. đŸ“· Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/resources/photography-brief ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Your photography brief template H2: Get gorgeous product shots for your brand 📾 H3: Table of contents H2: More resources H2: Black Friday planning pack H2: WeTransfer alternatives comparison worksheet H2: Influencer marketing pack ## Main Content: H1: Your photography brief template H2: Get gorgeous product shots for your brand 📾 H3: Table of contents H2: More resources H2: Black Friday planning pack H2: WeTransfer alternatives comparison worksheet H2: Influencer marketing pack Gorgeous product photography is a must for ecommerce brands. It's what helps you stand out from the competition and tempt your audience to buy. If you're using a photographer to help you capture images, check out this brief to get started You’ve got a brand-new product line for your online store. You’ve found an awesome photographer. It’s time to brief them! Setting expectations is so important. It means you and your photographer on the same page and you can ensure you get some killer product shots at the end of it. A photography brief will make sure everything goes smoothly. ✹ This photography brief template will ensure: Black Friday doesn’t need to be a last minute scramble. This planning pack will help you find inspiration for your campaigns and ensure all your channel content is ready for the big weekend. Tired of expired links and lost files? It's time to look for a WeTransfer alternative that will help your brand grow. Are you thinking about bringing influencers into your marketing strategy? This pack offers helpful resources to help you find, brief and work with content creators. --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/resources/pitch-deck Title: The Dash pitch deck Meta Description: Considering Dash as your DAM of choice but need to win over your boss? Download our editable slide deck to prove the ROI of Dash. đŸ€‘ Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/resources/pitch-deck ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Your Dash pitch deck template H2: Show your boss how Dash provides the best return on investment (ROI) for your brand. đŸ€‘đŸ’Ș H3: Table of contents H2: More resources H2: Black Friday planning pack H2: WeTransfer alternatives comparison worksheet H2: Influencer marketing pack ## Main Content: H1: Your Dash pitch deck template H2: Show your boss how Dash provides the best return on investment (ROI) for your brand. đŸ€‘đŸ’Ș H3: Table of contents H2: More resources H2: Black Friday planning pack H2: WeTransfer alternatives comparison worksheet H2: Influencer marketing pack Considering Dash as your DAM of choice but need to win over your boss? Download our editable slide deck to help prove how much money you could save with Dash. đŸ€‘ Pitching a new tool to your manager can feel intimidating. But don’t worry, we’ve got your back. This presentation breaks down everything you need to know about Dash and what ROI you can expect when you purchase.You can: Good luck! You’ve got this. Black Friday doesn’t need to be a last minute scramble. This planning pack will help you find inspiration for your campaigns and ensure all your channel content is ready for the big weekend. Tired of expired links and lost files? It's time to look for a WeTransfer alternative that will help your brand grow. Are you thinking about bringing influencers into your marketing strategy? This pack offers helpful resources to help you find, brief and work with content creators. --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/resources/retailer-pack Title: Retailer pack Meta Description: This free retailer pack will help you find, pitch and work with retail partners. Help them sell more of your products and watch the money roll in. đŸ€‘ Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/resources/retailer-pack ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: The retailer pack H3: Table of contents H2: More resources H2: Black Friday planning pack H2: WeTransfer alternatives comparison worksheet H2: Influencer marketing pack ## Main Content: H1: The retailer pack H3: Table of contents H2: More resources H2: Black Friday planning pack H2: WeTransfer alternatives comparison worksheet H2: Influencer marketing pack Whether you’re already in talks with new partners or you’re finalising your trade marketing strategy—this retailer pack will help you pitch your products and build relationships with key retailers. Your DTC brand has gone from strength to strength. đŸ’ȘYou’re selling awesome products through your online store and your marketing is on point. Now it’s time to take the next step and get your product into ✹ retail stores.✹ Whether you’re already in talks with new partners or you’re finalising your trade marketing strategy—this retailer pack will help you pitch your products and build relationships with key retailers. Black Friday doesn’t need to be a last minute scramble. This planning pack will help you find inspiration for your campaigns and ensure all your channel content is ready for the big weekend. Tired of expired links and lost files? It's time to look for a WeTransfer alternative that will help your brand grow. Are you thinking about bringing influencers into your marketing strategy? This pack offers helpful resources to help you find, brief and work with content creators. --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/resources/sell-sheet-templates Title: Product sell sheet templates Meta Description: Get your products into stores with these sell sheet templates in Canva. Drop in product images, add your branding and send them to your partners. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/resources/sell-sheet-templates ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Free product sell sheet templates H2: Get your products into retail stores with a digital sell sheet H2: How to create product sell sheets H3: Create stunning sell sheets for your products H3: Table of contents H1: How to create a sell sheet for your products H3: What is a sell sheet? H3: Types of Sell Sheets H3: Key elements of a product sell sheet H3: How to design a product sell sheet H2: More resources H2: Black Friday planning pack H2: WeTransfer alternatives comparison worksheet H2: Influencer marketing pack ## Main Content: H1: Free product sell sheet templates H2: Get your products into retail stores with a digital sell sheet H2: How to create product sell sheets H3: Create stunning sell sheets for your products H3: Table of contents H1: How to create a sell sheet for your products H3: What is a sell sheet? H3: Types of Sell Sheets H4: Product Sell Sheet vs Company Sell Sheet H3: Key elements of a product sell sheet H3: How to design a product sell sheet H2: More resources H2: Black Friday planning pack H2: WeTransfer alternatives comparison worksheet H2: Influencer marketing pack Get your products into retail stores with these eye-catching sell sheet templates in Canva. Drop in your product images, add your own branding and send off your sell sheets to your partners. Are you getting ready to take your brand to the next level by working with retail partners? Grab our free Canva templates to create a digital sell sheet that’ll help you sell your products. In these templates, you can: If you need a way to share product content with your retailers, check out how Dash portals can help you. Plus, if you’re already a Dash customer, you can use our Canva integration to quickly drop product images into your templates. Here's some tips to create stunning sell sheets that'll win over your wholesalers. As your ecommerce brand continues to grow, you may be itching to open your own retail stores. Partnering with brick-and-mortar shops is a great way to increase your brand's visibility and reach a new audience. Plus, being featured in reputable retailers lends credibility to your brand and gives potential customers more reason to trust you. By having a presence in retail stores, you can take advantage of in-store promotions, strategic product placement, and the ability to connect with customers in a more personal way. This can lead to increased brand recognition, customer loyalty, and sales growth. 📈 One thing to help you pitch your products to retailers, is by creating product sell sheets. Here's some tips to create stunning sell sheets that'll win over your wholesalers. đŸ„° As your ecommerce brand continues to grow, you may be itching to open your own retail stores. Partnering with brick-and-mortar shops is a great way to increase your brand's visibility and reach a new audience. Plus, being featured in reputable retailers lends credibility to your brand and gives potential customers more reason to trust you. By having a presence in retail stores, you can take advantage of in-store promotions, strategic product placement, and the ability to connect with customers in a more personal way. This can lead to increased brand recognition, customer loyalty, and sales growth. 📈 One thing to help you pitch your products to retailers, is by creating product sell sheets. Here's some tips to create stunning sell sheets that'll win over your wholesalers. đŸ„° A sell sheet is a one-page document that helps brands pitch their products to retail stores. It highlights the key benefits and features of a product or service, aiming to grab the attention of potential buyers with eye-catching visuals, compelling copy, and a strong offer. By presenting information in an easy-to-digest format, sell sheets can give you a strong first impression with a retail store—and give you a better chance of securing a new partnership. When it comes to sell sheets there are two main types: product sell sheets and company sell sheets. Product sell sheets are focused on a specific product or service, highlighting the key features, benefits and unique selling points. These sheets are designed to show what makes the product special and why the potential buyer should be interested. Company sell sheets take a broader approach by focusing on the company itself. They show the company’s mission, values and range of products or services. Both types of sell sheets can be found in your product sell sheet templates. Your sell sheet should be eye-catching and covey key features of your products. Here are some tips to keep in mind: When it comes to design, keep your sell sheet simple and clean. Here are a few tips: By focusing on these design elements, you’ll create a professional sell sheet that effectively communicates key details and benefits of your product or service. Black Friday doesn’t need to be a last minute scramble. This planning pack will help you find inspiration for your campaigns and ensure all your channel content is ready for the big weekend. Tired of expired links and lost files? It's time to look for a WeTransfer alternative that will help your brand grow. Are you thinking about bringing influencers into your marketing strategy? This pack offers helpful resources to help you find, brief and work with content creators. --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/resources/shopify-apps-database Title: Shopify apps database Meta Description: Discover 34 Shopify apps to help grow your online store. Whether you need help with SEO, analytics or UGC—these apps will help your succeed. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/resources/shopify-apps-database ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Your free Shopify apps database H2: Discover apps to help grow your Shopify store H3: Table of contents H2: More resources H2: Black Friday planning pack H2: WeTransfer alternatives comparison worksheet H2: Influencer marketing pack ## Main Content: H1: Your free Shopify apps database H2: Discover apps to help grow your Shopify store H3: Table of contents H2: More resources H2: Black Friday planning pack H2: WeTransfer alternatives comparison worksheet H2: Influencer marketing pack This free Notion database will give you 34 Shopify apps to pick from. Whether you need help with your SEO, analytics or user-generated content—there are loads of apps to help you grow your store. If you’re selling products on Shopify, you don’t have to do it all on your own. There are hundreds of apps you can plug into Shopify to help grow your store. But where do you start? And what kind of app will meet the needs of your growing brand? We’ve done the research for you and found the top 34 Shopify apps to help you. We’ve compiled everything into a Notion database where you’ll be able to filter apps from different categories including: For each app, we’ve listed out the top three features and pricing to make it super easy for you to find the perfect apps for your small business. Black Friday doesn’t need to be a last minute scramble. This planning pack will help you find inspiration for your campaigns and ensure all your channel content is ready for the big weekend. Tired of expired links and lost files? It's time to look for a WeTransfer alternative that will help your brand grow. Are you thinking about bringing influencers into your marketing strategy? This pack offers helpful resources to help you find, brief and work with content creators. --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/resources/wetransfer-alternatives-comparison-worksheet Title: WeTransfer alternatives comparison worksheet Meta Description: This free downloadble worksheet will help you compare WeTransfer alternatives. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/resources/wetransfer-alternatives-comparison-worksheet ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: WeTransfer alternatives comparison worksheet H2: Stop losing files and start growing your brand H3: Table of contents H2: More resources H2: Black Friday planning pack H2: WeTransfer alternatives comparison worksheet H2: Influencer marketing pack ## Main Content: H1: WeTransfer alternatives comparison worksheet H2: Stop losing files and start growing your brand H3: Table of contents H2: More resources H2: Black Friday planning pack H2: WeTransfer alternatives comparison worksheet H2: Influencer marketing pack Tired of expired links and lost files? It's time to look for a WeTransfer alternative that will help your brand grow. WeTransfer is a good tool if you want to send one-off file transfers. But if you're: ... then you need more than just a file transfer tool. This free worksheet will help you compare popular file sharing tools and find the best WeTransfer alternatvies for your brand. Black Friday doesn’t need to be a last minute scramble. This planning pack will help you find inspiration for your campaigns and ensure all your channel content is ready for the big weekend. Tired of expired links and lost files? It's time to look for a WeTransfer alternative that will help your brand grow. Are you thinking about bringing influencers into your marketing strategy? This pack offers helpful resources to help you find, brief and work with content creators. --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/thank-you/black-friday-planning-pack-thank-you Title: Thank you for downloading the Black Friday planning pacl | Dash Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/thank-you/black-friday-planning-pack-thank-you ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Thank you for downloading! ## Main Content: H1: Thank you for downloading! Please check your email. Happy planning --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/thank-you/book-demo Title: We're looking forward to meeting you! | Dash Meta Description: Just select a date and time that works for you. If there's no slot when you're available, feel free to chat to us or email and we'll sort something out for you. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/thank-you/book-demo ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Book your demo ## Main Content: H1: Book your demo We're looking forward to meeting you! Just select a date and time that works for you. If there's no slot when you're available, feel free to chat to us or email and we'll sort something out for you. --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/thank-you/dam-migration-worksheet Title: Your asset migration worksheet is on its way | Dash Meta Description: Your worksheet should be with you within the next 5 minutes. Make sure to check your email. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/thank-you/dam-migration-worksheet ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Asset migration sheet ## Main Content: H1: Asset migration sheet Your asset migration worksheet is on its way 🚀 Your worksheet should be with you within the next 5 minutes. Make sure to check your email. --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/thank-you/dam-software-comparison Title: Your DAM comparison worksheet is on its way | Dash Meta Description: Your worksheet should be with you within the next 5 minutes. Make sure to check your email. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/thank-you/dam-software-comparison ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: DAM software comparison ## Main Content: H1: DAM software comparison Your DAM comparison worksheet is on its way 🚀 Your worksheet should be with you within the next 5 minutes. Make sure to check your email. --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/thank-you/ecommerce-ad-templates Title: Your Canva ad templates are on their way | Dash Meta Description: Your templates should be with you within the next 5 minutes. Make sure to check your email. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/thank-you/ecommerce-ad-templates ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Ecommerce ad template ## Main Content: H1: Ecommerce ad template Your Canva ad templates are on their way 🚀 Your templates should be with you within the next 5 minutes. Make sure to check your email. --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/thank-you/influencer-brief Title: Your influencer brief template is on its way | Dash Meta Description: Your template should be with you within the next 5 minutes. Make sure to check your email. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/thank-you/influencer-brief ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Influencer brief ## Main Content: H1: Influencer brief Your influencer brief template is on its way 🚀 Your template should be with you within the next 5 minutes. Make sure to check your email. --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/thank-you/influencer-marketing-campaign-plan Title: Your influencer marketing slide deck is on its way 🚀 | Dash Meta Description: Your slide deck should be with you within the next 5 minutes. Make sure to check your email. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/thank-you/influencer-marketing-campaign-plan ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Influencer marketing campaign plan ## Main Content: H1: Influencer marketing campaign plan Your influencer marketing slide deck is on its way 🚀 Your slide deck should be with you within the next 5 minutes. Make sure to check your email. --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/thank-you/marketing-apps-database Title: Your marketing apps database is on its way | Dash Meta Description: Your database should be with you within the next 5 minutes. Make sure to check your email. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/thank-you/marketing-apps-database ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Marketing apps database ## Main Content: H1: Marketing apps database Your marketing apps database is on its way 🚀 Your database should be with you within the next 5 minutes. Make sure to check your email. --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/thank-you/photography-brief Title: Your photography brief template is on its way | Dash Meta Description: Your template should be with you within the next 5 minutes. Make sure to check your email. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/thank-you/photography-brief ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Photographer brief ## Main Content: H1: Photographer brief Your photography brief template is on its way 🚀 Your template should be with you within the next 5 minutes. Make sure to check your email. --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/thank-you/pitch-deck Title: Your Dash pitch deck is on its way | Dash Meta Description: Your slide deck should be with you within the next 5 minutes. Make sure to check your email. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/thank-you/pitch-deck ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Pitch deck ## Main Content: H1: Pitch deck Your Dash pitch deck is on its way 🚀 Your slide deck should be with you within the next 5 minutes. Make sure to check your email. --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/thank-you/sell-sheet-templates Title: Your product sell sheet templates are on their way | Dash Meta Description: Your templates should be with you within the next 5 minutes. Make sure to check your email. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/thank-you/sell-sheet-templates ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Sell sheet templates ## Main Content: H1: Sell sheet templates Your product sell sheet templates are on their way 🚀 Your templates should be with you within the next 5 minutes. Make sure to check your email. --- ### Page: https://www.dash.app/thank-you/shopify-apps-database Title: Your Shopify apps database is on its way | Dash Meta Description: Your database should be with you within the next 5 minutes. Make sure to check your email. Language: en Canonical URL: https://www.dash.app/thank-you/shopify-apps-database ## Headings Structure: H3: Find out how Dash works H3: How people like you use Dash H3: Free DAM software comparison sheet H3: Meet the team H1: Shopify apps database ## Main Content: H1: Shopify apps database Your Shopify apps database is on its way 🚀 Your database should be with you within the next 5 minutes. Make sure to check your email. ---